(Minor Change)
TRAINING MATERIAL S K 1 6 0 L C – 6 E YM03U0522 ~ ED190 – 6 E YL03U0136 ~ S K 2 1 0 L C – 6 E YQ08U0969 ~ LL09U0575 ~ SK250LC–6E SK290LC–6E SK330LC–6E
LB04U0298 ~ YC07U0623 ~
© 2002
KOBELCO CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY AMERICA LLC, Calhoun, Georgia / Stafford, Texas USA. All rights reserved. Any use of editorial or pictorial content is s trictly prohibited without express written permission from KCMA LLC Calhoun, Georgia / Stafford, Texas Texas USA. Printed in USA. (11/02)
ISSUED: 11/02;
REV.. 0 REV
KOBELCO CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY AMERICA LLC
MINOR CHANGE TRAINING MANUAL
• LOCATION OF MACHINE’S SERIAL NUMBER
• LOCATION OF ENGINE’S SERIAL NUMBER
Manufacturer: KOBELCO CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY AMERICA LLC
Model: Serial Number: Manufacturing Year:
NOTE: The NOTE: The numbers in the illustrations are for explanation only and differ from actual numbers
KOBELCO/MMC WARRANTY STANDARD WARRANTY COVERAGE (ENGINE): • One (1) year, unlimited hours. • Two (2) years, two thousand (2,000) hours, whichever occurs first. • Three (3) years, ten thousand (10,000) hours, whichever occurs first, for major components (cylinder block, cylinder head, connecting rods, crankshaft, camshaft, and cam gear)
OWNER’S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES: • As the Kobelco excavator owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in this operator’s manual. Kobelco Construction Machinery America Inc., recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your excavator. • As the Kobelco excavator owner, you should however be aware that Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC, may deny you warranty coverage if you r machine’s engine has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unaproved modifications. • Your Your Kobelco excavator ’s engine is designed to operate on commercially commerc ially available Diesel fuel only. • You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The California Air Resources Board suggests that you present your engine to an authorized Kobelco dealer as soon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed by the dealer as expeditiously as possible, not to exceed 30 days. If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact Kobelco America Inc. at the office shown below: Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC 12755 South Kirkwood Rd Stafford, Texas 77477 Tel: (281) 240-4800 Fax: (281) 240-5026 www.kobelcoamerica.com
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT YOUR WARRANTY WARRANTY RIGHT AND OBLIGATIONS: OBLIGATIONS: The California Air Resources Board and Mitsubishi Motors Corporation (hereinafter referred to as ARB and MMC) is pleased to explain the emission cont rol system warranty on your 1996 and later heavy-duty off-road engines. In California, new heavy duty off-road engines must be designed, built and equipped to meet the State’s stringent anti-smog standards. MMC must warrant the emission control system on your engine for the periods of time listed below, provided there has been no abuse, neglect or improper maintenance of your engine. Your Y our emission emission control system may include parts parts such as the fuel fuel injection system system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-related assemblies. Where a warrantable condition exists, MMC will repair your Kobelco excavator’s engine at no cost to you including diagnosis, parts and labor.
MANUFACTURE’S MANUF ACTURE’S WARRANTY COVERAGE: The 1996 and later heavy-duty off-road engines are warranted for a period of five years or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first on emission related components. In the absence of a device to measure hours of use, the engine engi ne shall be warranted for a period perio d of five years. If any emission-related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by MMC.
OWNER’S WARRANY RESPONSIBLITIES: As the heavy-duty off road engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your owner’s manual. MMC recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your heavy-duty off-road engine. As the heavy-duty off-road engine owner, you should however be aware that MMC may deny you warranty coverage if your heavy-duty off-road engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications. Your Y our engine is designed designed to operate operate on commercially commercially availabl available e diesel fuel only. only. You Y ou are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The ARB suggests that you present your heavy-dutty off-road engine to a MMC dealer as soon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed by the dealer as expeditiously as possible, not to exceed 30 days. If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact at the office shown below. Mitsubishi Engine North America, Inc. 1250 Greenbriar Drive, Suite E Addison, Illinois 60101-1065 U.S.A. Tel. No. : (708) 268-0750 Fax. No. : (708) 268-9293 or California Air Resource Board 9528 Telstar Avenue El Monte, CA 91731 Tel. No. : (818) 575-6800 Fax. No. : (818) 575-6685
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES PROCEDUR ES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY OPERATION, OPERATION, INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE OF THIS MACHINE, MACHI NE, ATT ATTACHMENT ACHMENT OR SYSTEMS OPERAT OPERATION. ION. KOBELCO CANNOT ANTICIPATE ANTICIPATE EVERY POSSIBLE CIRCUMST CIRCUMSTANCE ANCE THAT MIGHT INVOLVE A POTENTIAL HAZARD. THE WARNINGS IN THIS PUBLICA PUBLICATION TION AND ON THE PRODUCT ARE THEREFORE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE. IF A TOOL, PROCEDURE, WORK METHOD OR OPERATING TECHNIQUE NOT SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY KOBELCO IS USED, YOU MUST SATISFY YOURSELF THAT IT IS SAFE FOR YOU AND OTHERS. YOU SHOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT THE PRODUCT WILL NOT BE DAMAGED OR MADE UNSAFE BY THE OPERATION, LUBRICATION, MAINTENANCE AND/OR REPAIR PROCEDURES YOU CHOOSE.
TABLE OF CONTENTS Safety Precautions
1
Machine Familiarization
2
Mechatronics
3
Maintenance
4
Cycle Times
5
Hydraulic Motors
6
Pressure Adjustment
7
Schematics
8
Transportation
9
General Specifications
10
Optional Equipment
11
Special Procedures
12
Kobelco Dynamic Acera
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Service Support
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC. Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 1-1
Kobelco Construction Mchinery America LLC. 12755 1275 5 S Kirk Kirkwoo wood d Stafford, TX. 77477 U.S.A. Phone: 281.240.4876 / 281.240.4800 / Fax: 281.240.5026 Service Support Staff-2002
Howard Schilling NATIONAL SERVICE MANAGER Stafford, TX (Ext. 220)
Brook See ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Stafford, TX (Ext. 227)
Larry Stultz ASSISTANT SERVICE MANAGER Stafford, TX (Ext. 300)
Donna England FILE / PHONE CLERK - Service Stafford, TX (Ext. 294)
Ernest Alvarado SERVICE TECHNICIAN Stafford, TX (Ext. 291) Warranty
Dan Collins WARRANTY MANAGER Stafford, TX (Ext. 279)
Richard Cotten WARRANTY ANAL AN ALYST YST Stafford, TX (Ext. 218)
Kim Fowler WARRANTY ADMINISTRA ADMINISTR ATOR Stafford, TX (Ext. 226)
Todd White W hite WARRANTY COORDINATOR Stafford, TX (Ext. 287) Training Department
Training Department
Michael Watt TRAINING MANAGER – SERVICE Stafford, TX (Ext. 276)
Stephen Causby ASSISTANT ASSIST ANT TRAINER - SERVICE Calhoun, GA 706.629.5572 (Ext.#179) Publications
Chris Lee MANAGER - TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS Stafford, TX (Ext.223)
John Kuhn ASST.. MANAGER - TECHNICAL PUBLICAASST TIONS Stafford, TX (Ext. 211)
Joan Morris SERVICE-TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS Calhoun, GA 706.629.5572 (Ext.#162) Page 1-2
DYNAMIC A CERA 06/02
National Accounts
S. Warren White NATIONAL ACCOUN ACCOUNTS TS MANAGER Stafford, TX (Ext. 222) Chris Donnelly SERVICE SUPPORT - NA NATIONAL TIONAL ACCOUNTS Stafford, TX (Ext. 285)
Bill Barton NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PARTS Stafford, TX (233) Terry Ficken SERVICE SUPPORT – NATIONAL ACCOUNTS Stafford, TX. (Ext. 297)
FIELD SERVICE:
Scott Emmans SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Gorham, ME PHONE:207.839.0437 FAX: 207.839.0464 John Duff SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Cape Coral, FL PHONE: 941.772.5709 FAX AX:: 941-772 941-772-7359 -7359
John Adams SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Reynoldsburg, OH PHONE: 614.864.5863 FAX: 614.86 614.864.7661 4.7661 Troy Hitchcoc SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Stafford, TX. (Ext. 264)
Butch Hurst SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Knoxville, TN PHONE: 865.980.9537 FAX: 865.982.3087
Tayne Ivie SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Lehi, UT PHONE: 801.766.8593 FAX: 801.76 801.766.8594 6.8594
Rich Archibald SERVICE SUPPORT MANAGER Spokane, WA. PHONE: 509.325.6363 FAX AX:: 509.325 509.325.7171 .7171
George Limpkins Technical Support Manager Stafford, TX. (Ext. 255)
Joel Escalante MANAGER OF SALES & PRODUCT SUPPORT - LATIN AMERICA Stafford, TX. (Ext. 279)
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 1-3
Page 1-4
DYNAMIC A CERA 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
Table of contents conte nts Page 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
FAMILIARIZA FAMILIARIZATION TION ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ........................ .............. .. GENERAL MACHINE NOMENCLA NOMENCLATURE TURE ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ............. OPERATOR OPERATOR CAB NOMENCLATURE NOMENCLATURE ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ................... ......... COMPONENT COMPONENT & CONTROLS CONTROLS NOMENCLATURE NOMENCLATURE............ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ............
2-2 2-2 2-3 2-4
A. RIGHT HAND OPERATOR OPERATOR CONSOLE AND MONITOR ................... ............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................... .................. ........ 2-4 A1. Key Switch– FIGURE 2.4A ................... ............................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ............. ... 2-4 A2. Throttle Potentiometer– FIGURE 2.4B ................... ............................ ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................... .................... ................... .............. ..... 2-4 A3. Monitor – FIGURE 2.5A ................... ............................. .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ......... 2-5 1. KPSS Mode Switch– FIGURE 2.5B .................... ............................. ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... ................... ................... ............... ..... 2-5 2. Buzzer Stop Switch – FIGURE 2.5C ................... ............................ ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... ................... ................... ............... ..... 2-6 3. Screen Change Switch – FIGURE 2.7A .................... .............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ................ ....... 2-7 4. Wiper & Washer Switch– FIGURE 2.7B ................... ............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ................ ....... 2-7 5. Auto Accel Switch– FIGURE 2.7D .................... .............................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... .................... ................ ...... 2-7 6. Working Light Selector Switch — FIGURE 2.8A ................... ............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... ............. ... 2-8 7. Travel speed select switch – FIGURE 2.8B ................... ............................. .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... .................... .................... ............. ... 2-8 8. L.C.D. Display– FIGURE 2.29 .................... ............................. ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................. .................. .................... ................... ................... .................... ............... ..... 2-9 9. Preventive Maintenance Program – FIGURE 2.12A ................... ............................ ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................. ........ 2-12 10. Monitor Time Adjustment – FIGURE 2.13A .................... .............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................... ................... ......... 2-13 11. LCD Contrast Adjustment – FIGURE 2.13B .................... ............................. ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... .................. ........ 2-13 12. Changing Warning Display Language – FIGURE 2.13C ................... ............................. .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... .................. ........ 2-13 13. Operability fine adjustment function for Dynamic Acera minor change (SK160LC~SK330LC-6E) ................... ............................. ................ ...... 2-14 14. Draining Hydraulic System Pressure – FIGURE 2.15A .................... ............................. ................... .................... .................... .................... .................. .................. ................... ................... .......... 2-15 A4. Power Boost Switch – FIGURE 2.15D .................... .............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... ................... ........... .. 2-15 A5. 24 Volt Volt Cigarette Lighter – FIGURE 2.16A .................... .............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................. .................. ................... ................... .................... ................ ...... 2-16 A6. Location for Optional Switches – FIGURE 2-16B ................... ............................. .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ................... ............... ..... 2-16 A7. Cup Holder and Ashtray – FIGURE 2.16C .................... .............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................... .................... ................ ...... 2-16 A8. Radio – FIGURE 2.17A ................... ............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ......... 2-17 B. LEFT HAND OPERATOR OPERATOR CONSOLE .................... .............................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... .................... ................... .............. ..... 2-18 B1. Climate Control Air Conditioner – FIGURE 2.18A and 2.18B .................... .............................. .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... .................... .............. .... 2-18 I. Control Panel Description ................... ............................ ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................. .................. ................... ................... .................... .................... ............ 2-18 II. Fundamental Use – FIGURE 2.18B .................... .............................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... .................... .............. .... 2-18 III. Control Panel Functions .................... .............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... ................... ................... .................... ............ 2-19 B2. Horn switch – FIGURE 2.21C .................... .............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. ........ 2-21 B3. Safety Lever – FIGURE 2.21D .................... .............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. ........ 2-21 B4. Auto Warm Up Selector Switch – FIGURE 2.22A ................... ............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................. .................. ................... ................... ................ ...... 2-22 B5. Independent Travel Select Switch – FIGURE 2.23A ................... ............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................. .................. ................... ................... .................... ............ 2-23 B6. Heavy Lift Switch – FIGURE 2.23B ................... ............................ ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................. .................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .......... 2-23 B7. Swing Flasher Switch – FIGURE 2.23C ................... ............................. .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................. .................. .................... ................... ................... .................... ............ 2-23 B8. Double Pump Flow Selector Switch– FIGURE 2.23D (Optional for SK290LC/SK330LC-6E) ................... ............................. .................... ................... .............. ..... 2-23 C. REAR PANEL AND OTHERS ............... ................ ............... ................ ............... ................ .................. ................ ............... ................ ..... 2-24 C1. Swing Parking Brake Release Switch and Hydraulic Back Up System .................... ............................. ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................ ...... 2-24 C2. 12 Volt Power Supply – FIGURE 2.25A .................... .............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................. ................. ................... .................... .................... ................... ............ ... 2-25 C3. Fuse Box – FIGURE 2.25B .................... .............................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ............ 2-25 C4. Hour Meter – FIGURE 2.25C ................... ............................ ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ......... 2-25 D. OPERATING OPERATING LEVERS AND CONTROLS ................... ............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ................. ................. .................... .................... ................... ................... ............ 2-26 D1. Engine Emergency Stop Control – FIGURE 2.26A .................... ............................. ................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... ................... ........... .. 2-26 D2. Left Hand Operator Control Lever – FIGURE 2.26B ................... ............................. .................... ................... ................... .................... .................. .................. .................... ................... ................... ............ .. 2-26 D3. Right Hand Operator Control Lever – FIGURE 2.26C .................... .............................. ................... ................... .................... .................... .................. .................. .................... ................... ................. ........ 2-26 D4. Left and Right Travel Levers and Pedals –FIGURE 2.27A ................... ............................. .................... .................... ................... ................... .................. .................. .................... .................... ............ 2-27 D5. Removing the Travel Control Levers ................... ............................. .................... .................... .................... .................... ................... ................... .................... ................... ................... .................... .................... .............. .... 2-27 E. OPERATOR CAB AND OPERATOR SEAT .............. ............... ............... ................ ............... ................ ................... ............... ............... ... 2-28
2.5. MACHINE ACCESS COMP COMPARTMENTS AND DOORS ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ............. 2-34
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-1
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
2
2.1 FAMILIARIZATION All operators, service service mechanics and personnel responsible for operation, inspection and maintenance of the machine should become thoroughly familiar with the controls and components and their functions before working with or on this equipment. Study the information in this section to become familiar with the controls and components of this machine.
2.2 GENERAL MACHINE NOMENCLATURE The Nomenclature drawing below (FIGURE 2.2), points out locations of major components of the KOBELCO Dynamic Acera Hydraulic Excavators. Study these areas and locate these components on the machine. Specific information regarding these components are explained on the following pages of this section.
ARM ARM CYLINDER
BOOM SWIVEL JOINT BUCKET CYLINDER
SWING MOTOR BATTERIES HANDRAIL FUEL TANK
IDLER LINK
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
BUCKET LINK
HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
BOOM CYLINDER
MITSUBISHI ENGINE
OPERATOR CAB BUCKET
PUMP ACCESS DOOR HYDRAULIC PUMP
TRACK SHOE ASSEMBLY (800 mm STANDARD)
TRACK IDLER (1 EACH SIDE)
COUNTER WEIGHT
TRACK SPRING (1 EACH SIDE)
ENGINE RADIATOR
LOWER ROLLER (8 EACH SIDE)
OIL COOLER
UPPER ROLLER (2 EACH SIDE)
ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR
TRACK GUIDE TRAVEL MOTOR
ENGINE AIR CLEANER
RADIATOR ACCESS DOOR
LB102MachineComp
FIGURE 2.2
2-2
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 2.3 OPERATOR CAB NOMENCLATURE The operator cab nomenclature (FIGURE 2.3), points out locations of operator controls of the KOBELCO DYNAMIC ACERA Minor Change
LEFT TRAVEL LEVER
hydraulic excavators operator cab. Study these areas and locate these components on the machine. Specific information regarding these components are explained on the following pages of this section.
2
RIGHT TR TRAVEL LEVER
LEFT TRAVEL PEDAL
RIGHT TRAVEL PEDAL
LEFT FOOT REST
RIGHT FOOT REST MONITOR
RIGHT HAND OPERATOR CONTROL LEVER
LEFT HAND OPERATOR CONTROL LEVER (HORN SWITCH)
(POWER BOOST SWITCH)
SAFETY LOCK LEVER (FOR HYDRAULICS) 24V CIGARETTE LIGHTER THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
HEAVY LIFT SWITCH TWO PUMP FLOW SELECTOR SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
INDEPENDENT TRAVEL SWITCH AIR-CONDITIONER PANEL SWING FLASHER SWITCH
CAB WORKING LIGHTS (OPT.)
N A F
OVER LOAD ALARM SELECT SWITCH (OPT.)
P M E T
F / R
E D O M
QUICK COUPLER SELECT SWITCH (OPT.)
F E D
WARM-UP SWITCH
RADIO (FM/AM) Locally-procured parts in European machines
ARM REST
OPERATORS SEAT (3 WAY ADJUSTABLE)
12V POWER SUPPLY (180 WATT) SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASE SWITCH
HEAD REST (ADJUSTABLE)
YQ102CabComp
FIGURE 2.3 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-3
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 2.4 COMPONENT & CONTROLS NOMENCLATURE The following information provides a brief description and function of the components and controls contro ls of the KOBELCO Dynamic Acera Hydraulic Excavators. All personnel associated with this machine should read and understand this information BEFORE beginning any work with or on this equipment.
2
KEY SWITCH POSITIONS A T H E
OFF OFF
A C C O N S T A R T
A. RIGHT HAND OPERATOR OPERATOR CONSOLE AND MONITOR A1. Key Switch– FIGURE 2.4A The Key Switch is located on the right hand operator console and has 5 operating functions. a. “HEAT”– This position is used for starting the engine in cold climates. See Section III. “OFF”– When Key is turned to this position, the engine stops and electrical power to the machine’s electrical systems is stopped after approximately 4 seconds. “ACC”– With key in the “ACC” position only the cigarette lighter, tuner and horn will have power. “ON”– When Key is in the ON position, electrical power is supplied to all the machine’s electrical systems. “START”– When key is turned to this position electrical power is supplied to the starter solenoid causing the starter to start the engine. After engine starts key should be released to go back to the “ON” position.
YQ102KeySwitch
FIGURE 2.4A
THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
YQ102ThrottleControl
A2. Throttle Potentiometer– Potentiometer– FIGURE 2.4B The throttle potentiometer is located on the right hand operator console and controls engine RPM. When the throttle potentiometer is rotated to any position it increases or decreases engine rpm and maintains engine at the programed RPM for that particular position on the dial.
FIGURE 2.4B
NOTE 1. In 1. In operation, when the pilot pressure from the hand and pedal control levers does not act for 1 sec, if the position of the throttle potentiometer is higher than 1 050 rpm, the auto accel actuates automatically and the engine speed returns to 1050 rpm. 2. When the throttle potentiometer is positioned lower than the auto accel speed, the engine speed is maintained to the throttle potentiometer position.
NOTE The proportional auto acceleration function can be activated by by pr pressing th the au auto ac accel switch (
) lo located
on the monitor panel. When the proportional auto acceleration function is active, the red light indicator above this switch is turned ON.
Proportional auto acceleration function: With the attachment, swing, travel control lever or control pedal operation, the engine speed returns to the accel dial set position gradually according to the respective operating pilot valve movement.
YQ102MonitorSwitches
Press the auto accel switch to cancel the proportional au to acceleration function and the light indicator will turn OFF.
2-4
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION KPSS WORK MODE LAMP
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE B
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE C B
F: E: Warning:
SK210LC-6E/SK250LC-6E 340L (90 Gal) 63L (17 Gal) 54L (14 Gal)
F: E: Warning:
SK290LC/SK330LC-6E 560L (148 Gal) 100L (26.4 Gal) 60L (16 Gal)
A 70 +6º C (147~169ºF) A
B 105 +5º C (212~230ºF)
C 115 +5º C (230~248ºF) 6
LOW E/G OIL PRESS
LCD DISPLAY
LCD DISPLAY BUZZER STOP SWITCH KPSS WORK MODE SWITCH SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
WASHER SWITCH
WIPER SWITCH
TRAVEL SPEED SELECT SWITCH AUTO ACCEL SWITCH
WORK LIGHT SELECT SWITCH
LED LAMP YQ102Monitor
FIGURE 2.5A A3. Monitor – FIGURE 2.5A 1. KPSS Mode Switch– FIGURE 2.5B The KPSS Mode Switch is located on the lower side of the monitor and has 3 operating functions. After starting starting the engine, the mode switch switch defaults to the M mode. Select an effective work mode complying with the working condition and working target from 3 modes. Each time the work mode switch is pressed, the work mode indicator lamp is switched to
YQ102ModeSwitch
M , A and B in order. a. A (assist) mode The controller analyzes the operator’s control pattern of joystick lever movement, and uses “fuzzy logic” to set the machine operating mode: digging, leveling, spreading, slope finishing, tamping etc. automatically, and displays the results on the multi display, display, see Fig. 2.5C. The necessary power and engine speed is automatically set to match the work load. This mode utilizes 90% of the machine’s available power to allow the operator to be more efficient in standard repetitive applications, and obtain better fuel economy. economy.
FIGURE 2.5B
Digging mode
NOTE By default, all Dynamic Acera minor change standard excavators, manufactured by KCMA LLC, start in “M” Mode; and by default, all Dynamic Acera excavators equipped with long reach attachment start in “A” mode. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
Spreading mode
Leveling mode
Tamping mode
FIGURE 2.5C
2-5
Standby Mode
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION b. M (manual) mode This mode senses the movement of control lever and is suitable for the heavy load digging work giving priority to the work load at high speed. It is selected upon startup by default. While it does engage computer control to obtain maximum pump efficiency, it does not utilize “fuzy logic” software to switch between working modes. It provide the greatest power and speed that the excavator has to offer. offer.
2
YQ102ModeSwitch
c. B (breaker) mode This mode allows the operator to control the maximum flow rate for the auxiliary attachment (Breaker) only. The arm, boom, swing, etc, get 100% flow regardles of this setting. c1. Adjustment of of max. flow rate -Turn ignition key on, do not start engine. gine. - Select the B (Breaker) Mode. - Press the Screen Change switch (
) for 3 ~ 10 sec and release it.
The LCD screen displays the flow rate settings. c2. Flow rate display The last flow rate stored is displayed. Maximum flow rate is displayed as standard value. -Press the mode switch, see Figure 2.5B, to increase the flow rate setting or press press the buzzer stop switch to decrease the flow rate setting. Note: If Note: If the switches are depressed for more than 2 sec., the flow rate increases or decreases by 10 Lit/min. The flow rate can be adjusted from the Maximum up to Minimum range. Press the switch for screen change again (
FIGURE 2.5A
Press the Mode switch to increase the flow
Press the Buzzer switch to decrease the flow
FIGURE 2.5B
) to store the desired flow rate
value, and the adjust mode is canceled. 2. Buzzer Stop Switch – FIGURE 2.5C When the engine coolant temperature is too high, or various sensors of mechatro controller (self-diagnosis) fail, the alarm sounds intermittently. To stop the sound, press the buzzer stop button. • •
YQ102BuzzerStop
NOTE Buzzer Buzzer sounding sounding due to engin engine e overhe overheatin ating g can can not not be stopped. The buzzer buzzer soundi sounding, ng, because because the preheat preheat comple complete te and E/G oil pressure are displayed, stops by turning the key switch OFF. OFF.
FIGURE 2.5C
2-6
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 3. Screen Change Change Switch – FIGURE FIGURE 2.7A MONITOR SYSTEM
OK Within 5 sec. (Automatically)
Clock icon
10 : 10
Accumulated Hrs Hrs since last engine service
Tachometer
256Hr AFT E/G OIL CH
2250RPM
NOTE: When depressing the screen monitor switch, make sure to hold switch down for 0.5 seconds to properly activate the switch function. 1275Hr AFT HYD OIL CH
Accumulated Hrs Hrs since last hyd. oil change
135Hr HYD
FIL
AFT CH
2 123Hr FUEL
AFT CH
FIL
Accumulated Hrs Hrs since last fuel filter change
Accumulated Hrs Hrs since last hyd. filter change
YQ102ChangeScreen
FIGURE 2.7A 4. Wiper & Washer Switch– FIGURE 2.7B a. Press it once : Wiper moves intermittently b. Press it again : Wiper moves continuously c. Press it once more : Wiper stops moving
WASHER
WIPER
– Pre ss thi s swi tch , and an d was her he r flu id is sprayed while it is depressed. The washer fluid reservoir is located behind the cab, in the air cleaner compartment. See Figure 2.7C.
YQ102Wiper&Washer
FIGURE 2.7B
CAUTION Make certain the Washer reservoir has washer fluid before operating washer. washer.
WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
5. Auto Accel Switch– FIGURE 2.7D This switch is used to activate and cancel the auto accel function. a. Press it once : The proportional auto accel function activates and the light indicator above the switch is turned ON. b. Press it again : The proportional auto accel function is cancelled and the light indicator is turned OFF.
YQ102AirFiltCompartment
FIGURE 2.7C
DANGER NEVER ATTEMPT ATTEMPT TO LOAD OR UNLOAD UNL OAD MACHINE WITH THE AUTO ACCELERATION FUNCTION ACTIVATED. SUDDEN CHANGE OF ENGINE SPEED COULD BE EXPERIENCED CAUSING POSSIBLE DAMAGE, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. YQ102AutoAccelSwitch
NOTE All Dynamic Acera Acera minor change excavators will default to the proportional auto acceleration function when the ignition key is turned to the OFF position.
YQ102AutoAccelON
FIGURE 2.7D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-7
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 6. Working Light Selector Switch — FIGURE 2.8A This light selector switch is located on the lower side of the monitor as shown in Fig. 2-8A. 1. Press 1. Press the switch once: The frame and boom working lights come on and the symbol
2
“F ” dis displ play ays s on on the the lowe lowerr sid side e of of the the LCD LCD screen and the light indicator above the switch is turned ON.. 2. Press 2. Press the switch a second time: The rear working lights come on and the symbol YQ102WorkLightSwitch
“R ” dis displ play ays s on on the the lowe lowerr sid side e of of the the LCD screen. 3. 3. Press the switch a third time: the frame, boom, the rear working lights, and the light indicator on the monitor panel will turn tu rn OFF. OFF.
7. Travel speed select switch – FIGURE 2.8B The travel speed select switch is located on the gauge cluster switch panel. Each time engine is started, travel speed is automatically set set to to LOW LOW 1st 1st ( ) spe speed ed.. Pre Press ss the the tra trave vell
FIGURE 2.8A
spee speed d( ) swi switc tch h on on the the gau gauge ge clus cluste terr, the the speed is changed to the HIGH 2nd, the fast trav travel el speed speed icon icon (
) is is ind indic icat ated ed on the the
B
multidisplay, multidisplay, and the light indicator above the switch is turned ON. ............... ............... Set to LOW when moving moving the machine on a rough or soft road, slope, or in a narrow place, or when powerful tractive force is required.
14 : 20
................ ................ Set to HIGH when moving the machine on flat, hard ground.
DANGER YQ102PressFastTravel
DO NOT NOT USE USE HIGH HIGH ( ) SPE SPEED ED WHEN WHEN PERF PERFOR ORMMING DELICATE OPERATIONS SUCH AS PIPE LAYING, FINE GRADING OR LOADING MACHINE ONTO A TRAILER. DO NOT CHANGE TRAVEL SPEED WHILE LOADING, MACHINE COULD BECOME BE COME UNSTABLE AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, EQUIPMENT DAMAGE AND/OR DEATH.
FIGURE 2.8B
2-8
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 8. L.C.D. Display– FIGURE 2.29 The L.C.D. Display is illustrated below and will display the Icons listed in this section. Study these icons and their definitions so that possible problems will be quickly recognized and repairs made in a timely fashion.
a7. HYDRAULI HYDRAULIC C OIL OIL CUMULA CUMULATIVE TIVE TIME
256Hr AFT HYD OIL CH
256 hours have elapsed since the change of hydraulic oil. This icon shows the total cumulative time since the last time the hydraulic oil was changed.
a8. TRAVEL TRAVEL INDEP INDEPENDE ENDENT NT MODE MODE DISPLA DISPLAY Y TRAVEL INDEP. MODE
This icon will be displayed every time the independent travel mode is activated (Only on Dynamic Acera excavators manufactured by KCMALLC).
b. Warning Displays WARNING DISPLAYS The monitor alarm will sound the instant #2, #5, #6, #7, #10 and #28 warning icons are displayed. b1. b1.
This icon will display when a problem exists in the I.T.C.S. (Intelligent Total Control System). Turn Key switch “OFF”, wait for 4 seconds until the system shuts down completely, completely, then turn the switch back to “ON” to reset the CPU program. Should this icon remain on display, display, stop operation, shut down the engine, and refer to part “C1” (Swing parking brake release and hydraulic back up system) in this section for temporary operation. Contact a Kobelco technician for repairs. 1
FIGURE 2.29 a. Normal displays a1. SYSTEM SYSTEM STA STATUS DISPLA DISPLAY Y MONITOR SYSTEM
OK
This icon will display after key switch is turned “ON” and all machine systems and components are checked by CPU and found to be in good working order.
Act ual eng ine speed. spe ed. Whe n autoaut oaccel. is deactivated, RPM shown correspondes to the throttle potentiometer position.
b3.
256 hours have elapsed since the change of engine oil. This icon shows the total cumulative time since the last time the engine oil was changed.
b4. b4.
256 hours have elapsed since the change of fuel filter. filter. This icon shows the total cumulative time since the last time the fuel filter was changed.
a6. HYDRAUL HYDRAULIC IC FILTER FILTER CUMULA CUMULATIV TIVE E TIME
256Hr HYD FIL
AFT CH
ENGI ENGINE NE PREPRE-HE HEA AT COM COMPL PLET ETE E DIS DISPL PLA AY FINISH PREHEAT
NOTE Do not operate the preheat position of the key switch for more than 20 seconds at one time.
256 hours have elapsed since the change of hydraulic oil filter. This icon shows the total cumulative time since the last time the hydraulic oil filter was changed.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
E/G PREHEAT
This icon is displayed when the PREHEAT is completed. The monitor alarm will sound continuously. If alarm can’t be cancelled by the buzzer stop switch, turn the ignition key to the OFF position, wait for 4 sec’s until the electrical system is turned off completely. Then start the engine. Continuous preheat after this icon is displayed could cause damage to the engine. 5
a5. FUEL FUEL FIL FILTER CUMULA CUMULATIVE TIVE TIME
256Hr AFT FUEL FIL CH
ENGI NGINE PRERE-HEA HEATING ING DI DISPLA PLAY
This symbol is displayed when key switch is turned to heat position and the engine preheat circuit is activated. This display goes out at completion of pre-heating, at which time FINISH PREHEAT is displayed. 4
a4. ENGINE ENGINE LUBRICA LUBRICATIO TION N CUMULA CUMULATIVE TIME TIME
AFT CH
SWIN SWING G PARKI ARKING NG BRAK BRAKE E RELE RELEAS ASE E DISP DISPLA LAY Y
Turn the “Slewing Parking Brake ReSWINGBRAKE lease Switch” on the rear side of DISENGAGED operator’s seat to the “RELEASE” position, and this warning is displayed. While this warning is displayed, the swing parking brake does not actuate. This switch should be used only in the event of emergency. Refer to part “C1” (Swing parking brake release and hydraulic back up system) in this section for temporary operation. Contact a Kobelco technician for repairs.
a3. ENGINE ENGINE R.P.M. R.P.M. DISPLA DISPLAY Y
256Hr E/G OIL
MECHATRO CONT. FAIL
2
Five seconds after the system status is shown on the LCD, the time will be displayed on the monitor. See “Monitor Time Adjustment” Adjustment” in this section for details on how to set this feature.
2250RPM
CPU
b2. b2.
a2. DAY DAY TIME TIME DISPL DISPLA AY 10 : 10
I.T I.T.C.S .C.S.. CON CONTR TROL OLLE LERR- CPU CPU DIS DISPL PLA AY
2-9
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION b5.
ENGIN GINE OIL PRESSU SSURE DISP ISPLAY
This icon will display and the alarm will 6 LOW E/G sound should the Engine Oil Pressure OIL PRESS drop below a safe operating pressure. Stop the engine immediately and check engine oil level. Fill engine to proper level with approved motor oil. If engine has LOW OIL PRESSURE, it will automatically go to “LO” Idle, and immediately shut down. This icon will Display only if alternator is charging.
2
b6. b6.
ENGI ENGINE NE COO COOLA LANT NT TEM TEMPE PERA RATU TURE RE DIS DISPL PLA AY
This icon will display and the alarm will sound should the Engine Coolant Temperature rise above safe operating temperature. Reduce engine RPM to idle and stop operation until engine coolant temperature reaches a safe operating temperature range. 7
b7.
HIGH E/G COOL TEMP
b8. b8.
REST'D AIR CLEANER
OVER OVER LOAD LOAD ALAR ALARM M DIS DISPL PLA AY (Eu (Euro rope pe only only))
This icon will display and the Buzzer will sound should the Boom Cylinder Circuit Pressure exceed the set, specified pressure. Should this icon display and the buzzer sound, immediate ly stop all operation, stop engine and contact an authorized KOBELCO Service dealer for service assistance. 10
b9. b9.
ATTACHMENT OVER LOAD
BATT BATTER ERY Y CHA CHARG RGIN ING G SYS SYSTE TEM M DIS DISPL PLA AY
b10. 10.
CHARGING PROBLEM
FUEL LEVE EVEL DISP ISPLAY
This icon will display should the Fuel Level in Fuel Tank reaches 54 L (14 Gal) on SK210LC-6E and 60 L (16 Gal) or less for the SK250LC/SK290LC/SK330LC-6E. Should this icon display refill fuel tank immediately using approved diesel fuel. 12
b11. b11.
LOW FUEL LEVEL
HYDR HYDRAU AULI LIC C OIL OIL LEVE LEVEL L DISP DISPLA LAY Y
This icon will display should the Hydraulic Oil Level in hydraulic oil reservoir fall below safe operating level. Should this icon display before starting engine, place machine in Hydraulic Oil Check position and check hydraulic oil level. Refer to Section 4 for proper instructions to fill hydraulic reservoir to proper level using approved hydraulic oil. This icon will not display during machine operaton and a loss of hydraulic oil is experienced. 13
b12. b12. 14
ENGI ENGINE NE OIL OIL LEV LEVEL EL DISP DISPLA LAY Y
This icon is displayed when the engine oil level of the engine oil pan is low. Check the engine oil level immediately and make up the shortage of the engine oil. This icon will not display with engine running and a loss of engine oil is experienced. 15
LOW E/G OIL LEVEL
b14. b14. 19
ATTAC TTACHME HMENT NT BOOST BOOST PRESS PRESSUR URE E DISP DISPLA LAY Y POWER BOOST ON
LOW HYD OIL LEVEL
b15. b15. 20
This icon will display should the Engine Coolant Level fall below safe operating level.
This icon will display when the Heavy Lift Switch is in the “ON” position. This icon is displayed only when this system is activated during operation.
AUT AUTO WAR WARMI MING NG UP DISP DISPLA LAY Y
This icon is displayed to indicate the warming up operation of the engine WARM and hydraulic oil when this system is activated. Turn off the auto warm up switch, or the key switch OFF to cancel the warm up system and the display disappears. 21
WARMING UP
SUPPLEMENTARY EXPLANATION
the ISO STD warning icons (Codes No. 1 to 19).
b17. b17.
AUT AUTO WAR WARMI MING NG UP FINI FINISH SH DISP DISPLA LAY Y
This icon is displayed when the warming up of the engine and hydraulic oil WARM is finished or when the warming up system is forced to stop. The monitor alarm will sound continuously for 5 seconds. 28
FINISH
b18. b18.
REPL REPLAC ACE E ENGI ENGINE NE OIL OIL DISP DISPLA LAY Y
This icon will display every 500 hours of machine operation to remind operator of scheduled engine oil change. The recommended oil change interval for MITSUBISHI engines is every 500 hours of operation. Proceed with engine oil change and make sure to recalibrate the engine oil change interval. 29
CHANGE E/G OIL
b19. b19. 32
33
HYDR HYDRAU AULI LIC C PRES PRESSU SURE RE DRA DRAIN IN DIS DISPL PLA AY
DRAINING PR HYD. PRESS
b20. b20.
ENGI ENGINE NE COOL COOLAN ANT T LEV LEVEL EL DISP DISPLA LAY Y LOW E/G COOL LEVEL
HEA HEAVY LIFT LIFT PRES PRESSU SURE RE DISP DISPLA LAY Y HEAVY LIFT
b16. b16.
This icon will display when the Power Boost Switch is depressed. This icon is displayed only when this system is activated during operation.
The LCD of gauge cluster on the machines for Europe displays only
This icon will display the electrical charging system not function properly. Should this icon display, have the electrical charging system repaired immediately. Icon displays only when engine is running with normal oil pressure and a problem occurs in the charging system. 11
b13. b13.
ENGIN GINE AIR CLEANER DIS DISPLAY
This icon will display should the Engine Air Cleaner Element(s) (FILTERS) (FILTERS) become too dirty to allow proper air flow to the engine. Should this icon display stop engine immediately and clean or replace Engine Air Cleaner Element(s) as required. This icon will Display only if alternator is charging. 9
Should this icon display before starting the engine, check and fill coolant level in the radiator and coolant reservoir. Icon will not display if alternator is charging and a sudden loss of coolant is experienced.
This icon will display when the hydraulic system pressure drain is activated. The alarm will sound intermitently during the draining process.
HYD. HYD. PRE PRESS SSUR URE E DRAI DRAIN N FAI FAIL L DIS DISPL PLA AY
FAIL DRAIN PR HYD. PRESS
This icon will display when the hydraulic system pressure drain process fails. The alarm will sound continuously. continuously.
Turn the ignition key OFF to cancel the alarm and repeat hydraulic pressure drain procedure before servicing the machine.
2-10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION The following chart is provided to familiarize personnel with the priority of the Monitor Display Icons. Pay close attention to these icons as they can help in avoiding unnecessary repairs and expense.
LCD DISPLAY
The icons in the chart below are listed in priority from the most serious to least serious. EXAMPLE: If the engine oil pressure is abnormal and Fuel level is low, the engine oil pressure Icon will display and buzzer will sound. After the oil pressure is back to safe operating pressure, the low fuel Icon will display. display.
SERVICE FUNCTION ICON SEQUENCE Machine status display MONITOR SYSTEM OK Time display
14 : 20
Within 5 sec. (Automatically)
ALARM NOT ACTIVE
14 : 20 Tachometer display
1515 RPM
Normal Display
MONITOR ALARM
Time display
256Hr E/G OIL
1920Hr AFT HYD OIL CH
AFT CH
Use to ensure the time of the replacement for the inspection, service, etc. When pressing the screen change switch, make sure to hold switch down for 0.5 sec. to properly change the screen display. Machine normally starts in M mode, except the long reach option machine. Long reach machine starts in A mode.
256Hr AFT HYD FIL CH
256Hr AFT FUEL FIL CH
ALARM NOT ACTIVE Asist Mode Display
Digging mode
Leveling mode
Spreading mode
B (Breaker) Mode Display
FLOW RATE
Independent Travel Mode Display
Clock icon
Flow rate can be adjusted. Double pump flow can be selected.
B
L min
ALARM NOT ACTIVE
B
TRAVEL INDEP. MODE 1
Travel control pedals must be in neutral before activating function 9
REST'D AIR CLEANER
19
POWER BOOST ON
10
ATTACHMENT OVER LOAD
20
HEAVY LIFT
E/G PREHEAT
11
CHARGING PROBLEM
21
WARMING UP
FINISH PREHEAT
12
LOW FUEL LEVEL
28
6
LOW E/G OIL PRESS
13
LOW HYD OIL LEVEL
29
7
HIGH E/G COOL TEMP
14
LOW E/G COOL LEVEL
32
REST'D E/G OIL FILTER
15
LOW E/G OIL LEVEL
33
CPU
2
4
Warning
Tamping mode
5
8
MECHATRO CONT. FAIL
SWINGBRAKE DISENGAGED
• For the description of display of the work work mode, refer to Section 3. Each display flickers during this mode.
WARM FINISH
WARM CHANGE E/G OIL DRAINING
PR HYD. PRESS FAIL DRAIN
PR HYD. PRESS
• Alarm activates when icons #2, #5, #6, #7, #10, #28, #32, and # 33 display. Supplementary Explanation: • Icons #5 and #6 are displayed and the monitor alarm does not stop even if the buzzer stop switch is pressed. When icon #6 is displayed, the engine RPM will idle immediately and the engine will shut down after 5 seconds. •When icon #7 is displayed the alarm activates and can be deactivated by pressing the buzzer stop switch. •Icons #2, #3, #10, and #28 are displayed and alarm activates intermittently and stop sounding after 5 seconds. YQ102MonitorDisplayIcons
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-11
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 9. Preventive Maintenance Program – FIGURE 2.12A Notes: 1. The engine oil change warning display default setting is 500 hours, but no alarm sounds. 2. The ITCS system does not have warning display icons nor alarm sound for fuel filter, hydraulic oil filter, and hydraulic oil. Press the Screen Change switch to obtain the hours elapsed since the last maintenance. The display hours on the LCD are set to 4 digits for hydraulic oil, and 3 digits for all others. 3. The display time on the LCD can be returned to zero by simultaneously pressing and holding the " " selector switch and " " switch for 5 seconds.
2
Note: If CONTRAST 50 is displayed on the screen, press " adjustment mode and continue normal PM adjustment.
" to cancel Contrast
Note 3: For adjusting
MONITOR SYSTEM
Note 4: Once the item to be adjusted is shown on the LCD press Screen Change switch continuously for 5 to 10 seconds and release it.
OK Within 5 sec. (Automatically)
10 : 10
Note 1: For viewing
2250RPM
256Hr E/G
OIL
AFT CH
123Hr FUEL
FIL
AFT CH
135Hr HYD
FIL
AFT CH
1275Hr AFT HYD OIL CH
256Hr E/G
h c t i . w n s i o e t r g a b n i a l h a C c r n f o e e r m c t e S i e e h h t t o s t s t e r e P g : o 2 t e t o N
123Hr FUEL
135Hr HYD
OIL
AFT CH
FIL
AFT CH
FIL
AFT CH
1275Hr AFT HYD OIL CH
NOTE 5: System must be in "A" or "M" mode for calibration to take place. If System is in "B" mode, flow setting will display and calibration will not take place.
After setting After setting the the desired desired hours, press the screen change switch continuously for 5 ~ 10 seconds to calibrate the next item for schedule maintenance (*). (The system will record the hours instantly when pressing the Screen Change switch). Press mode switch to increase the number on the LCD
Press to record
If no more items are to be calibrated, after setting the desired hours on the last item, press and release the screen change switch to record them in the system.
Once the hours are recorded into the system, the LCD will show the next item accordingly. Simply scroll through each one of the items, by pressing the Screen Change switch until the screen shows the time :
10 : 10
Press the buzzer stop switch to decrease the number on the LCD
d e s s e r p e d s i h c t i y w l s i d p p o a t r S e r g e n z a z h u c B l i r l o w e s d r o u o M h , e y h t l s f u I : o 6 u n e i t t n o o N c
(*) Since the Fuel Fil ter Change, Hydraulic Filter Change, and Hydraulic Oil Change icons keep record of hours elapsed from maintenance, it is best to set them to Zero accordingly by simultaneusly pressing the "Mode" and "Buzzer Stop" switches. YQ102ProgramPM
FIGURE 2.12A
2-12
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 10. Monitor Time Adjustment – FIGURE 2.13A
MONITOR SYSTEM
Within 5 sec. (Automatically)
Clock icon
10 : 10
OK
Press and hold screen change switch for 5~10 seconds and release Note: engine speed will display while switch is depressed
NOTE: When depressing any monitor switch, make sure to hold switch down for 0.5 seconds to properly activate the switch function.
2
Year is displayed
Y 02
M 10
D 25
H 14
m 57
Note: if either switch is depressed continuously, numbers will change rapidly Are all items Year, Month, Day, Hour, and minutes Calibrated?
NO Each time the light switch is depressed, the screen will cycle between Month, Day, Hour, minutes, and Year.
Note: After time adjustment is completed, the LCD may display F R
Press the buzzer stop switch to decrease the number on the LCD
Press mode switch to increase the number on the LCD
YES
and the work light indicator may be "ON", depress the work light switch to turn "OFF"
Press three times to unlock
If onitor locks in:
MONITOR SYSTEM
14 : 57
OK
Monitor displays military time YQ102TimeAdjustment
FIGURE 2.13A 12. Changing Warning Display Language – FIGURE 2.13C
11. LCD Contrast Adjustment – FIGURE 2.13B MONITOR SYSTEM
Within 5 sec. (Automatically)
Clock icon
10 : 10
OK
NOTE: Language selected in system can be checked by turning key NOTE: Language switch to “HEAT” position. Press switch and simultaneously turn the ignition key to ON
NOTE: When depressing any monitor switch, make sure to hold switch down for 0.5 sec. to properly activate the switch function.
Press and hold both switches simultaneously for 5 to 10 seconds and release
Set the language required:
Adjust LCD contrast as needed
Language icon
NOTE: When depressing any monitor switch, make sure to hold switch down for 0.5 seconds to properly activate the switch function.
J Press mode switch to increase the number on the LCD
Press the buzzer stop switch to decrease the number on the LCD
Press mode switch to cycle between languages
Press to record LCD contrast
Press to record required language
YQ102LCDContrast
YQ102ChangeLanguage
FIGURE 2.13B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
LANGUAGE CHOICES: J: Japan E: English (British) EA: English (American) T: Thailand I: Indonesian F: French S: Spanish E: European Symbols G: German C: Chineese
FIGURE 2.13C
2-13
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
2
13. Operability fine adjustment function for Dynamic Acera minor change (SK160LC~SK330LC- 6E) 1) Bo Boom om-u -up p speed speed 2) Tr Travel avel speed speed change change at travel strai straight ght 3) Auto accel speed retur return n time time 4) Ar Armm-ou outt speed speed 5) Risi Rising ng (Start (Start up) mode mode setting setting change change 6) Manual operation time is released released at code mode (Complied (Complied with with hunting of arm in/out) 7) Swing priority priority at arm in in and swing simultaneously simultaneously performed performed by recirculation recirculation 8) Powe Powerr shift setting setting change change by manual operati operation on 9) Maxi Maximum mum pump flow flow setting setting for auxiliary auxiliary system system 10) Chang Change e of high-r high-reach each crane crane load load setting setting adjustm adjustment ent Adjustment procedure 1) Make sure sure safety lever lever is up (Locked (Locked up positio position) n) 2) Di Disp spla lay y “ Serv Servic ice e Diag Diagno nosi sis s ” scre screen en by by pres pressi sing ng the the Buz Buzze zerr Stop Stop ( ) swit switch ch and and sim simul ulta tane neou ousl sly y start the engine. 3) Pr Pres ess s the the Sc Scre reen en Ch Chan ange ge ( ) swi switc tch h or or the the Bu Buzz zzer er St Stop op ( ) swi switc tch h to to sel selec ectt the the Se Serv rvic ice e Dia Diagn gnos osis is Sc Scre reen en of the function to be adjusted, see table below for better reference. 4) Pres ess s the the Work Mod ode e ( ) sw swit itch ch an and d whi whille hol holdi ding ng it, pre pres ss the the Wor ork kin ing g Li Ligh ghtt sw switch ( ) 3 time mes s. The The “Adjustment mode” is displayed on the monitor screen (Adjustment values will display on the last row (VER___)). 5) Pres ess s the Wor ork k Mod Mode e( ) sw swit itch ch to inc ncrrea ease se va vallue ue,, and and pr pres ess s the the Buz uzze zerr St Stop ( ) sw switch to dec decrrea ease se va vallue ue.. 6) Pr Press ess the the Scree Screen n Change Change ( ) switch switch to to record record and and term termina inate te adjus adjusmen mentt proced procedure ure.. The The monito monitorr displa display y will will defau default lt to service diagnosis screen No.1. No.1 MECHATRO CONTROLLER P/N YN22E00123F1 PROGRAM VERSION VER 04.00
Adjustment contents are displayed. Set value display.
SK160LC~SK330LC-6E Service diagnosis screen
Adjustment contents display
1) Boom-up speed
No.2
BOOM PIC ADJ VER 04. 04
2) Speed change at travel straight
No.3
ST TRVL ADJ VER 05. 13
465 (little change)
3) Auto accel speed return time
No.5
DECEL PI ADJ VER 00. 18
6 (fast startup)
4) Arm-out speed
No.6
ARM P2C ADJ VER 04. 04
404 (slow)
5) Cold mode time adjustment
No.7
LOW TEMP ADJ VER 00. 05
0~4 (cold mode)
6) Start up mode
No.9
MODE ADJ VER 00. 01
1 (M mode),
7) Swing priority arm recirculation
No.10
PIS SW ADJ VER 06. 47
583 (slow)
8) Power shift manual setting
No.25
P SHIFT ADJ VER 00. 00
0 (little)
9) Pump flow manual setting
No.32
QMAX ADJ VER 00. 30
10) High-reach crane load adjustment
No.39
HI REACE ADJ VER 00. 50
MI N
Initial value
MAX
404mA 404 (slow)
632 (fast) 513mA 561 (large change) 18k 18 (slow startup) 404mA 632 (fast) 5 5 (normal mode) 1 (M) 2 (A mode),
3 (B mode)
647mA 711 (fast) 0 30 (large) 210 30 (low flow)
210 (high flow) 50
0 (alarm slow)
100 (alarm fast)
* Do not set No.7 and No.39 in principle. * No.7 : If measurement of arm working speed is needed unavoidably when hydraulic oil is at low temperature, set initial value to 5 and measure the arm speed. * No.39 : Alarm point of 90% loaded, and 100% loaded alarm is not changed. To return all values to initial values: Display values: Display “ Service Diagnosis Screen ” No.40, an d press “ Working light switch ” 10 times, and turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
2-14
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 14. Draining Hydraulic System Pressure – FIGURE 2.15A
d. Press the hydraulic tank pressure relief d. valve and proceed to service or change auxiliary attachments.
A new convenient feature is now incorporate incorporated d in the electro-hydraulic system of the Dynamic Acera minor change excavators to help the operator release the pressure in the hydraulic system directly from the operator’s cab for machine service or to switch auxiliary attachments. Proceed as follows to release hydraulic system pressure: a. With a. With the engine running and the throttle positioned in low idle, press and hold the s c re e n c h a n g e s wi tc h ( buzzer st stop sw switch (
YQ101ReleasePress
2 FIGURE 2.15C
) a n d th e
WARNING
) si simultaneously
While releasing the hydraulic system pressure, if the monitor displays:
for at least 5 seconds. See Figure 2.15A for better reference. The engine speed will switch to low idle and the monitor display will show “
32
DRAINING
PR HYD. PRESS
33
”, and the monitor
and the monitor alarm sounds continuously, turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to shut down the engine. The alarm will quit sounding and the monitor display will disappear 4 seconds after the key switch is turned OFF. OFF. Repeat the process again starting starting from step a. Do not attempt to service the machine or switch auxiliary attachments without releasing the hydraulic system pressure.
alarm will sound intermittently.
WARNING MAKE SURE TO STABILIZE THE ATTACHMENT ON THE GROUND BEFORE ACTIVATING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DRAIN SYSTEM
FIGURE 2.15A
B
Engine running with throttle potentiometer in low idle
32
FAIL DRAIN
PR HYD. PRESS
A4. Power Boost Switch – FIGURE 2.15D Located on the right hand control lever, this switch should only be used for increased break out force during digging.
DRAINING
PR HYD. PRESS
NOTE: The monitor alarm can be turned off with the buzzer stop switch. YQ102DrainHydSystem
Press and hold Screen Change and Buzzer Stop switches simultaneously for 5~10 seconds and release
b. Operate b. Operate the control lever, corresponding to the circuit required, several times to release the system pressure. c. Turn c. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to shut down the engine. The alarm will quit sounding and the monitor display will disappear 4 seconds after the key switch is turned OFF.
FIGURE 2.15D
YQ102PowerBoost
NOTE Use of power boost is prohibited when arms longer than standard are installed.
WARNING FIGURE 2.15B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
DO NOT USE POWER BOOST FOR LIFTING OPERATIONS. INSTEAD, USE THE HEAVY LIFT SWITCH
YQ102KeyOff
2-15
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
2
A5. 24 Volt Volt Cigarette Lighter – FIGURE 2.16A The cigarette lighter is located on the right side control panel, next to ignition switch. To use the cigarette lighter the key switch must be in the ON position. Push the lighter in and wait approximately 30 seconds for it to “POP” out. Pull lighter from the socket to use. Replace lighter back into its socket after use.
CAUTION Do not use the cigarette lighter as a power source for 12 volt accessories. It is 24 volt outlet. Plugging a 12 volt accessory into a 24 volt connector may result in shorting and/or Fire.
YQ102CigLighter
FIGURE 2.16A
A6. Location for Optional Switches – FIGURE 2-16B
This additional switch panel is provided on the right side console for any machine customizaton if desired.
FIGURE 2.16B A7. Cup Holder Holder and and Ashtray – FIGURE 2.16C A cup holder is provided on the right side panel, below the monitor, and the ashtray is located on right side console, as shown in the figure.
FIGURE 2.16C
2-16
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION A8. Radio – FIGURE 2.17A The radio is located on the right side control panel as indicated in Figure 2.17A. The LCD Display shows the radio station selected as well as its frequency band. 1. Control Switches The following table describes the different functions available to use the radio: SWITCH
FUNCTION AND USAGE
1
Power switch and volume control
2
Tone control
3
FM & AM selector
4
Time set button
5
Station selector
6
Preset selector buttons
7
LCD display
8
Time ad justing buttons
BAL PRESET STATION
BAND
O SW-VOLUM SW-VOLUME E O TONE
ST
TIME SET SET
TUNING MANUAL AUTO AUTO
2
YQ102Radio
FIGURE 2-17A
6
4
3
1 BAL
PRESET STATION
BAND BAND
SW-VOLUM O SW -VOLUME E O TONE
2. How to select stations – FIGURE 2.17B a. How a. How to select the radio station manually: Press the Power switch to turn on the radio and press the station selector buttons up or down to select the desired radio station. This radio functions in two main frequency bands: AM and FM. Whe n the freque fre que ncy ban d reaches the upper or lower limit, the radio automatically switches to the opposite limit, that is: from the upper to the lower or vice versa. b. How b. How to preset the radio stations: Once the desired radio station is selected manually, press any of the preset station buttons (1 ~ 6) for more than 1.5 sec to record it in its respective memory. The reception is temporarily lost during the memorization process. Once the reception is recovered, the station is preset on the desired preset station button. Repeat this procedure to preset a total of 6 different radio stations.
ST
TIME SE SET T
YQ102Fig4Radiocontrols
7
2 5
8
FIGURE 2-17B 3. How to adjust the clock a. After a. After the radio is turned on, press button (4) to activate the time function. Then press buttons (8): H, M, and RST to set the time accordingly. cordingly. Use H to set the hour and M to set the minutes. NOTE The radio LCD screen will return to normal functioning after 5 seconds of inactivity on the time control buttons.
NOTE The preset stations are canceled when the radio is removed for maintenance or the batteries are disconnected.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TUNING MANUAL MANUAL AUTO
2-17
b. The b. The RST button works as follows: (If trying to adjust time to 10:00 hours) b1. If minutes are within 0 and 29: when pressing RST button, minutes will be taken to “10:00”. Then press (M) to set the proper minutes. b2. If minutes are within 30 and 59: when pressing RST button, minutes will be taken to “10:30”. Then press (M) to set the proper minutes.
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
2
B. LEFT HAND OPERATOR OPERATOR CONSOLE B1. Climate Control Air Conditioner – FIGURE 2.18A and 2.18B The climate control-AC provides a comfortable indoor environment and adjustable control of cab temperature. It removes moisture from humid air and reduces window glass fogging. The climate control-AC is installed behind operator’s seat and sends cold air or hot air into cab.
C
A
A
B D
Air Outlet Selector Select a preferable air diffuser direction that is most comfortable moving the grill by hand. A , B , C , D ••• Air outlet
SK32002009
I. Control Panel Description AIR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
FIGURE 2.18A
FRESH AND RECIRCULATE AIR SELECTOR SWITCH LCD DISPLAY
DEFROSTER SWITCH
TEMPERATURE SETTING SWITCH (°C °F)
COMPRESSOR SWITCH
FAN SPEED SELECTOR SWITCH
AUTO CONTROL SWITCH
MAIN POWER SWITCH
FIGURE 2.18B SUPPLEMENTARY EXPLANATION The LCD display indicates temperature, air outlet mode, compressor ON – OFF, AUTO, recirculate, fresh air, and fan speed. The background of the control panel is illuminated when ever the A/C system is activated.
II. Fundamental Use – FIGURE 2.18B Before turning the air conditioner on, close the door and windows to achieve the best performance. 1. Press the “AUTO” control switch to control air capacity and blower outlet automatically, and set the temperature in the range from 18.5 C (65.3 F) to 31.5 C (88.7 F). The AUTO indicator in the LCD display will come on.
The outlet temperature, outlet opening and fan speed are adjusted automatically so that indoor temperature of the cab comes closer to the set temperature. 2. Select proper mode manually through recirculate and fresh air capacity selector switch and compressor switch ON – OFF. 3. Select preferable fan speed manually through fan speed selector switch when fan speed, selected through auto control, is not preferable. The “AUTO” indicator in the LCD display goes out. Press “AUTO” switch to return to automatic climate control.
°
°
°
°
2-18
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION III. Control Panel Functions 1. Main Power Switch and Display – FIGURE 2.19A a. LCD display is illuminated when the climate control-AC is operating. When the climate control-AC is stopped, LCD will be turned off. b. Press main power switch, and all functions for the climate control-AC switch ON or o r OFF. OFF. Each time when this switch is pressed, the function switches ON and OFF. When switched ON, the climate control-AC starts operating at the point set before switching OFF (When it is set to AUTO, AUTO, in auto mode; if NORMAL is selected, then in normal mode). NOTE The key switch will switch air-conditioner OFF, but the operating condition just before switching off may not be restored when the key switch is turned ON again. 2. Auto Control Switch and Display – FIGURE 2.19B a. Press the main power switch to activate the climate control-AC and the LCD display will illuminate. b. Press control switch AUTO, and fan speed and air outlet are automatically controlled, and “AUTO” indicator lamp on LCD display is illuminated. c. When the main power switch is OFF, the system will retain the previous setting in memory. Therefore, when the main power switch is pressed again, the climate control AC will come on in the the auto control mode. In In the Auto mode, the fan speed and air outlet openings are operated automatically. automatically. 3. Temperature emperatur e Setting Switch and Display – FIGURE 2.19C a. The set temperature is indicated in digits on LCD display. Temperature set range is 18.5 C (65.3 F) to 31.5 C (88.7 F). b. Press the two temperature set switches simultaneously for 5 seconds to change the display from Centigrade (C) to Fahrenheit (F) or viceversa in the LCD display. display. (Eg. ) 25 C 77 F or 77 F 25 C c. Press temperature set switch DOWN or UP to change the set temperature. The temperature goes up or down by 0.5 C (0.9 F) in graduation. The set temperature may be raised or lowered by continued pressing of the switch. °
°
°
°
°
MAIN POWER SWITCH YQ102ACpanel2
FIGURE 2.19A
LCD DISPLAY
AUTO CONTROL SWITCH
MAIN POWER SWITCH YQ103ACpanel3
FIGURE 2.19B
LCD DISPLAY
°
°
°
°
°
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
LCD DISPLAY
2-19
TEMPERATURE SETTING SWITCH (°C °F SELECTOR SWITCH) YQ102ACpanel4
FIGURE 2.19C
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION d. The set temperature 18 C (64.4 F) is the lowest cooling temperature, and 32 C (89.6 F) is the highest heating temperature. Control beyond either of these limits is not possible. 4. Air Outlet Mode Selector Switch and Display – FIGURE 2.20A a. Air outlet position is indicated by the arrow on LCD display. b. Press Air Outlet Mode Switch in the condition where auto display light is on, and the display mode is fixed. “AUTO” indicator lamp on LCD display goes out, and “AUTO” “AUTO” control of air outlet opening is released. Press it again, and the level is changed to VENT BI-LEVEL FOOT FACE. °
°
°
IR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
°
2
YQ102ACpanel5
FIGURE 2.20A
LCD display
Air outlet opening
Vent
Bi-level
Foot
Face
Air outlet direction direction
Upper half of body body
Upper half of body, body, foot
Foot, front glass glass
Upper half of body (Front)
5. Defroster Switch Switch and Display Display – FIGURE FIGURE 2.20B a. Press Defroster Switch, the defroster indicator will be displayed. b. Press Air Outlet Mode Selector Switch, and it returns to air outlet mode just before pressing defroster switch. c. Press Defroster Switch in the condition where AUTO display is indicated, “AUTO” indicator lamp on LCD display goes out and the auto control of air outlet opening is released. 6. Recirculate and Fresh air Selector Selector Switch and Display – FIGURE 2.20B a. Suction (fresh air intake) mode is indicated on LCD display b. Each time recirculate and fresh air capacity selector switch is pressed, the mode is switched to air recirculate or fresh air intake.
2-20
FRESH AND RECIRCULATE AIR SELECTOR SWITCH
DEFROSTER SWITCH
LCD DISPLAY
AIR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
YQ102ACpanel6
FIGURE 2.20B
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 7. Compressor Switch and Display – FIGURE 2.21A Press the compressor switch, marked with the snow flake, and the snow flake ikon will be indicated on the LCD display. Press it again, the compressor turns off, and its indicator icon on the LCD display goes out.
AIR LCD CAPACITY DISPLAY DISPLAY
8. Air Capacity Selector Selector Switch and Display Display – FIGURE 2.21B When it is set to MANUAL mode, fan speed on LCD display is as follows. Display
Fan speed
LCD 4 bars are lit up.
MAX.
LCD 3 bars are lit up.
HIGH
LCD 2 bars are lit up.
MEDIUM
2
AIR CAPACITY SELECTOR SWITCH YQ102ACpanel7
FIGURE 2.21A
LCD display
Air capa capacity city
LCD 1 bar is lit up.
COMPRESSOR SWITCH
LOW
MEDIUM MED IUM
LOW
HIGH
MAX.. MAX
YQ102AirCapDisplay
FIGURE 2.21B Press UP or DOWN of fan speed selector switch, and auto control of fan speed is released, and “AUTO” indicator lamp on LCD display goes out.
YQ102SoundHorn
B2. Horn switch switch – FIGURE FIGURE 2.21C The horn switch is a momentary push button located on the operator’s left control handle, see Fig. 2.21C for better reference. NOTE ALWA ALWAYS YS SOUND SOUND HORN BEFORE STARTING STARTING ENGINE TO ALERT PERSONNEL THAT THE MACHINE IS GOING TO BE OPERATED. B3. Safety Lever – FIGURE 2.21D A hydraulic safety lever lock is provided on the left control console to avoid activation of any unwante d hydraulic function. When the safety lever is placed in the unlocked (down) position, the alarm will sound intermittently for one (1) second and the hydraulic system becomes active. Always, before leaving the cab, shut down the engine, and place the safety lever in the locked (up) position.
FIGURE 2.21C
WARNING ALWA ALWAYS YS PLACE THE THE SAFETY LOCK LEVER INTHE INTHE LOCKED (UP) POSITION BEFORE LEAVING THE CAB. NEVER LEAVE THE MACHINE UNATTENDED WITH ENGINE RUNNING.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
Hydraulic system inactive
Hydraulic system active
FIGURE 2.21D
2-21
YQ10
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION B4. Auto Warm Up Selector Switch – FIGURE 2.22A Before turning the ignition switch to the ON postion, turn on the warm up switch located on the left le ft panel and then start the engine.
2
NOTE The Auto Warm Up System will not activate if the Ambient temperature is above 10 ºC (50 ºF).
Engine and hydraulic system warm up switch WARM
1. Warming arming up of of engine engine The “WARMING UP” is displayed on the multi display after operating the engine for 3 minutes at auto accel speed (1050 rpm.) when the accel dial set value is the value for deceleration or lower, the engine speed returns to the speed set by the the throttle potentiometer. potentiometer. 2. Warmin Warming g of hydrauli hydraulic c oil oil The warm up operation will be done as follows: pump max. flow rate at the engine speed (1050 rpm) for 3 minutes pump max. flow rate (control valve closed) at the engine speed (1600 rpm) for 5 minutes pump max. flow rate and control valve fully open at the engine speed (1600 rpm) for 5 minutes max. flow rate at the engine auto accel speed (1050 rpm) for 10 minutes, “WARMING UP” is displayed on the multidisplay. 3. Warmin arming g up comp complet lete e After an elapsed time of about 26 minutes of warming of hydraulic oil, or when the hydraulic oil temperature switch turns OFF, The WARMING UP indication(“WARMING UP”) on the multidisplay disappears and the buzzer sounds for 5 seconds. Turn the auto warm up switch OFF.
N A F
P M E T
F / R
E D O M
F E D
YQ102Warmup
FIGURE 2.22A
CAUTION AUTO WARM-UP SHOULD BE UTILIZED ANYTIME MACHINE IS STARTED IN CLIMATE TEMPERATURES BELOW 10 ºC (50 ºF) TO STABILIZE MACHINE CONTROL RESPONSE. COLD OIL CAN CAUSE ERRATIC MACHINE OPERATION.
NOTE 1. If 1. If a pilot control lever is activated while the warm up system is active, the warm up system is disconnected. The warm up system will restart after 10 sec. of neutral condition in the pilot control system. 2. If 2. If the Auto warm up switch is pressed to the OFF position, the warm up system is disconnected. 3. In 3. In climates below -18 ºC (0 ºF) it may be necessary to use a coolant heater, fuel heater, engine heater jacket and/or additional battery power to aid in starting the engine.
2-22
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION B5. Independent Travel Travel Select Switch – FIGURE 2.23A The independent travel select switch is located on the left hand control console. Use this function where fine metering of simultaneous travel and attachment operations are required. Travel control levers/pedals must be in the neutral position before activating this switch.
Independent travel switch
DANGER NEVER TURN OFF HEAVY LIFT SWITCH DURING ANY HEAVY LIFTING OPERATION. SUDDEN OR UNEXPECTED LOAD MOVEMENT COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
B7. Swing Flasher Switch – FIGURE 2.23C The swing flasher switch is located on the right hand operator console. The swing flasher is a 2 position rocker switch which is used to turn on the swing flashers. “ON” “ON” – Push Push the the symbo symboll side side of of switc switch h down down to to turn the swing flashers ON. “OFF” “OFF” – Push the the empty empty side of of switch switch down down to turn the swing flashers OFF. Swing flasher switch
N A F
P M E T
E D O M
F / R
F E D
CAUTION YQ102IndTravel
FIGURE 2.23A B6. Heavy Lift Switch Switch – FIGURE FIGURE 2.23B The heavy kift switch is located on the left hand control console. The heavy lift switch has 2 operating positions. The heavy lift function is used when precision control of heavy lifting operations are required. 1. “ON” – Push the symbol side of switch down to turn heavy lift function on. 2. “OFF” – Push back of switch down to turn heavy lift function Off.
Heavy lift switch
Use the Swing Flasher Lights when working in congested areas. FIGURE 2.23C
N A F
P M E T
F / R
E D O M
F E D
YQ102Swingflasher
B8. Double Pump Flow Selector Switch– FIGURE 2.23D (Optional for SK290LC/SK330LC-6E) Use this switch, provided on the left side control panel, to select a single or double pump flow to the auxiliary system. a. Press a. Press it forward to activate the double pump flow for the auxiliary system. b. Press b. Press it backward to cancel the double pump flow and activate the single pump flow for the auxiliary system.
N A F
CAUTION
P M E T
F / R
E D O M
Do not set this switch to double pump flow when using breaker.
F E D
N A F
P M E T
F / R
YQ102HeavyLift
FIGURE 2.23B
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
FIGURE 2.23D
2-23
YQ102TwoPumpFlow
E D O M
F E D
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
2
C. REAR PANEL AND OTHERS C1. Swing Parking Parking Brake Release Release Switch and Hydraulic Back Up System When ever ev er the “CPU “ CPU MECHATRO CONT. CONT. FAIL” is displayed on the LCD screen, use the swing parking brake release switch to release the swing parking brake while the machine is running. To To release the swing parking brake, proceed as follows: 1. Stop 1. Stop the engine, see Figure 2.24A.
NORMAL
Shut off engine and electronic system
YQ102BrakeRelease
RELEASE LOCK
FIGURE 2.24A
FIGURE 2.24D
YQ102KeyOff
2. Remove 2. Remove the covers for the control panel located behind the operator’s seat, see Fig. 2.24B: › Remove the rear panel upper cover screws (4) and press the lower locks to release the cover. Tilt cover forward to disconnect the speaker wires and 12V adapter wires, see Figure 2.24C, and remove the top cover.
5. Use 5. Use a 13 mm and a 5 mm wrench to back out completely, completely, to stop position, a special screw located on the pump regulators. See Figure 2.24E. 6. Start 6. Start the engine.
YQ102RearPanelCovers
FIGURE 2.24B
YQ102RSspeaker
Turn out screws, completely to their stop position.
YQ102P1RegScrew
YQ102LSspeaker
FIGURE 2.24C › Press the upper locks to release the top side of the lower cover. Then press the lower locks to release the bottom side of the cover to remove it. 3. Locate 3. Locate the switch to release the swing parking brake and flip it to its release position, see Fig. 2.24D. 4. Install 4. Install the rear panel covers.
YQ102P2RegScrew
FIGURE 2.24E
NOTE MACHINE EFFICIENCY WILL BE APPROXIMATELY 85%. Make sure to return these switches to their “normal” position after repairing the Mechatronic System.
2-24
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION C2. 12 Volt Volt Power Supply – FIGURE 2.25A The 12 volt power supply is located beside the right side switch panel. For use of common auto accessories such as a fan or other accessories requiring 12 volt(DC) power, pull cover away from 12 volt power supply and insert 12 volt male socket into power supply. Replace cover after use.
12 VOLT ADAPTER
2
CAUTION Do not use the cigarette lighter as a power source for 12 volt accessories. It is a 24 volt outlet. Plugging a 12 volt accessory into a 24 volt connector may result in shorting and/or Fire.
N A F
P
M E T
F / R
E D O M
F E D
YQ102 12Vadapter
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS OUTPUT – 180 Watt C3. Fuse Box – FIGURE 2.25B The fuse box is located behind the operators seat. It contains all necessary fuses for the electrical circuits of the machine. Should it become necessary to inspect or change a fuse, remove the fuse box cover by gently pulling each end away from the box. Should a fuse require replacement, use a replacement fuse of the same type and amperage. Turn key switch to “OFF” and wait approximately 4 seconds for all electrical power to stop before removing or replacing a bad or blown fuse. The fuse cover incorporates a fuse puller to remove fuses. Refer to the Maintenance Section of this manual for a detailed diagram and description of fuse box. C4. Hour Meter Meter – FIGURE FIGURE 2.25C – The hour meter indicates the total time that the engine has run. It meters the time continuously as long as the engine is running.
FIGURE 2.25A
FUSE COVER
FUSE BOX
FIGURE 2.25B
HOUR METER
FIGURE 2.25C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-25
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION D. OPERATING LEVERS AND CONTROLS
2
D1. Engine Emergency Stop Control – FIGURE 2.26A The engine emergency stop control cable is cable is located at the lower right hand side of the operator’s seat. It is used only in an emergency situation to stop the engine quickly. It has 2 operating positions. 1. “IN”-Releases the fuel stop lever on the governor to allow normal starting of the engine. 2. “OUT”-Activates the fuel stop lever on the engine governor to immediately stop the engine. YQ102EmergShutDown
CAUTION
FIGURE 2.26A
Do Not suddenly stop the engine when operating at high RPM. Doing so may damage the turbo or engine.
LH CONTROL LEVER ARM OUT
D2. Left Hand Operator Control Lever – FIGURE 2.26B SWING LEFT
CAUTION
SWING RIGHT
Hydraulic controls are designed for and set to ISO operating pattern for optimum machine performance and safety. safety. Changing the control pattern will effect the performance of the machine. The left hand operator control lever is located at the top front of the L.H. operator console. Its purpose is to allow the operator to control operations of the swing and arm. Operating speed of function is variable from stop to full stroke depending on how far lever is operated. The left hand operator control lever has 4 basic operational functions. 1. “FORWARD”– Variable speed arm out. 2. “BACKWARD”– Variable speed arm in. 3. “LEFT”– Variable speed left swing. 4. “RIGHT”– Variable Variable speed right swing. 5. “CENTER”– “CENTER”– Neutral position. D3. Right Hand Operator Control Lever – FIGURE 2.26C The right hand operator control lever is located at the top front of the R.H. operator console. Its purpose is to allow the operator to control operations of the boom and bucket. Operating speed of function is variable from stop to full stroke depending on how far lever is operated. The right hand operator control has 4 basic operational functions. 1. “FORWARD”– Variable speed boom down. 2. “BACKWARD”– Variable speed boom up. 3. “LEFT”– Variable Variable speed bucket in (digging). Variable speed bucket out (Dump). 4. “RIGHT”– Variable 5. “CENTER”– “CENTER”– Neutral position.
ARM IN
YQ102LShandcontrol
FIGURE 2.26B BOOM DOWN
RH CONTROL LEVER
BUCKET OUT BUCKET IN
BOOM UP
YQ102RShandcontrol
FIGURE 2.26C
2-26
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION RS FOOT REST
D4. Left and Right Travel Travel Levers and Pedals –FIGURE 2.27A The travel levers and pedals are located in front of operator seat. They are used to move the left or right track of the machine either forward or backward: 1. “FOR “FORWA WARD RD”– ”– Variabl ariable e spee speed d forw forward ard track track movement. 2. “BACKW “BACKWARD ARD”– ”– Variable ariable speed reverse reverse track track movement. 3. “CENTER”– Neutral po position.
RS TRAVEL PEDAL RS TRAVEL LEVER LS TRAVEL LEVER LS TRAVEL PEDAL LS FOOT REST
2
THESE OPERATIONS ARE WITH TRAVEL MOTORS POSITIONED BEHIND THE OPERATOR’S CAB.
FIGURE 2.27A
NOTE See “Machine Travel Controls” in Section-03 for details on travel operation.
D5. Removing the Travel Control Levers 1. Use 1. Use a 13 mm wrench to remove the travel control levers from the travel pedals, see Figure 2.27B. 2. 2. Use a 17 mm wrench to remove the support brackets located in the air cleaner compartment, see Figure 2.27C. 3. Store 3. Store the travel control levers properly in the air cleaner compartment and securely tighten the brackets.
When needed, remove travel levers and store them in the air cleaner compartment.
YQ102Travelpedals
FIGURE 2.27B
YQ102TravelLeverBrackets
FIGURE 2.27C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-27
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION E. OPERATOR OPERATOR CAB AND OPERATOR OPERATOR SEAT SEAT 1. Locking/Unlocking Locking/Unlocki ng Cab Door Use the key switch key to lock or unlock cab door. Insert key into door lock and turn clockwise to unlock or turn counterclockwise to lock cab door. See FIGURE 2.28A.
2
YQ102DoorLock
FIGURE 2.28A 2. Cab Door Latch a. The cab door can be latched in an open position by opening door until it is locked open by the door latch located on the cab. See FIGURE 2.28B.
YQ102OpenDoorLock
b. Release door latch by pushing release lever down to release door from latch. See FIGURE 2.28C.
FIGURE 2.28B
PUSHING LEVER DOWN TO RELEASE DOOR
WARNING NEVER USE THE LEVER FOR DOOR LATCH RELEASE AS A HANDLE TO MOUNT AND/OR DISMOUNT FROM THE MACHINE.
YQ102OpenDoorLatch
FIGURE 2.28C
2-28
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION c. Pull release lever located inside the door, and door opens from the inside of cab. – FIGURE 2.29A.
2 PULL RELEASE LEVER YQ102DoorLatch
FIGURE 2.29A 3. Opening & Closing Windshield Windshield Front window (upper) can be stored in ceiling. LEVER (1 EACH SIDE)
CAUTION Make sure to properly lock the window frame in place, or the wiper lock does not function, and consequently the wiper may be damaged because the wiper moves at the time when the wiper motor switch is turned on. a. Pull levers on the right and left sides of front window upper section and levers are unlocked. See FIGURE 2.29B. b. Hold handles on upper central and lower left sides of the front window. window. Lift the front window up and slide overhead all the way to the back end. Pull down on handles to lock the window in place. See FIGURE 2.29C.
HANDLE FRONT INSIDE OF CAB
YQ102FrontWindowUnlock
FIGURE 2.29B
WARNING Special attention must be paid not to injure hands and others when the front window is closed. Always, make sure to properly lock the front window in place to avoid injury.
LEVER REAR INSIDE OF CAB
FIGURE 2.29C
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-29
YQ102FrontWindowLock
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
2
4. Removing and Storing Lower Front Window a. After placing placing upper front window in ceiling, and locking it in place, remove front window by hand from window frame, see FIGURE 2.30A. b. Securely store the removed lower front window in holder in the rear of cab, behind the operator’s seat. c. To store it, insert the right and left sides of glass in holder, and support it with holder on the lower section of window frame. See FIGURE 2.30B.
YQ102RemoveGlass
REMOVE LOWER FRONT WINDOW GLASS
FIGURE 2.30A
HOLDER
HOLDER
HOLDER
YQ102LowGlassonHolder
FIGURE 2.30B
5. Opening and Closing Door Glass a. Open cab door glass (upper) sliding it to front side after unlocking it. b. Close the door glass sliding it to LOCK position, then lock it. See FIGURE 2.30C.
LOCK LOCK
YQ102DoorWindow
FIGURE 2.30C
2-30
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 6. Opening and Closing Sunroof a. Slide a. Slide the sun visor backward as shwon in FIGURE 2.31A.
7. Cab Dome Light a. Turn Cab Dome Light “ON” by pushing the Dome Light Switch downward. b. Turn “OFF” by pushing switch all the way up. See FIGURE 2.31C. c. Place Dome Light Switch in the “CENTER” position and the light will be operated by the door switch. When door is opened the light will come “ON” and when the door is closed the light will turn “OFF”.
YQ102SunVisorClosed
OFF SUN VISOR
ON
YQ102SunVisorOpen
FIGURE 2.31A YQ102Cabinsidelight
FIGURE 2.31C
WARNING MAKE SURE TO SECURE FRONT WINDOW WITH LOCKS WHEN PLACED IN THE UPPER POSITION b. Pull b. Pull locks on right and left sides inward, and sunroof opens through the aid of gas spring. Close sunroof pulling locks inward, and lock it. Also the roof can be left slightly open to ventilate air in cab by placing lock A section on B section. See FIGURE 2.31B.
8. Storage Compartment The Operator and Parts Manual storage compartment is a pouch located on the back of the operators seat. Keep the Operator and Parts Manual for this machine in this location at all times for quick, easy reference. See FIGURE 2.31D.
LOCK (1 EACH SIDE)
B A
YQ102SeatPocket
YQ102CabDome
FIGURE 2.31D
FIGURE 2.31B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-31
2
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 9. Operator Seat Adjustments The operator seat incorporates several adjustment mechanisms to insure operator comfort, ease of operation and operator safety. safety. The adjustment areas are as follows:
2
a. Operator Operator Weigh Weightt Adjustm Adjustment ent – FIGURE FIGURE 2.32A 1. Rotate the adjustment knob until weight read out is close to the operator’s weight at the top end of the dial.
YQ102SeatSuspAdjst
FIGURE 2.32A
YQ102LSseatadjust
b. Seat Height Height Adjus Adjustmen tmentt – FIGURE 2.32B 2.32B 1. Pull height adjustment lever up to raise or lower rear of seat. 2. Push height adjustment lever down to raise or lower front of seat.
FIGURE 2.32B
c. Seat Reclini Reclining ng Adjust Adjustment ment – FIGURE FIGURE 2.32C 2.32C 1. Pull reclining adjustment lever up to set desired reclining angle. 2. Release reclining adjustment lever to lock seat in position.
YQ102RSseatadjust
FIGURE 2.32C
2-32
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION d. Seat Front Front to Back Back Adjustmen Adjustmentt – FIGURE FIGURE 2.33A 1. Pull up on top bail for seat adjustment and move seat forward or backward to desired position. 2. Release bail to lock seat in position.
g. Head Rest Rest Adjust Adjustment ment – FIGURE FIGURE 2.33C 2.33C 1. Move head rest forward or backward to desired reclining angle. 2. Raise or lower head rest to desired height. YQ102HeadRest
2
e. Control Control Stand Stand Front Front to Back Back Adjust Adjustment ment – FIGURE 2.33A 1. Pull up on bottom bail for control stand ad justment and move entire frame forward or backward to desired position. 2. Release bail to lock the control stand in position. USE BOTTOM BAIL TO ADJUST CONTROL STAND USE TOP BAIL TO ADJUST OPERATOR SEAT ONLY
FIGURE 2.33C h. Adjustment of Control Control Stand Stand Height Height – FIGFIGURE 2.33D To adjust the height of the control stand, use a 17 mm wrench to remove the capscrew (M10) under the operator’s left side console. The 3stage setting position is as follows: 1. From Factory, the height is set to the medium position (H1), 10 mm (0.4”). 2. In the lowest position (H2), the height is raised to 20 mm (0.8”).
YQ102SeatFwdAdjst
FIGURE 2.33A
f. Arm Rest Adjustmen Adjustmentt – FIGURE FIGURE 2.33B 2.33B 1. Lower arm rest and with finger, turn adjustment wheel until arm rest is in desired position.
YQ102Opcontrolheight
H1 H2 YQ102ArmRest
FIGURE 2.32B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
FIGURE 2.33D
2-33
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION i. Seat Belts – FIGURE 2.34A 1. Sit on the operator’s seat and adjust the seat position so that the operator’s back closely contacts with the seat back. 2. Draw out the right side side seat belt and fasten it to the buckle located on the left side.
2
RED BUTTON
NOTE If the belt stops while you’re pulling it out, release the tension and continue pulling it out.
BUCKLE
YQ102BuckleUp
FIGURE 2.34A
WARNING
3. When the seat belt is used, draw it out moderately long and insert it in the buckle until rattling sound is heard. Release hands, and the length is automatically adjusted and the belt is locked.
ALWAYS ALWAYS WEAR SEAT SE AT BELT WHILE SITT ING IN OPERATOR OP ERATOR SEAT. SEAT. ALWAYS CHECK CONDITION OF SEAT BELT AND SEAT BELT MOUNTING HARDWARE TO MAKE CERTAIN SEAT BELT IS IN GOOD CONDITION AND PROPERLY SECURE.
4. After locking, the belt can be adjusted about 25 mm (1 in) to fit comfortably.
CAUTION Replace the seat belt every three years regardless of appearence, and tag date of replacement on its support mount for reference.
5. Press the red red button of the buckle, and the belt is unfastened. 2.5. MACHINE ACCESS COMPARTMENTS AND DOORS A. Engine Coolant Tank Tank & Engine Air Cleaner Access Doors – FIGURE 2.34B Located on the left side of the machine the engine coolant tank access door allows access to the engine coolant tank. It also holds the engine air cleaner access door closed. Use the key switch key to lock and unlock the Engine coolant tank access door.
CAUTION ALWAYS, ALWAYS, MAKE MAK E SURE TO USE THE T HE DOOR STAYS TO LOCK THEM OPEN WHILE PERFORMING INSPECTION AND/OR MAINTENANCE.
AIR CLEANER COMPARTMENT
RADIATOR RADIATOR COMPARTMENT
LB102LSrearCompartment
Radiator Expansion Tank
2-34
FIGURE 2.34B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION B. Main Pump Access Door – FIGURE FIGURE 2.35A Locate on the right side of the machine this door allows access to the main pump.
CAUTION ALWAYS, MAKE SURE TO USE THE DOOR STAYS TO LOCK THEM OPEN WHILE PERFORMING INSPECTION AND/OR MAINTENANCE.
2 YQ102PumpCompartment
C. Battery Box Access Cover – FIGURE FIGURE 2.35B Located on the right front of the upper frame. This cover allows access to the batteries and battery relay. relay. This access cover is also locked and unlocked using the ignition key. Use stay to lock the cover open.
FIGURE 2.35A
YQ102Batteries
FIGURE 2.35B D. Fuel Cap – FIGURE 2.35C Stop engine and remove cap on fuel tank. Fill to desired level or to full capacity. See Section 4 for proper tank capacity. capacity.
WARNING MAKE SURE ENGINE IS OFF AND KEEP BATTERY COVER AND ENGINE HOOD CLOSED WHEN FUELING. YQ102Fueltankcap
FIGURE 2.35C
E. Engine Cover – FIGURE 2.35D Open engine cover with ignition key (if locked) after stopping engine. Use stay to support it.
YQ102EngineHood
FIGURE 2.35D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
2-35
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC
Safety Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1.1 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION
!
WARNING
!
Do Not operate or perform any maintenance on this machine until all instructions found in this manual have been thoroughly read and understood. Improper operation or maintenance of this machine may cause accidents and could result in serious in jury or death. Always keep this manual in the operators seat pocket. If it is missing or damaged, place an order with an authorized KOBELCO distributor for a replacement. If you have any questions, please consult an authorized KOBELCO distributor. 1. Most accidents, which occur during operation, are due to neglect of precautionary measures and safety rules. Sufficient care should be taken to avoid these accidents. Erroneous operation, lubrication or maintenance services are very dangerous and may cause injury or death of personnel. Therefore all precautionary measures, NOTES, DANGERS, WARNINGS and CAUTIONS contained in this manual and on the machine should be read and understood by all personnel before starting any work with or on the machine. 2. Operation, inspection, and maintenance should be carefully carried out, and safety must be given the first priority.. Messages of safety are indicated with marks. priority The safety information contained in this manual is intended only to supplement safety codes, insurance requirements, local laws, rules and regulations. 3. Messages of safety appear in this manual and on the machine. All messages of safety are identified by the words “DANGER”, “WARNING” and “CAUTION” . a. DANGER – Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury and is represented as follows:
!
DANGER
Page 2-2
WARNING
CAUTION 4. It is very difficult to forecast every danger dange r that may occur during operation. However, However, safety can be ensured by fully understanding proper operating procedures for this machine according to methods recommended by KOBELCO. 5. While operating the machine, be sure to perform work with great care, so as not to damage the machine, or allow accidents to occur. 6. Continue studying this manual until all Safety, Safety, Operation and Maintenance procedures are completely understood by all persons working with the machine.
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
!
WARNING
!
The proper and safe lubrication and maintenance f or this machine, recommended by KOBELCO, is outlined in the OPERATORS MANUAL for this machine. Improper performance of lubrication or maintenance procedures are dangerous and could result in injury or death. Read and understand the OPERATORS MANUAL before performing any lubrication or maintenance. The serviceman or mechanic may be unfamiliar with many of the systems on this machine. This makes it important to use caution when performing service work. A knowledge of the system and or components is important before the removal or disassembly of any component.
!
b. WAR ARNI NING NG – – Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury and is represented as follows:
!
c. CAUT UTIO ION N – Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against possible damage to the machine and its components and is represented as follows:
!
Because of the size of some of the machine components, the serviceman or mechanic should check the weights noted in this manual. Use proper lifting procedures when removing any components. Weight of components table for SK210(LC)-VI is shown in Page 6-5 and for SK250(LC)VI in page 6-23 of Section VI - SPECIFICATIONS.
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The following is a list of basic precautions that must always be observed. 1. Read and understand all Warning plates and decals on the machine before Operating, Maintaining or Repairing this machine. 2. Always wear protective glasses and protective shoes when working around machines. In particular, wear protective glasses when using hammers, punches or drifts on any part of the machine or attachments. Use welders gloves, hood/goggles, apron and the protective clothing appropriate to the welding job being performed. Do not wear loose fitting or torn clothing. Remove all rings from fingers, loose jewelry jewelry,, confine long hair and loose clothing before working on this machinery. machinery. 3. Disconnect the battery and hang a “Do Not Operate” tag in the Operators Compartment. Remove ignition keys. 4. If possible, make all repairs with the machine parked on a level, hard surface. Block the machine so it does not roll while working on or under the machine. Hang a “Do Not Operate” tag in the Operators Compartment. 5. Do not work on any machine that is supported only by lift, jacks or a hoist. Always use blocks or jack stands, capable of supporting the machine, before performing any disassembly.
!
WARNING
!
Do not operate this machine unless you have read and understand the instructions in the OPERATORS MANUAL. Improper machine operation is dangerous and could result in injury or death. 6. Relieve all pressure in air air,, oil or water systems before any lines, fittings or related items are disconnected or removed. Always make sure all raised components are blocked correctly and be alert for possible pressure when disconnecting any device from a system that utilizes pressure. 7. Lower the bucket, blade, or other attachments to the ground before performing any work on the machine. If this cannot be done, make sure the bucket, blade, ripper or other attachment is blocked correctly to prevent it from dropping unexpectedly unexpectedly.. 8. Use steps and grab handles when mounting or dis-
Dynamic Acera 01/02
mounting a machine. Clean any mud, grease, oil, or debris from steps, walkways or work platforms before using. Always face the machine when using steps, ladders and walkways. When it is not possible to use the designed access system, provide ladders, scaffolds, or work platforms to perform safe repair operations. Refer to item M on page 1-3. 9. To avoid back injury, use a hoist when lifting components which weigh 23 kg (50 lbs) or more. Make sure all chains, hooks, slings, etc., are in good condition and are the correct capacity capacity.. Be sure hooks are positioned correctly. correctly. Lifting eyes are not to be side loaded during a lifting operation. 10.T 10. To avoid burns, be alert for hot parts on machines which have just been stopped and hot fluids in lines, tubes and compartments. 11.. Be careful when removing cover plates. Gradually back 11 off the last two bolts or nuts located at opposite ends of the cover or device and carefully pry cover loose to relieve any spring or other pressure, before removing the last two bolts or nuts completely. 12.Be 12. Be careful when removing filler caps, breathers and plugs on the machine. Hold a rag over the cap or plug to prevent being sprayed or splashed by liquids under pressure. The danger is even greater if the machine has just been stopped because fluids can be hot. 13. Always Always use the proper tools that that are in good condition and that are suited for the job at hand. Be sure you understand how to use them before performing any service work. 14.Reinstall 14. Reinstall all fasteners with the same part number. Do not use a lesser quality fastener if replacements are necessary. 15.Repairs 15. Repairs which require welding should be performed only with the benefit of the appropriate reference information and by personnel adequately trained and knowledgeable in welding procedures. Determine type of metal being welded and select correct welding procedure and electrodes, rods or wire to provide a weld metal strength equivalent at least to that of the parent metal. Make sure to disconnect battery before any welding procedures are attempted.
Page 2-3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 16.Do 16. Do not damage wiring during removal operations. Reinstall the wiring so it is not damaged nor will be damaged in operation of the machine by contacting sharp corners, or by rubbing against some object or hot surface. Do not connect wiring to a line containing fluid. 17.Be 17. Be sure all protective devices including guards and shields are properly installed and functioning correctly before starting a repair. If a guard or shield must be removed to perform the repair work, use extra caution and replace the guard or shield after repair is complete. 18.The 18. The maintenance and repair work while holding the bucket raised is dangerous due to the possibility of a falling attachment. Don’t fail to lower the attachment and place the bucket to the ground before starting the work. 19.Loose 19. Loose or damaged fuel, lubricant and hydraulic lines, tubes and hoses can cause fires. Do not bend or strike high pressure lines or install ones which have been bent or damaged. Inspect lines, tubes and hoses carefully.. Do not check for leaks with your hands. Very small fully (pinhole) leaks can result in a high velocity oil stream that will be invisible close to the hose. This oil can penetrate the skin and cause personal injury. Use cardboard or paper to locate pin hole leaks. 20.Tighten 20. Tighten connections to the correct torque. Make sure that all heat shields, clamps and guards are installed correctly to avoid excessive heat, vibration or rubbing against other parts during operation. Shields that protect against oil spray onto hot exhaust components in event of a line, tube or seal failure must be installed correctly.
23.Caution 23. Caution should be used to avoid breathing dust that may be generated when handling components containing asbestos fibers. If this dust is inhaled, it can be hazardous to your health. Components in KOBELCO products that may contain asbestos fibers are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch plates and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these components is usually bound in a resin or sealed in some way.. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as airway borne dust which contains asbestos is not generated. If dust which may contain asbestos is present, there are several common sense guidelines that should be followed. a. Never use compressed air for cleaning. b. Avoid brushing or grinding grinding of asbestos containing materials. c. For clean up, use wet methods or a vacuum equipped with a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. d. Use exhaust ventilation on permanent machining jobs. e. Wear an approved respirator if there is no other way to control the dust. f. Comply with applicable rules and regulations for the work place. g. Follow environmental rules and regulations for disposal of asbestos. h. Avoid areas where asbestos particl particles es may be in the air.
21.Do 21. Do not operate a machine if any rotating part is damaged or contacts any other part during operation. Any high speed rotating component that has been damaged or altered should be checked for balance before reusing. 22.Be 22. Be careful when servicing or separating the tracks. Chips can fly when removing or installing a track pin. Wear safety glasses and long sleeve protective clothing. Tracks can unroll very quickly when separated. Keep away from front and rear of machine. The machine can move unexpectedly when both tracks are disengaged from the sprockets. Block the machine to prevent it from moving.
Page 2-4
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1.3 PREPRE-ST START ART SAFE SAFETY TY Many failures that occur during machine operation or servicing result from neglecting fundamental safety precautions. The following safety precautions are given to prevent such failures, but they are only a part of what you must follow. Read, understand and follow all safety precautions found in this manual and on the machine thoroughly before operating the machine.
A. OBSERV OBSERVE E SAFET SAFETY Y PRECA PRECAUTI UTIONS ONS Follow all safety rules, precautions, and operating procedures.If there are other personnel and flagmen working in the area, have them observe the specified signs.
B. WEAR WEAR PROT PROTEC ECTI TIVE VE CLOT CLOTHI HING NG Wear well fitting safety shoes, hard hat, and working clothes, and put on protective glasses, face shield, ear protection and gloves. When necessary, wear reflective vest.
C. READ READ and UND UNDERS ERST TAND THE OPE OPERARATORS MANUAL Before operating the machine, read and understand this operators manual thoroughly thoroughly inorder to use the mchine effectively and safely.
D. KEEP KEEP OPERA OPERATO TORS RS MANUAL MANUAL IN MACHIN MACHINE E CAB Keep this this manual in the the specified specified storage area located behind the operators seat for quick reference. Should the operators manual become lost or damaged, contact an authorized KOBELCO distributor to order the operators Manual.
OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SK32001002
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING STORAGE AREA
SK32001003
READ MANUAL / KEEP IN MACHINE CAB
E. HOW TO HAN HANDL DLE E LIFE LIFE HAM HAMMER MER A life hammer is provided on the right side of cab. In case of emergency, emerge ncy, take the life hammer, break the cab glass, and escape from the cab. In addition, the life hammer is equipped with a cutter on the lever side to cut the seat belt, etc. HOW TO HANDLE LIFE HAMMER F.
PREPAR PREP ARE E FOR FOR EME EMERGE RGENC NCIES IES Have a fire extinguisher and first aid kit ready for emergencies. Know how to operate the fire extinguisher and know where the First Aid Kit is located for easy access in case of emergency.
SK32001005
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-5
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS G. ENSU ENSURE RE SAFET SAFETY Y AT THE THE WORK WORK SITE SITE K now the the work work area area!! Before operating the machine, carefully survey and record the land and worksite features to prevent the machine from falling or the soil from caving in.
H. PERFOR PERFORM M PRE-S PRE-ST TART INS INSPEC PECTION TION Before starting the machine, mach ine, perform a PRESTART PRESTART inspection of the machine. If any problems are found, repair or replace defective components immediately immediately.. DO NOT OPER ATE THE MACHINE
WORKSITE SAFETY– KNOW THE AREA
until all problem areas are properly repaired. Always keep the windshield, working lamps, and mirrors clean for good visibility.
I.
ENGAGE ENGA GE SAF SAFET ETY Y LOC LOCK K LEVE LEVER R BEFO BEFORE RE LEAVING MACHINE Before leaving the operator’s seat, move the safety lock lever to the “LOCKED” (Up) position. This will not allow operation of any hydraulic controls should they be accidentally moved. If the lever is not set to the “LOCKED” position and hydraulic controls are touched accidentally, accidentally, the machine may move suddenly resulting in serious injury. Also Also before leaving the machine, lower the bucket to the ground, place the safety lock lever in the “LOCKED” (Up) position , stop the engine and remove the starter switch key.
J. SIGN SIGNS, S, SI SIGN GNAL ALS S & FL FLAG AGME MEN N Install signs on soft shoulders and ground areas, have a flagman direct the operation op eration if necessary. necessa ry. The operator should note marks and follow signals from the flagman. All personnel should know the meaning of the signs, marks, and signals. Only one flagman should give the signs and signals.
PRE-START INSPECTION OF MACHINE
SAFETY LOCK LEVER
K. KEEP FIRE AWA WAY Y FROM FROM FUEL FUEL AND AND OIL Oil, antifreeze, and especially fuel are highly flammable. Never use fire near the machine. Securely tighten all fuel and oil caps. Keep fuel and oil in the designated storage areas. Promptly clean up any all spills and dispose of waste properly. properly. KEEP FIRE FIR E AWA AWAY FROM FUEL F UEL & OIL OI L L. USE USE CAUT CAUTIO ION N NEAR NEAR NOI NOISE SE If noise is high during operation, hearing loss may result. Approved hearing protection should be used if personnel will be exposed to high noise levels for a long period of time.
SK32001010
USE CAUTION NEAR NOISE
Page 2-6
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS KEEP STEP RAILS
M. MOUNTING & DISMOUNTING DISMOUNTING MACHINE MACHINE When getting on and off the machine, always main tain three point contact by using the handrails and step. Inspect and clean handrails, step, and mounting parts. Remove slippery materials, such as lubricants, and mud. Always place the cab door entrance parallel to the tracks before stopping the engine for dismounting. N. AVOID HOT SURF SURFACES ACES & AREAS Immediately after the machine is operated, the temperature and pressure of the engine coolant, engine oil, and hydraulic oil are very high. Burns may result if caps are removed, or oil, water, or filters are changed under these conditions. Wait until the temperature goes down, before attempting to check fluids or change filters. O. USE THE PROPER OPTIONAL ATT ATTACHMENT ACHMENT Use only optional attachments designed for and approved by KOBELCO. Read, understand and follow all instructions in the manual accompanying the optional attachment. Use of any optional attachment not approved by KOBELCO in writing, can cause serious injury to personnel, damage to the machine and its components and shorten the life of the machine. Contact an authorized authorize d KOBELCO Dealer for optional attachments available for the machine. P. PREV PREVEN ENT T FIRE FIRES S Leaking or spilled fuel, lubricants and hydraulic oil are fire hazards. Clean and properly dispose of spills as they occur. Repair or replace all leaking components to prevent fire. Also, clean the machine regularly removing all debris to help prevent fires, pay particular attention to removal of leaves, sticks, paper etc. Keep fire extinguisher in an accessible area and know how to use the fire extinguisher should a fire occur.
CLEAN AND IN GOOD
USE GRIP BARS
CONDITION
AND STEP RAILS
MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING MACHINE
SK32001012
HOT SURFACES
SK32001013
USE PROPER ATTACHMENT
SK32001014
PREVENT FIRES– CLEAN UP SPILLS 1.4 SAFETY DURING OPERATION A. ST STARTI ARTING NG ENGINE ENGINE Sit in the operator’s seat. Sound the horn before starting the engine to alert people the machine is being started. Make sure no one is near the machine. Do not short circuit the starter circuit or battery to start the engine. This may cause serious injury or cause damage the electrical system. MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING MACHINE
SOUND HORN BEFORE ST STARTING ARTING Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-7
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B. PASS SSEN ENGE GERS RS This equipment is not intended or designed for the transportation of persons. Never allow persons to ride on the machine. Serious injury or death can result from allowing passengers on or in the machine.
C. TRAVEL Make certain of the location of the travel motors before operating travel controls. Sound horn before mov ing the machine to inform persons that the machine is travelling. Position the attachment as shown inillustration before beginning travel. Move the machine at slow speeds. Do not turn suddenly on rough terrain. Avoid travelling over obstacles. Should it become necessary to travel over an obstacle, keep the attachment low to the ground and travel at extremely slow speed.
NO PASSENGERS
D. SWING Make certain the swing area of machine is clear of all persons and obstacles before operating swing controls. Sound horn before swinging machine. If necessary,, have a flagman signal operator during opessary eration to help prevent injury to persons or damage to obstacles and equipment.
E. BOOM, BOOM, ARM ARM & ATT TTAC ACHME HMENT NTS S Give the work you are doing your undivided attention. Make certain the attachment being used is suited for the job at hand. Make certain of obstacles in the work area and operate the machine within those limits. If necessary have a flagman signal the operator to prevent injury to persons or damage to the machine or obstacles in the work area. ALWAYS ALW AYS PL AC E ATTAC HM EN TS ON TH E GROUND AND RAISE THE SAFETY LOCK LEVER BEFORE LEAVING THE CAB.
F.
OPERATIN OPERA TING G ON INCL INCLINE INES S OR SLOP SLOPES ES Operation of this machine on an incline or slop may cause the machine to become unstable or unbalanced. Work up and down inclines or slopes never across. Never Swing or turn machine around on slopes. Build a level area for the machine to operate. Operate controls carefully to prevent sud den movements which may cause the machine to slide or tip over. Use a flagman to direct the operator.
KNOW TRAVEL MOTOR POSITION
!
DANGER
KEEP CLEAR OF SWING AREA
SWING SAFETY / USE SWING FLASHERS
BUILD BANKING FOR SLOPE SLO PE OPERATION
Page 2-8
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS G. WORKIN WORKING G AROUN AROUND D UTILI UTILITI TIES ES If it is suspected that utility lines such as, gas, water, phone or electrical power are in the work area, contact the local utility authority for line location BEFORE beginning work in the area.Use extreme caution around electrical power lines. Keep a sufficient distance away from electrical lines during operation. See chart below for minimum distances. LINE VOLT VOLTAGE AGE 0 ~50,000 50,000 ~200,000 200,000 ~350,000 350,000 ~500,000 500,000 ~750,000 750,000 ~1,000,000
MINIMUM DISTANCE-M (FEET) 3.0M (10)OR MORE 4.5M (15)OR MORE 6.0M (20)OR MORE 7.5M (25)OR MORE 10.5M (35)OR MORE 13.5M (45)OR MORE
H. LIFTING This machine is an excavator excavator.Use .Use extreme caution when lifting or moving heavy loads.Use proper lifting equipment rated at a capacity to handle the load.
KEEP A SAFE DISTANCE FROM UTILITIES UTILIT IES
NEVER USE B UCKET TEE TH TO TO LIFT OR MOVE MOVE HEAVY LOADS.
I.
J.
FROZEN FROZ EN & SN SNOW OW COV COVER ERED ED WO WORK RK SI SITE TES S Use extreme caution when operating the machine on frozen or snow covered work sites.Operate all controls slowly and cautiously to prevent sudden movements that may cause the machine to unexpectedly shift, slide or move.Even on the slightest slope, when snow is present or work area is frozen can allow a machine to unexpectedly move. Snow on shoulders or snow drifts can be much deeper than expected.The machine can easily become buried under such conditions.Use extreme caution while operating the machine mach ine around or in snow.
FILL FI LLED ED OR OR UNS UNST TAB ABLE LE GRO GROUN UND D Be certain the condition of the work site is stable and capable of supporting the machine during operation. Do not operate attachment too close to the machine. Operation of the machine on shoulders or filled areas could cause the machine to become unstable presenting a work hazard.Position the travel motors to the rear of the machine, allowing for quick reversal, should the work area become un stable.
SK32001006
USE EXTREME CAUTION ON FROZEN OR SNOW
SK32001021
USE PROPER LIFTING DEVICES
SK32001022
WORK ON STABLE GROUND Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-9
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS K. REST RESTRI RICT CTED ED WOR WORK K AREA AREAS S In work sites with limited height and swing areas such as tunnels,bridges,around electrical power lines, other utilities,or inside structures,use extreme caution in keeping the machine and its attachment a safe distance away to prevent personal injury and / or equipment or structure damage.Use a flagman to direct the operator.
L. PAR ARKI KING NG TH THE E MA MACH CHIN INE E Always park park the machine on a firm,level firm,level surface. If no firm level surface is available,block the tracks and lower attachment to the ground to help prevent machine movement. Should the machine be parked on a roadway, move the machine to the shoulder to allow passing of traffic. Also post reflective warning signs and markers at a distance from the machine to safely warn motorists. Refer to local code and regulations regarding the posting of work area warnings and markers.
BE AWARE AWARE OF OBSTACLES OB STACLES
M. STABILI STABILIZE ZE ATT TTACHME ACHMENTS NTS Stabilize all attachments removed from the machine to prevent the attachment falling fa lling over. 1.5 INSP INSPECTI ECTION ON &MAINTENA &MAINTENANCE NCE SAFETY SAFETY A. “T “TAG AG-O -OUT UT ” MAC MACHI HINE NE Before performing any inspection or maintenance procedures to the machine,fill out and post to the operators controls a “DO NOT OPERATE ” tag to warn persons not to start the machine.Also inform the supervisor and all operators that the machine is under inspection or maintenance and they will be informed when the machine is ready for normal operation.
PARKING SAFETY SAFET Y
B. TOOL TOOLS S &EQU &EQUIP IPME MENT NT Use the proper tools and equipment for the task at hand. Know the proper use of the tools and equipment before starting any inspection or maintenance procedures.
SK32001025
STABILIZE ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS WHEN REMOVED RE MOVED C. PERS PERSON ONAL AL EQ EQUI UIPM PMEN ENT T Wear well fitting work clothes,hard hat,safety shoes and gloves. Confine long hair,loose clothing and remove all jewelry before attempting any inspection or maintenance procedures to this machine or attachments.
SK32001026
USE PROPER TOOLS
Page 2-10
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS D. ST STOP OP TH THE E EN ENGI GINE NE BE CER TAIN TO TU TURN RN ENGINE OFF OFF AND LACE T HE HE S A F E T Y L O C K L E V E R I N TH TH E “L “L O C K E D ” (UP) POS ITION before attempting any inspection or
maintenance procedures to the machine. Failure to stop engine could result in serous bodily injury or death.
E. SET SET THE THE ATT TTAC ACHM HMEN ENT T Always set the machine in the hydraulic oil check position on firm level ground before attempting any in spection or maintenance procedures procedures to the machine. If it is not possible to put the machine in this position, secure the boom, arm and attacment to ALWAYS PLAC E AThelp prevent sudden movement. ALWAYS
STOP ENGINE/ENGAGE SAFETY LOCK LEVER
TACHMENTS ON THE THE GR OU OUND ND AND RAIS E THE S A F E TY L OC K L E VE R B E F OR E L E AV IN G TH E CAB.
F.
CLEAN CLEA N THE THE MA MACH CHIN INE E Keep the machine clean and free of debris, excess or spilled lubricants, fuel and fluids. Use aproved solvents, detergents and water to clean the machine and its components on a regular basis. Be careful not to allow water water to reach electrical compon components. ents. Serious damage can occur to the electrical system by allowing water to reach the electrical components. Never clean inside of cab, or electrical components with pressurized water or steam.
G. PRESSU PRESSURIZ RIZED ED FLUI FLUIDS DS & LUB LUBRIC RICANT ANTS S Always release pressure from hydraulic reservoir, engine coolant, fuel system and all systems cotaining pressure before removing any caps or components BE CAUT CAUTIOUS IOUS OF HOT FLUID FLUIDS S AND GAS SES FROM SYSTEMS ON MACHINES THAT HAVE JUST BEEN STOPPED. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR SYSTEM SYSTEMS S TO COOL BEFORE PERFORMING ANY INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
H. SUPP SUPPOR ORT T THE THE MACH MACHIN INE E If it becomes necessary to raise the machine for inspection or maintenance, always support the machine by positioning positioning the machine as shown in the illustration and use safety supports sup ports or blocks, with a sufficient capacity rating to support the machine, under the tracks. N E V E R I NS NS P E C T OR OR P E R F OR OR M
HYDRAULIC OIL CHECK POSITION
KEEP MACHINE CLEAN
RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE
MAI NTE NA NC E PR OC MAINTE OCE E DUR E S UNDE R A R A IS E D MA C HI NE TH AT IS NO T S UF F IC IE NT LY S UP PORTED.
SUPPORT THE MACHINE Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-11
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS I.
REFUELING Move the machine to a well ventilated area for refueling. Use only specified fuel as described describ ed in the MAINTENANCE section of this operators manual. Immediately clean up all spilled fuel and dispose of properly. After refueling is complete, securely tighten fuel cap.
J.
HYDRAU HYDR AULI LIC C PR PRES ESSU SURE RE Under normal conditions,all circuits of the hydraulic system are under extreme pressure.When inspecting for leaks, use a small piece of cardboard, wood or metal to locate leaks.SMALL leaks.SMALL (PINHOLE) LEAKS CAN BE DANGEROUS IF CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES IS MADE.Wear MADE. Wear approved safety glasses or face shield,gloves, hard hat, safety shoes and work clothes during all inspection inspection and maintenance pro cedures.
K. TRAC TRACK K SH SHOE OE TE TENS NSIO ION N The grease used to adjust the track shoe tension is under extreme pressure in the cylinder cylinder.Use .Use ex-treme caution when adjusting track shoe tension. KEEP FACE,HANDS AND LEGS AWAY AWAY FROM THE GREASE NIPPLE AREA. Carefully AREA. Carefully and slowly loosen the grease nipple when lessening track shoe tension. Never loosen grease nipple more than one complete turn.
L. ELEC ELECTR TRIC ICAL AL SYS SYSTE TEM M Before performing any inspection or maintenance to the electrical system,or performing any welding procedures, disconnect the negative(–)cables negative(–)c ables from the battery terminals.Not disconnecting the negative (–) cable could cause extensive damage to the electrical system.
M. USE APP APPROV ROVED ED WORK WORK LIG LIGHTS HTS Use only approved work lights when performing inspection and maintenance procedures to prevent possible fire or explosion.Certain types of work lights should not be used due to the possibility of ignition of certain flammable gasses and fluids from the machine.
REFUELING
CHECKING FOR HIGH PRESSURE LEAKS
SK32001034
USE CAUTION WHEN ADJUSTING TRACKS
DISCONNECT BATTERY NEGATIVE (-) CABLE WHEN INSPECTING ELECTRICAL OR WELDING
SK32001035
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PRECAUTION
N. DISPOS DISPOSE E OF WAST WASTE E PROPER PROPERL LY Dispose of oils,fuel,coolant,solvents, oils,fuel,coolant,solvents, filters, batter ies etc. according to federal,state and local codes and regulations regarding hazardous waste disposal. Contact Local authorities for proper disposal methods of such materials. SK32001036
USE PROPER LIGHTING
Page 2-12
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1.6 BATTERY SAFETY A. WEA WEAR R PROPE PROPER R PROT PROTECT ECTIVE IVE CLO CLOTHE THES S Wear long sleeve shirt,gloves and approved safety glasses or face shield when working with or around batteries.Battery electrolyte (acid)ill cause severe burns if allowed to make contact the clothing, skin or eyes. Should electrolyte (acid) come in contact with clothes, skin or eyes,immediately remove effected clothing, flush area with clean water for 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention.
SK32001037
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHES
B. KEEP AW AWA AY FROM FROM FIRE FIRE OR FLAMES FLAMES Never allow batteries in the vicinity of fire or flames and do not smoke when working with batteries. Explosive hydrogen gas is produced by the electrolyte (acid) in the batteries.Always work with batteries in a well ventilated area. SK32001038
C. CHAR CHARGI GING NG BA BATT TTER ERY Y Charge battery off of and away from machine in a well ventilated area. When charging battery, remove cell covers to allow gasses to escape. es cape. Avoid breathing gasses from battery.Wear approved Safety equipment when working with batteries.
KEEP AWAY AWAY FROM FIRE FI RE OR FLAMES FL AMES
D. USIN USING G BOO BOOST STER ER CA CABL BLES ES Wear proper safety equipment when working with batteries. If using another machine or vehicle to boost batteries, make certain the machine or vehicle DOES NOT touch the disabled machine. Make certain of the positive (+) and negative ne gative (–) terminals on the booster battery and the disabled machine before connecting booster cables. Connect the positive (+) cable first,then connect negative (–). When disconnecting,disconnect the negative (–) cable first, then disconnect the positive (+) cable. Refer to BASIC MACHINE OPERATION Section of this manual for proper procedures for use of boos ter cables.
Dynamic Acera 01/02
MAKE CERTAIN OF THE POSITIVE (+) ( +) AND NEGATIVE (–) TERMINALS
!
WARNING
Improper booster cable connections can cause an explosion resulting in personal injury. Connect booster cables using following procedure. 1. Con Connect nect boo booster ster cabl cable e to posi positive tive (+) batte battery ry terminal of discharge battery. bat tery. Connect other end of booster cable to positive battery ter minal of normal battery. 2. Conn Connect ect oth other er boost booster er cable cable to nega negative tive (-) battery terminal of normal battery. Connect other end of booster cable to upper frame fra me of troubled machine. 3. Start engi engine ne and and remo remove ve boost booster er cable cables s on reverse order.
Page 2-13
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1.7
WARNIN WARN ING G LAB LABEL ELS S & DEC DECAL ALS S Warning labels and decals are affixed to the machine to remind operators and personnel specific safety precautions in certain areas of the machine. The following are illustrated examples of all warning labels and decals along with their locations.
4. STOP STOP EN ENGI GINE NE– – WAR WARNI NING NG Located on top of engine fan shroud. Part Number– YN20T01009P1
1 . S WI WI NG NG –D AN AN GE GE R Located on each side of the rear counterweight. Part Number – YN20T01003P2 (2REQ’D)
!
DANGER
KEEP CLEAR OF SWING AREA 5. 2. PRESS PRESSURI URIZED ZED HOT OIL – WARN WARNING ING Located on top to p of Hydraulic Tank. Tank. Part Number – YN20T01289P1289P1
BOOSTE BOOS TER R CAB CABLE LE– – WAR WARNI NING NG Located on battery box compartment. Part Number– YN20T01015P2
WARNING
Pressurized hot oil can cause burns. Depress stem or or remove remove cap slowly with engine off off to to relieve Hydraulic Tank pressure. YN20T01289P1
3.
BATTER BATT ERY Y – DAN DANGE GER R /POI /POISON SON Located on Battery89P1
Page 2-14
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 6.
ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULA TOR CONT CONTAINS AINS PRES PRESSURI SURIZED ZED GAS– WARNING Located on side of nitrogen accumulator DANGER Part Number– YN20T01216P1
10. ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL POWER POWER LINES– LINES– WARNING WARNING Located inside cab on R.H. Panel. Part Number– YN20T01006P1
WARNING ACCUMULATOR CONTAINS PRESSURIZED GAS. • Do not not disa disasse ssembl mble. e. • Do n not ot remove remove plu plug g in servi service. ce. • Do not not disp dispose ose withou withoutt relieving relieving gas gas loosening plug. YN20T01216P1
7.
BOOSTE BOOS TER R CA CABL BLE E – WAR ARNI NING NG Located on battery box access compartment. Part Number – YN20T01338P1
11. DO NOT LIFT LIFT MACHINE MACHINE THROU THROUGH GH COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES - DANGER Located on top of counterweight. (2 Required) Part Number– YN20T01221P1
8. POWE POWER R BOOST BOOST SWI SWITC TCH– H– WAR WARNI NING NG Located inside cab on R.H. Window. Window. Part Number– YN20T01004P1
!
WARNING
Releasing power boost switch while lifting a load can cause unexpected lowering of load, resulting severe injury of death. Never use power boost switch of lifting a load. 9.
HEAVY HEA VY LIF LIFT T SWI SWITCH TCH– – WARN WARNING ING Located inside cab on R.H. Window. Window. Part Number– YN20T01340P1
Dynamic Acera 01/02
12.. DO NOT STEP 12 STEP ON ON – WARNIN WARNING G Located on top of engine cover. Part Number– 2432P3055
Page 2-15
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 17. GREASE GREASE SWING SWING BEARI BEARING NG Located on upper frame lower right corner - Below cab. Part Number– 2432P2689
13. HOT COOLA COOLANT NT – WARNI WARNING NG Located on top of engine fan shroud. Part Number– YN20T01010P1
WARNING Steam of hot coolant can cause injury or blindness. Never loosen or open radiator cap when coolant is hot and under pressure. Before opening radiator cap: • Cool Down engine completely. completely. • Cover radiator radiator with with cloth rag. • Loosen cap slowly to reliever pressure.
18. ANTIFREE ANTIFREEZE ZE SOL SOLUTIO UTION N Located on back side of radiator compartment door. Part Number– YN20T01097P1
YN20T01010P1
14. HOT PARTS PARTS – CAUTION CAUTION Located on top of engine cover. cove r. Part Number– YN20T01220P1
CAUTION 19. HYDRAUL HYDRAULIC IC OIL CHECK POSITIO POSITION N Located on back side of pump compartment door. Part Number– 2432P3379
Engine may be hot which could cause burns. Do not touch engine until it cools down. YN20T01220P1
15. ROTA ROTATING PARTS PARTS - CAUTION Located on top of engine cover Part Number– YN20T01012P1
20. HYDRAU HYDRAULIC LIC OIL OIL USED USED Located on the back side of hydraulic tank. Part Number– 2432T6573
CAUTION Rotating engine fan, hot engine parts and drive belt can cause severe se vere injury. Do not open engine cover with engine running.
YN20T01012P1
21. SERIAL SERIAL NUMBE NUMBER R PLA PLATE Located on upper frame lower right corner - Below cab. Par Partt Num Number ber– – 2432 2432T5 T5613 613
16. USE DIES DIESEL EL FUE FUEL L Located on side of fuel tank opening. Part Number– YN20T01213P1
Page 2-16
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 22. KPSS &SWING &SWING BRAKE RELEASE – CAUTION CAUTION Located inside cab rear panel cover. Part Number –YN20T01237P1
26. BUCKET CAB INTERFE INTERFERENCE RENCE -CAUTIO -CAUTION N Located inside cab,on right indow glass lower corner. Part Number – 2432P3380
CAUTION The KPSS work mode releases switch and swing parking brake release switch are installed on the rear side this cover. Swing parking brake release switch
KPSS work mode release switch
• While operating swing action when when the parking brake can not be released set the toggle switch to “RELEASE “ position, and the parking brake si released. Usually, this toggle switch should be sent to norma position and contact our service department immediately.
• When the CPU error error is displayed on the multidisplay, set the toggle swith to “RELEASE “ position and contact our service department immediately.
YN20T01010P1
23. LIFTING LIFTING FUEL TANK – WARNING WARNING Located on top of fuel tank. Part Number –YN20T01028P1
CAUTION
CAUTION FOR INTERFERE
Bucket can contact and damage cab when machine equipped with some attachments.
Check clearance between bucket and cab before operation. Exercise care when operation a bucket near cab. YN20T01012P1
WARNING Lift eyes or tank can fail when lifting tank containing fluids and cause possible personal injury. Drain all fluids from tank before lifting. YN20T01028P1 24. KEEP SURF SURFACE ACE CLEAN CLEAN – WARNING WARNING Located on top of fuel tank (front left corner). Part Number – 2432T6111 2 432T6111
WARNING
When servicing or repairing machine, keep surfaces free of oil, water, grease, tools, etc. to avoid possible slipping slipping and / or falling from from machine, which can cause personal injury. 2432T6111 25. BREAK GLASS IN CASE CASE OF EMERGEN EMERGENCY CY Located inside cab,on back window glass. Part Number –YN20T01178P1
27. READ OPERA OPERATOR MANUAL MANUAL -WARNING -WARNING Located inside cab,on right indow glass lower corner. Part Number –YN20T01016P1
WARNING Read and understand the operators manual before operating or performing maintenance on this machine. Failure to follow or pay attention to instructions in operators manual can result in injury or death. It is your responsibility to be aware of and follow all local laws and regulations. Before starting machine, make sure hydraulic control lever is in lockout position and all control levers are in neutral. Sound horn to alert people. Ensure bystanders and obstacles are clear of machine before moving machine or its attachments. Do not carry riders or machine. Before leaving operators compartment, park on level ground, lower attachments to ground, make sure hydraulic control lever is in lockout position and stop engine. YN20T01016P1
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-17
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 28. DO NOT INSTALL INSTALL ANY ANY OBJECT ON THE HANDRAIL - WARNING Located inside cab,on right window glass lower corner.Part corner.P art Number – 2432T6109
31. SAFETY LOCK LEVER LEVER – WAR WARNING NING Located on right side of operator’s right console. Part Number – PY20T01073P1
WARNING
WARNING DO NOT INSTALL ANY OBJECT ON THE HANDRAIL This can cause the welds that fasten the handrail to the operator’s cab to fatigue and crack to excessive vibration during machine operation. Injury to the operator may result if he falls to ground because of the unexpected brakage of the welds. 2432T6109
Machine may move suddenly and cause serious personal injury if a control lever is accidentally touched be sure the safety lever is disengaged and in the locked position before exiting the cab. PY20T01073P1
32. DO NOT PINCH YOUR HAND(S)– CAUTION Located left side of left console and on floor -left side of left console. Part Number –YN20T01339P1 (2Req’d) PY20T01073P1
29. NIBBLER NIBBLER &BREAKER &BREAKER OPERATION OPERATION - CAUTION CAUTION Located on Left Hand operator console.(OPT) Part Number –YT20T01054P1
CAUTION Be careful not to pinch your hand(s) when operating the lever.
CAUTION Do not set this switch to nibbler combined flow operation position when using breaker.
YN20T01339P1
YY20T01039P1
30. NIBBLER &BREAKER &BREAKER SELECTOR SELECTOR VAL VALVE VE – CAUTION Located inside cab,on right window glass lower corner (OPT). Part Number –YY20T01039P –YY20T01039P1 1
33. KEEP CLEAR OF MACHINE MACHINE – DANGER DANGER Located on both sides of the arm Part Number –YN20T01337P1 (2 required)
ION
YT20T01054P1
CAUTION Procedure to change selector valve: MARK N B E
SELECTION N i b b le r B r e ak e r Extra
Please adjust suitable notch to capscrew. (Some mark may not be indicated)
Marks
Capscrew
MAINTENANCE (When using nibbler or breaker)
Contamination and deterioration of hydraulic oil may develop malfunctioning of control valves, early wear, and seizure of hydraulic pumps, and consequential damage of entire hydraulic circuit. Replace filters and hydraulic oil, referring to the following table: 1.-
Hydraul Hydra ulic ic oi oill chan change: ge: every 600 hours.
2.-2.
Hydraul Hydra ulic ic retu return rn filt filter er change: First: 50 hours Second: 250 hours Regular: Every 250 hours
34. FALLI ALLING NG FRONT WINDOW WINDOW -CAUTION -CAUTION Located on upper frame of front window Part Number – LE20T01019P1
CAUTION Falling front window can cause injury. Always lock securely in place with lock pins on both sides.
LE20T01019P1
YY20T01039P1
Page 2-18
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 35. TWO SPEED SPEED TRAVEL TRAVEL -WARNI -WARNING NG Located inside cab,on right window glass lower corner Part Number – LE20T01019P1
37. OPERATOR’S OPERATOR’S CONTROL PAT ATTERN TERN Located inside of cab door Part Number –YT20T01072P1
WARNING Automatic two speed travel system changes travel speed automatically and can adversely affect machine control when descending a slope and loading or unloading on a trailer. Personal injury can occur from sudden change in machine control. Put travel speed select switch in low speed position when descending a slope and loadi ng or unloading on a trailer. LE20T01019P1
38. HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC WARM WARM UP -CAUTIO -CAUTION N Located inside cab right window glass. Part Number –YN20T01263P1
CAUTION Slow or unexpected movement of the hydraulic functions may result when the hydraulic oil is cold.
36. STOP AND READ OPERA OPERATORS TORS MANUAL MANUAL BEFORE USING -WARNING Located inside cab,on right side wall,behind the right control console (For manual throttle control). Part Number –YN20T01319P1
Always perform the hydraulic oil warm up procedure before attempting normal machine operations. Always keep personnel away from the area around the machine during the warm up procedure. YN20T012663P1
38. HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC WARM WARM UP -CAUTIO -CAUTION N Located inside cab right window glass. Part Number –YN20T01263P1
NOTICE Stopping engine without allowing it to cool can result in overheatting and a shortened engine life. Before stopping engine, engine, run at low idle for at least 5 minutes to allow engine and turbo charger to gradally cool down. YN20T01007P1
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-19
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 39. CONTROL CONTROL LEVER LEVER LOCK LOCK AND UNLOC UNLOCK K Located inside cab on left control console. Part Number –YN20T01341P1
41.CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 – WARNING Located inside cab,on right window glass. Part Number – 2432T6457
WARNING CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive reproducti ve harm. 2432T6457
40. ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL POWER POWER LINES LINES – WAR WARNING NING Located inside cab right window glass. Part Number –YN20T01007P1
42.NOTICE FOR STOPPING ENGINE – NOTICE Located inside cab,on right window glass. Part Number – YN20T01007P1
NOTICE Stopping engine without allowing it to cool can result in overheatting and a shortened engine life. Before stopping engine, engine, run at low idle for at least 5 minutes to allow engine and turbo charger to gradally cool down. YN20T01007P1
Page 2-20
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 42. HANDLING PILOT HOSES WAR WARNING NING –CAU–CAUTION Located on front panel inside the air cleaner compartment. Part Number –YN20T01290P1
CAUTION PILOT VALVE SIDE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CONTROL VALVE SIDE 1.BUCKET (H) 2.BUCKET (R) 3.BOOM (H) 4.BOOM (R) 5.SWING (LH) 6.SWING (RH) 7.ARM (H) 8.ARM (R)
• HYDRAULIC OIL CAN BE HOT AFTER MACHINE MACHINE PERA PERATION. TION. ALLOW OIL TO COOL BEFORE STARTING MAINTENANCE WORK. • BEFORE DISCONN DISCONNECTING ECTING THE HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC HOSES. HOSES..LOOSEN .LOOSEN THE AIR BREATHER ON THE HYDRAULIC OIL TANK AND BLEED OFF THE REMAINING PRESSURE LEFT IN THE HY DRAULIC SYSTEM. • CONTROL PA PATTERN TTERN FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS MUST CORRESPON CORRESPOND D TO BLACK AND WHITE DECAL LOCATED ON THE CONTRO L CONSOLE.
WARNING GREASE IN TRACK TENSIONING MECHANISM IS UNDER EXTREME PRESSURE AND CAN PENETRATE SKIN CAUSING SEVERE INJURY. KEEP FACE AND BODY AWAY FROM GREASE FITTING AREA. NEVER LOOSEN GREASE FITTING MORE THAN ONE (1) COMPLETE TURN. IF GREASE DOES NOT RELEASE AFTER ONE TURN OF THE FITTING, FITTING , CALL AN AUTHORIZED KOBELCO SERVICE DEALER FOR ASSISTANCE. USE CAUTION WHEN ADJUSTING TRACKS TORQUE GREASE FITTING TO 6 kgf-m (45 lbs-ft)
YN20T01290P1 SK32001034
43. ADJUSTING TRACK TENSION TENSION – WARNING WARNING Located inside cab,on right window glass lower corner. Part Number – 2432T61 2432T6110 10
WARNING
44. RELEASE RELEASE HYD.T HYD.TANK PRESSURE PRESSURE – CAUTION Located on hydraulic reservoir air breather valve. Part Number –YN57V00002S –YN57V00002S007 007
Extreme high pressure in track adjustment cylinder can cause personal injury when adjusting crawler tension. Loosen grease nipple with care to relieve pressure gradually. 2432T6110
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-21
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS PROHIBITED MACHINE OPERA OPERATION TION The following examples of machine abuse and misuse should never be attempted by even the most experienced operator. Such abuse and misuse of this machine and its attachments can result in serious bodily injury injury,, death, severe equipment damage and shortened service life of the machine. Under no circumstance should any of these operations be attempted. Use common sense and follow proper operation procedures found in this Operators Manual while operating this equipment. A. DO NOT NOT USE TRAC TRACTIV TIVE E FORCE FORCE OF THE MACHINE FOR LOADING THE BUCKET ATTACHMENT. Doing so will exert excessive force on the machine structure, front end attachments and could cause severe equipment damage. Use tracks for normal travel operations only. B. DO NOT NOT USE SWIN SWINGIN GING G FORCE FORCE OF THE MACHINE FOR OPERATIONS. Doing so will exert excessive force to the machine structure, front end attachments and shorten life of the swinging system of t h e machine. Also, serious injury or death could result from such operations.
DO NOT USE TRACTIVE FORCE
DO NOT USE SWINGING FORCE
C. DO NOT NOT PERFOR PERFORM M “HAMME “HAMMERIN RING” G” OPERATIONS WITH THE BUCKET. Performing operations such as hammering and piling will cause extensive damage to the machine and its components. These types of operation operations s can also result in se seri ri-ous injury or death. D. DO NOT NOT USE THIS THIS MACH MACHINE INE FOR FOR ANYTHING OTHER THAN ITS IN TENDED PURPOSE. This machine is designed and manufacture used for digging and loading operations only. Any other use can exert excessive force to the machine, its components, its systems and result in serious bodily injury or death to the operators and other personnel working in the vicinity of or with the machine.
DO NOT HAMMER WITH ATTACHMENT
SK32001021
USE ONLY FOR INTENDED PURPOSE
Page 2-22
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS E. DO NOT NOT OPERA OPERATE TE BUCKE BUCKET T AND AND ARM CYLINDERS TO STROKE END REPEATEDLY. Extending the bucket and arm cylinders to stroke end to clean debris from the bucket, will cause impact to the bucket cylinder cyli nder causing cylinder damage. Use high pressure water or manually remove stubborn material from the bucket.
F. If operating the machine in cold climates, it may be necessary to remove the batteries from the machine and store in a warm well ventilated area.Install the batteries in the machine before next start up. This will help prevent premature battery deterioration deterioration..
F. DO NOT NOT OV OVER ER EXE EXERT RT THE THE MACHINE’S MACHI NE’S CAP CAPACITI ACITIES. ES. Know the limitations of the machine and its attachments and operate the machine within those specifications. Do not exceed lift charts. Never tip or raise the machine to obtain power to move material.This could cause extensive damage to the machine and its components as well as result in serious bodily injury or death.
guard s if necessary. H. Install vandalism guards
END OF WORK SHIFT SAFETY Perform all of the following procedures af ter each shift is complete to insure the ma chine is in optimal operating condition for the next shift or job site.
G. Remove key from key switch and lock all doors and access panels.
DO NOT OPERATE CYLINDER TO STROKE END
A. Move the machine to a firm, level sur face. B. Lower attachment to the ground. C. Refill fuel tank to full mark to reduce air volume and condensation (moisture). This will decrease the possibility of freezing in the fuel tank, rusting due to moisture and other problems associ ated with start up and operation.
DO NOT OVER EXERT THE MACHINE
D. Close and secure all windows in placeto prevent water or moisture reaching the electrical components of the machine. E. Thoroughly clean and inspect the machine. Perform lubrication mainte nance and repair or replace any problem areas found before restarting themachine.
END OF WORK SHIFT SAFETY Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 2-23
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Always read your operators manual carefully before operating or repairing the excavator. *** Important safety & operation information can be found in this Manual. ***
SK 210 (LC)-VI YY07U0101~ SK 250 (LC)-VI LL08U0101~ PART NUMBER: YN91Z00009D2 ISSUED: 11/99
READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE.
Page 2-24
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Kobelco Dynamic Acera
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Machine Familiarization
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-1
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER RANGE SK160LC E D 1 9 0 LC SK210LC SK250LC SK290LC SK330LC SK480LC
YM02U0101 YL02U0101 YQ07U0101 LL0 8U 0101 LB03U0101 YC06U0101 YS06U0101
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC
Page 3-2
Dynamic Acera 06/02
COMPACT, SR, & DYNAMIC ACERA PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION Dealer Name
Dlr. Code
Model No.
Address
Serial No.
City Engine Model _________________ ______
State
Zip Code:
Hr. Meter
Engine S/N __________________ _________ Bkt. Mfg. __________________ _______
Attachment Type Type ________________ _________________________ _________ Make ______________ ______________________ ________ S/N _______________ ____________________ _____
S/N ______________ ___________
Arm Length ___________ ___________
Boom Length __________ __________
Arm Cyl. S/N ___________________ ____________________ _ Bkt. Cyl. S/N ___________________ ___________________ Boom Cyl. (L.H.) (L.H.) S/N______________ S/N____________________ ______ Boom Cyl. (R.H.) (R.H.) S/N______________ S/N___________________ _____
Place a "C" in the column if the item is CORRECT. Place a "I" in the column if the item is INCORRECT , and explain explain by item number under the comments section. Fill in the blanks provided beside each item. Visual Checks 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Engine Oil Level Engine Coolant Engine Coolant level Hydraulic Oil Level Swing Gear Bath Swing Reduction Unit Travel Reduction Unit - L.H Travel Reduction Unit - R.H
Cab Mounting Instrument panels
21 22
Lubricate Attachments Check Fuel Water Sep.
C-1 Pump P-1 w/H.L. C-1 Pump P-1
K
Seat assembly
23
Check Pilot Filter
C-1 Pump P-1
K
C-2 Pump P-2 w/H.L. C-2 Pump P-2 w/H.L. C-2 Pump P-2. C-2 Pump P-2
V
Cab operation levers Switches / Controls Radio/Speakers Air Cond. / Heating Heating Unit Gauge / Warning Lamps Decals Misapplied / Damaged Wrong/Missing Decal Hoses,Tubes, Fittings Powertrain components Upper - Loose/Routing Loose/Routing
Lower Attach. 8 Wiri Wiring ng Harn Harnes ess s Routing / Misassembly Connections loose Component Fluid Leakage Engine Assembly Hyd. Control Valve Hyd. Main Pump Hyd. Travel Motor/Red. Hyd. Swing Motor/Red. 10 Track Adjustment Proper Tension
40 Condition M/H- Mode * Display Number * No. 1 Main Cont. P/No. Program Version
Fluid Levels / Lubrication
C/I o
F
Engine Checks 24
25
26
27
Lower - Loose/Routing Attach.- Loose/ Routing Routing 7 All Bolts & Fasteners Powertrain components Upper
9
C/I
Basic Machine Operation Proper Support Packages Manual Missing Parts Missing
Broken Pa Paint Defects Cab Upper Frame Lower Frame Attachments Counterweight 4 Cab Appearance (Good)
6
Service Diagnostic Check
C/I
11 12
Appearance (Overall) Good Glass Dirty
3
5
Miscellaneous
C/I
* No No. 2 Eng.Speed Rp Rpm Low Idle (Set Val.) Low Idle (Meas. Val) High Idle (Set Val.) High Idle (Meas. Val) Auto Accel A/S-Mode High High Idle B/FC-Mode High Idle * No. 14 C-1 Pump P-1 w/H.L.
C/I
Air Intake/Exhaust Connections Loose/Misassemble Loose/Misassemble - Connectors Leaking - Hoses/Tubes/Fittings Hoses/Tubes/Fittings 41 42 43 44 45 46
Fan Belt Adjustment Air Cleaner Elements Missing Damaged
47 48 49 C/I psi psi
50
32 Main Relief psi 33 Dozer Main Relief * psi 34 Swing Port Relief - L psi 35 Swing Port Relief - R psi ( * ) Note: If applicable for specific machine
51
36 37 38 39
Pilot System Pressure Main Relief w/H.L. *
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm V
V
K V K
Boom Cyl - Out Boom Cyl. - In Arm Cyl. - Out Arm Cyl. - In Bucket Cyl. - Out Bucket Cyl. - In
Hyd. System Press. (Compact Exc.) P1 Main psi P2 Main psi P3 Main psi P4 Main psi
52 53 C/I 54
Swing Speed - LH Swing Speed - RH Electrical System Work & Cab Lights
C/I
Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec
Swing System Performance
Hyd. System.Press. (SK70 ~330) 30 31
rpm
Cylinder Cycle Times, M/H-Mode
Exhaust Connections Loose/Misassemble Loose/Misassemble - Connectors Leaking - Hoses/Tubes/Fittings Hoses/Tubes/Fittings Fuel System Connections Loose/Misassemble Loose/Misassemble Connectors Hoses/Tube/Fitting Hoses/Tube/Fitting Leaking Oil & Fuel Filters Loose / Leaking
28 29
rpm
C/I Sec Sec
C/I
Inoperable Swing Flashers Inoperable Horn Inoperable Pilot Lever Lock Switch Inoperable Travel Alarm Inoperable Battery Electrolyte Level Charge (Low)
Comments: (Please Comments: (Please enter line item # and Description)
Completed By:______________ ___________________ ____ Rev. # 2.0 Form# 00020MIVALL
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Completed Date:____________ ____
Note: Please promptly submit this form to the Kobelco Service Department via mail or the Kobelco Internet System. For assistance please contact the Kobelco Service Service De t. at at 281 240-48 240-4876 76
Page 3-3
NOTES
Page 3-4
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION SK160LC-VI - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specificatio ns are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
MACHINE & COMPONENT WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability DESCRIPTION TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEED EED
SPECIFICATION 6.0 km pe 6.0 perr hr (3 (3.7 .7 mp mph) h) in 4.0 km per hr (2.5 mph) in
mode.. mode mode.
Unit: Kg (lb) S K 1 6 0 L C- V I
COMPLE TE MACHINE (STANDARD)
1 6, 70 0 (3 6, 80 0 )
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBL ASSEM BLY Y
6,852 (15,106)
UPPER FRAME + COV & GUARDS
1,831 (4 (4,037)
COUNTERWEIGH
3,007 (6,629)
CAB + ELECT + PANEL + SEAT + AC
415 (9 (915)
70% (35 (35° °) {Limi {Limited ted by by engine engine lubr lubrica icatio tion} n}
*BOOM CYLINDER + lower pins
165 (322) X 2
156 KN (35 (35,10 ,100 0 lbs) lbs)
*ENGINE + MUFFLER + ACCESS
431 (9 (950)
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
75 (165)
SWIN SW ING G SPEE SPEED D
11 RPM RPM IN MM-Mo Mode de / “HI “HI” ” Idl Idle. e.
GRADEA GRA DEABIL BILITY ITY DRAWBA DRA WBAR R FOR FORCE CE
COMPONENT
2. Engine Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
PUMP ASSEMBLY + COUPLER
108 (198)
Model
4D34-TEG
CONTROL VAVE
250 (551)
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turbocharger, Diesel
*FUEL TANK
99 (218)
*HYDRAULIC TANK
102 (225)
Number of Cylinders– Bore X Stroke 4.53")
4–104 mm X 115 mm (4.09" X
SWING MOTOR & REDUCTION REDUCTI ONUNIT
204 (450)
HYDRAULIC PIPES & HOSES
316 (697)
Displacement
3.91 liter (238 cu in.)
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY ASSEM BLY
6,608 (14,568)
Compression Ratio
16.5 : 1
F R A M E + G u id e s + C o v e r s + P i p i n g
2 ,16 2 (4 ,76 6)
Output Rating
82 kW (111 HP) / 2,200 rpm
SLEWING RING ASSY
218 (481)
Maximum Torque
382 N•m (283 lb-ft)/ 1,800 rpm
TRAVEL MOTOR & REDUCTION UNIT
217 (478) X2
Ignition Order
1–3–4–2 CCW
TRACK TENSION + IDLERS
210 (463) X2
Injection Timing
16°Before Top Dead Point
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
35 (77) X14
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
17 (37) X4
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
SPROCKET
72 (159) X2
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
SWIVEL JOINT
30 (66)
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 kW
TRACK LINK W/ 600mm (23.6") SHOES
1,321 (2,912) X2
Alternator
24 V–35 A
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
2,638 (5,816)
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [0.52m3 (0.68 yd3)]
370 (816)
Engine Dry Weight*
403 kg (888 lbs)
ARM ASSEMBLY ASSE MBLY [3.10 m (10’-2”)]
857 ( 1,889 )
Thermostat
Begin to open at 76.4° 76.4 °C (169° (169 °F). Full open at a t 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
ARM [3.10 m (10’-2”)]
564 (1,340)
*BUCKET CYL + 2 PINS
142 (313)
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø545mm (Ø21.5") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 0.85
IDLER LINKS
32 (71)
BUCKET LINK
65 (143)
Air Cleaner
Dry Type with Safety Elements
PINS (4- for bucket, & links)
54 (119)
BOOM ASSEMBLY
1,411 (3,111)
BOOM + Cyl. pin + Foot pin
1,176 (2,593)
*ARM CYLINDER + 2 PINS
215 (474)
PI N (Mou nting the Arm)
20 (44)
FLUIDS
311 (686)
HYD OIL
139 (306)
ENG OIL
14 (31)
FUEL
139 (306)
WATER
19 (42)
BOLTS & OTHEER
291 (642)
Viewed from Flywheel
*Less flywheel and electrics. 3. Hydraulic Components COMPONENT HYDRAU HYD RAULIC LIC PUMPS PUMPS
TYPE
2X143 L/min (2x37.9 Gal/min)
Tand andem, em, Varia Variable ble Displac Displaceme ement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
SWING MOTOR
Axial Piston
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axial Piston
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVE VES S
6 Spo Spool ol Mu Mult ltipl iple e Con Contr trol ol
CYLI CY LIN NDE DERS RS (A (ALL LL))
Doub Do uble le Act ctin ing g
RETU RE TURN RN FI FIL LTE TER R
Safe Sa fety ty Val alve ve co cont ntai aini ning ng Fi Filt lter er Typ ype e
OIL COOLER
Air Cooled
* DRY WEIGHT Kgf/cm2 (psi)
4. Operating Pressures PILOT SYSTEM
50 (710)
IMPLEMENT
350 (4980)
S W I NG
285 (4050)
TRAVEL
350 (4980)
POWER BOOST/HEAVY LIFT
385 (5470)
Dynamic Acera 06/02
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED CAPACITIES CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT SUFF ICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED.
Page 3-5
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION ED190 - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment. 1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability DESCRIPTION TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEE EED D
MACHINE & COMPONENT WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
SPECIFICATION 6.0 km pe perr hr (3 (3.7 .7 mph) mph) in 3.6 km per hr (2.2 mph) in
Unit: Kg (lb) ED190-VI
COMPONENT mode. mode. mode.
COMPLE TE MACHINE (STANDARD)
1 9, 82 0 (4 3,7 0 4 )
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBL ASSEM BLY Y
6,928 (15,242)
UPPER FRAME + COV & GUARDS SWING SPE PEED ED GRAD GR ADEA EABI BILI LITY TY DRA DR AWB WBAR AR FO FORC RCE E
11 RPM RPM IN M-M M-Mod ode e / “HI” “HI” Idl Idle. e. 70% (35° (35°) Limited Limited by engi engine ne lubric lubricati ation on 189 KN KN (42,55 (42,556 6 lbs)
2. Engine Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
Model
4D34-TEG
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turbocharger, Diesel
Number of Cylinders : 4 – Bore X Stroke
104mm X 115mm (4.09" X 4.53")
Displacement
3.91 liter (238 cu in.)
Compression Ratio
16.5 : 1
Output Rating
82 kW (111 HP) / 2,200 rpm
Maximum Torque
382 N•m (283 lb-ft)/ 1,800 rpm
Ignition Order
1–3–4–2 CCW Viewed from Flywheel
Injection Timing
16°Before Top Dead Point
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold 0.4 mm (0.0157")
1,405 (3 (3.091)
COUNTERWEIGHT
3,007 (6,615)
CAB + ELECT + PANEL + SEAT + AC
415 (9 (915)
*BOOM CYLINDER + lower pins
165 (322) X 2
*ENGINE + MUFFLER + ACCESS.
431 (9 (950)
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
75 (165)
PUMP ASSEMBLY + COUPLER
108 (238)
CONTROL VALVE
250 (551)
*FUEL TANK
99 (218)
*HYDRAULIC TANK
102 (225)
SWINGMOTOR&REDUCTIONUNIT
204 (450)
HYDRAULIC PIPES & HOSES
316 (697)
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY ASSEM BLY
9,728 (21,402)
FRAME + Guides + Covers + Piping
2 ,16 2 ( 4,7 6 6)
SLEWING RING ASSY
218 (481)
TRAVELMOTOR&REDUCTIONUNIT
217 (478) X2
TRACK TENSION + IDLERS
210 (463) X2
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
35 (77) X14
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
17 (37) X4
SPROCKET
72 (159) X2
SWIVEL JOINT
30 (66)
TRACK LINK W/ 600mm (23.6") SHOES
1,321 (2,912) X2
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
2,638 (5,816)
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 kW
Alternator
24 V–35 A
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
Engine Dry Weight*
403 kg (888 lbs)
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [0.52m (0.68 yd )]
370 (816)
Thermostat
Begin to t o open at 76.4°C 76.4°C (169°F). (169°F). Full open at a t 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
ARM ASSEMBLY [3.10 m (10’-2”)]
857 ( 1,889 )
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø545mm (Ø21.5") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 0.85
ARM [3.10 m (10’-2”)]
564 (1,340)
*BUCKET CYL + 2 PINS
142 (313)
Air Cleaner
Dry Type with Safety Elements
IDLER LINKS
32 (71)
BUCKET LINK
65 (143)
PINS (4- for bucket, & links)
54 (119)
BOOM ASSEMBLY
1,411 (3,111)
BOOM + Cyl. pin + Foot pin
1,176 (2,593)
2X143 L/min (2x37.9 Gal/min)
Tandem andem,, Variable Displaceme Displacement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
*ARM CYLINDER + 2 PINS
215 (474)
DOZER PUMP
Gear Pump 61.6 L/Min (1 (16.3/Gal/min
PI N (Mo untin g th e Arm)
20 (44)
SWING MOTOR
Axi al Pi Piston
FLUIDS
311 (686)
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axi al Piston
HYD OIL
139 (306)
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVE VES S
7 Spool Spool Mult Multip iple le Cont Contro roll
ENG OIL
14 (31)
CYLI ND NDE RS RS (ALL)
Do ub ub le le A ct cti ng ng
FUEL
139 (306)
RETURN FILTER
Safe Sa fety ty Val Valve ve con conttai aini ning ng Fil Filte terr Typ Type e
WATER
19 (42)
OIL COOLER
Ai r Co o le d
BOLTS & OTHERS
291 (642)
3
*Less flywheel and electrics. 3. Hydraulic Components COMPONENT HYDR HY DRAU AULI LIC C PU PUMP MPS S
TYPE
3
* DRY WEIGHT 4. Operating Pressures PILOT SYSTEM
50 (710)
IMPLEMENT
350 (4980)
S W I NG
285 (4050)
TRAVEL
350 (4980)
POWER BOOST/HEAVY LIFT
385 (5 ( 5470)
Page 3-6
Kgf/cm2 (psi)
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED RAT ED CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED. Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION SK210LC-VI - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specificatio ns are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
1A. MACHINE & COMPONENT WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability COMPONENT
Unit: Kg (lb) S K 2 1 0 L C- V I
COMPLET E MACHINE (STANDARD)
2 0, 50 0 (4 5, 20 0 )
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY
9,400 (20,720)
COUNTERWEIGHT
4,500 (9,920)
CAB
260 (570)
BOOM CYLINDER*
168 (370) X 2
70% (35 (35° °) {Limi {Limited ted by by engine engine lubr lubrica icatio tion} n}
ENGINE*
470 (1,040)
20,190 20, 190 Kgf Kgf (44,5 (44,512 12 lbs) lbs)
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
97 (210)
PUMP ASSEMBLY
142 (310)
DESCRIPTION TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEED EED
SWIN SW ING G SPEE SPEED D GRADEA GRA DEABIL BILITY ITY DRAWBA DRA WBAR R FOR FORCE CE
SPECIFICATION 6.0 6. 0 km pe perr hr (3 (3.7 .7 mp mph) h) in 4.0 km per hr (2.5 mph) in
mode.. mode mode.
11 RPM RPM IN MM-Mo Mode de / “HI “HI” ” Idl Idle. e.
2. Engine Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
CONTROL VALVE
280 (620)
Model
6D34-TEB
FUEL TANK*
91 (200)
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turbocharger, Diesel
HYDRAULIC TANK*
143 (320)
SWINGMOTOR&REDUCTIONUNIT
235 (520)
Number of Cylinders– Bore X Stroke 4.53")
6–104 mm X 115 mm (4.09" X
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY ASSEM BLY
7,500 (16,530)
SLEWING RING
245 (540)
Displacement
5,861 liter (358 cu in.)
TRAVELMOTOR MOTOR&REDUCTION UNIT
250 (550) X2
Compression Ratio
16.5 : 1
IDLER ASSEMBLY
106 (230) X2
Output Rating
107 kW (144 HP) / 2,000 rpm
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
35 (77) X16
Maximum Torque
519 N•m (383 lb-ft)/ 1,600 rpm
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
22 (48) X4
Ignition Order
1–5–3–6–2–4 Clockwise Rotation
TRACK TENSION ASSEMBLY
104 (230) X2
Injection Timing
15°Before Top Dead Point
SPROCKET
54 (120) X2
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
SWIVEL JOINT
30 (66)
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
TRACK LINK W/ 800mm (31.5") SHOES
1,720 (3,784) X2
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
TRACK LINK
540 (1,190) X2
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 kW
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
Alternator
24 V–35 A
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [0.81m (1.06 cu yd)]
650 (1,430)
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
ARM ASSEMBLY [2.94 m (9’-8”)]
980 (2,160)
Engine Dry Weight*
470 kg (1,040 lbs)
ARM [2.94 m (9’-8”)]
610 (1,340)
Thermostat
Begin to open at 76.5° 76.5 °C (170° (170 °F). Full open at a t 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
BUCKET CYLINDER*
135 (300)
IDLER LINK
21 (46) X2
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø600 (Ø24") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 1.00
BUCKET LINK
91 (200)
PIN (2 PCS for mtg bucket cyl & bucket)
Dry Type with Safety Elements
65 (140)
Air Cleaner
BOOM ASSEMBLY
1,650 (3,640)
BOOM
1,320 (2,910)
ARM CYLINDER*
230 (510)
PI N (Mou nting the Arm)
27 (59)
FLUIDS
540 (1,190)
HYD OIL
215 (470)
ENG OIL
20 (44)
FUEL
285 (630)
WATER
20 (44)
3
*Less flywheel and electrics. 3. Hydraulic Components COMPONENT HYDRAU HYD RAULIC LIC PUMPS PUMPS
TYPE
2X210 L/min (55.5 Gal/min)
Tand andem, em, Varia Variable ble Displac Displaceme ement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
SWING MOTOR
Axial Piston
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axial Piston
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVE VES S
6 Spo Spool ol Mu Mult ltipl iple e Con Contr trol ol
CYLI CY LIN NDE DERS RS (A (ALL LL))
Doub Do uble le Act ctin ing g
RETU RE TURN RN FI FIL LTE TER R
Safe Sa fety ty Val alve ve co cont ntai aini ning ng Fi Filt lter er Typ ype e
OIL COOLER
Air Cooled Kgf/cm2 (psi)
4. Operating Pressures PILOT SYSTEM
50 (710)
IMPLEMENT
350 (4980)
S W I NG
285 (4050)
TRAVEL
350 (4980)
POWER BOOST/HEAVY LIFT
385 (5470)
Dynamic Acera 06/02
3,600 (7,930)
* DRY WEIGHT
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED RA TED CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED.
Page 3-7
MACHINE FAMILIARIZA FAMILIARIZATION TION SK250LC-VI - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specificatio ns are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
1A. MACHINE & COMPONENT WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment. Unit: Kg (lb)
1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability COMPONENT
SK250LC-V I
COMPLET E MACHINE (STANDARD)
24 ,1 0 0 ( 53 ,1 3 0)
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY
11,400 (25,130)
COUNTERWEIGHT
5,510 (12,150)
CAB
260 (570)
BOOM CYLINDER*
220 (490) X 2
70% (35 (35° °) {Limi {Limited ted by by engine engine lubr lubrica icatio tion} n}
ENGINE*
480 (1,060)
20,190 20, 190 Kgf Kgf (44,5 (44,512 12 lbs) lbs)
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
97 (210)
PUMP ASSEMBLY
142 (310)
DESCRIPTION TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEED EED
SWIN SW ING G SPEE SPEED D GRADEA GRA DEABIL BILITY ITY DRAWBA DRA WBAR R FOR FORCE CE
SPECIFICATION 6.0 6. 0 km pe perr hr (3 (3.7 .7 mp mph) h) in 4.0 km per hr (2.5 mph) in
mode.. mode mode.
11 RPM RPM IN MM-Mo Mode de / “HI “HI” ” Idl Idle. e.
2. Engine Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
CONTROL VALVE
280 (620)
Model
6D34-TLEB
FUEL TANK*
91 (200)
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turbocharger, Diesel
HYDRAULIC TANK*
143 (320)
SWINGMOTOR&REDUCTIONUNIT
290 (640)
Number of Cylinders– Bore X Stroke
6–104 mm X 115 mm (4.09" X 4.53")
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY ASSEM BLY
8,800 (19,400)
Displacement
5,861 liter (358 cu in.)
SLEWING RING
364 (800)
Compression Ratio
18.2 : 1
TRAVELMOTOR MOTOR&REDUCTION UNIT
300 (660) X2
Output Rating
125 kW (168 HP) / 2,100 rpm
IDLER ASSEMBLY
106 (230) X2
Maximum Torque
590 N•m (435 lb-ft)/ 1,600 rpm
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
35 (77) X16
Ignition Order
1–5–3–6–2–4 Clockwise Rotation
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
22 (48) X4
Injection Timing
17°Before Top Dead Point
TRACK TENSION ASSEMBLY
94 (210) X2
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
SPROCKET
54 (120) X2
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
SWIVEL JOINT
30 (66)
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
TRACK LINK W/ 800mm (31.5") SHOES
1,490 (3,280) X2
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 kW
TRACK LINK
580 (1,276) X2
Alternator
24 V–35 A
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
Engine Dry Weight*
470 kg (1,040 lbs)
Thermostat
Begin to open at 76.5° 76.5 °C (170° (170 °F). Full open at a t 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
3,900 (8 (8,600)
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [0.81m (1.06 cu yd)]
780 (1,720)
ARM ASSEMBLY [2.94 m (9’-8”)]
1,150 (2,540)
ARM [2.94 m (9’-8”)]
710 (1,570)
BUCKET CYLINDER*
177 (390)
3
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø600 (Ø24") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 1.00
IDLER LINK
25 (55) X2
BUCKET LINK
98 (220)
Air Cleaner
Dry Type with Safety Elements
PIN (2 PCS for mtg bucket cyl & bucket)
80 (180)
BOOM ASSEMBLY
2.140 (4,720)
BOOM
1,670 (3,680)
ARM CYLINDER*
300 (660)
PI N (Mou nting the Arm)
28 (62)
2X240 L/min (63.4 Gal/min)
Tand andem, em, Varia Variable ble Displac Displaceme ement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
FLUIDS
550 (1,210)
SWING MOTOR
Axial Piston
HYD OIL
225 (500)
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axial Piston
ENG OIL
20 (44)
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVE VES S
6 Spo Spool ol Mu Mult ltipl iple e Con Contr trol ol
FUEL
285 (630)
CYLI CY LIN NDE DERS RS (A (ALL LL))
Doub Do uble le Act ctin ing g
WATER
22 (48)
RETU RE TURN RN FI FIL LTE TER R
Safe Sa fety ty Val alve ve co cont ntai aini ning ng Fi Filt lter er Typ ype e
OIL COOLER
Air Cooled
*Less flywheel and electrics. 3. Hydraulic Components COMPONENT HYDRAU HYD RAULIC LIC PUMPS PUMPS
TYPE
Kgf/cm2 (psi)
4. Operating Pressures PILOT SYSTEM
50 (710)
IMPLEMENT
350 (4980)
S W I NG
285 (4050)
TRAVEL
350 (4980)
POWER BOOST/HEAVY LIFT
385 (5470)
Page 3-8
* DRY WEIGHT
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED RA TED CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED. Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION SK290LC-VI - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specificatio ns are based on the standard machine with standard attachment. 1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability DESCRIPTION
Unit: Kg (lb)
SPECIFICATION
TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEE EED D
5.6 km pe perr hr (3 (3.5 .5 mph mph)) in 3.5 km per hr (2.2 mph) in
SWIN SW ING G SPEE SPEED D
11 RPM RPM IN MM-Mo Mode de / “HI “HI” ” Idl Idle. e.
GRADEA GRA DEABIL BILITY ITY
70% (35 (35° °) {Limi {Limited ted by by engine engine lubr lubrica icatio tion} n}
DRAWBA DRA WBAR R FOR FORCE CE
1A. MACHINE & COMPONENT COMPONENT WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
mode. mode. mode.
26,218 26, 218 Kgf Kgf (57,8 (57,800 00 lbs) lbs)
2. Engine
COMPONENT
S K 29 0 L C- V I
COMPLET E MACHINE (STANDARD)
3 0, 00 0 (6 6,1 0 0 )
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY
12,937 (28,513)
COUNTERWEIGHT
6,118 (13,484)
CAB + CONTROLS + A/C + SEAT
836 (1 (1,843)
BOOM CYLINDER*
270 (595) X 2
ENGINE + MUFFLER + MINOR ITEMS
716 ( 1, 1,578)
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
175 (386)
PUMP ASSEMBLY + COUPLING
148 (326)
CONTROL VALVE
441 (972)
FUEL TANK*
170 (375)
HYDRAULIC TANK*
173 (381)
SWING MOTOR & REDUCTION UNIT
511 (1 (1,126)
Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
Model
6D16-TLEC
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turbo & Inner cooler
Number of Cylinders– Bore X Stroke
6–118 mm X 115 mm (4.65" X 4.53")
Displacement
7,545 liter (460 cu in.)
Compression Ratio
17.5 : 1
Output Rating
138 kW (185 HP) / 2,100 rpm
Maximum Torque
726 N•m (534 lb-ft)/ 1,600 rpm
Ignition Order
1–5–3–6–2–4 Clockwise Rotation
Injection Timing
15°Before Top Dead Point
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 kW
Alternator
24 V–35 A
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
TRACK GUIDES + GREASE BATH + MOTOR COVERS
90 (198)
Engine Dry Weight*
580 kg (1,280 lbs)
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
5,136 (11,320)
Thermostat
Begin to open at 76.5° 76.5 °C (170° (170 °F). Full open at a t 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [1.20M ( (1 1. 57 57 CU Y D) D)]
954 ( 2, 2,100)
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø620 (Ø24.2") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 0.90
ARM ASSEMBLY [3.2 m (10’- 6”)
1,485 (3,273)
ARM
952 (2,098)
Air Cleaner
Dry Type with Safety Elements
BUCKET CYLINDER
220 (485)
IDLER LINK
27 (60) X2
BUCKET LINK
130 (290)
PIN (6 PCS for mtg bucket cyl, links, bckt &arm cyl rod)
139 (306)
BOOM ASSEMBLY
2,697 (5,944)
2X210 L/min (55.5 Gal/min)
Tand andem, em, Varia Variable ble Displac Displaceme ement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
BOOM
2,116 (4,664)
SWING MOTOR
Axial Piston
ARM CYLINDER*
370 (816)
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axial Piston
PINS (4 PCS for mtg arm cyl, boom cyl’s & boom)
211 (465)
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVE VES S
6 Spo Spool ol Mu Mult ltipl iple e Con Contr trol ol
FLUIDS
554 (1,221)
CYLI CY LIN NDE DERS RS (A (ALL LL))
Doub Do uble le Act ctin ing g
HYD OIL
171 (377)
RETU RE TURN RN FI FIL LTE TER R
Safe Sa fety ty Val alve ve co cont ntai aini ning ng Fi Filt lter er Typ ype e
FUEL
348 (767)
OIL COOLER
Air Cooled
WATER
35 (77)
3. Hydraulic Components HYDRAU HYD RAULIC LIC PUMPS PUMPS
TYPE
11,232 (24,755)
CAR BODY
3,618 (7,974)
SLEWING RING
586 (1,292)
TRAVEL MOTOR + RED. UNIT
309 (697) X2
IDLER ASSEMBLY
170 (370) X2
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
45 (77) X18
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
26 (57) X4
TRACK TENSION ASSEMBLY
127 (280) X2
SPROCKET + BOLTS
76 (168) X2
SWIVEL JOINT + LOWER LINES
74 (163)
3
2,338 (5,153) X2
* DRY WEIGHT
4. Operating Pressures
Kgf/cm2 (psi)
PILOT SYSTEM
50 (710)
IMPLEMENT
350 (4980)
S W I NG
280 (3980)
TRAVEL
350 (4980)
POWER BOOST/HEAVY LIFT
385 (5470)
Dynamic Acera 06/02
3, 10 109 (6 (6,852)
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY
TRACK CHAINS W/800mm (31.5”) SHOES
*Less flywheel and electrics. COMPONENT
UPPER FRAME + GUARDS & COVERS
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED.
Page 3-9
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION SK330LC-VI - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specificatio ns are based on the standard machine with standard attachment. 1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability DESCRIPTION
Unit: Kg (lb)
SPECIFICATION
TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEE EED D
5.8 km pe perr hr (3 (3.6 .6 mph mph)) in 3.4 km per hr (2.1 mph) in
SWIN SW ING G SPEE SPEED D
11 RPM RPM IN MM-Mo Mode de / “HI “HI” ” Idl Idle. e.
GRADEA GRA DEABIL BILITY ITY
70% (35 (35° °) {Limi {Limited ted by by engine engine lubr lubrica icatio tion} n}
DRAWBA DRA WBAR R FOR FORCE CE
1A. MACHINE & COMPONENT COMPONENT WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
mode. mode. mode.
28,950 28, 950 Kgf Kgf (63,8 (63,800 00 lbf) lbf)
2. Engine
COMPONENT
S K 33 0 L C- V I
COMPLET E MACHINE (STANDARD)
3 5, 30 0 (7 7,8 0 0 )
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY
15,998 (35,260)
COUNTERWEIGHT
8,420 (18,558)
CAB + CONTROLS + A/C + SEAT
836 (1 (1,843)
BOOM CYLINDER*
270 (595) X 2
ENGINE + MUFFLER + MINOR ITEMS
716 ( 1, 1,578)
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
175 (386)
PUMP ASSEMBLY + COUPLING
148 (326)
CONTROL VALVE
475 (1,047)
FUEL TANK*
204 (450)
HYDRAULIC TANK*
173 (381)
SWING MOTOR & REDUCTION UNIT
511 (1 (1,126)
Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
Model
6D16-TLEB
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turbo & Innercooler
Number of Cylinders– Bore X Stroke
6–118 mm X 115 mm (4.65" X 4.53")
Displacement
7,545 liter (460 cu in.)
Compression Ratio
17.5 : 1
Output Rating
177 kW (238 Hp) / 2,200 rpm
Maximum Torque
824 N•m (608 lb-ft)/ 1,800 rpm
Ignition Order
1–5–3–6–2–4 Clockwise Rotation
Injection Timing
14°Before Top Dead Point
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 KW
Alternator
24 V–35 A
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
TRACK GUIDES + GREASE NBATH + MOTOR COVERS
105 (231)
Engine Dry Weight*
580 kg (1,280 lbs)
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
6,134 (13,519)
Thermostat
Begin to open at 76.5° 76.5 °C (170° (170 °F). Full open at a t 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [1.20M ( (1. 1.5 57 CU YD YD)] )]
1,04 1, 040 0 (2,2 (2,29 90)
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø620 (Ø24.2") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 0.90
ARM ASSEMBLY [3.2 m (10’- 6”)
1,785 (3,875)
ARM
1,160 (2,560)
Air Cleaner
Dry Type with Safety Elements
BUCKET CYLINDER
260 (570)
IDLER LINK
27 (60) X2
BUCKET LINK
130 (290)
PIN (6 PCS for mtg bucket cyl, links, bckt &arm cyl rod)
139 (306)
3. Hydraulic Components TYPE
3, 80 800 (8 (8,375)
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY
12,362 (27,167)
CARBODY
3,990 (8,794)
SLEWING RING
586 (1,292)
TRAVEL MOTOR + RED. UNIT
360 (790) X2
IDLER ASSEMBLY
170 (370) X2
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
58 (130) X18
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
30 (66) X4
TRACK TENSION ASSEMBLY
190 (420) X2
SPROCKET + BOLTS
88 (190) X2
SWIVEL JOINT + LOWER LINES
85 (187)
TRACK CHAINS W/800mm (31.5”) SHOES
*Less flywheel and electrics. COMPONENT
UPPER FRAME + GUARDS & COVERS
3
2,390 (5,286) X2
Tand andem, em, Varia Variable ble Displac Displaceme ement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
BOOM ASSEMBLY
3,336 (7,353)
2X242 L/min (63.4 Gal/min)
BOOM
2,580 (5,690)
SWING MOTOR
Axial Piston
ARM CYLINDER*
500 (1,100)
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axial Piston
PINS (4 PCS for mtg arm cyl, boom cyl’s & boom)
256 (485)
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVE VES S
6 Spo Spool ol Mu Mult ltipl iple e Con Contr trol ol
FLUIDS
805 (1,774)
CYLI CY LIN NDE DERS RS (A (ALL LL))
Doub Do uble le Act ctin ing g
HYD OIL
304 (670)
RETU RE TURN RN FI FIL LTE TER R
Safe Sa fety ty Val alve ve co cont ntai aini ning ng Fi Filt lter er Typ ype e
FUEL
466 (1,030)
OIL COOLER
Air Cooled
WATER
35 (77)
HYDRAU HYD RAULIC LIC PUMPS PUMPS
* DRY WEIGHT
4. Operating Pressures
Kgf/cm2 (psi)
PILOT SYSTEM
50 (710)
IMPLEMENT
350 (4980)
S W I NG
280 (3980)
TRAVEL
350 (4980)
POWER BOOST/HEAVY LIFT
385 (5470)
Page 3-10
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED. Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZA FAMILIARIZATION TION SK480 - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS The following performance specificati ons are based on the standard machine with standard attachment. 1. Travel Speed, Swing Speed & Gradeability DESCRIPTION
Unit: Kg (lb)
SPECIFICATION
TRA TR AVE VEL L SP SPEE EED D
5.6 km per hr (3. (3.5 5 mp mph) h) in 3.5 km per hr (2.2 mph) in
SWIN SW ING G SPEE SPEED D
9 RPM RPM IN MM-Mo Mode de / “HI “HI” ” Idl Idle. e.
GRADEA GRA DEABIL BILITY ITY
70% 70 % (35° (35°) {Limi {Limited ted by engi engine ne lubri lubricat cation ion}}
DRAWBA DRA WBAR R FOR FORCE CE
1A. MACHINE & COMPONENT WEIGHTS WEIGHTS The following weight specifications are based on the standard machine with standard attachment.
mode. mode. mode.
26,218 26, 218 Kgf Kgf (57,8 (57,800 00 lbs) lbs)
2. Engine
COMPONENT
S K4 8 0 L C- V I
COMP LETE MACHINE (S TANDARD)
4 9 ,1 0 0 (1 08 ,0 0 0 )
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY ASSEM BLY
20,800 (45,760)
COUNTERWEIGHT
10,027 (22,059)
CAB
260 (570)
BOOM CYLINDER*
422 (928) X 2
ENGINE + MUFFLER + MINOR ITEMS
1,100 (2 ( 2 ,4 2 0 )
RADIATOR & OIL COOLER
186 (410)
PUMP ASSEMBLY
187 (420)
CONTROL VALVE
380 (840)
FUEL TANK*
230 (510)
HYDRAULIC TANK*
360 (790)
SWING MOTOR & REDUCTION UNIT
722 (1 (1,590)
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY
19,000 (41,800)
SLEWING RING
700 (1,540)
TRAVEL MOTOR + RED. UNIT
650 (1,430) X2
IDLER ASSEMBLY
270 (600) X2
LOWER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
98 (220) X18
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
30 (66) X4
TRACK TENSION ASSEMBLY
325 (720) X2
SPROCKET + BOLTS
100 (220) X2
SWIVEL JOINT
58 (130)
TRACK GUIDE
50 (110) X 4
TRACK CHAINS W/900mm (35.4”) SHOES
2,730 (6,006) X2
TRACK LINK
1,160 (2,560) X2
Engine Maker
Mitsubishi
Model
6D24-TLA2B
Type
4-Cycle, Water Cooled, Direct Injection with Turb & Inner cooler
Number of Cylinders– Bore X Stroke
6–130 mm X 150 mm (5.12" X 5.91”)
Displacement
11.950 Liter (729 cu in.)
Compression Ratio
17.5 : 1
Output Rating
250kW (335 HP) / 2,130 rpm
Maximum Torque
1,275 N•m (940 lb-ft)/ 1,600 rpm
Ignition Order
1–5–3–6–2–4 Clockwise Rotation
Injection Timing
2°Before Top Dead Point
Intake Valve Clearance Cold
0.4 mm (0.0157")
Exhaust Valve Clearance Cold
0.6 mm (0.0236")
Electrical System
D.C. 24 V
Starting Motor
24 V–5.0 KW
Alternator
24 V–35 A
Batteries
2– 12 V- (136 Ah)
Engine Dry Weight*
580 kg (1,280 lbs)
BUCKET ASSEMBLY [1.80M ( (2. 2.35 35 CU YD YD))]
1,44 1, 440 0 (3,1 (3,170 70))
Thermostat
Begin to open at 76.5°C (170°F). Full open at 90°C 90°C (194° (194 °F).
ARM ASSEMBLY [3.45m (11’- 4”)
2,380 (5,250)
Cooling Fan Drive Method
Ø620 (Ø24.2") Suction Type Belt Drive Pulley Ratio : 0.90
ARM [3.45 11’ - 4”]
1,450 (3,200)
BUCKET CYLINDER*
360 (790)
Air Cleaner
Dry Type with Safety Elements
IDLER LINK
56 (120) X2
BUCKET LINK
150 (330)
PIN (2 PCS for mtg bucket cyl, & bucket
155 (340)
BOOM ASSEMBLY
4,240 (9,350)
*Less flywheel and electrics. 3. Hydraulic Components COMPONENT
TYPE
ATTACHMENT (STANDARD)
8,100 (17,860) 3
Tand andem, em, Varia Variable ble Displac Displaceme ement, nt, Axial Piston with Pilot Gear Pump.
BOOM
3,330 (7,280)
2X210 L/min (55.5 Gal/min)
ARM CYLINDER*
590 (1,300)
SWING MOTOR
Axial Piston
PINS (mounting for arm)
124 (270)
TRAVEL MOTOR
Axial Piston
FLUIDS
1,200 (2,650)
CONT CO NTRO ROL L VAL ALVES VES
6 Spo Spool ol Mul Multi tiple ple Co Cont ntro roll
HYD OIL
570 (1,260)
CYL YLIN INDE DERS RS (A (ALL LL))
Dou oubl ble e Ac Acttin ing g
ENG OIL
42 (90)
RETU RE TURN RN FI FIL LTE TER R
Safe Sa fety ty Val alve ve co cont ntai aini ning ng Fi Filt lter er Typ ype e
FUEL
540 (1,190)
OIL COOLER
Air Cooled
WATER
48 (105)
HYDRAU HYD RAULIC LIC PUMPS PUMPS
4. Operating Pressures
* DRY WEIGHT Kgf/cm2 / (psi) / [ MPa]
PILOT SYSTEM
49.9 / (710) / [4.9 MPa]
I M P L E M E NT
320 / (4554) / [31.4 MPa]
S W I NG
260 / (3698) / [25.5 MPa]
TRAVEL
349 / (4974) / [34.3 MPa]
POWER BO BOOST/HEAV Y LIFT
349 / (4974) / [34.3 MP MPa]
Dynamic Acera 06/02
WARNING USE ONLY LIFTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH RATED CAPACITIES SUFFICIENT TO LIFT THE SPECIFIC COMPONENT(S) BEING REMOVED OR INSTALLED.
Page 3-11
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION FAMILIARIZATION All operators,service mechanics and personnel responsible for operation,inspection and maintenance of the machine should become thoroughly familiar with the controls and components and their functions before working with or on this equipment. Study the information in this section to become familiar With the controls and components of this machine.
GENERAL MACHINE NOMENCLATURE The Nomenclature drawing below (FIGURE 3.12),points out locations of major components of the KOBELCO SK210(LC)-VI Hydraulic Excavator. Excavator. Study these areas and locate these components on the machine.Specific information regarding these components are explained on the following pages of this section.
Figure 3.12 SK210 VI Page 3-12
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION OPERATOR CAB NOMENCLATURE The operator cab nomenclature (FIGURE 3.13), points out the locations of operator controls of the KOBELCO ED190-VI Hydraulic Excavator operator cab.
LEFT TRAVEL LEVER
Study these areas and locate these components on the machine.Specific information regarding these components are explained on the following pages of this section.
RIGHT TRAVEL LEVER RIGHT TRAVEL PEDAL
LEFT TRAVEL PEDAL
LEFT HAND OPERATOR CONTROL LEVER (HORN SWITCH)
GAUGE CLUSTER
RIGHT FOOT REST
LEFT FOOT REST
POWER BOOST
SAFETY LOCK LEVER (FOR HYDRAULICS)
RIGHT HAND OPERATOR CONTROL LEVER ASH-TRAY 24V CIGARETTE LIGHTER ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL DOZER BLADE CONTROL
LEFT SIDE SWITCH PANEL
SWITCH PANEL (WIPER, WORKING LIGHT)
AIR-CONDITION ER PANEL
THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
N A F
P M E T
F / R
E D O M
SWING FLASHER SWITCH 12V POWER SUPPLY
F E D
BLADE CONTROL SWITCH
KEY SWITCH RADIO (FM & AM) Locally-procured parts in European machines
ARM REST
SWITCH PANEL (KPSS MODE, BUZZER STOP)
OPERATORS SEAT (3 WAY ADJUSTABLE)
ENGINE MANUAL CONTROL CABLE
KPSS RELEASE SWITCH
SWING PARKING PARKING BRA KE RELEASE SWITCH
HEAD REST (ADJUSTABLE)
Figure 3.13 ED190 VI Dynamic Acera 06/02
ED190opControlpanel
Page 3-13
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION COMPONENT & CONTROLS NOMENCLATURE
The following information provides a brief description and function of the components and controls of the KOBELCO SK210(LC)-VI Hydraulic Excavator. All personnel associated with this machine should read and understand this information BEFORE beginning any work with or on this equipment. RIGHT HAND OPERATOR CONSOLE 1. Key Swi Switch tch – FIGUR FIGURE E 3.14. 3.14.a a The Key Switch is located on the right hand operator console and has 5 operating functions. a. “HEAT ”–This position is used for starting the engine in cold climates. b. “OFF ”–When Key is turned to this position, the engine stops and electrical power to the machine’s electrical systems is stopped after approximately 4 seconds. c. “ACC ”–With key in the “ACC ”position only the cigarette lighter, tuner and horn will have power. d. “ON”– When Key is in the ON position, electrical power is supplied to all the machine ’s electrical systems. e. “STAR “START T ”–When key is turned to this t his position electrical power is supplied to the starter solenoid causing the starter to start the engine. After After engine starts starts key shou sh ould ld be re rele leas ased ed to go ba back ck to th the e “ON ” position. 2 . KPS KPSS S Mode Mode Switch Switch – FIGU FIGURE RE 3.14 3.14.b .b The KPSS Mode Switch SK160~SK480 is located on the right hand operator console consol e and has 3 operating functions. After starting the engine, the mode switch defaults to the M for maximum power. The operator can select an effective work mode complying comply ing with the working conditions and working target from 3 modes. Each time the work mode switch is pressed, the work mode indicator lamp is switched from M, to A, then to B in that order. NOTE SK480 A Assist mode reduces engine and pump yield to approximately 90% of maximum output.
Page 3-14
FIGURE 3.14.a
SK160LC
KPSS MODE SWITCH
ED190 Blade Runner
KPSS MODE SWITCH KPSS Mode
FIGURE 3.14.b
NOTE To clear fault codes c odes on the ED190 press pr ess the travel speed change switch and the buzzer stop switch at the same time. The new rocker switch for the Mode/Buzzer Stop Stop switch makes it impossible to press both switches at the same time. a. M (Man (Manua ual) l) mod mode e This mode senses the movement of control lever and is suitable for the heavy load digging work giving priority to the work load at high speed. Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION b. A (Assi (Assist) st) mode SK1 SK160~S 60~SK330 K330
Pressing the work mode selector switch once changes to “A” or assist mode, located on the left of the three indicator lamps. The mechatro controller analyzes the operator’s pattern of joystick lever movement, and uses “fuzzy logic” to set one of five machine operating parameters FIGURE 3.15.a Control Mode ( Contents on multidisplay
Results Simple digging, ditch digging, trench box digging Leveling, slope finishing
FIGURE 3.15.b
DIGGING
LEVELING
Spreading SPREADING
Tamping TAMPING
Traveling, waiting time
STANDBY
FIGURE 3.15.a
Once the mechatro has analyzed the operators joystick joys tick patt pattern, ern, a movi moving ng graph graphic ic FIGU FIGURE RE 3.11.b 3.1 1.b (icon) flashes on the message display displ ay of the monitor screen to show the operator which assist mode is selected. Control is made easier as the machine uses this pattern to “ASSIST” in setting adequate pump and engine operation. Operating efficiency increases FIGURE 3.15.c without the operator even noticing.
LEVELING
Dynamic Acera 06/02
SCATTERING
COMPACTING
FIGURE 3.15.c
Page 3-15
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION c. Break Breaker er mode mode (ne (new w functi function on)) Pressing the work mode selector twice from “M” mode, changes the machine to “B” or breaker mode. Located on the right of M mode. See FIGURE 3.16.a. The purpose of this mode is to allow the operator to quickly adjust the pump flow rates for various attachments while sitting in the cab. When the breaker or attachment is in operation the flow volume is switched automatically to the operators preset pump flow. The flow returns to normal setting when the breaker or attachment is not being used. NOTE The breaker flow is set at the factory to deliver maximum pump flow. To change the flow rate to a lower setting see the following information. “Gauge cluster will display pump flow in metric units only onl y.”
KPSS WORK MODE LAMP
SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
FIGURE 3.16.a
WARNING Do not operate this machine unless you have read and understand the instructions in the OPERATORS MANUAL. Improper machine operation is dangerous and could result in injury or death. FIGURE 3.16.b
1. With Safe Safety ty Lock Lock in the the up or lock lock positi position, on, place keyswitch to on position, do not start engine. See FIGURE 3.16.b 2. Pre Press ss the the mode mode switch switch two two times, times, the LCD LCD screen will display the set flow rate of the breaker circuit. See FIGURE 3.17.c. 3. To change change the the pump pump flow (both (both pump pumps s are changed SK160 and up) move machine to safe work area and turn keyswitch to off. off. Wait ten seconds then procede. Minimum / Max flow rate preparation procedure 1. Pr Prep epa ara rati tion on a. Key Keyswi switch tch must be in in off off posi positi tion on for for ten ten seconds. b. Tu Turn rn keysw keyswit itch ch to on on positi position on do not not start start engine, place safety lock in up position. c. Pres Presss mode mode swi switch tch twi twice ce to Bre Breake akerr mode, porcede to Step A. Page 3-16
NOTE It is impossible to adjust adjust flow rate after starting of engine. Step A-Minimum flow rate adjusting adjusting procedure a. Press the screen change switch for 3 ~ 10 seconds and release. See FIGURE 3.16.a The LCD screen displays the flow rate stored in memory. b. Press the buzzer stop switch once, see FIGURE 3.17.c. flow rate value will decr de crea ease se in 10L/mi n. increm ents. If buzz bu zzer er st stop op switch is held down for more than five seco seconds, nds, flow rate will decrease rapidly. Release buzzer stop switch when you have reached your desired value. c. Press the screen change switch to: “MONITOR SYSTEM OK” Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Step B-Maximum flow rate adjusting procedure a. Press the screen change switch for 3 ~ 10 seconds and release. See FIGURE 3.16.a 3.16. a Th The e LCD LCD scre screen en dis displa plays ys th the e flow flow rate stored in memory memory.. b. Press the mode switch once, see FIGURE 3.17.b flow rate value will increase in 10L/min. increments. If mode switch is held down for more than five seconds, flow rate will increase rapidly. Release mode swit sw itch ch wh when en yo you u ha have ve re reac ac he hed d yo ur desired value. c. Press the screen change switch to: “MONITOR SYSTEM OK”. See FIGURE 3.16.a
NOTE If keyswitch is turned off before returning LCD screen to “MONITOR SYSTEM OK” new values will not be saved.
Press buzzer switch in breaker flow rate adjustment will decrease flow.
FIGURE 3.17.c FIGURE 3.17.a
Press mode switch in breaker flow rate adjustment will increase flow.
FIGURE 3.17.b
Maximum / Minimum overide located inside the mechantro controller is a trimmer dial VR1 which will override the above flow setting procedures. Not only will this feature provide protection for equipment in “A” or “M” modes, it can also be used to dial in flows less than which is stored in memory of “B” mode. The lower limit of about 30 liters per minute. See FIGURE 3.17.d. Dynamic Acera 06/02
FIGURE 3.17.d
Page 3-17
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 3. Buzz Buzzer er Stop Stop Swit Switch ch – FIGU FIGURE RE 3.18. 3.18.a a When the engine coolant temperature is too high, or various sensors of mechatro controller (self-diagnosis) fail, the alarm sounds intermittently i ntermittently.. To To stop the sound, press press the buzzer stop button. button.
NOTE • Buzzer sounding due to engine cooling water temperature rise can not be stopped. • The buzzer sounding, because the preheat complete and E/G oil pressure are displayed, stops by turning the key switch sw itch OFF. OFF.
SK160LC
KPSS MODE SWITCH
ED190 Blade Runner
4. Throttl Throttle e Poten Potentiom tiometer eter – FIGURE FIGURE 3.18. 3.18.A A The throttle potentiometer’s located on the right hand operator console and controls engine RPM. When the throttle potentiometer is rotated to right or left position it increases or decreases engine rpm and maintains engine at the programed RPM for that particular position on the dial.
KPSS MODE SWITCH KPSS Mode
FIGURE 3.18.a
Normal position Auto-acel. ON
NOTE In operation, when all pilot controls are in the nuetral position for more than three seconds, and the engine RPM is above 1050, the auto excel reduces the engine speed to 1050.
Maintenance position. Auto-acel disconnected
Auto accel release condition 1. Pla Place ce the the safety safety lever lever in in the up up and lock lock poposition.
2. Located Located the one one pin pin connect connector or for for the auto auto acceleration function behind the operators right hand console see FIGURE 3.18.b. 3. Change Change the the positio position n of the the connec connector tor as as in indicated in FIGURE 3.18.b. Autoaccelconnector
FIGURE 3.18.b
Page 3-18
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 5. Wipe Wiperr & Washe Washerr Switch Switch - FIGURE FIGURE 3.19. 3.19.a a
Press this switch, and the front widow wiper starts moving. a. Press it once : Wiper moves intermittently. b. Press it again : Wiper moves continuously. c. Press it once more : Wiper stops moving.
WIPER / WASHER SWITCH
CAUTION Make certain the washer reservoir has washer fluid before operation washer washer.. See FIGURE 3.15.c Press this switch,and washer fluid is sprayed while it is pushed. The washer fluid reservoir is located behind the cab, in the air cleaner compartment. See FIGURE 3.19.b
6. Working Working Ligh Lights ts Select Select Swit Switch ch – FIGURE FIGURE 3.19.c – This light select selector or switch illumin illuminates ates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the “ON ”position and the working lights are activated. a. Press switch once:The frame and boom working lights come on and the symbol “F “ dis disp plays on th the e lo lowe werr si side of of th the LCD screen. b. Pr Pres ess s itit aga again in:T :The he re rear ar wo work rkin ing g lights come on and the symbol “R “displays on the lower side of the LCD screen. c. Press light selector switch again and the frame, boom and rear work lights go out.
FIGURE 3.19.a
WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
FIGURE 3.19.b
FRONT/REAR WORKING LIGHT SWITCH
FIGURE 3.19.c
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-19
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION D8. Dozer Control Lever (ED190-VI) The dozer control lever (1) is located on the operator’s right side console, See Fig. 20.a.
To operate the dozer, do zer, it is necessary to actiact ivate the dozer circuit by pressing the Dozer Switch located on the operator’s left side console, See Fig. 20.b
1
FIGURE 20.a
The dozer control lever is multifunctional, See Fig. 20.c a. “FORW “FORWARD”– ARD”– Variable speed for blade lowering. b. “B “BA ACK CKW WARD RD”– ”– Var aria iabl ble e spe speed ed fo forr blade raising. c. “C “CE ENTE TER” R”– – Ho Hold ld po posi siti tion on.. d. “LEFT”– Variable speed for blade right tilt. e. “RIGHT”– Variable speed for blade left tilt.
PRESS THE UPPER SIDE OF THE SWITCH TO ACTIVATE ACTIVA TE DOZER SYSTEM N A F
P M E T
F / R
E D O M
F E D
ED190DozerSwitch
FIGURE 20.b RIGHT TILT BLADE LOWER
BLADE RAISE
ED190Bladeup&down
LEFT TILT
FIGURE 20.c
Page 3-20
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Two switches are located on the dozer control handle: 1. Angle Blade Control Switch: It is located in front of the dozer control handle. LEFT RIGHT ANGLE ANGLE Depress this switch on its left corner to angle the blade toward the left, or depress it on its right corner to angle the blade toward the right. See Fig. 21.a
ED190AnglingBlade
FIGURE 21.a
YQ102Travelpedals
2. Dozer Blade Blade Float Float Control Control Switch: Switch: It is located on the left side of the dozer control handle. Depress this switch to make the blade float, See Fig. 21.b. Pull back the dozer control lever to disengage the float function.
FIGURE 21.d D9. Removing the Travel Control Levers a. Use a 13 mm wrench to remove the travel control levers from the travel pedals, See Figure 21.d. b. Use a 17 mm wrench to remove the support brackets located in the air cleaner compartment, See Figure 21.e. c. Store the travel control levers properly in the air cleaner compartment and securely tighten the brackets.
ED190Floating
DEPRESS THE SWITCH TO ACTIVATE ACTIVATE THE DOZER FLOAT FUNCTION
FIGURE 21.c
FIGURE 21.e Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-21
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 7. Radi Radio o – FI FIGU GURE RE 2. 2.7C 7C The radio is located on the right side si de control panel as indicated in FIGURE3.16.a. The LCD Display shows the radio station selected as well as its frequency band. a. Co Cont ntro roll Swi Switc tche hes s The following table describes the different functions available to use the radio:
Switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FUNCTION AND USAGE Power switch and volume Control Tone control FM & AM selector Station selection Preset Selector buttons LCD display Time adjusting buttons FIGURE 3.16.a
b. How to sele select ct statio stations ns Figure Figure 3.16 3.16.b .b 1.
How to select a radio station manually: Press the Power switch to turn on the radio radi o and press the station selector buttons up or down to select the desired radio station.This radio functions on two main frequency bands: AM and FM. When the frequency band reaches the upper or lower limit, the radio automatically switches to the opposite limit, thats: from the upper to the lower or vice versa.
2.
How to preset the radio stations: Once the desired radio station is selected manually,press any of the preset station buttons (1~6) for more than 1.5 sec to record it in its respective memory. The reception is temporarily lost during the memorization process. On Once th the re reception is is rec ove red , the station is preset on the desired preset station button. Repeat this procedure to preset a total of 6 different radio stations.
FIGURE 3.16.b
NOTE The preset stations are canceled when the radio is removed for maintenance.
Page 3-22
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 8. 24 Volt Volt Cigar Cigarette ette Lig Lighter hter – FIGURE FIGURE 3.17.a The cigarette lighter is located on the right wall of cab. To use the cigarette lighter the key switch must be in the ON position. positi on. Push the lighter in and wait approximately 30 seconds for it to “POP ” out. Pull lighter from the socket to use. Replace lighter back into its socket after use. Do not use the cigarette lighter as a power source for 12 volt accessories. It is 24 volt outlet. Plugging a 12 volt accessory into a 24 volt connector may result in shorting & or Fire.
CAUTION Do not use the cigerette lighter as a power source for 12 volt accessories. It is a 24 volt outlet. Plugging a 12 volt accessory into a 24 volt connector may result in shorting or fire.
FIGURE 3.17.a
9. Swin Swing g Flash Flasher er Switc Switch h – FIGU FIGURE RE 3.17. 3.17.b b The swing flasher switch is located on the right hand operator console. The swing flasher is is a 2 position rocker switch which is used to turn on the swing flashers. “ON ” – Push Push the the symbo symboll side side of switch switch down t o turn swing flashers ON. “OFF ” – Push the empty side of switch sw itch down to turn swing flashers OFF. OFF.
FIGURE 3.17.b
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-23
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION LEFT HAND OPERATOR CONSOLE 1. Climate Climate Cont Control rol Air Cond Conditio itioner ner FIGURE 3.17a and 3.17.b The climate control-AC provides a comfortable indoor environment and adjustable control of cab temperature. It removes moisture from humi humid d air and redu reducing cing window glass fogging. The climate climate control-AC control-AC is installed behind operator ’s seat and sends cold air or hot air into cab.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXPLANATION The LCD display indicates temperature, air outlet mode, compressor ON – OFF OFF,, AUTO recirculate and fresh air and fan speed. Each switch, fan mark of blower, and TEMP mark are illuminated green at night.
AIR OUTLET MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
FRESH AND RECIRCULATE AIR SELECTOR SWITCH
COMPRESSOR SWITCH
AUTO CONTROL LCD SWITCH DISPLAY
DEFROSTER SWITCH
MAIN POWER SWITCH
TEMPERATURE SETTING ° ↔ ° SWITCH ( C F SELECTOR SWITCH) FAN SPEED SELECTOR SWITCH
FIGURE 3.18.a
AC - Fundamental Use – FIGURE 3.18.b Before turning air-conditioner on, close doors of cab and windows to achieve the best perormance. a. Press control switch AUTO to control air capacity and blower outlet atomatically, and set the temperature in the range from 18.5 18. 5 °C (65.3 (6 5.3 °F) to t o 31.5 31.5 °C °C (88. (8 8.7° 7°F). F). The outlet temperature, outlet opening and fan speed are adjusted automatically so that indoor temperature of cab comes closer to the set temperature.
FIGURE 3.18.b
b. Select proper mode manually through recirculate and fresh air capacity selector switch and compresso compressorr switch ON – OFF. c. Select preferable fan speed manually through fan speed selector switch when fan speed,selected through auto control, isnot preferable. The indicator lamp of AUTO ” n LCD display goes out. Press “AUTO ”switch to return to automatic climate control.
Page 3-24
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Control Panel Functions Main Power Switch and Display FIGURE 3.18.a a. LCD display is illuminated when the climate control-AC is operating. When the climate control-AC is stopped, LCD will be turned off. b. Press main power switch,and all functions for the climate control-AC switch ON or OFF. Each Eac h time time when when this this switc switch h is pre pressed ssed,, the function switches sw itches ON and OFF O FF.. When switched ON,the climate control-AC starts operating at the point set before switching OFF (When it is set to AUTO, auto mode; if NORMAL is selected, then in normal mode).
FIGURE 3.19.a
NOTE The key switch will switch air-conditioner OFF, OFF, but the operating condition just before switching off may not be restored when the key switch is turned ON again. Auto Control Control Switch and and Display FIG FIG-URE 3.19.b a. Press the main power switch to activate the climate control-AC and the LCD display will illuminate.
FIGURE 3.19.b
b. Press control switch AUTO, and fan speed and air outlet are automatically controlled, and “AUTO ” indicator lamp on LCD display is illuminated. c. When the main power pow er switch is OFF, the system will retain the previous setting in memory. Therefore, when the main power switch is pressed again, the climate control AC AC will come on in the auto cont co ntro roll mo mode de.. In th the e Au Auto to mod e, the fan sp spee eed d an and d air outlet openings are operated automatically.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-25
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Temperature Setting Setti ng Switch and Display FIGURE 3.20.a a. The set temperature is ndicated indigits on LCD display.Temperature set range is 18.5 °C (65.3 °F) to 31.5 °C (88.7 °F). b. Press Press the two temperat temperature ure set set swi switch tches es simultaneously for 5 seconds to change the display from Centigrade (°C) to Fahrenheit (°F) (°F) or viceversa in the LCD display. pla y. (Eg.) (Eg. ) 5°C 5°C (77 °F) °F) or (77 °F) °F) 25 °C. °C. c. Press temperature set switch DOWN or UP to change the set temperature. The temerature goes up or down by 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) in graduation.
FIGURE 3.20.a
d. The set temperature 18 °C (64.4 °F) is the lowest lowest cooli cooling ng tempera temperature ture,, and 32 °C (89.6°F) is the highest heating temperature. Control beyond either of these limits is not possible. Air Outlet Mode Selector Switch and Display FIGURE 3.20.b a. Air outlet position is indicated by the arrow on LCD display. b. Press Air Outlet Mode Switch in the condition where auto display light is on, and the displ display ay mode mode is is fixed. fixed. “AUT “AUTO O ”indi”indicato ca torr la lamp mp on LC LCD D displa y goes out, and “AUTO ” control of air outlet opening is released. Press it again, and the level s changed to: VENT → BI-LEVEL → FOOT → FACE.
Page 3-26
FIGURE 3.20.b
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Defroster Switch and Display FIGURE 3.21.a a. Press Defroster Switch, defroster indicator lamp will be displayed. b. Press Air Outlet Mode Selector Switch, and it returns to air outlet mode just before pressing defroster switch. c. Press Defroster Switch in the condition where AUTO display is lighting up, “AUTO ” indicator lamp on LCD display goes out and the auto control of air outlet opening is released.
FIGURE 3.21.a
Recirculate and Fresh air Selector Switch and Display – FIGURE 3.21.a a. Suction (fresh air intake) mode is indicated on LCD display. b. Each time recirculate and fresh air capacity selector switch is pressed, the mode is switched to air recirculate or fresh air intake.
Compressor Switch and Display –FIGURE 3.21.b Press compressor switch in the condition where mark on LCD display is unlit, compressor starts operating and indicat - or lamp of mark on LCD display goes on. Press it again, and compressor turns off, and indicator lamp of mark on LCD display goes out.
FIGURE 3.21.b
FIGURE 3.21.c
Air Capacity Selector Switch and Display FIGURE 3.21.c When it is set to MANUAL mode, fan speed on LCD display is as follows.
Press UP or DOWN of fan speed selector switch,and auto control of fan speed is released,and “AUTO ”indicator lamp on LCD display goes out.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-27
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 2. Auto Wa Warm rm Up Sys Systemtem-FIGU FIGURE RE 3.28. 3.28.a a To activate activat e warm up mode: • Ke Keys yswit witch ch mu must st be in in the the of offf position • Ac Acti tiva vate te wa warm rm up sw swit itch ch PRESS HERE • Start engine FOR FO R Once engine is started mechatrol OFF OF F sets engine RPM to (1050) and “WARMING UP” is displayed. NOTE When the accel dial set value is set lower that 1050 RPM engine speed returns to the speed set by the throttle potentiometer
Warming up of hydraulic oil In this operation, “WARMING UP” is displayed on the multidisplay. a. Af After ter war warmin ming g up the the eng engine ine,, the the computer sets the pump flow rate at a fixed flow for 3 minutes at E/G speed 1,050 rpm. b. Nex Nextt the the flow flow rate rate is incr increas eased ed for for 5 minutes at E/G speed 1,600 rpm. c. Th The e neutra neutrall cut cut valve valve is clos closed ed,, engin engine e RPM is increased to 1,600 and flow is sett for se for 5 mi minu nute tes. s. d. Hyd Hydrau raulic lic pum pumps ps are are set set to to maxim maximum um flow, for 10 minutes at E/G speed at auto accel speed. Finishing warming up a. Aut Auto o warmi warming ng up up is com compet peted ed afte afterr about about 26 minutes. b. Or in cas case e wher where e the the pilo pilott hydr hydrau aulilic c oil oil temperature switch (installed on the tank port of solenoid proportional valve block senses the temperature of 50 °F (10 °C) or higher. c. Onc Once e the the comp compute uterr prog program ram is stop stoppe ped d “WAR “W ARM M FIN FINIS ISH” H” is di disp spla laye yed d on L C D buzzer stops 5 seconds later.
AUTO WARM UP
FIGURE-3.28.a
SK210 Shown for Reference
CAUTION Auto warm-up should be utilized anytime machine is started in climate temperatures below 10 oC (50 oF) to stabilize machine control response. Cold oil can cause erratic machine operation.
NOTE Auto warming up can be stopped at anytime by turning switch to off position
Page 3-28
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 3. Trave ravell Speed Speed Select Select Switch Switch FIGURE FIGURE 3.29 3.29.a .a The travel speed select switch is located on the left hand control console. The travel speed select switch is a single position, dual function rocker switch and is used to increase or decrease travel speed. Each time engine is started, travel speed is automatically set to 1( ) sp speed. .........................Low ........................ .Low First Speed Set to LOW when moving the machine on a rough or soft road, slope, or in a narrow place, or when powerful tractive force is required, or loading or unloading from a truck trailer. .......................... High 2nd Speed Set to HIGH when moving the machine on flat, hard ground.
INDEPENDENT TRAVEL SWITCH
•
•
WARNING DO NOT USE HIGH ( ) SP SPEED WH WHEN PERFORMING DELICATE OPERATIONS SUCH AS PIPE LAYING, LAYING, FINE GRADING OR LOADING MACHINE ONTO A RAILER. RAILER. DO NOT CHANGE C HANGE TRAVEL SPEED WHILE LOADING,MACHINE COULD BECOME UNSTABLE AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, EQUIPMENT DAMAGE AND/OR DEA D EATH. TH.
4. Ind Indepen ependen dentt Trave Travell Switch Switch - FIGURE FIGURE 3.29.a The independent travel select switch is located on the left hand control console. See Figure 03-27.a Use the function where fine metering of attachment operations and travel operations are required. Travel control levers /pedals must be in the neutral position before activation switch.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
FIGURE-3.29.a TRAVEL SPEED SELECT SWITCH
SK210 Shown for Reference
NOTE The ED190 uses the travel speed change switch with the new rocker switch for the Mode/Buzzer Stop switch to clear fault codes.
Page 3-29
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 5. Heav Heavy y Lift Lift Swit Switch ch – FIGURE FIGURE 2.3 2.30.a 0.a The heavy kift switch is located on the left hand control console. The heavy lift switch has 2 operating functions. The heavy lift function is used when precision control of heavy lifting operations is required. a. “ON ”– Push the symbol side of switch down to turn heavy lift function on. b. “OFF ”–Push back of switch down to turn heavy lift function Off.
HEAVY LIFT SWITCH
DANGER NEVER TURN OFF HEAVY LIFT SWITCH DURING ANY HEAVY LIFTING OPERATION. SUDDEN OR UNEXPECTED LOAD MOVEMENT COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. FIGURE 3.30.a
REAR PANEL AND OTHERS 1. Swin Swing g Parkin Parking g Brake Brake Rele Release ase Swit Switch ch FIGURE 3.30.b After removing 4 cover set screws on the rear side of operator seat, release the locks (5 places) of cover section, and remove the upper and lower covers. Swing parking brake is normaly locked. The swing parking brake is released in swing and arm in operation. When the swing function becomes inoperable due toa malfunction, turn toggle switch to “RELEASE LOCK” position, and the parking brake is released. Move machine to a safe area immediately and contact an authorized Kobelco Dealer ’s Service Department Department for assistance. Return the toggle switch to “NORMAL” position after repairs are completed.
Page 3-30
SK210 Shown for Reference
KPSS and Swing Release Switches
FIGURE 3.30.b
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION SK480 Engine Diagnosis Lamps (Red and Amber) – FIGURE 2.29.A, 2.29.B Two diagnosis lamps are installed on the left side control panel as indicated in the figure. These lamps will indicate any abnormality in the engine. Refer to the following tables for normal and abnormal condition of the engine: Normal engine condition
NOTE 1 During normal conditions, both lamps will illuminate as soon as the key switch is turned to the “ON” postion, and will stay illuminated until the engine is started. Lamps will turn Off, and will stay Off after starting the engine. Abnormal engine condition
FIGURE 2.29.A
NOTE 3 The code is indicated by a 2 figure number: the code’s first figure lights on for 1.2 seconds and off for 1.2 seconds, and the code’s second figure lights on for 0.4 seconds and off for 0.4 second, as shown inFig. 2.16B. Every code is displayed three times repeatedly, and where there is no more code, the display will return to the first code. Therefore, in the case where codes 12 and 13 are 12 12 12 13 13 13 present:
NOTE: This example shows failure code 12
NOTE 2 There exists two different abnormal conditions: » The red and/or amber lamps will illuminate and flash the engine failure code(s) (See Figure 2.29.B for details on flashing codes). Engine not running mode. » The red and/or amber lamps will illuminate and flash the engine failure code(s) (See Figure 2.29.B for details on flashing codes). Engine running mode. If abnormal conditions appear on engine, refer to Chapter 10 Mechatronics Section for more details on Engine Failure Codes.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Light indicator for the code’s first figure (1)
Light indicators for the code’s second figure (2)
Lamp “ON”
Lamp “OFF”
2.4 sec.
*
*
*
1.2 sec.
*
2.4 sec. 0.4 sec.
FIGURE 2.29B
NOTE 4 If one of the engine diagnosis lamps (Red or amber) does not illuminate as soon as the key switch is set to the ON position, check for defective light bulb.
Page 3-31
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 2. KPSS Rele Release ase Swit Switch ch – FIGU FIGURE RE 3.32. 3.32.a a When the LCD screen displays“CPU MECHA MECH ATRO CONT CONT.F .FAIL AIL”, ”, pro procee ceed d as f o l lows: a. Stop the engine. b. Remove the covers for the control panel located behind the operato operator’s r’s seat: c. Turn the top 4 screws CCW 90 º to unlock them, press the lower loc locks ks to to relea release se the the cover. Disconnect the speaker wires and remove the top cover. d. Press the upper locks to release the top side of the lower cover.Then press the lower locks to release the bottom botto m side of the cover to remove it. FIGURE 3.32.a
e. Locate the switches for the KPSS release and the swing parking brake release switch and flip them to their release position. f. Install the covers.
NOTE The SK480 uses the Mitsubishi 6D24-TLAB Electronic Controlled Injection system. There is no manual throttle control cable available for this model. 3. Inst Installa allation tion of Manu Manual al Thro Throttle ttle Cabl Cable e SK160 through SK330 Only.
If the governor motor is damaged or has lost communication communicati on to the CPU, it is possible to have manually control of the diesel injection pump from the operators cab.
SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
CPU FAIL
FIGURE 3.32.b REMOVE ROD LINKAGE DISCONNECT HARNESS
a. Stop Engine b. Go to to the the eng engin ine e comp compar artme tment nt c. Remove Remove the lin linkag kage e betw between een the ste steppi pping ng motor and injection pump. d. Install Install the manu manual al throt throttle tle cab cable le whic which h is standard on most Dynamic Acera excavators. See FIGURE 3.32.c.
CONECT MANUAL THROTTLE CONTROL CABLE HERE
FIGURE 3.32.c Page 3-32
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 2. Engine Engine Spe Speed ed Contr Control ol Cable Cable – FIGURE FIGURE 2.33.a This mechanical system is used to control the engine speed manually if the electronic system fails to operate properly. a. When the LCD screen displays “STEP MOTOR S/PT ERROR ” and the engine speed can ’t be controlled normally, norm ally, press the button at the center of the knob and simultaneously pull the cable control to raise the engine speed to high idle conditon. b. When the LCD screen displays “CPU MECHATRO CONT.FAIL.” and the engine speed can’t be controlled nomally, proceed as follows: 1. Stop the engine. 2. Remove the covers for the control panel located behind the operator ’s seat: 2.1 Turn the top 4 screws CCW 90 º to unlock them and press the lower locks to release the cover.Disconnect the speaker wires and remove the top cover. 2.2 Press the upper locks to release the top side of the lower cover.Then press the lower locks to release the bottom side of the cover to remove it. 3. Locate the switches for the KPSS release and the swing parking brake release and flip them to their release position. 4. Release Back-Up screws on both regulators. See Figure 3.33.b 5. Install rear panel covers. 6. Start the engine. 7. Press the button at the center of the knob and simultaneously pull the cable control to raise the engine speed to high idle condition.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
KPSS
RELEASE
REAR PANEL
Not present on SK480 SET SCREW
SK32002025
FIGURE 3.33.a
NOTE Manual throttle control cable is not present on the SK480 Dynamic Acera with Mitsubishi 6D24-TLAB BACK-UP SCREW P1 PUMP
BACK-UP SCREW P2 PUMP
Figure 3.33.b.
NOTE If the mechanical throttle is pulled (used) when the machine ’s electronic system has no problem, then the Kobelco’s mechatronic system will automatically shut off the stepping motor, and the machine ’s performance will be very erratic. The error code 31 will show on the panel and the machine will not shut down through the igniigni tion key. Set the ignition key to the OFF position and pull the engine emergency stop control to shut off the engine. Make sure the mechanical throttle is pushed in all the way before restarting the machine.
Page 3-33
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Pump Regulator Back-up Function ( Except SK160/ED190 )
NOTE Not Available on SK160/ED190
Hydraulic Back-up • If “MECHATRO CONT. FAIL” and “STEP MOTOR S/PT. S/PT. ERROR” are displayed on the t he gauge cluster multidisplay, the machine cannot be operated normally normal ly..
Manual Control Screw turned completely out
• The machine machine is equippe equipped d with back-up back-up function function to actuate the Throttle and hydraulic pumps. The following procedure will allow the hydraulic pump to operate at 90% capacity enabling continuous work. • Procedur Procedure e to have have backback-up up functi function on of pump regulator. 1. St Stop op th the e eng engin ine. e. Figure 3.34.a. 2. Change Change hyd hydrau raulic lic pump pumps s to Manual Control back-up Mode: Loosen the lock nuts of two back-up screws. See Figure 3.34.a & Fig. 3.34.c
BACK-UP SCREW P1 PUMP
3. Turn Turn the back back-up -up screw screws s counter countercloc clockwis kwise e out until they stop. 4. Ret Retig ight hten en the the loc lock k nuts nuts.. BACK-UP SCREW P2 PUMP
Figure 3.34.b.
Manual Control Screw
Figure 3.32.c. Page 3-34
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION Back-up function - cont. Engine Speed Control Cable 4. Pla Place ce thr thrott ottle le at low low idle. idle. Star Startt the engi engine. ne.
5. To increase increase engin engine e speed, speed, press press the center button of engine control knob, and simultaneously pull cable control to raise the engine speed to to be maintained. (See Figure 3.35.a) 6. Re Resu sume me wo work rkin ing g 7. After After finishin finishing g the work, work, press press the the center center button of engine control cable and concurrently push down the knob, and the engine speed returns to low idling. 8. Stop the engin engine e by pullin pulling g the emer emergenc gency y stop cable, then turn off the keyswitch.
NOTE
1. The fuel fuel level level and engin engine e water water, work light lights, s, wiper, air-con, radio, etc. on the cluster gauge function the same as when in the normal condition. 2. Machin Machine e function function is is perform performed ed at almos almostt the same level as when in the normal condition.
Figure 3.35.a.
NOTE The above manual manual throttle assembly assembly is not available on the SK480.
3. The back backup up functio functioning ning time has only only slight slight effect on the performance of the machine, but inspection and repair are required to correct the trouble. 4. Should Should gauge gauge clust cluster er display display fail, fail, the the fuel fuel level and E/G water temperature are not indicated, also other cluster gauge function are not possible. 5. Also, Also, for the the failur failure e shown shown in Item Item 4, it may cause trouble with daily operation, so immediate inspection and repair are required. 6. When When the hydr hydraul aulic ic pump pump is set set to the the backup function, the control of KPSS work mode switch is not required.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-35
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 3. Powe Powerr Boost Boost Swit Switch ch – FIGURE FIGURE 3.36 3.36.a .a Located on the right hand control lever,this switch should only be used for increased break out force during digging.
DANGER DO NOT USE POWER BOOST FOR LIFTING OPERATIONS. INSTEAD, USE THE HEAVY LIFT SWITCH.
NOTE Use of power boost is prohibited with arms longer than 2.94 M (9 ’8 ”) {SK210(LC)–VI},and 2.98 M (9 ’9 ”) {SK250(LC)–VI} is installed. Contact your Kobelco dealer for instructions instructi ons on how to disconnect the power boost function.
FIGURE 3.36.a
4. Fuse Fuse Box – FIGU FIGURE RE 3.3 3.36.b 6.b The fuse box is located behind the operators seat. It contains all necessary fuses for the electrical circuits of the machine. Should it become necessary to inspect or change a fuse,remove the fuse box cover by gently pulling each end away from the box.Should box.Should a fuse require replacement,use a replacement fuse of the same type and amperage. Turn key switch to “ OFF ”and wait approximately mate ly 4 seco seconds nds for all elec electric trical al power power to stop before removing removing or or replacing replacing a bad or or blown fuse.The fuse cover incorporates a fuse puller to remove fuses. 5. Ho Hou ur me mete terr The numbers on the digital hour meter are visible even when the keyswitch is in the off position! See Figure 3.36.c The meter records the total engine operating time. If the engine is rotated the hour meter advances. The graduation runs in 1 step to 1 hour of operating time regardless of the engine speed. The indicated figures on the hour meter can be used as a guide line to understand the interval for inspection and maintenance.
FIGURE 3.36.b
HOUR METER
FIGURE 3.36.c
Page 3-36
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 6. 12 Vol oltt Pow Power er Su Supp pply ly – FIG FIGUR URE E 3. 3.37 37.a .a The 12 volt volt pow power er supp supply ly is is locate located d bes beside ide the right side switch panel. For use of common auto accessories such as a fan or other accessories requiring 12 volt (DC) power, pull cover away from 12 volt power supply and insert 12 volt male socket into power supply. Replace cover after use.
Operating Levers & Controls 1. Eng Engine ine emer emergen gency cy stop stop kno knob b – FIGUR FIGURE E 3.37.b When the engine does not stop when the keyswitch is turned to Accesory or off position, pull the emergency stop knob on the lower right hand side of the seat fully out. out. See Figure 3.37.c This will disrupt the fuel to the injection pump and engine stops.
FIGURE 3.37.a
EMERGENCY STOP KNOB
NOTE 1. Not return returning ing the the emerge emergency ncy knob knob completely in may make engine restarting impossible or cause poor engine performance. Be sure to return the knob completely in after usage.
2. Since Since the engi engine ne speed speed cann cannot ot be adju adjusted sted correctly during mechatronic A adjustment, be sure to return the emergency stop cableknob completely in.
FIGURE 3.37.b
CAUTION Do Not suddenly stop the engine when operating at high RPM. Doing so may damage turbo or engine.
Emergency Stop Cable
FIGURE 3.37.c
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-37
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 3. Safety Safety Lock Lock Lev Lever er – FIGU FIGURE RE 2.38. 2.38.a a The safety lock lever is located on the front outside of the left hand operator console and is red in color. The safety lock Lever is used to lock out the hydraulic controls disallowing the use of any hydraulic function. The safety lock Lever has 2 operating positions. “UP ”- When placed in the up position the safe safety ty lock lock lever lever stop stops s all hydraulic controls from functioning and allows the operator to enter and exit the operator seat.
“DOWN ”- When placed in the down position, the safety lock lever allows all operating functions of the hydraulic controls to resume and also locks the left hand operating console in operating position.
CAUTION ALWAYS PLACE ALWAYS PLAC E THE SAFETY SAFE TY LOCK LEVER IN THE LOCKED (UP)POSITION BEFORE LEAVING THE OPERAT O PERATOR’S OR’S CAB. NEVER LEAVE THE MACHINE UNATTENDED WITH ENGINE RUNNING OR LEVER IN THE DOWN POSITION.
FIGURE 3.38.a
4. Adjustme Adjustment nt of of Pilot Pilot Cont Control rol Lev Levers ers Height –FIGURE 2.38.b To adjust adjust the heigh heightt of the pilot pilot contro controll le ve rs , use a 17 mm wrench and remove capscrew (M10)under the operator console. The 3-stage setting hole position is as follows: a. From factory,the hole is set to the medium position (H1). b. If it is set to the medium position (H1), the valve height is raised 10mm (0.4”). c. When it is set to the lowest position (H2), (H2) , the height is raised max.20mm (0.8 ”).
Page 3-38
FIGURE 3.38.b
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION CAUTION ARM OUT
Hydraulic controls are designed for and set to ISO operating pattern for optimum machine performance and safety. Changing the control pattern will effect the performance of the machine. 5. Left Left Hand Hand Operat Operator or Contro Controll Lever Lever – FIGURE 2.39.a The left hand operator control lever is located at the top front of the L.H.operator console. Its purpose is to allow the operator to control operations of the swing and arm. Operating speed of function is variable from stop to full stroke operational functions depending on how far levers operated. The left hand operator control lever has four basic operational functions. a. “FORWARD ”– Variable speed arm out. b. “BACKWARD ”– Variable speed arm in. c. “LEFT ”– Variable speed left swing. d. “RIGHT ”– Variable speed right e. “CENTER ”– Neutral position. 6. Right Right Hand Hand Opera Operator tor Cont Control rol Leve Leverr – FIGURE 2.39.b The right hand operator control lever is located at the top front of the R.H. operator console. Its purpose is to allow the operator to control operations of the boom and bucket. Operating speed of function is variable from stop to full stroke depending on how far lever is operated. The right hand operator control has four basic operational functions. a. “FORWARD ”– Variable speed boom down. b. “BACKWARD ”– Variable speed boom up.. c. “LEFT ”– Variable speed bucket in (digging). d. . “RIGHT ”– Variable speed bucket out (Dump). e. “CENTER ”– Neutral position. Dynamic Acera 06/02
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
ARM IN
FIGURE 3.39.a
Horn Switch
Horn sounds while the switch on the grip upper section is pressed. See Figure 3.37.a
BOOM LOWER
BUCKET OUT BUCKET IN
BOOM RAISE
FIGURE 3.39.b
Power Boost Switch When boost power is required for the remove an obstruction, press the switch on the grip upper section, the hydraulic system will provide a stronger digging force. See Figure 3.39.b.
Page 3-39
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION THESE OPERATIONS ARE WITH TRAVEL MOTORS POSITIONED BEHIND THE OPERAOR ’S CAB.
7. Left and Righ Rightt ravel ravel Leve Levers rs & Ped Pedals als –FIGURE 2.40.a 2.40.a The travel lever & pedal are located in front of operator seat. They are used to move the left or right track of the machine either forward or backward. These controls have 2 basic operational functions. a. “FORWARD ”–Variable speed forward track movement. b. “B “BACK ACKW WARD ”–V ”–Vari ariab able le sp speed eed r e verse track movement. c. “CENTER ”–Neutral position.
FIGURE 3.40.a
8. Removing Removing the Trave Travell Contro Controll Levers Levers a. Use a 13 mm wrench to remove the travel control levers from the travel pedals, see Figure 2.40.b. b. Use a 17 mm wrench to remove the support brackets located in the air cleaner compartment, see Figure 2.40.b. c. Store the travel control levers properly in the air cleaner compartment and securely tighten the brackets. FIGURE 3.40.b
Page 3-40
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION GAUGE CLUSTER The monitor displays information sent from sensors positioned at various places on the excavator, making it possible to monitor the excavator’s operating working conditions.
KPSS WORK MODE LAMP
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE
L.C.D. DISPLA DISPLAY Y
SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
START ST ART THE ENGINE ENGI NE
OK
PRESS THE SCREEN CHANGE BUTTON
2250 RPM
PRESS THE SCREEN CHANGE BUTTON
256 Hr ATF E/G OIL CH
ENGINE RPM
ACCUMULATED HRS SINCE LAST ENGINE SERVICE
PRESS THE SCREEN CHANGE BUTTON
OK
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-41
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 5.How to Calibrate the Engine Oil Change Interval.
PRESS THE GAUGE CLUSTER SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH FOR 5 TO 10 SEC. AND RELEASE IT IT..
TURN ON THE IGNITION SWITCH.
OK THIS SIGNAL DOES NOT FLICKER
OK
THIS SIGNAL APPEARS ON THE SCREEN AS LONG AS YOU DEPRESS THE SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH. IT WILL CHANGE AS SOON AS THE SWITCH IS RELEASED
256 Hr ATF E/G OIL CH PRESS THE MODE SWITCH TO INCREASE THE HOURS
PRESS THE BUZZER SWITCH TO DECREASE THE HOURS
PRESS THE GAUGE CLUSTER SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH ONCE.
2250 RPM
PRESS THE GAUGE CLUSTER SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH AGAIN, AND THE ACCUMULATED HOURS SINCE THE LAST ENGINE SERVICE IS DISPLAYED.
Page 3-42
NOTE: IF SWITCH IS DEPRESSED CONTINUOUSLY, HOURS WILL CHANGE RAPIDLY
256 Hr ATF E/G OIL CH
AFTER SETTING THE DESIRED HOURS, PRESS THE GAUGE CLUSTER SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH TO RECORD THEM IN THE SYSTEM
OK
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION L.C.D.Display The L.C.D.Display is illustrated below and will display the Icons listed liste d on this page. Study Study these icons and their definitions so that possible problems will be quickly recognized and repairs made in a timely fashion. Normal displays 1. SY SYST STEM EM ST STATUS ICO ICON N This icon will display after key switch is turned “ON” and and all machine systems and components are checked by CPU and found to be in good working workin g order. 2. ENG ENGINE INE R.P R.P.M. .M.ICO ICON N The engine speed (output) corresponding to the throttle potentiometer position is displayed. 3. ENGI ENGINE NE LUBRICA LUBRICATION TION CUMUL CUMULA ATIVE TIME 256 hours has elapsed since the change of engine oil. This mark shows the total cumulative time on and after the time when the engine oil has been changed.
B. Warn arnin ing g Disp Display lays s WARNING DISPLA DISPLAYS YS The Buzzer will sound the instant #2,#3,#5,#6,#7, #9 and #28 warning icons are displayed. 1. I.T I.T.C.S .C.S.CONT .CONTROLL ROLLER-CP ER-CPU U ICON This icon will display when a problem exists in the I.T I. T..C.S. (Intelligent Total Control System). Turn Key switch “OFF ”,wait for 4 seconds until the system shuts down completely, then turn the switch back to “ON ”to reset the CPU program.Should this thi s icon remain on display, stop operation, stop engine call KOBELCO Service Technician for temporary CPU bypass procedures. Dynamic Acera 06/02
2. SWI SWING NG PARK PARKING ING BRAKE BRAKE REL RELEAS EASE E ICON Turn the “Slewing Parking Brake Release Switch ”on the rear side of operator ’s seat to the “RELEASE ”position,and this warning is displayed. While this warning is displayed, the swing parking brake does not actuates. This switch should be used only in the event of emergency.Call KOBELCO service. 3. KP KPSS SS RE RELE LEAS ASE E ICO ICON N Turn the “KPSS Work Mode Release Switch ”on the rear side of operator ’s seat to the “RELEASE ”position,and this warning is displayed.While this warning is displayed,the normal electric and hydraulic controls are impossible.This switch should be used only in the event of emergency.Call KOBELCO Service for assistance 4. ENG ENGINE INE PRE PRE-HE -HEA ATIN TING G ICON ICON This symbol is displayed when key switch is turned to heat position and the engine preheat circuit is activated. This display goes out at completion of pre-heating,at which time FINISH PREHEAT is displayed.
5. ENGI ENGINE NE PREPRE-HEA HEAT T COMPL COMPLETE ETE ICON This icon is displayed when the PREHEAT is completed.If the buzzer sounds and can ’t be stopped,turn key switch to the OFF position and wait for 4 sec ’s until the electrical system is turned off.Then start engine.Continuous preheat after this icon is displayed could cause damage to the engine.
NOTE Do not operate the preheat position of the key switch for more than 20 seconds at one time. ti me.
Page 3-43
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 6. ENG ENGINE INE OIL PRE PRESS SSURE URE ICO ICON N This icon will display and the Buzzer will sound should the Engine Oil Pressure drop below a safe operating pressure.If this icon is on the display and Buzzer is sounding,stop the engine immediately and check engine oil level. Fill engine to proper level with approved motor oil. If computer sences engine LOW OIL PRESSURE, engine speed will automatically go to “Lo idle”, then immediately shut down. This icon will Display only if alternator is charging. 7. ENG ENGINE INE COOL COOLANT ANT TEMPE TEMPERA RATU TURE RE ICON This icon will display and the Buzzer will sound should the Engine Coolant Coolan t Temperatur Temperature e rise above safe operating temperature.Should this icon display and Buzzer sound,reduce engine RPM to idle and stop operation until engine coolant temperature reaches a safe operating temperature range 9. ENG ENGINE INE AIR CLE CLEANE ANER R ICON ICON This icon will display should the Engine Air Cleaner Element(s)(FILTERS) become too dirty to allow proper air flow to the engine. Should this icon display stop engine immediately and clean or replace Engine Air Cleaner Element(s) as required. This icon will Display only if alternator is charging.
LOAD ALARM ICON (Europe (Europe only) 10. OVER LOAD This icon will display and the Buzzer will sound should the Boom Cylinder Circuit Pressure exceed the set, specified pressure. Should this icon display and the buzzer sound,immediately stop all operation, stop engine and contact an authorized KOBELCO Service dealer for service assistance.
Page 3-44
11. BA BATT TTER ERY Y CHAR CHARGIN GING G SYST SYSTEM EM ICON ICON This icon will display the electrical charging system not function properly. properly. Should this icon display,have the electrical charging system repaired immediately.Icon displays only when engine is running with normal oil pressure and a problem occurs in the charging system. 12.. FU 12 FUEL EL LE LEVE VEL L IC ICON ON This icon will display should the Fuel Level in Fuel Tank reaches 54 liters (14 Gal.)or less.Should this icon display refill fuel tank immediately using approved fuel oil.
(PreStart 13.. HY 13 HYDR DRAU AULI LIC C OIL OIL LEV LEVEL EL IC ICON ON Icon) This icon will display should the Hydraulic Oil Level in hydraulic oil reservoir fall below safe operating level. Should this icon display before starting engine,position machine in Hydraulic Oil Check position and check sight gauge for oil level. Fill hydraulic reservoir to proper level using approved hydraulic oil.This icon will not display with engine running and a loss of hydraulic oil is experienced. (PreStart 14.. EN 14 ENGI GINE NE COO COOLA LANT NT LEV LEVEL EL ICO ICON N Icon) This icon will display should the Engine Coolant Level fall below safe operating level.Should this icon display before starting the engine,check and fill coolant level in the radiator and coolant reservoir.Icon will not display if alternator is charging and a sudden loss of coolant is experienced. (PreStart 15.. EN 15 ENGI GINE NE OI OIL L LE LEVE VEL L ICO ICON N Icon) This icon is displayed when the engine oil level of the engine oil pan pan is low. low. Check the engine oil level mmediately and make up the shortage of the engine oil.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION 19. ATT 19. TTACH ACHME MENT NT BOOS BOOST T PRES PRESSUR SURE E ICON This icon will display when the Power Boost Switch is depressed.This icon is displayed only when this system is activated during operation.
20. HEA HEAVY VY LI LIFT FT PRE PRESS SSURE URE ICO ICON N This icon will display when the Heavy Lift Switch is in the “ON ”position.This icon is displayed only when this system is activated during operation.
29.. RE 29 REPL PLAC ACE E ENG ENGIN INE E OIL OIL IC ICON ON This icon will display at every 500 hours of machine operation to remind operator of scheduled engine oil change.The recommended oil change interval for MITSUBISHI engines is every 500 hours of operation. When this icon is displayed and the buzzer sounds,press the buzzer stop switch once to stop the buzzer sound, and a second time to reset the oil change interval to Zero.Make sure to recalibrate the engine oil change intervals.
21.
AUTO WA WARMING UP UP ICON This icon is displayed to indicate the warming up operation of the engine and hydraulic oil when the engine runs in decel condition after the key switch is turned on and the auto warm up selector switch on the left console is set to “ON ” position. Turn off the auto warm up select switch,and the key switch OFF,to forcibly stop the auto warm up system and the display disappears.
28.. AUT 28 AUTO O WARM WARMING ING UP FIN FINIS ISH H ICON ICON This icon is displayed when the warming up of the engine or hydraulic oil is finished or the warming up is stopped forcibly by operating operat ing the lever or turning the auto warm-up switch OFF forcibly,and concurrently the buzzer sounds continuously for about 5 seconds.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
Page 3-45
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION The following chart s aimed at familiarizing personnel with the priority of the Gauge Cluster Display Icons.Pay close attention to these icons as they can aid in avoiding unnecessary repairs and expense. LCD display
The icons in the chart below are listed in priority from the most serious to least serious. EXAMPLE:If the engine oil pressure is abnormal and Fuel level s low, the engine oil pressure Icon wil l display and buzzer will sound. After the oil pressure is back to safe operating pressure, the low fuel Icon will display.
SERVICE FUNCTION ICON SEQUENCE
NORMAL DISPLAY
BUZZER SOUNDING
No sounding
Note: Assist mode not available on SK480 No sounding •For the description of display of the assist mode. •Each display flickers during operation.
ASSIST MODE DISPLAY
Supplementary Explanation : The screen can be switched into three images by pressing the screen change switch. •#2,#3,#5,#6, #7,#10,#28 Buzzer sounds. Supplementary Explanation :
WARNING
Icons #5 and #6 are displayed and buzzers do not stop sounding even if the buzzer stop switch is pressed. When icon 6 is displayed,the engine RPM will idle immediately and the engine will shut down after 15 seconds. Icon #7 is displayed and buzzer stops sounding when the buzzer stop switch is pressed.
Icons #2,#3,#10 and #28 are displayed and buzzers sound intermittently and stop sounding after 5 seconds.
Page 3-46
Dynamic Acera 06/02
MACHINE FAMILIARIZATION
DANGER
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE OPERATOR’S MANUAL. IMPROPER MACHINE OPERATION IS DANGEROUS AND COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DEATH.
WHENEVER A CHANGE IS MADE TO THE MACHINE’S CONTROL PATTERN, PATTERN, ALSO EXCHANGE EX CHANGE THE TH E PATTERN PATTERN DECAL IN THE CAB C AB TO MATCH THE NEW PATTERN. PATTERN. SAE PATTERN
PATTERN CONTROL CHANGE To change the machine’s control pattern from A. To A. SAE to Back Hoe Loader pattern, proceed as follows: thr ottle 1. Place the attachment on the ground, throttle 1. Place control in low idle, and turn the ignition key off.
2. Place the safety le2. Place ver in the lock and up position before leaving the cab.
BHL PAT PATTERN TERN
YN20T01476P1
door, lo3. Open the air cleaner compartment door, 3. Open cate the pattern changer valve and change valve’s handle postion from “I” (SAE) to “D” (Back Hoe Loader). SAE PATTERN
YN20T01476P1
B. Make sure to place B. Make the BHL pattern plate in its respective holder, located below the cab door handle. Make sure BHL pattern is showing.
BHL PATTERN LH CONTROL LEVER
BOOM DOWN
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
WARNING CHECK MACHINE’S CONTROL PATTERN FOR CONFORMANCE TO PATTERN PATTERN ON DECAL-CARD IN CAB. IF PATTERN DOES NOT MATCH DECAL-CARD ON CAB DOOR HOLDER, FLIP DECAL-CARD ON HOLDER TO MATCH THE MACHINE’S CONTROL PATTERN PATTERN BEFORE BEFOR E OPERATING MACHINE. MACHINE . FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN INJURY.
WARNING SHOULD THE CONTROL PATTERN DECAL-CARD IS LOST,, ORDER P/N: YN20T01476P1. LOST YN2 0T01476P1.
Dynamic Acera 06/02
C. Slowly operate Left Hand C. Slowly control to make sure it matches BHL pattern and to familiarize yourself with the new control pattern.
BOOM UP
BHL LH Control
D. Slowly operate Right D. Hand control to make sure it matches BHL pattern and to familiarize yourself with the new control pattern.
ARM OUT
RH CONTROL LEVER
BUCKET OUT
BUCKET IN
ARM IN
BHL RH Control
Page 3-47
MECHATRONICS
Table of contents contents Page 3.1 LAYOUT LAYOUT OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS COMPONENTS ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... .............. ... 3-2 A. Parts related to upper frame ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .................. ...... 3-2 B. Harness grounding locations ....................... ................................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... .............. ... 3-3 C. Parts related to operator’s cab ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ........................ ............ 3-4 D. Parts related to frame ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ........................ ................ .... 3-7 E. Parts related to engine ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ............... ... 3-8 F. Mechatronic controller connectors........... connectors ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ................... ....... 3-9 3.2 LOCATION LOCATION OF SOLENOID SOLENOID BLOCK BLOCK AND SENSOR BLOCK BLOCK ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ................ .... 3-10 A. Solenoid block ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ..................... ..................... ........................ .............. .. 3-11 B. Pump proportional proportional solenoid valves (PSV-P1 (PSV-P1 and PSV-P2) ........................ .................................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .......... 3-12 C. Pressure sensors ...................... .................................. ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ...................... .......... 3-13 3.3 GOVERNOR MOTOR MOTOR (M-2) ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ..................... .......... 3-15 3.4 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR (SE-15)........................... (SE-15)....................................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .................. ...... 3-17 3.5 ACCEL POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER (SE-16) ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ..................... .......... 3-18 3.6 REAR CONTROL PANEL PANEL ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... .............. .. 3-19 3.7 OUTLINE OF MECHA MECHATRONIC TRONIC CONTROL CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ................. ..... 3-26 3.8 MACHINE OPERATION OPERATION ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ..................... ...................... ................. ..... 3-27 3.9 MULITDISPLA MULITDISPLAY Y SELF DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ...................... .................... .......... 3-28 3.10 TROUBLE HYSTOR HYSTORY Y DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .................. ........ 3- 30 3.11 MECHATRONIC MECHATRONIC CONTROLLER CONTROLLER “A” AND “B” ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT ...................... .................................. ........................ ........................ ..................... ......... 3- 31 3.12 SERVICE SERVICE DIAGNOSIS ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ....................... ................. ..... 3-3 4 3.13 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .................... .......... 3-3 8
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-1
3
MECHATRONICS 3.1 LAYOUT LAYOUT OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS A. Parts related to upper upper frame
M-8 : Greasing motor (Opt.)
L-9 : Boom work light (Opt.)
E-6 : Horn (Low tone) To ATT harness
Buttery ground
E-5 : Horn (High tone)
R-1 : Battery relay
3 SE-15 : Fuel sensor L-2 : Deck light
To inst-panel harness M-4 : Washer motor
SW-25 : Hyd. oil level switch
SW-8 : Air filter clogging switch 8
C O F N R T O R M 6 O P L I 5 V L A O L T V E
7
B A
T V O A C L O V N E T S R I D O E L
7
SE-13 : Engine speed sensor
8
SE-5 : Swing pressure sensor
SE-22 : P1 pump pressure sensor
SW-24 : Engine coolant level switch
SE-23 : P2 pump pressure sensor E-10 : Receiver dryer for A/C
L-3 : Swing flasher & Rear work light (L.H) (Opt.)
M-1 : Starter motor
SW-23 : Engine oil level swich To engine sub harness
PSV-P2 : P2 pump propo. valve
PSV-P1 : P1 pump propo. valve
E-13 : Travel alarm (Opt.)
L-4 : Swing flange & Rear work light (R.H) (Opt.)
A: Solenoid block B: The sensor block for KCMA machines is the same as before minor changed machine, but only one sensor is used for the swing system and it is located at main control valve
3-2
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS B. Harness grounding locations Note : B C D E J K
F Lever lock SOL ATT ATT boost boost SOL SOL Travel 1, 2 Speed SOL Swing parking SOL Air filter filter clogg clogging ing SW Washer motor
are connected with E by harness is attached to upper frame is attached to floor plate to H are connected with controller box is attached to E/G is connected whth E/G
E/G coolant level SW Governor motor E/G oil level SW Swing flasher & Rear work light (L.H) Hyd. oil temp. SW (Opt.)
GND between Upper frame and Floor
I B
GND of travel 1, 2 speed SW at under floor plate
C D
A
H
Battery GND.
GND between Cab and Controller (In control box)
Fuel sensor Work light Horn (High) Horn (Low) Battery relay Travel alarm (Opt.) Boom cylinder work light Swing flasher & Rear work light (R.H)
E In control box Wiper inter lock SW Mechatro controller ATT ATT boost boost SW SW Horn SW Tuner R.H rotation SW (Opt.) L.H rotation SW (Opt.) Travel alarm SW Opt. work light SW (Opt.) Lever lock delay timer Safety relay Auto Auto greas greasing ing contoro contoroller ller (Opt.) (Opt.) Wiper relay assy Air-con Air-con amplifie amplifier r Cab work light R.H (Opt.) Cab work light L.H (Opt.) 24V power source Roof wipermotor Machine management system (Opt.)
8
C O F N R T O R M 6 O P L I 5 V L A O T L V E
7
T V O A C L V O E N T S R I D O E L
7
8
G Cab GND. at rear right of Cab Gauge cluster Hour meter Swing flasher SW. (Opt.) Power window SW. (Opt.) Cigar lighter Wiper motor Flasher relay
J Alterna Alternator tor GND. GND. Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-3
K Engine GND.
3
MECHATRONICS C2: MONITOR
C. Parts related to operator’s operator’s cab
SW-21: POWER BOOST SWITCH
SW-10: HORN SWITCH SW-11: SAFETY LOCK LEVER (FOR HYDRAULICS)
E-14: 24V CIGARETTE LIGHTER SE-16: THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
SW-35: HEAVY LIFT SWITCH SW-5: TWO PUMP FLOW SELECTOR SWITCH
3
SW-1: KEY SWITCH
SW-36: INDEPENDENT TRAVEL SWITCH C-4: AIR-CONDITION AIR-CONDITIONER ER
OPTIONAL SWITCHES FOR EUROPEAN EXCAVATORS
N A F
P M E T
SW-9: SWING FLASHER SWITCH
F / R
E D O M
F E D
SW-38: WARM-UP SWITCH E-7: RADIO (FM/AM) Locally-procured parts in European machines
CabRelatedParts1
E-23: 12V POWER SUPPLY (180 WATT)
To inst-panel harness Bracket for connector
Connect to cab ground C-5 : Power window controller (Opt.) To cab harness R-19: Flasher relay
Detail of cab rear right corner
3-4
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS
Sensors for travel and optional valves
3
SE-20
SE-10
SE-9 SE-11
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-5
MECHATRONICS
Cab harness
To inst-panel left harness
E-4 : Fuse box
Note : Fuse box is attached to harness. R-6 : Work light relay
R-5 : Horn relay R-9 : Work light relay (Opt) R-10 : Bucket restriction relay (Opt.) E-9 : Speaker R.H R-8 : Travel alarm relay (Opt.) M-5 : Power window motor (Opt.) R-13 : L.H rotation relay (Opt.) J/B (15P X 5) R-12 : R.H rotation relay (Opt.) E-8 : Speaker L.H J/B (15P X 4)
3
Harness for long range ATT E-15 : Resister
Harness for high-reach
Cab work light L.H T skylight wiper (Opt.) C-6 : Auto greasing To controller
To mechatro controller
To inst-panel left To cab harness
R-7 : Wiper relay assy. SW-4 : Swing parking brake release switch
View I
C-1 : Mechatro controller
R-4 : Safety relay
9 pin connector for IT (ORBCOMM) & Down load connector
View II
13 pin connector for PHS (Not used)
To cab harness
R-20 : Timer
3-6
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS D. Parts related related to frame E-10 : Receiver dryer
L-2 : Deck work light R.H R-1 : Battery relay
SW-24 : Engine coolant level switch
SE-15 : Fuel sensor
View II
SV-1 : Swing parking SOL SV-3 : Travel 1, 2 speed SOL PSV-A : Arm variable recirculation Upper harness
PSV-D : P1 by-pass cut propo. valve
Starter cable
PSV-C : Travel Straight Valve SOL
View I
PSV-B : P2 by-pass cut propo. valve SV-2 : ATT ATT boost SOL SV-4 : Lever lock SOL
Detail A (Proportional valve block)
SE-1 SE-2 SE-3 SE-4
E T V L O A L I V P L M O O R T R N F O SE-7 C
SE-1. BUCKET (H)
L O E I R D T S N E O V C L O A T V
SE-3. BOOM (H) SE-4. BOOM (R) SE-5. SWING (L/R) is located at C/V SE-7. ARM (H) SE-8. ARM (R)
SE-8
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
SE-2. BUCKET (R)
3-7
3
MECHATRONICS E. Parts related to engine
III
II
Engine ground
M-1 : Starter motor
R-3 : Glow relay
I
Starter motor cable
3
SW-23 : Engine oil level switch
E-2 : Alternator
E-11 : A/C compressor compressor
SE-14 : Engine coolant temperature sensor
SW-6 : Engine coolant temperature switch
Upper harness
PSV-P2 : P2 pump propo. valve To pressure sensor
SE-22 : Pressure sensor : P1 pump
Engine side
PSV-P1 : P1 pump propo. valve
SE-23 : Pressure sensor : P2 pump
View II (Pump)
View III SE-13 : Engine speed sensor
Upper harness
SW-7 : Engine oil pressure switch E-2 : Alternator
View I
3-8
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS F. Mechatronic Mechatroni c controller connectors
CN11 2
CN12
1
6
2
CN14
CN13 1
4
2
1
2
8
1
10 16 26 34 22
27
12
16
18
28
22
3
C
P .
T O Y P N E
T N M T R . N O C O O O - L L Z 8 L 5 1 E 6 0 0 C - R 6 2 2 6 0 3 O 7 6 E 2 S 0 D 0 0 - B H I N A T E 1 0 1 0 K O 1 9 F 1 Y 9 9 1 7 E .1 - 0 2 1 5 9
13
26
2
1
14
CN15
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
2
8
16
1
9
CN16
3-9
2
11
22
CN17
1
12
MECHATRONICS 3.2 LOCATION OF SOLENOID BLOCK AND SENSOR BLOCK
3
Solenoid valve block
Cold temperature sensor
Pilot control low pressure sensor block
3-10
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS A. Solenoid block
e k a r b g n i k r a p g n i w S
d e e p s 2 / 1 l e v a r T
t u e n c l o s b i s t a i a a r l a u p v c y r b i m c 1 r A e r P
t s o o B t n e m h c a t t A
t u c s s a p y b 2 P
l e v a r t t h g i a r t S
k c o l r e v e L
T Port P2 Port
3
P1 Port A8
A7
A6
ON/OFF Solenoids
1 V S
A8
A5
A4
A3
A2
Proportional Solenoid
3 V S
A7
Test condition
A V S P
D V S P
A6
> Pre Press ssur ure: e: 50 Kgf/ Kgf/cm cm2 > Flow rate at A port: 0 L/min
ON/OFF Solenoids
C V S P
A5
B V S P
A4
3 V S
A3
A2
I: 700 mA 26.8
) Dither condition on machine 2 > Frequency: Frequency: 100 Hz m > Amplitude at 300 mA: 300 mA c / f g K ( Upper Limit P e r Pressure setting condition u at power boost s s e r I: 400 mA P 8.8 +0.5 Kgf/cm 2 t o l i With Hysteresis P 2 +1,.5 y 8.8 -0.5 Kgf/cm r a d n 10.3 o c e S 8.3
A1
+2.0 -1.5
2
Kgf/cm
4 V S
Type: 8KWE5G-30/G24WR-804 B Rated Press at P port: 0~50 Kgf/cm2 (0~711 psi) Allowable back press: 0~10 Kgf/cm 2 (0~140 psi) Solenoid valve: rated voltage 20.4~30 VDC coil resitance 34~40 Proportional valve: rated volts 20.4~30 VDC coil resistance 17~25
A1
DO NOT ADJUST
Seal nut M6 Torque to 0.5 + 0.05 Kgf-m
28.8
25.3
Lower limit
T A 3 P
Solenoid Valve Input Current (mA)
Resistance: 17 to 25 Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-11
MECHATRONICS B. Pump proportional solenoid valves (PSV-P1 and PSV-P2)
This valve is actuated by current sent by the Mechatronic Controler (CPU)
3
DO NOT ADJUST
Resistance: 17 to 25
(725.2 psi)
(580.2 psi)
(435.1 psi)
210 L/min (55 Gal/min)
(391.6 psi)
e t a R ) n w i o m l F / l r a e G v ( i l n e i D / m p L m u P
(290.1 psi)
(145 psi)
) i s p ( a P M – e v l a v d i o n e l o s l a n o i t r o p o r p f o e r u s s e r p y r a d n o c e S
Input current of proportional solenoid valve (mA)
3-12
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS C. Pressure sensors
Terminal 1 2 3
Connector Power supply (+) Output (+) Common
3
3
2
1
Low pressure sensors for attachment and travel (SE-1~SE-10)
0 ~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (427 psi)
Pressure range
1 – Power supply (+) 2 – Output (+) 3 – Common (–)
5 + 0.5 V DC
Voltage range Voltage
3
O-ring
2
4.5V
1
PF 1/4 A
0.5V
View A orifice ø: 3.3 mm
2
30 Kgf/cm (427 psi)
High pressure sensor (SE-22, SE-23) Pressure range
Voltage
3
2
5 + 0.5 V DC
Voltage range
1 – Power supply (+) 2 – Output (+) 3 – Common (–)
O-ring
0 ~ 500 Kgf/cm2 (7712 psi)
4.5V 3.3V
1
PF 3/8 A
0.5V
View A orifice ø: 3.3 mm
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
350 500 Kgf/cm 2 (7712 psi) (4978 psi)
3-13
MECHATRONICS Checking resistance on pressure sensors:
Check the resistance between connector pins 1 and 2 with a multimeter.
Terminal
2
3
1
1
2 3
3
Connector Power Supply (+) Output (+) Common
100 M or more is normal for all pressure sensors
High pressure sensors and Low pressure sensors
Structure
O-ring
Body
Diaphragm
Electronic circuit
Typical low pressure sensor senso r
3-14
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS 3.3 GOVERNOR MOTOR (M-2)
Note: 1. Install motor so that surface or faces upward 2. 2 52º shows the operating range. 2
+ 2 º 5 2
3
Connection diagram: Brown (A)
Red (B)
Orange (A)
Yellow (B)
Motor connection Limit switch connection Appearance of stepping motor
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-15
Coil resistance: + 10% 5,7
MECHATRONICS
Internal construction
Reduction unit
Oil Seal
Motor Output shaft
3 Cam
Limit switch
Function of governor motor > Control de engine speed according to the work mode. > Control de engine speed according to the accel potentiometer > Auto accel function > Engine stop function
Check the resitance of each pin of limit switch and motor connector with tester
Limit switch connector
5
Stepping motor connector
6
7
No. Lead color 5 White 6 Red 7 Amarillo
1
Terminal Terminal Common NO NC
2
4
3
NO: Normally open NC: Normally closed
How to check limit switch
Turn ignition key switch OFF, disconnect the stepping motor and connect tester to pins 5 and 6, and turn the output shaft. Limit switch is normal when: > The resistance is infinitive (∞) within the range of 52º, limit switch is open. > The resistance is ≥ zero (0) over the 52˚ range, the limit switch is closed.
OFF 52º ON
ON
No. Lead color
1 2 3 4
Brown Orange Red Yellow
Terminal
A A B B
How to check motor Make sure the ignition key switch is in the OFF position. Disconnect the stepping motor and connect tester to pins 1/2, and 3/4. + 10% > The resistance should be 5.7
Front view of motor shaft
3-16
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS 3.4 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR (SE-15)
Opposing flat 22
M16X1.5
Grounding (B)
Signal (Y) Opposing flat 19
3 1. Function: The engine engine speed sensor is used used to detect the the actual actual engine speed. It is installed on the flywheel housing and electrically electrically counts counts the number number of of gear gear teeth passing through in front of the sensor sensor.. The signal is picked up up by a magnetic magnetic force and a coil placed inside the sensor sensor.. The engine speed is computed computed by the mechatronic controller and indicated on the monitor display display..
Speed sensor
Flywheel 2. How to measure:
Lock nut 2.3 mm
a. Resistance
2.3 kΩ +/- 0.2 kΩ
3. How to adjust the speed sensor:
b. Voltage
V
1.4 VAC ~ 6 VAC
Disconnect the speed sensor. Measure the voltage across the pins located inside the connector with the engine in high idle. The voltage should be ≥ 3 VAC. The voltage is set to 4 VAC or more from factory.
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
a. Remove the speed sensor for inspection and clean it a. Remove (do not apply any type of cleaner such as brake cleaner, ether, or degreaser to the speed sensor). b. With b. With the engine stopped, install t he sensor into the engine flywheel housing housing and tighten, lightly lightly by hand, until the tip of the speed speed sensor sensor makes contact with the flywheel. Then backout sensor 1.5 turns. The gap between the speed sensor tip and and the flywheel should be 2.3 mm. Tighten the speed sensor lock nut to 24.5 to 34.3 Nm c. Tighten c. (9.2 ~ 25.3 Lbs-ft) Start the engine and verify with an external tachometer d. Start d. that the engine speed is 850 ~ 900 rpm. Also verify that the speed sensor voltage is within specifications. Note: if Note: if needed, turn the sensor in to increase the voltage.
3-17
MECHATRONICS 3.5 ACCEL POTENTIOMETER (SE-16)
Bracket
Detents
Potentiometer
Dial
AVX 0.5 sq. or equivalent 5V
GND
R
A
B
OUTPUT
3
Y
0˚
Voltage between 2 and 1 3 5V
Voltage
R
4.6V
Y
90˚
0.4V
1 0V
90˚
2
B
View A
1. Function: The accel potentiometer is used to control the engine governor speed via the stepping motor, which is mounted to the engine. The accel potentiometer is powered by 5 VDC from the main mechatronic controller on terminal B. The position of the potentiometer dial between 0 and 90˚ indicates the acceleration of the engine. The voltage (between 0.4 to 4.6) will signal the main controller to increase or decrease the stepping motor position to increase or decrease the engine rpm.
3. Testing the accel potentiometer: Disconnect the potentiometer and measure the voltage across the terminals B and Y. The power supply should be 5 V. Measure the resistance between terminals R and B. The resistance should be 2kΩ.
5V
GND
R
B
OUTPUT
Y
3-18
Dynamic Acera MC Training, Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS
3
3-42
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
YQ08U0969~
CONTROLLER GROUP
3-19 3-1 9
SK210LC-6E DA mc PM, REV.0 09/02
CONTROLLER GROUP
YQ08U0969~
NOTE: SEE PAGE 266 FOR HARNESS ROUTING
SK210LC-6E DA mc PM, REV.0 09/02
3-20 320
CONTROLLER GROUP
YQ08U0969~
YN14E01073P1
SK210LC-6E DA PM, REV.0 11/02 11/02
3-21
YQ08U0969~
CONTROLLER GROUP
YN14E01073P1
3-22
SK210LC-6E DA PM, REV.0 11/02 11/02
CONTROLLER GROUP
YQ08U0969~
YN14E01073P1 SK210LC-6E DA PM, REV.0 11/02 11/02
3-23
YQ08U0969~
CONTROLLER GROUP
YN14E01073P1
3-24
SK210LC-6E DA PM, REV.0 11/02 11/02
CONTROLLER GROUP
ITEM
P ART NUMBER
DESCRIP TI ON
YQ08U0969~
QTY
CONTROLLER ASSY YN22E YN22E00162F 00162F1 1
CONTRO CONTROLLE LLER R GROU GROUP P
A1 A2 A4 A5 A6
YN22E01147P2 YN22E01141P1 YN22E00146F1 YT24E00001F1 EN24S00008P1
A7
YX50E00002F1
A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A14-2 A14- 3 A14-4 A14A14-5 5 A14- 6 A14A14-7 7 A14-7B A14-7B A14-7B A14-7Ba a A14-7B A14-7Bb b A14-7B A14-7Bc c A14-7Bd A14-7B A14-7Be e
YN22E01139P1 ZM 66C05016 ZM 61 61C06030 YN22M 01014P1 ZM 61 61C06016 2420Z699 YN14E00040F2 ZS1 ZS18C0 8C06016 Z M6 M61C06020 YN03E010 01001D5 ZW26 ZW26X X0600 06000 0 Z W1 W16X06000 YN14E 14E0107 01073P 3P1 1 YN73E YN73E00015F 00015F1 1 YN73E YN73E00001S0 00001S001 01 YN73E YN73E00001S0 00001S002 02 YN73E YN73E01020P1 01020P1 2479R655S8 2479R 2479R655S9 655S9
BOX PLATE CONTROLLER (C-1) RELAY ASSY(Wiper) (R-7) RELAY (Travel Alarm:R-8; Horn:R-5; Horn:R-5; Work Light:R-6) Parking SWITCH (Sw ing Parking Release) (SW-4) PLATE SEM S-BOLT (M5X16mm) SE SEM S-BOLT (M6X20mm) LABEL SE SEM S-BOLT (M6X16mm) GROM ME MET HARNESS ASSY, CAB CAPSCREW (M6X16mm) S EM EM SS- BO BOLT (M6X20mm) CLIP LIP LOCK LOCK WASH ASHER (M6) WA WASHER (M6) HARN ARNESS BOX ASSY ASSY,, FUSE (E-4) BASE COVE COVER R LABE LABEL FUSE, 10AM P FUSE, SE, 20AMP 20AMP
YN22E YN22E00145F 00145F1 1
CONTRO CONTROLLE LLER R INSTAL INSTAL
YN22E01121P1 YN22E01145P1 YN22E01149P2 YN25S00001P1 ZM 66C06025 ZM 32C10025 ZM 22C10030 ZM 66C06016 YN24E00010F1 YN24E01007P1 ZM 61 61C06016 YN77S 77S0001 00017P 7P1 1 YY24S0 4S00001P 001P1 1 ZM 61 61C05016
SUPPORT SUPPORT BRACKET TIM ER (R-20) SEM S-BOLT (M6X25mm) BOLT (M10X25mm) SEM S-BOLT (M10X30mm) SEM S-BOLT (M6X16mm) RELAY ASSY PLATE SEM SS-BOLT (M6X16mm) CON CONVER VERTER TER, DC-D C-DC (E-22) RELAY LAY, FLAS LASHER (R-19) SEM SS-BOLT (M5X16mm)
1 1 1 1 1 5 6 4 1 1 1 1 1 2
RELAY, SAFETY (R-4)
1
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B9-1 B9-2 B9-3 B9-4 B9-5
1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 4 1 8 1 1 2 8 11 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 11 9
M ITSUBISHI ITSUBISHI COMPON COM PONE ENT(S) A3
SK210LC-6 E DA mc PM, REV.0 11/02
V AM E077148
3-25
(Mechatronic)
(24v-12v)
MECHATRONICS
3
3-42
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS
3
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-25
MECHATRONICS 3.7 OUTLINE OF MECHAT MECHATRONIC RONIC CONTROL SYSTEM Electric
Boom cylinder Boom raise conflux
Controller In / Out signal
Hydraulic
LH
RH
Pilot secondary pressure Proportional valve secondary pressure Pilot primary pressure Main circuit RH
LH
s i P
a c P
x u l f n e o l c v a v m o o B
1 L P
se 5 R ev er se
g n i w S
t f e l l e v a r T
SE-3
V / C ) s s e l r e v e L ( i t l u m y ) e r r n r a o t i u o t c a ¥ R c i e n g u a t m l o m o v c d l n a a i r m e S ( m o C
SE-2 SE-1 SE-8 SE-7
8 7 6
Rev er se se
t h g i a r t s l e v a r T 2 1
t h g i r l e v a r T
2
t e k c u B
d c P
3
m o o B
P P
8
6 Forward
Low pressure SE-10 sensor SE-4 4
(C-2) Gauge cluster A.M.B selectiv e display Lower portion....Switch assy. Screen change switch Buzzer stop switch Mode switch Washer switch wiper switch Work light switch t Decel switch n
Forward 1
d T P
4
Arm cylinder Arm out conflux Arm in conflux
s s e v a l p - a y v b t u 1 c P x u l f e n v o l c a v m r A
Bucket cylinder
3
1 A P
Swing parking brake
3 2
Travel speed
1 e g a t l o v t u p t u O
Feature
System outline
SE-5
5
Control P1,P2 pump with proportional valve.
High pressure SE-22 sensor Mechatro controller (C-1)
: E/G speed sensor : Governor motor : High pressure sensor (for P1 and P2 2pcs)
A1 Engine
A2SE-23 A3
Governor motor (M-2) E/G speed sensor (SE-13)
PSV-P1 P1 pump Proportional valve
PSV-P2 P2 pump Proportional valve
B / P g n i w S
d e e p s 2 , 1 l e v a r T
n o i t a l u c r i c e r e l b a i r a v m r A
e v l a v t u c s s a p y b 1 P
t h g i a r t s l e v a r T
e v l a v t u c s s a p y b 2 P
t s o o b T T A
k c o l r e v e L
Propotional / solenoid valve block
Safety lock lever SW-11
: Potentiometer 24 volt Proportional command current Note : Pressure sensor SE-5 is attached to swing section of control valve
3-26
To control a part of control valve ve with with prop proport ortion ional al valve. Cont Contro roll mai main spo spool ol with oil pressure.
Purpose
To cont contro roll P1 P1 pum pump p with with 1 proportional valve
(A) (A) To To be be pow power er curv curve e as as an ideal curve
To cont contro roll P2 P2 pum pump p with with 2 proport ional valve
(B) (B) To To sup suppl ply flo flow w rat rate e appropri at ate to every operation
3 4 5 6 7
SV-1 SV -1 SV SV-3 -3 PS PSVV-AA PS PSVV-DPSV DPSV-CPSV -CPSV-B -B SV SV-2 -2 SV SV-4 -4
: Low pressure sensor (ATT : 7pcs, Travel Travel : 2pcs)
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
m r A
s s e v a l p - a y v b t u 2 c P
SE-9
t n ) e Accel r n r o u potentio i t c a ¥ c i e (SE-16) n g u a e t g m l a o t m l o v o c d v l n t a a i u r m p t e u S m ( o O C
7
e n l b o i a t e i r a l l v a u a v c r v i m c r e A r
Pilot valve for Travel
Pilot valve for ATT
1 B P
Control travel straight valve with proportional valve Control cut val ve ve wi th propor proportion tional valve ve Control ar arm va variable re recircuation valve with proportional valve Cont Contro roll A ATT TT boo boost st with sole soleno noid id proportional valve Control swing P/B open/ close with solenoid valve
To switch softly To switch softly Control arm speed as required
MECHATRONICS 3.8 MACHINE OPERATION Electric
Actuator Actua tor
3
Opeating condition
n o i t r e e l a r v l v u l o o s s a a r c n v v i n . . e e c s s o o e e p p r e r o r o l r e e r u u s v p p b l s s a a s p p i r v e e r r m m a . p p u u v o h p p p w g o 1 2 m r r o i L H P P A p
e v l a v . o p o r p t u c s s a p y b 2 P
e v l a v t h g i a r t s l e v a r T
e v l a v . o p o r p t u c s s a p y b 1 P
Hydraulic e e e v v l v l l a a a v v v . . d i o o p p o n o o e d r r p p l o e e l l s e v e e l p v v B s a a a v / 2 r t r t d P 1 i . . l d d g e o n n n v n i i i e l a 1 2 w r o P P S T s
e v l a v d i o n e l o s t s o o b T T A
e v l a v d i o n e l o s k c o l r e v e L
Pump
e v l a v l e v a r p p t . m m d A6 A3 A4 A5 SE22 PSV PSV SE1 u u n ~ A8 A7 A2 A1 • p P i PSV PSV PSV PSV PSV PSV SV-1 SV-3 SV-2 SV-4 1 2 1 SE10 SE23 P1 P2 A E F B C D P P P
Control valve
e v l a v l e v a r t . t d e g n m k i n i o c 2 o m r u w P B A B S
t h g i r l e v a r T
t f e l l e v a r T
e v l a v t u c s s a p y b 1 P
e v l a v t u c s s a p y b 2 P
e v l a v l e v a r t t h g i a r t S
Motor
e v l a v x u l f n o c m o o B
n o i t a l u c r e i v c l a e r v e x l u b l f i a n r o a c v m m r r A A
e v l a v g n i d l o h m o o B
e v l a v g n i d l o h m r A
e v l a v y t i r o i r p g n i w S
Travel fwd left/right operation (slow) Travel fwd left/right operation (fast) Boom up inching operation Boom up full lever operation (no load) Boom up and arm in operation Boom up with HL and swing Travel fwd, boom up with HL and swing Arm out out inching operatio eration n Arm out full lever ever opera operation tion Arm out out full lever and swing Arm in inching operation operation Arm in full lever lever operat operation ion (light ght digging digging) Arm in heav heavy y digging digging (two (two pumps) Arm in and swing (heavy (heavy digging) ng) Bucket in (dig) inching operation Bucket in (heavy dig) full lever operation Bucket out (dump) inching operation Bucket out (dump) full lever operation Swing operation Nibbler/Breaker one pump flow Nibbler/Breaker two pump flow Neutral
l e v Travel fwd left/right operation a r T . d Boom up with HL and swing n I
Travel fwd, boom up and swing
Hydraulic system pressure draining
Note : 1. I n Boom, arm and bucket digging operation, ATT function through solenoid valve only when ATT boost boost switch is pressed. 2. ATT boost function does not actuate at P2 side option nibbler operated. 3. Press screen change switch and buzzer buzzer stop switch at the same time for 5 seconds or more, the pressure release can be performed form actuator corresponding to pressure releasing. Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-27
r o t o m t h g i r l e v a r T
Cylinder
r o t o r o m t t o f e m l t l e g m e n k v i o c a w o m r u r T S B A B
r e k a e r b / r e l b b i N
MECHATRONICS
3
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-25
MECHATRONICS 3.9 MULTIDISPLAY SELF DIAGNOSIS The error of the control I/O signal of the pressure sensor and the proportional valve, etc. is detected and the error item is displayed on the monitor monitor.. 1. Indication item No.
Display of monitor
Contents
1
Mechatro controller error
2
Gauge cluster Mechatro controller communication failure
1
CPU
I-1
I-2 3
Battery relay fail A-1
4
ROM data
CPU A-2
5
Mechatro set error
6
Boom raise pressure sensor fail
7
Boom lower pressure sensor fail
CPU B-1 SE
B-2 SE
B-3 8
Arm in pressure sensor fail
SE
B-4 9
Arm out pressure sensor fail
10
Bucket dig pressure sensor fail
11
Bucket dump pressure sensor fail
SE
B-5 SE
B-6 SE
B-7 12
Swing pressure sensor Fail
13
Travel (R.H) Pressure sensor fail
14
Travel (L.H) Pressure sensor fail
SE
B-9 SE
B-10 SE
C-1 15
Pump P1 pressure sensor fail
SE
C-2 16
Pump P2 pressure sensor fail
SE
Connector No. Pin No.
Wire No.
Wire Color
MECHATRO CONTR.FAIL
CN16-1
770
R
RECEIVE ERROR
CN16-2
582
W
BAT RELAY
CN15-24
700
WG
BOOM RAISE SENSOR
CN11-2 CN11-1
502 952
LgY BR
BOOM LOWER SENSOR
CN11-5 CN11-6
503 953
LO BrW
ARM IN SENSOR
CN11-8 CN11-7
504 954
PG BrL
ARM OUT SENSOR
CN11-11 CN11-12
505 955
PL Gr
BUCKET DIG SENSOR
CN11-14 CN11-13
500 950
LgR BrR
BUCKET DUMP SENSOR
CN11-17 CN11-18
501 951
LgW BL
SWING SENSOR
CN11-20 CN11-19
507 957
VG Br
TRAVEL (R) SENSOR
CN11-26 CN11-25
508 958
VY BY
TRAVEL (L) SENSOR
CN11-29 CN11-30
509 959
Sb BG
PUMP P1 SENSOR
CN12-4 CN12-5 CN12-6
915 515 965
YL V BrB
PUMP P2 SENSOR
CN12-9 CN12-8 CN12-7
916 516 966
YR L BrY
ROM DATA FAILURE MECHATRO SET ERROR
3-28
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3
MECHATRONICS No.
Contents
17
P1 By-pass cut propo-valve fail
18
P2 By-pass cut propo-valve fail
19
Travel straight propo-valve fail
20
Arm variable recirculation propo-valve fail
D-1
D-2
3
P1 pump propo. valve fail
22
P2 pump propo. valve fail
25
Travel two-speed solenoid valve fail
26
Gover nor motor current fail
27
Governor motor starting point indexing fail
28
Engine speed sensor fail
SV F-2
SV F-3
SV G-1
M G-2
M G-3
740 741
BO GrR
TRAVEL
CN15-8 CN15-9
742 743
VR GrB
RECIRCULAT
CN15-10 CN15-11
746 747
BrG YV
PUMP P1
CN15-17 CN15-18
748 749
VR GrG
PUMP P2
CN15-19 CN15-20
750 751
VW GY
POWERBOOST SOLENOID
CN15-23
703
P
SWING BRAKE SOLENOID
CN15-22
701
V
TWO-SPEED SOLENOID
CN15-21
702
LgB
STEP MOTOR CURRENT-NG
CN-15-1 CN-15-2 CN-15-15 CN-15-16
771 772 773 774
G B R W
STEP MOTOR S/PT. ERROR
CN-13-1
544
BG
CN-12-20 CN-12-21
580 581
R W
CN-12-1 CN-12-2 CN-12-3
917 517 967
BW P WR
E/G REV.
RPM SENSOR H-1
29
CN15-6 CN15-7
PSV PROPO-VALV F-1
24
P2 BY-PASS
PSV PROPO-VALV
ATT boost solenoid fail
Swing parking brake solenoid valve fail
BP PW
PSV PROPO-VALV
E-2
23
744 745
PSV PROPO-VALV D-6
POT
Accel potentio meter fa il 32
Wire Color
CN15-4 CN15-5
PSV PROPO-VALVE D-3
Wire No.
P1 BY-PASS
PSV PROPO-VALVE
E-1 21
Connector No. Pin No.
Display of monitor
ACCELERATR POTENTIO
PR
DRAINING HYD. PRESS
–
–
–
PR
FAIL DRAIN HYD. PRESS
–
–
–
30
Hydraulic pressure release stand by
31
Hydraulic pressure release fail Prop-Valve P1 I-Travel fail
D-11
35
36
Prop-Valve P2 I-Travel fail
D-12
33
PUMP P-1
CN-17-15 CN-17-16
WV GR
PUMP P-2
CN-17-17 CN-17-18
WL GR
PSV-E I-TRAVEL
PSV-F I-TRAVEL
Note : 1. Refer to electric diagram about number of connector, number of pin, wire number and wire color. 2. When the pressure release operation (Hidden mode) is performed, this condition is indicated on multi display. 2. In/Output flow Serial communication
Input Pressure sensor, Governor motor, Proportional valve, Solenoid valve and Battery relay
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
Control
3-29
Gauge cluster (Buzzer alarm)
MECHATRONICS 3.10 TROUBLE HISTOR HISTORY Y DIAGNOSIS
5. To scroll scroll the page, page, use the work work mode and the the buzzer stop switch. • Press the work mode switch, page up. • Press the buzzer stop switch, page down. Note : All the error items are stored by hourmeter, when the hourmeter is differed, press the work mode and the buzzer stop switch, and displays all items and make sure that they are right.
The error item detected by the self diagnosis is stored in the mechatro controller as a history and is displayed on the multidisplay. 1. How to display 1. Tu Turn rn the the starter starter switc switch h ON. 2. Pres Press s the buzzer buzzer stop switch switch 5 times times in sequence sequence for 10 seconds. (Example) No errors Error detected in the past
6. Turn the starter switch off, off, and the the display is is disappeared.
NO ERROR 00025H B-1 Boom raise D-1 P1 BY-PASS
2. How to cancel the contents of the trouble history 1. Disp Display lay the the trouble trouble history history mode. 2. Press the the work mode mode switch switch and the the buzzer stop stop switch for 10 seconds or more concurrentry concurrentry.. 3. When the deletion deletion is completed, completed, the the “ NO ERROR ” is displayed. 4. Tur Turn n the starter starter switc switch h OFF. OFF. Note : All the the stored item are erased. It is impossible to erase data partially
F-3 TWO SPEED 3. Trouble Trouble histor history y are displayed displayed in in order of the the old one. 4. Tr Transmi ansmits ts the error error data (one (one or many) and and hour meter to the gauge cluster. • Hour meter meter and and 3 error error data are are displayed displayed in the screen. • If three three error data data or more exist, exist, displa display y the data three by three in order for every 5 seconds. 3. Trouble history contents Symbol A
Symbol
Display Controller relation
A-1 ROM DATA FAILURE A-2 MECHATRO MECHATRO SET ERROR ERROR B-1 BOOM RAISE SENSOR
E
Proportional E-1 PUMP P1 PROPO VALVE valve (Hydraulic E-2 PUMP P2 PROPO VALVE pump)
F
Solenoid valve
B-2 BOOM LOWER SENSOR B-3 ARM OUT SENSOR
B
C
D
Low pressure sensor
High pressure sensor (Hydraulic pump) Proportional valve (Control valve)
B-4 ARM IN SENSOR B-5 BUCKET DIG SENSOR B-6 BUCKET DUMP SENSOR B-7 SWING (R) SENSOR B-9 TRAVEL (R)SENSOR B-10 TRAVEL (L) SENSOR
Display
G
H
F-1 POWERBOOST SOLENOID F-2 SWINGBRAKE SOLENOID F-3 TWO-SPEED SOLENOID G-1 CURRENT-NG
E/G Accessory
Potentio relation
G-2 G-3 G-4 G-5
S/PT.ERROR E/G REV E/G COOL E/G OIL PRS
H-1 ACCELERATR POTENTIO H-4 AIR CLEANER RESTRICT RESTRICT
C-1 PUMP P1 SENSOR C-2 PUMP P2 SENSPR
I
D-1 P1 BYPASS PROPO VALVE D-2 P2 BYPASS PROPO VALVE D-3 TRAVEL PROPO VALVE D-6 RECIRCULAT PROPO VALVE D-11 PSV P1 I-TRAVEL D-12 PSV P2 I-TRAVEL
3-30
I-1 RECEIVE ERROR I-2 BAT.RELAY NO ERROR Note : G-4 and G-5 are newly added
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3
MECHATRONICS 3.11 3.1 1 MECHA MECHATRO TRO CONTROLLER “A” and “B” ADJUSTMENT 1. When the mechatro controller requires adjustment, After Aft er repl replacem acement ent of the foll followin owing g part parts, s, if foll followi owing ng disp display lay appea appears rs on the mult multidis idisplay play,, the adju adjustme stment nt of the mech mechatro atro Gauge cluster controller is performed. When the mechatro controller is required to adjust, 1. When the the mechatro mechatro control controller ler is replac replaced, ed, 2. When the the governor governor motor is replaced replaced,, 3. When the ROM DAT DATA FAILURE FAILURE is displayed on the multidisplay multidisplay,, 4. When the ROM DATA DATA FAILURE FAILURE and MECHATRO MECHATRO SET ERROR ERROR are displayed alternately on the multidisplay,
A
M
B
OK Buzzer stop switch
3
Work mode select switch
2. Preparation 1. Wa Warm rm up up the the engin engine. e. 2. Tu Turn rn the the air-con air-con switc switch h off. off. 3. Tu Turn rn the starter starter switch switch off off to stop the engine. engine. Note : Make sure that the knob for the engine emergency stop pushed in.If in.If the adjustment is done while the knob is pulled out, the engine speed can not be set correctly. 3. Adjustment A adjustment Procedure
Multidisplay
Movement of governor motor
1 While keeping keeping the work mode mode selector switch switch on the cluster cluster gauge pressed, turn the starter switch ON, hold hold it in this condition for 5 to 10 seconds, and release it. 10 : 05
2 The governor motor returns it to the starting point, and it stops at the point corresponding to the accel dial set position.
A
10 : 05 Stop at the position set by accel dial
3 Keep the buzzer stop switch on the gauge cluster pressed for 5 to 10 seconds and release it, and STEP 1 is displayed on the multidisplay, then wait until the next display STEP 2 appears.
CPU
Automatically run Automatically run to engine stop position (S)
STEP 2 GAP (STOP) S
Stop at S position CPU
STEP 2 GAP (STOP)
[TOOLS] Spanner 13 mm X 14mm Spanner 6 mm Thickness gauge
• • •
• Dimension B: 186 mm (SK160LC- 6E), 288~304 mm (SK210LC- 6E), 165 mm (SK250LC- 6E), 210~213 mm (SK290LC- 6E),
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
A
CPU step 1 start
CPU 4 After verification of the STEP 2 display, go to the engine room and adjust the rod Assy standard length to Bmm in order to have the clearance "A 0.1mm" between the governor lever and the engine stop set bolt. If governor motor was replaced, indicate STEP 2 display and insert rod assy.
S
STEP 1 START
3-31
MECHATRONICS Procedure
Multidisplay
Movement of governor motor
5. Press the buzzer stop switch once, and wait until the STEP 3 is displayed.
S
CPU CP U
A
STEP 3 START (E/G) Automatica Automa tically lly run run to the eng engine ine available position A A
6.
After verification of STEP 3 display display,, starts the engine. Then, it is unaffected by the actual accel dial STEP 3 CPU CP U position. START E/G
Stop at A position 7. Press the buzzer stop switch once, and the STEP 4 is displayed and the controller returns from the A position of governor to the low idling position position once, once, and and then then reads the engine rpm to the high idling automatically. (Required time : about 2 minutes.)
8. After completion completion of the read out, wait wait until the "CPU FINISH 2220RPM" is displayed on the multidisplay. After the "CPU FINISH 2220RPM" is displayed, the controller returns to the actual dial initial optional position automatically. Note : If the "CPU "CPU FINISH 2220RPM" is not displayed, the adjustment has failed. Turn the starter switch off, and perform the adjustment again.
Lo A
CPU CP U
STEP 4 MEMORY
3
Hi
Move from A position to Lo idling position, and self-travels from Lo position to high idling (H) position Hi
CPU CP U
FINISH 2220RPM
(Approx. 5seconds)
A
Hi
B adjustment 9. When the screen "CPU FINISH 2220RPM" is displayed after adjustment of engine, the "CPU STEP 5 MEMORY" is display displayed ed automatic automatically, ally, the engine speed changes into high idling and the pump is loaded, and then "CPU FINISH ORPM"" is displayed after 1 minute in high ORPM idling condition and adjustment is terminated.
CPU CP U
STEP 5 MEMORY
CPU CP U
FINISH ORPM
Note : 1. The B adjustment is carried out by mechatro controller controller after completion completion of A adjustment adjustment automatically automatically.. 2. The temperature temperature control of hydraulic hydraulic oil is necessary necessary to adjust it to the correct correct output, so special special attention must be paid to the hydraulic oil temperature. 3. When the adjustment adjustment failed, failed, start it from A adjustment adjustment after checking checking the relief pressure. pressure. 4. Usually the A adjustment and B adjustment adjustment must be carried carried out sequentially sequentially.. 4. Adjustment End (Rechecking E/G speed) 1) Place starter switch switch to “START” “START” position, position, and rise the engine speed to the the high idling. 2) Press screen change switch switch on gauge cluster once, press engine speed display display and auto accel release switch, switch, and the auto accel function is released. 3) By switching the the work mode selector switch on gauge cluster, cluster, the mode display changes, changes, then check that the engine speed indicated on multi display changes. 4) Press auto accel release switch on gauge cluster to have auto accel, and check the decel speed. 5) Press screen change switch on gauge cluster cluster 4 times times to have “Time “Time Display” and stop the engine. engine.
3-32
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS
3
5. When the mechatro controller can not be adjusted, 1. The CPU STEP 4 MEMORY to CPU CONDITION ERROR is displayed, displayed, making the adjustment adjustment impossible. impossible. A. (Dis (Display play condi condition) tion) - While reading the engine speed, in the condition of the engine revolution, 850 rpm or higher,, for the engine rpm before and after the steps of the governor, the revolution at rear higher step is 10 rpm lower than that before step. - The engine speed sensor has failed to read the engine speed. (Cause) - Afte Afterr measu measureme rement nt and adjustment adjustment of the voltage of speed sensor, sensor, carr carry y out the "A" (Corrective action) adjustment. (Disconnect the sensor connector and measure the voltage.) Specified value 3V (AC) or more at high idling condition (Voltage (Voltage available for Voltage 1.4 to 6V (AC) controller to read) [4V (AC) or more at high idling condition set Resistance 2.3 ± 0.2 ! in the factory]. B. (Dis (Display play condi condition) tion) - Where the abnormal rotation (step out) in high idling condition. (Cause) - Governor motor link rod connection error. (Corrective (Corrective action) (Corrective action) {Link rod length : 288~304 mm (SK200-6E), 336~348 mm (SK230-6E), } - If it is stepped out even after the adjustment, press the buzzer stop once just before the stepping out as an emergency measure, and the speed changes to the high idling position temporarily and the CPU FINISH 2200RPM is displayed. - Minor changed machine is added spring to link mechanism. 2. Th The e CPU CONDITION ERROR , CPU MECHATRO CONT FAIL FAIL and CPU ROM DATE are displayed by turn, making the adjustment impossible. the engine engine speed speed is 300 300 rpm or or lower lower,, or 3,000 3,000 rpm rpm or higher higher,, (Display condition) • When the .............. ........... ... The CPU MECHATRO CONT FAIL is displayed • Wh When en th the e eng engin ine e spe speed ed is 0 rpm rpm,, .............. ........... ... The CPU ROM DATA is displayed. • The engi engine ne sensor sensor has has failed failed to to read read the engin engine e speed. speed. (Cause) • The harn harness ess of of the engi engine ne speed speed sens sensor or is brok broken. en. Afterr measurement measurement and and adjustment adjustment of the the voltage voltage of speed sensor sensor,, carry out “A” “A” adjustadjust(Corrective action) • Afte ment. 3V (AC) or more in high idling condition. 3. The CPU ROM DATE FAILURE FAILURE is displayed. When n the the mec mechat hatro ro con contro trollller er fai fails, ls, A. (Dis (Display play condi condition) tion) • Whe • Ther There e is the the suspicion suspicion of of breakage breakage insid inside e of the mecha mechatro tro control controller ler.. (Cause) failure is not recove recovered red after after the adjustme adjustment, nt, replace replace the mechatr mechatro o controller controller with with (Corrective action) • If the failure new one. After ter the the mecha mechatro tro cont control roller ler is is replac replaced, ed, B. (Dis (Display play condi condition) tion) • Af • The mech mechatr atro o contro controllller er is not not adjus adjusted ted yet. yet. (Cause) Adjust ust the mec mechat hatro ro con contro trollller er.. (Corrective action) • Adj 4. The display display does does not go from the the STEP 1 CPU START to STEP 2 CPU GAP (STOP) . (Display condition) • The limit limit switch switch signal signal (ground (grounding) ing) in the the governor governor motor motor is not input input to the the mechatro mechatro controller. (Cause) • Fail Failure ure of the the limit limit swit switch ch in in the gover governor nor motor motor.. • Insuf Insuffici ficient ent contact contact of of connector connector on the the governor governor motor motor or breakag breakage e of the harness harness.. (Corrective action) • Check that the the limit limit switch switch of of the govern governor or motor motor goes goes on or off. off. • Check connec connector tor and harnes harness s for possibl possible e damage, damage, and adjust adjust itit if necessary necessary.. 5. Ot Othe hers rs The engine oil pressure is displayed on the gauge cluster, and the engine stops. It may be caused by the failure of the engine oil pressure switch and short-circuit of the harness.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-33
MECHATRONICS 3.12 SERVICE DIAGNOSIS The present service diagnosis in 23 items is displayed on the multidisplay according to the data received from the mechatro controller. Gauge cluster How to display 1. Keep the the buzzer stop switch switch pressing, pressing, turn turn the starter switch “ON” and starts the engine. 2. Plac Place e safety lock lock lever to unlocked unlocked (down) (down) position. position. 3. The 1st item Parts Parts No. of Mechatro controller controller and program version version are displayed. 4. Each time the screen change change switch on the gauge cluster is pressed, the number runs like No. 2, No. 3,…in order. 5. Each time the buzzer stop stop switch on the switch switch panel is is pressed, the number returns like No. 25, No.24 …in order. 6. If mode indication is is not in remarks column, column, diagnose by M mode. mode. 7. The display disappears disappears only when the starter switch switch is turned OFF OFF..
M
A
B
Buzzer stop switch
OK
3 Auto Auto accel accel release release switch switch Screen change switch
Note : 1. The scrolling of service diagnosis to see variation by the work mode with the work mode selector switch may cause the change of the mode, so use the screen change switch on the gauge cluster for scrolling. 2. Press the auto accel accel release switch according according to the the check item. 3. When starter switch is pressed, the the start-up mode is “ M ” but the change of start-up mode is possible. Service diagnosis display No.
Display
Operation procedure
No.) Main cont P/No. YN22E00123F1 Program version VER 08.00
SK210LC-6E
SK250LC-6E
Remarks
No.1 (Screen
No.2
E/G SET MEAS
Main cont P/No. YN22E00146F1 Program version VER 02.00 The set value varies 1000 according to the accel dial position and work 1019 mode selector operation.
Aut accel
r e l l E/G PRS. o r t n o Mode select c o r t a h c e No.3 M
H-1
ACCEL VOL VOLT T.
POS.
MOTOR STEP
POS.
Low
Hi
Low
Hi
1000
2220
1000
2300
M mode at Hi position
1950
2100
A mode mode
2220
2300
B mode
Auto accel function active active : 1050 LIVE M Press the work mode selector switch
System starts in "M" mode by default. A and B mode can be selected after ignition key is turned to ON.
Engine running : LIVE. When engine is stopped : DEAD At M mode : M, At A mode : A. A. At B mode : B, indicator indicator illuminates.
Low Hi 0.3V Voltage value varies while 0.3~0.4V 4.4~4.5V 0% turning throttle potentiome0% 100% ter from Low to Hi. 312 312 500 The step number varies a 0% little after A adjustment. 0% 100%
Low
Hi
No.4
STEP. MOTOR G-1 COIL A
1.5A
G-1 COIL B
1.5A
G-2 LIMIT
OFF
At the moment when the starter switch turns OFF, ON
3-34
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MECHATRONICS No.
Display
Operation procedure
No.5 *SV–1 SOL. VALVE Operate swing lever in F-2 SWING-BRAKE left or right or arm-in COMP. ON action. Ω MEAS. ON Operate swing brake 2 ± RELEASE SW switch. 4
3
3 e v l a No.6 v d i SOL. VALVE o F-3 1/2-TRAVEL n e l COMP. o s MEAS. e v l SWITCH a v l o r t n No.7 o C SOL. VALVE
SK210LC-6E
SK250LC-6E
*SV–2 Operate ATT boost switch. Boom up F-1 POWER BOOST Operation Arm in COMP. OFF only MEAS. OFF Bucket dig SWITCH OFF
r e l No.8 l o r t RELAY n o I-2 BAT. RELAY c o r COMP. t a h MEAS. c e M KEY SWITCH
No.9 PRESS. SENSOR B-1 BOOM RAISE *SE–3 * SE–3 0.5V B-2 BOOM LOWER *SE–4 * SE–4 0.5V No.10 PRESS. SENSOR B-3 ARM OUT *SE–8 0.5V B-4 ARM IN *SE–7 0.5V r o s n No.11 e s PRESS. SENSOR e r B-5 BUCKET DIG u s 0.5V s *SE–1 e r B-6 BUCKET DUMP p 0.5V w *SE–2 o L
No.12 PRESS. SENSOR B-7 SWING (R) *SE–5 0.5V B-8 SWING (L) 0.0V No.13 PRESS. SENSOR B-9 TRAVEL (R) *SE–9 0.5V B-10 TRAVEL (L) *SE–10 0.5V Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
Remarks
At swing and arm in operation OFF ON 5sec. after swing lever neutral position OFF ON simultaneous arm lever neutral position ON, at swing brake release side.
• COMP. Instructed by mechatro controller • MEAS. Error is displayed displayed by Feed back
1st speed OFF OFF OFF
Voltage of connectors
*SV–3 Operate travel speed OFF change switch. OFF OFF
2nd speed ON ON OFF (ON while SW is active)
ATT AT T boost SW/Heav SW/Heavy y Lift Switch Switch Not operated OFF OFF OFF
COMP. OFF MEAS. ON (Even if in disconnection, displayed.) Measure the voltage of connectors. Measure resistance of solenoid valve.
SW is ON and control Perform checking changing the connector lever is operated positions each other ON ON ON
*E–1
ON ON ON
Operate starter switch
Control levers in neutral E/G speed Low/Hi
Starter SW ON
Starter SW OFF
ON ON ON
ON ON OFF
0.5V 0P
0P E/G speed High idle 0P Boom over relief
Control levers in neutral E/G speed Low/Hi
4.7~5.0V 435P
0.5V 0P
Control lever at neutral position E/G speed Low/Hi
After changing the position, If the display changes failure of sensor.
0P E/G speed High idle Arm over relief 0P
In neutral, values are minimum. Values go up proportionally with control lever movement. If it is not varied, change the connector position, and check it again.
4.7~5.0V 435P
If the display does not change failure of harness.
0.5V 0P
0P E/G speed High idle 0P Bucket over relief Control lever at neutral position E/G speed Low/Hi 0P E/G speed High idle Attachment blocked and 0P swing over relief. Control lever at neutral position E/G speed Low/Hi 0P E/G speed High idle Travel locked and travel 0P function over relief
4.7~5.0V 435P B-7 varies proportionally with control lever movement. B-8 does not vary vary..
* 0.5V 0P
4.7~5.0V 435P
0.5V 0P
3.7~4.2V 406P
3-35
*
MECHATRONICS No.. No r o s n e s e r u s s e r p h g i H
r o s n e s e r u s s e r p w o L
Display
Operation procedure
No.14 PRESS. SENSOR C-1 PUMP P1 *SE–22 0.6V 203P C-2 PUMP P2 *SE–23 0.5V 87P
No.15 PRESS. SENSOR B-16 P1 OPT. *SE–20 0.5V B-17 P2 OPT *SE–11 0.5V
SK210LC-6E
Control lever at neutral position E/G speed Low/Hi
COMP: 0.5~0.6V MEAS: 0.5V
E/G speed High idle, Boom over relief
3.7~3.8V 6030P
E/G speed High idle Boom up over relief+ Power Boost/Heavy Lift
3.7~4.1V 6554P
Without N&B Piping
0.0V
With N&B Piping
0.5V
0P
With N&B Piping When control pedal is depressed fully
3.7~4.2V 406P
No.21 PROPO-VALVE Ω 1 D-2 P2 BY-PASS ± 5 . COMP. 200mA 200 mA 0P 7 1 MEAS. 216mA 0P e v *PSV–B l a v l a n o No.22 i t r o PROPO-VALVE p o r D-3 S-TRAVEL p COMP.. 350mA 100P COMP e v l MEAS. 348mA 99P a v l *PSV–C o r t n o C No.23
188P 87P
If the display changes failure of sensor. If the display does not change failure of harness.
0P
COMP: 200mA MEAS: 217mA
0P 0P
E/G speed High idle position, arm out function over relief
COMP: 706mA MEAS: 702mA
413P 409P
COMP: 200mA MEAS: 216mA
0P 0P
E/G speed High idle boom up over relief
COMP: 706mA MEAS: 697mA
413P 405P
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low and High common
COMP: 350mA MEAS: 348mA
100P 99P
E/G speed High idle Arm Ar m in fu func nctio tion n ove overr reli relief ef
COMP: 513mA MEAS: 516mA
244P 247P
COMP: 404mA MEAS: 407mA
148P 149P
COMP: 200mA MEAS: 417mA
0P 0P
Control lever at neutral PROPO-VALVE position, E/G speed Low D-6 A-RECIRCULATE and High common COMP.. 404mA 148P COMP MEAS. 407mA 149P E/G speed High idle *PSV–A Arm in fu Arm func nctio tion n over relief
3-36
Neutral position, or operating it at full stroke if it is varied, it's acceptable.
After chan After changin ging g the the position,
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low and High common
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low and High common
Remarks
If it is not varied, change the connector position, and check it.
0P
0P
No.20 PROPO-VALVE D-1 P1 BY-PASS COMP. 200mA 200 mA 0P MEAS. 217mA 0P *PSV–D
SK250LC-6E
• COMP. Instructed by mechatro controller • MEAS. Error is displayed by Feed back When the measured value varies according to the variation of the indication, it is acceptab acceptable. le. Measure the current on the connections of connector with clamp meter. Proportional valve Measure the resistance.
Checking after replacing the connector position is possible.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3
MECHATRONICS No.
Display
Operation procedure
No.24 PROPO-VALVE E-1 P1 PUMP COMP.. COMP 417mA 149P MEAS. 415mA 148P POWER SHIFT 0mA *PSV–1 Ω 1 ±
5 . 7 1
3
e v l a v . o No.25 p o r PROPO-VALVE p p E-2 P2 PUMP m u COMP. 430mA P
149P 148P
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed High idle
COMP: 350mA MEAS: 349mA
91P 90P
E/G speed High idle and RH travel function activated
COMP: 750mA MEAS: 735mA
E/G speed High idle and LH travel function activated
e v l a v . o p o r p l e v a r t t n e d n e p e d n I
No.33 PROPO-VALVE D–12 P2 I–TRAVEL COMP.. COMP 481mA 206P MEAS. 473mA 199P *PSV–F
442P 430P
COMP: 417mA MEAS: 414mA
149P 148P
COMP: 350mA MEAS: 345mA
91P 87P
COMP: 750mA MEAS: 738mA
442P 432P
Independent travel switch ON
COMP: 481mA MEAS: 475mA
206P 200P
Independent travel switch OFF
COMP: 200mA MEAS: 217mA
0P 0P
Independent travel switch ON
COMP: 481mA MEAS: 473mA
206P 199P
Independent travel switch OFF
COMP: 200mA MEAS: 217mA
0P 0P
Remarks
• COMP Instructed by mechatro controller • MEAS Error is displayed displayed by Feed back When the measured value varies according to the variation of the indication, it is acceptable. Measure the current on the connections of connector with clamp meter. For proportional valve, measure the resistance. Checking after replacing the connector position is possible.
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low/Hi idle
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low/Hi idle
r No.39 e l l A DJT.. o r MECHATRO ADJT t n CONT. SW TEST o c CONT. SW 100% o r t PROG. SW OFF a h c e No.40 M
RELEASE SW. KPSS SWING BRAKE
SK250LC-6E
COMP: 417mA MEAS: 415mA
1.1M MEAS. 420mA 1.1M Control lever at neutral POWER SHIFT 0mA position, E/G speed High idle *PSV–2
3
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low idle
Control lever at neutral position, E/G speed Low idle
No.32 PROPO-VALVE D–11 P1 I–TRAVEL COMP.. COMP 481mA 206P MEAS. 475mA 200P Ω 2 ± *PSV–E 4
SK210;C-6E
OFF OFF
Fixed indication at RUN Fixed indication at 50% Fixed indication at OFF
Fixed indication at OFF ON : When swing parking brake released
*Screens No. 9-15 The pressure sensors show only the reference value of the indicator voltage. Screens No. 20-25 The proportional valves show only the reference value of indicator current. Screens No. 20-25 For the proportional valves, if the difference between the indicated value and the measured value is 20% or less, the proportional propo rtional valve is in good condition. Note : No. 39 Mechatro adjustment 1. For the internal switch RUN, it is is fixed at RUN position position because the RUN and TEST switch is cancelled. cancelled. 2. For the internal trimmer trimmer 50%, the service service diagnosis can not not be functioned during during downloading, therefore it is fixed at 50% position. (Without trimmer function) 3. For program switch OFF OFF,, it is fixed OFF OFF position because the downloading cable is removed when executing executing the service diagnosis. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-37
MECHATRONICS 3.13 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING This troubleshooting information covers the components and systems as described in this operators manual. Should in depth troubleshooting, repair or replacement S YSTEM
PROBLEM
of components or adjustment of valves be required, contact an authorized KOBELCO Service dealer for assistance. PROBABLE CAUSE
POSIBLE REMEDY
a. Low hydr aulic oil level
a. Level hydr aulic oil
b. Air leaking into suction hose
a. Tighten suction hose clamps or r eplace suction hose
c. Hydr aulic pump damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Pilot pump damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
e. Main r elief valve is not ad justed pr oper ly
a. Ad just or r eplace
f . Pilot r elief valve is not ad justed pr oper ly
a. Ad just or r eplace
g. Air inside pilot system
a. Bleed air f r om pilot system
a. Cylinder seals ar e damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Contr ol valve or over load valve f unctions incor r ectly or air inside cylinder
a. Repair or r eplace b. Bleed air f r om cylinder s
c. Pilot valve is damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Pilot valve piping is loose
a. Tighten conecitons
a. Cylinder seal is scor ed
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Contr ol valve or over load valve is damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
c. Over load valve is def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
A
d. Pilot valve is damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
E
a. Br ake valve is not wor king
a. Repair or r eplace
O
b. Swing motor not wor king or swing gear is damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
c. Swing bear ing is damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Pilot valve is not wor king
a. Repair or r eplace
e. Swing r eduction unit is damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Br ake valve is def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Contr ol valve is not wor king
a. Repair or r eplace
c. Swing motor not wor king
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Swing pilot pr essur e sensor def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
e. Possible pr oblem in r egulator or hyd. pump
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Poor lubr ication of swing gear and bear ings
a. Lubr icate as needed
b. Low oil level in swing r eduction unit
a. Level oil in r eduction unit
a. Br ake valve malf unctions
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Br ake valve pr essur e is incor r ect
a. Ad just or r eplace
c. Br ake lining is wor n
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Too much tr ack tension
a. Ad just tr ack tension to specs
b. Dir ty tr ack links and shoes
a. Clean tr ack links and shoes
c. Br ake valve malf unctions
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Tr avel r eduction unit is def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Hydr aulic pump is def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Tr avel motor is def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
T
R
A
V
E
L
c. Br ake valve is def ective
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Low hydr aulic oil level
a. Level hydr aulic oil
e. Poor engine per f or mance
a. Repair or r eplace
f . Main r elief valve ad justed incor r ectly
a. Repair or r eplace
g. Swivel valve is leaking
a. Repair or r eplace
1. All oper ating speeds ar e slow or power is lost.
N
2. A sepecif ic cylinder f unctions impr oper ly or loses power .
OI
3. The cylinder position will not hold with oper ating lever in neutr al.
T R P 4. Machine does not swing.
5. Swing speed is slow.
6. Abnor mal sound while swinging.
7. Upper str uctor continues r evolving af ter stopping swinging oper ation.
1. Machine does not tr avel smoothly.
2. Tr aveling power is insuf f icient
3-38
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3
MECHATRONICS S YSTEM
PROBLEM
PROBABLE CAUSE
POSIBLE REMEDY
a. Unequal tension on tr acks
a. Ad just tension to specs
b. Main r elief valve not ad justed cor r ectly
a. Ad just or r eplace
c. Wear in tr avel motor (s)
a. Repair or r eplace
d. Inter nal leakage of r egulator or main pump, or in tr avel motor br ake valve
a. Repair or r eplace
e. Pr oblem in str aight tr avel valve or its pr opor tional solenoid valve (PSV-C)
a. Repair or r eplace
f . Pr oblem in pilot pr essur e sensor
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Hyd. oil cooler obstr ucted
a. Clean as needed
b. Engine f an belt slipping
a. Ad just or r eplace
c. Low hyd. oil level
a. Level oil to specs.
d. Hyd. oil viscosity incor r ect or oil is deter ior ated
a. Change hydr aulic oil
e. Check valve in hyd. r etur n line is blocked open
a. Repair or r eplace
f . Obstr uction in hyd. r etur n f ilter
a. Replace f ilter
g. Foam seals ar ound cooler s ar e not in place or deter ior ated
b. Repair or r eplace
a. Engine oil level low or deter ior ated
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Engine oil leaking
a. Repair
c. Wr ong oil viscosity
a. Change oil to specs
a. Low coolant level
a. Level to specs
Y
b. Inappr opr iate coolant mixtur e
a. Repair mixtur e or r eplace
L
c. Coolant leakage
a. Repair
d. Radiator cap malf unctioning
a. Repair or r eplace
e. Obstr ucted r adiator
a. Clean r adiator and/or system
f . Engine f an belt slipping or deter ior ated
a. Ad just or r eplace
g. Foam seals ar ound cooler s ar e not in place or deter ior ated
a. Repair or r eplace
h. Ther mostat is malf unctioning
a. Replace
a. Obstr ucted elements
a. Clean or r eplace
b. Obstr uction in air intake duct system
a. Repair or r eplace
c. System sensor is malf unctioning
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Batter ies disconnected or low char ge
a. Repair or r eplace
b. Batter y ter minals disconnected, loose, or cor r oded.
a. Clean and/or connect ter minals
L E V
3. Machine does not tr avel in a str aight line
A R T
3 CI L U A
1. Excessive high temper atur e on hyd. oil
R D Y H
1. Engine oil pr essur e is too low; buzzer sounds, and icon displays; and engine shuts down.
A P SI
2. Abnor mal high temper atur e in engine, buzzer sounds and icon displays.
D R O TI N O M
3. Clogged air f ilter , buzzer sounds and icon displays
E NI G N E
c. Def ective gr ound cable 1. Star ter does not tur n or tur ns slowly; engine does d. Pr oblem in batter y r elay not star t e. Pr oblem in f uses f . Engine oil viscosity too high (Cold weather )
a. Repair or r eplace a. Repair or r eplace a. Repair or r eplace a. Change oil to specs
g. Pr oblem in star ter r elay or star ter motor a. Repair or r eplace Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3-39
MECHATRONICS S YSTEM
PROBLEM
2. Star ter motor tur ns, but engine does not star t
3. Engine tends to stop at low speed
4. Low power
E
E
N
G
NI 5. Engine exhaust is excessively black
6. Excessive f uel consumption
7. Excessive oil consumption
8. Engine oil pr essur e does not r ise
PROBABLE CAUSE
POSIBLE REMEDY
a. Low f uel level
a. Ref uel as needed
b. Engine emer gency stop is activated
a. Repair
c. Impr oper star ting pr ocedur e (cold weather )
a. See Section 03 (Oper ation and Maintenance Manual)
d. Air inside f uel system
a. Repair and bleed air out
e. Obstr ucted f uel f ilter
a. Reeplace element
f . Obstr ucted str ainer in pr iming pump
a. Clean or r eplace bolt
g. Engine pr e-heat system malf unctions
a. Repair system or r eplace heating element
a. Excessively low idle RPM
a. Consult with Kobelco's dealer technician
b. Obstr ucted f uel f ilter
a. Replace f ilter element
c. Obstr ucted air f ilter
a. Clean or r eplace element(s)
d. Impr oper valve clear ance
a. Consult with Kobelco's dealer technician
a. Obstr ucted air f ilter
a. Clean or r eplace element(s)
b. Obstr ucted f uel f ilter
a. Replace f ilter element
c. Impr oper valve clear ance
a. Consult with Kobelco's dealer technician
d. Loose clamps in tur bo air inlet hose
a. Tighten clamps or r eplace hose
e. Obstr uction in exhaust system
a. Repair or r eplace
a. Obstr uction in air f ilter
a. Clean or r eplace f ilter element
b. Impr oper valve clear ance
a. Consult with Kobelco's dealer technician
c. Excessive f uel in combustion chamber
a. Consult with Kobelco's dealer technician
a. Fuel is leaking
a. Repair
b. Obstr uction in air f ilter
a. Clean or r eplace element
c. Tur bo air inlet hose is loose or deter ior ated
a. Tighten or r eplace hose
a. Inappr opr iate oil viscosity
a. Change oil
b. Oil is deter ior ated
a. Change oil - Reduce maintenance schedule
c. Impr oper war m-up oper ation
a. See Section 03 (Oper ation and Maintenance Manual)
a. Engine oil level is low
a. Level to specs
b. Engine oil leaking
a. Repair
c. Inappr opr iate oil viscosity or oil is deter ior ated
a. Change oil
a. Batter y ter minals ar e loose, cor r oded or a. Clean and tighten conections disconnected
9. Batter y char ge is r egular ly weak.
b. Gr ound cable is loose, ter ior ated or damaged
a. Repair or r eplace
c. Low level of batter y electr olyte
a. Level cells with distilled water
d. Alter nator belt is loose or deter ior ated
a. Ad just or r eplace belts
e. Def ective batter y
a. Replace
3-40
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
3
Kobelco Dynamic Acera
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Cylinder & Motor Cycle Times Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Page 4-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS CYLINDER CYCLE TIME TESTS TESTS ......................................................................................................... 4 ~ 8 A. Tools & Equipment............. Equipment.......................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... .......................... ........................... .......................4 .........4 B.Machine B. Machine Settings & Site Condition .............................................................................................4 C. Boom Cylinder ..........................................................................................................................4 C. D. Arm Cylinder ............. ........................... ............................. ............................. ............................ ............................. ............................. ............................ .........................5 ...........5 E. Bucket Cylinder..........................................................................................................................6 E. CYLINDER DRIFT .....................................................................................................................................7 A. Tools & Equipment .....................................................................................................................7 B. Machine B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ...............................................................................................7 C. Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................7 C. SWING SPEED ................................................... .......................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................8 ....................................8 A. Tools & Equipment .......................................................................................................................8 B. Machine B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ................................................................................................8 C. Test Procedure ........................................ ....................................................................................... .....................................................................................8 ......................................8 SWING STOPPING .....................................................................................................................................9 A. Tools & Equipment .....................................................................................................................9 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..............................................................................................9 B. C. Test Procedure ...........................................................................................................................9 C. SWING DRIFT .............................................................................................................................................10 A. Tools & Equipment ............... .............................. ............................... ............................... .............................. ............................... ............................... ............................... ..................10 ..10 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..............................................................................................10 C. Test C. Test Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10 SWING BEARING UP-DOWN (VERTICAL) MOVEMENT ..................................................................11 A. Tools & Equipment ..................... ............................................ .............................................. .............................................. .................................................. ............................11 .11 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ................................................................................................11 B. C. Test Procedure ............... ............................... ............................... ............................... ............................... ............................... ............................... ................................ .................11 11 SWING BEARING SIDE TO SIDE (HORIZONTAL) MOVEMENT ......................................................12 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................12 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition .................................................................................................12 B. C. Test Procedure ..............................................................................................................................12 C. SWING MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN ..................................................................................................13 ~ 15 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................13 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition .................................................................................................13 B. C. Test Procedure .......................................................................................................................13 ~ 14 TRAVEL MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN .................................................................................................15 ~ 16 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................15 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..................................................................................................15 B. C. Test Procedure .......................................................................................................................15 ~ 16 C. TRAVEL PERFORMANCE .............................................. TRAVEL ............................................................................................... .....................................................................17 ....................17 ~19 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................17 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..................................................................................................17 B. C. Test Procedure ........... ........................ .......................... .......................... ......................... ......................... .......................... ......................... ......................... ...................17 ......17 TRAVEL SPEED .........................................................................................................................18 TRAVEL TRAVE L DEVIATION ............ ............ ............. ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... .... 19
Page 4-2
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Pre-cycle time considerations BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE
USE OF OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS
Bucket selection is extremely important to a machine's productivity, durability and stability.
If a machine is equipped with optional attachments such as a bucket quick coupler, and/or thumbs, (either hydraulic or mechanical) applicable bucket sizes and suspended loads must be reduced in direct porpor tion to the weight or combined weight of these attachments. Failure to consider the added weight of such attachments will cause stability complaints. Additionally these weights weights of such attachments must be considered when the lift chart is referred to before before lifting a load. The additional weight of heavy buckets, couplers, and thumbs, must be deducted from allowable lift capacities. See Lift Charts - Section VI.
Choosing an excessively large bucket can reduce productivity due to slower than normal cycle times. Using an oversized or overly wide bucket, in severe conditions, such as mining, will lead l ead to durability problems for both the machine and bucket involved. Stability will be adversely affected using a bucket that is unnecessarily large. The Bucket Selection Charts listed li sted in the Specification’s Section (6) are to be used as general guidelines. If the buckets used locally vary in weight from these sample buckets,, it will be necessary to adjust the bucket capacity buckets accordingly. accordi ngly. A heavier bucket bucket must corresp correspond ond to a reduced capacity. If the material density (weight) exceeds guideline specifications then the bucket capacity must be reduced. If the machine is to continuously dig rock, wasted shale, river cobbel or other severe applications the narrowest bucket possible possible should be utilized. This will allow the greatest possible penetration and minimal twisting of the attachment (boom and stick). stick). Bucket capacity is not to be the prime consideration for severe applications. If a machine is to exclusively load trucks at close radius then the bucket loads can be adjusted up 5% to 7 % from the Lift Chart values listed in the Specification’s Section, due to a close in dump radius. If a machine is to be utilized exclusively exclusively to spoil pile, which causes a large radius dump cycle, applicable loads may have to be adjusted down by 5% from the Lift Char t ValValues (Section VI) or stability complaints may occur. See the Specification’s Specification’s Section (6), (6), - “Bucket Selection Charts” to select the appropiate bucket size according to the application for the SK480LC.
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Use of quick couplers for bucket interchangeability will reduce effective arm dig- ging force and particularly bucket breakout force due to an increase of tooth tip ra- dius. Example: Some couplers can increase tooth tip radius up to 12 inches. If this is used with a 48" tooth tip radius, radiu s, effective bucket breakout force can be reduced 25%, a 5% reduction in effective arm force, a reduction in lift capacities of up to 1000 lbs (for SK480LCVI). It is, also, important to mention that some quick couplers offer a great advantage, particularly when lifting loads. A good example is the Hendrix JB Quick Coupler. This high strength low profile coupler allows the operator to quickly remove the bucket for lifting purposes; therefore, increasing lifting capacity, height, and visibility. To obtain the proper lifting capacity when a quick coupler is used, proceed as follows: deduct the weight of the standard bucket from the lifting chart, add the weight of the quick coupler plus the weight of the attachment to be coupled. Consideration Considerati on of the Center of Gravity of the new attachment + coupler may be necessary.
Page 4-3
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS KPSS WORK MODE SWITCH
CYLINDER CYCLE TIME TEST
• Mode
NOTE The measuring time of the cylinder cycle does not include the cushion stroke times. Only measure time up to the beginning of the cushion stroke.
•
ools ls & Equ Equipm ipmen entt A. Too The following tools and equipment will be required to perform the cylinder cycle time test: 1. Stopwatch. 2. Thermometer to t o read Hydraulic Oil TemTemperature.
THROTTLE CONTROL
FIGURE 3.1
B. Machine Machine Settin Settings gs & Site Cond Conditio itions ns 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 3. Firm, level testing site. 4. Verify that engine RPM's are correct to specifications. C. Boom Boom Cylinde Cylinderr Cycle Cycle Time Time Test Test 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Place the machine throttle control to "HIGH" "HIG H" idle and the the KPSS KPSS Work Work Mode Mode Switch to "M" Mode. See Figure 3.1 3. Fully extend the Bucket Cylinder. Cyli nder. See Figure 3.2. 4. Fully retract the Arm Cylinder. See Figure 3.2. 5. Lower Boom until bucket rests on the ground. 6. Raise Boom (extending the cylinders) at full stroke of the control and measure meas ure the time for the boom cylinder to reach the cushion stroke. Record the time. See Figure 3.3. 7. Lower the boom (retracting cylinders) at full stroke and measure the time for the bucket to reach ground level. Record the time. See Figure 3.3. 8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 two more times and record the stopwatch readings. Average the readings and compare the average to the Boom Cylinder Cycle Time SpeciSpecification Chart.
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
FIGURE 3.2 DO NOT TIME CUSHION STROKE OF CYLINDER DURING TEST
FIGURE 3.3
BOOM CYLINDER CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS MODEL CYLI ND NDER P OS OSITION
M-MODE
*SK160
EXTENSION
2.6 - 3.2
*SK160
RETRACTION
2.3 - 2.9
SK210
EXTENSION
2.9 - 3.5
SK210
RETRACTION
2.5 - 3.1
SK250
EXTENSION
2.8 - 3.4
SK250
RETRACTION
2.5 - 3.1
SK290
EXTENSION
2.9 - 3.4
SK290
RETRACTION
2.6 - 3.1
SK330
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.6
SK330
RETRACTION
2.7 - 3.3
SK480
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.7
SK480
RETRACTION
2.8 - 3.4
*SK160 and ED190 same Unit: Seconds
Page 4-4
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS KPSS WORK MODE SWITCH
CAUTION THIS TEST IS DESIGNED FOR STAN- DARD BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET. IF THE MACHINE BEING TESTED HAS ANY OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT, CHECK TO MAKE CERTAIN THERE WILL BE NO INTERFERENCE WITH THE CAB BEFORE PERFORMING THE TEST !!
• Mode
•
D. Arm Cyl Cylind inder er Cyc Cycle le Time Time Tes estt THROTTLE CONTROL
NOTE The measuring time of the cylinder cycle does not include the cushion stroke times. Only measure time up to the beginning of the cushion stroke.
1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Place the machine throttle control to "HIGH" idle and The KPSS Work Mode Switch to "M" Mode. See Figure 3.4.
FIGURE 3.4
BOOM UP CYLINDER EXTENDED
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
FIGURE 3.5 DO NOT TIME CUSHION STROKE OF CYLINDER DURING TEST
3. Fully extend Boom Cylinder. See Figure 3.5. 4. Fully retract Bucket Cylinder. See Figure 3.5. 5. Fully extend the Arm (retracting cylinder). 6. At full stroke of the control, bring br ing the arm all the way in (extending cylinder) and measure the time time it takes for the the arm cylinder to reach the cushion stroke. Record the time. See Figure 3.6. 7. At full stroke of the control, fully extend the arm (retracting cylinder) and measure the time it takes until the cylinder reaches the cushion stroke. Record the time. See Figure 3.6. 8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 two more times. Average the recorded times and compare the average to the Arm Cylinder Cycle Time Specification Chart.
FIGURE 3.6 ARM CYLINDER CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
CYLINDER POSITION
*SK160
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.7
*SK160
RETRACTION
2.4 - 3.0
SK210
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.7
SK210
RETRACTION
2.4 - 3.0
SK250
EXTENSION
3.3 - 3.9
SK250
RETRACTION
2.5 - 3.1
SK290
EXTENSION
3.6 - 4.2
SK290
RETRACTION
2.7 - 3.3
SK330
EXTENSION
4.1 - 5.1
SK330
RETRACTION
3.1 - 3.7
SK480
EXTENSION
4.1 - 4.9
SK480
RETRACTION
2.9 - 3.5
*SK160 and ED190 same Dynamic Acera 06/2002
M-MODE
Unit: Seconds
Page 4-5
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS E. Buc Bucke kett Cylind Cylinder er Cycl Cycle e Time Time Tes Testt
KPSS WORK MODE SWITCH
NOTE The measuring time of the cylinder cycle does not include the cushion stroke times. Only measure time up to the beginning of the cushion stroke.
• Mode
• 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Place the machine throttle control to "HIGH" idle and The KPSS Work Mode Switch to "M" Mode. See Figure 3.7. 3. Raise Boom to full height using "Boom Up" control. 4. Adjust the arm until the arm is at 90° to arm cylinder. See Figure 3.8. 5. Lower boom until the arm tip is parallel with the boom foot. See Figure 3.8. 6. Bring bucket all the way in. 7. Operate bucket out (retracting cylinder) at full stroke of control and measure the time it takes for the bucket cylinder to reach the cushion stroke (if equipped). Record the time. See figure 3.9. 8. Operate the bucket in (extending cylinder) at full stroke of control and measure the time it takes for the bucket cylinder to reach the cushion stroke (if equipped). Record the time. See Figure 3.9. 9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 two more times. Average the readings and compare to the Bucket Cylinder Cycle Time Specification Chart.
THROTTLE CONTROL
FIGURE 3.7
ARM AT 90°TO ARM CYLINDER ROD
•
•
ARM TIP EVEN WITH BOOM FOOT
FIGURE 3.8
BUCKET CYLINDER CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS MODE MO DEL L
CYLI CY LIND NDER ER PO POSI SITI TION ON
M-MO MMODE DE
*SK160
EXTENSION
3.5 - 4.1
*SK160
RETRACTION
1.9 - 2.5
SK210
EXTENSION
2.3 - 2.9
SK210
RETRACTION
1.7 - 2.3
SK250
EXTENSION
2.4 - 3.0
SK250
RETRACTION
1.8 - 2.4
SK290
EXTENSION
2.6 - 3.2
SK290
RETRACTION
2.3 - 2.9
SK330
EXTENSION
2.7 - 3.3
SK330
RETRACTION
2.1 - 2.7
SK480
EXTENSION
2.7 - 3.3
SK480
RETRACTION
2.1 - 2.7
*SK160 and ED190 same
Page 4-6
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
FIGURE 3.9
Unit: Seconds Dynamic Acera 06/2002
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS CYLINDER DRIFT A. Too ools ls & Eq Equi uipm pmen entt The following tools and equipment will be required to perform the cylinder drift test: 1. Measuring tape. 2. Stopwatch. 3. Device for marking starting points. 4. Thermometer for hydraulic oil temperature. B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Setting ngs s & Site Site Condi Conditio tions ns 1. Machine engine "OFF". 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45° 4 5°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 3. Firm, level testing site. C. Cy Cyli lind nder er Dri Drifft Tes Testt 1. Move the machine to a firm, level test site and allow the hydraulic oil temperature tu re to rea reach ch 45°C 45°C to 55° 55°C C (113° (113°F F to 131°F). 2. Operate the arm out control until arm is completely out (retract cylinder completely). 3. Operate the bucket in control until bucket is completely in (extend cylinder completely). 4. Adjust the boom up or down with control until bucket is 1.5m (4'-11") from ground level to tip of teeth. See Figure 3.11. 5. Turn engine "OFF" and allow machine to sit for five minutes. 6. Repeat steps 4 through 6 two more times and average the measurements. Compare the average to the Cylinder Drift Specification Chart.
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
1.5M (4'-11") Dimension “ B”
FIGURE 3.11 CYLINDER DRIFT SPECIFICATION CHART MODEL BOOM DOWN (RETRACT)
ARM DOWN BUCKET IN BUCKET FALL (EXTEND) (EXTEND) (TOP END)
*SK160
MAXIMUM
*SK160 SK210 SK210 SK250 SK250 SK290 SK290 SK330 SK330 SK480 SK480
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
14mm(0.55") 12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX./10MIN
14mm(0.55") 12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAX./10MIN
14mm(0.55") 12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAX/10MIN
14mm(0.55") 12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAX/10MIN
14mm(0.55") 12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX/10MIN
14mm(0.55") 12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
Unit: mm (inches) *SK160 and ED190 same
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
Dimension “ B”
Page 4-7
SWING SPEED SWING SPEED A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Stopwatch 2. Device for Marking Starting Point 3. Measuring Tape B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" Idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 3. Firm, level testing site. 4. Verify that engine RPM's are to correct specification. C. Sw Swin ing g Spe Speed ed Tes estt 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area.
WARNING • MAKE CERT CER TAIN THE TEST AREA WILL ALLOW 360°SWING OF THE MACHINE. • MAKE CERTAIN NO PERSONS OR OTHER
FIGURE 4.1 BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
•
•
• 1.5M (4'11")
• FIGURE 4.2
EQUIPMENT ARE WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE SWING AREA.
2. Move throttle to High Idle and place KPSS switch in "M" mode. 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until arm is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.2. 4. Operate the Bucket Out Control until 4. bucket is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.1. 5. Adjust boom up or down until bucket teeth are 1.5m (4'-11") from ground level. See Figure 4.2.
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
HORN IS LOCATED ON TOP OF L.H. CONTROL
SWING FLASHER SWITCH
•
FIGURE 4.3 SWING SPEED SPECIFICATIONS
CAUTION Turn on Swing Flasher and sound horn BEFORE starting
MODEL
CLOCKWISE / COUNTERCLOCKWISE
swing motion. See Figure 4.3.
*SK160
4.8 - 5.6
*SK160
4.8 - 5.6
SK210
4.9 - 5.3
SK210
4.9 - 5.3
SK250
5.2 - 5.8
SK250
5.2 - 5.8
SK290
5.5 - 6.1
SK290
5.5 - 6.1
SK330
6.4 - 7.0
SK330
6.4 - 7.0
SK480
6.6 - 7.2
SK480
6.6 - 7.2
6. After sounding horn and with swing flashers on, operate swing control at full stroke for two complete rotations clockwise. Time the last rotation and and record the reading. Bring swing to a complete stop. 7. Repeat steps 3 through 5 two more times and average the readings. Compare the average to the Swing Speed Specification Chart. 8. Repeat steps 2 through 7 swinging counterclockwise. Page 4-8
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: Seconds per Revolution Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SWING STOPPING SWING STOPPING A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Device for Marking Starting Point B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" Idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 3. Firm, level testing site. C. Sw Swin ing g Sto Stopp ppin ing g Tes Testt 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area.
FIGURE 4.4
•
WARNING • MAKE CERTAIN CERTAIN THE TEST AREA WILL ALLOW 360° SWING OF THE MACHINE. MACHINE . • MAKE CERTAIN NO PERSONS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ARE WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE SWING AREA.
2. Move throttle to High Idle and place KPSS switch in "M" mode. 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until arm is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.4. 4. Operate the Bucket In Control until bucket is completely in (extending cylinder). See Figure 4.4. 5. Adjust boom up or down until bucket teeth are 1.5mm (4'-11") from ground level. See Figure 4.5.
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
1.5M (4'11")
• FIGURE 4.5 HORN IS LOCATED ON TOP OF L.H. CONTROL
SWING FLASHER SWITCH
•
FIGURE 4.6 STARTING POINT
STOPPING POINT CLOCKWISE
CAUTION Turn on Swing Flasher and sound horn BEFORE starting swing motion. See Figure 4.6.
6. After sounding horn and with swing flashers on, operate swing control at full stroke for one complete rotation clockwise. When bucket reaches starting point, release the swing control and allow rotation to completely stop. 7. Measure the degree of angle from the starting point to the stopping point of the bucket. Record the angle degree. Repeat step 6 two more times and average the readings. Compare to Swing Stop Specification Chart. See Figure 4.7. 8. Repeat steps 2 ~ 7 swinging counterclockwise. Dynamic Acera 06/2002
• • • STOPPING POINT COUNTERCLOCKWISE
FIGURE 4.7 SWING STOPPING SPECIFICATIONS MODE MO DEL L
CLOC CL OCKW KWIS ISE E / CO COUN UNTE TERC RCLO LOCK CKWI WISE SE
*SK160
75°-90°
SK210
75°-90°
SK250
75°-90°
SK290
75°-90°
SK330
75°-90°
SK480
75°-90°
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: degree of angle
Page 4-9
SWING DRIFT SWING DRIFT A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Device for Marking Starting Point 2. Stopwatch B. Machin Machine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 2. Firm testing te sting area with 10° slope.
10°SLOPE
• C. Swin Swing g Dr Drif iftt Tes estt 1. Move the machine to a firm testing area with 10° slope as shown in Figure 4.8.
FIGURE 4.8
2. Operate the Bucket In Control until bucket is completely in (extending cylinder). See Figure Figu re 4.9. 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until the arm is completely out ( retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.9.
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
FIGURE 4.9
4. Adjust the boom up or down until bucket teeth are 1.5m (4'-11") (4'-11") from ground level. level. See Figure 4.10. •
5. Stop engine and allow the machine to sit for 20 seconds.
1.5M (4'-11")
6. Measure the distance the swing drifted, down do wn gra grade, de, while while sittin sitting. g. Record Record the the distance. See Figure 4.11. 7. Repeat steps 2 through 6 two more times. Average the distances and compare average to the Swing Drift Specification Chart.
•
FIGURE 4.10
STARTING POINT
•
8. Start engine and swing machine 180°. Repeat steps 2 through 7.
STOPPING POINT (20 SEC.)
•
FIGURE 4.11
SWING DRIFT SPECIFICA SPECIFIC ATIONS MODEL SK160 ~ SK480
Page 4-10
SPECIFICATION 10mm (0.393") / 20 Seconds
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SWING BEARING VERTICAL MOVEMENT FRONT OF MACHINE
SWING BEARING UP-DOWN (VERTICAL) MOVEMENT MOVEMENT
•
A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Dial Indicator 2. Magnetic Base Assembly
•
• B. Machin Machine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 2. Firm, level testing area.
WARNING
• MAGNETIC BASE ASSEMBLY
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
DIAL INDICATOR
MOUNT DIAL INDICATOR AT BEARING MOUNTING SCREW
FIGURE 4.12
• BE EXTREMELY EXT REMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE TAKING TAKING READINGS FROM DIAL INDICAT IN DICATOR. OR. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES PROCEDURES..
C. Swing Swing Beari Bearing ng Up-Do Up-Down wn (Vert (Vertica ical) l) MoveMovement Test 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Attach the Dial indicator to the mounting area of the swing bearing at the location of a swing bearing mouning bolt. See Figure 4.12. 3. Operate the Arm Control until the arm is approximately approxim ately at 90°with boom. boom . See Figure 4.13. 4. Operate the Bucket Control until bottom of bucket is even with ground level. See Figure 4.13. 5. Adjust the boom up or down until bucket is resting on the ground. With Boom Control, raise the machine until tracks are 450mm (17.75") off the ground. See Figure 4.13. 6. Set Dial Indicator to "0". 7. Operate Boom Up and Arm Out Controls until arm is completely out. See Figure 4.14. 8. Operate Bucket Control until bucket is completely out and operate boom until bucket teeth are 450mm (17.75") from ground. See Figure 4.14. 9. Record reading from dial indicator and repeat steps 3 through 9 two more times. Compare reading to Up-Down Movement Specification Chart. 10. Swing 10. Swing Machine Machi ne 180° and repeat steps 2 through 9.
•
•
90° BUCKET ON GROUND 450mm (17.75")
• •
•
FIGURE 4.13
BUCKET OUT ARM OUT
•
•
• 450mm (17.75")
• FIGURE 4.14 SWING BEARING UP-DOWN MOVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
STANDARD
MAX. MOVEMENT
*SK160
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK210
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK250
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK290
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK330
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK480
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: mm (inches)
Page 4-11
SWING BEARING HORIZONT HORIZONTAL AL MOVEMENT SWING BEARING SIDE TO SIDE (HORIZONTAL) MOVEMENT A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Measuring Tape 2. Device for marking starting point. B. Machin Machine e Setti Setting ngs s & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 2. Firm, level testing area.
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
FIGURE 4.15
WARNING • BE EXTREMEL EXTREMELY Y CAUTIOUS WHILE MOVING THE BUCKET FROM SIDE TO TO SIDE. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES AND HARD HA HAT T WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES PROCEDURES..
C. Swing Swing Bearing Bearing Side To Side Side (Horizo (Horizont ntal) al) Movement Test 1. Move the machine to a firm testing area. 2. Operate the Bucket Control until bucket is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.15. 3. Operate the Arm Control until arm is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.15. 4. Operate boom up or down until bucket teeth are 10mm (0.04") from ground level. See Figure 4.16. 5. Mark center of bucket with marking device. 6. Make a mark on ground in line with mark on bucket. See Figure 4.17. 7. Manually move bucket to the left and record distance the center of bucket moved to the left of the mark on ground. See Figure 4.17. 8. Move bucket to the right and record the distance the center of the bucket moved to the right of mark on ground. 9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 two more times. 10.Average 10. Average the readings and compare to the Side To Side (Horizontal) Movement Specification Chart. 11. Swing Machine 180° and repeat steps 1 through 10.
10mm (0.4")
• FIGURE 4.16
MEASURE DISTANCE EACH SIDE
• • •• • MANUALLY MOVE BUCKET SIDE TO SIDE MARK ON GROUND
FIGURE 4.17 SWING BEARING SIDE TO TO SIDE (HORIZONTAL) MOVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
STANDARD
MAX. MOVEMENT
*SK160
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK210
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK250
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK290
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK330
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK480
50 (1.97)
120 (4.72)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Page 4-12
BUCKET CENTERLINE
Unit: mm (inches)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SWING MOTORS SWING MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN A. Too ools ls & Eq Equi uipm pmen entt 1. 38 Liter (10 U.S. Gal.) graduated bucket. 2. Hydraulic line wrenches 3. Hydraulic line plugs 4. Hydraulic fitting caps 5. Stopwatch 6. Thermometer B. Machin Machine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F) 3. Firm, level testing area. 4. Verify that engine RPM's are at correct specification
ARM OUT (COMPLETELY OUT)
BUCKET OUT (COMPLETELY OUT)
FIGURE 5.1
C. Swing Swing Moto Motorr Oil Cas Case e Drain Drain Tes Testt 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a temperature tur e of 45° 45°C C to 55° 55°C C (113°F (113°F to 131 131° °F). 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until the arm is completely out. See Figure 5.1.
BOOM DOWN (BUCKET TEETH IN GROUND)
BUCKET
FIGURE 5.2
CAREFULLY DEPRESS STEM
4. Operate the Bucket Out Control until bucket teeth are positioned to go into ground See Figure 5.1. 5. Lower the boom until bucket teeth are in ground. See Figure 5.2. 6. Operate Swing Control in both directions to make certain bucket teeth are in the groun gro und d de deep ep enough to stall swing. It May be necessary to set bucket teeth deeper to stall swing. 7. Turn engine "OFF" . 8. Release hydraulic tank pressure by removing cap from pressure relief valve and depressing relief valve stem. See Figure 5.3. 9. After cleaning away all dirt and debris, remove hydraulic line routed from "Tee" on top of swing motor to center port on Swivel Swiv el Joint at swi swing ng motor "Tee". "Tee". See Figure 5.4. Dynamic Acera 06/2002
FIGURE 5.3
WARNING • BE EXTREMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE RELEASING HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE. VAPORS MAY BE EXTREME EXT REMELY LY HOT. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES, GLOVES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES.
Page 4-13
SWING MOTOR SWING MOTOR TEST CONTINUED
SK150 ILLUSTRATED
CAUTION REMOVE LINE AT TEE INSTALL CAP ON TEE AND PLUG IN LINE
• Thoroughly clean all hydraulic lines and fittings before removal. Do not allow any dirt or debris to enter the open lines or fittings. • Thoroughly clean the bucket that the oil is to be drained into.
10.Install 10. Install one hydraulic line plug into line and one hydraulic fitting cap onto "Tee". See Figure 5.4. Torque to proper value. 11. Remove line routed rou ted between "Tee" "Tee" on top of swing motor to hydraulic tank at the hydrauli hydr aulic c tan tank. k. See See Figure Figure 5.5. 5.5. 12.Install 12. Install one hydraulic fitting cap onto fitting at Hydraulic Tank Tank and torque. See Figure 5.5. 13.Place 13. Place loose end of line into a clean 38 literr (10 gal. lite gal.)) capacity capacity bucke bucket. t. 14. Start 14. Start engine and place throttle control in the "High" idle position. Do not operate Travel!! 15. Operate 15. Operate the Swing Control to the LEFT , stalling swing for one minute. Record amount of oil in bucket. 16.Operate 16. Operate Swing Control to the RIGHT , stalling swing for one minute. Record the amount of oil in bucket.
TEE
SWING MOTOR
FIGURE 5.4 SK150 ILLUSTRATED LINE TO TEE ATOP SWING MOTOR HYDRAULIC TANK
INSTALL CAP ONTO FITTING
LINE INTO DRAIN BUCKET
NOTE If it seems the flow of oil will be high, perform
the test for 15 seconds and multiply amount of oil by 4 to compare to chart. EXAMPLE: 19liters(5 U.S. Gal) X 4= 76liters(20 Gal)
17.Compare 17. Compare readings to Swing Motor Oil Case Drain Specification Chart. 18.If 18. If readings are greater than values in chart, refer to Shop Manual for additional instrucs. 19.Remove 19. Remove hydraulic fitting caps and plugs. Install hydraulic lines back to their original fittings and torque to the proper value. 20.Check 20. Check hydraulic oil level. Refer to Operators Manual for hydraulic oil level check procedures.
CAUTION •Fill Hydraulic tank to proper level using only approved new hydraulic oil as listed in the List of Oils, Greases, Filters and Elements Chart on Page 1-8 of this manual.
Page 4-14
FIGURE 5.5 SWING MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
LEFT/RIGHT SWING
*SK160
STANDARD- 7(1.8)
*SK160
MAXIMUM- 20(5.3)
SK210
STANDARD- 7(1.8)
SK210
MAXIMUM- 20(5.3)
SK250
STANDARD- 7 (1.8)
SK250
MAXIMUM- 20 (5.3)
SK290
STANDARD- 7 (1.8)
SK290
MAXIMUM- 20 (5.3)
SK330
STANDARD- 11 (2.9)
SK330
MAXIMUM- 30 (7.9)
SK480
STANDARD - 9 (2.4)
SK480
MAXIMUM - 27 (7.1)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: Liter per Minute (Gallon per Minute)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
TRAVEL MOTORS TRAVEL MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN DR AIN A. Too ools ls & Eq Equi uipm pmen entt 1. 38 Liter (10 U.S. Gal.) graduated bucket. 2. Hydraulic line wrenches. 3. Hydraulic fitting cap. 4. Stopwatch 5. Thermometer 6. Special Tool to Lock Sprockets (2-Required) B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F) 3. Firm, level testing area. C. Trav ravel el Motor Motor Oil Case Drai Drain n Test Test 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a temperature of 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 3. Install Special Tool into each Sprocket. See Figure 5.6.
CAUTION • When placing Special Tool into sprockets, have machine in "LOW IDLE" and operate travel controls cautiously until tool is in position
4. Operate Travel Controls in forward until machine tracks stall.
CRAWLER FRAME
SPROCKET
FIGURE 5.6
A B
HANDLE SHOULD BE 12 (.50") COLD ROLL STEEL TOOL MADE FROM COLD ROLL STEEL MODEL
A (LENGTH)
B (DIAMETER)
SK210~SK250
150 (5.91")
80 (3.15")
SK290~SK330
150 (5.91")
80 (3.15")
SK480
150 (5.91)
90 (3.54) Unit: mm (Inches)
FIGURE 5.7
NOTE Use the Sprocket Special Tool Tool that fits the sprocket of the particular machine being tested. See Figure 5.7. 5. Operate the Arm In Control until the arm is completely in. See Figure 5.8. 6. Operate the Bucket In Control until bucket is completely in. See Figure 5.8. 7. Operate the Boom Down Control until boom is completely down. See Figure 5.8. 8. Turn engine "OFF". 9. Release hydraulic tank pressure by remoing cap from pressure relief valve and depressing relief valve stem. See Figure 5.9. 10.After 10. After cleaning away all dirt and debris, remove hydraulic line routed from "Tee" on top top of Swing Motor Motor to center port on Swivel Joint at swing motor "Tee". See Figure 5.10. Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SPECIAL TOOL
ARM IN
BUCKET IN
FIGURE 5.8 CAREFULLY DEPRESS STEM
FIGURE 5.9
Page 4-15
TRAVEL MOTORS CAUTION
SK150 ILLUSTRATED
• Thoroughly clean all hydraulic lines and fittings before removal. Do not allow any dirt or debris to enter the open lines or fittings. • Thoroughly clean the bucket that the oil is to be drained into.
REMOVE LINE LIN E AT AT TEE INSTALL CAP ON TEE. LINE TO BUCKET
11.Install 11. Install one hydraulic hydraul ic fitting cap onto "T " Tee". See Figure 5.10. Torque to proper value. 12.Place 12. Place loose end of line into a clean 38 liter (10 gal.) capacity bucket. 13.Start 13. Start engine, raise boom a little and place throttle control in the "High" idle position. 14.With 14. With special tool installed in each travel motor sprocket, operate the left travel cont co ntro roll at fu full ll stro ke forw ard for one minute. Measure the amount of oil in bucket and record. NOTE If flow of oil will be high, perform the test for 15 seconds and multiply amount of oil by 4 to compare to chart. EXAMPLE: 19 liters (5 U.S. Gal) X 4 = 76 liters (20 Gal) 15.Repeat 15. Repeat step 14 with right control at full stroke forward for one minute. Record amount of oil in bucket. 16.Remove 16. Remove special tool and place into sprocket to stall reverse movement. See Figure 5.1 5.11. 1. 17.Repeat 17. Repeat steps 14 and 15 with control to reverse movement. 18.Compare 18. Compare readings for each travel motor to Travel Motor Oil Case Drain Specification Chart. 19.If 19. If readings are greater than values in chart, refer to shop manual for additional instructions. 20.Remove 20. Remove hydraulic fitting cap. Install hydraulic lines back to the original fitting and torque to the proper value. 21.Check 21. Check Hydraulic Oil level. Refer to Operators Manual for hydraulic oil level check procedures.
CAUTION • Fill Hydraulic tank to proper level l evel using only approved new hydraulic oil as listed in the List of Oils, Greases, Filters and Elements Chart in Operators Manual.
Page 4-16
TEE TE E
SWING MOTOR
FIGURE 5.10 SPECIAL TOOL INSTALLED FOR FORWARD STALL
SPROCKET
CRAWLER FRAME
FIGURE 5.11
TRAVEL MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
FORWARD/REVERSE TRAVEL
*SK160
STANDARD - 7 (1.8)
*SK160
MAXIMUM - 21 (5.5)
SK210
STANDARD - 7 (1.8)
SK210
MAXIMUM - 21 (5.5)
SK250
STANDARD - 7 (1.8)
SK250
MAXIMUM - 21 (5.5)
SK290
STANDARD - 6 (1.6)
SK290
MAXIMUM - 15 (4.0)
SK330
STANDARD - 8 (2.1)
SK330
MAXIMUM - 20 (5.3)
SK480
STANDARD - 6.5 (1.7)
SK480
MAXIMUM - 19.5 (5.1)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: Liters per Minute (Gallons per Minute)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
TRAVEL TRA VEL PERFORMANCE TRAVEL SPEED A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt 1. Stopwatch 2. Device to mark starting point of tracks. B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Setting ngs s & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Test will be performed with KPSS Mode Switch in "M". 3. Hydraulic oil temperature t emperature at 45°C 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 4. Firm, level testing area. 5. Verify that engine RPM's are at correct specification. C. Tra rave vell Spe Speed ed Tes estt 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a te perature of 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 3. Operate Swing Right Control until mchine is sitting across (perpendicular) tracks. 4. Operate the Boom, Arm and Bucket Controls until bucket is on ground. See Figure 7.4. 5. Operate Boom Control until bottom of right track is approximately 300mm (12") off ground. See Figure 7.4. Make reference mark on track. 6. Place Throttle Control in "HI-IDLE" position and KPSS Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 7.5. 7. Place Travel Speed Select Switch in 1( ) Speed. See Figure 7.6.
8. Operate the Right Travel Control full forward and measure the the time it takes takes for track tra ck to mak make e three complet complete e revolutions. Record the time. 9. Repeat Step 7 ands 8 two more times. Averagethe readings and compare to Travel Speed SpeedSpecification Specification Chart. 10.Place 10. Place Travel Speed Select Switch in 2( ) spe speed ed an and d rep repea eatt ste step ps 8 and and 9. 11. Repeat steps 4 through 13 with Left Track Track approximately 300mm (12") off ground.
300mm (12") OFF GROUND
FIGURE 7.4 SK210 ~ SK400 ILLUSTRATED
KPSS WORK MODE SPEED SELECT SWITCH
•
• •
THROTTLE CONTROL
Figure 7.6
Figure 7.5 Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Unit: Seconds
Page 4-17
TRAVEL TRA VEL PERFORMANCE TRAVEL TRA VEL SPEED SPECIFICA SPECIFICATION TION CHART C HART
MODEL MODE DI DIR RECTION SPEED STANDARD 3 REV SK160
SK210
SK250
SK290
SK330
SK480
ST
27..6 ~ 30 27 30..5
ND
16.2~ 16. 2~ 19. 19.9 9 16.9~ 16. 9~ 18. 18.7 7
M
FORWARD
1
M
FORWARD
2
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
M
FORWARD
1
ST
23..5 ~ 25 23 25..9
M
FORWARD
2
ND
15..8 ~ 17 15 17..4
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
17..2 ~ 19 17 19..0
ST
25.1 ~ 27.7
ND
16..2 ~ 18 16 18..0
M
FORWARD
1
M
FORWARD
2
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
17..7 ~ 19 17 19..5
M
FORWARD
1
ST
29..4 ~ 32 29 32..6
ND
18..0 ~ 20 18 20..0
M
FORWARD
2
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
19..5 ~ 21 19 21..5
M
FORWARD
1
ST
32..2 ~ 35 32 35..4
M
FORWARD
2
ND
18..4 ~ 20 18 20..4
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
20..0 ~ 22 20 22..0
M
FORWARD
1
ST
32..1 ~ 35 32 35..3
M
FORWARD
2
ND
19..7 ~ 21 19 21..7
ND
22..6 ~ 24 22 24..6
M
R E VE R S E
2
*SK160 and ED190 same Revised 06/2002
Speed Selection
Page 4-18
1ST (
)
2ND (
)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
TRAVEL TRA VEL PERFORMANCE TRAVEL DEVIATION A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt 1. Measuring Tape 30M (100') Capacity 2. Line Parallel to Machine in soil
ATTACHMENT IN TRANSPORT POSITION
B. Mac Machi hine ne Set Settin tings gs & Site Site Con Condit ditio ion n 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode Position. 3. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 4. Firm, level testing area. 5. Verify that engine RPM's are at correct specification.
FIGURE 7.1 A LINE IN SOIL
C. Tra ravel vel Dev Deviat iation ion Tes estt 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area.
20M (65'-7") DISTANCE
2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a temperature tur e of 45° 45°C C to 55° 55°C C (113°F (113°F to 131 131° °F). 3. Operate the Boom, Arm and Bucket Controls until attachment is in a transport position. See Figure 7.1.
FIGURE 7.2
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK330 KPSS WORK MODE
4. Scribe (draw) a line parallel to machine in the soil for a distance of 20M (65'-7") from front of machine tracks. See Figure 7.2.
•
5. Move Throttle Control to "HI-IDLE" Position and place KPSS Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 7.3.
•
6. Operate both travel controls together at full forward speed for the 20M (65'-7") Distance. See Figure 7.2.
THROTTLE CONTROL
7. Measure and record dimension "A". See Figure Figu re 7.2. 8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 two more times. Average the readings and compare to Travel Deviation Specification Chart. 9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 with undercarriage turned 180°.
FIGURE 7.3
TRAVEL DEVIATION DEVIATION SPECIFICATION CHART
MODEL SK160 SK480
STANDARD "A" 0mm to 1200mm (0'-0" to 3'-9") Unit: mm (Inches)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Page 4-19
NOTES
Page 4-20
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
MAINTENANCE
Table of contents Page 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5
GENERAL INFORMA INFORMATION TION ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ........................ .............. .. 4-3 GENERAL SAFETY SAFETY ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... .............. .. 4-3 INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE CHART CHART ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .............. 4-8 PRE-START PRE-START (EVERY (EVERY 8 HRS) INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE..................... MAINTENANCE................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... .............. 4-11 A. Engine Oil Level ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ............ 4-11 B. Engine Coolant Level ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ .............. .. 4-11 C. Engine Fluid Leaks ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ................ .... 4-12 D. Air Cleaner ...................... .................................. ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ..................... .......... 4-12 E. Engine Electrical ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... ............ 4-13 F. Fuel Level ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ....................... ........................ ............ 4-14 G. Hydraulic Oil Level ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... .................. ...... 4-15 H. Hydraulic Functions ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ..................... ...................... ................. ..... 4-16 I. Hydraulic Oil Leaks ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... .................. ....... 4-16 J. Machine Electrical ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... .................. ....... 4-16 K. Steps and Handrails ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ..................... ...................... ................. ..... 4-17 L. Frame Structure............ Structure ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ........................ ............ 4-17 M. Tracks Tracks and Components Components ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ...................... .......... 4-17 N. Track Track Tension ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ................ .... 4-19 O. Boom & Arm ....................... ................................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ................. ...... 4-20 P. Bucket Cutting Edge and Bucket Teeth ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ..................... .......... 4-20 Q. Attachment Lubrication Lubrication ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ............. 4-21 4.6 50 HOUR (WEEKLY) (WEEKLY) & NEW MACHINE MACHINE BREAK–IN BREAK–IN INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. PROCEDURES. .... 4-22 A. Engine Oil and Filter Element ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ...................... .......... 4-22 B. Water Pump Bearing Lubrication ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ................. ....... 4-23 C. Fuel Tank Drain ........................ .................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ............ 4-24 D. Water Separator ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ....................... ............. 4-24 E. Air Intake System ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ...................... .......... 4-24 F. Radiator, Radiator, Oil Cooler & Debris Screen ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ...................... .............. 4-25 G. Fuel Filters ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ..................... .......... 4-26 1. Replacing Fuel Filter ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ....................... .............. .. 4-26 2. Cleaning Priming Pump Strainer..................... Strainer................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ........ 4-26 3. Bleeding Air From Fuel System........... System ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .................. ........ 4-27 H. Hydraulic Return Filter ...................... .................................. ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ .............. 4-28 I. Pilot Line Filter ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ................ .... 4-29 J. Batteries ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ....................... ............. .. 4-30 K. Fan and A/C Belt Wear and Tension ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............... ... 4-31 L. Slewing Ring and Swing Bearing Lubrication Lubrication ...................... .................................. ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ..................... ......... 4-32 1. Slewing Ring ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ..................... ....................... ................ .... 4-32 2. Swing Bearing Lubrication Lubrication ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ................ .... 4-32 M. Checking Slewing Ring Ring Attaching Bolts Bolts For Proper Torque Torque ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ .................... ........ 4-33 N. Check Swivel Valve for Leakage ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ................... ....... 4-33 O. Oil level in Swing and Travel Reduction Reduction Units ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ................... ......... 4-33 P. Inspecting Counterweight Counterweight Attaching Bolts for Proper Torque Torque ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... .................. ...... 4-33 4.7 120 HOUR INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES PROCEDURES.. ........................ .................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ............ 4-34 A. Control Lever Joint Lubrication ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... .................... ......... 4-34 B. Swing Motor Reduction Oil ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... .................. ...... 4-34 C. Travel Travel Motors Reduction Oil ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ................ .... 4-35
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-1
4
MAINTENANCE Table of Contents (Continued) Page
4
4.8 250 HOUR (3-MONTH) INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENAN MAINTENANCE CE PROCEDURES. PROCEDURES. ....................... .................................. ....................... ................. ..... 4-36 A. Fan and A/C Belt Wear and Tension ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............... ... 4-36 1. Fan Belts ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ....................... .................... ........ 4-36 2. Air Conditioning Conditioning Compressor Belt ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ............. 4-36 B. Climatizer — AC Unit Filter Inspection Inspection ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ...................... .................... .......... 4-37 1. Fresh Air Filter ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ............ 4-37 2. Recirculate Air Filter ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ .............. 4-37 C. Checking the Radiator Cap & Hoses ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ...................... .............. .. 4-38 4.9 500 HOUR (6-MONTH) INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENAN MAINTENANCE CE PROCEDURES. PROCEDURES. ....................... .................................. ....................... ................. ..... 4-39 A. Change Oil in Travel Motor Reduction Units ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ............. 4-39 B. Change Oil in Swing Reduction Unit ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .............. .. 4-40 C. Checking and Cleaning Fuel Tank Tank and Strainer ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ................. ....... 4-40 D. Checking the engine R.P.M. R.P.M. ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ................ ..... 4-41 E. Checking the Air Conditioning Conditioning Refrigerant ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ............. ... 4-41 F. Fuel System Injection Pressure and Nozzle Condition Condition (Atomization) (Atomization) ....................... .................................. ....................... .................. ...... 4-42 4.10 1000 HOUR (12-MONTH) INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES PROCEDURES.. ....................... ................................... ...................... .......... 4-42 A. Engine Valve Clearance ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ....................... ............. 4-42 B. Engine Compression Pressure ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .................... .......... 4-42 C. Inspection of Starter and Alternator ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ................ ..... 4-42 D. Engine Fuel Injection Timing ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .............. .. 4-42 4.11 2000 HOUR INSPECTION INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE PROCEDURES S ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .......... 4-43 A. ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ...................... .............. .. 4-43 B. Removal and Installation of Radiator ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ...................... .............. 4-45 C. Change Hydraulic Oil ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... ................ .... 4-46 D. Hydraulic Tank Breather ....................... ................................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ..................... .......... 4-49 E. Maintenance on Rollers and Idlers ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ................. ..... 4-50 F. Change Slewing Ring Grease Bath ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................ ..... 4-50 4.12 PERIODICAL PERIODICAL INSPECTION INSPECTION ITEMS ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ .................. ...... 4-51 A. Dust Seals ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ..................... ......... 4-51 B. Bucket ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... .............. ... 4-52 1. Bucket/Arm & Link Clearance ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ................... ......... 4-52 2. Reversing Bucket ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ................. ...... 4-53 3. Removing the Bucket ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ............. 4-54 4. Installing the Bucket ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... .............. 4-54 5. Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters................................ Cutters............................................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .................... .......... 4-55 C. Windshield Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............... ... 4-56 D. Fuses ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ..................... ....................... .................. ...... 4-56 E. Hydraulic Lines, Tubes and Hoses ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ................. ..... 4-57 F. Rear View Mirrors ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ...................... .......... 4-58 4.13 MACHINE STORAGE............................... STORAGE........................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ...................... .......... 4-59 A. Prepare Machine ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ....................... ............. 4-59 B. Care During Storage ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ..................... ...................... ................. ..... 4-59 C. Removing Machine From Storage ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ................ ...... 4-59 4.14 Inspection Maintenance Check Check List ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ................. ..... 4-60
4-2
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4.1 GENERAL INFORMATION
YQ104Takingnotes I N NS P E C T I O ON AN D M AI N NT E N AN C E C H E C K LI S ST
WARNI NG READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE PERFORMING ANY INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES ON THIS MACHINE, ITS SYSTEMS OR COMPONENTS. K O B E S T E E L, LT D
A. It is recommended by KOBELCO CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY AMERICA LLC that an inspection and maintenance schedule be developed and maintained on a regular basis for this machine. Developing and maintaining such a schedule, helps to keep the machine in optimum operating condition. See Figure 4.3A. B. The information contained in this section gives the proper procedures for performing inspection and maintenance functions for this machine. Use these procedures when performing inspection and maintenance as they will guide the technician step by step for each procedure. Also, refer to the Inspection and maintenance charts for general service interval recommendations.
FIGURE 4.3A
4 SK32004002
FIGURE 4.3B NOTE The inspection and maintenance charts provided in this section give only general time intervals. It may be necessary to develope a custom schedule to perform machine maintenance at more frequent intervals based on the work conditions.
Dispose of Waste Properly
C. Use only KOBELCO oils, fluids, lubricants, filters and replacement parts to keep machine in optimum operating condition. See Figure 4.3B. 4.2 GENERAL SAFETY A. Disposal of of Hazardous Hazardous Waste– FIGURE 4.3C Dispose of waste oils, fluids, lubricants, filters and other hazardous waste properly. properly.
SK32004003
FIGURE 4.3C
CAUTION Dispose of all hazardous waste in accordance with government environmental regulations, laws and codes. B. Keep Machine Machine Clean– Clean– FIGURE FIGURE 4.3D Thoroughly clean machine before performing Inspection and maintenance procedures. It is easier and safer to locate problems, perform maintenance and also reduce the risk of hydraulic system contamination when machine is clean. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
YM104cleanmachine
FIGURE 4.3D
4-3
MAINTENANCE C. Hot Surfaces Surfaces & Fluids– FIGURE 4.4A Use caution and wear the proper safety equipment when working around hot areas. Never change chan ge oils, engine coolant or filters immediately after a machine has been stopped. Allow machine to cool down before performing maintenance procedures. D. Warm Warm Engi Engine ne Oil Oil Engine oil should have a temperature should be between 20°C ~ 40°C (68°F ~ 104°F) before the oil is changed. If necessary run engine until the oil is warm within the recommended oil change temperature.
4
YM104hotsurface
FIGURE 4.4A
E. “Tag-Out” “Tag-Out” Machine– FIGURE 4.4B Before beginning any inspection or maintenance procedures, secure a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag to the operators console to inform the operator that the machine will be inoperable for inspection and maintenance. This tag will help prevent accidental starting of the machine. Order tag P/N: YN20T01320P1
DO NOT OPERATE
F. Inspect Waste Waste Oils and Filters– Filters– FIGURE FIGURE 4.4C Before disposal, inspect all waste oils, fluids and filters for debris and foreign material. It is recommended to cut open the oil filters to determine any abnormal wear.
SK32004006
FIGURE 4.4B
G. Prevent Contaminatio Contamination– n– FIGURE FIGURE 4.4D Always cap or plug lines when hydraulic components are removed to help prevent hydraulic system contamination that can be caused by dirt, dust and debris entering a line or port.
CHECK FOR DEBRIS
CAUTION Never allow a hydraulic line or component to become contaminated. This could cause severe system damage. Contact an authorized KOBELCO dealer to obtain the proper caps and plugs to be used on this machine. Refer to Specification’s Section, for proper part numbers.
SK32004007
FIGURE 4.4C
H. Seals & “O”-Ri “O”-Rings ngs Always Always replace seals and “O”-Rings “O”-Rings with new parts. Never reuse a seal or “O”-Ring during reassembly of components. Make sure to lubricate lub ricate all new seals with the appropiate oil before installation.
SK32004008
FIGURE 4.4D
4-4
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE I. Stop top En Engine Never attempt any MAINTENANCE with engine running. Always stop the engine and allow machine to cool . J. Wear Safety Safety Equi Equipmen pment– t– FIGURE FIGURE 4.5A 4.5A Wear hard hat, safety goggles or face shield, work gloves, safety shoes and well fitting work clothes when performing inspection and maintenance procedures on this machine.
SK32004009
FIGURE 4.5A YQ101ReleasePress
K. Cleani Cleaning ng Parts Parts Use only approved cleaning solvents and proper equipment to clean parts.
RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE
WARNI NG NEVER USE GASOLINE, DIESEL FUEL OR OTHER FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN PARTS. ALWAYS CLEAN PARTS IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.
4 FIGURE 4.5B
L. Hydrauli Hydraulic c Tank Tank Pressu Pressure re Always release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank before performing inspection or maintenance procedures. 1. Remove cap and depress valve to release air pressure from the reservoir. See Figure 4.5B.
CAUTION Gasses from hydraulic tank may be hot. Wear safety equipment. YQ104KeyOff
M. Welding Welding Safety Safety 1. Turn key switch to “OFF” position. Wait 4 seconds for electrical power to disconnect. disconne ct. See Figure 4.5C.
FIGURE 4.5C
2. Remove negative (-) cable from battery terminal. See Figure 4.5D. 3. Attach the welder ground cable within 1 M (3’3”) away from component being welded. 4. Make certain that the welder ground is not located at a seal or bearing. 5. Make 5. Make certain that no bearings nor seals separates the welder ground and the weld area. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SK32004012
FIGURE 4.5D
4-5
MAINTENANCE N. Releasing Hydraulic System and Tank Pressure.
WARNI NG NEVER CHANGE OILS OR FILTERS ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST FINISHED WORKING. ALLOW MACHINE TO COOL FIRST UNTIL OILS AND FLUIDS ARE WARM, NOT N OT HOT. RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE BEFORE WORKING WITH ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENT.
YQ104oilLevelcheck
HYDRAULIC OIL CHECK POSITION
FIGURE 4.6A
1. Move the machine to firm level ground and place the attachments on the ground in the oil check position as shown in Figure 4.6A.
4
2. Stop the engine. Make sure to place the ignition key in “ON” postion and the safety lever is in the unlocked (down) position, ver Fig. 4.6B.
YQ104KeyOff
FIGURE 4.6B
3. Lower the safety lever to unlock the hydraulic system. 4. Shift the right and left travel control levers forward and backward, also operate the right and left control levers to full strokes several times, see Fig. 4.6C. 5. Remove cap and depress hydraulic relief valve located on the upper surface of hydraulic tank to release the pressure in the hydraulic tank. See Figure 4.6B. 6. Carry out the inspection and/or maintenance of hydraulic system.
YQ104MoveControls
FIGURE 4.6C
WARNI NG WHEN REPLACING ANY HOSE OR SEALS, MAKE SURE THE ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS ARE W WELL ELL SECURED TO AVOID AVOID SUDDEN SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF ATTACHMENT TTACHMENT.. REFER TO SECTION 02 “DRAINING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE” FOR PROPER PROCEDURE TO RELEASE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE. FURTHERMORE, SLOWLY SL OWLY REMOVE BOLTS TO TO RELEASE ANY REMAINING REMAINING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE PRESSURE DURING DURING DISASSEMBLY.
YQ101ReleasePress
RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE
FIGURE 4.6D
4-6
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE New pins and bushings, including new machines and repairs require special break-in procedures. While both pin and bushing have a special ground finish, they still have to be mated to each other to eliminate the machining high points, see Fig. 4.7A.
O. Guidelines to replace ground tools. It is very important to keep bucket teeth & side cutters properly tighten. Loose or missing bolts will increase loads and eventually cause tool failure. Furthermore, extended operation with loose hardware can cause the bolts to stretch and wear on the support mounting holes. Also, heating of hardware and support mounting holes will cause the same effect. All these factors will lead to more expensive corrective maintenance. maintenance . Follow these general guidelines to insure proper tightness of hardware on bucket teeth & side cutters, and dozer cutting edges: — When installing new cutting edges, end bits, b its, side cutters and bucket teeth, make sure that all supporting surfaces are free of dirt, paint, debris, rust, scale or weld splatter. All mating surfaces must be clean and flat to insure that maximum clamping force is obtained. — Make sure that all bolts and nut threads are clean and dry. DO NOT APPLY ANY TYPE OF LUBRICANT. — When installing end bits, start at the center and work toward the outside edges. Finish installation by torquing from the center toward edges. — Always, torque bolts according to specifications. specifications. — For best results, strike all head bolts with a he avy hammer to seat them properly before final torque.
Bushing
Pin
Rough surface requiring break-in.
Because of these high spots, it is recommended that the front attachment or the repaired area be lubricated a minimum of once every eight (8) hours for the first one hundred (100) hours for a standard machine working in an average duty du ty cycle. All other machines should be lubricated every 4 hours for the first twenty (20) hours and every eight (8) hours for the next eighty (80) hours of operation. This lubrication procedure will reduce the possibility of a premature pin or bushing failure during the breakin process. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR HAND LUBRICATION: While BRICATION: While grease grooves in the bushings allow grease to move around the bushing, it does not insure that grease gets on all of the bushing surfaces. Any load on the joint will prevent the grease from getting to the wear surface in the loaded area. Due to the fact that a hand greaser does not provide the volume of grease gre ase that a power system does, there is a greater possibility of bushing galling, unless the standard lubrication procedure is modified. Fig. 4.7B illustrates the pin load and grease cavity discussed above. No Hand lube fill matter how much grease is pumped into the pin bushing cavity Power lube fill with a hand grease gun, the grease will tend to escape to the outside before filling Pin the grease cavity. Therefore, to avoid this situation, the front atBushing Load area tachment has to be reFIG. 4.7B positioned during the lubrication process, to move the load area and allow the grease to cover the entire grease cavity between the pin and bushing.
WARNI NG WEAR SAFETY GLASSES WHENEVER STRIKING METAL OBJECTS WITH A HAMMER. — When new parts are used, the mating surfaces will seat more uniformly and the bolts torque will be less than the standard value, after a short period of operation. Make sure to check all bolts for proper tightness on new parts after eight (8) hours of operation. — Lower maintenance costs by replacing, turning, or rotating cutting edges before they reach their wear limits. — When finding loose bolts, check bolts for elongation and support mount holes for wear. wear. Replace bolts and repair any wear on support mount hole if needed. Torque Torque bolts according to specs. P. Guidelines for Attachment Lubrication Lubricate attachment pins according to the intervals indicated in page 4-10. Use extreme pressure multipurpose grease No 2 EP Type. Lubricate all points until grease purges. The lubrication intervals are based on a standard excavator, see Section 6 of this manual for Kobelco definition of a s tandard excavator, excavato r, working in an average duty cycle. cycle. Average duty duty cycle is defined as “Most typical digging application, road construction in natural bed clay, digging 50 ~ 60 % of the daily work schedule”. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
FIG. 4.7A
4-7
4
MAINTENANCE WARNING 4.3 INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE CHART Follow the chart below for recommended intervals of regular inspection and maintenance procedures.
READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE PERFORMING INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE. INTERVAL (W or king Hour s)
S YSTEM
MAINTENANCE TO PERFORM
L OC A T I O N 8
50
12 0
25 0
50 0
100 0
200 0
Pa g e
Check oil level
Eng. lef t side
X
4-11
Check coolant level
Rear lef t compar tment
X
4-11
Check f or f luid leaks
Complete engine
X
4-12
Check belt tension
Fr ont of engine
X
4-31, 4-36
Check air cleaner
Air cleaner compar tment
X
4-12
Check engine electr ical
Complete engine
X
4-13
Change engine oil
Oil pan
O
X
4-22
Change oil f ilter
Bottom RH side of engine
O
X
4-22
Change f uel f ilter & clean pr iming pump gauze f ilter
Engine LH side
O
X
4-26
Check air intake system
Hoses and clamps
O
X
4-2 4
Check f an assembly
Fr ont of engine
O
Check r adiator cap and hoses
Radiator
Check belt tensioner & ad just belts
Fr ont of engine
O
N
G
NI
E
Clean debr is scr een
Fr ont of r adiator or f r ont of oil cooler
OX
4-25
Clean r adiator cor e and compar tment
Radiator and LH compar tment
OX
4-25
Check f oam seals
Engine & r adiator compar tments
OX
4-25
Change engine coolant
Radiator and engine
Change air cleaner elements
Air cleaner compar tment
X
4-12
Ad just valve clear ence
Engine top
OX
4-42
Check engine compr ession
Engine
X
4-42
Check engine RPM
Monitor
Lubr icate water pump bear ing
Engine
Check in jection timing
Engine
Check in jection pr essur e
Engine
X
4-42
Check in jection nozzle atomization
Engine
X
4-42
Check star ter and alter nator
Engine
M
Check f uel level
Gauge cluster
T
Dr ain water and deposits f r om f uel tank
Fuel tank bottom
X
4-24
L
Dr ain water separ ator
Hyd. pump compar tment
OX
4-24
U
Check and clean water separ ator , f uel tank cap & str ainer
Hyd. pump & Fuel tank
4
E
F
E
S
Y
S
E
X X
4-38
X
4-36
X
O
4-43
X
4-41
X
4-23 X
X X
4-42
4-42 4-14
X
4-40
O - Break in (After first 50 Hrs) Inspection & Maintenance Required. X - Regular Inspection & Maintenance Required.
4-8
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (Wor king Hour s) S YSTEM
MAINTENANCE TO PERFORM
LOCATION 8
50
120
250
500
1000
2000
Page
Hydr aulic oil level
RH side of hyd. tank
X
4-15
Check hydr aulic f unctions
Oper ator 's contr ols
X
4-16
Check f or oil leaks
Hoses and components
X
4-16
Check hoses and lines
Complete machine
X
4-57
S
Y
S
T
E
Clean suction scr een
Hydr aulic tank
L
Change r etur n f ilter
Hydr aulic tank
O
X
4-28
R
A
Clean pilot system f ilter
Pilot valve on side of hydr aulic tank
O
X
4-29
Y
Hydr aulic oil change
Hydr aulic tank
X
4-46~4-48
Clean hydr aulic oil tank
Hydr aulic tank
X
4-46~4-48
Change hydr aulic tank br eather
Hydr aulic tank
X
4-49
Check swing r eduction unit oil level
Swing r eduction unit
Change swing r eduction oil
Swing motor r ed. unit
Lubr icate swing bear ing
Swing bear ing housing
O
X
4-32
Check swing bear ing seal
Swing bear ing seal
O
X
4-33
E
Check tor que on slewing r ing bolts
Slewing r ing
O
X
4-33
A
Check slewing r ing pinion, gear , and gr ease bath
Inspection plate next to boom f oot ar ea
O
X
4-32
Dr ain water f r om slewing r ing gr ease bath
Lower f r ame cavity dr ain por t
O
X
4-32
Change gr ease in slewing r ing bath
Remove upper body
Check swivel joint seal
Swivel valve in f r ont of swing motor
O
Check counter weight bolts
Counter weight
O
M
CI U D H
M R F R E P P U
Inspect and clean steps and handr ails
X
X
O
4-46~4-48
4-34 O
X
X X X
X
4-40
4-50 4-33 4-33 4-17
Check bolts/tor que
Upper str uctur e
O
X
Check hydr aulic f unctions and switches
Oper ator 's contr ol & contr ol panels
X
4-16
S’
Check tr avel alar m
Oper ator 's contr ol panel
X
-
O
Check lights
Boom, f r ont & back
X
Sect. 2
T
R
O
L
S
Check monitor alar m (buzzer )
Oper ator 's contr ol panel
X
Sect. 2
O
Check gauge cluster and indicator s
Cluster gauge
X
Sect. 2
Check hor n
LH side contr ol
X
Sect. 2
Lubr icate contr ol lever joints
Contr ol lever s
R T A R E
N P O
C
O - Break in (After first 50 Hrs) Inspection & Maintenance Required. X - Regular Inspection & Maintenance Required.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-9
X
4-34
4
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL (Wor king Hour s) S YSTEM
MAINTENANCE TO PERFORM
LOCATION 8
L A C I R T C E L E
4
50
120
250
500
1000
2000
Inspect all wir ing
Complete machine
Batter y electr olyte
Batter ies
O
Batter y maintenance
Batter ies
O
Check f or oil leaks
Complete system
X
Check hoses and lines
Fr ame cavity
X
Check step r ails
Fr ame r ails
X
4-17
Check f r ame str uctur e and welds
Entir e f r ame
X
4-17
Check tr acks and links
Under car r iage
X
4-17, 4-18
Check spr ockets
Under car r iage
X
4-18
Check idler s
Under car r iage
X
4-18
O
W
E
R
F
R
A
M
E
Check r oller s
Under car r iage
X
4-18
Check tr ack tension and ad just
Under car r iage
OX
Check tr avel r ed. unit oil level
Tr avel motor r ed. unit
O
Change tr avel r eduction unit oil
Tr avel motor r ed. unit
Check bolts/har dwar e
Entir e lower str uctur e
Check str uctur e
Boom, ar m, and bucket
X
4-17, 3-20
Check bucket teeth and side cutter s
Bucket
X
4-55
Lubr icate boom f oot pin and boom cylinder connections
Boom
O
O
Lubr icate ar m pin and ar m cylinder connections
Ar m
O
O
Lubr icate bucket pins and bucket cylinder connections
Ar m and bucket links
O
OX
Check bolts/tor que
Hoses and lines suppor ts, bucket
Check A/C r ef r iger ant
Climatizer - A/C
S
Check A/C compr essor belt & ad just
Engine
R
Check A/C condenser and clean
Radiator compar tment
Check A/C f r esh air f ilter
Cab
Check A/C r ecir culate air f ilter
Cab
A
C
C
E
S
S
Check wiper washer f luid level
Air cleaner compar tment
Check bolts/tor que
Climatizer - A/C system
L
S T N
1
E M H
1
C A T T
X
Page 4-13, 4-16
X
4-30
X
4-30
4-19 X
4-33 O
O
X
4-39
X
X
X
4-21
4-21
1
A
EI O
1
4-21
X X X
4-41~4-42 4-31, 4-36
X
4-41~4-42 X
4-37 X
X
4-37 4-56
X
- The lubrication interval outlined in this table table is for a standard excavator (See section 6 for definition of a standard machine) machine) working in an average duty cycle (Most typical digging application, road construction in natural bed clay, digging 50~60% of the daily work schedule). During the break in p eriod, a new pin and bushing connection has to be lubricated every eight (8) hours for the first one hundred (100) hours of operation for a standard machine working in an average duty cycle; all other machines should be lubricated every four (4) hours for the first twenty (20) hours and every eight (8) hours for the next eighty (80) hours of operation. Refer to page 4-7 for more details in regards to the guidelines for reduced lubrication intervals.
O - Break in (After first 50 Hrs) Inspection & Maintenance Required. X - Regular Inspection & Maintenance Required.
4-10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4.5 PRE-START (EVERY 8 HRS) INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE The following procedures are to be performed every 8 hours or daily, daily, before starting the machine.
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
WARNI NG BE CAUTIOUS OF HOT FLUIDS AND SURFACES. WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES, AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
Make sure oil level is within specifications
OIL FILLER CAP
A. Engine Oil Level 1. Stop 1. Stop engine and raise the engine cover. 2. Locate 2. Locate and pull engine dipstick, clean it with a clean, dry, lint free cloth. Reinsert into engine. Pull out again to visually inspect the engine oil level on dipstick. See Figure 4.11A. 3. If 3. If necessary to add oil, remove oil filler cap and fill engine oil to proper level. See Figure 4.11A.
4 LB104EngineOil
NOTE After adding oil, check oil oil level level again, replace oil filler cap and dipstick and close engine cover. B. Engine Coolant Level 1. Open 1. Open left rear compartment cover and inspect coolant level in engine coolant reservoir. See Figure 4.11B. 2. Proper coolant level is between “FULL” and “LOW” marks. See Figure 4.11B. 3. If necessary to add coolant, remove reservoir cap and fill to proper level with fresh coolant mixture. See Figure 4.11B. 4. If no coolant is shown in reservoir, check coolant level in radiator. Fill radiator with proper coolant mixture and replace cap. See Figure 4.11C. 4.11C. Then refill reservoir to proper level.
FIGURE 4.11A
ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR
PROPER LEVEL
FULL
LOW YQ104ExpansionTank
FIGURE 4.11B RADIATOR CAP
WARNI NG NEVER REMOVE RADIATOR CAP WHEN ENGINE IS HOT. ALLOW ENGINE ENGI NE TO COOL DOWN BEFORE BEFO RE REMOVING RADIATOR CAP. DO NOT REMOVE WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
FIGURE 4.11C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-11
SK32004017
MAINTENANCE C. Engine Fluid Leaks 1. Inspect complete engine for signs of fluid leaks. 2. When inspecting around pressure lines and hoses use a stiff piece of cardboard. See Figure 4.12A.
YQ104Check4leaks
CAUTION Never use hands to check for leaks. High pressure fluid leaks will penetrate the skin and cause severe injury. injury.
FIGURE 4.12A B
SK32001033
4
9
REST'D AIR CLEANER
D. Air Cleaner YQ104AirRestriction
FIGURE 4.12B
CAUTION Wear protective glasses or goggles when using compressed air.
AIR CLEANER
NOTE The air restriction indicator will not signal if the element is torn or if the air cleaner compartment is not sealed properly. If “REST’D AIR CLEANER” icon is displayed, as indicated in Figure 4.12B, inspect, clean, and/or replace the air cleaner elements. YQ102AirFiltCompartment
FIGURE 4.12C 1. Open engine air cleaner access door and lock open. Use ignition key if door is locked to unlock it. 2. Remove air cleaner cover. See Figure 4.12C. 3. Remove the air cleaner outer element from the housing. See Figure 4.12D.
NOTE Replace the Air Filter elements every 1000 hours or when the restricted icon appears on the cluster gauge, which ever comes first.
4-12
REMOVE AIR CLEANER OUTER ELEMENT
000 02000 P81-2316
YQ104AirFilter1
FIGURE 4.12D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4. Remove the wing nut and air cleaner inner element from the housing. See Figure 4.13A. 5. To clean the outer element, blow compressed air {less than 2.8 bar (40 psi)} up and down along the folds of the filter element interior to remove clogged dust or other contaminants. See Figure 4.13B.
REMOVE AIR CLEANER INNER ELEMENT
6. After cleaning, use use a light to check the inside of the element for tearing, pinholes, or packing damage. Replace with a new element if necessasry.
YQ104AirFilter2
CAUTION
FIGURE 4.13A
Make sure to properly place the O-ring seal on the wing nut sleeve for the outer filter element. Failure to do so could cause engine failure.
4
7. Assemble elements elements in the reverse order of disassembling.
SK32004026
E. Engine Electrical Electrica l 1. Visually and manually inspect all engine electrical wiring, connectors and components for signs of damage and malfunction. See Figure 4.13C.
FIGURE 4.13B
2. Repair or replace all damaged or malfunctioning wiring, connectors and components before resuming operation of the machine.
WARNI NG OPERATING THE MACHINE WITH DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGE TO THE MACHINE AND SERIOUS INJURY INJ URY TO PERSONNEL. REPAIR OR REPLACE FAULTY COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
YQ104Brokenwires
FIGURE 4.13C
4-13
MAINTENANCE F. Fuel Level 1. Turn “ON” the ignition key and the fuel level gauge in the cluster gauge will indicate the fuel tank level. See Figure 4.14A.
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE B
2. To refuel the machine, use the ignition key to remove the fuel tank cap. Do not remove the fuel screen for fueling. Refill fuel tank to full mark to reduce air volume (condensation). Failure to do so could create problems such as rusting and fuel freezing, freezing, as well as other associated problems.
4
NOTE If refilling is done by means of the optional auxiliary fuel pump (standard for european machines only), proceed as follows: a. Use the ignition key to remove the fuel tank cap. b. Open b. Open battery access cover, remove the filter end of the fuel pump suction hose from its storage housing and insert the fuel suction hose into fuel supply reservoir. See Figure4.14B. c. Locate the auxilliary fuel pump switch inside the storstorage box access door. Place the switch in the “ON” position. See Figure 4.14C. Place pump switch in the “OFF” position when fuel tank is full.
F: E: Warning:
SK290LC/SK330LC-6E 560L (148 Gal) 100L (26.4 Gal) 60L (16 Gal) LB104FuelLevelGauge
FIGURE 4.14A
YQ104AuxFuelPump1
Fuel pump suction hose
Use ignition key to remove cap
NOTE Delivery rate of the auxilliary fuel pump is 30 liters per minute (7.9 U.S. Gal per minute).
FIGURE 4.14B
d. After removing fuel suction suction hose from fuel supply reservoir, coil hose and place filter into its storage housing. Replace fuel strainer and fuel filler cap.
NOTE Optional fuel pump P/N: YT22P00001F5 Flow: 35 L/min V= 24 Volts Amps: 7 A Fuse: 10 Amps Filter: 250 µmesh
Fuel pump YQ104AuxFuelPump2
FIGURE 4.14C
4-14
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE G. Hydraulic Oil Level 1. Place the machine in the oil check position on a firm level surface as shown in Figure 4.15A. 2. Check the sight glass through the openning of the hydraulic tank side cover, as shown in Figure 4.15B. YQ104oilLevelcheck
WARNI NG
FIGURE 4.15A YQ104Hydlevelgauge
FOR SAFE OPERATION ON INCLINES, THE HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN “PROPER LEVEL” AND “UPPER LIMIT” MARK. DO NOT OPERATE OPERATE MACHINES ON INCLINED SURFACES WITH A SLOPE GREATER THAN 35º. 3. To add hydraulic oil, proceed as follows: a. Release hydraulic tank pressure. See Figure 4.15C.
UPPER LIMIT
4
PROPER LEVEL LOW (ADD OIL)
CAUTION
FIGURE 4.15B
Gasses from hydraulic tank may be hot. Wear safety equipment.
YQ101ReleasePress
b. Slowly remove the six mounting bolts from the hydraulic suction suction filter cover plate. See Figure 4.15D. c. Add hydraulic oil filling hydraulic hydraulic tank to the proper level. See Figure 4.15B. d. Before replacing filter cover, replace “O”Ring. See Figure 4.15D. e. Lubricate the new “O”-Ring and place it properly in seat. Place cover over opening and install mounting bolts with lockwashers. f. Torque mounting bolts to proper value. Refer to Torque Specifications Table.
RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE
FIGURE 4.15C
Slowly remove bolts and cover
WARNI NG CLEAN UP ALL SPILLED OIL TO PREVENT FIRES. DISPOSE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE ACCORDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULA REG ULATIONS. TIONS.
USE CLEAN OIL O-RING SEAL P/N ZD11G200 ZD11G20000 00
NOTE Machine is shipped from factory with SHELL TELLUS 46 Hydraulic oil, unless other equivalent requested. Refer to oil specification decal on hydraulic tank.
CAUTION ALWA ALWAYS USE CLEAN HYDRAULIC OIL. USE CAUTION TO AVOID CONTAMINATION CONTAMINATION DURING FILLING FILL ING Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
YQ104Addhydoil
FIGURE 4.15D
4-15
MAINTENANCE H. Hydraulic Functions 1. Check all hydraulic controls for proper functionality before operating the machine. See Figure 4.16A.
WARNI NG NEVER OPERATE THE MACHINE WITH A FAULTY CONTROL OR FUNCTION. MAKE ALL NECESSARY REPAIRS BEFORE ALLOWING ANY OPERATION. I. Hydraulic Oil Leaks 1. Check complete hydraulic system for leaks. Use a small piece of cardboard when checking areas with high pressure. See Figure 4.16B.
FIGURE 4.16A YQ104Check4leaks
CAUTION
4
YQ104MoveControls
Never use hands to check for leaks. High pressure fluid leaks will penetrate the skin and cause severe injury. injury. 2. Check all hoses and lines for signs of damage. 3. Repair or replace damaged hoses and lines before allowing any operation.
WARNI NG CLEAN UP ALL SPILLED OIL TO PREVENT FIRES. DISPOSE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE ACCORDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULA REG ULATIONS. TIONS.
FIGURE 4.16B
J. Machine Electrical 1. Check all switches for proper operation. 2. Visually check all wiring and connectors for signs of damage, corrosion etc.. 3. Repair or replace all damaged or faulty electrical components before allowing any operation of the machine. 4. Check all gauges and L.C.D. Display on the gauge cluster display for proper operation. See Figure 3.16C.
Check and replace any broken wires
YQ104Brokenwires
CHECK ALL GAUGES AND LCD DISPLAY
B
D A N GE ER R MONITOR SYSTEM
DAMAGED OR FAULTY ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS CAN CAUSE SEVERE DAMAGE TO THE MACHINE AND CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
OK
YQ104CheckDisplay
FIGURE 4.16C
4-16
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE K. Steps and Handrails Handrails 1. Inspect daily all mounting steps and handrails on the machine to make sure they are clean and in safe working condition. See Figure 4.17A. 2. Repair or replace all areas before allowing any operation of the machine.
CAUTION Use steps, and handrails when mounting and dismounting the machine. Keep steps, handrails and step rails clean and in safe working condition. FIGURE 4.17A L. Frame Structure 1. Carefully inspect the entire frame structure for signs of damage, broken welds etc.. DISCONNECT BATTERY NEGATIVE (-) CABLE WHEN INSPECTING ELECTRICAL OR WELDING
NOTE Remove any excessive grease form the attachment pin connecting areas to inspect welding. See Figure 4.17C. 2. Repair or replace all frame components found to be damaged before allowing any operation of the machine. 3. In cases where welding repair is required, consult an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer for proper procedures concerning weld repairs. Use only certified welding personnel familiar with structural welding methods to perform repairs requiring welding. Never allow current to flow through a joint such as between a pin and bushing and/or between upper and lower structures.
SK32004046
FIGURE 4.17B YQ104Attinspection
Make sure to clean these areas during the inspection
WARNI NG DISCONNECT BATTERIES BEFORE WELDING ON THIS MACHINE. SEE FIGURE 4.17B. CONNECT WELDER GROUND CABLE C ABLE WITHIN 1M (3’-3”) AWAY AWAY FROM AREA TO BE WELDED
FIGURE 4.17C
M. Tracks and Components 1. Track rack Shoe Shoes s a. Visually inspect track shoes for signs of excessive wear or damage. See Figure 4.17D. b. Have all repair or replacement work done by an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer. c. Check tightness of shoe mounting bolts and nuts. If loose, remove bolt, clean thread, apply engine oil and torque to 853+27 N-m (628+36 ft•lbs). See Figure 4.17D.
Check track shoes for loose bolts and damage.
FIGURE 4.17D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-17
4
MAINTENANCE 2. Track rack Link Links s a. Inspect links for signs of excessive wear or damage. See Figure 4.18A. b. Have all repair or replacement work done by an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer.
YQ104CheckLinkWear
Inspect track links for excessive wear
FIGURE 4.18A
4
3. Spro Sprock cket ets s a. Inspect sprockets for excessive wear and damage. See Figure 4.18B. b. Should the sprockets require service, contact an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer for assistance. c. Check and make sure all sprocket bolts are properly torqued. NOTE If any sprocket bolt is loose, preceed as follows: c.1- Remove bolt and clean threads. c.2- Apply locktite # 262 to the bolt. c.3- Torque to 55 Kgf-m {397 lbs-ft}
Check bolts for proper tightness
Check surface for excessive wear YQ104Sprockets
FIGURE 4.18B
4. Idlers a. Inspect Idlers for excessive wear and damage. See Figure 4.18C. b. Should the Idlers require service, contact an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer for assistance. NOTE Every 8 hours of operation, make sure to check idlers and rollers for leakage and repair as needed. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for any assistance. Change oil oil in idlers and rollers rollers every 2000 hours hours of operation. See 2000 hour maintenance in this section for specific details.
5. Rollers lers a. Inspect rollers for excessive wear and damage. See Figure 4.18D. b. Should the rollers require service, contact an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer for assistance.
Check surface for excessive wear
YQ104Idler
FIGURE 4.18C
LOWER ROLLER
UPPER ROLLER
Check surface for excessive wear
YQ104Rollers
FIGURE 4.18D
4-18
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE N. Track Tension 1. Operate swing, arm, bucket and boom controls until machine is set up as shown in Figure 4.19A.
WARNI NG SUPPORT LOWER FRAME WITH SUITABLE BLOCKS.
320 ~ 350 mm (12.6~13.8")
2. Measure the sag in the center of the track, between the bottom of the track frame and the track shoe surface. See Figure 4.19A. 3. To increase track tension, set machine as shown in Figure 4.19A and with grease gun inject extreme pressure No. 2 grease into idler adjustment grease fitting until proper tension is reached. See Figure 4.19B. Perform this procedure on both tracks. 4. To decrease track tension, carefully loosen grease fitting to allow grease to scape. 5. Tighten grease fitting.
4 YQ104LiftTrack4Adjustment
WARNI NG
FIGURE 4.19A
GREASE IN TRACK TENSIONING MECHANISM IS UNDER EXTREME PRESSURE AND CAN PENETRATE SKIN CAUSING SEVERE INJURY. KEEP FACE AND BODY AWAY FROM GREASE FITTING AREA. NEVER LOOSEN GREASE FITTING MORE THAN ONE (1) COMPLETE TURN. IF GREASE DOES NOT RELEASE AFTER ONE TURN OF THE FITTING, FITTIN G, CALL AN AUTHORIZED KOBELCO SERVICE DEALER FOR ASSIST ASSIS TANCE.
USE CAUTION WHEN ADJUSTING TRACKS
6. Start engine and operate the travel motor for the track being adjusted, back and forth. Recheck track tension and adjust if needed. 7. Perform 7. Perform steps 1 through 6 on the opposite track if needed.
YM104Tracktension
TORQUE GREASE FITTING TO 45 lbs-ft (6 kgf-m)
FIGURE 4.19B
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-19
MAINTENANCE O. Boom & Arm 1. Inspect Boom and Arm structures for signs of excessive wear and damage. See Figure 4.20A. Install shims as needed to correct any excessive play. Refer to the shop manual for details. 2. Should repair or replacement be necessary, contact an authorized KOBELCO Service Dealer for assistance.
YQ104Attinspection
Make sure to clean these areas during the inspection
NOTE Remove any excessive grease form the attachment pin connecting areas for inspection. See Figure 4.20A.
WARNI NG
4
FIGURE 4.20A
DISCONNECT BATTERIES BEFORE WELDING ON THIS MACHINE. SEE FIGURE 4.20B. CONNECT WELDER GROUND CABLE C ABLE WITHIN 1M (3’-3”) AWAY AWAY FROM AREA TO BE WELDED.
VERY IMPORTANT NOTE VISUALLY CHECK, EVERY EIGHT (8) HOURS, FOR EXCESSIVE LATERAL PLAY BETWEEN BOOM AND ARM, AND ARM AND AND BUCKET CONECTIONS. MEA- SURE CLEARANCES EVERY FIFTY (50) HOURS. REFER TO SHOP MANUAL FOR DETAILS REGARDING ATTACHMENT LATERAL CLEARANCE. P. Bucket Cutting Edge and Bucket Teeth Teeth 1. Inspect bucket teeth and side cutters for signs of excessive wear and damage. See Figure 4.20C. 2. Should repair or replacement be required, follow instructions given on 4.12 Periodical Inspection Items: B and C, and/or consult with attachment manufacturer if needed.
DISCONNECT BATTERY NEGATIVE (-) CABLE WHEN INSPECTING ELECTRICAL OR WELDING
SK32004057
FIGURE 4.20B MAKE SURE CUTTING EDGES AND TEETH ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITIONS
CAUTION Wear goggles, safety shoes, hard hat, work clothes and work gloves to perform inspection and maintenance on this machine.
NOTE Make sure that bolts on cutting edges are properly tighten. If bucket bolts are loose, remove bolts, clean threads on bolts and nuts, apply locktite #262 and torque them to specs. Refer to the Specifications Section in this book.
YQ104HendrixBucket.
FIGURE 4.20C
4-20
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE Q. Attachment Lubrication Lubrication 1. Boom cylinder head pins. See Figure 4.21A. 2. Boom foot pin. See Figure 4.21B. 3. Boom cylinder rod pins. See Figure 4.21B. 4. Arm cylinder head pin. See Figure 4.21B. 5. Arm cylinder rod rod pin. See Figure 4.21C. 6. Arm to boom pin. pin. See Figure 4.21C. 4.21C. 7. Bucket cylinder head pin. See Figure 4.21C.
BOOM CYLINDER HEAD PINS
8. Bucket link pins. See Figure 4.21D.
SK32004078
FIGURE 4.21A
9. Idler pink to arm pin and arm to bucket pin. See Figure 4.21D.
BOOM CYLINDER ROD ENDS
10.Bucket 10.Bucket cylinder rod pin. See Figure 4.21D.
ARM CYLINDER HEAD END BOOM FOOT PIN (CENTER)
BOOM FOOT PIN EACH END
WARNI NG MOVING THE ATTACHMENT OR MACHINE WHILE GREASING IS NOT RECOMMENDED. PESONAL INJURY MAY RESULT. RESULT. MOVE MOV E THE ATTACHMENT TO A DIFFERENT POSITION, STOP THE ENGINE AND LUBRICATE THE ATTACHMENT AGAIN. REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE UNTIL THE FRONT ATTACHMENT IS COMPLETELY LUBRICATED. LUBRICATED.
CENTRALIZED GREASE FITTINGS ON BOOM SK32004079
FIGURE 4.21B
BOOM
ARM TO BOOM PIN ARM CYLINDER ROD END
ARM
BUCKET CYLINDER HEAD PIN
SK32004080
FIGURE 4.21C
YQ104BucketLubPoints
IDLER LINK TO ARM PIN ARM TO BUCKET PIN
BUCKET CYLINDER ROD END
TOP BUCKET LINK PIN
BOTTOM BUCKET LINK PIN
FIGURE 4.21D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-21
4
MAINTENANCE 4.6 50 HOUR (WEEKLY) & NEW MACHINE BREAK– IN INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. Change the engine oil and filter on a new machine after the first 50 hours of operation. Then change the engine oil at every 500 hours of operation.
REMOVE ENGINE OIL CAP
NOTE One new oil filter is shipped with the machine in the support kit. This is to be used at the 50 hour oil & filter change. A. Engine Oil and Filter Element 1. Move the machine to a firm, level surface and run engine for 5 minutes to warm the oil.
SECURE DOOR OPEN YQ104RemoveOilCap
FIGURE 4.22A
WARNI NG
4
LBlowercovers
DO NOT CHANGE OIL ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST STOPPED WORKING. THE OIL WILL BE EXTREMELY HOT. HOT. ALLOW THE ENGINE TO COOL C OOL UNTIL OIL IS JUST WARM BEFORE CHANGING.
•
REMOVE BOLTS AND COVER PLATES
NOTE Check Check the the waste waste oil. oil. If ther there e are metal metal chip chips s or powpowder mixed in the oil, contact your KOBELCO distributor. Do not reuse the oil filter. 2. Raise the engine cover, lock it open, and remove the oil cap. See Figure 4.22A.
FIGURE 4.22B
3. Remove bolts and engine lower covers. See Figure 4.22B. 4. Locate the engine oil filter on its right side and place an empty oil container {32 L (8.5 Gal) capacity} under the engine. ENGINE OIL FILTER
5. Remove the oil filter by turning counterclockwise. See Figure 4.22C. 6. To install the oil filte r, apply a thin coat of engine oil to the gasket of the new oil filter, fill filter (partially) with engine oil and then secure the filter by tightening 3/4 ~ 1 complete turn (by hand) after the gasket comes in contact with the oil filter head. See Figure 4.22C. {The amount of oil to be added into the filter is approximately 0.8 Liter (0.2 Gal).
SK32004060
APPLY CLEAN ENGINE OIL ON O-RING SEAL TO INSTALL
FIGURE 4.22C
4-22
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE WARNING DO NOT CHANGE OIL ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST STOPPED WORKING. THE OIL WILL BE EXTREMELY HOT. HOT. ALLOW THE ENGINE TO COOL C OOL UNTIL OIL IS JUST WARM BEFORE CHANGING. 7. Remove engine oil drain plug and let the engine oil drain out completely. completely. See Figure 4.23A. ENGINE OIL DRAIN PLUG
8. Clean oil drain plug an install it. Tighten securely.
YQ104EngOilDrain
9. Refer to Specification’s Section for the proper oil to use and fill engine oil to proper level. 10. Add oil and install oil filler cap. Clean up all spilled oil, see Fig. 4.23B.
FIGURE 4.23A ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
11.Start 11.Start engine, run for 5 minutes. While running, check for oil leaks.
4
12.Should 12.Should any oil leaks be found, stop engine, check for the soruce of leakage, and repair immediately and refill with proper oil. 13.Check 13.Check Oil Level, see Fig. 4.23B, and close engine cover. 14. Reinstall 14. Reinstall engine lower covers and tighten bolts to 83.3 N-m (38 Ft-lbs). Make sure oil level is withing specification specifications s
CAUTION LB104EngOilLevel
Dispose of all hazadous waste in accordance with government environmental regulations.
FIGURE 4.23B B. Water Pump Bearing Lubrication Lubricate the water pump bearing on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then check and lubricate every 500 hours. 1. Open 1. Open the engine cover, lock it open, and locate grease fitting for the water pump bearing, in front of the engine. See Figure 4.23C. 2. Wipe 2. Wipe all dust and mud off the grease nipple. 3. Use 3. Use N.L.G.I. Nº 2 (Lithium soap) wheel bearing grease to lubricate the bearing. 4. Close 4. Close engine cover. NOTE Do not over grease the water pump bearing. It only requires about one shot of a manual grease gun, which is equivalent to aprox. 6.1 cc. NEVER USE A PNEUMATIC GREASE GUN. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-23
YQ104WaterPumpLub
FIGURE 4.23C
MAINTENANCE C. Fuel Tank Tank Drain Drain the fuel tank every 50 hours or weekly. weekly. See Figure 4.24A. 1. Place 1. Place an empty container below the fuel tank drain valve. 2. Locate 2. Locate and open fuel tank drain valve on bottom of fuel tank. See Figure 4.24A. 3. Allow 3. Allow all water and sediment to drain from fuel tank into a waste container, then close the drain valve.
4
FUEL TANK DRAIN VAL VALVE VE
D. Water Separator The water separator isolates water that mixes in with the fuel. The water separator assembly is equipped with a float. When water accumulates, the float rises. Drain the water separator every 50 hours or weekly. weekly. See Figure 4.24B. 1. Open the pump compartment compartmen t door, lock it open, locate the water separator, place an empty container below its drain hose, and loosen the drain plug to drain the water. water. 2. Close the drain plug when the float comes down to the bottom. 3. Check and make sure fuel is not leaking.
SK32004065
FIGURE 4.24A
MAX. LEVEL (RED)
NOTE Clean water separator every 500 hours Drain water whenever the float rises to the level line, regardless of inspection time. If air contaminates the fuel system, proceed with instructions for bleeding as described in page 4-27.
DRAIN VALVE VALVE
CAUTION Clean up all spilled fuel to avoid a fire. Dispose of all hazard haz ardous ous waste in accordance accordance with governm government ent environ env iron-mental regulations.
FIGURE 4.24B
E. Air Intake Intake System System Inspect all hoses and clamps of the air intake system, including turbo charger and intercooler, intercooler, on a new machine after the first 50 hours of operation. Then at every 500 hours of engine operation. 1. Open the engine cover, lock it open, and inspect all hoses for damage. Tighten all hose clamps. See Figure 4.24C. 2. Replace any damaged hose before allowing any operation of the machine.
LBengine
FIGURE 4.24C
4-24
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE F. Radiator, Oil Cooler & Debris Screen Clean radiator after every 50 hours of operation using pressurized air. air. 1. Open radiator compartment door and engine cover to clean the radiator and oil cooler. See Figure 4.25A. Make sure to lock doors open.
LC104RadScreens
REMOVE WING NUTS AND SCREENS
NOTE When working in extremely dusting environments, it is recommended to check the radiator, oil cooler, and A/C condenser at the end of the working shift and clean regardless of working hours. 2. Remove the wing nuts retaining the debris screen. See Figure 4.25B. Carefully remove debris screen and clean with pressurized air .
FIGURE 4.25B
3. Remove radiator lower access cover from bottom of machine. See Figure 4.25C.
4
4. Rinse all dirt and debris from engine compartment. Reinstall debris screen and radiator lower access cover.
CAUTION Be careful not to bend or damage cooling fins of the radiator, A/C condenser, or oil cooler. Replace debris screen if damage is found. Repair damaged cooling fins of radiator, oil cooler, and A/C condenser.
REMOVE BOLTS AND COVERS YQ104RadLowerCovers
FIGURE 4.25C FIGURE 4.25D
5. Check and make sure all foam seals around radiator and engine compartment are in good condition and in place, seeFig. 4.25D. Repair or replace as needed.
F16
F12 -2
F12 -3 F13 -2
F16
F13 -3
F18
YQ104RadCompartment
FIGURE 4.25A Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
YQ104CheckFoamSeals
4-25
F18
F17
MAINTENANCE G. Fuel Filters Change the fuel filter and clean the priming pump filter on a new machine after the first 50 hours of operation. Then change the fuel filter and clean the priming pump filter every 500 hours of operation. NOTE One new fuel filter is shipped with the machine in the support kit. This is to be used at the 50 hour maintenance.
WARNI NG
FUEL FILTER
DO NOT PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST STOPPED WORKING. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR THE ENGINE TO COOL BEFORE WORKING ON IT.
4
FIGURE 4.26A
1. Replacing Fuel Filter a. Open a. Open engine cover and make sure to lock it open. b. Locate b. Locate the fuel filter on engine right side. See Figure 4.26A. c. Place c. Place an empty container below fuel filter. d. Use d. Use a filter wrench and turn counter clockwise to remove the fuel filter. See Figure 4.26B. e. Make e. Make sure to remove O-ring seal from the filter suport mount. f. With f. With a clean, dry cloth, clean the filter support mount surface. g. Lubricate g. Lubricate the O-ring seal with diesel fuel and install filter by hand (Do not use wrench), and tighten 3/4 to 1 turn after the O-ring seal has made contact with support mount surface. h. Open h. Open air bleed plug on top of filter support housing and use priming to fill filter (See next page for better reference). 2. Cleaning Priming Pump Strainer a. Remove a. Remove the eyebolt, which contains gauze filter (strainer) 4. See Fig. 4.26C. b. Remove b. Remove the gauze filter and clean it. Replace the gauze filter if damaged. Refer to specification’s specification’s section for part number. c. Install c. Install gauze filter and eybolt in reverse order and torque the eybolt accordingly.
CAUTION
Turn to remove
TO AVOID FUEL CONTAMINATION, DO NOT FILL FILTER WITH OUTSIDE FUEL. INSTALL FILTER , THEN OPEN AIR BLEED PLUG ON TOP OF FILTER AND USE PRIMER PUMP TO FILL FILTER WITH CLEAN FUEL.
Use proper tool to remove filter
Extension Apply clean fuel on o-ring seal Ratchet
YQ104R&IFuelFilter
FIGURE 4.26B
TORQUE FOR EYEBOLT EY EBOLT •Zexel pump: tightening torque 1.75 Kgf-m (12.7 lbs-ft) FIGURE 4.26C
WARNI NG CLEAN UP ALL SPILLED FUEL TO PREVENT FIRES. DISPOSE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE ACCORDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS.
4-26
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 3. Bleeding Air From Fuel System
AIR PLUG
FUEL FILTER
WARNI NG CLEAN UP ALL SPILLED FUEL TO PREVENT FIRES. DISPOSE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE ACCORDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS. If air contaminates the fuel system, the engine may become hard to start or it malfunction. Bleed the air whenever the fuel tank is empty, the water separator is drained, or the fuel filter element is replaced. See Figure 4.27. a. Loosen a. Loosen the priming pump knob.
PRIMING PUMP
AIR PLUG
KNOB
b. Loosen b. Loosen the air plug located on top of the fuel filter support mount.
4
c. Pump c. Pump by hand to supply fuel until air bubbles stop coming out of the air plug.
NOTE Use paper towels or rags to contain any fuel spills.
AIR PLUG
d. Tighten d. Tighten the air plug when no more air bubbles are present. e. Continue e. Continue pumping, even after tightening the air plug. Stop pumping with the handle in the lower position and tighten the knob completely. completely.
NOTE The air in the injection pump will automatically be forced out when the engine starts.
f. Run f. Run engine at low idle for 5 minutes to check and make sure there isn’t any fuel leakage. Repair if needed. YQ104Fuelsystembleed
FIGURE 4.27
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-27
MAINTENANCE H. Hydraulic Return Filter Change the hydraulic tank return filter on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation then change every 500 hours.
YQ101ReleasePress
Remove cap to release hyd. tank pressure
NOTE One new hydraulic return filter is shipped with the machine in the support kit. This is to be used at the 50 hours filter change. Move machine to firm level ground and place attachment in hydraulic oil check position.
FIGURE 4.28A Slowly loosen bolts and remove cover
YQ104oilLevelcheck
4
1. Release hydraulic tank pressure. See Figure 4.28A.
WARNI NG NEVER CHANGE OILS OR FILTERS ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST FINISHED WORKING. ALLOW MACHINE TO COOL FIRST UNTIL OILS AND FLUIDS ARE WARM NOT HOT. RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE BEFORE WORKING WITH ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENT. COMPONENT.
YQ104HydTankTopView
FIGURE 4.28B
BOLT COVER
SPRING WASHER
2. Remove the six mounting bolts from the hydraulic return cover plate. See Figure 4.28B.
O-RING
CAUTION
SPRING
Slowly remove the mounting bolts. The filter cover plate is under spring tension.
BYPASS VALVE
3. Remove “O”-Rings, filter springs and bypass valves. See Figure 4.28C. 4. Remove the filter from the housing. See Figure 4.28C. 5. Install new filter, bypass valve and spring into housing. 6. Install New “O”-Ring. Lubricate “O”-Ring before installing. 7. Install cover plates and torque mounting bolts to proper value. Refer to Specifications Section for torque value.
FILTER
YQ104HydReturnFilter
FIGURE 4.28C
4-28
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE I. Pilot Line Filter Clean the pilot system filter/screen on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation, then clean it every 500 hours. PILOT SYSTEM FILTER
WARNING
YQ104Pump&PilotFilter
NEVER CHANGE OILS OR FILTERS ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST FINISHED WORKING. ALLOW MACHINE TO COOL FIRST UNTIL OILS AND FLUIDS ARE WARM NOT HOT. RELEASE HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE BEFORE WORKING WITH ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENT. 1. Move the machine to a firm level surface, place the attachment on the ground in the hydrauilic oil check position, and release the tank pressure. FIGURE 4.29A
YQ104oilLevelcheck
YQ101ReleasePress
Remove cap to release hydraulic tank pressure
Clean the pilot system filter/ screen on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation, then clean it every 500 hours. O-RING
2. Open the main pump access door, lock it open, and locate the pilot manifold mounted to the side of the hydraulic tank. See Figure 4.29A. 3. Loosen the manifold block case with spanner 24mm(0.94"). See Figure 4.29B. 4. Clean the removed parts and fit new element and O-ring in the case. 5. After the case is installed on the filter base, tighten it with spanner 24mm(0.94"). Tightening torque: 2.5 to 3.5kgf.m(18 to 25ft.lbs)
FIGURE 4.29B
NOTE PILOT LINE FILTER “O-RING” P/N: YN50V01001S005
6. Close & lock the main pump access door.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-29
4
MAINTENANCE J. Batteries Perform complete battery service on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then, check electrolyte (acid) every 50 hours and perform maintenance every 250 hours.
WARNI NG
4
1. WEAR SAFETY SAFETY CLOTHES, CLOTHES, GOGGLES GOGGLES OR FACE FACE SHIELD, GLOVES AND SAFETY SHOES WHEN WORKING WITH BATTERIES. 2. WORK IN A WELL WELL VENTILA VENTILATED TED AREA. 3. BATTER BATTERY Y ELECTROL ELECTROLYTE YTE (ACID) IS CORROSIVE. CORROSIVE. IF IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH SKIN, EYES OR CLOTHING, FLUSH WITH LARGE AMOUNTS OF WATER WATER AND SEEK SEE K IMMEDIATE IMMED IATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. SEE FIGURE 4.30A. 4. BATTERY BATTERY ELECTROLYTE ELECTROLYTE (ACID) PRODUCES HYHYDROGEN GAS THAT IS HIGHLY EXPLOSIVE. DO NOT ALLOW NEAR SPARKS, FIRE OR FLAMES AND DO NOT SMOKE WHEN WORKING WITH BATTERIES. SEE FIGURE 4.30A.
YM104BatWarning
FIGURE 4.30A
1. Open the battery access door. See Figure 4.30B. 2. Remove battery cell caps and visually inspect electrolyte (acid) level. Proper level is 10~15 mm (0.4” ~ 0.6”) above cell plates. See Figure 4.30C. YQ102Batteries
3. If necessary, fill each cell to proper level with DISTILLED WATER ONLY. 4. Remove cables from terminals and clean with hot water. Coat each terminal with a thin layer of petroleum jelly. Clean cables in the same manner and reinstall onto battery. 5. If cables are found to be in poor condition, replace with new parts immediately.
FIGURE 4.30B
ELECTROLYTE LEVEL 10 15MM (0.4" 0.6") CELL PLATES
WARNING PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSION • Batteries give off hydrogen gasses that can explode and cause personal injury. • Keep sparks, open flames and cigarettes away from batteries. • Keep metallic articles away from batteries. • Keep all ventilation caps tightly secured. • Never check charge by placing metal articles across battery terminals. • Leave battery box open to improve ventilation when charging. YN20T01001P1
Negative (-) Cable
Positive (+) Cable
REMOVE CELL CAPS YQ104BatAcidLevel
FIGURE 4.30C
4-30
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 6. Use a hydrometer to check the specific gravity of each cell. Compare readings to the chart below.
K. Fan and A/C Belt Wear and Tension Tension Inspect belt wear and tension on a new machine after the first 50 hours of operation. Then at every 250 hours of engine operation. Measure belt tension on longest span of belt. Apply a 10 kgf (22 lbf) on the belts as indicated in Figure 4.31B, and measure the belt deflection. Compare to the following table:
NOTE Use hydrometer according to its manufacturer’s instructions.
ATMOSPHERIC ATMOSPHERIC TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE CHARGE %
20°C (68°F)
0°C (32°F)
–10°C (14°F)
BELT
DEFLECTION
100%
1.26
1.27
1.28
FAN BELT
10 mm ~ 15 mm (0.4"~ 0.6")
90%
1.24
1.25
1.26
AIR CONDITIONER
7 mm ~ 10 mm (0.3"~ 0.4")
80%
1.22
1.23
1.24
75%
1.21
1.22
1.23
ALTERNATOR
YQ104FanBeltAdjustment
IDLER PULLEY
7. When disconnecting batteries, remove the negative(–) cable first. When connecting batteries, connect the negative(–) cable last. See Figure 4.31A.
4
8. When the battery requires charging; a. Disconnect battery cables from terminals. b. Remove all cell caps. c. Check for proper electrolyte (acid) level. d. Connect charger leads to the proper battery terminals.
Make certain not to cross Positive and Negative terminals when con-
CRANK PULLEY
necting charger.
COMPRESSOR
FIGURE 4.31B e. Stop charge if battery overheats. f. Periodically check the specific gravity of the batteries with a hydrometer. Stop charging batteries when 100% charged. NOTE Battery life can be shortened by over charging and over discharging of the battery. battery. Replace any battery that will not hold charge or is difficult to charge.
Should the fan and/or AC compressor belts need adjustment, please refer to detailed instructions in 250 hour maintenance, item A, in this section.
NOTE Be very careful when moving the alternator. Do not damage the stator coil section located beween the alternator ’s front and rear housing.
DISCONNECT NEGATIVE (-) CABLE FIRST RECONNECT LAST
SK32004077
FIGURE 4.31A Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-31
MAINTENANCE
4
L. Slewing Ring and Swing Bearing Lubrication 1. Slewing Ring Check the grease level and condition of the slewing ring gear grease bath on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then check every 120 hours. Replace the grease in the slewing ring gear bath every 2,000 hours (See 2,000 hour maintenance in this section for details) a. a. Locate the slewing ring grease inspection cover (SK290LC/SK330LC-6E through the battery compartment. See Figure 4.32A). b. Remove b. Remove bolts and rectangular cover plate to locate the grease bath inspection plate. See Figure 4.32A. c. Remove c. Remove grease bath cover. Start the engine and slowly rotate the upper structure to inspect the slewing gear. Should you need to drain water from the grease bath, remove drain plate from the bottom of the center opening of the lower frame, see Figure 4.32B. d. Should d. Should any grease be needed, add N.L.G.I. Nº 2 Lithium base with MOS2 grease only.
SK290LC/SK330LC-6E
LBgreasebathcover
SWING GREASE BATH COVER
FIGURE 4.32A
CAUTION
YM104SlewGearInspection
DO NOT OVERFILL SUMP BATH. IF OVERFILLED, SUMP BATH GREASE COULD BE PUMPED INTO SWING MOTOR REDUCTION UNIT AND CAUSE SEVERE DAMAGE. USE ONLY N.L.G.I. LITHIUM BASE WITH MOS2 GREASE IN SLEWING RING GEAR SUMP BATH. IF THE SLEWING RING EVER BECOMES SUBMERGED IN WATER, IT IS MANDATORY THAT THE SUMP BATH GREASE BE CHANGED. REFER TO 2,000 HOUR MAINTENANCE FOR SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS.
FIGURE 4.32B
2. Swing Bearing Lubrication Lubricate the swing bearing on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then lubricate every 500 hours, or as conditions dictate. a. a. Locate the grease fitting at the front of the swing bearing. See Figure 4.32C. b. Using b. Using a grease gun filled with general purpose EP Grease, lubricate swing bearing with several shots from grease gun. c. Swing c. Swing machine 90 ° right, and repeat step 2. See label on frame. d. Continue d. Continue to swing machine at 90 ° increments and lubricating swing bearing until ring has been completely greased.
NOTE Make sure to inspect the Upper and Lower Side of Swivel Valve for leakage. Repair any leakage as needed.
GREASING SWING BEARING 1. EXTREME PRESSURE MULTIPURPOSE GREASE N.L.G.I. No. 2 LITHIUM BASE GREASE EP TYPE 2. ADD GREASE EVERY 500 HOURS. 3. ROTATE UPPER FRAME ADDING GREASE EVERY 90º (TOTAL 4X) 2432P2689-02
SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING LB104LubSwingBearing
FIGURE 4.32C
4-32
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE O. Oil level in Swing and Travel Travel Reduction Units Check the oil level on swing motor reduction unit and travel reduction units on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation, see Fig. 4.33C. Then check every 120 hours. See detailed instructions in 120 hour maintenance in this section (items B, C, and D).
e. Check e. Check and make sure the swing bearing seal is in good condition. It is normal to see the excessive grease come out of the seal. See Figure 4.33A. M. Checking Slewing Slewing Ring Attaching Bolts For Proper Torque Check the slewing ring bolts torque on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then check every 500 hours. Check the slewing ring bolts for proper torque across each other and in sequence, see Figure 4.33A. If bolts are loose, remove one bolt at the time, clean it and apply locktite #262 and torque accordingly. See Specification’s Section for torque reference.
FILL PLUG
DIPSTICK
FILL/LEVEL PLUG
YQ104TravelReduction
YM104SwingRedUnit
DRAIN PLUG
FIGURE 4.33C P. Inspecting Counterweight Attaching Bolts for Proper Torque Check bolts and nuts for proper torque. See Figure 4.33B.
Bearing Slewing ring
CAUTION
Seal
Striking counterweight against obstruction may cause loosening of bolts. Check bolts for loosening after 50 hours the first time, and every 250 hours after that.
Lower frame
LB104SwingBrg
FIGURE 4.33A
N. Check Swivel Valve for Leakage Check the swivel valve for leakage, see Fig. 4.33B, on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation and then every 500 hours of operation. If needed, contact your Kobelco representative’s service department. FIGURE 4.33D
NOTE If a counterweight bolt is found loose, remove it, clean threads, apply loctite # 242 before installing it. See Specification’s Section for torque reference.
FIGURE 4.33B YM104SwingMotor&Swivel
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-33
4
MAINTENANCE WARNI NG WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTEMAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
1
4.7 120 HOUR INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. A. Control Lever Joint Lubrication Remove the rubber boots from control levers and lubricate the universal universal joint joint 1 and the top of the sliding area 2 every 120 hours. See Figure 4.34A.
4
B. Swing Motor Reduction Oil Check the oil level of the swing motor reduction unit on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then check every 120 hours. 1. Locate the dipstick on the side of the swing motor. See Figure 4.34B. Pull dipstick, wipe clean and reinsert all the way in. 2. Pull dipstick and read oil level. 3. If necessary to add oil, remove plug from oil fill port and fill to full level with proper oil. See Figure 4.34B and refer to spec’s section for oil specifications. 4. Check and make sure the vent hole on dipstick is clean. See Figure 4.34C.
CAUTION
2 YQ104LubHandPilotValve
LUBRICATE JOYSTICK CONTROLS EVERY 120 HOURS
FIGURE 4.34A
FILL PLUG
DIPSTICK
YM104SwingRedUnit
FIGURE 4.34B
Reduction unit may be under pressure. Remove plug slowly. 5. To drain any excess oil from swing motor reduction Unit: a. Locate drain port under the center opening of the lower frame. See Figure 4.34D. b. Place an empty container under drain port and remove plug allowing excess oil to drain into container.
KEEP CLEAN
FULL MARK
NOTE See Specification’s Specification’s Section for proper capacities and oil specification.
YM104SwingDipstick
FIGURE 4.34C
c. Replace plug and tighten securely after all oil is drained. d. Fill through fill port using proper oil. See Figure 4.34B. e. Recheck oil level and make sure it is within specifications.
WARNI NG DRAIN PORT
NEVER PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST FINISHED WORKING. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR MACHINE TO COOL DOWN.
SK32004083
FIGURE 4.34D
4-34
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE C. Travel Motors Reduction Oil Inspect oil level of travel motor reduction unit on a new machine after the first 50 hours of engine operation. Then check every 120 hours. 1. Move machine to a firm, level surface. Operate travel until “DRAIN” plug is positioned at 6:00 o’clock. See Figure 4.35A. 2. Stop engine and remove the travel motor reduction unit oil level plug. See Figure 4.35B. If oil just seeps from the port, oil level is correct.
FILL/LEVEL PLUG
YQ104TravelReduction
DRAIN PLUG
CAUTION Reduction unit may be under pressure. Remove plug slowly.
FIGURE 4.35A
3. To add oil, remove the oil FILL plug and add Oil until it just begins to flow out from the orifice. 4. Use teflon tape on the plug for better sealing. Install plug and tighten securely. securely.
YQ104RemoveFDfillplug1
YQ104RemoveFSfillplug2
NOTE See Specification’s Specification’s Section for proper capacities and oil specification.
CAUTION MAKE SURE OIL LEVEL IN TRAVEL REDUCTION UNITS IS WITHIN SPECS.
Clean up all a ll spilled spill ed oil. oi l. Dispose Dispose of all all hazardous waste waste in accordance with government environmental regulations.
FIGURE 4.35B NOTE To replace oil in travel motors, please refer to 500 hour maintenance in this section.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-35
4
MAINTENANCE 4.8
250 HOUR (3-MONTH) INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
YQ104FanBeltAdjustment
ALTERNATOR
IDLER PULLEY
NOTE Perform all pre-start (every 8-Hour and 50-Hour) inspection & maintenance procedures along with the 120 Hour inspection and maintenance procedures. A. Fan and A/C Belt Wear and Tension Tension Inspect belts and tensioner assembly on a new machine after the first 50 hours of operation. Then at every 250 hours of engine operation. Measure belt tension on longest span of belt. Apply a 10 kgf (22 lbf) on the belts as indicated in Figure 4.36A and measure the belt deflection. Compare to the following table:
4
BELT
DEFLECTION
FAN BELT
10 mm ~ 15 mm (0.4"~ 0.6")
AIR CONDITIONER
7 mm ~ 10 mm (0.3"~ 0.4")
1. Fan Belts Check fan belts for excessive wear and cracks and replace them if needed. When replacing a twin type V-belt, replace them both. If both. If only one belt is replaced, it may fail due to the excessive loading. To To adjust the fan belts, proceed as follows: a. Loosen a. Loosen mounting cap screw and adjusting nut on the alternator. See Figure 4.36B. b. Loosen b. Loosen or tighten adjusting bolt to adjust fan belt to the specified tension, and tighten mounting nut and adjusting nut properly. properly. See Figure 4.36B. TIGHTENING TORQUES Mounting cap screw: 8.4 +1.0 Kgf-m (61 +7 lbs-ft) Adjusting nut: 7.7 +1.5 Kgf-m Kgf-m (56 +11 lbs-ft)
CRANK PULLEY
FIGURE 4.36A
4-36
Torque nut to: 8.4±1.0 kgf•m (61±7 ft•lbs)
Adjustment bolt
Adjustment nut
YQ104AltAdjustment-S
FIGURE 4.36B NOTE Be very careful when moving the alternator. Do not damage the stator coil section located beween the alternator ’s front and rear housing. ALTERNATOR
c. c. After adjustment, start engine and run it at low idle for about 5 minutes. Then recheck belt tension. 2. Air Conditioning Compressor Belt Check belt for excessive wear and cracks and replace if needed. To adjust the AC compressor belt, proceed as follows: a. Loosen a. Loosen the idler pulley nut. See Figure 4.36C. b. Loosen b. Loosen or tighten adjusting bolt. c. Tighten c. Tighten idler pulley nut to 4.0 ~ 5.5 Kgf-m (29 ~ 40 lb-ft) d. After d. After adjustment, start engine and run it at low idle for about 5 minutes with AC turned on. Then recheck belt tension.
COMPRESSOR
YQ104FanBeltAdjustment
IDLER PULLEY
ADJUSTING BOLT
IDLER PULLEY NUT
CRANK PULLEY
COMPRESSOR
FIGURE 4.36C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE B. Climatizer Climatize r — AC Unit Filter Inspection Inspect the fresh air filter every 250 hours of engine operation and the recirculate air filter every 500 hours of engine operation.
YQ102RearPanelCovers
NOTES • If the working environment is extremely dusty, dusty, it is recommended to reduce the inspection schedule to at least half of the above specified working hours. • The fresh air filter is a paper filter. DO NOT WASH. Clean with air only. Do not clean more than 10 times, or replace it every 2 years. • Clean the recirculate air filter with compressed air or by washing and rinsing. • Do not wash recirculate air filter with any organic solvent, such as: gasoline, trichlene, thinner, etc.
FIGURE 4.37A
Remove AC Fresh Air Filter for inspection and cleaning or replacement
4
Removing the climitizer-AC unit filters: 1. Fresh Air Filter a. Move the seat back forward for easy access to the rear panel. b. Remove the 4 top screws from the rear panel top cover (behind the operator’s seat), see Figure 4.37A, and press the lower locks to release cover and remove it. Tilt Tilt the cover towards the seat to obtain access to the fresh filter. See Figure 4.37B. c. Remove the fresh air filter for inspection and cleaning, or replacement. See Figure 4.37B. d. After d. After cleaning or replacement, use this procedure in reverse for assembling. 2. Recirculate Air Filter a. Repeat above steps a, and b. b. Pull out the speaker wires and carefully remove the top cover from the cab. c. Press the locks on the lower cover to release it and remove it to obtain access to the recirculate air filter. See Figure 4.37A. d. Raise recirculate air filter slightly and pull it out for inspection and cleaning, or replacement. See Figure 4.37C. e. After e. After cleaning or replacement, use this procedure in reverse for assembling.
RemoveACfilter
FIGURE 4.37B
A/C Recirculate air filter P/N: YT20M00004S050 A/C Fresh air filter P/N: YNV01006P1
RECIRCULATE AIR FILTER FRESH AIR FILTER
FRONT
FIGURE 4.37C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-37
YM104ACunit
MAINTENANCE C. Checking the Radiator Cap & Hoses Inspect the radiator cap and hoses every 250 ho urs of engine operation. 1. Raise the engine cover and make sure to lock it open. See Figure 4.38A. 2. Check the hoses for coolant leakage due to loose clamps, or cracked and worn hoses. 3. Tighten any loose clamps. 4. Should you need to replace any cracked or worn hoses, proceed as follows:
WARNING WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHS AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
CHECK HOSE CONDITION AND CLAMP TIGHTNESS
RADIATOR CAP
WARNI NG USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN REMOVING THE RADIATOR CAP. THE COOLANT IS UNDER HIGH PRESSURE WHEN HOT. NEVER REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP WHEN THE SYSTEM IS HOT. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR MACHINE TO COOL DOWN .
4
a. Place a. Place a rag or paper towel on the radiator cap and slowly remove it to release the pressure. See Figure 4.38A. b. Locate b. Locate the radiator lower cover, remove bolts and cover to obtain access to the radiator drain hose and lower hose. See Figure 4.38B c. Place c. Place an empty clean container under the radiator drain hose. Do not contaminate coolant mixture drained, since it can be reused.
DO NOT REMOVE WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
FIGURE 4.38A
CHECK HOSE CONDITION AND CLAMP TIGHTNESS
NOTE Refer to Specification’s Section for proper engine coolant and capacity. d. Turn d. Turn drain valve counter clockwise to drain coolant. See Figure 4.38B. e. Loosen e. Loosen the hose clamp and remove radiator hose. f. Make f. Make sure to clean the areas where the new hose will be connected. g. Remove g. Remove the clamps from the old hose and install them on the new hose. h. Coat h. Coat the inside ends of the new radiator hose with grease and install it. Tighten clamps properly. i. Fill i. Fill radiator with the coolant drained in step c. j. j. Install radiator cap, start engine, and bring engine temperature to about 90 ºC (194 ºF). k. Run k. Run engine at low idle, check for leakages and repair as needed. l. Install l. Install radiator lower cover and close engine cover. 5. Inspect radiator cap for proper operation and replace if needed.
4-38
SK32004017
YQ104radlowerhose
YQ104RadDrain
RADIATOR DRAIN VALVE
FIGURE 4.38B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4.9
500 HOUR (6-MONTH) INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. A. Change Oil in Travel Travel Motor Reduction Units Change the travel reduction units oil on a new machine after the first 500 hours of engine operation then change every 2000 hours.
OIL FILL/LEVEL PLUG
WARNI NG NEVER CHANGE OILS OR FILTERS ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST FINISHED WORKING. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR THE MACHINE TO COOL DOWN BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE.
1. Move machine to a firm, level surface and place the attachments on the ground. Operate travel until “DRAIN” plug is positioned at 6:00 o’clock . “OIL LEVEL” plug should be on the top left side . See Figure 4.39A.
OIL DRAIN PLUG YQ104T rave lRedUnit
FIGURE 4.39A YQ104RemoveFDfillplug1
YQ104DrainFDoil
4
2. Stop engine and place an empty container under the drain plug.
NOTE See Specification’s Section for proper capacities and oil specification.
3. Remove 3. Remove “OIL LEVEL” and drain plugs to drain oil into the container, see Fig. 4.39B. 4. After oil has been draine d out complete ly, clean drain plug. Use teflon tape on drain plug for additional sealing and install plug. Tighten securely.
FIGURE 4.39B
5. Add engine oil through the OIL FILL opening until oil starts flowing out of the OIL LEVEL openning, see Fig. 4.39C. 6. Clean FILL/LEVEL plug. Use teflon tape on plug for additional sealing and install it. Tighten securely.
WARNI NG WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTEMAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
CAUTION YQ104Add Oil2FD
Clean up all a ll spilled spill ed oil. oi l. Dispose Dispose of all all hazardous waste waste in accordance with government environmental regulations. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
FIGURE 4.39C
4-39
MAINTENANCE B. Change Oil in Swing Reduction Unit Change the swing reduction unit oil on a new machine after the first 500 hours of engine operation then change every 2000 hours.
FILL PLUG
DIPSTICK
WARNI NG NEVER CHANGE OILS OR FILTERS ON A MACHINE THAT HAS JUST FINISHED WORKING. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR THE MACHINE TO COOL DOWN BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE. 1. Move 1. Move machine to a firm, level surface and place the attachments on the ground.
YM104SwingRedUnit
FIGURE 4.40A
2. Locate 2. Locate drain port under the center opening of the lower frame. Place a an empty container under drain port and remove plug allowing oil to drain into container. container. See Figure 4.40B. 4.40B.
4
NOTE See Specification’s Specification’s Section for proper capacities and oil specification.
3. Clean 3. Clean the drain plug and seal it with teflon tape. Install plug and tighten securely. securely. 4. Remove 4. Remove the oil filler plug, see Fig. 4.40A, and fill with engine oil.
DRAIN PORT
SK32004083
FIGURE 4.40B
5. Using 5. Using the dipstick, confirm that the oil level is within the designated range. See Figure 4.40C. KEEP CLEAN
6. Clean 6. Clean the fill plug. Use teflon tape on plug and install. Tighten securely.
C. Checking and Cleaning Fuel Tank Tank and Strainer 1. Use the ignition key and remove the fuel tank cap. See Figure 4.40D.
FULL MARK
YM104SwingDipstick
2. Check the cap seal and replace it if needed. 3. Remove the fuel tank strainer and clean it. See Figure 4.40D. Replace the strainer if it is damaged.
FIGURE 4.40C
4. Install fuel tank strainer and use the ignition key to install the cap.
YM104RemoveFuelScreen
YM104CleanFuelScreen
KEEP FUEL TANK SCREEN CLEAN
FIGURE 4.40D
4-40
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE D. Checking the engine R.P.M. R.P.M. 14 : 20
1. Turn 1. Turn the key switch to ON, do not start the engine, and deactivate the auto accel system by pressing the switch located on the monitor, see Figure 4.41A. 2. Start 2. Start the engine and set the engine speed to the high idle position. 3. Press 3. Press the Monitor’s display screen change switch once to switch to the Tachometer Mode display. MONITOR SYSTEM
Turn the key switch to ON and deactivate the autoaccel control system. YQ104AutoAccelOFF
FIGURE 4.41A OK Within 5 sec. (Automatically)
Clock icon
256Hr AFT E/G OIL CH
2250RPM
10 : 10
NOTE: When depressing the screen monitor switch, make sure to hold switch down for 0.5 seconds to properly activate the switch function. 135Hr HYD FIL
1275Hr AFT HYD OIL CH
AFT CH
4 123Hr FUEL FIL
AFT CH
YQ102ChangeScreen
4. Compare 4. Compare the RPM value displayed on the LCD to the machine specifications. If RPM value differs from specification, contact your Kobelco Dealer’s Service Department for assistance.
NOTE See Specification’s Section for proper engine RPM specifications.
5. Make 5. Make sure to change the position of the auto accel connector to activate the auto accel function for normal machine operation. E. Checking the Air Conditioning Refrigerant Refrigera nt 1. Locate 1. Locate the one pin connector for the auto-acceleration function behind the operator’s right hand console and change the position of the connector as indicated in Figure 4.41A. 2. Start the engine. Set the engine speed to the middle speed position. See Figure 4.41B 3. Set 3. Set the machine to the conditions shown below when checking the refrigerant. See Figure 4.41C. • • • • •
Air conditioner switch Fan switch Temp. ad adjustment switch Door / Window Compressor switch
YM104Keystarting
FIGURE 4.41B AIR CAPACITY SELECTOR SWITCH
COMPRESSOR SWITCH
:ON :HI position (Maximum/ ) :Lowe Lowerr temp temp posi positi tion on ( ) :Close :ON (The
lamp lit up)
MAIN POWER TEMPERATURE SWITCH SETTING SWITCH (°C °F SELECTOR SWITCH) SK32004096
FIGURE 4.41C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
YM104HalfThrottle
4-41
MAINTENANCE 4. Follow the procedure below and check the refrigerant volume by looking thorough the sight glass (inspection window) on the upper part of the receiver dryer. See table below for better reference.
5. Make sure to change the position of the auto accel connector to activate the auto accel function for normal machine operation. See Figure 4.43A (previous page) for better reference. F. Fuel System Injection Pressure and Nozzle Condition (Atomization) Perform this inspection and adjustment every 500 hours of engine operation. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance.
a. Figure A shows that the refrigerant volume is proper. b. Figure B shows that the refrigerant is over charged. This will make both high and low pressure extreme and exert a bad influence on the pressure switch operation and the air conditioning system. c. Figure C shows that the refrigerant is insufficient. Have the refrigerant recharged at your KOBELCO distributor. Refrigerant volume
Description
Initial injection pressure: 17.7 MPa (2567 psi)
4.10 1000 HOUR (12-MONTH) INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
A Proper
4
A. Engine Valve Clearance Check and adjust the engine valve clearance every 1000 hours of engine operation. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance.
After the air conditioner is turned ON, little bubbles appear. The refrigerant becomes transparent, then turns a light milky white. B Overcharged
Refer to Specification’s Section for proper valve clearence value.
After the air conditioner is turned ON, no bubbles appear.
B. Engine Compression Pressure Check Engine Compression every 1000 hours of engine operation. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance.
C Insufficient
After the air conditioner is turned ON, bubbles appear continuously continuously..
•
•
NOTE New refrigerant refrigerant (HFC-134a), (HFC-134a), whose character characteristi istics cs are difdifferent from conventional CFC-12, is used in this machine. Do not mix HFC-134a with CFC-12. Operate Operate the the air condit conditioner ioner at least least once once every every week week for for sevseveral minutes to rotate the compressor regardless of the season. This will prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking from the compressor sealing.
Bubbles: Refrigerant gas is mixed with refrigerant fluid. No Bubbles: Whole refrigerant becomes fluid and transparent. Cloudy: Refrigerant is separated from oil. The fluid becomes a light milky white. NOTE Sight glass inspection is only for quick reference. Before any repairs are made or any freon added, consult with an A/C technitian.
4-42
Refer to Specification’s Section for proper valve compression pressure value. C. Inspection of Starter and Alternator Check Starter and Alternator every 1000 hours of engine operation. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance. It is necessary to disassemble these components for proper cleaning and inspection. D. Engine Fuel Injection Timing Check Engine Fuel Injection timing every 1000 hours of engine operation. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Departement for assistance. Refer to Specification’s Section for proper fuel injection timing.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4.11 2000 HOUR INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Perform all other Inspection & Maintenance Procedures as previously described in this section. A. ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE
WARNI NG
4. Locate 4. Locate the lower cover beneath the radiator. See Figure 4.43C. Remove bolts and cover to obtain access to the radiator drain hose. Place an empty container, container, with sufficient capacity for engine system coolant, below the radiator drain hose. Refer to spec’s section for proper system capacity. capa city. Turn valve counter clock wise to open drain.
BE CAUTIOUS OF HOT FLUIDS AND SURFACES. WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR THE ENGINE TO COOL BEFORE CHANGING FLUIDS. 1. Move 1. Move the machine to a firm level area, place the attachement on the ground and shut off the engine, see Fig. 4.43A.
4 YQ104RadLowerCovers
YQ104oilLevelcheck
FIGURE 4.43A YQ104RadDrain
2. Raise 2. Raise the engine cover, secure it open, and place a rag or paper towel on the radiator radiato r cap. Slowly remove the cap. The system could be under pressure. See Figure 4.43B
RADIATOR DRAIN VAL VALVE VE
FIGURE 4.43C 5. Remove 5. Remove the engine lower cover. See Figure 3.43D. Use a funnel with hose attached to direct the drained coolant toward the container.
REMOVE RADIATOR CAP
YQ104EngBellyPan
SECURE DOOR OPEN YQ104RadCap&hoses
REMOVE BOLTS AND COVER PLATES
FIGURE 4.43B
FIGURE 4.43D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-43
MAINTENANCE 6. Locate 6. Locate the engine coolant drain plug on the left side of the engine block. Remove it to drain coolant. See Figure 4.44A.
YM104EngCoolantDrain
10. When 10. When flushing is completed, stop engine and also stop water feeding. Drain engine cooling system completely. completely. Close drain valve and install plug. 11. 11. Prepare a mixture of radiator detergent according to the detergent manufacturing specs and pour the solution into the radiator. 12. 12. Repeat step 8 and start the engine, but run it at low idle for 30 minutes before draining and flushing. YM104Cleanrad3 13 . After flushing is completed, use teflon tape on the engine drain plug for additional sealing. Install plug and tighten securely. 14. Close 14. Close the radiator drain valve. 15. Add 15. Add a mixture of engine coolant according to specifications. indicated in the table below. below. Refer to spec’s section for proper system capacity.
DRAIN PLUG
FIGURE 4.44A 7. After 7. After draining, close the drain valve and install the drain plug. Fill cooling system with with fresh water, preferable with hot water. 8. Turn 8. Turn the key switch to ON, do not start the engine, and deactivate the auto accel system by pressing the switch located on the lower side of the monitor. monitor. See Figure 4.44B.
4
NOTE 14 : 20
Expec xpecte ted d mini minimu mum m tempe empera ratture ure
Long Long life life cool coolan antt
-14.5°C ( 5.9 °F)
30% mixed
- 34°C (-29.2°F)
50% mixed
Change contaminated and foamy coolant with new coolant mixture as soon as possible. Cooling water other than long life coolant should be changed two times a year, in autumn and spring.
Turn the key switch to ON and deactivate the autoaccel control system. YQ104AutoAccelOFF
FIGURE 4.44B
Aprox. 30 min.
YM104cleanrad1
10 min. .......
9. Start 9. Start engine and bring engine cooling temperature to about 90 ºC (194 ºF). Then run engine at low idle. Remove engine drain plug, open radiator drain valve, and simultaneously feed fresh water into radiator until draining water comes out clear (About 10 min. flushing should be sufficient).
16. Install 16. Install radiator cap. Start engine and run it at low idle for 5 minutes. Check and make sure there isn’t any leakage. 17. Install 17. Install engine and radiator lower covers. See Specifications section for proper torque values. 18. Repeat 18. Repeat step 8, start engine and run engine at high idle for 5 minutes to bleed out any air from the cooling system. 19. Return 19. Return throttle to low idle and ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR stop engine. Wait about 3 minutes PROPER LEVEL and check engine coolant reservoir FULL for proper level. See Fig. 4.44C. LOW YQ104ExpansionTank
YM104CleanRad2
FIGURE 4.44C
4-44
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE B. Removal and Installation Installati on of Radiator
WARNI NG BE CAUTIOUS OF HOT FLUIDS AND SURFACES. WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR THE ENGINE TO COOL BEFORE CHANGING FLUIDS.
YQ104RadDrain
1. Move 1. Move the machine to a firm level area, place the attachments on the ground, and shut off the engine. 2. Raise 2. Raise the engine hood and make sure to lock it open. See Figure 4.45A. Place a rag or paper towel on the radiator cap and slowly open it to release any pressure.
RADIATOR DRAIN VALVE
REMOVE RADIATOR CAP
FIGURE 4.45A LC104RadScreens
REMOVE WING NUTS AND SCREENS
3. Remove 3. Remove the two wing nuts 1 and the radiator top cover (between the radiator and the oil cooler, see Fig. 4.45B).
4
4. Locate 4. Locate the lower cover beneath be neath the radiator. See Figure 4.45A. Remove bolts and cover to obtain access to the radiator drain hose. Place an empty container, with sufficient capacity for engine system coolant, below the radiator drain hose. Refer to spec’s section for proper system capacity. Turn valve counter clock wise to open drain. 5. Loosen 5. Loosen four M8 cap screws 2 and remove side pads 3 from the R.H. and L.H. sides of the radiator shoulders. See Fig. 4.45C. 6. Remove 6. Remove four M10 capscrews 4 from the top of radiator, two from each side.
FIGURE 4.45B RADIATOR
3
6 OIL COOLER
7. Remove 7. Remove two M8 capscrews 5 from the lower side of radiator. See Fig. 4.45C.
4 1 3
8. After 8. After making sure that the cooling mixture is completely drained out, loosen the radiator hose clamps 6 , and remove hoses from the radiator side only. See Fig. 4.45C. 9. Move 9. Move the radiator toward the oil cooler side, and remove it paying attention not to damage the insulation. See Fig. 4.45C. Refer to spec’s section for oil cooler weight.
2
5
SHROUD
6 PULL UP
Move radiator toward oil cooler
10. After 10. After cleaning the radiator, install it by following the reverse procedure described above. NOTE See Specification’s Section for proper capacities and coolant mixture information.
YM104RemoveRad
FIGURE 4.45C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-45
MAINTENANCE C. Change Hydraulic Oil
NOTE The following procedures are to be used for a normal oil change of the hydraulic tank oil only.
YQ104oilLevelcheck
HYDRAULIC OIL CHECK POSITION
If it is necessary to change the hydraulic oil viscosity, change hydraulic oil due to hydraulic component failure or change main pump, contact an authorized KOBELCO Dealer Service Department for assistance.
FIGURE 4.46A YQ101ReleasePress
Remove cap to release hyd. tank pressure
WARNI NG
4
BE CAUTIOUS OF HOT FLUIDS AND SURFACES. WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE. ALLOW HYDRAULIC OIL TO COOL BEFORE CHANGING.
FIGURE 4.46B SLOWLY REMOVE BOLTS AND COVER
1. Move the machine to a firm, level surface with the attachment in the hydraulic oil check position. See Figure 4.46A. Make sure the attachments are resting on the ground.
NOTE Make sure to warm up hydraulic system before changing hydraulic oil.
YQ104HydTankTopView
FIGURE 4.46C BOLT
2. Shut off the engine.
COVER
SPRING WASHER
3. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” position - DO NOT START THE ENGINE.
O-RING
4. Make sure the safety lever is in the unlocked (down) position.
SUCTION STRAINER
5. Move the attachment control levers, several times in all directions. YM104Hydstrainerseal
6. Release hydraulic tank pressure. See Fig. 4.46B. 7. Slowly remove the six retaining bolts from the suction strainer cover plate. See Fig. 4.46C.
Remove strainer and remove its “O”-ring.
8. Remove cover, “O”-ring, and strainer from hydraulic tank. See Figure 4.46D. 9. Remove the “O”-ring from the bottom of the strainer. See Figure 4.46D.
YM104RemoveStrainer
FIGURE 4.46D
4-46
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 10.Install 10.Install special suction stopper Part Number 24100P978F2 over suction tube inside hydraulic tank. See Figure 4.47A. 11.Slowly 11.Slowly remove the six retaining bolts from the hydraulic return filter cover plate. See Figure 4.47B. 12.Remove 12.Remove “O”-Ring, bypass valve, and filter element from hydraulic tank. See Figure 4.47B
HYDRAULIC TANK
SUCTION STOPPER ASSEMBLY PART No. 24100P978F2
SUCTION TUBE
13.Place 13.Place an empty container under drain plug. See specification section for capacity. Remove plug and allow all oil from hydraulic tank to drain into container. container. See Figure 4.47C. 14. After After all oil has drained, carefully carefully and thoroughly thoroughly clean inside of hydraulic tank. 15.Replace 15.Replace hydraulic tank drain plug and tighten securely.
SK32004107
FIGURE 4.47A
BOLT COVER
SPRING WASHER
4
O-RING
16.Inspect 16.Inspect return filter and oil for signs of abnormal wear.
SPRING
17.Clean 17.Clean hydraulic tank covers, spring, and bypass valve.
BYPASS VALVE
18.Install 18.Install a new return filter element along with the Bypass Valve and spring, as shown in Figure 4.47B.
FILTER
19.Remove 19.Remove special suction stopper from suction tube.
YQ104HydReturnFilter
FIGURE 4.47B BOTTOM OF HYDRAULIC TANK
CAUTION Clean up all a ll spilled spill ed oil. oi l. Dispose Dispose of all all hazardous waste waste in accordance with government environmental regulations.
DRAIN PLUG
SK32004110
FIGURE 4.47C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-47
MAINTENANCE 20.Clean 20.Clean and inspect suction strainer for damage. See Figure 4.48A. Replace strainer, if needed. 21.Make 21.Make sure to install a new “O”-Ring seal on the strainer. strainer. Lubricate seal with hydraulic oil and install strainer assembly onto suction tube. See Figure 4.48B. 22.Make 22.Make sure to install spring on strainer guide. See Figure 4.48B. 23.Install 23.Install a new “O”-ring on cover plate mount surface groove, lubricate seal with hydraulic oil.
4
24.Fill 24.Fill hydraulic tank to proper level with fresh clean hydraulic oil through strainer cavity. cavity. See Figure 4.48C. 25.Install 25.Install suction strainer cover. Make sure to properly tighten the bolts. Refer to Specifications Section in this manual for proper torque values.
YM104cleanhydstrainer
FIGURE 4.48A Make sure to install spring and a new “O”-ring seal.
YM104HydStrainerGuide
BOLT
26.Install 26.Install new “O”-ring seal, lubricate it with hydraulic oil and install cover for hydraulic tank return filter element. Make sure to properly tighten the bolts. Refer to Specifications Section in this manual for proper torque values.
COVER
SPRING WASHER
O-RING
SUCTION STRAINER
CAUTION Make sure to use the same viscosity oil in the hydraulic tank as it was drained. Refer to specification’s section for proper hydraulic oil.
YM104Hydstrainerseal
NOTE This machine was shipped from the factory with SHELL TELLUS 46 hydraulic 46 hydraulic oil in the hydraulic system.
Make sure to install a new “O”-Ring seal.
YM104RemoveStrainer
FIGURE 4.48B YQ104Hydlevelgauge
CAUTION ALWA ALWAYS USE CLEAN HYDRAULIC OIL. USE CAUTION TO AVOID CONTAMINATION CONTAMINATION DURING FILLING FILL ING
CAUTION UPPER LIMIT
Clean up all a ll spilled spill ed oil. oi l. Dispose Dispose of all all hazardous waste waste in accordance with government environmental regulations.
PROPER LEVEL LOW (ADD OIL)
FIGURE 4.48C
4-48
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE D. Hydraulic Tank Tank Breather 1.Release 1.Release hydraulic tank pressure. See Figure 4.49A.
YQ101ReleasePress
Remove cap to release hyd. tank pressure
FIGURE 4.49A 2.Remove 2.Remove cap. See Figure 4.49B CAP
3.Remove 3.Remove breather filter cover. See Figure 4.49B. 4.Remove 4.Remove old filter, clean mounting surfaces and install new filter. See Figure 4.49B. Order Part Number YN57V00002S010.
SEAL
5.Install 5.Install breather filter cover. COVER
6.Install 6.Install cap and tighten securely
FILTER
VALVE BODY
GASKET
HydTankRelief
FIGURE 4.49B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-49
4
MAINTENANCE E. Maintenance on on Rollers and Idlers Change the oil in all rollers and idlers every 2,000 hours of machine operation. NOTE Refer to the machine’s Service Manual for specific instructions regarding removing and installing the undercarriage rollers and idlers. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance if necessary. necessary.
F. Change Slewing Ring Grease Bath Change the slewing ring grease bath every 2000 hours of machine operation. To To properly replace the grease, it is necessary to remove the upper frame. Refer to the machine’s shop manual and/or contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance. Proper tools have to be used and specific instructions must be followed to undeck the machine upper structure from the lower structure. See Figure 4.50C. 4.50C.
FIGURE 4.50C
1. Remove 1. Remove rollers and idlers as indicated in the Service Manual, see Figure 4.50A.
YQ104GreaseBath
CAUTION
4
If the slewing ring ever becomes submerged in water, it is mandatory that the sump bath grease be changed.
REFER TO SPECIFICATION’S SECTION FOR PROPER GREASE AND CAPACITY INFORMATION INFORMATION YQ104RemoveRollers
FIGURE 4.50A 2. Remove 2. Remove side plugs from upper rollers cover plate and drain the oil out into an empty container. 3. Remove plugs from track rollers center flanges and drain the oil out into an empty container. 4. Remove 4. Remove Idlers and remove side plugs from idler housing. Drain the oil out into an empty container.
If the machine is in the field and can’t be brought to a shop to replace the slewing ring grease bath, proceed to remove the swing motor assembly. Use eye bolts Part No. ZS91C01200 on top cover of the swing motor and a proper lifting device to remove the swing motor assembly. Refer to the end of Section 6 to obtain the proper caps and plugs for lines and hoses that need to be removed during this process, see Fig. 4.50D.
WARNING Block attachments properly before removing swing red. unit.
Install 2 eye bolts ZS91C01200 (Lifting cap. 220 Kf)
Apply loctite # 262 and torque to 55 +6 Kg-m (397 +43 Ft-lbs)
FIGURE 3.50B
5. Install 5. Install rollers and idlers and torque properly. Refer to Sepecifications Section for proper torque values. NOTE Refer to Specification’s Section for proper oil and capacity information.
YM104Swingmotor
CAUTION Clean up all spilled oil. Dispose Dispose of all hazardous hazardo us waste in accordance with government environmental regulations.
FIGURE 4.50D
4-50
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4.12 PERIODICAL INSPECTION ITEMS A. Dust Seals Inspect dust seals in all pin connections frequently. The attachment incorporates several dust seals that should be periodically checked for damage and excessive wear. wea r. See Figure 4.51A and 4.51B. If excessive wear is found, refer to the machine’s Shop Manual for specific instructions in regards to disassembly and assembly. Contact your Kobelco dealer’s Service Department for assistance if necessary. Refer to parts book for the proper part numbers for the replacement seals
WARNING WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
8
7
8 1
2
5
6
9 9
3 4
YQ104sealLocation
FIGURE 4.51A
4 Use Figure 4.51B as reference to install the seals . Make certain that the pin surface and tapered end are smooth and free from burrs or imperfections that could cause damage to the new seals.
LIP OUT
BOSS
Bushing&seal
BUSHING SEAL
FIGURE 4.51B
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-51
MAINTENANCE B. Bucket
MAKE SURE BUCKET IS STABLE STABLE ON THE GROUND
WARNI NG WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE. 1. Bucket/Arm & Link Clearance Frequently, check clearance between bucket and bucket link and/or between arm and bucket to make sure it is within specifications. If clearance is greater than 1.2 mm (0.05”) adjust clearance. Proceed as follows to correct excessive play:
4
YQ104ATTonGround
FIGURE 4.52A
a. Move a. Move the machine to a firm level surface and place the bucket on the ground, making certain that the bucket is stable. See Figure 4.52A. b. Roll b. Roll “O”-Rings onto the bucket bosses. See Figure 4.52B. c. Remove c. Remove jam nuts, nuts, and retaining bolt. See Figure 4.52B. d. Carefully d. Carefully slide out, partially, partially, main pins mounting arm and bucket link to bucket. You You may have to start the engine and slightly operate the boom and arm to remove load from pins. See Figure 4.52C.
JAM NUT
RETAINING BOLT
ROLL “O”-RING ON BOSS YQ104BucketOring2
FIGURE 4.52B
Slide out pin half way
e. Insert e. Insert shims as needed to correct any excessive play. Refer to parts book for proper part numbers. f. Align f. Align the shims with pin holes and insert pins into position. Be careful not to damage seals. g. Install g. Install retaining bolt with nut and jam nut. See Figure 4.52B. h. h. Roll “O”-Rings onto the grooves between bucket/arm, and bucket/bucket bucket/bucke t link. See Figure 4.52D.
YQ104Pullmainbucketpin
NOTE Inspect “O”-Rings for damage or excessive wear. If worn or damaged replace with new parts to protect seals, pins and surfaces from dirt and debris which can cause premature failure.
FIGURE 4.52C
ROLL “O”-RING ON GROOVE
FIGURE 4.52D
4-52
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 2. Reversing Bucket a. Move a. Move the machine to a firm level surface and place the bucket on the ground, making certain that the bucket is stable. See Figure 4.53A.
MAKE SURE BUCKET IS STABLE ON THE GROUND
b. Roll b. Roll “O”-Rings onto the bucket bosses. See Figure 4.53B. c. Remove c. Remove jam nuts, nuts, and retaining bolts from both pins. See Figure 4.53B. d. Carefully d. Carefully slide out main pins mounting arm and bucket link to bucket.
YQ104ATTonGround
FIGURE 4.53A
NOTE You may have to start the engine and slightly operate the boom and arm to remove load from pins. e. Clean e. Clean pins and pin holes, and apply grease on pin and holes surfaces.
4
f. Rotate f. Rotate bucket 180º or move machine. Install arm and bucket link in their respective positions. See Figure 4.53C. g. Move g. Move the bucket cylinder to match the bucket pin holes with the bucket link hole. Insert pin. Becareful not to damage seals. h. h. Operate the boom and arm to match the bucket pin holes with the arm hole connection. Insert pin carefully to avoid damaging the seals.
JAM NUT ROLL “O”-RING ON BOSS
RETAINING BOLT
YQ104BucketOring2
FIGURE 4.53B
i. Install i. Install retaining bolts with nuts and jam nuts on both pins. See Figure 4.53B. j. j. Roll “O”-Rings onto the grooves between bucket/arm, and bucket/bucket link. See Figure 4.53B.
CAUTION INSTALL ARM HERE FOR BACK HOE BUCKET OPERATION
Slowly cycle bucket, check for interference with arm, particularly if a lifting eye is welded on bucket bottom. Be careful not to confuse the bucket shoveling operation with that of the backhoe. Check clearance between bucket and cab before operation. Exercise care when operating the bucket near the cab.
INSTALL ARM HERE FOR FRONT BUCKET OPERATION
FIGURE 4.53C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-53
MAINTENANCE 3. Removing the Bucket a. Move a. Move the machine to a firm level surface and place the bucket on the ground, making certain that the bucket is stable. See Figure 4.54A. MAKE SURE BUCKET IS STABLE ON THE GROUND
4. Installing the Bucket a. Make a. Make certain that the bucket is stable on firm level ground. b. Install b. Install “O”-Rings onto the bucket bosses. c. Clean c. Clean pins and pin holes, and apply grease on pin and holes surfaces. d. Move d. Move the bucket cylinder to match the bucket pin holes with the bucket link hole. Insert pin. Be careful not to damage seals. See Figure 4.54D
Install bucket link first
YQ104ATTonGround
FIGURE 4.54A b. Roll b. Roll “O”-Rings onto the bucket bosses. See Figure 4.54B.
4
FIGURE 4.54D e. Operate e. Operate the boom and arm (7) to match the bucket (6) pin holes with the arm hole connection. Insert pin (5) carefully to avoid damaging the seals. See Figure 4.54E
ROLL “O”-RING ON BOSS JAM NUT
RETAINING BOLT
YQ104BucketOring2
FIGURE 4.54B c. Remove c. Remove jam nuts, nuts, and retaining bolt. See Figure 3.54B. d. Carefully d. Carefully remove main pins mounting arm and bucket link to bucket. You You may have to start the engine and slightly operate the boom and arm to remove load from pins. See Figure 4.54C. Be careful not to damage dust seals.
FIGURE 4.54E f. Install f. Install retaining bolts with nuts and jam nuts on both pins, leaving 1 mm gap between jam nut and pin boss. See Figure 4.54F. ROLL “O”-RING ON GROOVE
Slide out pins
Install retaining bolts, nuts and jam nuts
FIGURE 4.54F g. g. Roll “O”-Rings onto the grooves between bucket/arm, and bucket/bucket link. See Figure 4.54F 4 .54F.. h. Apply h. Apply sufficient grease to the bucket pin connections.
YQ104Pullmainbucketpin
FIGURE 4.54C
4-54
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 5. Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters Frequently, Frequently, check bucket tooth points and side cutters for wear and looseness. The life of the bucket teeth and side cutters can not be determined by working hours, but rather by application and operating conditions.
WARNING WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHES AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
a. Parts a. Parts description, see Figure 4.55A: (1) adapter nose, (2) tooth point, (3) rubber lock pin, (4) locking pin, (5) side cutter, (6) cap screw, (7) Nut. NOTE Contact your Kobelco dealer for assistance in regards to parts for the specific bucket installed on your machine. b. Replace b. Replace the bucket teeth when their cutting edge and/or when hole for retaining pin on tooth are excessively worn. b.1- Place b.1- Place a wood block under the bucket teeth support lip, as indicated in Figure 4.55B, and remove all sand and soil adhered to the teeth pin connection areas. b.2- Use b.2- Use a hammer and a punching tool to hammer out the locking pin. Be careful not to damage the rubber lock. b.3- Inspect b.3- Inspect the lock pin (4) and rubber lock (3). Replace them if the lock pin (4) is too short or the rubber lock (3) is in poor condition. b.4- Clean b.4- Clean the surface of the adapter nose (1) with putt knife. b.5- Fit b.5- Fit the tooth point (2) onto the adapter nose (1). b.6- Push b.6- Push the rubber lock pin (3) into the hole of the adapter nose (1). b.7- b.7- Hammer the locking pin (4) until it is aligned with the point surface.
FIGURE 4.55A
c. Replacing c. Replacing the side cutters c.1- c.1- Remove all sand and soil adhered around the side cutters capscrews. c.2- Use c.2- Use an impact wrench to remove the cap screws, then remove the side cutters. See Figure 4.55C. c.3- Clean c.3- Clean the mounting surface and install a new side cutter with new cap screws and nuts. See Figure 4.55D. c.4- T c.4- Torque orque the cap screw with nuts to 100 + 5 Kgf-m (722 + 36 lbs-ft).
FIGURE 4.55C
WARNING DO NOT STRIKE TEETH WITH HAMMER. THIS CAN CAUSE CHIPS TO FLY CAUSING INJURY
FIGURE 4.55B
FIGURE 4.55D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-55
4
MAINTENANCE C. Windshield Washer Washer Fluid Reservoir Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as required using approved windshield washing fluid.
3.Locate 3.Locate and remove faulty fuses. Replace any fuse needed with same amperage fuse as removed.
1.Open 1.Open engine air cleaner access door to locate washer fluid reservoir. See Figure 4.56C.
WARNING NEVER REPLACE A FAULTY FUSE WITH A HIGHER AMPERAGE FUSE. NEVER USE A “JUMPER” IN PLACE OF A FUSE. NEVER SPLICE ACCESSORIES DIRECTLY INTO FUSE TERMINALS.
2.Pull 2.Pull cap off and fill with proper windshield washing fluid. 3.Replace 3.Replace cap and reposition engine air cleaner access door.
4. Refer to fuse box cover or Figure 4.56C for Fuse amperage and their functions. NOTE When ordering replacement fuses, order the following part numbers: 10 AMP– Part Number 2479R655S8 15 AMP– Part Number 2479R655S3 20 AMP– Part Number 2479R655S9
4
1
2
3
4
5
0 2
0 1
0 1
0 1
0 1
WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR
0 2
0 1
6
7
0 1
8
0 2
9
10 10
0 1
0 2
0 1
0 2
0 2
0 2
0 1
0 2
15
16
17
18
19
20
0 2
YQ102AirFiltCompartment
11
12
13
14
FIGURE 4.56A D. Fuses Follow the procedures below to replace “blown” or faulty fuses. 1.Move 1.Move seat and seat base completely forward.
No.
AMPS
1A/1B
20A
Mechatro Controller (CPU)
2
10A
Wiper, Washer Relay
3
10A
Cigarette Lighter 24V
4
10A
DC-DC Converter
5
10A
Horn
6
NONE
None
7
10A
Mechatro Controller & Hr meter (Back up)
8
20A
Fuel Supply Pump
9
10A
Engine comp. Lamp, DC-DC Converter (Back up)
10
20A
Starter Switch
11
10A
Radio
12
20A
Swing Flashers, Rear Working Lights, Alarm
13
10A
Gauge Cluster (Monitor)
14
20A
Wiper, Washer
15
10A
Solenoid Valve (Lever lock)
16
20A
Working Light (FRONT)
17
20A
Working Light (CAB) (Optional)
18
20A
Air Conditioner
19
10A
Controller (A/C)
20
20A
Spare 24V
2.Open 2.Open the fuse compartment and remove fuse box cover from fuse box. See Figure 4.56B.
FIGURE 4.56B
FUNCTION
FIGURE 4.56C
4-56
YQ104FuseBox
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE E. Hydraulic Lines, Tubes Tubes and Hoses Since there is no definite time table for the replacement of hydraulic lines, tubes and hoses, inspect the following periodically for tightness and signs of damage. Replace all damaged lines, tubes and hoses with new parts. Refer to the parts manual for correct part numbers when ordering.
WARNING HEATER HOSE
DO NOT BEND, STRIKE OR DAMAGE HIGH PRESSURE LINES. DO NOT INSTALL BENT OR DAMAGED LINES, TUBES OR HOSES. REPLACE ALL DAMAGED LINES, TUBES AND HOSES IMMEDIATELY TO AVOID ANY FIRE HAZARD. TIGHTEN ALL LOOSE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS TO THE PROPER TORQUE VALUE. CLEAN UP ALL FUEL AND OIL SPILLS IMMEDIATELY TO HELP PREVENT FIRES, SLIPPING, ACCIDENTS, ATTACHEMENT DROPPING, ETC. NEVER USE HANDS TO CHECK FOR LEAKS CAREFULLY INSPECT ALL LINES, TUBES AND HOSES FOR: 1. FITTINGS FITTINGS & CONNECTIONS CONNECTIONS DAMAGED DAMAGED OR LEAKING. LEAKING. 2. OUTER COVERI COVERING NG OF HOSES WORN, WORN, CUT OR DAMAGED DAMAGED EXPOSING WIRE REINFORCEMENT. 3. HOSE SWELLI SWELLING NG OR “BALLOON “BALLOONING”. ING”. 4. EVIDENCE OF HOSE BEING KINKED KINKED OR COLLAPSED. 5. STEEL STEEL PROTECTIVE PROTECTIVE COVERING COVERING WORN WORN OR DAMAGED. DAMAGED. 6. LOOSE FITTING FITTINGS S AND CONNEC CONNECTIONS TIONS.. MAKE CERTAIN ALL CLAMPS, GUARDS AND HEAT SHIELDS ARE IN PLACE AND SECURE. THIS WILL HELP PREVENT VIBRATION, EXCESSIVE WEAR OF COMPONENTS AND EXCESSIVE HEAT DURING OPERATION.
YQ104heaterhose
FIGURE 4.57A
4 BOOM HOSES
FIGURE 4.57B ARM CYL. HOSES
1. Heat Heater er Hose Hoses s Inspect the heater hoses between heater and engine for signs of damage and wear. See Figure 4.57A. 2. Boom Boom Cylinder Cylinder Hoses & Tubes Tubes Inspect boom head and rod hoses and tubes for damage, wear and loose connections. See Figure 4.57B. 3. Arm Cylinder Cylinder Hoses Hoses & Tubes Tubes Inspect arm head and rod hoses and tubes for damage, wear and loose connections. See Figure 4.57C.
FIGURE 4.57C ArmPipe&Hoses
BUCKET CYL. HOSES AND LINES
4. Bucket Bucket Cylinder Cylinder and Nibble Nibbler/Br r/Breaker eaker Hoses Hoses & Tubes Inspect bucket head and rod hoses and tubes for damage, wear and loose connections. See Figure 4.57D. NIBBLER/BREAKER HOSES AND LINES
FIGURE 4.57D Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-57
MAINTENANCE 5. Fuel Fuel Lin Lines es and and Hoses Hoses Inspect fuel lines and hoses for damage, wear and loose connections. Repair or replace fuel lines and hoses before operating the machine. See Figure 4.58A.
F. Rear View Mirrors Inspect the rear view mirrors. Make certain both sides rear view mirrors and internal rear view mirror are in place, properly adjusted, clean, and in good condition. Secure them tight to prevent them from breaking. See Figure 4.58C.
CHECK FUEL LINES
4
MAKE SURE REAR VIEW MIRRORS ARE CLEAN AND IN GOOD CONDITION
FIGURE 4.58C
YQ104CheckFuelLines
FIGURE 4.58A 6. Hydraulic Hydraulic Sucti Suction on Tubes Tubes & Hoses Hoses Inspect all hydraulic tubes and hoses for damage, wear and loose connections. See Figure 4.58B.
YQ104CheckSuctionHoses
FIGURE 4.58B
4-58
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
MAINTENANCE 4.13 MACHINE STORAGE A. Prepare Machine Perform the following procedure to prepare the machine for long term storage. 1. Perform 1. Perform all inspection and maintenance procedures as previously described in this section. 2. Thoroughly 2. Thoroughly clean the machine, inspect for damaged or worn parts and components and replace or repair all damaged or worn parts.
CAUTION Protect CPU and all electrical components from water and steam when cleaning the machine.
3. Completely 3. Completely fill fuel tank with fresh, clean fuel to aid in preventing condensation of moisture inside the fuel tank. Make sure to use an anti-algae additive in the fuel tank. 4. Move 4. Move machine to an indoor location for storage. 5. Operate 5. Operate bucket and arm completely “IN” extending cylinders. Then lower boom until attachment is resting on the floor. See Figure 4.59. 6. Coat 6. Coat cylinder rods with a heavy coat of grease to prevent corrosion during storage. 7. Remove 7. Remove batteries and store in a well ventilated, warm area.
POSITION MACHINE AS SHOWN INSIDE A STORAGE BUILDING
4
YQ104postion4storage
HEAVILY GREASE ALL CYLINDER RODS TO PREVENT CORROSION FIGURE 4.59 B. Care During During Storage 1. Every 1. Every 30 days during storage, it will be necessary to start and run the machine to circulate the fluids through the systems. Before starting clean cylinder rods and after running re-grease cylinder rods.
NOTE Run and operate machine for approximately 1 hour to allow all fluids to circulate well and reach normal operating temperatures.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
4-59
C. Removing Machine From Storage 1. Perform 1. Perform all inspection and maintenance procedures as described in this section before bringing machine out of storage for normal operation. 2. Remove 2. Remove drain plugs from travel motor and swing gear reduction units to drain off any moisture which may have accumulated during storage. 3. 3. Carefully and closely inspect all hydraulic hoses after long periods of storage for signs of deterioration. Replace all hoses showing these signs.
MAINTENANCE MACHI MACHINE NE MODEL MODEL:: SK__ SK_____ ______ ____ _ ITEM
4
3.14 Inspection Maintenance Check List
SERIA SERIAL L NO.: NO.: ____ _______ ______ ______ ______ ____ _
OK MAINT. PERFORMED
MACHIN MACHINE E HOURS: HOURS:___ ______ ______ ______ ____ _
ITEM
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
HYD. FUNCTION OPERATION
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
CHECK SWITCHES
CHECK FOR FLUID LEAKS
CHECK TRAVEL ALARM
CHECK BELT TENSION
CHECK SWING BRAKE
CHECK FUEL LEVEL
CHECK WARNING LIGHTS
DRAIN WATER WATER SEPARA SE PARATOR TOR
CHECK BUZZER
CHECK AIR CLEANER
CHECK GAUGES
CHECK ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CHECK HORN
DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL
CHECK DISPLAY MONITOR
CLEAN PRE-FILTER BOWL
SWING REDUCTION OIL
CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SLEWING RING GEAR
CHANGE OIL FILTER
GREASE BATH LEVEL
CHANGE FUEL FILTER
SLEWING RING PINION
CHANGE WATER SEPARATOR
SLEWING RING SEAL
CHANGE COOLANT FILTER
SWIVEL JOINT SEALS
CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
DRAIN WATER FROM BATH
CHECK FAN ASSEMBLY
GREASE SLEWING RING
CHECK BELT TENSIONER
CHANGE GREASE BATH
CHECK VIBRATION DAMPER
CHECK BOLTS/HARDWARE
CLEAN RADIATOR
CHECK FOR OIL LEAKS
CLEAN DEBRIS SCREEN
CHECK LINES FOR DAMAGE
CHANGE ENGINE COOLANT
CHECK STEPS
AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS
CHECK FRAME STRUCTURE
ADJUST VALVE CLEARANCE
CHECK TRACKS & LINKS
CHANGE ETHER CYLINDER
CHECK SPROCKET WEAR
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL
CHECK IDLER WEAR
CHECK HYD FUNCTIONS
CHECK ROLLER WEAR
CHECK FOR OIL LEAKS
CHECK TRACK TENSION
CHECK HOSES/LINES
ADJUST TRACK TENSION
CLEAN SUCTION SCREEN
TRAVEL REDUCTION OIL
CHANGE RETURN FILTER
CHECK BOOM & ARM
PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER
BUCKET TEETH
CHANGE HYDRAULIC OIL
SIDE CUTTERS
CLEAN HYDRAULIC TANK
GREASE BOOM PINS
INSPECT ALL WIRING
GREASE ARM PINS
INSPECT REARVIEW MIRRORS
GREASE BUCKET PINS
BATTERY SERVICE
CHECK COOLANT ADDITIVE
KOBELCO CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY AMERICA LLC
CALHOUN, GEORGIA • HOUSTON, TEXAS
OK MAINT. PERFORMED
These item include non-equipped parts by the machine specification. MECHANIC: SIGNATURE: DATE:
4-60
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Cylinder & Motor Cycle Times
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Page 5-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS CYLINDER CYCLE TIME TESTS ......................................................................................................... 4 ~ 8 A. Tools & Equipment........ Equipment...................... ............................ ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ............................ ........................ ............4 ..4 B.Machine B. Machine Settings & Site Condition .............................................................................................4 C. Boom Cylinder ..........................................................................................................................4 C. D. Arm Cylinder .............. ............................. ............................. ............................. ............................. ............................. ............................. .......................... .......................5 ...........5 E. Bucket Cylinder..........................................................................................................................6 E. CYLINDER DRIFT .....................................................................................................................................7 A. Tools & Equipment .....................................................................................................................7 B. Machine B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ...............................................................................................7 C. Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................7 C. SWING SPEED ...................................................... .................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................8 ............................8 A. Tools & Equipment ...................................... .................................................................................. ................................................................................ .....................................8 .8 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ............. ........................... ............................ ............................ ............................ ............................ ......................... .............8 ..8 C. Test Procedure .......................................... ............................................................................................ ...................................................................................8 .................................8 SWING STOPPING .....................................................................................................................................9 A. Tools & Equipment .....................................................................................................................9 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..............................................................................................9 B. C. Test Procedure ...........................................................................................................................9 C. SWING DRIFT .............................................................................................................................................10 A. Tools & Equipment .............................................................................................................................10 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ............. ........................... ............................. ............................. ............................ ............................ ........................10 ..........10 C. Test C. Test Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10 SWING BEARING UP-DOWN (VERTICAL) MOVEMENT ..................................................................11 A. Tools & Equipment ......................... .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ........................................... ..................11 11 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ................................................................................................11 B. C. Test Procedure ............... ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................... ............................... ............................. ...............1 ..11 1 SWING BEARING SIDE TO SIDE (HORIZONTAL) MOVEMENT ......................................................12 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................12 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition .................................................................................................12 B. C. Test Procedure ..............................................................................................................................12 C. SWING MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN ..................................................................................................13 ~ 15 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................13 B. Machine Settings & Site Condition .................................................................................................13 B. C. Test Procedure .......................................................................................................................13 ~ 14 TRAVEL MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN .................................................................................................15 ~ 16 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................15 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..................................................................................................15 B. C. Test Procedure .......................................................................................................................15 ~ 16 C. TRAVEL PERFORMANCE ...................................................................................................................17 TRAVEL ...................................................................................................................17 ~19 A. Tools & Equipment ........................................................................................................................17 A. B. Machine Settings & Site Condition ..................................................................................................17 B. C. Test Procedure .......................................................................................................................17 C. TRAVEL SPEED .........................................................................................................................18 TRAVEL DEVIATION DEVIATION ........... ....................... ......................... ......................... ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ .......................... ................ .. 19
Page 5-2
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Pre-cycle time considerations BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE
USE OF OPTIONAL O PTIONAL ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS
Bucket selection is extremely important to a machine's productivity,, durability and stability. productivity
If a machine is equipped with optional attachments such as a bucket quick qui ck coupler, and/or thumbs, (either hydraulic or mechanical) applicable bucket sizes and suspended loads must be reduced in direct porportion to the weight or combined weight of these attachments. attachments. Failure to consider the added weight of such attachments will cause stability complaints. Additionally these weights weights of such attachments must be considered when the lift chart is referred to before before lifting a load. The additional weight of heavy buckets, couplers, and thumbs, must be deducted from allowable lift capacities. See Lift Charts - Section VI.
Choosing an excessively large bucket can reduce productivity due to slower than normal cycle times. Using an oversized or overly wide bucket, in severe conditions, such as mining, will lead to durability problems for both the machine and bucket involved. Stability will be adversely affected using a bucket that is unnecessarily large. The Bucket Selection Charts listed in the Specification’s Section (6) are to be used as general guidelines. If the buckets used locally vary in weight from these sample buckets, it will be necessary to adjust the bucket capacity accordingly. A heavier bucket bucket must correspond to a reduced capacity. If the material density (weight) exceeds guideline specifications then the bucket capacity must be reduced. If the machine is to continuously dig rock, wasted shale, river cobbel or other severe applications the narrowest bucket possible should be utilized. This will allow the greatest possible penetration and minimal twisting of the attachment (boom and stick). Bucket capacity is not to to be the prime consideration for severe applications. If a machine is to exclusively load trucks at close radius then the bucket loads can be adjusted up 5% to 7 % from the Lift Chart values listed in the Specification’s S pecification’s Section, due to a close in dump radius. If a machine is to be utilized exclusively to spoil pile, which causes a large radius dump cycle, applicable loads may have to be adjusted down by 5% from the Lift Chart Values (Section VI) or stability complaints may occur. See the General Specification Section, - “Bucket Selection Charts” to select the appropiate bucket size according to the application.
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Use of quick couplers for bucket interchangeability will reduce effective arm dig- ging force and particularly bucket breakout force due to an increase of tooth tip ra- dius. Example: Some couplers can increase tooth tip radius up to to 12 inches. If this is used with a 48" tooth tip radius, effective bucket breakout force can be reduced 25%, a 5% reduction in effective arm force, a reduction in lift capacities of up to 600 lbs. It is, also, important to mention that some quick couplers offer a great advantage, particularly when lifting loads. Some quick couplers allow the operator to quickly remove the bucket for lifting purposes; therefore, increasing lifting capacity, height, and visibility.
To obtain the proper lifting capacity when a quick coupler is used, proceed as follows: deduct the weight of the standard bucket from the lifting chart, add the weight of the quick coupler plus the weight of the attachment to be coupled. Consideration of the Center of Gravity of the new attachment + coupler may be necessary.
Page 5-3
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS KPSS WORK MODE LAMP
CYLINDER CYCLE TIME TEST
B
NOTE The measuring time of the cylinder cycle does not include the cushion stroke times. Only measure time up to the beginning of the cushion stroke.
6
LOW E/G OIL PRESS
ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt A. Too
The following tools and equipment will be required to perform the cylinder cycle time test: 1. Stopwatch. r ead Hydraulic Oil TemTem2. Thermometer to read perature. FIGURE 3.1
B. Machine Machine Settings Settings & Site Site Conditio Conditions ns 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45 C to 55 C (113 F to 131 F). 3. Firm, level testing site. 4. Verify that engine RPM's are correct to specifications. °
°
°
°
C. Boom Cylin Cylinder der Cycle Cycle Time Time Test Test 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Place the machine throttle control to "HIGH" "HIG H" idle and the the KPSS KPSS Work Work Mode Mode Switch to "M" Mode. See Figure 3.1 3. Fully extend the Bucket Cylinder. See Figure 3.2. 4. Fully retract the Arm Cylinder. See Figure 3.2. 5. Lower Boom until bucket rests on the ground. 6. Raise Boom (extending the cylinders) at full stroke of the control and measure the time for the boom cylinder to reach the cushion stroke. Record the time. See Figure 3.3. 7. Lower the boom (retracting cylinders) at full stroke and measure the time for the bucket to reach ground level. Record the time. See Figure 3.3. 8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 two more times and record the stopwatch readings. Average the readings and compare the average to the Boom Cylinder Cycle Time Specification Chart.
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
FIGURE 3.2 DO NOT TIME CUSHION STROKE OF CYLINDER DURING TEST
FIGURE 3.3
BOOM CYLINDER CYCLE TIME TI ME SPECIFICATIONS MOD ODE EL CYL YLIIND NDER ER POS OSIT ITIION
M-M -MOD ODE E
*SK160
EXTENSION
2.6 - 3.2
*SK160
RETRACTION
2.3 - 2.9
SK210
EXTENSION
2.9 - 3.5
SK210
RETRACTION
2.5 - 3.1
SK250
EXTENSION
2.8 - 3.4
SK250
RETRACTION
2.5 - 3.1
SK290
EXTENSION
2.9 - 3.4
SK290
RETRACTION
2.6 - 3.1
SK330
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.6
SK330
RETRACTION
2.7 - 3.3
SK480
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.7
SK480
RETRACTION
2.8 - 3.4
*SK160 and ED190 same Unit: Seconds
Page 5-4
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS KPSS WORK MODE LAMP
CAUTION THIS TEST IS DESIGNED FOR STANDARD BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET. IF THE MACHINE BEING TESTED HAS ANY OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT,, CHECK TO MAKE CERTAIN THERE WILL BE NO INTERFERENCE WITH THE CAB BEFORE PERFORMING THE TEST !!
B
6
LOW E/G OIL PRESS
D. Arm Cyl Cylind inder er Cycl Cycle e Time Time Test NOTE The measuring time of the cylinder cycle does not include the cushion stroke times. Only measure time up to the beginning of the cushion stroke.
1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Place the machine throttle control to "HIGH" idle and The KPSS Work Mode Switch to "M" Mode. See Figure 3.4.
FIGURE 3.4
BOOM UP CYLINDER EXTENDED
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
FIGURE 3.5 DO NOT TIME CUSHION STROKE OF CYLINDER DURING TEST
3. Fully extend Boom Cylinder. See Figure 3.5. 4. Fully retract Bucket Cylinder. See Figure 3.5. 5. Fully extend the Arm (retracting cylinder). 6. At full stroke of the control, bring the arm all the way in (extending cylinder) and measure the time time it takes for the the arm cylinder to reach the cushion stroke. Record the time. See Figure 3.6. 7. At full stroke of the control, fully extend the arm (retracting cylinder) and measure the time it takes until the cylinder reaches the cushion stroke. Record the time. See Figure 3.6. 8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 two more times. Average Ave rage the reco recorded rded time times s and comp compare are the average to the Arm Cylinder Cycle Time Specification Chart.
FIGURE 3.6 ARM CYLINDER CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
CYLINDER POSITION
*SK160
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.7
*SK160
RETRACTION
2.4 - 3.0
SK210
EXTENSION
3.1 - 3.7
SK210
RETRACTION
2.4 - 3.0
SK250
EXTENSION
3.3 - 3.9
SK250
RETRACTION
2.5 - 3.1
SK290
EXTENSION
3.6 - 4.2
SK290
RETRACTION
2.7 - 3.3
SK330
EXTENSION
4.1 - 5.1
SK330
RETRACTION
3.1 - 3.7
SK480
EXTENSION
4.1 - 4.9
SK480
RETRACTION
2.9 - 3.5
*SK160 and ED190 same Dynamic Acera 06/2002
M-MODE
Unit: Seconds
Page 5-5
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS E. Buc Bucket ket Cyl Cylind inder er Cyc Cycle le Ti Time me Test
KPSS WORK MODE LAMP
NOTE The measuring time of the cylinder cycle does not include the cushion stroke times. Only measure time up to the beginning of the cushion stroke.
1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Place the machine throttle control to "HIGH" idle and The KPSS Work Mode Switch to "M" Mode. See Figure 3.7. 3. Raise Boom to full height using "Boom Up" control. 4. Adjust the arm until the arm is at 90 to arm cylinder. See Figure 3.8. 5. Lower boom until the arm tip is parallel with the boom foot. See Figure 3.8. 6. Bring bucket all the way in. 7. Operate bucket out (retracting cylinder) at full stroke of control and measure the time it takes for the bucket cylinder to reach the cushion stroke (if equipped). Record the time. See figure 3.9. 8. Operate the bucket in (extending cylinder) at full stroke of control and measure the time it takes for the bucket cylinder to reach the cushion stroke (if equipped). Record the time. See Figure 3.9. 9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 two more times. Average Ave rage the read readings ings and comp compare are to the Bucket Cylinder Cycle Time Specification Chart.
B
6
LOW E/G OIL PRESS
°
FIGURE 3.7
°
ARM AT 90 TO ARM CYLINDER ROD
•
•
ARM TIP EVEN WITH BOOM FOOT
FIGURE 3.8
BUCKET CYLINDER CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS MOD ODE EL
CYLI CY LIND NDE ER POS OSIT ITIION
M-M -MOD ODE E
*SK160
EXTENSION
3.5 - 4.1
*SK160
RETRACTION
1.9 - 2.5
SK210
EXTENSION
2.3 - 2.9
SK210
RETRACTION
1.7 - 2.3
SK250
EXTENSION
2.4 - 3.0
SK250
RETRACTION
1.8 - 2.4
SK290
EXTENSION
2.6 - 3.2
SK290
RETRACTION
2.3 - 2.9
SK330
EXTENSION
2.7 - 3.3
SK330
RETRACTION
2.1 - 2.7
SK480
EXTENSION
2.7 - 3.3
SK480
RETRACTION
2.1 - 2.7
*SK160 and ED190 same
Page 5-6
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
FIGURE 3.9
Unit: Seconds Dynamic Acera 06/2002
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS CYLINDER DRIFT A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt The following tools and equipment will be required to perform the cylinder drift test: 1. Measuring tape. 2. Stopwatch. 3. Device for marking starting points. 4. Thermometer for hydraulic oil temperature. B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Con Condit dition ions s 1. Machine engine "OFF". 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45 C to 55 C (113 F to 131 F). 3. Firm, level testing site. C. Cy Cyli lind nder er Dri Drift ft Tes Testt 1. Move the machine to a firm, level test site and allow the hydraulic oil temperature to reach 45 C to 55 C (113 F to 131 F). 2. Operate the arm out control until arm is completely out (retract cylinder completely). 3. Operate the bucket in control until bucket is completely in (extend cylinder completely). boom up up or down with control 4. Adjust the boom until bucket is 1.5m (4'-11") from ground level to tip of teeth. See Figure 3.11. 5. Turn engine "OFF" and allow machine to sit for five minutes. 6. Repeat steps 4 through 6 two more times and average the measurements. Compare the average to the Cylinder Drift Specification Chart. °
°
°
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
°
FIGURE 3.11
°
°
°
1.5M (4'-11") Dimension “ B”
°
CYLINDER DRIFT SPECIFICATION CHART MODEL BOOM DOWN (RETRACT)
ARM DOWN BUCKE BUCKET T IN BUCKET BUCKET FA FALL LL (EXTEND) (EXTEND) (TOP END)
*SK160
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
*SK160
14mm(0.55")
SK210
MAXIMUM
SK210
14mm(0.55")
SK250
MAXIMUM
SK250
14mm(0.55")
SK290
MAXIMUM
SK290
14mm(0.55")
SK330
MAXIMUM
SK330
14mm(0.55")
SK480
MAXIMUM
SK480
14mm(0.55")
Unit: mm (inches) (inches) *SK160 and ED190 same
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX./10MIN
12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX./10MIN
12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX/10MIN
12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX/10MIN
12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAX/10MIN
12mm(0.47") 15mm(0.6")
300mm(12")
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
Dimension “ B”
Page 5-7
SWING SPEED SWING SPEED A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Stopwatch 2. Device for Marking Starting Point 3. Measuring Tape B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Settings ngs & Site Site Con Condit dition ion 1. Machine throttle in "High" Idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45 C to 55 (113 F to 131 F). 3. Firm, level testing site. 4. Verify that engine RPM's are to correct specification. C. Sw Swin ing g Sp Spee eed d Tes estt 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. °
°
°
WARNING • MAKE CERTAIN THE TEST AREA WILL ALLOW °
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
°
FIGURE 4.1 BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
•
•
• 1.5M (4'11")
•
FIGURE 4.2
360 SWING OF THE MACHINE. • MAKE CERTAIN NO PERSONS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ARE WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE SWING AREA.
2. Move throttle to High Idle and place KPSS switch in "M" mode. 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until arm is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.2. 4. Operate the Bucket Out Control until bucket is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.1. 5. Adjust boom up or down until bucket teeth are 1.5m (4'-11") from ground level. See Figure 4.2.
N A F
P
M E T
F / R
FIGURE 4.3 SWING SPEED SPECIFICATIONS
Turn on Swing Flasher and sound horn BEFORE starting
sounding ding horn and with swin swing g flash flash-6. After soun ers on, operate swing control at full stroke for two complete rotations clockwise. Time the last rotation and record the reading. Bring swing to a complete stop. 7. Repeat steps 3 through 5 two more times and average the readings. Compare the average to the Swing Speed Specification Chart. 8. Repeat steps 2 through 7 swinging counterclockwise.
MODEL
CLOCKWISE / COUNTERCLOCKWIS COUNTERCLOCKWISE E
*SK160
4.8 - 5.6
*SK160
4.8 - 5.6
SK210
4.9 - 5.3
SK210
4.9 - 5.3
SK250
5.2 - 5.8
SK250
5.2 - 5.8
SK290
5.5 - 6.1
SK290
5.5 - 6.1
SK330
6.4 - 7.0
SK330
6.4 - 7.0
SK480
6.6 - 7.2
SK480
6.6 - 7.2
*SK160 and ED190 same
Page 5-8
F E D
YQ102Swingflasher
CAUTION swing motion. See Figure 4.3.
E D O M
Unit: Seconds per Revolution Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SWING STOPPING SWING STOPPING A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Device for Marking Starting Point B. Mac Machin hine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" Idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 3. Firm, level testing site. C. Sw Swin ing g Sto Stopp ppin ing g Tes Testt 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area.
FIGURE 4.4
•
WARNING • MAKE CERTAIN CERTAIN THE TEST AREA WILL ALLOW 360° SWING OF THE MACHINE. MACHINE . • MAKE CERTAIN NO PERSONS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ARE WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE SWING AREA.
2. Move throttle to High Idle and place KPSS switch in "M" mode. 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until arm is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.4. 4. Operate the Bucket In Control until bucket is completely in (extending cylinder). See Figure 4.4. 5. Adjust boom up or down until bucket teeth are 1.5mm (4'-11") from ground level. See Figure 4.5.
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
1.5M (4'11")
• FIGURE 4.5 HORN IS LOCATED ON TOP OF L.H. CONTROL
SWING FLASHER SWITCH
•
FIGURE 4.6 STARTING POINT
STOPPING POINT CLOCKWISE
CAUTION Turn on Swing Flasher and sound horn BEFORE starting swing motion. See Figure 4.6.
6. After sounding horn and with swing flashers on, operate swing control at full stroke for one complete rotation clockwise. When bucket reaches starting point, release the swing control and allow rotation to completely stop. 7. Measure the degree of angle from the starting point to the stopping point of the bucket. Record the angle degree. Repeat step 6 two more times and average the readings. Compare to Swing Stop Specification Chart. See Figure 4.7. 8. Repeat steps 2 ~ 7 swinging counterclockwise. Dynamic Acera 06/2002
• • • STOPPING POINT COUNTERCLOCKWISE
FIGURE 4.7 SWING STOPPING SPECIFICATIONS MODE MO DEL L
CLOC CL OCKW KWIS ISE E / CO COUN UNTE TERC RCLO LOCK CKWI WISE SE
*SK160
75°-90°
SK210
75°-90°
SK250
75°-90°
SK290
75°-90°
SK330
75°-90°
SK480
75°-90°
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: degree of angle
Page 4-9
SWING DRIFT SWING DRIFT A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Device for Marking Starting Point 2. Stopwatch B. Machin Machine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 2. Firm testing te sting area with 10° slope.
10°SLOPE
• C. Swin Swing g Dri Drift ft Tes estt 1. Move the machine to a firm testing area with 10° slope as shown in Figure 4.8.
FIGURE 4.8
2. Operate the Bucket In Control until bucket is completely in (extending cylinder). See Figure Figu re 4.9. 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until the arm is completely out ( retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.9.
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
BUCKET IN CYLINDER EXTENDED
FIGURE 4.9
4. Adjust the boom up or down until bucket teeth are 1.5m (4'-11") (4'-11") from ground level. level. See Figure 4.10. •
5. Stop engine and allow the machine to sit for 20 seconds.
1.5M (4'-11")
6. Measure the distance the swing drifted, down do wn gra grade, de, while while sittin sitting. g. Record Record the the distance. See Figure 4.11. 7. Repeat steps 2 through 6 two more times. Average the distances and compare average to the Swing Drift Specification Chart.
•
FIGURE 4.10
STARTING POINT
•
8. Start engine and swing machine 180°. Repeat steps 2 through 7.
STOPPING POINT (20 SEC.)
•
FIGURE 4.11
SWING DRIFT SPECIFICA SPECIFIC ATIONS MODEL SK160 ~ SK480
Page 5-10
SPECIFICATION 10mm (0.393") / 20 Seconds
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SWING BEARING VERTICAL MOVEMENT FRONT OF MACHINE
SWING BEARING UP-DOWN (VERTICAL) MOVEMENT
•
A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Dial Indicator 2. Magnetic Base Assembly
•
• B. Machin Machine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 2. Firm, level testing area.
WARNING
• MAGNETIC BASE ASSEMBLY
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
DIAL INDICATOR
MOUNT DIAL INDICATOR AT BEARING MOUNTING SCREW
FIGURE 4.12
• BE EXTREMELY EXT REMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE TAKING TAKING READINGS FROM DIAL INDICAT IN DICATOR. OR. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES PROCEDURES..
C. Swing Swing Beari Bearing ng Up-Do Up-Down wn (Vert (Vertica ical) l) MoveMovement Test 1. Move the machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Attach the Dial indicator to the mounting area of the swing bearing at the location of a swing bearing mouning bolt. See Figure 4.12. 3. Operate the Arm Control until the arm is approximately approxim ately at 90°with boom. boom . See Figure 4.13. 4. Operate the Bucket Control until bottom of bucket is even with ground level. See Figure 4.13. 5. Adjust the boom up or down until bucket is resting on the ground. With Boom Control, raise the machine until tracks are 450mm (17.75") off the ground. See Figure 4.13. 6. Set Dial Indicator to "0". 7. Operate Boom Up and Arm Out Controls until arm is completely out. See Figure 4.14. 8. Operate Bucket Control until bucket is completely out and operate boom until bucket teeth are 450mm (17.75") from ground. See Figure 4.14. 9. Record reading from dial indicator and repeat steps 3 through 9 two more times. Compare reading to Up-Down Movement Specification Chart. 10. Swing 10. Swing Machine Machi ne 180° and repeat steps 2 through 9.
•
•
90° BUCKET ON GROUND 450mm (17.75")
• •
•
FIGURE 4.13
BUCKET OUT ARM OUT
•
•
• 450mm (17.75")
• FIGURE 4.14 SWING BEARING UP-DOWN MOVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
STANDARD
MAX. MOVEMENT
*SK160
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK210
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK250
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK290
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK330
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
SK480
0.8 ~ 1.8 (.030~.070)
3.6 (.140)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: mm (inches)
Page 5-11
SWING BEARING HORIZONT HORIZONTAL AL MOVEMENT SWING BEARING SIDE TO SIDE (HORIZONTAL) MOVEMENT A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt.. 1. Measuring Tape 2. Device for marking starting point. B. Machin Machine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Hydraulic oil temperature at 45°C to 55° (113°F to 131°F). 2. Firm, level testing area.
BUCKET OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
ARM OUT CYLINDER RETRACTED
FIGURE 4.15
WARNING • BE EXTREMEL EXTREMELY Y CAUTIOUS WHILE MOVING THE BUCKET FROM SIDE TO TO SIDE. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES AND HARD HA HAT T WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES PROCEDURES..
C. Swing Swing Bearin Bearing g Side Side To To Side Side (Horizo (Horizont ntal) al) Movement Test 1. Move the machine to a firm testing area. 2. Operate the Bucket Control until bucket is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.15. 3. Operate the Arm Control until arm is completely out (retracting cylinder). See Figure 4.15. 4. Operate boom up or down until bucket teeth are 10mm (0.04") from ground level. See Figure 4.16. 5. Mark center of bucket with marking device. 6. Make a mark on ground in line with mark on bucket. See Figure 4.17. 7. Manually move bucket to the left and record distance the center of bucket moved to the left of the mark on ground. See Figure 4.17. 8. Move bucket to the right and record the distance the center of the bucket moved to the right of mark on ground. 9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 two more times. 10.Average 10. Average the readings and compare to the Side To Side (Horizontal) Movement Specification Chart. 11. Swing Machine 180° and repeat steps 1 through 10.
10mm (0.4")
• FIGURE 4.16
MEASURE DISTANCE EACH SIDE
• • •• • MANUALLY MOVE BUCKET SIDE TO SIDE MARK ON GROUND
FIGURE 4.17 SWING BEARING SIDE TO TO SIDE (HORIZONTAL) MOVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
STANDARD
MAX. MOVEMENT
*SK160
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK210
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK250
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK290
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK330
60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
SK480
50 (1.97)
120 (4.72)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Page 5-12
BUCKET CENTERLINE
Unit: mm (inches)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SWING MOTORS SWING MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN A. Too ools ls & Eq Equi uipm pmen entt 1. 38 Liter (10 U.S. Gal.) graduated bucket. 2. Hydraulic line wrenches 3. Hydraulic line plugs 4. Hydraulic fitting caps 5. Stopwatch 6. Thermometer B. Machin Machine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F) 3. Firm, level testing area. 4. Verify that engine RPM's are at correct specification
ARM OUT (COMPLETELY OUT)
BUCKET OUT (COMPLETELY OUT)
FIGURE 5.1
C. Swing Swing Moto Motorr Oil Cas Case e Drain Drain Tes Testt 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a temperature tur e of 45° 45°C C to 55° 55°C C (113°F (113°F to 131 131° °F). 3. Operate the Arm Out Control until the arm is completely out. See Figure 5.1.
BOOM DOWN (BUCKET TEETH IN GROUND)
BUCKET
FIGURE 5.2
CAREFULLY DEPRESS STEM
4. Operate the Bucket Out Control until bucket teeth are positioned to go into ground See Figure 5.1. 5. Lower the boom until bucket teeth are in ground. See Figure 5.2. 6. Operate Swing Control in both directions to make certain bucket teeth are in the groun gro und d de deep ep enough to stall swing. It May be necessary to set bucket teeth deeper to stall swing. 7. Turn engine "OFF" . 8. Release hydraulic tank pressure by removing cap from pressure relief valve and depressing relief valve stem. See Figure 5.3. 9. After cleaning away all dirt and debris, remove hydraulic line routed from "Tee" on top of swing motor to center port on Swivel Swiv el Joint at swi swing ng motor "Tee". "Tee". See Figure 5.4. Dynamic Acera 06/2002
FIGURE 5.3
WARNING • BE EXTREMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE RELEASING HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE. VAPORS MAY BE EXTREME EXT REMELY LY HOT. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES, GLOVES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES.
Page 5-13
SWING MOTOR SWING MOTOR TEST CONTINUED
SK150 ILLUSTRATED
CAUTION REMOVE LINE AT TEE INSTALL CAP ON TEE AND PLUG IN LINE
• Thoroughly clean all hydraulic lines and fittings before removal. Do not allow any dirt or debris to enter the open lines or fittings. • Thoroughly clean the bucket that the oil is to be drained into.
10.Install 10. Install one hydraulic line plug into line and one hydraulic fitting cap onto "Tee". See Figure 5.4. Torque to proper value. 11. Remove line routed rou ted between "Tee" "Tee" on top of swing motor to hydraulic tank at the hydrauli hydr aulic c tan tank. k. See See Figure Figure 5.5. 5.5. 12.Install 12. Install one hydraulic fitting cap onto fitting at Hydraulic Tank Tank and torque. See Figure 5.5. 13.Place 13. Place loose end of line into a clean 38 literr (10 gal. lite gal.)) capacity capacity bucke bucket. t. 14. Start 14. Start engine and place throttle control in the "High" idle position. Do not operate Travel!! 15. Operate 15. Operate the Swing Control to the LEFT , stalling swing for one minute. Record amount of oil in bucket. 16.Operate 16. Operate Swing Control to the RIGHT , stalling swing for one minute. Record the amount of oil in bucket.
TEE
SWING MOTOR
FIGURE 5.4 SK150 ILLUSTRATED LINE TO TEE ATOP SWING MOTOR HYDRAULIC TANK
INSTALL CAP ONTO FITTING
LINE INTO DRAIN BUCKET
NOTE If it seems the flow of oil will be high, perform
the test for 15 seconds and multiply amount of oil by 4 to compare to chart. EXAMPLE: 19liters(5 U.S. Gal) X 4= 76liters(20 Gal)
17.Compare 17. Compare readings to Swing Motor Oil Case Drain Specification Chart. 18.If 18. If readings are greater than values in chart, refer to Shop Manual for additional instrucs. 19.Remove 19. Remove hydraulic fitting caps and plugs. Install hydraulic lines back to their original fittings and torque to the proper value. 20.Check 20. Check hydraulic oil level. Refer to Operators Manual for hydraulic oil level check procedures.
CAUTION •Fill Hydraulic tank to proper level using only approved new hydraulic oil as listed in the List of Oils, Greases, Filters and Elements Chart on Page 1-8 of this manual.
Page 5-14
FIGURE 5.5 SWING MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
LEFT/RIGHT SWING
*SK160
STANDARD- 7(1.8)
*SK160
MAXIMUM- 20(5.3)
SK210
STANDARD- 7(1.8)
SK210
MAXIMUM- 20(5.3)
SK250
STANDARD- 7 (1.8)
SK250
MAXIMUM- 20 (5.3)
SK290
STANDARD- 7 (1.8)
SK290
MAXIMUM- 20 (5.3)
SK330
STANDARD- 11 (2.9)
SK330
MAXIMUM- 30 (7.9)
SK480
STANDARD - 9 (2.4)
SK480
MAXIMUM - 27 (7.1)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: Liter per Minute (Gallon per Minute)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
TRAVEL MOTORS TRAVEL MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN TRAVEL A. Too ools ls & Eq Equi uipm pmen entt 1. 38 Liter (10 U.S. Gal.) graduated bucket. 2. Hydraulic line wrenches. 3. Hydraulic fitting cap. 4. Stopwatch 5. Thermometer 6. Special Tool to Lock Sprockets (2-Required) B. Mac Machin hine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F) 3. Firm, level testing area. C. Trav ravel el Motor Motor Oil Cas Case e Drain Drain Test 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a temperature of 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 3. Install Special Tool into each Sprocket. See Figure 5.6.
CAUTION • When placing Special Tool into sprockets, have machine in "LOW IDLE" and operate travel controls cautiously until tool is in position
4. Operate Travel Controls in forward until machine tracks stall.
CRAWLER FRAME
SPROCKET
FIGURE 5.6
A B
HANDLE SHOULD BE 12 (.50") COLD ROLL STEEL TOOL MADE FROM COLD ROLL STEEL MODEL
A (LENGTH)
B (DIAMETER)
SK210~SK250
150 (5.91")
80 (3.15")
SK290~SK330
150 (5.91")
80 (3.15")
SK480
150 (5.91)
90 (3.54) Unit: mm (Inches)
FIGURE 5.7
NOTE Use the Sprocket Special Tool Tool that fits f its the sprocket of the particular machine being tested. See Figure 5.7. 5. Operate the Arm In Control until the arm is completely in. See Figure 5.8. 6. Operate the Bucket In Control until bucket is completely in. See Figure 5.8. 7. Operate the Boom Down Control until boom is completely down. See Figure 5.8. 8. Turn engine "OFF". 9. Release hydraulic tank pressure by remoing cap from pressure relief valve and depressing relief valve stem. See Figure 5.9. 10.After 10. After cleaning away all dirt and debris, remove hydraulic line routed from "Tee" on top top of Swing Motor to center center port on Swivel Joint at swing motor "Tee". See Figure 5.10. Dynamic Acera 06/2002
SPECIAL TOOL
ARM IN
BUCKET IN
FIGURE 5.8 CAREFULLY DEPRESS STEM
FIGURE 5.9
Page 5-15
TRAVEL MOTORS CAUTION
SK150 ILLUSTRATED
• Thoroughly clean all hydraulic lines and fittings before removal. Do not allow any dirt or debris to enter the open lines or fittings. • Thoroughly clean the bucket that the oil is to be drained into.
REMOVE LINE LIN E AT AT TEE INSTALL CAP ON TEE. LINE TO BUCKET
11.Install 11. Install one hydraulic hydraul ic fitting cap onto "T " Tee". See Figure 5.10. Torque to proper value. 12.Place 12. Place loose end of line into a clean 38 liter (10 gal.) capacity bucket. 13.Start 13. Start engine, raise boom a little and place throttle control in the "High" idle position. 14.With 14. With special tool installed in each travel motor sprocket, operate the left travel cont co ntro roll at fu full ll stro ke forw ard for one minute. Measure the amount of oil in bucket and record. NOTE If flow of oil will be high, perform the test for 15 seconds and multiply amount of oil by 4 to compare to chart. EXAMPLE: 19 liters (5 U.S. Gal) X 4 = 76 liters (20 Gal) 15.Repeat 15. Repeat step 14 with right control at full stroke forward for one minute. Record amount of oil in bucket. 16.Remove 16. Remove special tool and place into sprocket to stall reverse movement. See Figure 5.1 5.11. 1. 17.Repeat 17. Repeat steps 14 and 15 with control to reverse movement. 18.Compare 18. Compare readings for each travel motor to Travel Motor Oil Case Drain Specification Chart. 19.If 19. If readings are greater than values in chart, refer to shop manual for additional instructions. 20.Remove 20. Remove hydraulic fitting cap. Install hydraulic lines back to the original fitting and torque to the proper value. 21.Check 21. Check Hydraulic Oil level. Refer to Operators Manual for hydraulic oil level check procedures.
CAUTION • Fill Hydraulic tank to proper level l evel using only approved new hydraulic oil as listed in the List of Oils, Greases, Filters and Elements Chart in Operators Manual.
Page 5-16
TEE TE E
SWING MOTOR
FIGURE 5.10 SPECIAL TOOL INSTALLED FOR FORWARD STALL
SPROCKET
CRAWLER FRAME
FIGURE 5.11
TRAVEL MOTOR OIL CASE DRAIN SPECIFICATIONS MODEL
FORWARD/REVERSE TRAVEL
*SK160
STANDARD - 7 (1.8)
*SK160
MAXIMUM - 21 (5.5)
SK210
STANDARD - 7 (1.8)
SK210
MAXIMUM - 21 (5.5)
SK250
STANDARD - 7 (1.8)
SK250
MAXIMUM - 21 (5.5)
SK290
STANDARD - 6 (1.6)
SK290
MAXIMUM - 15 (4.0)
SK330
STANDARD - 8 (2.1)
SK330
MAXIMUM - 20 (5.3)
SK480
STANDARD - 6.5 (1.7)
SK480
MAXIMUM - 19.5 (5.1)
*SK160 and ED190 same
Unit: Liters per Minute (Gallons per Minute)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
TRAVEL TRA VEL PERFORMANCE PERFO RMANCE TRAVEL SPEED A. Too ools ls & Equ Equip ipme ment nt 1. Stopwatch 2. Device to mark starting point of tracks. B. Mac Machin hine e Setti Setting ngs s & Site Site Condit Condition ion 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. Test will be performed with KPSS Mode Switch in "M". 3. Hydraulic oil temperature t emperature at 45°C 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 4. Firm, level testing area. 5. Verify that engine RPM's are at correct specification. C. Tra rave vell Spe Speed ed Tes estt 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area. 2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a te perature of 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 3. Operate Swing Right Control until mchine is sitting across (perpendicular) tracks. 4. Operate the Boom, Arm and Bucket Controls until bucket is on ground. See Figure 7.4. 5. Operate Boom Control until bottom of right track is approximately 300mm (12") off ground. See Figure 7.4. Make reference mark on track. 6. Place Throttle Control in "HI-IDLE" position and KPSS Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 7.5. 7. Place Travel Speed Select Switch in 1( ) Speed. See Figure 7.6.
8. Operate the Right Travel Control full forward and measure the the time it takes takes for track tra ck to mak make e three complet complete e revolutions. Record the time. 9. Repeat Step 7 ands 8 two more times. Averagethe readings and compare to Travel Speed SpeedSpecification Specification Chart. 10.Place 10. Place Travel Speed Select Switch in 2( ) spe speed ed an and d rep repea eatt ste step ps 8 and and 9. 11. Repeat steps 4 through 13 with Left Track Track approximately 300mm (12") off ground.
300mm (12") OFF GROUND
FIGURE 7.4 SK210 ~ SK400 ILLUSTRATED
KPSS WORK MODE SPEED SELECT SWITCH
•
• •
THROTTLE CONTROL
Figure 7.6
Figure 7.5 Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Unit: Seconds
Page 5-17
TRAVEL TRA VEL PERFORMANCE PERFO RMANCE TRAVEL SPEED SPECIFICATION SPECI FICATION CHART
MODEL MODE DIRECTION SPEED STANDARD 3 REV SK160
SK210
SK250
SK290
SK330
SK480
M
FORWARD
1
ST
27..6 ~ 30 27 30..5
M
FORWARD
2
ND
16.2~ 16. 2~ 19. 19.9 9 16.9~ 16. 9~ 18. 18.7 7
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
M
FORWARD
1
ST
23..5 ~ 25 23 25..9
M
FORWARD
2
ND
15..8 ~ 17 15 17..4
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
17..2 ~ 19 17 19..0 25.1 ~ 27.7
M
FORWARD
1
ST
M
FORWARD
2
ND
16..2 ~ 18 16 18..0
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
17..7 ~ 19 17 19..5
M
FORWARD
1
ST
29..4 ~ 32 29 32..6 18..0 ~ 20 18 20..0
M
FORWARD
2
ND
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
19..5 ~ 21 19 21..5
M
FORWARD
1
ST
32..2 ~ 35 32 35..4
M
FORWARD
2
ND
18..4 ~ 20 18 20..4
M
R E VE R S E
2
ND
20..0 ~ 22 20 22..0
M
FORWARD
1
ST
32..1 ~ 35 32 35..3
M
FORWARD
2
ND
19..7 ~ 21 19 21..7
2
ND
22..6 ~ 24 22 24..6
M
R E VE R S E
*SK160 and ED190 same Revised 06/2002
Speed Selection
Page 5-18
1ST (
)
2ND (
)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
TRAVEL TRA VEL PERFORMANCE PERFO RMANCE TRAVEL DEVIATION A. Too ools ls & Eq Equi uipm pmen entt 1. Measuring Tape 30M (100') Capacity 2. Line Parallel to Machine in soil
ATTACHMENT IN TRANSPORT POSITION
B. Mac Machin hine e Settin Settings gs & Site Site Cond Conditi ition on 1. Machine throttle in "High" idle position. 2. KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode Position. 3. Hydraulic oil temperatur t emperature e at 45°C to 55°C (113°F to 131°F). 4. Firm, level testing area. 5. Verify that engine RPM's are at correct specification.
FIGURE 7.1 A LINE IN SOIL
C. Tra rave vell Dev Deviat iation ion Tes estt 1. Move machine to a firm, level testing area.
20M (65'-7") DISTANCE
2. Allow the hydraulic oil to reach a temperature tur e of 45° 45°C C to 55° 55°C C (113°F (113°F to 131 131° °F). 3. Operate the Boom, Arm and Bucket Controls until attachment is in a transport position. See Figure 7.1.
FIGURE 7.2
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK330 KPSS WORK MODE
4. Scribe (draw) a line parallel to machine in the soil for a distance of 20M (65'-7") from front of machine tracks. See Figure 7.2.
•
5. Move Throttle Control to "HI-IDLE" Position and place KPSS Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 7.3.
•
6. Operate both travel controls together at full forward speed for the 20M (65'-7") Distance. See Figure 7.2.
THROTTLE CONTROL
7. Measure and record dimension "A". See Figure Figu re 7.2. 8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 two more times. Average the readings and compare to Travel Deviation Specification Chart. 9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 with undercarriage turned 180°.
FIGURE 7.3
TRAVEL DEVIATION DEVIATION SPECIFICATION CHART
MODEL SK160 SK480
STANDARD "A" 0mm to 1200mm (0'-0" to 3'-9") Unit: mm (Inches)
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Page 5-19
NOTES
Page 5-20
Dynamic Acera 06/2002
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Hydraulic Components Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-1
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 4. COMPONENTS AND CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 4-1 Layout of Hydraulic components (SK210)
(Battery relay) Fuel tank
Hydraulic tank
(Battery)
Control valve Pump
Slewing motor Engine Swivel joint
Travel pilot valve
Air cleaner
A/C A/C Compressor
Radiator & Oil cooler (Receiver tank) Sub tank Pilot valve (RH) (Boom, Bucket) Pilot valve (LH) (Arm, Swing)
Page 5-2
(A/C Unit)
(Sensor block)
Washer tank
(A/C Condenser)
(Solenoid proportional valve block)
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC TANK
Sight Gauge
Pilot Filter Manifold
Filter (Remove, Clean & Reinstall) O-ring (Replace & Lubricate)
Suction inlet port
Air Breather
Main Filter Compartment
Tank return to main Filters
Cap
Cover (Remove, Replace filter & Reinstall) Filter (Remove, Replace every 500 Hours) Base (with one way checks)
Typical of SK210 SK250 Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-3
HYDRAULIC TANK
Main Return Filter
Main Return Filter Bypass Check Valve
Service Interval : 500 hrs - Normal Conditions Option/Breaker Filter : 250 hrs. Note: Always Note: Always consult you operation manual for proper maintenance intervals.
If the main return filter plugs due to excessive contamination then unfiltered oil will bypass the filter thru this check valve and continue contin ue to supply the main pump with lubrication oil
Page 5-4
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC TANK
Bypass Check Valve
Typical Location of SK210 SK250
Bypass Check Valve
Typical Location of SK290 SK330 Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-5
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Proporti onal Valve Proportional Valve Non Adjustabl Adjustable e Positive Control
Typical of SK160 S K160 Page 5-6
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Dozer Gear pump
Typical of ED190 E D190 Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-7
HYDRAULIC PUMP By-Pass
Auxarily Pump mount
Mode Spool
Pump Casing Fill & air bleeder Plug Port a3
Port a2
Port a1
By-Pass
High Pressure
Mode Spool
Sensors
NEW STYLE Pump of SK210 ~330 Page 5-8
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC PUMP Pilot Pump - Specified as P3 3) Gea Gearr pump pump (For (For pilo pilott contr control) ol)
Note: 1. After assembly assembly of gear gear pump, check check that that the drive gear rotates rotates smoothly smoothly at 0.1 Nm {1.0 kgf•m} or less. 2. After assembly of gear pump, apply sufficie sufficient nt oil oil in in the gear section section.. 3. Bring the opposite opposite side side of caulking caulking of the filter filter shown in the left left figure into into contact contact with the insert end face, paying attention to the installing direction. Code 307 308 309 310 311 312 351 353 354 355 361 433 434 435 466 467 700 710 725 728 732 850
Nam e Poppet Seat S p ri r in g s e a t Spring A d ju ju s t s c re re w L oc o c k n ut ut G e ar a r c as as e D ri r i v e g e ar ar D r iv iv e n g e a r Filter F ro ro n t c a se se S oc o c k e t b ol o lt ( M 8 x 4 0 ) S oc o c k e t b ol o lt ( M 8 x 5 5 ) S oc o c k e t b ol o lt ( M 8 x 2 0 ) P lu lu g ( P F 1 /4 /4 ) A d ap a p te te r ( P F 1 /2 /2 –P – P F 3 /8 /8 ) S q u a re re r in in g O - ri ri n g ( JI JI S B 2 4 0 1 -G -G 9 5 ) O - ri ri n g ( JI JI S B 2 4 0 1 -P -P 1 1 ) O - r i n g ( J I S B2 B 2 4 0 1 -P 1 8 ) O - r i n g ( J I S B2 B 2 4 0 1 -P 1 6 ) L o c k in g r i n g ( J I S B 2 8 0 4 - R R - 1 8 )
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Q ty . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Hydraulic circuit T i g ht ht e n in in g t o rq rq u e Code 312 4 33 3 3 , 4 34 34 435 466
T h r e a d s iz e M 14 14 x 1 . 5
Torque N •m • m { k gf g f •m •m } 2 9 .4 .4 { 3 .0 .0 }
M8
1 6 .7 .7 { 1 .7 .7 }
P F 1 /4
1 5 .7 .7 { 1 .6 .6 }
Page 5-9
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Negative Control Typical of SK210 ~330 ( Old Style Pump)
Negative Control Typical of SK210 ~330 ( Old Style Pump) Page 5-10
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Negative Control Contr ol Typical Typical of SK480
Negative Control Contr ol Typical Typical of SK480 Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-11
HYDRAULIC PUMP Typical of SK210 ~330 ~ 330
Note: Not e: GPM given are Approx Approximate imate GPM = RPM X C.C. X .00026 1 Ou Ounc nce e U.S U.S.. = 29. 29.5 5 C.C C.C..
PUMP FLOW: SK160/ED190: MAX GPM: 37.9 X 2 PUMPS SK 210: MAX GPM: 55.5 X 2 PUMPS SK250: MAX GPM: 63.4 X 2 PUMPS SK290:
MAX GPM: 63.4 X 2 PUMPS SK330:
MAX GPM: 66.8 X 2 Pumps SK480: MAX GPM: 97.7 X 2 Pumps
Page 5-12
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC PUMP 3. Str tru uct ctu ure 1) Main pu pump
Typical of SK210 ~330 ~ 330
Code 111 113 114 123 124 127 141 151 152 153 156 157 211 212 214 251 261 271 312
Name Shaft (Front) Shaft (Rear) Spline joint Roller bearing Needle bearing Bearing spacer Cylinder block Piston Shoe Retainer Spherical bushing Cylinder spring Shoe plate Swash plate Tilting bushing Support Seal cover Pump casing Valve block
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Qty. 1 1 1 2 2 4 2 18 18 2 2 18 2 2 2 2 1 2 1
Code 313 314 325 401 406 407 466 468 49 490 531 532 534 535 546 548 702 710 717 724
Name Valve plate (R) Valve plate (L) Cover Socket bolt (M20 x 210) Socket bolt (M8 x 20) Socket bolt (M6 x 30) VP plug (PF 1/4) VP plug (PF 3/4) Plug (Meck) Tilting pin Servo piston Stopper (L) Stopper (S) Spacer Feed back pin O-ring O-ring (JIS B2401-G95) O-ring (JIS B2401-G145) O-ring (JIS B2401-P8)
Qty. 1 1 1 8 4 3 2 4 20 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 4 16
Code 725 728 732 774 789 792 80 806 80 8 08 824 885 886 901 953 954 981 983
Name O-ring (JIS B2401-P11) O-ring (JIS B2401-P24) O-ring Oil seal Back-up ring (JIS B2407-P18) Back-up ring (JIS B2407-G35) Nut (M16) Nut (M20) Snap ring Pin (φ 8 x 12L) Spring pin Eye bolt (M10) Set screw Set screw Name plate Rivet
Qty. 7 4 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 1 2
Page 5-13
HYDRAULIC PUMP REGULATOR
Minimum Angle
Minumn Stroke Angle
Maximum Angle
Maxumn Stroke Angle
Internal Pump Control: Internal pressure is applied on the small side of the Servo piston to maintain positon when the pump flow rate is increased this is i s accomplished by two things. 1. PSV pressure enters the requlator on the large side of the servo piston to position the pump swash plate angle to minumn. 2. The PSV pressure is reduced on the large side of the servo piston which allows pressure on the large piston side of the servo piston to be redirected to tank allowing the pump to come on stroke and increase the pump flow fl ow.. This internal differential pressureization allow variable control and also a more smooth control on the pump flow output. Page 5-14
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC PUMP REGULATOR
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-15
HYDRAULIC PUMP REGULATOR 2) Reg egul ula ato torr ➀
Page 5-16
Structure of regulator
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC PUMP REGULATOR
Code 412 413 418 436 438 439 466 467 496 541 543 545 601 611 612 613 614 615 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 641 642 643 644 645 646 651 652 653 654 655 656 708 722 724 725 727 728
Name Socket bolt (M8 x 50) Socket bolt (M8 x 70) Socket bolt (M5 x 12) Socket bolt (M6 x 50) Socket bolt (M6 x 20) Socket bolt (M6 x 40) VP plug (PF 1/4) Plug (PF 3/8 x M8) Plug Seat Stopper 1 Ball Casing Feed back lever Lever (1) Lever (2) Fulcram plug Adjust plug Compensating piston Piston casing Co C ompensating rod Spring seat (C) Ou Outer spring In Inner spring Pl Plunger (C) Adjust screw (C) Cover (C) Lock nut Pf sleeve Pi Pilot cover rod Pi Pilot piston Spring seat (Q) Pl P lunger (Q) Pi P ilot spring sleeve spool spring seat Return spring Set spring Port plate O-ring (JIS B2401-G75) O-ring (JIS B2401-P6) O-ring (JIS B2401-P8) O-ring (JIS B2401-P10) O-ring (JIS B2401-P14) O-ring (JIS B2401-P18)
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Qty. Code Name 2 730 O-ring (JIS B2401-P22) 2 732 O-ring (JIS B2401-P16) 2 733 O-ring (JIS B2401-P20) 5 734 O-ring (JIS B2401-G25) 4 753 O-ring (JIS B2401-P9) 4 755 O-ring (JIS B2401-P11) 3 756 O-ring (JIS B2401-P26) 1 763 O-ring (JIS B2401-G35) 18 801 Lock nut (M8) 2 814 Snap ring (JIS B2804 SR-15) 2 836 Snap ring 2 858 Locking ring (JIS B2804 RR-15) 1 874 Pin (φ 4 x 11.7L) 1 875 Pin (φ 4 x 8L) 1 887 Pin 1 897 Pin (φ 4 x 19L) 1 898 Pin (φ 6.5 x 9L) 1 92 924 Set screw 1 925 Set screw (Q1) 1 1 079 So S olenoid valve 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Tightening torque 1 1 Code 1 412, 413 1 436, 438, 439 1 466 1 467 2 496 12 630 1 801 1 1
Qty. 1 2 2 1 1 6 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1
Size M8 M6 F 1/ F 3/ TF 1/ 0X1 M8
Torque 29.4 {3} 11.8 {1.2} 36.3 {3.7} 73.5 {7.5} 8.8 {0.9} 156.8 {16} 15.7 {1.6}
Page 5-17
HYDRAULIC MAIN CONTROL CON TROL VALVE VALVE
Travel Straight
Travel Right Bucket
Travel Left
Boom P1 by-pass cut c ut (Top) (Top) & Arm Conflux (bottom)
Swing
Boom Conflux
Arm
Circuit Relief ArmV/R (top) & P2 by-pass cut (bottom)
Swing Priority Negative Control Relief Front of Machine
Back Pressure Port
Typical of SK210 SK250 Page 5-18
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC MAIN CONTROL VALVE Front of Machine
Option Valve Activation Port
Arm AVR Arm Variable Regen (top)
P1 By-Pass Cut (Top)
Boom Holding Valve Boom Conflux
Boom Bucket
Travel Right
Main Relief Travel Straight Travel Left Swing Typical of SK210 SK250
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-19
HYDRAULIC MAIN CONTROL VALVE Front of Machine Arm Arm Conflux
Arm Ar m
Boom Conflux
Boom Bucket
Option 1
Travel Right
Travel Straight Swing
Travel Left
Main Relief
Cover for option -2 block
Page 5-20
Typical of SK480 Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 7-7 77 Pilo Pilott valv valve e (for (for Att Attach achmen ment) t)
2. Before Before tight tightenin ening g adjusti adjusting ng nut nut of pilot valve, apply Locktite #277 on joint thread section. 3. Apply Apply grease grease on rotati rotating ng and and slidin sliding g sections of joint, and give attention to the assembling direction. 4. Appl Apply y greas grease e on push rod top top end. end. 5. Thicknes Thickness s of wash washer er 2 (shim) (shim) for regulating secondary pressure is t = 0.4. 6. Not allow allowed ed to use seal seal wash washer er agai again. n.
Type Max. prim prima ary pressure Max. back pressure Rated flow rate Weight
PV48K1008 50 kgf/cm², ( 711 PSI) 3 kgf/cm², ( 42 PSI ) 20 L/min 1.9 kg
1. The material material of casing casing has has changed changed from casting casting iron iron to aluminum aluminum alloy alloy to make lighter weight . 2. Shuttle block on lower part part is canceled, canceled, and low pressure pressure sensor is used to send pilot secondary pressure signal to controller. Note:: 1. P port Note port inle inlett has has a filte filterr of 40 mesh mesh or more more to prote protect ct spoo spooll from from forei foreign gn matte matterr.
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-21
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 3. Co Cons nstr truc ucti tion on Cross sectional view
Code 101 111 121 12 122 125 126 131 151 201-1 20 201-2 211 212 213 214
Page 5-22
Name
Qty.
Ca C asing Po Port plate Se Seal washer O-ring So Socket bolt (M8 x 35) Sp Spring pin Bu Bushing Pl Plate Sp Spool Spool Pl Plug Pu Push rod Se Seal O O-ring (1B P20)
1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 4 4
Torque Nm {kgf•m}
20.6 {2.1}
Code 216-1 216-2 217 218-1 218-2 221-1 221-2 241-1 241-2 246 301 302 312 501
Name Sp Spring seat 1 Sp Spring seat 2 Wa Washer 2 (shim) Sp Spring seat 1 Sp Spring seat 2 Sp Spring Sp Spring Sp Spring Sp Spring Spring Jo Joing (M14) Pl Plate Ad Adjusting nut (M14) Bo Boot
Qty. 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 1
Torque N•m {kgf•m}
47 {4.8} 69 {7}
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 7-8 78 Pil Pilot ot valv valve e (for (for trave traveli ling ng)) 1. App ppe eara ranc nce e
Code
Port name
1 2 3 4 T 5 6 P
Left travel forward port Left travel reverse port Right travel forward port Right tra travel reverse port Tank port Trav ravel pres ressure sensor port Trav ravel pres ressure sensor port Pilot primary pressure port
Size
Torque N•m {kgf•m} {kgf•m}
PF 3/8
73.5 ± 5 {7.5 {7.5 ± 0.5} .5}
PF 1/4
36.3 ± 2 {3.7 {3.7 ± 0.2} .2}
2. Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns Model Primary pressure Secondary Secondary pressure pressure Rated flow
07291-0000 50kgf/cm², ( 711 PSI) 5.5 5.5 ~ 24 kgf kgf/cm² cm², ( 78 ~ 341 PSI ) 10 L/min
Weight
4. Co Cont ntro roll cur curve ve
Approx. 11 kg
3. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c dia diagr gram am
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-23
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 5. Co Cons nstr truc ucti tion on
Travel pilot valve Code
Name
Qty.
1 Orifice (Shim) 2 Seat 3 Orifice (Shim) 4 Spool 5 Body 6 Stopper 7 Spring 8 Spring 9 Name plate 10 Shim (t = 0.2) 11 Shim (t = 0.1) 12 Cam 13 Boot 14 Pin 15 Cover 16 Piston 17 Guide 18 Sleeve 19 Holder 20 Ring 21 Orifice (Shim) Apply Locktite Locktite #262 to
4 2 4 4 1 4 4 4 1 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 12 4
Page 5-24
Torque N•m {kgf•m} ✩15
{1.5}
Code 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 44
Name Spring Plug (PF 1/8) Plug (PF 1/4) Socket Socket bolt (M10 x 60) Flange bolt Setscrew (M8) Washer Washer Rivet Pin ( φ 5) Ball Ball Ball Ball U-packing O-ring (1A P5) O-ring (1A P24) O-ring (1A P26) O-ring (1B P8) O-ring (1B P11) Piston Assy
Qty. 4 3 3 2 4 4 4 2 2 4 6 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 3 3 4
Torque N•m {kgf•m} 9.8 25 59 5 15
{1 { 1.0} {2 {2.5} {60} {0.5} {1 { 1.5}
✩
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 6. Ope perrat atio ions ns The pilot valve is made up of the following followi ng sections in the functions. A. Damp Damper er sec secti tion on B. Re Reduc ducing ing val valve ve sec sectio tion n C. Sh Shutt uttle le se sect ction ion A. Da Damp mper er sect sectio ion n ➀
The primary pressure is fed through the P port, and flows into the damper chamber through passages (D) and (E).
➁
In addition, the primary pressure is stored in the damper chamber through the orifice and check valve.
➂
Then, the air stored in the damper chamber is discharged to T port through passages (F) and (G) to prevent the damper performance from instability due to the entry of air.
➃
If the cam actuates while traveling because the oil in the damper chamber is prevented from reversing with the check valve, the oil flows to passage (E) through only the orifice section.
➄
The damping operation is performed by the resistance generated when the oil passes through the orifice.
➅
The upper and lower bores of piston are 12 and 11 respectively, causing the difference of area, therefore the upward moving force always acts on the piston.
➆
Consequently, the cam operation and Consequently, the piston on the other side rise due to the pressure caused by the difference of area, resulting in the condition where it follows the cam operation.
➇
Therefore, the damper operation is constant even the cam is located on any position.
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-25
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS B. Re Redu duci cing ng va valv lve e (1) At neutral position ➀
The primary pressure fed through P port is blocked by the sealing function on the outside of spool and the hole on the body body..
➁
And, since the secondary pressure port is connected to the T port through vertical hole (H) at the center section and side hole (I), (I), the pressure is zero.
(2) In operation ➀
If the cam inclines in the operating direction, the piston lowers.
➁
Since the cutout (J) on the outside of spool is connected with the secondary pressure port, the primary pressure fed through P port flows to the secondary pressure port.
➂
Then, the side hole (I) goes in the hole on the body and is sealed, and the circuit from the secondary pressure port to the T port is blocked.
➃
When the pressure at the secondary pressure port rises higher than the force of spring for the secondary pressure, the spool is pushed up and the cutout (J) goes in the hole on the body and the passage between the primary pressure port and the secondary pressure port is blocked.
➄
And, side hole (I) is connected with the T port to release the pressure at the secondary pressure port to the T port.
➅
By repeating the above procedures, it is possible to obtain the pressure at the secondary pressure port which is wellbalanced against the load of spring for the secondary pressure corresponding to the cam operation.
➆
The return spring acts to maintain the proper operating reaction force and to securelyreturnthepressurereducingvalve to the neutral position.
C. Sh Shut uttl tle e sect sectio ion n ➀
If the pressure is produced on the ports 1 and 3, the ball is pressed against the seat.
➁
And, the pressure flows from the port 1 to the port 5 or port 3 to port 6.
➂
Only a little pressure leaks from the ports
Page 5-26
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 7-10 Solenoid/Pr Solenoid/Proportional oportional valve valve block 1. App ppe eara ranc nce e
Proportional Solenoid Valves F F O / n O
F F O / n O
F F O / n O
F F O / n O
Note : A1 ~ A8 are Non - Adjustable Port Code P1, P2, T A1 A2 ~ A8 A8
Size PF 3/ 8 PF 1/ 1/ 4
Torque: N•m {kgf•m} 74 ± 5 { 7. 5 ± 0.5} 36 ± 2 {3 {3. 7 ± 0.2}
2. Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns Item Type Rated ated press pressu ure (P port) port) All Allow owabl able e ba back ck press press.. (T port) port) Max Ma x. flow flow rate rate Solenoid valve alve ON/OFF Proportional valve alve Variable
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Rated voltage Range of of allowable vo voltage Rated power consumption Duty Coil resista resistan nce Rated current Coil resista resistan nce Range of secondary p prress Dither i n use
Specifications 8KWE5G 8KWE5G–3 –30 0 / G24 24WR WR–8 –804 04 B 0 ~ 50 kgf/ gf/cm² {0~71 0~711 1 psi} si} 10 kgf kgf/cm² cm² {14 142 2 psi} psi} or low ower er Sol. Sol. valv alve: 16 L/min L/min,, Prop Propo. o. valv alve: 10 L/min L/min (pe perr on one e spoo spooll) DC24V 20.4 ~ 30V 17W or less (at 24V, 20°C) 29V continuous (with surge killer) 3 4 ~ 40 Ω 700mA 17.5 Ω (at 20°C) 0 ~ 2.9 MPa {0 ~ 30 kgf/cm²} 100 Hz/300mA P-P {at {at 300 300mA} mA} Page 5-27
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 2. Str tru ucture
Code 101 151 153 171
Name Casing Plug BP–1/16 (Meck) Plug BP–1/8 (Meck) Socket bolt (M5 x 12)
Qty. Code 1 601 8 701 1 702 16 901
Name Qty. Propo. valve (KDRDE5K-31/30C40-101) 4 Sol. valve (KWE5K-31/G24D40) 3 Sol. valve (KWE5K-31/G24Y40) 1 Name plate 1
3. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c dia diagr gram am A1 ~ A8 are Non - Adjustable
Page 5-28
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 7-9 Sw Swiv ive el jo join intt 1. App ppea eara ranc nce e
2. Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns
3. Con ons str truc ucti tion on
Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Name Body Bo Stem St Thrust pl plate Cover Seal assy O -ring O -ring Socket bo bolt Socket bo bolt Blank plug
Q t y. 1 1 1 1 5 2 1 2 4 1
Page 5-29
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 7-6 Cus Cushio hionin ning g Mecha Mechanis nism m of Cyli Cylinde nderr 1) Cushi Cushion oned ed cy cylin linder der Cushion mechanism is provided so that earth and sand in the bucket does not fall down due to shock produced when extending and retracting piston rod strikes rod cover and cylinder tube without reducing the speed. ➀ ➁ ➂
Boom cylinder Arm cylinder Bucket cylinder
Rod side Rod and head side Rod si side
• Operatio Operation n of cushion cushion mechanis mechanism m on rod side. ➀
When reaching close to cylinder stroke end, oil in A chamber passes through passage B, and flows into tank port (T) at constant speed.
➁
In addition, after piston rod (4) is extended, cushion ring (13) gets into rod cover (14), oil in A chamber is restricted and passes through passage B and flows into tank port (T) resulting in reduction of piston speed.
➂
After piston rod (4) extends further, cushion ring (13) gets into rod cover (14) completely, piston speed is reduced when oil in a chamber passes through and piston (5) strikes rod cover (14) that is, stroke end.
• Operatio Operation n of cushion cushion mechanis mechanism m on head side. ➀
When reaching close to cylinder stroke end, oil in a chamber passes through passage B, and flows into tank port (T) at constant speed.
➁
In addition, after piston rod (4) is retracted, plunger (4a) gets into cylinder tube (1), oil in A chamber is restricted and passes through passage B and flows into tank port (T) resulting in reduction of speed.
➂
After piston rod (4) retracts further, plunger (4a) gets into cylinder tube (1) completely, piston speed is reduced when oil in A chamber passes through, then piston (5) strikes cylinder tube (1), that is, stroke end.
Page 5-30
Dynamic Acera 09/02
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 7-6 Cus Cushion hioning ing Mec Mechan hanism ism of Cyli Cylinder nder Cont.
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 5-31
7-6 Cus Cushion hioning ing Mec Mechan hanism ism of Cyli Cylinder nder Cont.
Page 5-32
Dynamic Acera 09/02
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Hydraulic Motors ( Swing & Travel )
Kobelco Construction Machinery America Inc. Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-1
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 7-4 Sw Swin ing g moto torr 1. Appe Appearan arance ce (In cas case e of of SK210 SK210))
• Rotat Rotation ion dir direct ection ion (SK (SK330 330)) (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet A ····· ······· ·· Coun Counterc terclock lockwise wise Oil inlet inlet B······· Clock Clockwise wise
Rotati Rotation on direc directio tion n (SK21 (SK210 0 · SK250 SK250)) (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet inlet A ····· ······· ·· Cloc Clockwis kwise e Oil inlet B ······· Counterclo Counterclockwise ckwise
Code
Name
Size
Torque 2
Kgf/cm (lb/ft) A,B Main port 2-PF 3/4 17 (122) PF 3/4 17 (122) M Make-up ake-up port PF1 22 (159) PF 3/8 7.5 (54) DB Drain Drain port port PF 1/2 10 (72) PA, PB PB Gauge po port PF 1 1//4 3.7 (26) PG Brake re r elease po port PF 1/ 1/ 4 3.7 (2 ( 26) L Gear oi oil le level po port PF 1/ 1/2 6.6 (4 (47) IP Gear oi oil fi filling po port PF 3/ 3/4 10 (7 (72)
Page 6-2
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 2. Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns
Model Type Parking brake 2 Working orking pressu pressure re Kgf/cm (psi) Swing wing spee speed d M-Mod M-Mode/ e/ highidl igh idle e Weigh eight hydrau ydraulic lic moto otorr & gear gear
Specification pecifications s Swing wing Mo Motor tor SK160 ED190 SK210 SK250 SK290 SK330 Axial piston piston type type Oil ty type disk brake, sp spring applied hydraulic release 350 (49 (4980) 365 (51 (5193) 280 (39 (3990) 280 (39 (3990) 280 (39 (3990) 280 (39 (3990) 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 9.1 RP RPM 223 (491) 223 (491) 235 (520) 235 (520) 511 (1,12 ,126) 511 (1,126)
3. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c diag diagra ram m
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-3
SK210 HYDRAULIC SWING MOTOR 4. Structu turre
Port relief
Swing shockless valve
Shoe
Cylinder block
Page 6-4
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SK210 REDUCTION HYDRAULIC SWING MOTOR ➁
Reduction unit (Swing)
Code Name Pinion shaft 1 Sleeve 2 Plug (PT 1/2) 4 O-ring 5 (JIS B2401 G100 1A) Oil seal (160 x 190 x 13) 6 Retainer 7 8 Socket bolt (M8 x 25) Taper roller bearing 9 (22320RH 100 x 215 x 73) 10 Housing 11 Spacer
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 1
Co C ode 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Name Qty. Co C ode Taper roller bearing 1 24 (22218RH x 90 x 160 x 40) Retaining ring 1 25 Spider 1 26 Sun gear 1 27 Ring gear 1 28 Spider assy 1 29 Socket bolt (M14 x 130) 10 30 Sun gear 1 31 Spring pin ( φ 8 x 25) 4 32 Shaft 4 33 Thrust washer 8 34 Pinion 4
Name Needle bearing (28 x 43 x 43) Thrust washer Pinion Roller Thrust washer Retaining ring Pipe Elbow Plug (PT 3/4) Retaining ring Set screw
Qty. 4 3 3 102 3 3 1 1 2 1 2
Page 6-5
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 3. Pa Park rkin ing g brak brake e 1) Cylinder block (11 (111) is engaged engaged with shaft shaft (101) (101) and spline. spline. 2) And, the rotation in round direction of separator plate (743) is restricted by circular grooves cut on the surface of the casing. 3) When friction friction plate (742) engaged engaged with cylinder cylinder block (11 (111) at the outside with the spline spline is pressed against casing (301) by brake spring (712) through separator plate (743) and brake piston (702), the frictional force is generated between friction plate (742) and casing (301), and also separator plate (743) and brake piston (702). 4) This frictiona frictionall force restricts restricts the rotation rotation of the shaft, shaft, resulting resulting in the braking braking force. 5) On the other other hand, after after application application of the the release pressur pressure e to the oil chamber chamber formed formed between between brake piston (702) and casing (301), if the oil pressure becomes becom es higher than brake spring (712) force, brake piston (702) moves and friction plate (742) separates from casing (301), and finally the brake is released.
Page 6-6
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS SWING SK480
The SK480 swing motor uses two sets of relief valves for hydrauic breaking and motor control.
main Relief
Overload relief
Shockless valve
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-7
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 5. Sh Shoc ockl kles ess s val valve ve Structure 161. O-ring 162. Ring 163. Backup ri ring 251. Plug 261. O-ring 311. Plunger
312. 313. 315. 321. 322. 371.
Piston Seat Ball Spring Spring Shim
• Operatio Operation n of shockle shockless ss valve valve This graph shows the relation between the pressure on shockless valve and the rising process. The actuation on each part is described below. a. Operat Operation ion on the the sta state te of of P = PS Considering the state where the brake pressure generates on port AM side, the pressure at port AM is conducted to chamber n through passage , axis hole on seat (313), and passage m on plunger (311). If pressure P is over the specified pressure of spring (321), then the spring is pushed, and the plunger is moved mo ved to left. Seat (313) also moves to left deflecting spring (322) pushed by plunger (311). b. Operatio Operation n on the sate of P < PS The brake pressure may be decreased by the stop of slewing (Y point), arriving to the state P < PS, the plunger (31 ( 311) 1) is moved to the right by the force of spring (321), simultaneously the seat (313) is also moved to right by the force of spring (322), as the chamber P contains damping actuations caused by (g), the return of seat (313) is late comparing it with that of plunger plun ger (311), (311), and the seat part t is left away. away. Then the pressure oil flows in sequence such as → t → r → K proportionately to the return of plunger, finally the passage connecting to AM and BM ports is formed. As a result, the pressures at both AM and BM ports are quickly equal, and return to the state of Z point, and then the hydraulic motor is protected from in version caused by the confined pressure at AM port. Page 6-8
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 7-5 75 Tra rave vell mo moto torr 1. Ap App pear ara ance
Note: 1. When When overha overhauli uling ng the the travel travel motor motor or or replacing the assy., fill hydraulic oil 1.2L through the drain port ( D ). 2. When When overhau overhauling ling the the reduc reduction tion unit, unit, fill fill the approved gear 2.5L oil through the drain port. In addition, when replacing the assy., as the oil is already filled, check that the filled oil quantity is enough for the proper operation.
Code Name VA VA, VB Main port P1 P1, P2 Main port D Drain port T Drain port MA MA, MB Gauge port Pm Pm1, Pm2 Gauge port P Travel 1st/2nd speed change port Ps Ps Travel 1st/2nd speed change port Pp Pp Parking brake release port Ti Tin Casing filling oil port Drain port, Filling port, Level port
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Size PF 1 PF 1 PF 1/2 PF 1/2 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 3/4
Torque N•m {kgf•m} 255 ± 10 {26 ± 1} 255 ± 10 {26 ± 1} 108 ± 10 {11 ± 1} 108 ± 10 {11 ± 1} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3 {3} 29.4 {3} 98 {1 { 10}
Remarks SK210 SK330 SK250 SK210 • SK330 SK250 SK210 • SK330 SK250 SK210 • SK330 SK250 SK250 SK250 Wind seal tape
Page 6-9
HYDRAULIC MOTORS
Hydraulic In-Line Piston Motor Operation
5. Outlet Port
3. Swash Plate 4. Piston Sub assembly Driveshaft
2.
Shoe Retainer Plate
1. Inlet Port
1.
Oil is de deli live vere red d und under er pr pres essu sure re at in inle lett por port. t.
2.
Oill exe Oi exert rts s a fo forc rce e on on pis pisto tons ns,, for forci cing ng th them em ou outt of of the the cyl cylin inde derr blo block ck..
3.
The Th e pist piston on thr thrus ustt is tra trans nsmi mitt tted ed to to the the angl angled ed swa swash sh pla plate te cau causi sing ng rot rotat atio ion. n.
4.
The pis The pisto tons ns,, sho shoe e pla plate te,, and and cy cylilind nder er bl bloc ock k rot rotat ate e tog toget ethe herr. Th The e driveshaft is splined to the cylinder block.
5.
The pis The piston ton pa pass sses es th the e inle inlett por port, t, an and d beg begins ins to re retu turn rn in into to it its s bor bore e because of the swash plate angle. Exhaust oil is pushed into the outlet port.
Typical Piston Motor
Page 6-10
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS Item
Model
Type Displacement 1st/2nd speed cc/rev Working pressure MPa {kgf/cm²} Max. flow L/min Ove Overr load load crac cracki king ng pres press. s.
MPa MP a {kgf {kgf/c /cm² m²}}
Tilt Tiltin ing g cont contro roll pilo pilott pres press. s. Drain allowable press. MPa {kgf/cm²}
MPa {kgf/ MPa kgf/cm cm²} ²} No Normal Su Surge
Pa Parking brake torque
N•m {kgf•m}
Parking brake release press. MPa {kgf/cm²} Parking brake chamber MPa {kgf/cm²} allowable press.
SK210 M4V150/ 100-RC3.5B 103.7 / 154.4 34.3 {350} 210 35.8 {365} or more 4.9 4.9 {50} {50} 0.2 {2} 1 {10} 441 ~ 686 {45 ~ 70} 1.57 {16}
SK250 MAG-170VP3600E-2 109.9 / 170.0
SK330 M3V260/ 150A-RG5.5C 150.5 / 262.6
←
←
240 31.1 {317} or more
250 35.8 ~ 37.2 {365 ~ 380}
←
←
0.2 {2} 0.5 {5} 22.5 kN•m {2292} 1.1 {11}
0.2 {2} 1 {10} 902 {92} or more 1.54 {15.7}
41.2 {420}
4.9 {50}
41.2 {420}
0.4 {4} or less 1.5 {15} or more
Approx. 27.4 {280} Pilot press. 4.9 {50}
Set press. of auto speed select
MPa {kgf/cm²}
Approx. 27.4 {280} Pilot press. 4.9 {50}
Brake valve spool switch press.
MPa {kgf/cm²}
0.59 ~ 0.95 {6 ~ 9.7}
0.48 ~ 0.88 {4.9 ~ 9}
0.59 ~ 0.98 {6 ~ 10}
0.018 {0.18} 0.7 41.46 35.0 {3570} 23.5 {2400} 32.81 at 210 L/min 48.84 at 210L/min 5.5 VA Port inlet: RH VB port inlet: LH 238
0.03 {0.3} 0.5 43.246 40.2 {4100} 25.0 {2550} 32.6 at 240 L/min 50.5 at 240 L/min 3.5 P1 Port inlet: RH P2 Port inlet: LH 290
0.01 {0.1} 1.5 39.875 57.2 {5830} 32.8 {3350} 24.83 at 260 L/min 43.32 at 260 L/min 10.5 VA Port inlet: RH VB Port inlet: LH 360
Check valve cracking press. Oil qty. in casing Reduction ratio Output torque of 1st speed Output torque of 2nd speed
MPa {kgf/cm²} L kN•m {kgf•m} kN•m {kgf•m} -1
Revolution at 1st speed
min {rpm}
Revolution at 2nd speed
min {rpm}
Oil qty. in reduction Rotating direction (Viewed from valve side) Weight
L
-1
Approx. kg
3. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c diag diagra ram m
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-11
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 4. Str tru uctu turre ➀
Travel motor
Page 6-12
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Name Case Cover Cylinder block Shoe retainer Friction plate Brake piston Separator plate Valve plate Shaft Coupling Shoe plate Ball joint Spring seat Piston assy Ring Ring Check valve Retaining ring Retaining ring Piston Ball Pivot Piston seal Orifice Oil seal Spring Spring Spring Bearing Bearing Socket bolt Shim Pin Plug Plug Plug Plug Plug O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring Overload relief valve assy Spool Plug Spring seat Pin
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Qty. 1 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 9 12 1 1 8 2 1 1 10 1 3 2 5 4 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
Code 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Name Spring Connector Spool assy Cover Spring Spring seat Valve Spring Plug O-ring O-ring Socket bolt
Qty. 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8
Page 6-13
HYDRAULIC MOTORS ➁
Reduction assy
Item
Model
Type Displacement Wo W orking pressure
cc/rev MPa {kgf/cm²}
Max. flow rate
L/min -1
Rated speed
min {rpm}
Ou Output torque
N•m {kgf•m}
Br Brake torque
N•m {kgf•m}
Brake release pressure pressure MPa {kgf/cm²} Inne Innerr pres press. s. of casi casing ng
121.6 27.9 {285} at 179 L/min 179
145.9 29.4 {300} at 207 L/min 207
1,400 {1,400} 665 {67.8} at 350 kgf/cm²
1,600 {1,600} 767 {81.3} at 350 kgf/cm² 776 {79.2}
+110 +11 0 {55 0 }
540
+4
1,284 {1,284} 859 {87.8} at 280 kgf/cm² +245 +25 0 {89 0 }
875
+0.5 +5 0 {23 0}
2.3 {23.7}
2.3
2.5 {25.8}
+0.5
+5
←
0.8
0.9
1.5
kg
54 2KAR6P72 / 240-712 2.5
66.5 2KAR6P72 / 250-712
74.5 2KAR6P72 / 240-712
←
←
kg
56.5
69
MPa MPa {kgf {kgf/c /cm² m²}} L
Weight of swing shockless valve
Page 6-14
M2X146B-CHB10A-15/300
SK330 M2X210CHB10A-39M/280197 197 27.4 {280} at 235 L/min 235
2.8 0 {29 0} 0.2 {2} or low
Type of swing shockless valve
Weight (Total)
M2X120B-CHB10A-37/285
2.5 0 {25 0} 2.8 {29}
St Stroke end
Weight
SK250
+0.4
Cracking
Oil quantity in casing
SK210
0.29 0.29 {3} {3} or low low
77
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 5. Over loa load d relief relief val valve ve (Code (Code 70)
Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Name Socket Valve Valve seat Piston Cap Plunger Piston
Qty. Code Name 1 8 Shim 1 9 Spring 1 10 O-ring 1 11 Back up ring 1 12 O-ring 1 13 Back up ring 1
Qty. 1 1 1 2 2 1
Item
Unit
Type Max Max. wo working pr press. Se Setting pressure Cr Cracking rpessure Boosting initial pressure Ma Max. flow rate Bo Boosting time
MPa {k{kgf/cm²} MPa {kgf/cm²} MPa {kgf/cm²} MPa {kgf/cm²} L/min sec
Specifications ORV-240L3 41.2 {420} 40.7 {415} or low at 50 L/min 35.8 ~ 37.3 {365 ~ 380} at 1 L/min 9.8 ~ 24.5 {100 ~ 250} 240 Max. 0.28
Note: Standard thickness of the shim is 2mm in condition of cracking pressure. This illustration shows the case of SK210. Refer to the Parts Manual for other machine models.
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-15
BRAKE VALVE
VA
VB
Tightening Torque 8 ± 0.8 Kgf-m (58 ± 6 ft.lbs) MA
Port Name VA VB MA MB
Port Diameter PF 1 PF 1 PF 1/4 PF 1/4
MB
Tightening Torque Kgf-m (Ft. Lbs) 25 ± 2 (180 +14 -0) 25 ± 2 (180 +14 -0) 3.7 ± 2 (27 ± 1) 3.7 ± 2 (27 ± 1)
Function Drive pressure circuit port Drive pressure circuit port Pressure measuring port Pressure measuring port
Major Specifications
Item Model Rate ted d Press ssu ure Kgf/ f/c cm (p (ps si) Rated Flow L/min (gal/min) Spoo Sp ooll Sw Swit itch chin ing g Pr Pres essu sure re Kgf/ Kg f/cm cm (p (psi si)) Chec Ch eck k Valv alve e Cra Crack cking ing Pr Pres essur sure e Kg Kgf/c f/cm m (p (psi) si) Weight Kg (Lbs)
RBV - 24D 355 (505 050 0) 240 (63) 6 - 10 (8 (85~ 5~14 140) 0) 0.3 (4. (4.0) 0) 11Kg (24 Lbs)
Typical of SK210
Page 6-16
Dynamic Acera 01/02
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve Construction
1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 12 14 MB MA VA VB T P
Body Spool Spring Seat Spring Cover Restrictor Spring Plug Socket Bolt Socket Bolt Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Driv ive e Pressure Cir ircu cuiit Port Driv ive e Pressure Cir ircu cuiit Port Open to Hydraulic Tank Parking Brake
T
Typical of SK210
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-17
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve Function The Brake Valve Valve controls the flow of oil into int o and out of the hydraulic travel motor mot or in the following conditions: Brake Holding: in neutral position the brake valve function is to keep the hydraulic motor from turning. Motor Acceleration: when the brake valve is not in the neutral position the motor is able to turn. Stopping the motor: when brake valve is brought to neutral the flow of oil to the motor is shut off and the motor is no longer able to turn. Counter balancing: to slowly de-celerate the hydraulic motor that is rotating by external forces applied to the motor, causing the motor to become a pump. Three major components to safeguard the hydraulic motor: Break Spool Shifting of brake spool to allows the brake valve to: a. Supply oil to the hydraulic motor b. Shut Sh ut of offf th the flo flow w of of oil oil to th the e hyd hydra rau uli lic c mo moto torr c. Rest Re stri rict ct th the e flo flow w of of oil oil di disc scha harg rged ed to th the e hyd hydra raul ulic ic mo moto torr This allows the hydraulic motor to: a. Accelerate b. Stop, hold c. Counterbalance Check Valve Valve (built in the brake spool) The check valve serves as an oil feeding path to the hydraulic motor, stops the oil discharged from the hydraulic motor, m otor, acts as a suction (anti-cavitation) valve for the hydraulic motor, and a holding valve. Relief Valve Valve (located in the hydraulic motor) Each motor assembly has two relief valves which work with the brake valve to protect the motor. motor. When oil under pressure at the discharge discharge path of the hydraulic motor reaches a set point, the relief valve bypasses high pressure oil to either eithe r of the low pressure paths to safeguard the circuit. Typical of SK210
Page 6-18
Dynamic Acera 01/02
BRAKE VALVE
Brake Valve Assembly
2 2a 4a 4b 3a 3b 8
Brake Valve Spool Check Valve VA Drive Pressure Circuit Port VB Drive Pressure Circuit Port MA Pressure Measuring Port MB Pressure Measuring Port Restrictor & Check Valve
Plug
8
Typical of SK210
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-19
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve (Stop Operation) When the flow of oil to the brake valve is shut off, oil pressure in the pilot chambers on both sides of the brake valve spool are equalized, causing brake spool (2) to return to its neutral position by the action of return springs (4). The hydraulic tank will supply oil to both ports VA and VB with the brake valve spool in neutral. With brake valve spool in neutral, oil path MA →VA is shut off, and oil flow to port P (travel motor parking brake) is shut off. The spring applied hydraulic hydraulic release travel motor parking brake mechanically stops the travel motor from turning. Movement of the excavator (inertia) will attempt to rotate the hydraulic motor. The hydraulic motor turned by inertia continues to discharge oil from the hydraulic hydraulic motor to port MB. The trapped oil at port MB will restrict the movement of the hydraulic motor until the oil at port MB actuates the MB port relief valve.
Check Valve in Spool 2 VB
VA
MB
MA
2
VA Pump VB MA MB 2
Driv Dr ive e Pr Pres essu sure re Ci Circ rcui uitt Po Port rt fr from om Hy Hyd. d. Drive Driv e Pre Press ssur ure e Cir Circu cuit it Po Port rt to Hy Hyd. d. Tan ank k Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Brake Valve Spool
Page 6-20
Dynamic Acera 01/02
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve (Counterbalancing)
Counterbalancin g action is required to keep a positive pressure at the inlet of Counterbalancing the hydraulic motor by restricting the oil discharged from the hydraulic hydrauli c motor. Counterbalanc ing prevents over-speeding of the hydraulic motor, example; Counterbalancing The excavator is traveling downhill, the weight of the machine on an incline removes the positive pressure at the inlet of the motor. motor. The hydraulic motor is in an over-speed or run-a-way condition. Note: Not e: The hydraulic hydraulic motor motor will loose loose the positive positive pressu pressure re at the inlet inlet in a slow turn. turn. To stop the hydraulic motor from cavitating, cavitat ing, the brake valve spool will shift, restricting the flow of oil from the hydraulic motor. motor. Pressure in the pilot chamber on the path MA →VA (inlet) drops, and brake valve spool (2) is pushed to the right (restricted position) position) by the action of spring (4). As a result, pressure at MB (outlet) increases, thus the hydraulic motor mot or is subjected to a braking action. If the volume of oil supplied to hydraulic motor is reduced below the amount of oil the hydraulic motor can displace, the pressure in the pilot chamber on the VA (inlet) port drops, causing spool (2) to t o move right due to spring sp ring action on the left hand side of the spool. The result is that the braking action of the counterbalance counterba lance valve is increased, and the revolution of the hydraulic motor is i s regulated to a level equal to the oil supply at path MA →VA (inlet). (inlet) . To dampen the movement of brake spool (2), two restrictor rest rictor’s ’s (8) are built in the pilot chamber of the brake valve assembly . This restrictor is located in each of the brake valve caps to provide steady counterbalancing action.
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-21
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve (Counterbalance)
2
VB
VA
P
MB
VA VB MA MB 2
MA
Drive Driv e Pre Press ssur ure e Cir Circu cuit it Po Port rt fr from om Hy Hyd. d. Pu Pump mp Driv Dr ive e Pre Press ssur ure e Cir Circu cuit it Po Port rt to Hy Hyd. d. Tan ank k Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Brake Valve Spool
Typical of SK210
Page 6-22
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 6. Ope Operat ration ion of tra travel vel mot motor or (1) Par Parking king brak brake e 1) When When travel traveling ing (whe (when n brake brake is released) 1. After After pressu pressure re oil oil has been fee feed d into into from brake valve, spool (123) of brake valve in hydraulic motor section starts operating, the passage to parking brake opens, and the oil flows into cylinder chamber (a) made up of spindle (2) and piston (112). 2. When When the oil oil press pressure ure is is increa increase sed d 8 kgf/cm² kgf /cm² or higher, the pressure rises higher than the force of spring, and moves piston (112) to rear flange (101) side. 3. With move movement ment of piston piston (1 (112), 12), the pushing force to separator plate (116) and friction plate (115) dies out, the friction plate (115) which is placed in cylinder block of hydraulic motor section can be freely moved, and braking force to cylinder block is released. 2) When Stop Stopping ping (whe (when n brake brake is operated) 1. Pressur Pressure e oil oil from from brake brake valv valve e is cut off, and when the pressure in cylinder chamber (a) is 8 kgf/cm² or lower, piston (112) tends to return due to the force of spring (113). 2. The piston piston (1 (112) 12) is is pushed pushed by by the force of spring (113), and pushes the separator plate (116) and friction plate (115) (1 15) in free condition to spindle spi ndle (2) on reduction unit. 3. The frict friction ional al force force caus caused ed by the pushing force stops rotating force of cylinder block (104), and transmits braking torque (18.2 kgf·m) to hydraulic motor shaft. 4. This bra braking king torq torque ue stops stops rota rotation tion of hydraulic motor. 5. In additi addition, on, the the flow flow rate rate of of oil is is regulated with appropriate oil passage, enabling the smooth operation. Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-23
HYDRAULIC MOTORS (2) Auto two (High/Low) (High/Low) speed change change mechanism mechanism 1) At lo low w sp spee eed d 1. When the pilot pressure pressure is not not supplied through port (D), spool spool (163) (163) is pushed pushed up by spring (166) force or the oil pressure pressur e through port (A) or (B), the pressure oil oi l through port (C) is cut, and the oil in P chamber flows into the drain (motor case) through spool (163). 2. Consequently Consequently,, the tilting angle angle of swash swash plate (103) (103) increases increases to the maximum, maximum, and the motor speed slows down.
2) At hi high gh sp spee eed d 1. When the pilot pilot pressure pressure (50 kgf/cm²) kgf/cm²) is supplied supplied through port port (D), spool spool (163) is pushed pushed down by spring (166) force or the oil pressure through port (A) or (B), the pressure oil through port (C) is led into (P) chamber, and the piston (161) is pushed up to the position where swash plate (103) is brought in contact with the face X and maintained. 2. Then the tilting angle angle of swash swash plate (103) (103) is of the minimum, minimum, and the stroke stroke capacity capacity of
Page 6-24
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 3) Auto spee speed d change change from from high high speed speed to low low speed speed 1. As the load rises rises while traveling traveling at at high speed, speed, the quantity quantity of oil pressure pressure at (A) and and (B) ports is also raised, and if the pressure reaches 290 kgf/cm², the pressure rises higher than the pilot pressure (50 kfg/cm²) at (D) port ;and spool (163) is pushed up, and the oil in P chamber flows into the drain (motor case) through spool (163). 2. Then, swash swash plate (103) (103) comes into contact contact with the face face Y of spindle spindle (2), the max. max. tilting angle is maintained, and consequently the motor speed reduces.
21
1-1 11 21 23 41
1-1
41
Stopper Swash Plate Piston Pivot Balls Pilot Se Selector Va Valve
23
11
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 6-25
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco America Inc. Hydraulic Schematics
Kobelco America Inc.
Dynamic Acera 08/02
Page 6-1
SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS
Number
Symbols
Main ain matters indicated
1.13
Unit assembly
1.14
In case case adj adjustm ustmen entt is possible
Remarks
Chart 1Line and Connection
Name
Symbols
Remarks
Main Main line line
The The ma main in line line is the suct suctio ion n line line,, pres pressu sure re line line and and retu return rn line line..
Pilot line
Used for all pilot circuits.
Drain line
Short dashed lines
Connection of line
Dot represents connection
Bent Be nt line line
Line intersecting
Page 6-2
W ithout connection point.
Dynamic Acera 08/02
SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS
Name
Symbol
Remarks
One way check valve
Swivel Joint
Fixed displacement hydraulic pump
Variable displacement hydraulic pump
Dynamic Acera 08/02
Example: swivel excavators
for
Example: hydraulic gear pump for pilot system
Example: main hydraulic pump
Page 6-3
SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS
Name
Symbol
Remarks
Cushion cylinders helps prevent damage to circuits and cylinder.
Single cushioned cylinder
Double cushioned cylinder
Cushion cylinders helps prevent damage to circuits and cylinder.
Bi-directional motor (Variable (V ariable speed) spee d)
Typical of the travel motors used on the excavators
Electromagnetic Solenoids
Normally Open: Swing P/B Normally closed: Lever Lock, Att boost, 1/2 speed travel Proportional: P2 neutral cut, Travel priority, P1 neutral cut,
Page 6-4
Dynamic Acera 08/02
SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS
Name
Symbol
Remarks Compound main relief Potential two stage relief when pilot oil is added to spring to increase pressure. Used on excavators with power boost heavy lift.
Two stage main relief with check valves
The number of the continuous squares (rectangle) will indicate the numbers of the valve selecting position. Pilot operated, open center work spool
As a general rule, the SPOOL will be shown in the neutral position. Neutral is described as the following the hydraulic pump is producing flow and the operator has not activated a function. Springs drawn on each end of the spool spo ol assembly will return the spool to the drawn position in the circuit, when not activated by pilot oil. Triangles drawn on the end of the spool and filled (colored) indicate pilot oil will shift the spool.
Dynamic Acera 08/02
The arrow entered in each of the squares (rectangle) will indicate flow direction at one of the selecting position.
Page 6-5
SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS
Name
Slow return check valve
Hydraulic tank and components
Page 6-6
Symbol
Remarks Used in pilot systems to allow quick response in one direction of movement of a work spool. While slowing down the movement of a work spool in the opposite direction.
Hydraulic tanks are used for a number of functions. Contain oil, clean oil, pressurize the supply oil to the hydraulic pump.
Dynamic Acera 08/02
Kobelco Hydraulic Schematic Section MB TRAVEL MOTOR(RH)
D
4
SE26 SE22 P P PSV-P1 (a5) PH1 P1
(a8)
1 V (a1) S P
2 V
A1A2 (a2)
S P
P SE23 (a6) PH2
PSV-P2
P2
P
SE27 P
(a9)
PN1
23
T
18
INDEPENDENTTRAVEL VALVE Dr
A2
P12 ¯1.0
A1
P11 ¯1.0
PN2
VB VA
9
T 642 2
2
m c / g K 0 3 ~
24 IND.TRAVELSOL.
m c / g K 0 3 ~
(a3)
50Kg/cm2
M
1
B3
Dr3
T
C
T2
A
TRAVELLEFT TRAVELPRIORITY
21
Drb
490KPa
15
CT1
DIG
14
13
A ACC B
PBc Dra PAc
DIG
Bc
LCa
4
6 3 P SE10
2
5 1 RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE P SE9 RIGHTTRAVELFORWAR D LEFTTRAVELREVERSE
T
BOOM&BUCKET PILOT VALVE
10
UP
UP
8
BOOM
37.7MPa at30L
2
4
¯ 0.4
P
P P P P P
SE2 SE3 SE4 SE5 SE6 SE7 SE8
25
ARM CONFLUX
¯0.4
Pcr35.8~ 37.3MPa
D
SWING B
PB
M
DB
3
a L P 0 M 8 9 . 1 t 7 2 a
A
¯ 0.4
P 2 B -YAP SS C U T
ARM
Pis
H
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATIONPCa
¯1.7X4
(A01)
BOOMUP
(Pn2) Pn2'
37.7MPa at30L
37.7MPa at30L
BOOMDOWN
BOOM
R
H
Tn2 P
6 (LH)
SE28 H
(B01)
7
R
LowPress. Relief Valve 3.14MPa at35L
(P3)
(PAo1)
BUCKETDUMP
PG
PA
IN
Ba O U T
¯0.4
LowPress. Relief Valve
3.14MPa at35L
¯1.0
BUCKETDIGGING
5 (RH)
R
30
BUCKET H
(P4)
SWINGLH
R
8
¯1.4
SWINGRH ¯1.4
ARMIN ARMOUT ¯1.2
26
SWINGPRIORITY SOL. T A1 P
A1 LEVER LOCK
A2 ATT BOOSTING
A3 P2 BY-PASS CUT
A4 TRAVEL STRAIGHT
A5 P1 BY-PASS CUT
A6 ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
A7 TRAVEL 2-SPEED CHANGEOVER
A8 SWING P/B
16
TS
T S -V 4 P1
SK210/SK250(LC)-VI Op. Manual Rev. 2
MB
MOTOR(LH)
¯0.8
PBaOUT Aa
CCa ¯1.7X4
(Pn1) Pn1' (Tn1)
P
Pcr35.8~ 37.3MPa
CRa CAr
X1 ¯3.5
(PBo1) SE1
ARM
37.7MPa at30L
39.7MPa at30L
PA1
3
22 P
LH LH
Drd
PAaIN CRb
Ab
PCb
1
7
4TRAVEL
RH
PB1
P B1 -YAP SS CU T 6
L R K R K R A S S A A B B B B
C C D C D H L S S A B B B A B
P
RH (T3)
BOOM CONFLUX
LCa
39.7MPa at30L
PAb
LOW Bb
P
10 5
H
12 (OPTIONAL)
P
MA
PLc2 IN
PLc1 P
VB
27
CCb LCb
DOWN PBb Drc
LEFTTRAVELFORWARD
T
VA
REVERSE
BS
39.7MPa at30L 37.7MPa at30L
D
ARM &SWING PILOTVALVE
FORWARD FORWARD
PAS AS
LCc BUCKET
DUMP Ac
REVERSE
BL
PBS SWING
CP1
REV Br FOR Ar
DUMP
P C T
PBL PAL AL
CP2
¯14.0-12.8
TRAVELRIGHT
REV PBr FOR PAr
17
P
11
MA
2
CMR2
PTb
A3
CT2
19 20 147KPa
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
P1
CMR1 MR1
PL1 B1
P2
(a4) (a7)
Dr
D F B E
P1
34.3MPaat150L 37.7MPaat150L 643
S -V 2
PSV-B
PSV-C
PSV-D
PSV-A
SV-3
SV-1
P2
NEUTRALCIRCUIT : NEGA-CON function at safety lock lever ON(Down:Unlocked posi tion)
Kobelco America Inc.
Page 6-7
NOTE: The information listed in the troubleshoot ing table is for reference only. The troubleshootin g table was developed around the SK210 and SK250 Negative Control Dynamic Acera.
Page 6-8
Troubleshooting Table SK210 and SK250 Negative Control Electrical circuit
n o i t r e r e l a r o l v v o l u o s s s a r c n a n r v i n e v e o . . e c s o s s s o e n r e p p e r e r e o o r e u e r r l s u u s p v p b l s s n s s a a s o p p i e e r v r e r C r m m a . p p p u v o a k u p p p g c w h g e a 1 2 m r o o i r L H N B P P A p SE1 SE22 SE26 ~ ~ ~ SE28 SE10 SE23 SE27
Code
PSV P1
Boom raise inching
O
O
O
O
O
Boom raise full lever
O
O
O
O
O
Boom lower
O
PSV P2
A6 PSV A
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Arm out full lever
O
O
O
O
Arm in inching
O
O
O
O
O
O
Arm in full lever
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Bucket digging
(
e v l a v . o p o r p t h g i a r t S l e v a r T
e v l a v . o p o r p t u c s s a p y b 1 P
e v l a V . o p o r p l e v a r T . d n I
e v l a V . o p o r p l e v a r T . d n I
e v l a V . e o k p a o r r b p e y g v t n l i i r o k r a v i r a p p d i g g o n n i n e i l w w o S S s
A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 PSV PSV PSV PSV PSV PSV B C D E F H
A8 SV-1
e v l a V . l o s t s o o b t t A
k c o l r e v e p p L m m t e u u m k A7 SV- A2 A1 SV- p p o c m 1 2 o r u 3 SV-2 4 P P B A B
O
Arm out inching
Arm in heavy digging gging (Full lever, sequence conflux)
e v l a v . o p o r p t u c s s a p y b 2 P
Hydraulic Device
O O
Control valve
e v l a v d i o n e l o s d e e p s 2 l e v a r T
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O O
O
O
O O
O O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
e v l a v t h g i a r t s l e v a 1 2 r P P T
O O
O
t f e l l e v a r T
e v l a v t u c s s a p y b
Cylinder Other
e v l a v n e r o i t u s a l s u e e e e c v e i v l v r r l l p r a l v c a a r e o r v v k t v a e v e e l r o c x v r e n n a o t r e r d a l v e v o o b m o o d e i u x l n v a l l f u b l C C t i n d l M k v a y l n n f a v - n e l o l c i o o n i y k v e m c l C l r c o a y t o c 2 g g C v - a r a o e e a e g c v T C l r n m m T t k m i o o m m m N N g c o o r r r 1 2 e H H w o m r u o m r B A A A P P N R L S B A B B A
O O O
O
t h g i r l g e n i v a w r S T
e v l a v t u c s s a p y b
Motor
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Bucket dump
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Bucket dump (full lever, conflux)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Swing
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel RH and LH (1st speed)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel RH and LH (2nd speed)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel right + Boom
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel right + Bucket
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel right + Arm
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel right + Swing
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel left + Boom
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel left + Bucket
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel left + Arm
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel left + Swing
O
O
O
O
O
O
Travel RH and LH + Boom raise
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Arm in + Swing (Swing priority) Independent Travel Travel and Boom up Independent Travel Travel / Boom up & Swing Swing
O
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
Bucket digging (Full lever, conflux)
O
O
O O
O
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O O
O
O
O
O O
O
O O
O
O
O
Page 6-9
SK160 - Neutral Corcuit Positive Control
Kobelco Hydraulic Hydraulic Schematic Schematic Legend Item Item #
SK160 Schematic Section Item Item #
Hydraulic Hydraulic Pump Pump Schematic Schematic Legend Description Test Test port port P1 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P2 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P1 propo proportio rtiona nall solenoidvalv e noidvalve e (PSV (PSV 1) Test port P2 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV2) (PSV2)
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 Test Test port port P3 Pilo Pilott Pressu Pressure re a8 a9 A1 Deli Delive very ry port port P1 pump pump A2 Deli Delive very ry port port P2 pump pump A3 Deli Delive very ry port port P3 pump pump A4 PSV-P1 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve P1 pump pump PSV-P2 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve P2 pump pump PH1 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P1 PH2 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P2 SE-22 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P1 pump pump SE-23 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P2 pump pump B1 Supp Supply ly oil oil forP1 and and P2pump P2pump B3 Suppl Supply oil oil for P3 pump pump Dr3 Drainfor Drainfor pilot o t pump pump P3 P3 Pilot Pilot pump pump
Page 6-10
Conversion Conversion Chart 2 50 kg/cm kg/cm 711 711 psi 0.98 Mp M pa 140 ps psi 4.9 Mp Mpa 710 ps psi 34.3 Mp M pa 4974 ps p si 37.8 Mp M pa 5482 ps p si 39.7 Mp M pa 5757 ps p si 105 L 27.7 gpm 115 L 30 gpm 147 Kp Kpa 21 ps psi 490 Kp Kpa 71 ps psi
Description
1 MainHydraulic MainHydraulic pump pump 2 Main Main Contr Control ol Valv Valve e 3 SwingMotor SwingMotor 4 Trave Travell Motor Motor Assy. Assy. 5 Boom Cylinders Cylinders 6 7 ArmCylind ArmCylinder er 8 Bucket Bucket Cylinder nder 9 Swive Swivell Joint nt 10 Left Left hand hand pilo pilott valv valve e Right Right hand hand pilot pilot valve ve 11 Trave Travell pilo pilott valv valve e 12 Pattern Pattern Chan Changer ger (Option) (Option) 13 Pilot Pilot filter filter mani manifold f old 14 Accumulator Accumulator 15 Suctionstraine Suctionstrainerr 16 8 Sole Soleno noid id block block 17 Retur Return n filter t er 18 By-pas By-pass s check check valv valve e 19 Tank Tank breath breather er 20 Retur Return n check check valv valve e 21 Retur Return n check check valv valve e (oil (oil coole cooler) r) 22 Slow Slow return return check check assy. assy. 23 Indepen Independen dentt by-pass by-pass valve ve 24 Indepen Independen dentt by-pass by-pass soleno solenoid id 25 Slow Slow return return check check assy. assy. 26 Swing Swing priority priority soleno solenoid id 27 One One waycheck waycheck forswing forswing prio priori rity ty 28 30 Swing Swing priority/Bre priority/Breaker aker OptionValve
SK160 - Neutral Corcuit Positive Control MB
TRAVEL MOTOR(RH)
SE22
1 V
P
(PH1)
PSV-P1
S P
4
2 V
(a1) A1 A2 (a2)
D
P SE23
S P
PSV-P2
P
(PH2)
(a3)
(a4)
1
VB
Dr
P12 ¯1.0
A2
18
INDEPENDENT TRAVEL VALVE
23
T
VA
9
T A1
P11 ¯1.0
24 IND. TRAVEL SOL. 34.3 MPa at 115L 37.8 MPa at 105L 50Kg/cm2
M
PL1 (a7) B1
T
T2
CMR2 PBL TRAVEL LEFT PAL
TRAVEL PRIORITY
21
Drb REV PBr FOR PAr
490KPa
15
17 13
Br
FOR
Ar
DIG
P
DUMP
T
C 20kPa A
ACC
PBc Dra PAc
TRAVEL RIGHT
DIG
B
CP2
CT1
LCa SWING
CP1 LCc
Ac
DOWN
PBb
39.7MPa at30L
3
6
2
5
1
P SE9
P SE10
P
T
10
P
UP
LCa
37.8MPa at30L
37.8MPa at30L
BOOM
Drc UP
ARM
Bb
CRb
39.7MPa at30L
39.7MPa at30L
Ab
8
7
PCb
1
2
RH
¯1.2
LH
4TRAVEL
4
MB
MOTOR(LH)
LH RH (T3)
Pcr 35.8~ 37.3MPa
D
SWING
B
¯ 0.8
PB
3
DB
M
a i n P m / M L 9 . 6 7 7 2 1 t a
OUT
PAa
IN IN
Ba
OUT
A
PG
PA
CAr
¯ 0.4 ¯0.4
ARM
Pis
P2 BY-PASS CUT
PA1
3
PBa
Aa CRa
X1 ¯3.5 ARM CONFLUX ¯ 0.4
P1 BY-PASS CUT 6
¯1.2
VB
Drd
PAb
¯ 0.4
10 5
P
VA
27
PLc2 IN
RIGHT TRAVEL REVERSE RIGHT TRAVEL FORWARD LEFT TRAVEL REVERSE LEFT TRAVEL FORWARD
BOOM & BUCKET PILOT VALVE
PBS PAS AS
PB1
LCb
PLc1 T
MA
Pcr 35.8~ 37.3MPa
CCb
LOW ARM & SWING PILOT VALVE
REVERSE
BOOM CONFLUX
37.8MPa at30L
14 4
BL
BUCKET
D
11
FORWARD FORWARD
BS
Bc
DUMP
P
REVERSE
AL
¯14 - 13
95mic
0.98MPa 30cc
P
REV
MA
2 CT2
19 20 147KPa
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE
P1
MR1
PTb
A3
Dr3
B3
P2 CMR1
110 hp @ 2200 rpm Dr
D F B E C A
P1
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
H PCa
7
R
CCa
(P3) H
12
(OPTIONAL)
L R K R K A R S S A A B B B B
(PBo1)
22
C C D C D H L S S A A B B B B
P P P P P P P P
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 SE5 SE6 SE7
¯ 1.0
5 (RH)
H
(P4)
R
30
BOOM UP
BUCKET H
R
BOOM DOWN SWING LH
8
SWING RH ¯ 1.0
ARM IN
22 ARM OUT ¯ 0.8
SWING PRIORITY SOL. A1
A2
A1 LEVER LOCK
T
26
P
ATT BOOSTING
A3 P2 BY-PASS CUT
A4 TRAVEL STRAIGHT
A5 P1 BY-PASS CUT
A6 ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
A8
A7 TRAVEL 2-SPEED CHANGEOVER
SWING P/B
16
TS
T
P2
SK160(LC)-VI Op. Manual Rev. 1
37.8MPa at 30L
(B01)
BUCKET DUMP
BOOM
R
H
6 (LH)
37.8MPa (A01) at 30L
BUCKET DIGGING
SE8
25
(LCo1)
(PAo1)
SV-4
SV-2
PSV-B
PSV-C
PSV-D
PSV-A
SV-3
SV-1
P1
NEUTRAL CIRCUIT : POS-CON function at safety lock lever ON (Down:Unlocked position)
1H-1 SK160 Neutral Circuit Positive Control Positive
Page 6-11
ED190 - Neutral Circuit Positive Control
Kobelco Hydraulic Hydraulic Schematic Schematic Legend Item Item #
ED190 Hydraulic Schematic Item Item #
Hydraulic Hydraulic Pump Schematic Schematic Legend Legend Description Test Test port port P1 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P2 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test port P1 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2)
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 Test Test port port P4 Doze Dozerr pump pump a7 Test Test port port P3 Pilot Pilot Pressu Pressure re a8 a9 A1 Delivery i very port port P1 pump pump A2 Delivery i very port port P2 pump pump A3 Delivery i very port port P3 pump pump A4 Delivery i very port port P4 pump pump PSV-P1 proportion proportional al solenoi solenoid valve ve P1 pump pump PSV-P2 proportion proportional al solenoi solenoid valve ve P2 pump pump PH1 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P1 PH2 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P2 SE-22 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P1 pump pump SE-23 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P2 pump pump B1 Supp Supply ly oil oil for P1andP2 pump pump B3 Suppl Supply oil oil for P3 pump pump B4 Suppl Supply oil oil for P4 pump pump Dr3 Drainfor Drainfor pilo pilott pump pump P3 P3 Pilot Pilot pump pump
Page 6-12
Conversion Conversion Chart 2 50 kg/cm kg/cm 711 711 psi 0.98 Mp M pa 140 ps psi 4.9 Mp Mpa 710 ps psi 34.3 Mp M pa 4974 ps p si 37.8 Mp M pa 5482 ps p si 39.7 Mp M pa 5757 ps p si 105 L 27.7 gpm 115 L 30 gpm 147 Kp Kpa 21 ps psi 490 Kp Kpa 71 ps psi
Description 1 MainHydraulic MainHydraulic pump pump 2 Main Main ControlValv ControlValve e 3 Swing Swing Motor Motor
4 Trave Travell Motor Motor Assy. Assy. 5 Boom Cylinders Cylinders 6 7 ArmCylind ArmCylinder er 8 Bucket Bucket Cylinder nder 9 Swive Swivell Joint Joint 10 Left Left hand hand pilo pilott valv valve e Right Right hand hand pilot pilot valve ve 11 Trave Travell pilo pilott valv valve e 12 13 Pilo Pilott filter t er mani manifold f old 14 Accumulator Accumulator 15 Suctionstraine Suctionstrainerr 16 8 Sole Soleno noid id block block 17 Retur Return n filter filter 18 Oil coole coolerr 19 Tank Tank breath breather er 20 Retur Return n check check valv valve e 21 Retur Return n check check valv valve e (oil (oil coole cooler) r) 22 Slow Slow return return check check 23 Indepen Independen dentt by-pass by-pass valve ve 24 Indepen Independen dentt by-pass by-pass soleno solenoid id 25 Slow Slow return return check check 26 Swing Swing priority priority solenoi solenoid 27 Dozer Dozer pilot o t control control 28 Dozer Dozer soleno solenoid id valve ve 29 One One waycheck waycheck swing 30 Swing Swing priority o rity / breake breakerr valv valve e 31 Dozer Dozer controlvalv controlvalve e 32 Blad Blade e lift lift cylin cylinde derr L.H. L.H. 33 Blad Blade e lift lift cylin cylinde derr R.H R.H.. 34 Blad Blade e angl angle e L.H. L.H. 35 Blad Blade e angleR.H. angleR.H. 36 Blad Blade e Tilt
ED190 - Neutral Circuit Positive Control D2
TRAVEL LEFT
P
D1
4
4 B A
1
SE-22
P
P A1 a1
PH1
PSV-P1
Dr1
T
SE-23
23
P
(LH)
B
(RH) BLADELIFT
P2
34
Dr
A2
PSV-P2
a3
TRAVEL RIGHT
Pi2
(LH)
D2
T
BLADEANGLE
Dr
Pi1
P1
BLADETILT BLADELIFT BLADEDROP BLADEANGLECW BLADEANGLECCW BLADETILT CW BLADETILT CCW ARM OUT ARM IN SWING RIGHT SWING LEFT BOOM DOWN BOOM UP BUCKET DUMP BUCKET DIGGING
24 A3
110 hp @ 2200 rpm B1 a7
10cc/rev 27.3cc/rev
Dr3
4.9MPa at22L/min
36
L I G B DK E H C A F J M
9
¯1.0
M
35
(RH) T
37.7 gpm
P
¯1.0
A1
a10
33
D1
a2 A2 PH2
a4
A4
32
A
B3
28
B4 PUMP
MAINCONTROL VALVE
P2
DB
3
18
PTb
34.3MPaat115L 37.8MPaat105L
T2
T
P1
TRAVEL PRIORITY CT2
19
490KPa 147KPa
Dr
DIG HYD. TANK
15
17
Ø14-Ø13 CT1
TRAVEL RIGHT
PAr
FOR
Br
REV
Ar
FOR
DIG
Bc.
DUMP
Ac
DOWN
13
A
ACC
B
P
n a i P m / M l 7 0 . 3 ) 9 t R 3 a (
DOWN
22
39.7MPa at30L/min (H) Ø0.4
X1
PBa
IN
PAa
CAr
IN
Aa 37.8MPa at30 L/min (H)
CRa OUT
Ba
Ø3.5
ARM CONFLUX Ø0.4
Ø0.4
29
2
PBo1
LCo1
30
SOL/VBLOCK P2
Ao1
SV-4
SAFETY LOCK 4 LEVER SV-3
3
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED CHANGEOVER
Bo1
37.8MPa at30L/min
4
3
6
5
8
2
4
29
7
T
A
Ø1.2
P DOZER PILOTVALVE
SWING
T
Ø0.8
P BOOM&BUCKET PILOT VALVE
T
P ARM&SWING PILOT VALVE
11
10 DOZERON SOLENOID
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE
BLADEANGLECW T
Ø0.4
B3
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
PCa
27.9MPa at 60L/min
A3 2
5
1
4
P SE-10 TRAVEL L FOR. TRAVEL L REVERSE TRAVEL RFOR. TRAVEL RREVERSE
B L A D E D R
BLADELIFT
6
Pa3 P
SE-9
PSW -45
B L A D E A N
0 O G 3 - P L E E S C
27.9MPa at60L/min
BLADE LIFT
3
P
P
C W
B L A D E T I L T C C W
Pb3 B2
27.9MPa at 60L/min
A2
27.9MPa at60L/min
BLADE ANGLE
7
Pa2 Pb2
ARM
6
27.9MPa at 60L/min
B1 A1
(LH)
27.9MPa at60L/min
BLADE TILT
2
31
(RH)
Pa1 Pb1
BOOM
37.8MPa at30L/min
1
DOZERFLOAT SOLENOID
B
(P3)
SWING PRIORITY
1
Ø1.2
Pis P2 BYPASSCUT
CCa
3
BS
OUT
ARM
37.8MPa at30L/min (R)
PAo1
P2 BYPASS CUT B
PA
T
A1
16
PSV-D
AS
27
25 10
Drd
P1 BYPASSCUT
TRAVEL C STRAIGHT PSV-C
LEFT
Ø
22
P
LCa
PA1
P1 BYPASS CUT D
PAS
PLc2
BOOM
PCb
26
PBS
LEFT
PB1
39.7MPa at30L/min (H) LCb
Ab
D
RIGHT
BOOM CONFLUX
CRb
UP
PB
PAL
CCb
PBb Drc PAb Bb PLc1
95mic C 20kPa
0.98MPa 30cc
14
UP
AL BL
RIGHT
LCc BUCKET
PAc
37.8MPa at30L/min (R) P
SWING
CP1
PBc
DUMP
FOR REV
27.9MPa at143.4l/min 27.9MPa at143.4l/min
LCa
PBr REV
PBL
CP2
Drb
21 20
REV TRAVEL LEFT FOR
8 . 0 Ø
0 . 1
Ø1.0 M
CMR2
DOZERANGLE SOLENOIDS
P P P P P P P P SE-1 SE-2 SE-3 SE-4 SE-5 SE-6 SE-7 SE-6 SE-7 SE-8
CMR1 PL1
PG
P SE-29
5 (P4) 24.3MPa at60L/min P1
BUCKET
T
8
BLADETILT CW
SV-2
PSV-B
ATT BOOST 2 PRESSURE
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION A PSV-A
ED190 KAI STD
SV-1
1 T
SWING P/B
YM01ZU0001P1
P1 TS
ED190 Neutral Circuit Positive Control NEUTRAL CIRCUIT : POS-CON function at safety lock lever ON (Down:Unlocked position) and Dozer Pilot Circuit activated
1H-2
Page 6-13
SK210 ~ 290 - Neutral Circuit Negative Control
Kobelco Hydraulic Hydraulic Schematic Schematic Legend Legend Item Item #
SK210~290 Schematic Section Item Item #
Hydraulic Hydraulic Pump Pump Schematic Schematic Legend Description Test Test port port P1 pump pump High g h Pressu Pressure re Test Test port port P2 pump pump High g h Pressu Pressure re Test port P1 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2) Test Test port port P1 pump pump High g h Pressu Pressure re Test Test port port P2 pump pump High g h Pressu Pressure re Test Test port port P3 Pilo Pilott Pressu Pressure re Test port P1 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2) Deli Delive very ry port port P1 pump pump Deli Delive very ry port port P2 pump pump Deli Delive very ry port port P3 pump pump
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 A1 A2 A3 A4 PSV-P1 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve P1 pump pump PSV-P2 proportion proportional al soleno solenoid id valve ve P2 pump pump PH1 Pump Pump highpressure g hpressure port port P1 PH2 Pump Pump highpressure g hpressure port port P2 SE-22 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P1 pump pump SE-23 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P2 pump pump SE26 Low pressure pressure sensor sensor Negativ Negative e control control P1 SE27 Low pressure pressure sensor sensor Negativ Negative e control control P2 B1 Supp Supply ly oil oil forP1 and and P2pump P2pump B3 Supp Supply ly oil oil for P3 pump pump Dr3 Drainfor Drainfor pilot pilot pump pump P3 P3 Pilot ot pump pump PN1 Sign Signal al line line fromP1 sectio section n of maincontr maincontrol ol valv valve e PN2 PN2 Sign Signal al line line fromP2 sectio section n of maincontr maincontrol ol valv valve e
Page 6-14
Description
1 MainHydraulic MainHydraulic pump pump 2 Main Main Contr Control ol Valv Valve e 3 SwingMotor SwingMotor 4 Trave Travell Motor Motor Assy. Assy. 5 Boom Cylinders Cylinders 6 7 ArmCylind ArmCylinder er 8 Bucket Bucket Cylinder nder 9 Swive Swivell Joint nt 10 Left Left hand hand pilo pilott valv valve e Right Right hand hand pilot pilot valve ve 11 Trave Travell pilo pilott valv valve e 12 Pattern Pattern Chan Changer ger (Option) (Option) 13 Pilot Pilot filter filter mani manifold f old 14 Accumulator Accumulator 15 Suctionstraine Suctionstrainerr 16 8 Sole Soleno noid id block block 17 Retur Return n filter t er 18 OilCooler OilCooler 19 Tank Tank breath breather er 20 Retur Return n check check valv valve e 21 Retur Return n check check valv valve e 22 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 23 Indepen Independen dentt travel travel bypass bypass valve ve 24 Indepen Independen dentt travel travel soleno solenoid id valve ve 25 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 26 Swing Swing priority priority soleno solenoid id 27 One One waycheck waycheck forswing forswing prio priori rity ty 30 Swing Swing priority/Bre priority/Breaker aker OptionValve T.S. Temperatu Temperature re sensor sensor
50 kg kg/cm2 0.98 Mp Mpa 4.9 Mpa
711 ps psi 140 ps psi 710 psi
34.3 Mp Mpa 37.8 Mp Mpa 39.7 Mp Mpa
4974 ps psi 5482 ps psi 5757 ps psi
105 L 115 L 147 Kpa 490 Kpa
27.7 gpm 30 gpm 21 psi 71 psi
SK210 ~ 290 - Neutral Circuit Negative Control MB
TRAVEL MOTOR(RH)
P
SE22 P PSV- P1 (a5) PH1
1 V S P
2 V
(a1) A1 A2 (a2)
S P
P SE23 (a6) PH2
P1
(a8)
D
4
SE26
PSV -P2
P2
PN1
P
SE27 P
(a9)
23
T
P12 ¯1.0
A1
P11 ¯1.0
PN2
18
INDEPENDENT TRAVEL VALVE
A2
VB
Dr
VA
9
T 642 2
2
m c / g K 0 3
24
m c / g K 0 3 ~
~
34.3 MPa at 150L 37.7 MPa at 150L 643
(a3)
50Kg/cm 2
M
1
B3
C
T2
MR1
21
490KPa
15
CMR2 TRAVEL LEFT
REV FOR DIG
P
T
DUMP
14
C P
TRAVEL RIGHT
13
A
DIG
Ac
DOWN
PBb
LCa
LCc
3 6 P SE10
P
T
BOOM & BUCKET PILOT VALVE
10
39.7MPa at30L
8
LCb BOOM
Drc
P
2
UP
PAb
LOW
Bb
UP
Ab
CRb
4
12 (OPTIONAL)
22
C C D C D H L S S A A B B B B
P P P P P P P P
SE1
BUCKET DIGGING
SE2
BUCKET DUMP
SE3
BOOM UP
SE4 SE5 SE6 SE7 SE8
25
ARM CONFLUX
Pcr 35.8~ 37.3MPa
D
SWING B
¯0.8
PB
3
DB
M
a P L 0 M 8 9 . 1 7 t 2 a
OUT
PAa
IN
Aa
IN
Ba
OUT
A
¯1.7X4
3.14MPa at35L
H
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION PCa
CCa Low Press. Relief Valve
ARM Pis
P2 B Y-PA SS CUT
(Pn2) Pn2'
P
SE28
(PAo1)
(A01)
H 37.7MPa at30L
37.7MPa at30L
(B01)
BOOM DOWN
BOOM
R
H
Tn2 (P3)
7
R
Low Press. Relief Valve 3.14MPa at35L
(PBo1)
PG
PA
¯ 0.4
¯0.4
¯0.4
¯1.0
R
30
6
(LH)
5
(RH)
BUCKET H
(P4)
SWING LH
R
8
¯1.4
SWING RH ¯1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT ¯1.2
SWING PRIORITY SOL. A1
A2
A1 LEVER LOCK
T
26
P
ATT BOOSTING
A3 P2 BY-PASS CUT
A4 TRAVEL STRAIGHT
A5 P1 BY-PASS CUT
A6 ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
A7 TRAVEL 2-SPEED CHANGEOVER
A8 SWING P/B
TS
T
P1
SK210/SK250(LC)-VI Op. Manual Rev. 2
MB
MOTOR(LH)
RH (T3)
CRa CAr
(Pn1) Pn1' (Tn1)
L R K R K R A S S A A B B B B
PBa
X1 ¯3.5
PA1
3
ARM
37.7MPa at30L
39.7MPa at30L
¯1.7X4
H
4 TRAVEL
Drd
LCa
39.7MPa at30L
37.7MPa at30L
¯ 0.4
1
VB
RH LH LH
PB1
37.7MPa at30L
PCb
7
VA
27
BOOM CONFLUX
P1 B Y-PA SS CUT 6
P
PLc2 IN
10 5
REVERSE
BUCKET
PLc1 T
ARM & SWING PILOT VALVE
MA
Pcr 35.8~ 37.3MPa
CCb
5 1 RIGHT TRAVEL REVERSE RIGHT TRAVEL FORWARD P SE9 LEFT TRAVEL REVERSE LEFT TRAVEL FORWARD
2
FORWARD FORWARD
BL
BS
B
4
REVERSE
PAS AS
D
11
PBL PAL AL
PBS
SWING
CP1
Bc
DUMP
ACC
CT1
Br Ar PBc Dra PAc
CP2
¯14.0-12.8
REV PBr FOR PAr
17
P
A
TRAVEL PRIORITY
Drb
MA
2 CT2
19 20 147KPa
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE
T
PTb
A3
Dr3
P1
CMR1 PL1
B1
P2
(a4) (a7)
Dr
D F B E
P1
IND. TRAVEL SOL.
SV-4
SV-2
PSV-B
PSV-C
PSV-D
PS V-A
SV-3
SV-1
P2
16 SK210 ~ 290 Neutral Control Negative Control
NEUTRAL CIRCUIT : NEGA-CON function at safety lock lever ON (Down:Unlocked position)
Page 6-15
SK330 - Neutral Circuit Neagtive Control
Kobelco Hydraulic Hydraulic Schematic Schematic Legend Legend
SK330 Schematic Section Item Item #
Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Hydraulic Hydraulic Pump Schematic Schematic Legend Legend Description Test Test port port P1 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P2 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test port P1 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2) Test Test port port P1 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P2 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P3 Pilot Pilot Pressu Pressure re Test port P1 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2) Delivery i very port port P1 pump pump Delivery i very port port P2 pump pump Delivery i very port port P3 pump pump
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 A1 A2 A3 A4 PSV-P1 proportion proportional al solenoi solenoid valve ve P1 pump pump PSV-P2 proportion proportional al solenoi solenoid valve ve P2 pump pump PH1 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P1 PH2 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P2 SE-22 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P1 pump pump SE-23 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P2 pump pump SE26 Low pressure pressure sensor sensor Negati Negative ve control control P1 SE27 Low pressure pressure sensor sensor Negati Negative ve control control P2 B1 Supp Supply ly oil oil for P1andP2 pump pump B3 Suppl Supply oil oil for P3 pump pump Dr3 Drainfor Drainfor pilo pilott pump pump P3 P3 Pilot Pilot pump pump PN1 PN1 Sign Signal al line line fromP1 sectio section n of maincontr maincontrol ol valv valve e PN2 PN2 Sign Signal al line line fromP2 sectio section n of maincontr maincontrol ol valv valve e
Page 6-16
Item Item #
Main Hydrau Hydraulic lic pump pump Main Main Cont Control rol Valv Valve e Swing Swing Motor Motor Trave Travell Motor Motor Assy. Assy. Boom Cylinders Cylinders
ArmCylind ArmCylinder er Bucket Bucket Cylinder nder Swive Swivell Joint nt Left Left hand hand pilo pilott Valv Valve e 10 Right Right hand hand pilot pilot valve ve 11 Trave Travell pilo pilott valv valve e 12 PatternChanger PatternChanger (Option) (Option) 13 Pilo Pilott filter filter mani manifold f old 14 Accumulator Accumulator 15 Suctionstrainer Suctionstrainer 16 8 Sole Soleno noid id block block 17 Retur Return n filter filter 18 Oil Cool Cooler er 19 Tank Tank breath breather er 20 Return Return check check valve ve 21 Return Return check check valve ve 22 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 23 Indepen Independen dentt travel travel bypass bypass valve ve 24 Indepen Independen dentt travel travel soleno solenoid id valve ve 25 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 26 Swing Swing priority priority soleno solenoid id 27 One One way way chec check k forswing forswing prio priori rity ty 30 Swing Swing priority/B priority/Breake reakerr OptionValve T.S. Tempera Temperature ture sensor sensor Conversion Conversion Chart 50 k g/ g/cm2 711 ps p si 0.98 Mp M pa 140 ps ps i 4.9 Mp Mpa 710 ps psi 34. 3 Mp M pa 4974 ps p si 37. 8 Mp M pa 5482 ps p si 39. 7 Mp M pa 5757 ps p si 105 L 27.7 gpm 115 L 30 gpm 147 Kp Kpa 21 ps psi 490 Kp Kpa 71 ps psi
SK330 - Neutral Circuit Neagtive Control MB TRAVEL MOTOR(RH)
4
SE26 P
SE22 P PSV -P 1 (a5) PH1
1 V (a1) S P
2 V S P
A1 A2 (a2)
P SE23 (a6) PH2
P1
(a8)
D
PSV -P 2
P2
23
T
P
(a9)
PN1
P
SE27
VB
Dr
P12
A2
18
INDEPENDENT TRAVEL VALVE
¯1.0
PN2
VA
9
T A1
24 IND. TRAVEL SOL.
P11 ¯1.0
34.3 MPa at 150L 37.7 MPa at 150L (a3)
50Kg/cm2
M
1
P2
(a4) PL1
B1
B3
Dr3
T
C
T2
CMR2
15
Drb
REV
Br
FOR
Ar
DIG DUMP
PBc Dra PAc
DIG
Bc
DUMP
Ac
DOWN
PBb
P
14
13
A
CT1
ACC
LCa SWING
CP1 LCc
2
P SE10
LEFT TRAVEL REVERSE LEFT TRAVEL FORWARD
UP
PAb
LOW
Bb
UP
Ab
CRb
PLc1 T
ARM & SWING PILOT VALVE
P
T
BOOM & BUCKET PILOT VALVE
10
P
10 6
8
2
4
12
(Pn1) Pn1' (Tn1)
L R K R K A R S S A A B B B B
22
C C D C D H L S S A A B B B B
P
(OPTIONAL)
P P P P P ¯1.2
25
P P
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 SE5 SE6 SE7 SE8
3.14MPa at35L
PB
DB
M
3
¯0.8
a P L 0 M 8 9 . 1 7 t 2 a
OUT
PAa
IN
Aa
IN
Ba
OUT
A
PG
PA
ARM H
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION PCa
7
R
(Pn2) Pn2'
3.14MPa at35L (P3)
P
BOOM
R
H
Tn2 (PBo1)
6 (LH)
SE28
(PAo1)
5 (RH)
H R
BUCKET DUMP (A01)
BOOM UP
37.7MPa at30L
37.7MPa at30L
(B01)
BOOM DOWN
30
BUCKET H
(P4)
R
SWING LH
8
¯1.4
SWING RH ¯1.4
NOTE: ARM T2 SPOOL
IS PRESENT ONLY FOR SK330LC-VI
ARM IN ARM OUT
SWING PRIORITY SOL.
¯1.2
A1 LEVER LOCK
T
26
A1
P
A2 ATT BOOSTING
A3 P2 BY-PASS CUT
A4 TRAVEL STRAIGHT
A5 P1 BY-PASS CUT
A6 ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
A7 TRAVEL 2-SPEED CHANGEOVER
A8 SWING P/B
16
TS
T P1
SK290/SK330(LC)-VI Op. Manual Rev. 1
SWING B
¯1.7X4
¯1.0
BUCKET DIGGING
Pcr 35.8~ 37.3MPa
D
RH (T3)
Pis
CCa ¯1.7X4
H
MB
MOTOR(LH)
¯ 0.4
¯0.4
¯0.4
P 2 BY -P ASS CUT
PA1
3
4TRAVEL
CRa CAr
PCb
1
7
PBa
X1 ¯3.5 ARM CONFLUX
P1 BY-PA SS CUT 5
LH LH
Drd ARM
37.7MPa at30L
39.7MPa at30L
¯ 0.4
RH
PLc2 IN LCa
39.7MPa at30L
37.7MPa at30L
BOOM
Drc
PBS PAS AS
Aa2
ARM T2 CCb
5 1 RIGHT TRAVEL REVERSE P SE9 RIGHT TRAVEL FORWARD
P
VB
PB1
37.7MPa at30L
LCb 3
MA
Pcr 35.8~ 37.3MPa
VA
27
BOOM CONFLUX PAa2
39.7MPa at30L
B
6
REVERSE
BS
BUCKET
D
11 4
FORWARD FORWARD
BL
¯14.0-12.8
TRAVEL RIGHT
REV PBr FOR PAr
C T
REVERSE
PAL
CP2
17
P
PBL AL
TRAVEL LEFT
TRAVEL PRIORITY
21 490KPa
P
2
MR1
PTb
A3
MA
A
CT2
19 20 147KPa
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE
P1
CMR1
(a7) Dr
D F B E
P1
SV-4
SV-2
PSV-B
PSV-C
PSV-D
P SV-A
SV-3
SV-1
P2
NEUTRAL CIRCUIT : NEGA-CON function at safety lock lever ON (Down:Unlocked position)
SK330 T2 spool 1H-1
Page 6-17
SK480 - Neutral Circuit Negative Control
Kobelco Hydraulic Hydraulic Schematic Schematic Legend
SK480 Hydraulic Schematic Item Item #
Hydraulic Hydraulic Pump Schematic Schematic Legend Legend Description Test Test port port P1 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P2 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test port P1 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2) Test Test port port P1 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P2 pump pump HighPressur g hPressure e Test Test port port P3 Pilot Pilot Pressu Pressure re Test port P1 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-1) (PSV-1) Test port P2 proportio proportional nal solenoi solenoid valve ve (PSV-2) (PSV-2) Delivery i very port port P1 pump pump Delivery i very port port P2 pump pump Delivery i very port port P3 pump pump
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 A1 A2 A3 A4 PSV1 proportion proportional al solenoi solenoid valve ve P1 pump pump PSV2 proportion proportional al solenoi solenoid valve ve P2 pump pump PH1 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P1 PH2 Pump Pump high g h pressu pressure re port port P2 SE-22 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P1 pump pump SE-23 High High pressure pressure sensor sensor P2 pump pump B1 Supp Supply ly oil oil for P1andP2 pump pump B3 Suppl Supply oil oil for P3 pump pump Dr3 Drainfor Drainfor pilo pilott pump pump P3 P3 Pilot Pilot pump pump PN1 Sign Signal al line line fromP1 sectio section n of maincontr maincontrol ol valv valve e PN2 Sign Signal al line line fromP2 sectio section n of maincontr maincontrol ol valv valve e
Page 6-18
Item Item #
Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MainHydraulic MainHydraulic pump pump Main Main ControlValv ControlValve e Swing Swing Motor Motor Trave Travell Motor Motor Assy. Assy. Boom Cylinders Cylinders
ArmCylind ArmCylinder er Bucket Bucket Cylinder nder Swive Swivell Joint Joint Left Left hand hand pilo pilott Valv Valve e 10 Right Right hand hand pilot pilot valve ve 11 Trave Travell pilo pilott valv valve e 12 Pilo Pilott filter filter mani manifold f old 13 Accumulator Accumulator 14 Retur Return n filter filter 15 Retur Return n check check valv valve e 16 Retur Return n check check valv valve e 17 Retur Return n filter filter 18 Bypass Bypass check check valv valve e 19 Tank Tank breath breather er 20 8 Sole Soleno noid id block block 21 Shuttle Shuttle valve ve 22 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 23 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 24 Slow Slow return return check check valv valve e 25 Indepen Independen dentt travel travel bypass bypass valve ve 26 Indepen Independen dentt travel travel solenoi solenoid valve ve 27 PatternChanger PatternChanger (Option) (Option) T.S. Temperatu Temperature re sensor sensor Conversion Conversion Chart 50 k g/ g/cm2 711 ps p si 0.98 Mp M pa 140 ps ps i 4.9 Mp Mpa 710 ps psi 31. 4 Mp M pa 4554 ps p si 34. 3 Mp M pa 4974 ps p si 34. 8 Mp M pa 5264 ps p si 36. 3 Mp M pa 5264 ps p si 105 L 27.7 gpm 115 L 30 gpm 147 Kp Kpa 21 ps psi 490 Kp Kpa 71 ps psi
SK480 - Neutral Circuit Negative Control LS01Z00002P1
SK480LC-VIKAI STD
MB
P SE22 P PH1
a5
PSV1
a1 A1 A2
a2
25
SE23
P
PSV2 PH2
P
a6
SE26 P
MB
4
26
SE27 a8
a9
a P M 2 . 7 3
P ؔ0.7
PN1
PN2
~ 8 . 5 3 r c P
ؔ0.7
Ø0.6
a P M 2 . 7 3 ~ 8 .
Ø0.8
VA
VA
Ø0.6
Ø0.6
Pcr
3
Pcr 5 3
VB
VB REG
r c P
REG
SWING PA
9 T
D
a3
T F DEA B
MA
MA TRAVELRIGHT
DR
AV C
a L P 0 M 7 5 . 3 5 t 2 a
D
TRAVEL LEFT
C F D E AB
a4
M
1
P1
15.0 cc/rev
P2
4.9MPa
BV
315 hp @2000rpm
a7 Dr2
B1
B3
Dr3
Dr5
PB
A3
R2
P2
28
Pcr 147 KPa
19 18 14
15
pc FORWARD
5B1
FORWARD
5pa1 5A1
BACKWARD BACKWARD
31.4 MPa at 180.2 L/min 34.3 MPa at 160.2 L/min
LEFTTRAVEL
RIGHT
LEFT RIGHT
5B2 5pa2 5A2
FORWARD
4pa1
FORWARD
4A1 4pb1
BACKWARD BACKWARD
LEFT
DIGGING
5pb3
BUCKET
DIGGING
P
OPTION1
5B3 5pa3
12
5A3
C Ø0.9
B
4A2 4pb2 4B2
DOWN
BOOM-2
ACC
5pb5
5B5 5pa5
OUT
IN
UP
4A3 4B3
IN
OUT
34.8MPa at 30l
SE6
P
SE7
P
SE8
P
P
Ø1.3
BOOM LH
4pb3
DOWN
SE5
P
23
6 BOOM RH
27 (OPTIONAL)
34.8MPa at 30l
4-Ø2
ARM-1
SE4
P
24
4pa3 36.3MPa at 30l
BOOM-1
D
13
5
UP
SE3
P
22
BUCKET
34.8MPa at 30l
UP
5pb4 5pa4
A
SE2
P
Ø16 . Ø18 .
8
36.3MPa at 30l
DUMP
Ø18-Ø8
SE1
4B1 4pa2
DUMP
17
SWING RIGHT SWING LEFT ARMOUT ARMIN BOOM DOWN BOOM UP BUCKET DUMP BUCKETDIGGING
(POWER BOOST) Pz1 P1
SWING 5pb2
16
PR
RIGHTTRAVEL
5pb1
21
OIL COOLER
Pcr 490 KPa
M
R1
4pa4
L B
H B
D C D B B A
B
R B
A K B B
C A
C S
S
K A
R S
L S
R A
ARM-2 4pb4 Ø1.2
IN
5
7
6
3
8
2
1
4
Po
5A5 OUT
10 5pc1
3.14MPa at 50l
36.3MPa at 30l
dr3
3.14MPa at 50l
4-Ø2.1 5pc2
5pf1
5pc3
dr4
c b dr1
RS R3 dr5 a
4pf1
4pc2
7 4pc1
2
P SE28
dr2
ARM
T
P
T
P ARM&SWING PILOT VALVE
BOOM&BUCKET PILOTVALVE
11 TRAVEL PILOT VALVE
RIGHT TRAVEL FORWARD RIGHT TRAVEL BACKWARD LEFT TRAVEL FORWARD
4
6
P
P
SE9
3
T
2
5
1
P SE10
LEFT TRAVEL BACKWARD
LEVER LOCK
A1 ATT BOOSTING
A2 A3 P2 BY-PASS CUT
A4 TRAVEL PRIORITY
P1 BY-PASS CUT
A5
A6
ARMVARIABLE RECIRCULATION
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED CHANGEOVER
A7
A8 SWING P/B
20 TS T P1
P2
NEUTRAL CIRCUIT : NEGA-CON function at safety lock lever ON (Down:Unlocked position)
Page 6-19
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IN OPTION Fig. 6-1 SWING PRIORITY / Breaker (Option) A. Pilot circuit circu it — FIG. FIG. 3 1. The 1. The pilot gear pump delivery oil flows into P1 port of solenoids’ bl ock (18). 2. The 2. The lever lock solenoid is actuated (Operator’s safety lock lever in the unlocked–down position) and the oil flows through port (A1) into pilot pi lot valve (53) for breaker. 3. When 3. When pedal valve (53) is operated, pilot oil flows trhough port (A) into port (PAo1) located on the upper side si de of the swing priority/breaker valve to switch the spool. 4. Concurrently, 4. Concurrently, the voltage output by low pressure sensor (SE20), negative control sensors (SE26, and 27) and back pressure (SE28) is sent to the mechatronic controller. 5. The 5. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on P1 cut proportional valve (PSV-D), located on the proportional solenoid valve block (18) and switches the P1 cut spool. 6. The 6. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on P2 pump proportional valve (PSV-P2) and negative control sensor (SE27) to reduce the pump flow to its minimum, when no other function (example: boom function) is required. 7. The 7. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on travel straight proportional valve A4 (PSV-C), located on the proportional solenoid block (18) and switches the straight travel valve. 8. The 8. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on P1 pump proportional valve (PSV-P1) and negative control sensor (SE26) and back pressure sensor (SE28) to increase the pump P1 flow. 8. When 8. When boom raise and breaker operation are carried out concurrently, P2 pump acts on boom raise operation, since the straight travel spool is shifted, making the boom raise operation possible.
B. Main circuit — FIG. 3 (Circuito principal) 1. P1 1. P1 pump delivery oil flows through throug h port (P1) of main control valve (50), passes through the straight travel spool, sp ool, opens load check valve (CT1), and flows into P1 parallel circuit on the upper stream of the travel straight section. 2. And 2. And the delivery oil opens load check valve (LCo1) and flows into the add on swing priority/breaker valve. 3. Because 3. Because the swing priority/breaker valve is shifted, the delivery oil flows through the spool and is fed into the breaker through (Ao1) port of main control valve (50) and stop valve (52), located on the arm side. 4. The 4. The return oil from attachment returns through stop valve (52) and flows directly into filter (50), used directly and specially for the breaker application, located inside the hydraulic tank.
NOTE Flow rate specifications for proper hammer operation vary upon hammer manufacturer. Refer to the hammer specifications and to section 2: Operation and Maintenance to set the appropiate flow rate for the specific hammer used.
Page 6-820
Dynamic Acera 08/02
SWING PRIORITY / Breaker (Option)
FIG. 3
(Control ppl. de válvulas)
(Enfriador de aceite hidráulico)
(Válvula de prioridad direccional)
(Bomba principal)
(Martillo)
(Tanque hidráulico)
(Válvula de corte P1) (Válvula de corte P2)
(Circuito de contra presión hidráulica)
(Solenoide de la palanca de seguridad hidráulica)
Dynamic Acera 08/02
Page 6-9 21
NIBBLER & BREAKER (Option) NIBBLER/BREAKER VALVE VALVE – NIBBLER FUNCTION A. Pilot circuit circu it — FIG. FIG. 5 1. The 1. The pilot gear pump delivery oil flows into P1 port of solenoids’ block (18). es). 2. The 2. The lever lock solenoid is actuated (Operator’s safety lock lever in the unlocked–down position) and the oil flows through port (A1) into pilot valve (53) for nibbler/breaker. 3. When 3. When pedal valve (53) is operated, pilot oil flows trhough port (A or B) into port (PBo2 or PAo2, respectively) located on the lower side of the nibbler/breaker nibbl er/breaker valve to switch the spool. 4. Concurrently, 4. Concurrently, the voltage output by low pressure sensor (SE11), negative control sensors (SE26, and 27) and back pressure (SE28) is sent to the mechatronic controller. 5. The 5. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on P1 and P2 cut proportional valves (PSV-D) and (PSVB), located on the proportional solenoid valve block (18) to switche P1 and P2 cut spools. 6. The 6. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on travel straight proportional valve A4 (PSV-C), located on the proportional solenoid block (18) and switches the straight travel valve. ( 7. The 7. The command current from the mechatronic controller acts on P1 and P2 pump proportional valves (PSV-P1) and (PSV-P2), negative control sensors (SE26) and (SE27) and back pressure sensor (SE28) to increase pumps P1 and P2 flow. 8. When 8. When boom raise and nibbler operation are carried out concurrently, P1 pump acts on boom raise operation, making the boom raise operation possible.
B. Main circuit (Combined flow) — FIG. 5 1. P1 1. P1 and P2 pump delivery oil flows through ports (P1) and (P2) of main control valve (50), flows into P2 by-pass parallel circuit on the upper stream of the travel straight section, since the travel straight spool is shifted. 2. P1 2. P1 and P2 by-pass circuits are closed because P1 and P2 cut spools are shifted. Therefore, the delivery oil from P1 opens load check valve (CT2), and the delivery oil from P2 opens load check valve (CP2); thus, the combined oil delivery flows into P2 parallel circuit. 3. And 3. And the delivery oil opens load check valve (LCo2) on the serial add–on valve and flows into nibbler/breaker spool. 4. Because 4. Because the nibbler/breaker spool is shifted, the delivery oil flows through the spool and is fed into the breaker through (Bo2 or Ao2) port of main control valve (50) and stop valve (52), located on the arm side. 5. The 5. The return oil from attachment returns through stop valve (52), through selector control valve (51), through ni bbler/ breaker valve, through oil cooler, and into filter (50), used directly and specially for the nibbler/breaker nibbl er/breaker application, located inside the hydraulic tank.
Page 6-10 22
Dynamic Acera 08/02
NIBBLER/BREAKER VAL ALVE VE – Nibbler Nibbl er Function FIG. 5 (Control ppl. de (Enfriador de
(Circuito de
(Triturador)
(Válvula de prioridad
(Tanque
(Martillo) (Válvula de
(Válvula de corte P2)
(Circuito de contra presión)
(Solenoide de la palanca
Dynamic Acera 08/02
Page 6-11 23
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Pressure Adjustments SK160 through SK330
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 7-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. VERIFICATION VERIFICATION OF ENGINE RPM RPM........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ .................. ...... 3 ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ..................... .......... 3 A.Machine Preparation Procedures ........... 2. ENGI ENGINE NE SPEE SPEED D MEASU MEASURE RED D WITH WITH SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS (28 ITEM CHECK) CHECK) ........... ....................... ........................ ........................ ........................ ....................... ...................... ........... 3 3. HYDRAULIC OIL CAUTIONS ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ............... .... 4 ....................... ............... .... 4 A. Checking the Main Relief Setting Using Service Diagnostics ( 28 Item Check) ............ B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Pilot and Main Relief Valves Valves ........... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ................ ..... 4 4. PILOT CIRCUIT ........... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 5 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 5 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... .......... 5 B. Pilot Relief Valve Pressure Measurement Procedures .......... Valve Adjustment Procedures ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... .............. .. 5 C. Pilot Relief Valve 5. MAIN RELIEF PRESSUR PRESSURE E ADJUSTMEN ADJUSTMENT T ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ............... .... 6 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 6 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Valve “HEAVY “HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” ........... ...................... ..................... .......... 6 B. Measurement of Attachment Main Relief Valve 6. ADJUSTMENT 2nd ST STAGE MAIN RELIEF RELIEF WITH “HEA “HEAVY VY LIFT SWITCH SWITCH ON” ON”........... ....................... ................. ..... 7 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 7 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Valve Adjustment ........... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 7 B. 2nd Stage Main Relief Valve 7. ADJUSTME ADJUSTMENT NT MAIN RELIEF RELIEF WITH “HEAVY “HEAVY LIFT SWITCH SWITCH OFF” .... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ...... .. 8 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 8 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ............... ... 8 B. Main Relief Valve Adjustment ........... 8. SWING CIRCUIT ........... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ............. .. 9 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 9 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Measurement ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ................. ..... 9 B. Swing Port Relief Valve Pressure Measurement ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... .......... 10 C. Swing Port Relief Valve Procedures ........... 9. OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL VALVES VES .......... ...................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ............. .. 11 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................. ...... 11 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Over Load Relief Valv Valves es .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... .............. 11 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 11 C. Over Load Relief Pressure Measurement ........... Up Over Load Relief Relief ........... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ................. ...... 12 D. OR3 Boom Up E. OR4 Boom Down Over Load Relief ............ ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .......... 12 ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................... ........ 12 F. OR1 Bucket In (Dig) Over Load .......... G. OR2 Bucket Out Over Load .......... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ............. 13 ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ....... ... 13 H. OR7 A r m I n (Dig) Over Load .... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 13 I. OR8 Arm Out Over Load ........... J. Travel Motor Port Reliefs ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................ ...... 14 10. MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT OF ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT PRESSURE PRESSURE PORTS ........... ....................... ........................ ..................... ......... 15 PERFORMANCE INSPECTION SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION CHARTS .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... .................... ......... 16 ~ 19 ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 16 A. SK160 ........... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ................... ........ 17 B. ED190 ............ ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 18 C. SK210 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 19 D. SK250 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 20 E. SK290 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 21 F. SK330 ........... G. SK480 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 22
Page 7-2
Dynamic Acera 01/02
VERIFICATION OF ENGINE RPM 1. VERIF VERIFICA ICATIO TION N OF ENGIN ENGINE E RPM A. Mac Machine hine Prepar Preparatio ation n Procedu Procedures res 1. Wit With h safet safety y lock lock in the the lock lock (up) (up) position. See Figure 5.1. 2. Pla Place ce the the mainte maintenan nance ce conne connecto ctorr in the release position.See Figure 5.2 3. Pla Place ce front front atta attachm chment ent to to hydrau hydraulic lic oil oil check position. See Figure 5.4. 4. Pla Place ce throt throttle tle poten potentio tiomet meter er to low low idle position ; start engine, allow engine to achieve normal operating temperature OC 45~55 (OF113~145) 5. Ch Check eck the gau gauge ge clus cluste terr and con confir firm m that the machine is in the default “M” mode. See Figure 5.3. 6. Loc Locate ate the scr screen een cha change nge swi switch tch,, depress the switch once to select RPM. Check that engine low and hi RPM are at the proper adjustment. See Figure 5.3. (Refer to chart by model and serial number for specifications.) 7. Ret Return urn Thr Thrott ottle le pote potenti ntiome ometer ter to low low idle position. Press screen change switch two times to return screen to Monitor System OK. 8. All Allow ow engi engine ne to idle idle for for two two minute minutes s and shut off engine. 2.ENGINE SPEED MEASURED WITH SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS (28 ITEM CHECK) 1. With mach machine ine turn turned ed off, off, hold hold buzz buzzer er stop switch. 2. Turn key key swit switch ch to on posi positio tion. n. 3. Scr Screen een Chan Change ge Switc Switch h advan advances ces the the display each time the screen change switch is pushed. 4. Pres Press s the the Scre Screen en chan change ge swit switch ch once, diagnostic check of computer will be at screen No. 2. Below. 2
No. 2 E/G SET MEAS E/G PRS. KPSS SW
SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN LOCK POSITION
FIGURE 5.1 MAINTANCE CONNECTOR FACTORY DEFAULT RELEASE
MANUAL THROTTLE CONTROL
FIGURE 5.2 MODE SELECT SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
RPM 1008
FIGURE 5.3 2200 2201 LIVE M
No load set rpm Actual rpm LIVE/DEAD indication A/M/B indication
5. Buzzer Buzzer Stop Stop Swit Switch ch retur returns ns displ display ay to to previous screen each time switch is pushed. 6. Scre Screen en will will stay in diagno diagnostic stic mode unti untill key switch is turned off. Dynamic Acera 01/02
ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL
FIGURE 5.4 Page 7-3
HYDRAULIC OIL CAUTIONS 3. HY HYDR DRAU AULI LIC C CAUT CAUTIO IONS NS Kobelco Excavators are set to ISO pilot controls at the factory. It is up to you to read and understand the Operators & Maintenance Manual before attempting any service or maintenance procedures.
•
WARNING • BE EXTREMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE RELEASING HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE OR REMOVING LINES AND FITTINGS, VAPORS AND OIL MAY BE EXTREMELY HOT. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES, GLOVES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES.
A. Checking Checking the the Main Main Relief Relief Setti Setting ng Using Using Service Diagnostics (28 ITEM CHECK) 1. Wit With h key in OFF OFF positio position, n, gauge gauge cluster blank, press and hold buzzer stop switch. 2. Tu Turn rn key key switch switch to ON ON positi position. on. See Figure 6.1. 3. With key swit switch ch in on on positio position n releas release e buzzer stop switch. See Figure 6.1. 4. By press pressing ing the the scree screen n change change swit switch ch the service diagnostics is advanced forward. See Figure 6.2. 5. By press pressing ing the the buzz buzzer er stop stop switch switch the screen is returned to the last screen. 6. Adv Advanc ance e the servi service ce diagn diagnost ostics ics to to screen No.14. See Figure 6.3. 7. Scr Screen een No.1 No.14 4 will will display display the volta voltage ge of high pressure sensor, and the computer generated oil pressure at P1 and P2 pump. Use this for checking pump and machine performance. See Figure 6.3.
PILOT CONTROL FOR BUCKET AND BOOM
FIGURE 6.1
SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH No.1 Main Cont. P/No. Program Version Ver.
28 ITEM CHECK
FIGURE6.2
B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Pilot and Main Relief Valves
1. Two 70 700k 0kg/ g/cm cm2 (10,000psi) Gauges. 2. One 70 70kg/c /cm m 2 (1,000 psi) Gauges. 3. 32 mm spaner wrench 22 mm spaner wrench 19 mm spaner wrench 6 mm allen wrench 4. Gen General eral hand or powe powerr tools tools to reremove and replace hydraulic fittings and components. 5. The Thermome rmometer ter to read read hydr hydrauli aulic c oil oil temtemperature. Page 7-4
No. 14 No. 14 PRES PR ESSU SUR RE SE SEN NSO SOR R P-1 PUMP 07.V 0K P-2 PUMP 07.V 0K
SCREEN CHANGE SCREEN Note: Pressure will be in Kg/cm2 0k = o kg/cm2
FIGURE 6.3 Dynamic Acera 01/02
PILOT CIRCUIT 4. PILO PILOT T CI CIRC RCUI UIT T A. Mach Machine ine Prepara Preparation tion Proce Procedure dures s 1. Note: Note: Refer Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Conf Confirm irm that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 7.1. 3. Rel Release ease hyd hydraul raulic ic tank tank press pressure ure by by depressing relief valve stem item on the pressure relief valve. See Figure 7.2. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Acc Access ess Doo Doorr and and remove the PF1/4 test Port Plug (A7) from Output Port on Pilot System Gear Pump and install 105kg/cm 2 (1,000 psi) Pressure Gauge. See Figure 7.3. B. Pilot Relief Valve Pressur Pressure e MeasureMeasurement Procedures 1. Per Perform form mach machine ine pre prepara paration tion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Sta Start rt engine engine and and place place thrott throttle le contro controll in Hi Idle position. 3. Pla Place ce KPSS KPSS Mod Mode e Switch Switch in "M" "M" Mode Mode.. 4. Con Confirm firm that the hydr hydraul aulic ic oil is appro approxixi O O mately C 45~55 ( F113~145). Engine water temperature is approximately OC 40~100 (OF104~212) 5. Pla Place ce all all pilot pilot control controls s in neutra neutral, l, read read 2 and record the 70kgf/cm (1000 psi) pressure gauge at the P3 pump, a7 pressure test port. See Figure 7.3. Compare to chart for specific model being tested. C. Pilot Pilot Relief Valve Valve Adjus Adjustmen tmentt Procedures 1. Loc Locate ate the the Pilot Pilot Relief Relief Valve Valve moun mounted ted on the bottom of the P3 Pilot Pump Assembly. See Figure 7.4. 2. Loos Loosen en the the adjus adjusting ting scre screw w locknu locknutt with a 24mm spaner. See Figure 7.4. 3. Adju Adjust st using using a 6mm 6mm allen allen until until spe specicified pressure according to proper chart for specific machine being adjusted is achieved. 4. Aft After er correc correctt pressur pressure e is obtaine obtained, d, tighten adjusting screw locknut, tightening torque 3.0 kgfm 2 (22ft.lb). See Figure 7.4. 5. Verif erify y pressur pressure e after after tighteni tightening ng locklocknut. Dynamic Acera 01/02
SK210 ~ SK250 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
FIGURE 7.1
YM104ReleaseHydTankPres
FIGURE 7.2 P3 TEST PORT (Port a7 )
• •
PILOT SYSTEM GEAR PUMP
FIGURE 7.3 LOCKNUT HEX 24mm
BOTTOM VIEW OF P3 PUMP
•
ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm
FIGURE 7.4 Page 7-5
MAIN RELIEF PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
WARNING • MAKE
SK210 ~ SK250 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH OF THE BOOM
5. MAIN REL RELIEF IEF PRE PRESSU SSURE RE ADJU ADJUSTM STMENT ENT A. Mach Machine ine Prepara Preparation tion Proce Procedure dures s Note: Refer 1. Note: Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Conf Confirm irm that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 8.1. 3. Rel Release ease hyd hydraul raulic ic tank tank pressu pressure re by by depressing relief valve stem item on the pressure relief valve. See Figure 8.2. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Acc Access ess Doo Doorr and and remove two (2) PF1/4 test Port Plugs (a1) P1 pump and (a2) Pump install 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauges. See Figure 8.3.
FIGURE 8.1
YM104ReleaseHydTankPres
B. Measur Measureme ement nt of Attac Attachme hment nt Main Main Relief Valve "HEAVY "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” ON ” 1. Per Perform form mach machine ine prepa preparati ration on proce proce-dures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PREPARA TION PROCEDURES. 2. Plac Place e "Heavy "Heavy Lift" Lift" Switc Switch h in the the "ON" "ON" position. See Figure 8.4. 3. Pla Place ce KPSS KPSS Mod Mode e Switch Switch in "M" "M" Mode. Mode. 4. Sta Start rt engin engine e and place place thro throttl ttle e contro controll in Low Idle position. 5. Con Confirm firm that that the the hydrau hydraulic lic oil oil is approx approxii O (O mately C 45~55 F1 F113~145). 13~145). Engine water temperature is approximately OC 40~100 (OF104~212). 6. Move thro throttle ttle cont control rol to "HI-I "HI-IDLE DLE". ". 7. Oper Operate ate Boom Boom Raise Raise cont control rol until until boom is completely up, then hold over relief. 8. Reco Record rd readi readings ngs from 700k 700kg/cm g/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 port on P1 Main Pump and a2 port at P2 pump. 9. If pressu pressure re gauge gauge readi readings ngs are are within within specifications for the particular machine being tested, it is not necessary to adjust Relief Valve Pressure. Refer to chart for machine and model being tested.
FIGURE 8.2
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 8.3 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 8.4 Page 7-6
Dynamic Acera 01/02
ADJUSTMENT 2nd ST STAGE AGE MAIN RELIEF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” ON ”
WARNING • MAKE
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH OF THE BOOM
6. ADJUSTME ADJUSTMENT NT 2nd 2nd ST STAGE MAIN MAIN RELIE RELIEF F WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” A. Mach Machine ine Prepara Preparation tion Proce Procedure dures s 1. Con Confir firm m that that the foll followi owing ng is prop proper er bebefore proceeding to step 2. a. KP KPSS SS is in “M “M”” mod mode. e. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 9.1. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h on. on. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 9.2 9.2 c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. High Id Idle RPM is is pr proper pe per ma machine being tested. B. 2nd Stage Stage Main Relief Relief Valve Valve Adjustment 1. Loc Locate ate Main Main Reli Relief ef Valv Valve e (MR1) (MR1) on the the main control valve. See Figure 9.3. 2. Loo Loosen sen seco second nd stage stage lock locknut nut with with 32mm wrench See Figure 9.4. 3. With eng engine ine at at full full RPM, RPM, raise raise boo boom m up and over relief. Adjust heavy lift, power boost screw with 19mm wrench, until proper pressure is achieved at pump P1 a1 test port, and pump P2 a2 test port with 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) pressure gauges. 4. Afte Afterr correc correctt pressu pressure re is is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK250
•
•
PLACE THROTTLE CONTROL IN "HI"
FIGURE 9.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 9.2 MAIN RELIEF MR1
SK210 MAIN CONTROL VAL VALVE VE
•
BREAKER VAL VALVE VE SWING PRIORITY
FRONT OF MACHINE
FIGURE 9.3 HEAVY LIFT (POWER BOOST) ADJUSTMENT SCREW 19mm
NOTE Turning Heavy lift Power Boost Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
HEAVY LIFT (POWER BOOST) ADJUSTMENT LOCKNUT 32mm
ATTACHMENT MAIN RELIEF VALVE MR1 REFERENCE SK210 •
•
FIGURE 9.4 Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 7-7
ADJUSTMENT MAIN RELIEF RELI EF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH OFF”
WARNING • MAKE
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH OF THE BOOM
7. ADJUST ADJUSTMEN MENT T MAIN MAIN RELIEF RELIEF WIT WITH H "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH OFF” A. Mach Machine ine Prepara Preparation tion Proce Procedure dures s 1. Con Confir firm m that that the foll followi owing ng is prop proper er bebefore proceeding to step 2. a. KP KPSS SS is in “M “M”” mod mode. e. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 10.1. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h off off.. See See Fi Figu gure re 10.2. c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. High Id Idle RPM is is pr proper pe per ma machine being tested. B. Main Relief Relief Valve Valve Adju Adjustme stment nt 1. Loc Locate ate Main Main Reli Relief ef Valv Valve e (MR1) (MR1) on the the main control valve. See Figure 10.3. 2. Loo Loosen sen loc locknu knutt with with 22mm 22mm wrenc wrench h See Figure 10.4. 3. With eng engine ine at at full full RPM, RPM, raise raise boo boom m up and over relief. Adjust screw with 6mm allen wrench, until proper pressure is achieved at pump P1 a1 test port, and pump P2 a2 test port with 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) pressure gauges. 4. Afte Afterr correc correctt pressu pressure re is is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 10.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "OFF"
FIGURE 10.2 MAIN RELIEF MR1 MR 1
SK210 MAIN CONTROL VAL VALVE VE
•
BREAKER VAL VALVE VE SWING PRIORITY
FRONT OF MACHINE
FIGURE 10.3 NORMAL ADJUSTMENT LOCKNUT 22mm
NORMAL ADJUSTMENT 6mm ALLEN • •
NOTE Turning Normal Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
ATTACHMENT MAIN RELIEF VALVE VAL VE MR1 MR 1 REFERENCE SK210
FIGURE10.4 Page 7-8
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SWING CIRCUIT 8.
SWING CIRCUIT
NOTE The following procedures are provided for reference only. Attachment Port Po rt Relief Valves are factory preset and should not be field adjusted. A. Machine Machine Prepar Preparatio ation n Procedur Procedures es 1. Note: Note: Refer Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Con Confir firm m that that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 11.1. 3. Rele Release ase hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank press pressure ure by dedepressing relief valve stem item on the pressure relief valve. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Pump Acce Access ss Door Door and and reremove the PF1/4 test Port Plug (a7) from Output Port on Pilot System Gear Pump and install 105kg/cm 2 (1,000 psi) Pressure Gauge. See Figure 11.2. B. Swing Swing Over Load Load Relief Relief Valve Valve PresPressure Measurement 1. Per Perform form mach machine ine pre prepara paration tion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Mov Move e thrott throttle le contr control ol to "HI-I "HI-IDLE DLE," ," place KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode. 3. Oper Operate ate boom down cont control rol until bucket teeth penetrate soil approximately 305mm (12"). (12") . See Figure 11.3. 4. Ope Operate rate swi swing ng contro controll to the left left and and hold, stalling swing. Record reading from 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 11.2. Or compare reading in Diagnostic Check No.14. See Figure 11.4. 5. Ope Operat rate e swing swing contr control ol to the righ rightt and hold, stalling swing. Record reading from 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. Or compare reading in Diagnostic Check No.14. See Figure 11.4.
FIGURE 11.1
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 11.2
FIGURE 11.3
No. 14 No. 14 PRES PR ESSU SUR RE SE SEN NSO SOR R P-1 PUMP 07.V 0K P-2 PUMP 07.V 0K
SCREEN CHANGE SCREEN Note: Pressure will be in Kg/cm2 0k = o kg/cm2
FIGURE 11.4 Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 7-9
SWING CIRCUIT
WARNING • PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S ATTA TTACHMEN CHMENT T PORT PO RT RELIEF REL IEF VALVES VALVES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE ATTACHMENT ATT ACHMENT PORT RELIEF RE LIEF VALVES, VALVES, IT I T IS RECOMMEN RECO MMENDED DED TO REPLACE FAULTY FAULTY ATTACHATTACHMENT PORT RELIEF VALVES. SUCH ADJUSTMEN ADJ USTMENT T COULD VOID WARRANTY.
C. Swing Swing Over Load Load Relief Relief Valve Valve PresPressure Adjustment Machine Preparation Procedures 1. Con Confirm firm that the follo followin wing g is prope properr before proceeding to step 2. a. KPSS is in “M” mode b. Heavy lif liftt sw swit itc ch off off.. c. Hyd ydra raul ulic ic oil oil is is appr approx oxim imat atel ely y OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er t em em pe p e ra ra tu tu re re i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e co conn nnec ecto torr is in th the e release position. f. Hig igh h Id Idle RPM is is pr proper pe per ma machine being tested. g. Bu Buck cket et te teet eth h pen penet etra rate te so soilil ap appr prox oxiimately 305mm (12"). Figure 12.1. 2. Loc Locate ate Swin Swing g Left Left overlo overload ad relief relief OR5, OR5, loosen 24mm locknut.See Figure12.2 3. Ope Operate rate swin swing g control control to the the left left and hold, stalling swing. Adjust pressure to specific machine using 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 12.3 4. Aft After er corre correct ct pressu pressure re is obtai obtained ned tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut. 5. Loca Locate te Swing Swing Righ Rightt overloa overload d relief relief OR6, loosen 24mm locknut. Operate swing control to the right and hold, stalling swing. Adjust pressure to specific machine using 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. 6. Aft After er corre correct ct pressu pressure re is obtai obtained ned tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut. Page 7-10
FIGURE 12.1
LEFT SLEWING OR5
• •
RIGHT SLEWING OR6
FIGURE 12.2
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 12.3
NOTE Turning Normal Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 21 (300 psi)
Dynamic Acera 01/02
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES
WARNING
SK210 ~ SK250 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTM ENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF RELI EF VAL VALVES VES IS IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VALVES, IT IS RECOMMENDED REC OMMENDED TO REPLACE FA FAUL ULTY TY OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES. VES. SUCH ADJUSTMEN ADJ USTMENT T COULD VOID WARRANTY.
9. OVE OVER R LOAD LOAD RELIEF RELIEF VAL ALVE VES S A. Machine Machine Prepara Preparation tion Proce Procedure dures s a. Ma Mach chin ine e in in the the oi oill che check ck po posi siti tion on.. See Figure 13.1 a. KPSS is in “A” mode. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swit switch ch on on.S .See ee Fi Figu gure re13 13.2 .2 O c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly C O 45~55 ( F113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. Low Id Idle RP RPM is is pro prop per pe per ma machine being tested.
FIGURE 13.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 13.2 BOOM UP OR 4
BUCKET OUT OR 1
MAIN RELIEF VALVE
B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Over load Relief Valves
1. Two 7 700 00kg kg/c /cm m2 (10,000psi) Gauges. 2. 32 mm spaner wrench 22 mm spaner wrench 19 mm spaner wrench 6 mm allen wrench C. Over Load Load Releif Releif Press Pressure ure Measu Measurerement 1. Mov Move e thrott throttle le contro controll to "LO-ID "LO-IDLE, LE,"" place KPSS Mode Switch in "A" Mode. 2. Plac Place e "HEA "HEAVY LIFT" LIFT" Swi Switch tch in in "ON" "ON" position. See Figure 13.2. 3. Loc Locate ate MR1 MR1 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve and adjust main relief valve 14kg/cm 2 (200 psi) above port relief value pressure. See Figure 13.3. 4. Reco Record rd readi reading ng from 700k 700kg/cm g/cm 2 (10,000psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 or a2 test port port on P1 P1 or P2 main hydraulic pump. see Figure 13.4. 5. Comp Compare are read readings ings to chart chart for specific model being tested. Dynamic Acera 01/02
ARM IN (DIG) OR 7
FIGURE 13.3
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 13.4 Page 7-11
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES D. OR3 Boo Boom m Up Over load Reli Relief ef 1. Ope Operate rate Boo Boom m Up Con Control trol unt untilil boom boom is completely up and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific mach machin in bein being g teste tested. d. 3. Loc Locate ate OR3 OR3 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR3 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.27. 4. Sec Secure ure lock locknut nut TO 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). E. OR4 Boom Down ove overr Loa Load d Relie Relieff 1. Ope Operat rate e Boom Boom Down Down Con Control trol unt untilil boom is completely down and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR4 OR4 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR4 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.27. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). F. OR1 Bucket Bucket In (DIG) (DIG) Over Over Load Load Relief Relief 1. Ope Operate rate buck bucket et in cont control rol until until buc bucket ket is completely in, then hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Locate OR1 on Main Control Valve, loosen locknut and adjust OR1 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.27. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb).
WARNING PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF REL IEF VALVES VALVES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES, VES, IT IS RECOMMENDED RECO MMENDED TO REPLACE FAUL AULTY TY OVER LOAD RELIEF R ELIEF VALVES. VALVES. SUCH ADJUSTMEN AD JUSTMENT T COULD VOID WARRANT WARRANTY Y.
Nega-Con back press. circuit Tn1 Tn 1
Nega-Con circuit Pn1
Figure 14.27 *
Nega-Con circuit Pn2
NOTE Turning Over Load Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi) Figure 14.28 * * Note: Swing Priority not shown
Page 7-12
Dynamic Acera 01/02
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES
WARNING Nega-Con back press. circuit Tn1 Tn 1
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTM ENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF RELI EF VAL VALVES VES IS IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIEF VALVES, IT IS RECOMMENDED REC OMMENDED TO REPLACE FA FAUL ULTY TY OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES. VES. SUCH ADJUSTMEN ADJ USTMENT T COULD VOID WARRANTY.
G. OR2 Buck Bucket et Out Over Load Reli Relief ef 1. Oper Operate ate Buck Bucket et Out Out Contr Control ol until until bucket is completely out and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR2 OR2 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen loos en locknut and adjust OR1 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.27. 4. Sec Secure ure loc locknu knutt 2.8 2.8 ~3. ~3.2 2 kgfm kgfm2 (20~30 ft.lb). H. OR7 Arm Arm In (DIG) (DIG) Over Loa Load d Relief Relief 1. Ope Operat rate e arm arm in cont control rol unti untill arm is com com pletely in and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a2 test port on P2 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific spec ific mach machine ine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR7 OR7 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen loos en locknut and adjust OR7 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.28. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). I. OR OR8 8 Arm Arm Ou Outt Ove Overr Loa Load d Rel Relie ieff 1. Ope Operate rate arm out cont control rol until until arm is is completely out, then hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a2 tes testt port port on P2 P2 Main Main Pump. Pump. Compar Com pare e read reading ing to prope properr chart chart for for specif spe cific ic mac machin hine e bei being ng tested tested.. 3. Loc Locate ate OR8 OR8 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR8 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.28. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). 5. Adju Adjust st MR - 1 back back to to specif specified ied settings. Verify pressures and that machine operation is correct. Dynamic Acera 01/02
Nega-Con circuit Pn1
Figure 15.27 *
Nega-Con circuit Pn2
Figure 15.28 * * Note: Swing Priority not shown
NOTE Turning Over Load Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
Page 7-13
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES
WARNING • MAKE CERTAIN SPECIAL TOOL IS SEATED
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK330
PLACE THROTTLE CONTROL IN "LOW"
AGAINST CRAWLER FRAME AND BETWEEN SPROCKET TEETH. NEVER ALLOW SPECIAL TOOL TO REST AGAINST CRAWLER FRAME CORNER REINFORCEMENTS. ENGAGE TRAVEL SLOWLY & CAREFULLY UNTIL TOOL IS POSITIONED CORRECTLY
J. Tra ravel vel Mot Motor or Port Port Relie Reliefs fs 1. Per Perfor form m MACH MACHINE INE PRE PREP PAR ARA ATIO TION N PROCEDURES before continuing to next step. 2. Mo Move ve thr throt ottle tle con contro troll to "LO"LO-ID IDLE LE," ," place KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 16.22. 3. Ins Insta tall ll spe specia ciall tool tool pin pin siz size1 e101 01mm mm (4.0in) into sprocket on each side of machine for stalling travel. See Figure 16.23. 4. Pla Place ce tra travel vel spe speed ed sel select ect swi switch tch in 2nd ( ) speed speed pos positi ition. on. See Fig Figur ure e 16.2 16.24. 4. 5. Pla Place ce "HE "HEA AVY LI LIFT FT"" Switc Switch h in "O "ON" N" position. See Figure 16.24. 6. Op Opera erate te bot both h trave travell contro controls ls toge togeth ther er to full forward and hold. See Figure 16.25 7. Lo Loca cate te MR1 MR1 on on Main Main Con Contro troll Valv Valve e and and 2 adjust main relief valve 14kg/cm (200 psi) above travel motor port relief value. 8. Rec Record ord rea readin ding g fro from m 700 700kg/ kg/cm cm 2 (10,000psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 main hydraulic pump. Or compare reading in diagnostic check item #14. 9. Co Compa mpare re rea readi dings ngs to ch chart art for sp speecific model being tested.
WARNING
KPSS IN "M" MODE
•
•
FIGURE 16.22 PIN SIZE 101mm (4.0 IN)
FIGURE 16.23 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN “ON” DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN “OFF”
DEPRESS SWITCH TO SHIFT BETWEEN FIRST & SECOND SPEED TRAVEL
FIGURE16.24 OPERATE BOTH TRAVEL LEVERS TOGETHER FULL STROKE
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF O F THE TRA TRAVEL VEL MOTOR RELIEF VALVE IS NOT POSSIBLE.
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REPLACE FAULTY OVER LOAD LOAD RELIEF VAL VALVES. VES.
1. Trav ravel el mot motor or port port rel relief iefs s are are set set by by the manufacture before shipment. When adjustment is required, loosen 19mm nut and adjust the pressure with 6mm adjusting screw to specification. Page 7-14
FIGURE 16.25 Dynamic Acera 01/02
MEASUREMENT OF ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT PRESSURE PORTS 10. MEAS MEASUREM UREMENT ENT OF OF ADDITION ADDITIONAL AL CIRCUIT CIRCUIT PRES PRESSURE SURE PORT PORTS S 1. High pres pressur sure e sens sensor or circ circuit uit Remove a5, a6 port plugs PF 1/4 of o f main pump and attach pressure gauge of 700 kgf/cm² (10,000 psi). 2. Pump prop proportio ortional nal valve valve seco secondar ndary y pressure circuit Remove a8, a9 port plugs PF 1/4 of main pump and attach pressure gauge of 70 kgf/cm² (1000 psi).
3. Pilot Pilot pi pisto ston n ci circu rcuit it Remove a3, a4 port plugs PF 1/4 of main pump and attach pressure gauge of 70 kgf/cm² (1000 psi). 4. Nega Negativ tive e contro controll press pressur ure e When operating in backup mode. Remove a3, a4 port plugs PF 1/4 of main pump and attach pressure gauge of 70 kgf/cm² (1000 psi).
P1 BACK-UP MODE SCREW
P2 BACK-UP MODE SCREW
a7
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 7-15
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Control Valve
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC. Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-1
CONTROL VALVE 7-2 Main con control trol valv valve e (SK210 (SK210 SK290) SK290) 1. App Appea eara ranc nce e & sp spec ecifi ifica catio tions ns Travel Straight
Travel Right Bucket
Travel Left
Boom P1by-pass cut (Top) & Arm Conflux (bottom)
Swing
Boom Conflux
Arm Ar m
ArmV/R (top) & P2 by-pass cut (bottom)
Swing Priority Negative Control (Pn)
PN2 Pressure relief valve
Note: ORV ····· ·········· ······· ·· Over load load relief relief valve valve MRV ····· ·········· ······· ·· Main relief relief valve valve AVR ············· ·············Arm Arm variable variable recirculation recirculation
Page 7-2
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE
Ite m Model M a x p re ss ure M a x flo w ra te
Set pres pressu surre of Over Over load relief relief valv alve Set pres pressu surre of Neg-Con Neg-Con relief relief valv alve P i lo t P re s s ure (M a x) S p o o l S tro k e Dynamic Acera 01/2002
S p e c i fi c a ti o ns K M X 1 5 YB M p a (p (p s i ) 3 7 .7 (5 (5 4 6 7 ps p si ) S K 2 1 0 2 1 0 x 2 (5 5 g p m ) S K 2 5 0 2 3 8 X 2 (6 2 g p m ) L /m i n (g p m ) S K 2 9 0 2 3 8 X 2 (6 2 g p m ) S K 3 3 0 2 3 5 X 2 (6 2 g p m ) B oo oo m H B uc uc k e t H A rm rm R : 39.7 +/+/- 0.5 0.5 (57 5757 57 psi) psi) at 30 l/min min (7.9g 7.9gpm pm)) Mpa (psi) psi) 39. Oth Other three placed placed : 3 7. 7.7 + /- 0 .5 .5 (5 75 75 7 p si si ) a t 4 0 L /m /m in in (1 0. 0.5 g pm pm ) 2 .4 .4 + /- 0 .3 .3 (3 48 48 p si si ) a t 3 0 L /m /m in in (7 .9 .9 g pm pm ) Mpa (psi) psi) 2 .4 .4 + /- 0 .3 .3 (3 48 48 p si si ) a t 3 0 L /m /m in in (7 .9 .9 g pm pm ) M p a (p s i ) 2 .4 + /- 0 .3 (3 4 8 p s i ) a t 3 0 L /m i n (7 .9 g p m ) m m (i n) C ut Re c i rc ula ti o n 8 .5 (0 .3 3 4 i n) o the r 1 0 .5 (0 .4 1 3 i n) Page 7-3
Main control valve (SK480) Arm-1 Boom-2 Option-1 ARM-2 Swing Boom-1
Travel
Bucket
Travel Left
Travel Straight
Main Relief Valve
Toshiba Page 7-4
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Item Part No. Model Rated flow Mai n relief valve set pressure When power boost pressure Over Over load relief relief valv alve set pressu pressure re Boom Bo om H. Bu Buck cket et H, Arm Arm R Boom R. Bucket R, Arm H Swi ng Foot relief valve se set pressure
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Specifications LS30V00002F1 Mpa (psi) UY36-105 L/min (gpm) 370 X2 (98 X 2) Mpa Mp a (psi) (psi)
31.7 (4550 psi ) 34.3 (4980 psi)
36.2 (526 36. (5260 0 psi) psi) at 30 30L/ L/m min (7. (7.9 gal/ gal/min) in) 34.8 (5050 psi) at 30L/min (7.9 gal/min) 26.4 (3840 psi) at 30L/min (7.9 gal/min) 3.2 (460 (460 psi) psi) 50 50L/ L/m min (13 (13 ga gall/min) in) Mpa (p (psi) 3.2
Mpa Mp a (psi) (psi)
Page 7-5
CONTROL VALVE 2. Cro Cross ss-s -sec ecti tion onal al vie view w 1. Bl Bloc ock k of of P1 P1 sid side e
2. Bl Bloc ock k of of P2 P2 sid side e
Page 7-6
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE 3. Trav ravel el strai straigh ghtt sectio section n Travel left section
4. Trav ravel el rig right ht sec sectio tion n Swing section
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-7
CONTROL VALVE NEUTRAL Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel priority, work spools for travel right, bucket, boom and P1 neutral cut spool. Pressurized oil from P1 Pump is regulated by the low pressure relief valve. Pn1 port delivers oil to Pn1 port at pump regulator keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. P2 pump delivers oil to P2 port of main control valve. Oil flows to travel priority valve were the oil flow is stopped, and to travel left spool, work spools for swing, arm and through thr ough P2 neutral cut spool. P2 Pump is regulated by the low pressure relief valve. Pressurized oil from P2 Pump is regulated by the low pressure relief valve. Pn2 port delivers oil to Pn2 port at pump regulator keeping P2 pump at minimum flow.
Page 7-8
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE
S/V P2
P1
T
CMR1 PL1
CMR2
MR1
PTb
PBL REV. PAL FOR. TRAVEL PRIORITY
AL FOR.
TRAVEL LEFT
CT2
CP2
Drb
BL REV.
LCs SG PBS RIG.
PBr
REV. SWING
CT1 PAr
FOR.
Br
REV.
Ar
FOR.
PAS LEF. LEF. AS TRAVEL RIGHT BS RIG. CP1
(T3)
Dra
BOOM CONFLUENCE LCc
PBc
DIG.
PAc
DIS
Bc
DIG
Ac
DIS
39.7MPa at30L
BUCKET
37.7MPa at30L
CCb
PLc2 DIG. Drd
LCb PBb Drc
LOW.
PAb Bb
LCa
BOOM
PLc1
ARM
PBa DIS. PAa DIG.
RAI LOW.
Aa DIG. CRb
39.7MPa at 30L
37.7MPa at 30L
CRa
37.7MPa at 30L
39.7MPa at30L Ab
Ba DIS.
RAI ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
Pis P2 NUTRAL CUT
P1 NUTRAL CUT PA1
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
PCa
CCa
Pn2
Pn1 Pn1'
Pn2'
3.14MPa at 35L
3.14MPa at 35L
Tn1
(P3)
P
PBo1
Tn2
SE28
PAo1
AO1 BO1
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
37.7MPa at 30L
30 37.7MPa at 30L (P4)
Page 7-9
CONTROL VALVE BOOM CIRCUIT UP Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel straight, work spools for bucket and boom, neutral cut spool, to low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control contr ol valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, lef t, swing, arm and neutral cut to low pressure pre ssure relief valve and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump at minimum flow. Boom raise operation (Conflux circuit) 1. Second Secondary ary pilot oil from the operators operators joystick joystick acts on boom spool, and the the boom conflux spool. spool. a. Seconda Secondary ry pilot oil oil from the operators operators joystick joystick enters port port PAb PAb of the boom boom spool located located on the top of the the P1 section of the main control valve pushing pushing the boom spool down. b. Seconda Secondary ry pilot oil from from the operators operators joystick joystick enters enters port PB1 of the boom conflux conflux spool spool located located on the P2 section of main control valve and moves the boom conflux spool (7) down. 2. The CPU outputs a command command current (milliampere) (milliampere) to P2 neutral cut proportional proportional solenoid valve (PSV (PSV-B) located on the solenoid proportional valve block. The amount of current is determined from information given to the CPU from low pressure sensor (SE3). a. The PSV-B PSV-B secondary secondary pilot oil acts acts on the the neutral cut cut spool port port PCa located located on the bottom bottom of the P2 section of the main control valve block. Pilot oil acts upon the P2 neutral cut spool and moves P2 cut spool closed. 3. With boom spool (8) shifted, shifted, P1 oil flow is diverted from work spools, spools, neutral cut spool, low pressure relief and Pn1 port. P1 pump is now considered on line. a. Oil flow from from P1 pump opens opens load check check valve valve (21) CP1, CP1, downstream downstream of travel travel right spool. spool. b. P1 pump, flows into into parallel parallel circuit circuit (P4) and closes closes CT1 check valve. valve. 4. P1 pump oil reaches reaches boom spool (8) through through LCb load check check valve (21). 5. The pressure pressure oil from P1 pump passes through through and around boom spool spool (8), out port Ab of main control valve to boom cylinder piston side. 6. With the boom confluence confluence valve shifted a one way check valve valve allows oil from P2 section of the control valve to join with the oil from the P1 Section of the control valve through CCb load check. Pump 2 is not on. a. Wit With h P2 Neu Neutra trall cut cut spoo spooll clos closed ed by by the the PSV PSV-B sol soleno enoid id val valve ve oil is remo removed ved from low press pressure ure reli relief ef and Pn2 port. P2 pump is now considered on line. b. Oil flow from from P2 pump opens opens Cp2 load check check valve located located below below travel travel left spool, spool, and flow from P2 pump pump is directed to parallel port P3. c. Oil flow from from P2 pump is now availabe availabell for work spools spools swing, swing, arm and boom boom confluenc confluence e spool. d. Secondary pilot oil from operator operators s joystick j oystick has shifted bo boom om co conf nflu luen ence ce sp spoo ooll allo allowi wing ng oi oill fro from m mai main n control valve P2 to join with control valve valve P1at one way check valve CCb.
Page 7-10
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE BOOM CIRCUIT UP
S/V P2
P1
T
CMR1 PL1
CMR2
MR1
PTb
PBL REV. PAL FOR. TRAVEL PRIORITY
AL FOR.
TRAVEL LEFT
CT2
CP2
Drb
BL REV.
LCs SG PBS RIG.
PBr
REV. SWING
CT1 PAr
FOR.
Br
REV.
Ar
FOR.
PAS LEF. LEF. AS TRAVEL RIGHT BS RIG. CP1
(T3)
Dra
BOOM CONFLUENCE LCc
PBc
DIG.
PAc
DIS
Bc
DIG
Ac
DIS
39.7MPa at30L
BUCKET
37.7MPa at30L
CCb
PLc2 DIG. Drd
LCb PBb Drc
LOW.
PAb Bb
LCa
BOOM
PLc1
ARM
PBa DIS. PAa DIG.
RAI LOW.
Aa DIG. CRb
39.7MPa at 30L
37.7MPa at 30L
CRa
37.7MPa at 30L
39.7MPa at30L Ab
Ba DIS.
RAI ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
Pis P2 NUTRAL CUT
P1 NUTRAL CUT PA1
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
PCa
CCa
Pn2
Pn1 Pn1'
Pn2'
3.14MPa at 35L
3.14MPa at 35L
Tn1
(P3)
P
PBo1
Tn2
SE28
PAo1
AO1 BO1
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
37.7MPa at 30L
30 37.7MPa at 30L (P4)
Page 7-11
CONTROL VALVE BOOM CIRCUIT DOWN Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel straight, work spools for bucket and boom, neutral cut spool, to low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control contr ol valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, lef t, swing, arm and neutral cut to low pressure pre ssure relief valve and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump at minimum flow. Boom lower operation (Recirculation circuit) 1. Second Secondary ary pilot oil from operators operators joystick acts on the boom boom spool (8) moving spool up. a. Port PBb PBb is located located on on the bottom bottom of main control control valve valve P1 section. b. Secondary Secondary pilot oil from from joystick enters enters boom spool spool port PBb, PBb, and boom boom lock port PLc1 PLc1 of the boom lock selector valve (19). The boom lock selector valve spool (23) is moved to the right, releasing the boom lock poppet (17). 2. With boom spool (8) shifted, shifted, P1 oil flow is diverted from work spools, spools, neutral cut spool, low pressure relief and Pn1 port. P1 pump is now considered on line. a. Oil flow from from P1 pump opens opens load check check valve valve (21) CP1, CP1, downstream downstream of travel travel right spool. spool. b. P1 pump, flows into into parallel parallel circuit circuit (P4) and closes closes CT1 check valve. valve. 3. P1 pump oil reaches reaches boom spool (8) through through LCb load check check valve (21). 4. The pressure pressure oil from P1 pump passes through through and around boom boom spool (8), out port Bb of main control valve to boom cylinder rod side. 5. With boom lock valve (17) (17) CRb port open, return oil from the boom cylinder cylinder head flows through through main control valve Ab port to boom spool. spoo l. 6. A part of the return oil flow flow from boom cylinder cylinder head end flows into recirculation recirculation chamber chamber in the boom spool (8), which directs the oil to the rod end of the boom cyliner to prevent cylinder cavation. The remaining oil flows into the tank or return oil circuit. Operation of boom lock valve (CRb) 1. With the movement of spool (23), the orifice G of bushing (79) (79) closes, and the continuity between between passages (Sa) and (Sb) is cut. The holding pressure from the boom cylinder head side stops acting on spring chamber (J) of boom lock valve (17). a. Orifice (H) (H) of bushing bushing (79) is connect connected ed to drain port (Drc), (Drc), spring chamber (J) (J) of boom lock valve (17) is connected to drain port (Drc) through passage (SB). b. Since boom boom lock valve (17) is connected connected to drain drain port (Drc), (Drc), the holding holding pressure pressure on the boom boom cylinder head side acts on it and moves rightward, and releases the locking.
Page 7-12
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE VALVE BOOM CIRCUIT CIRCUI T DOWN
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-13
CONTROL VALVE ARM CIRCUIT IN Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel straight, work spools for bucket and boom, neutral cut spool, to low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. f low. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, swing, arm and neutral cut to t o low pressure relief valve valv e and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump at minimum flow. fl ow. The arm variable recirculation spool is in the full stroke condition after the engine starts and is in the forced recirculation condition pilot pressure at PSV-A is 25 kg/cm 2 (355 psi). CPU supplies 24 volts of power to swing parking brake solenoid SV-1, blocking pilot oil to Swing parking brake, brake is on. Arm-in operation (Normal recirculation) 1. Secondary pilot oil from operators joystick acts on the arm spool pushing the arm spool down. The arm spool is located in the P2 section of the main control valve. CPU releases power to swing parking brake, brake is released. CPU activates straight travel spool, straight travel soool is shifted. a. Port PBb is located located on the the top of main control control valve valve P2 section, section, port PLc2 PLc2 is on the bottom bottom of main control valve P2. b. Secondary Secondary pilot oil from joystick joystick enters enters boom spool spool port PAa, PAa, and boom boom lock port PLc2 of of the arm lock selector valve (19). The arm lock selector valve spool (23) is moved to the right, releasing the arm lock poppet (17) 2. The CPU CPU outputs outputs a command command curre current, nt, a. The arm variable variable recirculatio recirculation n proportional proportional valve valve (PSV-A) (PSV-A) located located on the solenoid solenoid proportion proportional al valve block through the mechatro controller from low pressure sensor (SE7). b. Swing parking parking brake brake is released released by by the mechatro mechatro controller controller from from low pressure pressure sensor sensor (SE7). (SE7). c. Power from from CPU to swing swing parking parking brake brake solenoid solenoid (SV-1) (SV-1) is removed removed swing swing parking parking brake brake is released. d. The PSV-C PSV-C proportional proportional valve secondary secondary pressu pressure re acts on Pis arm arm variable variable recirculation recirculation spool spool (13) starts returning from the full stroke to the regular recirculation condition.Pro 3. The PSV-A PSV-A proportional valve secondary pressure acts on Pis arm variable recirculation spool (13) starts returning from the full stroke to the regular recirculation condition. 4. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, swing, arm and neutral cut to low pressure pres sure relief valve and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump pum p at minimum flow. a. With arm arm spool spool shifted shifted P2 oil flow flow from from P2 pump pump is stoppe stopped d at the the arm spool spool and and diverted diverted to to CP2 load load check valve located below travel left spool opening valve. b. P2 pump pump oil is stopp stopped ed at CT2 CT2 one way check check valve valve closing closing valve valve oil can can not not enter enter P1 port of main control valve. valve. c. P2 pump pump flow is now in the the P3 parallel parallel port and and available available for for swing circuit circuit boom boom confluenc confluence e circuit circuit and arm circuit. d. With With the the arm arm spool spool sh shift ifted ed oil is remo removed ved from low press pressure ure relie relieff and Pn Pn2 2 port. port. P2 pump is now considered on line.
Page 7-14
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE ARM CIRCUIT IN 5. P2 pump flow reaches arm spool through LCa one way check valve.Oil flow from P2 flow travels around arm arm spool out Aa port located in P2 main control valve to arm cylinder piston side. cylinder (arm regeneration ) 3. Retur Return n oil from Rod Rod end is restrict restricted ed for regene regeneratio ration n and return return to Hydrauli Hydraulicc tank. 6. Return oil form form arm cylinder cylinder rod side is delevered to P2 main main control valve port Ba. Ba. a. Retur Return n oil from arm cylinde cylinderr passes passes over arm holding holding valve valve which which is in release release condition, condition, to arm arm spool. spool. b. After the the oil passes passes around around arm spool spool oil is diverted diverted to to the arm variabl variable e recirculatio recirculation n valve. valve. c. The arm recirculati recirculation on valve will then make a determin determination ation from from infromation infromation from the the CPU controller as to the three paths for the return oil to take. 1. Retur Return n oil is ou restrict restricted ed and and allowed allowed to retu return rn to hydrau hydraulic lic tank. tank. 2. Oil is restricted restricted from from retuning retuning to hydrauli hydraulicc tank and is allowed allowed to help help P2 oil feeding feeding piston piston end of arm
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-15
CONTROL VALVE ARM CIRCUIT OUT Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel straight, work spools for bucket and boom, neutral cut spool, to low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. f low. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, swing, arm and neutral cut to t o low pressure relief valve valv e and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump at minimum flow. fl ow. The arm variable recirculation spool is in the full stroke condition after the engine starts and is in the forced recirculation condition pilot pressure at PSV-A is 25 kg/cm 2 (355 psi). Swing Parking brake applied. Arm-out operation (two pump flow) 1. Secondary pilot pilot oil from operators joystick acts on the arm spool pushing pushing the arm spool up, and arm confluence spool, pushing arm confluence conf luence spool up. P1 Neutral cut is shifted shif ted by CPU. a. Secondary Secondary pilot oil from joystick joystick enters arm spool spool port PBa spool spool located in the P2 section section of the main control valve. b. Secondary Secondary pilot oil from joystick joystick enters arm arm confluence confluence spool port PA1pushi PA1pushing ng the spool up located in the P1 section of the main control contr ol valve. c. The CPU outputs outputs a command current current into P1 bypass bypass circuit (PSV (PSV-D) -D) located located on the solenoid solenoid proportional valve block through the mechatro controller from low pressure sensor (SE-8). 2. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, swing, arm and neutral cut to low pressure pres sure relief valve and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump pum p at minimum flow. a. With arm arm spool spool shifted shifted P2 oil flow flow from from P2 pump pump is stoppe stopped d at the the arm spool spool and and diverted diverted to to CP2 load load check valve located below travel left spool opening valve. b. P2 pump pump oil is stopp stopped ed at CT2 CT2 one way check check valve valve closing closing valve valve oil can can not not enter enter P1 port of main control valve. valve. c. P2 pump pump flow is now in the the P3 parallel parallel port and and available available for for swing circuit circuit boom boom confluenc confluence e circuit circuit and arm circuit. d. With With the the arm arm spool spool sh shift ifted ed oil is remo removed ved from low press pressure ure relie relieff and Pn Pn2 2 port. port. P2 pump is now considered on line. 3. P2 pump flow reaches arm spool through LCa one way check valve.Oil flow from P2 flow travels around arm arm spool out Aa port located in P2 main control valve to arm cylinder piston side. 4. Return oil form form arm cylinder cylinder rod side is delevered to P2 main main control valve port Ba. Ba. a. Retur Return n oil from arm cylinde cylinderr passes passes over arm holding holding valve valve which which is in release release condition, condition, to arm arm spool. spool. b. After the the oil passes passes around around arm spool spool oil is diverted diverted to to the arm variabl variable e recirculatio recirculation n valve. valve. c. The arm recirculati recirculation on valve will then make a determin determination ation from from infromation infromation from the the CPU controller as to the three paths for the return oil to take. 1. Retur Return n oil is ou restrict restricted ed and and allowed allowed to retu return rn to hydrau hydraulic lic tank. tank. 2. Oil is restricted restricted from from retuning retuning to hydrauli hydraulicc tank and is allowed allowed to help help P2 oil feeding feeding piston piston end of arm cylinder (arm regeneration ) 3. Retur Return n oil from Rod Rod end is restrict restricted ed for regene regeneratio ration n and return return to Hydrauli Hydraulicc tank.
Page 7-16
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE ARM CIRCUIT OUT . H . L M O 6 O B
. H . R M O 5 O B
T E K 8 C U B
M R 7 A
a 8 . P 5 M 3 r 3 . c 7 P 3
a 8 . P 5 M 3 3 r . c 7 P 3 G P
B D
D
P
P
A M
A M
D
6 . 0 Ø B M
a P L M 0 9 . 8 7 1 t 2 a
G N I W S
6 . 0 Ø
B M
M 6 . 0 Ø
B P
6 . 0 Ø
A P 3 . 0 Ø
3 . 0 Ø
3 . 0 Ø
3 . 0 Ø
3
A B V V B
A
B V
A V
L T E H V A G I R R T
4
L E T V F A E R L T
9 4
C A F E D B
7 2 2
. V E R L B P
. R . O R F O L F A L P A
. G I R G S S B P
. V E R L B
. F S E L A . S F A E P L
. G I R ) S 3 B ( T
6 1
. G I D 2 c r L d P D
1 8 . B 0 P Ø
. S I D a B P
E C N E U L F N O C M O O B
2 1
. . G I G I D D a A a P A
M R A
r D 2 T P N E D L N E E E P V V E A L D A R T N I V 3 2
T
1 P 2 P
2 i P 0 . 1 Ø 2 A
T U C L A R T U N 2 P
a C L
1 8 . T 2 C 1 Ø 4 1 Ø
1 R M C
T H G I 1 R P L C E V A R T
2 R M C
a P M L 0 7 . 3 7 t 3 a
T E K C U B
1 R M
. . . . V R V R E O E R F R O F
1 b L T P P
r r B A r r P P B A
b r D
a r D
. S G I I D D G I D c c B A c P P B
a P L M 0 7 . 3 9 t 3 a . W O L b B
I A R b A
P
R E V O D E L E G E E N V P S A 2 A R / H T 1 C
4 X 7 . 1 Ø
6 A
) 4 P (
L A R T T U U 1 E P N C
4 A
Y T L I E R V O I A R R T P
3 A
L A R T T U U 2 E P N C
P M L 0 7 . 3 7 t 3 a
a C C 4 X 7 . 1 Ø a P L M 4 5 3 1 . t 3 a
N E O L I T B A A I L R U A C V R I M C E R A R
5 A
0 3 a
T U C L A R T U N 1 P
4 . 0 Ø
7 A
P
) 3 P (
4 E . C 0 N Ø E U L F N M 1 R O X A C
b R C
M O O B
. I W A O L R b c 1 c b B r L A P D P P
S I D c A
8 2 E S
5 . 3 Ø
b C L a P M L 0 7 . 3 7 t 3 a
1 i P 0 . 4 1 2 Ø T 1 A N E D N L E E P V E A D V R / N T I S
a P M L 0 7 . 3 9 t 3 a
c C L
a P M L 4 5 3 1 . t 3 a
4 . 0 Ø
a P M L 0 7 . 3 9 t 3 a
2 P 8 A G N I B W / S P
N E I L O T B A A I L R U A C V R I M C E R A R
b C C
Y T I R O I R P L E V A R T
T 1 P
G N I W S
' 2 2 2 n n n P P T
a C P
a R C
2 T C
T
s i P 4 . 0 Ø
a P M L 0 7 . 3 7 t 3 a
2 T T F E L L 2 s E P C V C L A R T
. S I D a B
2 A
a P L M 0 7 . 3 7 t 3 a
G N I T S T O T O A B 1 A
b C P
1 A P
' 1 1 1 n n n P P T 1 1 o o B A P P
K R C E V O E L L
1 1 O O A B
T 1 P S . T
T
5 2
P
1 A
7 2 P E S 9 a 2 N P
D B
4 a
5 a A 3 A
P
C C A
C 2 P
3 6 2 a E 2 S H P P
v 0 r . e 0 / c 1 c
3 r D
4 1 3 1
3 B
D E R S D E A R R S W E A R R V W E O E R V F R O E L L F R E E L L V V E E A A V V R R A A T T R R T T T T H H T T F F G I G I E E R R L L
2 V S P
2
2 a
9 E S 5 P
8 1
2 A 1 A
1 2
1 B
m 5 p 5 g
1 V S P
m p r 0 0 M 0 2 @ p H 5 3 3 1 a
1 8 a
1
a P k 7 4 1
0 2
5 1
E V L A L V E T V O A L I R T P
T E K E V C L U A . H B . 0 & V R 1 T M O O L I O P B
4
4
P
0 1 E S 6 P
T
3
2 2
3
2 P
1 1
6 2 P E S
P T
T
a P k 0 9 4
r D
0 . 1 Ø
4
1
1 a
P 1 H 2 P 2 E S 5 a 1 P
7 1
2
3
1 G N I W S & M R A
. H . 0 L 1
1 E P S 2 E S P 3 E P S 4 E P S 5 E S P 6 E S P 7 E P S 8 E P S
E G G R A N I H G C G S I I D D T T E E K K C C U U B B
G E N I G G R T R N I E T H G A N I H S F G I W E I G C A O L S R L R G I I G D D M M G N N O O I I M M O O W W R R B B S S A A
4 . 1 Ø 4 . 1 Ø
2 . 1 Ø
6 2
9 1
1 N P
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-17
CONTROL VALVE VALVE BUCKET CIRCUIT DIG DI G Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel straight, work spools for bucket and boom, neutral cut spool, to low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control contr ol valve. Oil flows through work spools travel left, lef t, swing, arm and neutral cut to low pressure pre ssure relief valve and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump at minimum flow. Bucket digging operation single pump flow (voltage at SE-1 less than 2.5 volts) 1. Secondary Secondary pilot oil from the operators operators joystick joystick acts on bucket spool spool moving the bucket bucket spool up. a. Port PBc PBc is located located on on the bottom of of main control control valve P1 P1 Section. Section. b. Secondary Secondary pilot oil form form joystick joystick enters boom boom spool port port PBc, bucket bucket spool spool is moved upward. upward. Flow and pressure in circuit is proportional the movement of joystick effecting SE-1 sensor. 2. With the bucket bucket spool shifted P1 oil flow is diverted from the boom work work spool, P1 neutral cut spool, spool, low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port. P1 pump is now considered on line. a. Oil flow from from P1 opens load check check valve CP1 CP1 downstream downstream of travel travel right spool. spool. b. P1 pump oil flow in to parallel parallel circuit circuit (P4) (P4) and closes closes CT1 CT1 check valve. 3. P1 pump oil oil flow reaches reaches bucket bucket spool through through LCc LCc check valve. valve. 4. The pressure pressure oil from P1 pump passes passes around bucket bucket spool, out port port Bc of main control valve valve to bucket cylinder piston end. 5. Return oil from rod end of bucket cylinder is deleverd to bucket spool through Ac port located in the P1 section of main control valve.
Page 7-18
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE BUCKET CIRCUIT DIG
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-19
CONTROL VALVE VALVE BUCKET DIG TWO T WO PUMP FLOW Neutral P1 pump delivers oil through P1 port of main control valve. Oil flows through travel straight, work spools for bucket and boom, neutral neutr al cut spool, to low pressure relief reli ef valve and Pn1 port keeping P1 pump at minimum flow. P2 pump delivers oil through P2 port of main control valve. valv e. Oil flows through work spools travel left, swing, arm and neutral cut to low pressure relief valve and Pn2 port keeping P2 pump at minimum flow. Bucket digging operation two pump flow (voltage at SE-1 greater than 2.5 volts) 1.
Secondary pilot Secondary pilot oil from from the operator operators s joystick joystick acts on bucket bucket spool spool moving moving the bucket bucket spool spool up. up. a. Port PBc PBc is located located on the bottom of main control valve P1 P1 Section. Section. b. Secondary Secondary pilot oil oil form joystick joystick enters boom boom spool port port PBc, bucket bucket spool is moved moved upward. upward. Flow and pressure in circuit is proportional the movement of joystick effecting SE-1 sensor.
2.
With the bucket spool shifted shifted P1 P1 oil flow is diverted from the boom work work spool, spool, P1 neutral cut spool, low pressure relief valve and Pn1 port. P1 pump is now considered on line. a. Oil flow from P1 opens load load check check valve CP1 downstream downstream of travel right spool. spool. b. P1 pump oil flow in to parallel parallel circuit circuit (P4) and closes closes CT1 check valve. valve. c. P1 pump pump oil flow reaches reaches bucket spool through through LCc check check valve. valve.
3.
The CPU CPU outputs outputs a command current (milliampe (milliampere) re) to P2 neutral neutral cut cut proportiona proportionall solenoid solenoid valve valve (PSV (PSV-B) -B) and the travel priority proportional proportional solenoid valve (PSV-C). The amount of current is determined from information given to the CPU from low pressure sensor (SE-1). a. The PSV-B PSV-B secondary secondary pilot oil oil acts on the the neutral cut cut spool port port PCa located located on the bottom bottom of the P2 P2 section of the main control valve valve block. Pilot oil acts upon the P2 neutral cut spool and moves P2 cut spool closed. b. The PSV-C PSV-C secondary secondary pilot oil acts acts on the travel priority priority spool spool port PTa PTa located on the the top of the P1 section of the main control valve block. Pilot oil acts upon the travel priority spool and moves the travel priority spool closed.
Page 7-20
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE TRAVEL TRAVEL PRIORITY SPOOL ACTIVE Travel Priority Spool Active (shifted) With the travel spool active oil flow from P2 and P1 pump is redirected. 1.
P1 pump pump oil enters enters the the main control valve P1 P1 section, section, oil oil flows through travel priority spool and is directed away from the center section of P1 main control valve. a. Oil from P1 pump enters enters P4 parallel parallel gallery through CT1 CT1 one way way check valve, valve, with no no passage to oil cooler or hydraulic tank. b. Oil from P1 pump pump is directed through through CT2 CT2 one way check check valve and enters enters P3 gallery gallery located in the P2 section of the main control valve, with no passage to oil cooler of hydraulic tank. c. P1 pump oil closes closes one way way check valve CP2, CP2, stopping stopping the P1 P1 pump oil oil from entering entering the center section of P2 main control valve.
2.
P2 pump oil enters enters the P1 section section of the main control valve and and is directed by the travel priority priority valve. a. P2 pump oil oil now enters enters P1 main control control valve center section, section, and flows flows to cooler cooler and tank. tank. b. P2 pump oil oil enters P2 main main control control valve center center section, section, and flows flows to cooler cooler and tank.
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-21
CONTROL VALVE VALVE BUCKET DIGGING DIGGIN G SK330 • Bucket digging digging operation operation (Conflux (Conflux circuit) circuit) (SK330) (SK330) 1. With bucket bucket digging operation, operation, the the pilot secondary secondary pressure pressure acts acts on PBc port port on the bucket bucket section of block on P1 side and moves bucket spool (5) upward. 2. Concurrently Concurrently,, low pressure pressure sensor (SE1) (SE1) senses and outputs outputs the command command current into into P2 cut (PSV-B) and travel straight (PSV-C) valves on the solenoid/proportional valve block command current through mechatro controller. 3. The proportional proportional valve valve secondary secondary pressure pressure from P2 cut cut proportional proportional valve valve (PSV-B) (PSV-B) acts on PCa PCa port on arm variable recirculation & P1 cut section of block on P2 side and moves P2 cut spool (12) upward. 4. And the proportion proportional al valve secondary secondary pressure pressure acts on PTb PTb on the travel travel straight straight section of the block on P1 side and moves travel straight spool (1) upward. Note: 1. For it items ➂ and ➃ , with the bucket digging operation, P2 cut spool (12) is switched in proportion to the pilot secondary pressure, and by-pass circuit cir cuit (52) on P2 side starts closing, and travel straight spool (1) is switched, and finally by-pass circuits (50, 52) on P1 and P2 sides, and parallel circuits (51, 53) 53 ) on P1 and P2 sides are connected. 2. The reason reason why arm arm conflux variable recircul recirculation ation and and P2 cut on P2 cut section section actuate is that the oil in A chamber flows fl ows into drain circuit (57) through passage B at the center of spool (12), moving respective spool. 5. P1 pump delivery delivery oil flows flows into by-pass by-pass circuit circuit (51) on on P1 side and and parallel parallel circuit (51) (51) on P1 side side through P1 port of block on C/V P1 side, because the travel straight spool (1) on the travel straight section. 6. The delivery delivery oil opens opens load check check valve (21) CT1 through parallel parallel circuit (51) on P1 P1 side and and flows into the downstream. Concurrently Concurrently,, the delivery oil opens load check valve (21) CT2 on the block on P2 side and flows into parallel circuit (53) on P2 side, but it comes to a stop. 7. P2 pump delivery delivery oil oil flows into into by-pass by-pass circuit (52) (52) on P2 side on the the upperstream upperstream of travel travel straight section through thr ough P2 port of the block on C/V P1 side, but it comes to a stop because P2 cut spool (12) on the arm variable recirculation & P2 cut section of block on P2 side is moved. 8. On the other other hand, the delivery delivery oil flows flows into by-pass by-pass circuit circuit (50) because because travel travel straight spool spool is moved. 9. Because bucket spool spool (5) on the the bucket section section of is moved, moved, the pressure pressure oil oil opens load load check valve (21) CP1 on the donwstream of travel right section and flows into parallel parall el circuit (51) on P1 side. 10. The P1 and P2 delivery oil is confluxed in parallel circuit (51) on P1 side, opens load check valve (21) LCc, and flows into bucket spool (5) through U-shaped passage. 11. The delivery oil passes through around bucket spool (5), and fed into the bucket cylinder head side through C/V BC port and bucket digging circuit (60). 12. On the other hand, the return oil from the bucket cylinder rod side flows through bucket dumping circuit (61) and C/V Ac port, and is led into bucket spool (5). 13.The delivery oil passes through around the bucket spool, and finally returns into hydraulic tank through tank circuit (56). Note:: 1. For the Note the bucket bucket dumping dumping opera operation tion,, the operati operation on is the reve reverse rse of the the bucket bucket section, and for others the operation is the same as the digging operation. 2. The bucket bucket conflux conflux circuit circuit functions functions only when when the independ independent ent operation, operation, but but not confluxed in the combined operation. Page 7-22
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
CONTROL VALVE SWING 6. Sle Slewin wing g righ rightt opera operatio tion n 1. With slewing slewing right operation, operation, the pilot secondary secondary pressure acts on PBs PBs port on the the slewing section of block on P2 side and moves bucket spool (4) upward. 2. P2 pump delivery delivery oil flows through through the travel travel straight straight section section through the the P2 port of block on C/V P1 side from by-pass circuit (52) on P2 side on the upperstream of the travel straight section, and is led into by-pass circuit (52) on P2 side. 3. Because Because slewing spool spool (4) of the the slewing section section is moved, moved, and by-pass by-pass circuit circuit (52) on P2 P2 side closes, load check valve (21) CP1 on the downstream of travel left section opens, and finally the delivery oil flows into parallel circuit (53) on P2 side. 4. And the pressure pressure oil oil opens load load check check valve (21) (21) LCs through through parallel parallel circuit circuit (53) on P2 side and reaches to slewing spool (4) through U-shaped passage (75). 5. The pressure pressure oil flows flows into P chamber chamber in the inside inside of spool through through perforation perforation around around slewing slewing spool (4) and passes through perforation again, and flows into slewing left rotation circuit (67) and is led into slewing spool (4). 6. On the other other hand, the return return oil from the slewing slewing motor motor B port flows through through C/V As port from slewing left circuit (67) and is led into slewing spool (4). 7. The pressure pressure oil passes passes through through perforation perforation around around slewing slewing spool spool (4), flows flows into Q chamber chamber in the inside of spool and passes through perforation again, and finally returns into hydraulic tank through tank circuit (56).
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Page 7-23
CONTROL VALVE SWING AND ARM IN 9. Arm-in and and slewing simult simultaneous aneous operatio operation n (Slewing (Slewing priority priority circuit) circuit) 1. With arm-in arm-in and slewing slewing right simultaneo simultaneous us operation, operation, arm spool (9) and arm variable variable recirculation spool (13) move down and slewing spool (4) moves up the same as in respective independent operation. Note: For details details of for each operation, operation, see Articles for arm-in arm-in and slewing slewing right operation. 2. Then, the the arm variable variable recirculation recirculation control control command command varies varies according according to the slewing slewing right operation pilot pressure, and arm variable recirculation spool (13) is switched forcedly to the recirculation condition, therefore th erefore the return oil from the rod side is used in precedence to others, resulting in the high working pressure. pressure. And the P2 pump delivery oil flows into the slewing section as the working pressure is low in precedence to others. 3. And, the slewing slewing operation operation is allowed allowed even even under the conditions conditions such as as push-on push-on digging, digging, slant digging, etc., where the slewing load is higher than the arm operating load, securing the arm operating speed at the same time. 4. Usually, Usually, when the pumping load load becomes becomes high (P2 (P2 pressure: pressure: 200 kgf/cm² kgf/cm² or more), more), arm variable recirculation spool (13) is switched in the recirculation cut condition, condit ion, but when it is operated concurrently with slewing operation, the slewing priority control functions, consequently the recirculation cut and sequence confluxing operation are not performed.
Page 7-24
Dynamic Acera 01/2002
Table 4-1
SK210 through SK290 CONTROL VALVE
Port size
SPECIFICATION
Tightening torque kgf m (ft lbs) Ÿ
T
P2
PF1
20~ 25 (140~ 180)
PF3/4
15~ 18 (110~ 130)
PF3/8
7~ 8 (51~ 58)
PF1/2
11~ 13 (80~ 94)
PF1/4
3.5~ 4.0 (25~ 29)
P1 T2
(CT2) CP2
(T) PTb
CMR2
TRAVEL STRAIGHT
CMR1
Br
CP1
BOOM CONFLUX
PAC BUCKET
CCb PB1 AS LCa
CRb PLC1 Drc
PBb
Pab
BOOM
ARM
PLC2 Drd
Ba PCb
ARM RECIRCULATION
P1 CUT
Pn1’ (Tn1)
(Pn1) B01
CRa
PAa
Ab
CCa ARM CONFLUX
PBS
PAS
AC
PBc
PA1
SWING
PAr TRAVEL RIGHT
Bb LCb
PBL
AS LCS BS
Ar
PBr
BC LCc
BL
AL
PAL
TRAVEL LEFT
NEGATIVE CONTROL RELIEF
NEGATIVE CONTROL RELIEF
(Pn1)
(A01)
CAr
P2 CUT
Pis
PCa
Tn2
(Pn2) (P3)
(PA01) OPT 1
(P4)
M 10 PB02
M 12 ARM CONFLUX
PCa
PA1
5.0~ 6.6 (36~ 48) 8.5~ 11.5 (61~ 83)
P1 Pump P1 port P2 Pump P2 port Ab Boom up port Bb Boom down port Ac Bucket dump port Bc Bucket digging port Ar Travel right port (forward) Br Travel right port (reverse) AL Travel left port (forward) BL Travel left port (reverse) Aa Arm in port Ba Arm out port As Swing port (right) Bs Swing port (left) T2 Tank port (T3) Tank port (Ao1) Option 1 port (A) (Bo1) Option 1 port (B) PAa Arm in pilot port PBa Arm out pilot port PAb Boom up pilot port PBb Boom down pilot port PAc Bucket dump pilot port PBc Bucket digging pilot port PAr Travel right pilot port (forward) PBr Travel right pilot port (reverse) PAL Travel left pilot port (forward) PBL Travel left pilot port (reverse) PAs Swing right pilot port PBs Swing left pilot port PA1 Arm conflux pilot port PB1 Boom conflux pi lot port PTb Travel straight pilot port PCa P2 bypass pilot port PCb P1 bypass pilot port Pis Arm recirculation pilot port (Pn1) Negative control port (P1 side) (Pn2) Negative control port (P2 side) Pn1’ Negative control port (P1 side) Pn2’ Negative control port (P2 side) (PAo1) Option 1 pilot port (A) (PB 1) Option 1 pilot port (B) (P3) Option port (P4) Option port PL1 ATT power boost pressure port Dra Drain port Drb Drain port Drc Drain port Drd Drain port PLc1 Boom lock valv releasepilot port PLc2 Arm l ock valve release pilot port (Tn1) Negative control port (Tank press) Tn2 Negative control port (Tank press) T
Ao1 Bo1
Tank port Option 1 port (A) Option 1 port (B)
P2 CUT
(2) M achine specifi cation
Drd PBb
BOOM
Description
Ÿ
Shown with swing Priority and Breaker (1) Outside view and hydraulic ports
Port name
ARM
(P3)
(P4)
PBa
Item
SK210(LC)? With OPT1
PLC BUCKET
TRAVEL RIGHT
TRAVEL STRAIGHT
PBc
PBr
(T3)
PBs
PTb
PBL
SWING
TRAVEL LEFT
?
A VIEW A
Max. flow /min (gal/mi n) Mai n relief valve set pressure kgf/cm2 (psi) With power boost pressure Over load relief valve set pressure kgf/cm2 (psi) Boom H, Bucket H, Arm R Boom R, Bucket R, Arm H OPT2 H&R
210(55)×2 350(4980) at 140 /min(37gal/min) 385(5470) at 120 /min(32gal/min) 405(5760) at 30 /min(7.9gal/min) 385(5470) at 30 /min(7.9gal/min) 385(5470) at 30 /min(7.9gal/min
)
Fig. 4-1 Control valve outside view and hydraulic port ? - 4- 1
SK210 ~ SK290 Control Valve CONSTRUCTION
273
273 P1,P2
TRAVEL STRAIGHT
154 T2
164
T
T
TRAVEL LEFT
978
TRAVEL RIGHT
101 T2
PBL
SWING
PAL
PBs
PAs
977 BOOM CONFLUX
BUCKET
PB1
ARM
BOOM
NEGATIVE CONTROL RELIEF
PAa
PBa
ARM RECIRCULATION (CUT)
CUT (ARM CONFLUX)
Pis
PCa
NEGATIVE CONTROL RELIEF
162(4pc)
212
OPTION 1
274 SECTION A- A
974 274
102 974 162 515
101 552 CT2
562 CT1 552
562
T2
P1
974
(Pn2)
156 166
522
974
PTb
Pn2’
212 (Pn1)
SECTION H- H
102
P1
Tn2
274
272
PAr
PBr
215
156 166
973
973
Pn1’
T
16
(Tn1)
157
512 P2
15 P2
167
522 161
272
PBc
PAc
PBb
PAb
973
973 973
973
SECTION I- I Pcb
PA1
162(4pc) 215 PA 01
PB 01
213
271 SECTION B- B
Fi g. 4-2 (1/3) Construction of control valve ? - 4- 2
2.
SK480 CONTROL VALVE
Table 2-1 2-1 Group
2.1 SPECIF SPECIFICA ICATION ICATIO TION TION N (1) (1) General Gene General ral view and hydraulic hydrau hydraulic lic ports ports
Port size
Tightening Tightening torque kgf m lbf ft !
t r o p e g n a l F
Port name
Description
!
∅32 (M14)
15 (110)
∅26 (M12)
10 (72)
P F 1/ 1/4
3.7 (27)
P F 3/ 3/8
7.5 (54)
G1
26 (190)
A
"
t r o p g n i r O
P1 Pump P1 port P2 Pump P2 port 4A2 Bucket digging port 4B2 Bucket dump port 4A3 Boom up side port 4B3 Boom down side port 5A3 Option 1 port 5B3 Option 1 port 5A5 Arm out port 5B5 Arm in port 4A1 Travel Travel left left forward forward port port 4B1 Travel Travel left left reve reverse port port 5A1 Travel Travel right reverse erse port port 5B1 Travel Travel right forward forward port port 5A2 Swing right port 5B2 Swing left port 4PC1 Boom down lock valve release pilot port 4PC2 P1 bypass cut select port 4pf1 P1 pump negative control pressure port 5pc1 Arm in lock valve release pilot port 5pc2 P 2 bypass cut valve val ve select select port 5pc3 L ock ock valve pilot pil ot port for swing swin g pri pri ority 5pf1 P2 pump negative control pressure port a Arm 2 spool select comand port at arm in Sequence pilot secondary pressure port at arm in b Arm variable recirculation cut comand port at arm in c dr1 Drain port dr4 Drain port dr5 Drain port Pc ATT power boost pressure port R3 Drain back pressure port 4pa1$4 Trave Travel left, Bucket, Boo Boom 1, Arm 2 pilot port 4pb1$4 Trave Travel left, Bucket, Boo Boom 1, Arm 2 pilot port PZ1 Travel Travel straight straight pilot port port dr5 Drain port dr6 Drain port 5pa1$5 Travel right right,, Swing Swing, OPT1, Boom 2, Arm 1 pilot port 5pb1$5 Travel right right,, Swing Swing, OPT1, Boom 2, Arm 1 pilot port dr3 Drain port RS Swing Swing mo motor tor boo boost circuit ircuit po port
(2) (2) Machine Machine spec specification ification I tem
SK 480"
P ar t N o.
L S30V 00002F 1
M odel Rated flow Main relief valve set pressure
U Y 36-105 /min 370 370#2 (98#2) (gal/min) kgf/cm2 (psi) 320 (4550) (4550) at at 320 /min (84gal/min) (84gal/min)
When power boost pr essur e Over loa l oad d reli ef valve set set pressure pressure
Abbreviations table
350 (4980) at 320 /mi n (84gal /mi n) kgf/cm2 (psi)
B oom H , B ucket H , A r m R
370 (5260) at 30 /mi n (7.9gal /mi n)
AM : A AR RM
B oom R , B ucket R , A r m H
355 (5050) at 30 /mi n (7.9gal /mi n)
B M : BO BOOM
Swing
270 (3840) at 30 /m /mi n (7.9gal /mi n)
BKT :BUCKET :BUCKET
F oot oot r elief valve set set pres pr essure sure
SW : SW SWI N G H : H E AD R
: R OD VIEW
A
F ig. 2-1 2-1 Control valve outside view and hydraulic port
kgf/cm2 (psi)
32 (460) (460) at 50 50 /min (13gal/min) (13gal/min)
2.2 SK480 CONSTRUCTION (1) (1) Contro Controll valv valve e 63,67
68,69
70
79,92
63,67
71,72
22,23,24,25,2
15
14
8
7
6
5
4
15
1
14
7
13
12
11
10
32
2
33
34 35,36
38
39 40 41,42 43
16
16 16 21
17
16 21
17
25,28,29,30,3 20
32
33
34 35
45
39 40 41,42 43 43
50 49
18
19 BUCKET SIDE VALVE
51,52
18
18
18
48
SWING SIDE VALVE
47 VIEW
Z SECTION
F ig. 2(1/4) 2(1/4) Construction Constructi on of of control (Bucket (B ucket side, Swing side valve) H2%2
L%L
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Hydraulic Motors ( Swing & Travel )
Kobelco Construction Machinery America Inc. Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-1
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 7-4 Sw Swin ing g mo moto torr 1. App Appea earan rance ce (In (In case case of SK21 SK210) 0)
• Rotat Rotation ion dir direct ection ion (SK (SK330 330)) (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet A ····· ······· ·· Coun Counterc terclock lockwise wise Oil inlet inlet B······· Clock Clockwise wise
Rotati Rotation on direc directio tion n (SK21 (SK210 0 · SK250 SK250)) (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet inlet A ····· ······· ·· Cloc Clockwis kwise e Oil inlet B ······· Counterclo Counterclockwise ckwise
Code
Name
Size
Torque 2
Kgf/cm (lb/ft) A,B Main port 2-PF 3/4 17 (122) PF 3/4 17 (122) M Make-up ake-up port PF1 22 (159) PF 3/8 7.5 (54) DB Drain Drain port port PF 1/2 10 (72) PA, PB PB Gauge po port PF 1 1//4 3.7 ((2 26) PG Brake re r elease po port PF 1/ 1/ 4 3.7 (2 ( 26) L Gear oi oil le level po port PF 1/ 1/2 6.6 (4 (47) IP Gear oi oil fi filling po port PF 3/ 3/4 10 (7 (72)
Page 8-2
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 2. Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns
Model Type Parking brake 2 Working orking pressu pressure re Kgf/cm (psi) Swing wing spee speed d M-Mod M-Mode/ e/ highidl igh idle e Weigh eight hydrau ydraulic lic moto otorr & gear gear
Specification pecifications s Swing wing Mo Motor tor SK160 ED190 SK210 SK250 SK290 SK330 Axial piston piston type Oil ty type disk brake, sp spring applied hydraulic release 350 (49 (4980) 365 (51 (5193) 280 (39 (3990) 280 (39 (3990) 280 (39 (3990) 280 (39 (3990) 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 11 RP RPM 9.1 RP RPM 223 (491) 223 (491) 235 (520) 235 (520) 511 (1,12 ,126) 511 (1,126)
3. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c diag diagra ram m
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-3
SK210 HYDRAULIC SWING MOTOR 4. Structu turre
Port relief
Swing shockless valve
Shoe
Cylinder block
Page 8-4
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SK210 REDUCTION HYDRAULIC SWING MOTOR ➁
Reduction unit (Swing)
Code Name Pinion shaft 1 Sleeve 2 Plug (PT 1/2) 4 O-ring 5 (JIS B2401 G100 1A) Oil seal (160 x 190 x 13) 6 Retainer 7 8 Socket bolt (M8 x 25) Taper roller bearing 9 (22320RH 100 x 215 x 73) 10 Housing 11 Spacer
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 1
Co C ode 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Name Qty. Co C ode Taper roller bearing 1 24 (22218RH x 90 x 160 x 40) Retaining ring 1 25 Spider 1 26 Sun gear 1 27 Ring gear 1 28 Spider assy 1 29 Socket bolt (M14 x 130) 10 30 Sun gear 1 31 Spring pin ( φ 8 x 25) 4 32 Shaft 4 33 Thrust washer 8 34 Pinion 4
Name Needle bearing (28 x 43 x 43) Thrust washer Pinion Roller Thrust washer Retaining ring Pipe Elbow Plug (PT 3/4) Retaining ring Set screw
Qty. 4 3 3 102 3 3 1 1 2 1 2
Page 8-5
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 3. Pa Park rkin ing g brak brake e 1) Cylinde Cylinderr block (11 (111) is engaged engaged with shaft shaft (101) (101) and spline. spline. 2) And, the rotation in round direction of separator plate (743) is restricted by circular grooves cut on the surface of the casing. 3) When friction friction plate (742) engaged engaged with cylinder cylinder block (11 (111) at the outside with the spline spline is pressed against casing (301) by brake spring (712) through separator plate (743) and brake piston (702), the frictional force is generated between friction plate (742) and casing (301), and also separator plate (743) and brake piston (702). 4) This frictional frictional force force restricts restricts the rotation rotation of the shaft, shaft, resulting resulting in the braking braking force. 5) On the other other hand, after after application application of the the release pressur pressure e to the oil chamber chamber formed formed between between brake piston (702) and casing (301), if the oil pressure becomes becom es higher than brake spring (712) force, brake piston (702) moves and friction plate (742) separates from casing (301), and finally the brake is released.
Page 8-6
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS SWING SK480
The SK480 swing motor uses two sets of relief valves for hydrauic breaking and motor control.
main Relief
Overload relief
Shockless valve
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-7
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 5. Sh Shoc ockl kles ess s val valve ve Structure 161. O-ring 162. Ring 163. Backup ri ring 251. Plug 261. O-ring 311. Plunger
312. 313. 315. 321. 322. 371.
Piston Seat Ball Spring Spring Shim
• Operatio Operation n of shockle shockless ss valve valve This graph shows the relation between the pressure on shockless valve and the rising process. The actuation on each part is described below. a. Operat Operation ion on the the sta state te of of P = PS Considering the state where the brake pressure generates on port AM side, the pressure at port AM is conducted to chamber n through passage , axis hole on seat (313), and passage m on plunger (311). If pressure P is over the specified pressure of spring (321), then the spring is pushed, and the plunger is moved mo ved to left. Seat (313) also moves to left deflecting spring (322) pushed by plunger (311). b. Operatio Operation n on the sate of P < PS The brake pressure may be decreased by the stop of slewing (Y point), arriving to the state P < PS, the plunger (31 ( 311) 1) is moved to the right by the force of spring (321), simultaneously the seat (313) is also moved to right by the force of spring (322), as the chamber P contains damping actuations caused by (g), the return of seat (313) is late comparing it with that of plunger plun ger (311), and the seat part t is left away. away. Then the pressure oil flows in sequence such as → t → r → K proportionately to the return of plunger, finally the passage connecting to AM and BM ports is formed. As a result, the pressures at both AM and BM ports are quickly equal, and return to the state of Z point, and then the hydraulic motor is protected from in version caused by the confined pressure at AM port. Page 8-8
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 7-5 75 Tra rave vell mo moto torr 1. Ap App pea eara ran nce
Note: 1. When When overha overhauli uling ng the the travel travel motor motor or or replacing the assy., fill hydraulic oil 1.2L through the drain port ( D ). 2. When over overhau hauling ling the the reduc reduction tion unit, unit, fill fill the approved gear 2.5L oil through the drain port. In addition, when replacing the assy., as the oil is already filled, check that the filled oil quantity is enough for the proper operation.
Code Name VA VA, VB Main port P1 P1, P2 Main port D Drain port T Drain port MA MA, MB Gauge port Pm Pm1, Pm2 Gauge port P Travel 1st/2nd speed change port Ps Ps Travel 1st/2nd speed change port Pp Pp Parking brake release port Ti Tin Casing filling oil port Drain port, Filling port, Level port
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Size PF 1 PF 1 PF 1/2 PF 1/2 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 1/4 PF 3/4
Torque N•m {kgf•m} 255 ± 10 {26 ± 1} 255 ± 10 {26 ± 1} 108 ± 10 {11 ± 1} 108 ± 10 {11 ± 1} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3} 29.4 {3 {3} 29.4 {3} 98 {1 { 10}
Remarks SK210 SK330 SK250 SK210 • SK330 SK250 SK210 • SK330 SK250 SK210 • SK330 SK250 SK250 SK250 Wind seal tape
Page 8-9
HYDRAULIC MOTORS
Hydraulic In-Line Piston Motor Operation
5. Outlet Port
3. Swash Plate 4. Piston Sub assembly Driveshaft
2.
Shoe Retainer Plate
1. Inlet Port
1.
Oil is de deli live vere red d und under er pr pres essu sure re at in inle lett por port. t.
2.
Oill exe Oi exerts rts a for force ce on pi pist ston ons, s, fo forc rcin ing g the them m out out of of the the cyl cylin inde derr blo block ck..
3.
The Th e pist piston on thr thrus ustt is tra trans nsmi mitt tted ed to to the the angl angled ed swa swash sh pla plate te cau causi sing ng rot rotat atio ion. n.
4.
The pis The pisto tons ns,, sho shoe e pla plate te,, and and cy cylilind nder er bl bloc ock k ro rota tate te to toge geth ther er.. Th The e driveshaft is splined to the cylinder block.
5.
The pis The piston ton pa pass sses es the in inlet let po port, rt, an and d beg begins ins to re retu turn rn in into to it its s bor bore e because of the swash plate angle. Exhaust oil is pushed into the outlet port.
Typical Piston Motor
Page 8-10
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS Item
Model
Type Displacement 1st/2nd speed cc/rev Working pressure MPa {kgf/cm²} Max. flow L/min Ove Overr load load crac cracki king ng pres press. s.
MPa MP a {kgf {kgf/c /cm² m²}}
Tilt Tiltin ing g cont contro roll pilo pilott pres press. s. Drain allowable press. MPa {kgf/cm²}
MPa {kgf MPa {kgf/c /cm² m²}} No Normal Su Surge
Pa Parking brake torque
N•m {kgf•m}
Parking brake release press. MPa {kgf/cm²} Parking brake chamber MPa {kgf/cm²} allowable press.
SK210 M4V150/ 100-RC3.5B 103.7 / 154.4 34.3 {350} 210 35.8 {365} or more 4.9 4.9 {50} {50} 0.2 {2} 1 {10} 441 ~ 686 {45 ~ 70} 1.57 {16}
SK250 MAG-170VP3600E-2 109.9 / 170.0
SK330 M3V260/ 150A-RG5.5C 150.5 / 262.6
← ←
←
240 31.1 {317} or more
250 35.8 ~ 37.2 {365 ~ 380}
←
←
0.2 {2} 0.5 {5} 22.5 kN•m {2292} 1.1 {11}
0.2 {2} 1 {10} 902 {92} or more 1.54 {15.7}
41.2 {420}
4.9 {50}
41.2 {420}
0.4 {4} or less 1.5 {15} or more
Approx. 27.4 {280} Pilot press. 4.9 {50}
Set press. of auto speed select
MPa {kgf/cm²}
Approx. 27.4 {280} Pilot press. 4.9 {50}
Brake valve spool switch press.
MPa {kgf/cm²}
0.59 ~ 0.95 {6 ~ 9.7}
0.48 ~ 0.88 {4.9 ~ 9}
0.59 ~ 0.98 {6 ~ 10}
0.018 {0.18} 0.7 41.46 35.0 {3570} 23.5 {2400} 32.81 at 210 L/min 48.84 at 210L/min 5.5 VA Port inlet: RH VB port inlet: LH 238
0.03 {0.3} 0.5 43.246 40.2 {4100} 25.0 {2550} 32.6 at 240 L/min 50.5 at 240 L/min 3.5 P1 Port inlet: RH P2 Port inlet: LH 290
0.01 {0.1} 1.5 39.875 57.2 {5830} 32.8 {3350} 24.83 at 260 L/min 43.32 at 260 L/min 10.5 VA Port inlet: RH VB Port inlet: LH 360
Check valve cracking press. Oil qty. in casing Reduction ratio Output torque of 1st speed Output torque of 2nd speed
MPa {kgf/cm²} L kN•m {kgf•m} kN•m {kgf•m} -1
Revolution at 1st speed
min {rpm}
Revolution at 2nd speed
min {rpm}
Oil qty. in reduction Rotating direction (Viewed from valve side) Weight
L
-1
Approx. kg
3. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c diag diagra ram m
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-11
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 4. Str tru uctu turre ➀
Travel motor
Page 8-12
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Name Case Cover Cylinder block Shoe retainer Friction plate Brake piston Separator plate Valve plate Shaft Coupling Shoe plate Ball joint Spring seat Piston assy Ring Ring Check valve Retaining ring Retaining ring Piston Ball Pivot Piston seal Orifice Oil seal Spring Spring Spring Bearing Bearing Socket bolt Shim Pin Plug Plug Plug Plug Plug O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring Overload relief valve assy Spool Plug Spring seat Pin
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Qty. 1 1 1 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 9 12 1 1 8 2 1 1 10 1 3 2 5 4 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
Code 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Name Spring Connector Spool assy Cover Spring Spring seat Valve Spring Plug O-ring O-ring Socket bolt
Qty. 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8
Page 8-13
HYDRAULIC MOTORS ➁
Reduction assy
Item
Model
Type Displacement Wo W orking pressure
cc/rev MPa {kgf/cm²}
Max. flow rate
L/min -1
Rated speed
min {rpm}
Ou Output torque
N•m {kgf•m}
Br Brake torque
N•m {kgf•m}
Brake release pressure pressure MPa {kgf/cm²} Inne Innerr pres press. s. of casi casing ng
121.6 27.9 {285} at 179 L/min 179
145.9 29.4 {300} at 207 L/min 207
1,400 {1,400} 665 {67.8} at 350 kgf/cm²
1,600 {1,600} 767 {81.3} at 350 kgf/cm² 776 {79.2}
+110 +11 0 {55 0 }
540
+4
1,284 {1,284} 859 {87.8} at 280 kgf/cm² +245 +25 0 {89 0 }
875
+0.5 +5 0 {23 0}
2.3 {23.7}
2.3
2.5 {25.8}
+0.5
+5
←
0.8
0.9
1.5
kg
54 2KAR6P72 / 240-712 2.5
66.5 2KAR6P72 / 250-712
74.5 2KAR6P72 / 240-712
←
←
kg
56.5
69
MPa MPa {kgf {kgf/c /cm² m²}} L
Weight of swing shockless valve
Page 8-14
M2X146B-CHB10A-15/300
SK330 M2X210CHB10A-39M/280197 197 27.4 {280} at 235 L/min 235
2.8 0 {29 0} 0.2 {2} or low
Type of swing shockless valve
Weight (Total)
M2X120B-CHB10A-37/285
2.5 0 {25 0} 2.8 {29}
St Stroke end
Weight
SK250
+0.4
Cracking
Oil quantity in casing
SK210
0.29 0.29 {3} {3} or low low
77
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 5. Over loa load d relief relief val valve ve (Code (Code 70)
Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Name Socket Valve Valve seat Piston Cap Plunger Piston
Qty. Code Name 1 8 Shim 1 9 Spring 1 10 O-ring 1 11 Back up ring 1 12 O-ring 1 13 Back up ring 1
Qty. 1 1 1 2 2 1
Item
Unit
Type Max Max. wo working pr press. Se Setting pressure Cr Cracking rpessure Boosting initial pressure Ma Max. flow rate Bo Boosting time
MPa {k{kgf/cm²} MPa {kgf/cm²} MPa {kgf/cm²} MPa {kgf/cm²} L/min sec
Specifications ORV-240L3 41.2 {420} 40.7 {415} or low at 50 L/min 35.8 ~ 37.3 {365 ~ 380} at 1 L/min 9.8 ~ 24.5 {100 ~ 250} 240 Max. 0.28
Note: Standard thickness of the shim is 2mm in condition of cracking pressure. This illustration shows the case of SK210. Refer to the Parts Manual for other machine models.
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-15
BRAKE VALVE
VA
VB
Tightening Torque 8 ± 0.8 Kgf-m (58 ± 6 ft.lbs) MA
Port Name VA VB MA MB
Port Diameter PF 1 PF 1 PF 1/4 PF 1/4
MB
Tightening Torque Kgf-m (Ft. Lbs) 25 ± 2 (180 +14 -0) 25 ± 2 (180 +14 -0) 3.7 ± 2 (27 ± 1) 3.7 ± 2 (27 ± 1)
Function Drive pressure circuit port Drive pressure circuit port Pressure measuring port Pressure measuring port
Major Specifications
Item Model Rate ted d Press ssu ure Kgf/ f/c cm (p (ps si) Rated Flow L/min (gal/min) Spoo Sp ooll Sw Swit itch chin ing g Pr Pres essu sure re Kgf/ Kg f/cm cm (p (psi si)) Chec Ch eck k Valv alve e Cra Crack cking ing Pr Pres essur sure e Kg Kgf/c f/cm m (p (psi) si) Weight Kg (Lbs)
RBV - 24D 355 (50 505 50) 240 (63) 6 - 10 (8 (85~ 5~14 140) 0) 0.3 0. 3 (4. (4.0) 0) 11Kg (24 Lbs)
Typical of SK210
Page 8-16
Dynamic Acera 01/02
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve Construction
1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 12 14 MB MA VA VB T P
Body Spool Spring Seat Spring Cover Restrictor Spring Plug Socket Bolt Socket Bolt Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Driv ive e Pre res ssure Cir irc cui uitt Port Driv ive e Pre res ssure Cir irc cui uitt Port Open to Hydraulic Tank Parking Brake
T
Typical of SK210
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-17
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve Function The Brake Valve Valve controls the flow of oil into int o and out of the hydraulic travel motor mot or in the following conditions: Brake Holding: in neutral position the brake valve function is to keep the hydraulic motor from turning. Motor Acceleration: when the brake valve is not in the neutral position the motor is able to turn. Stopping the motor: when brake valve is brought to neutral the flow of oil to the motor is shut off and the motor is no longer able to turn. Counter balancing: to slowly de-celerate the hydraulic motor that is rotating by external forces applied to the motor, causing the motor to become a pump. Three major components to safeguard the hydraulic motor: Break Spool Shifting of brake spool to allows the brake valve to: a. Supply oil to the hydraulic motor b. Shut Sh ut of offf th the flo flow w of of oil oil to th the e hyd hydra rau uli lic c mo moto torr c. Rest Re stri rict ct th the e flo flow w of of oil oil di disc scha harg rged ed to th the e hyd hydra raul ulic ic mo moto torr This allows the hydraulic motor to: a. Accelerate b. Stop, hold c. Counterbalance Check Valve Valve (built in the brake spool) The check valve serves as an oil feeding path to the hydraulic motor, stops the oil discharged from the hydraulic motor, m otor, acts as a suction (anti-cavitation) valve for the hydraulic motor, and a holding valve. Relief Valve Valve (located in the hydraulic motor) Each motor assembly has two relief valves which work with the brake valve to protect the motor. motor. When oil under pressure at the discharge discharge path of the hydraulic motor reaches a set point, the relief valve bypasses high pressure oil to either eithe r of the low pressure paths to safeguard the circuit. Typical of SK210
Page 8-18
Dynamic Acera 01/02
BRAKE VALVE
Brake Valve Assembly
2 2a 4a 4b 3a 3b 8
Brake Valve Spool Check Valve VA Drive Pressure Circuit Port VB Drive Pressure Circuit Port MA Pressure Measuring Port MB Pressure Measuring Port Restrictor & Check Valve
Plug
8
Typical of SK210
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-19
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve (Stop Operation) When the flow of oil to the brake valve is shut off, oil pressure in the pilot chambers on both sides of the brake valve spool are equalized, causing brake spool (2) to return to its neutral position by the action of return springs (4). The hydraulic tank will supply oil to both ports VA and VB with the brake valve spool in neutral. With brake valve spool in neutral, oil path MA →VA is shut off, and oil flow to port P (travel motor parking brake) is shut off. The spring applied hydraulic hydraulic release travel motor parking brake mechanically stops the travel motor from turning. Movement of the excavator (inertia) will attempt to rotate the hydraulic motor. The hydraulic motor turned by inertia continues to discharge oil from the hydraulic hydraulic motor to port MB. The trapped oil at port MB will restrict the movement of the hydraulic motor until the oil at port MB actuates the MB port relief valve.
Check Valve in Spool 2 VB
VA
MB
MA
2
VA Pump VB MA MB 2
Driv Dr ive e Pr Pres essu sure re Ci Circ rcui uitt Po Port rt fr from om Hy Hyd. d. Drive Driv e Pre Press ssur ure e Cir Circu cuit it Po Port rt to Hy Hyd. d. Tan ank k Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Brake Valve Spool
Page 8-20
Dynamic Acera 01/02
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve (Counterbalancing)
Counterbalancin g action is required to keep a positive pressure at the inlet of Counterbalancing the hydraulic motor by restricting the oil discharged from the hydraulic hydrauli c motor. Counterbalanc ing prevents over-speeding of the hydraulic motor, example; Counterbalancing The excavator is traveling downhill, the weight of the machine on an incline removes the positive pressure at the inlet of the motor. motor. The hydraulic motor is in an over-speed or run-a-way condition. Note: Not e: The hydraulic hydraulic motor motor will loose loose the positive positive pressu pressure re at the inlet inlet in a slow turn. turn. To stop the hydraulic motor from cavitating, cavitat ing, the brake valve spool will shift, restricting the flow of oil from the hydraulic motor. motor. Pressure in the pilot chamber on the path MA →VA (inlet) drops, and brake valve spool (2) is pushed to the right (restricted position) position) by the action of spring (4). As a result, pressure at MB (outlet) increases, thus the hydraulic motor mot or is subjected to a braking action. If the volume of oil supplied to hydraulic motor is reduced below the amount of oil the hydraulic motor can displace, the pressure in the pilot chamber on the VA (inlet) port drops, causing spool (2) to t o move right due to spring spr ing action on the left hand side of the spool. The result is that the braking action of the counterbalance counterba lance valve is increased, and the revolution of the hydraulic motor is i s regulated to a level equal to the oil supply at path MA →VA (inlet). (inlet) . To dampen the movement of o f brake spool (2), two restrictor rest rictor’s ’s (8) are built in the pilot chamber of the brake valve assembly . This restrictor is located in each of the brake valve caps to provide steady counterbalancing action.
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-21
BRAKE VALVE Brake Valve (Counterbalance)
2
VB
VA
P
MB
VA VB MA MB 2
MA
Drive Driv e Pre Press ssur ure e Cir Circu cuit it Po Port rt fr from om Hy Hyd. d. Pu Pump mp Driv Dr ive e Pre Press ssur ure e Cir Circu cuit it Po Port rt to Hy Hyd. d. Tan ank k Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Pressure Me Measuring Po Port Brake Valve Spool
Typical of SK210
Page 8-22
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 6. Ope Operat ration ion of tra travel vel mot motor or (1) Par Parking king brak brake e 1) When When travel traveling ing (whe (when n brake brake is released) 1. After After pressu pressure re oil oil has has been been feed feed into from brake valve, spool (123) of brake valve in hydraulic motor section starts operating, the passage to parking brake opens, and the oil flows into cylinder chamber (a) made up of spindle (2) and piston (112). 2. When When the oil oil press pressure ure is is increa increased sed 8 kgf/cm² kgf /cm² or higher, the pressure rises higher than the force of spring, and moves piston (112) to rear flange (101) side. 3. With move movemen mentt of pisto piston n (112), (112), the pushing force to separator plate (116) and friction plate (115) dies out, the friction plate (115) which is placed in cylinder block of hydraulic motor section can be freely moved, and braking force to cylinder block is released. 2) When Stop Stopping ping (whe (when n brake brake is operated) 1. Pressur Pressure e oil oil from from brake brake valv valve e is cut off, and when the pressure in cylinder chamber (a) is 8 kgf/cm² or lower, piston (112) tends to return due to the force of spring (113). 2. The piston piston (1 (112) 12) is pushe pushed d by the force force of spring (113), and pushes the separator plate (116) and friction plate (115) (1 15) in free condition to spindle spi ndle (2) on reduction unit. 3. The fric friction tional al force force caus caused ed by the pushing force stops rotating force of cylinder block (104), and transmits braking torque (18.2 kgf·m) to hydraulic motor shaft. 4. This bra braking king torq torque ue stops stops rota rotation tion of hydraulic motor. 5. In additi addition, on, the the flow flow rate rate of of oil is is regulated with appropriate oil passage, enabling the smooth operation. Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-23
HYDRAULIC MOTORS (2) Auto two (High/Low) (High/Low) speed change change mechanism mechanism 1) At lo low w sp spee eed d 1. When the pilot pressure pressure is not not supplied through port (D), spool spool (163) (163) is pushed pushed up by spring (166) force or the oil pressure pressur e through port (A) or (B), the pressure oil oi l through port (C) is cut, and the oil in P chamber flows into the drain (motor case) through spool (163). 2. Consequently Consequently,, the tilting angle angle of swash swash plate (103) (103) increases increases to the maximum, maximum, and the motor speed slows down.
2) At hi high gh sp spee eed d 1. When the pilot pilot pressure pressure (50 kgf/cm²) is supplied through port port (D), spool spool (163) is pushed pushed down by spring (166) force or the oil pressure through port (A) or (B), the pressure oil through port (C) is led into (P) chamber, and the piston (161) is pushed up to the position where swash plate (103) is brought in contact with the face X and maintained. 2. Then the tilting angle angle of swash swash plate (103) (103) is of the minimum, minimum, and the stroke stroke capacity capacity of
Page 8-24
Dynamic Acera 01/02
HYDRAULIC MOTORS 3) Auto spee speed d change change from from high high speed speed to low low speed speed 1. As the load rises rises while traveling traveling at at high speed, speed, the quantity quantity of oil pressure pressure at (A) and and (B) ports is also raised, and if the pressure reaches 290 kgf/cm², the pressure rises higher than the pilot pressure (50 kfg/cm²) at (D) port ;and spool (163) is pushed up, and the oil in P chamber flows into the drain (motor case) through spool (163). 2. Then, swash swash plate (103) (103) comes into into contact contact with the face face Y of spindle spindle (2), the max. max. tilting angle is maintained, and consequently the motor speed reduces.
21
1-1 11 21 23 41
1-1
41
Stopper Swash Plate Piston Pivot Balls Pilot Se Selector Va Valve
23
11
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 8-25
SCHEMATICS
Table of contents Page A. SK160LC/ED190 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS.................. SCHEMATICS.............................. ......................... ......................... ........................ ........................ ...................4Pages .......4Pages B. SK210LC~SK330LC-6E SK210LC~SK33 0LC-6E ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS.................... SCHEMATICS................................ ........................ ......................... ......................... ..................3Page ......3Pages s SCHEMATIC NOMENCLATURE SYMBOL
C O L OR
B
Black
G
Green
L
Blue
R
Red
W
White
Y
Yellow
P
Pink
O
Orange
Br
Brown
Lg
Light Green
Gr
Gray
Sb
Sky blue
V
Violet
Example of wire color: W L Stripe color (Blue) Base color (White)
Abreviations: BZ: Buzzer BZ: Buzzer SV:: Solenoid valve SV SW: Switch SW: Switch SE: Sensor SE: Sensor M: Motor M: Motor R: Relay R: Relay L: Light L: Light PSV: Proportional PSV: Proportional solenoid valve D: Diode D: Diode E: Electrical E: Electrical fitting
C. SK160LC-6E HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM........................................................................................1Page D. SK210LC/SK250LC-6E HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAMs.................................................................23Pages E. SK290LC/-6E NEUTRAL HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.....................................................................1Page F. SK330LC/-6E NEUTRAL HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.....................................................................1Page H YDRAULIC SCHEMATIC LEGEND
H YDRAULIC SCHEMATIC LEGEND ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
1
Main Hydr aulic Pump
2
Main Contr ol Valve
3
Swing Motor
4
Tr avel Motor Assy.
5
Boom Cylinder (LH)
6
Boom Cylinder (RH)
7
Ar m Cylinder
8
Bucket Cylinder
9
Swivel Joint
10
Lef t and Right Hand Pilot Contr ol Valves
11
Tr avel Pilot Contr ol Valve
12
Pilot Filter
13
Hyd. Tank Suction Str ainer
14
8 Solenoid Block
15
Hydr aulic Retur n Filter and By-pass Valve 16 17
Air Br eather Valve
18
Hydr aulic Retur n Check Valve
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
19
Hydr aulic Retur n Check Valve
20
Fixed Restr ictor Check Valve
21
Fixed Restr ictor Check Valve
22
Independent Tr avel Valve
23
Independent Tr avel Solenoids
24
Oil Cooler
25
Swing Pr ior ity Solenoid Valve
51
Br eaker Valve
8
SCHEMATICS
8
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
o c i n l ó r o t r a t n c o e C M A 1 Y R
51 2W
5 0 1 .2 .2 5L 5L
o c i n l ó r o t r a é t n c l o e e C M R B 2 1 Y Y R W
r s o o l l d i r e r d a n g e i c c n e E d 3
A 0 2
A 0 1
A 5
L Y
) V 2 1 V 4 2 ( r o d i t r e v n o C 4 L O A 0 1
r o d i a t r n e i v b n a c o e c d l e a d n o r d e l t a n p i z s u e L R 8 9
o c i n ó r a r t a a c p e o M d l l o a r p t s n e o R C 7
a n i c o B 5 G W
V W
G Y
A 0 1
A 5
B Y
A 0 2
A 5
. o d i d n e c n e e d r o t p u r r e t n I
CIRCUITO ELECTRICO — DIAGRAMA (A)
0 1 V 5 2 . W 1 A 0 2
SE-16: Potenciómetro acelerador
APLICABLE: PLICABLE: YM02U0101~ YM02U0101~ YL02U0101~ (Before minor change)
KAI
SENSORES DE PRESION: SE-1: Balde cargando
SE-2: Balde descargando
E-1:Fusiblera E-1:Fusiblera
52 5R
SE-3: L SE-3: evantamiento de la pluma
53 5Y
Control Mecatrónico
A 0 2
A 5
C-1 15-26 4
5 R 2 . Y 1 1 1
C-1 15-25 3
o i d a R
A 5
A 0 2
A 0 1
5 5 B G 2 B 2 . . R 1 W R 1 W 2 a 3 l 4 5 1 m 1 ) 1 1 a , r n s a e e l o a a i d d a i s c i n , o r p b s . t a o n e ) r n ( t e a l e e a r n d o r a e c p o S t ( V i i , t d o r a j i i m a o á r a p t i m c e b n o m o t a i t n r o u L R i t s y M a e o c r u i L g
A 0 2
A 0 2
5 W 2 . R 1 6 1 l a t n o r f o j a b a r t e d z u L
A 0 2
A 5
5 L 5 2 . G 2 . L W 1 W 1 R 7 8 9 1 1 1 o o o j d d a a a b n n a o o r i i t ) l i c c i e a d d d n n n o o s i o c c c e p c A u O A e e L ( i r r i A A
A 0 2 SE-4: B SE-4: ajado de la pluma
R 5 2 . W 1
0 2 a ) a v r l e a s p e a R l a r a p o d a s U (
etracción del brazo SE-7:R SE-7:
SE-8:E xtensión del brazo
10
A N I M R E T
10 1.25WV B
O A O F C N F C
60A Baterí a
51 R
B
E3 B
L
A
SE-6: G SE-6: iro derecho
Baterí a 60B
60B
60B
B
ACC M
60
D-9
WL
59 W
R-3: R R-3: elé de pre-encendido 2OB
33
M-1: Motor de arranque
R-2: Relé de arranque
B
B SW
59
34
M
M
E
L 5 6 6
S S
5W
64 LW
S
E
R
E
B 66 L 30 GY 65 WR
SE-22: B omba (P1)
SE-23: B omba (P2)
H -M
B
C-2: Monitor C-2: SE-11: P2 Opcional Indicador de temp. del motor SE-20: P1 Opcional 553 VW SE-15: B Sensor del nivel de combustible
5
601 BrR
C-1 14-8
8 5 1 .2 .2 5W 5W B 8 R-6: Relé de luces de trabajo
21-4
901
RL (5V)
501
LgW
951
BL (Tierra)
902
W (5V)
502
LgY
952
BR (Tierra)
903
OB (5V)
503
LO
953
BrW (Tierra)
904
OL (5V)
504
PG
954
BrL (Tierra)
505 PL
906
YB (5V)
506
VY
956
GrL (Tierra)
907
YG (5V)
507
VG
957
Br (Tierra)
908
YL (5V)
15-1 15-2 15-15
11-16
15-16
11-17
15-3
11-18
11-34
508
VY
958
BY (Tierra)
909
YR(5V)
509
Sb
959
BG (Tierra)
915
YL (5V)
515
V
965
BrB (Tierra)
916
YR (5V)
516
L
966
BrY (Tierra)
914
RL (5V)
514
GO
964
BL (Tierra)
913
RB (5V)
513
LgR
963
BW(Tierra)
Nivel de combustible
A
M
Sistema de carga
65
WR
Interruptor de encendido activado (ON)
60
WL
Pre-encendido
61
GrB
SW-36:I nterruptor para la traslación independiente SW-36: B B
21-6
SW-3: I nterruptor selector de doble velocidad SW-3: SW-21:Interruptor SW-21: Interruptor para la potencia auxiliar SW-35: I nterruptor de potencia auxiliar para izamiento de cargas
LCD
B
540 LG
B
541 PL
B
542 GrG
B
543 GO 580 R
SE-13: Sensor de RPM del motor
581 W Protector aislante
SK160LC/ED190–VI Dynamic Acera OM-S, 02/02 Rev. 0
773 R
544
12-18 15-22
11-9 11-8 11-7
15-21
11-10
15-23
11-11
21-2
770 R
21-1
582 W
21-8
980 B Protector aislante
Motor de aceleración
B N L D O I O A M E R A I C R S B L P O N O L I A SW-4: I nterruptor para liberar el giro SW-4: N I M R E T
11-4 11-6
M-2:
GB
11-1
11-5
M
Fase B
774 W Protector aislante
11-2
545 Lg
1 2 3
701 V
B
720 PB
702 LgB
B
703 P
B
SV-1: Solenoide para freno de giro
olenoide selector de doble velocidad SV-3:S
olenoide para la potencia auxiliar SV-2:S
11-12 15-6 11-21
15-7
740 BO PSV-B: Solenoide proporcional de corte para la segunda bomba (P2)
741 GrR
11-20 11-19
15-8 15-9
11-22 11-23
15-4
11-24 11-27 11-26
15-10
11-25
15-11 12-19
742 VR
PSV-C: Solenoide proporcional para la prioridad de marcha
743 GrB 744 BP
PSV-D: Solenoide proporcional de corte para la primera bomba (P1)
745 PW 746 BrG
olenoide proporcional para PSV-A:S
747 YV 546 PG
Resistencia E-4:Resistencia E-4:
11-29 11-30
15-17
12-3
WB
749 GrG 748 VR
12-2 12-1 15-20 12-4
15-19
la recirculación variable del brazo
N L O D O A A I C M R I L S R E B A O O I N P N L I
11-28
751 GY 750 VW
12-5
M R E T 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SW-5: I nterruptor para liberar el KPSS SW-5: B 756 BrY
757 RY
PSV-P1: S olenoide proporcional para la primera bomba (P1)
B 758 BrB
759 RL
PSV-P2: Solenoide proporcional para la primera bomba (P1)
12-6
13-3
16-1
13-2
16-2
752
WV PSV-E: Solenoideproporcional
753 GR
para la traslación i ndependiente
13-1 12-9 12-8 16-3
12-7
16-4
754 WL
8
PSV-F: Solenoideproporcional
755 GR
para la traslación i ndependiente
12-13 12-15 12-16
16-7 16-8
13-16
738 WG PSV-H: Solenoide proporcional
739 G
para la prioridad de giro
12-17 14-11 15-12
17-9
15-25 15-13
12-20
RY
1A
E2 B (Tierra)
3
RY
1B 20
C-1: Control C-1: Control mecatrónico (resistencia)
12-21 12-22 15-26 14-25
15-14
E3 (Tierra)
B YG
4 7
14-26 14-27 14-28 hacia
YM03Z00001P3
772 B
11-3
15-24
Luz de la pantalla del monitor
Fase A
771 G
L
21-7 21-3
11-14 BrR (Tierra) 11-13
15-18
R P
65 WR
600 YR
11-15
950
5B
E-3: H E-3: orómetro
13
11-31
15
B
D-3
W
SE-10:T raslación izquierda
D-4
R-4: R R-4: elé de seguridad
SE-14: Sensor de temp. del refrigerante
LgR
C-1: C C-1: ontrol mecatrónico
11-32
E-2: A E-2: lternador
P L
W
500
GLOW
58 P 63 WY
RB (5V)
15-5 SE-9: Traslación derecha
B 0 6
61 GrB
ST
900
11-33
R-1: R R-1: elé de baterías
D-1
D-2
G1 G2
SE-5: G SE-5: iro izquierdo
700 WG
B2 S T A R T
BW(Tierra)
A1
Protector aislante
SW-1:I nterruptor SW-1: de encendido
P
967
955 Gr (Tierra) B1
E2 B
I O N T.. C I O N T S I I C L P O S E N A L E C A E C R E P R
WR(5V)
517
905 OW (5V)
60A
51 G
917
1E-2
1E---1
C-1:C ontrol mecatrónico
CIRCUITO ELECTRICO—DIAGRAMA (B)
KAI
C-3: C C-3: onjunto de interruptores
1E-1
De
547
SW-6: I nterruptor para la temperatura del motor SW-6:
14-1
548 GY
SW-7: Interruptor para la presión de aceite del motor B
SW-8: I nterruptor para la restrinción del filtro de aire SW-8: SW-23: Interrptor para el nivel de aceite del motor SW-24: I nterruptor para el nivel del refrigerante.
C-1 15-13 C-2
550 BG
B
551 GL
14-5 14-6
552 BrL
14-7
330
RY
1
20
14-18 14-20
553 VW
5
Conexión para mantenimiento (Conector de auto-aceleración)
14-3
B
B
520 LO
B
563 O
14-21
14-8
14-22 14-23
12-14
14-19
SW-37: I nterruptor para la temp. del aceite hidráulico
32-8
562 O
32-9
564 LY
32-12
592 GY
32-14
569 LO
32-15
570 YB
SW-38: I nterruptor para el pre-calentamientohidráulico 982 BG
17 C-3
14-2
549 Lg
B
SW-25: I nterruptor para el nivel de aceite hidráulico
ensor del nivel de combustible SE-15: S
GB
14-24
17-8
15
SW-29: I nterruptor para abrir el triturador
16
SW-30: I nterruptor para cerrar el triturador
31-6
32-3
572 GrG
6
704 LgR
31-4
32-4
573 V
4
705 LG
31-3
706 VW
31-2
707 LY
31-1
556 BrW
31-5
981 GW(Tierra)
31-8
SW-2:I nterruptor de módulos y Módulo SW-2: control de alarma del monitor Cancela alarma
3 85
R-6 8
31-7
982 BG (Tierra)
17
WB
1 B
2
6
PL
32-5
574
32-6
575 LgB
5
32-7
576 LB
4
Limpiador Rociador
SW-20: I nterruptor limpia parabrisas, rociador y de luces
Luz
3 2
1
B
R-7: R R-7: elé para el limpia parabrisas
Sólo para Europa 583 VW
B
Opcional
Reservado (entrada #2)
930 RG (5V)
SW-15
APLICABLE: PLICABLE: YM02U0101~ YM02U0101~ YL02U0101~ (Before minor change)
SW-15: Interruptor selector de bomba sencilla o combinada
540
SW-39:I nterruptor para SW-39: detectar la sobrecarga
2
LG
WY
13-16 2
Relé para la prevención de chispa
SW-12: I nterruptor selector de la alarma de sobrecarga
14-12 14-13
14 708 LR
1.25RB
14-14
1
80
GrR
otor limpia M-3: M M-3: parabrisas
6
709 GB
elé de la bocina R-5: R R-5:
7
M
5
4
81
GrB
82
GO
B
WR
B
B
E-5: B E-5: ocina alta
B
E-6: B E-6: ocina baja
SW-10: I nterruptor para la bocina SW-10:
L-5: L L-5: uz interna de la cabina Relé para el motor del rociador de la ventana
21
14-15
otor del rociador M-4: M M-4: 5
M
9
14-10
22
9
YB
3
YL
B
9
711 GrL
3 14-9 220 LW
83 GO
WG
8
710 Gr
Hacia R-10: Hacia R-10: Relé para martillo
D-11
5
84
Relé de reversa para el motor limpia parabrisas
10
B
Opción KAI
Relé para el motor l impia parabrisas 3
B
E-14: Encendedor de cigarrillos
Parada
557 L 558 G
Reversa
Hacia R-12: Hacia R-12: Relé de rotación derecha
8
20
C-4: Aire acondicionado.
Hacia R-15: Relé para la apertura del triturador
17-13
PB
559
LW
SW-19:I nterruptor intermitente SW-19: para el limpiaparabrisas
R-6 7 18
18
1.25WG
19
19
RL
D1
R-20: R R-20: elé temporizador
Hacia R-28: para la pala
85 WB
TXD
15 WB
87 YV
E
D
86 OW
B
TIMER
A
SW-13: I nterruptor del aire acondicionado
151 R
24V
152 G
RXD
153 W
TXD
154 B Protector aislante
SV-4: Solenoide para la palanca de seguridad
SW-11: Interruptor para la palanca de seguridad
E-11: E E-11: mbrague del compresor de aire
155 BR
1.25B 24V
RXD 15
eceptor secador E-10:R E-10: 150 BP
GND
Unidad enfriadora
B
17-11
1E---2
Hacia
1E-3
YM03Z00001P3
SK160LC/ED190–VI Dynamic Acera OM-S, 02/02 Rev. 0
KAI
CIRCUITO ELECTRICO—DIAGRAMA (C) ontrol mecatrónico C-1:C C-1:
De
WB
1E-2 1.25RW
85 1.25WB
WY
2 14-16
L-6: L L-6: uz derecha de trabajo de la pluma
elé de luces de trabajo R-6:R R-6: 16
C-4
7
713 BrY
APLICABLE: PLICABLE: YM02U0101~ YM02U0101~ YL02U0101~ (Before minor change)
8
uz izquierda de trabajo de la pluma L-1:L L-1: B
WB
1(+) 7(-) FM/AM
L-2: L L-2: uz frontal de trabajo (cabina)
SW-2, SW-20, and C-2
R-19: R R-19: elé de intermitentes RG
14-17
17-3
GR
R
402
YG
Y
403
Br
Br
E-8:Parlante E-8: Parlante izquierdo
E-9:Parlante E-9: Parlante derecho
B
9
Estándar para KAI E-22:Convertidor DC-DC E-22:Convertidor 4
GW
715
Br
R
WB
714
LW
99
101 OB
8(-)
11
BACK UP
L-3: Intermitentes de giro y l uces derechas de trabajo 401
4
YB
98
100 LR
2(+)
YR
11 9
12
E-7:Radio AM&FM E-7:Radio
ANT.
WB
9
B
OL
1 GN 1 2V
YB
24V
MEM
96
WG
97
YV
E-23: T E-23: oma de 12V B
GND 17-4
B
SW-9:Interruptor de luces SW-9:Interruptor intermitentes de giro
560
LgY
WV
716
Estándar para Europa
17-10
401
GR R
402
R
E-7:Radio AM&FM E-7:Radio
ANT.
YG
1(+) 7(-) FM/AM
Y
403
B
Br Br
96
WG
97
RY
2(+) 4
8(-)
11
Respaldo para memoria
9
98
LW
99
Br
E-8:Parlante E-8: Parlante izquierdo
100 LR 101 OB
E-9:Parlante E-9: Parlante derecho
B
L-4:I ntermitentes de giro y luces derechas de trabajo L-4: Intermitentes de giro y luces de trabajo
Opción KAI: Control manual para el martillo
17- 6
15
223 YG
WB
larma de traslación R-8: A R-8:
B
1.25 RG
12
262 LY
LW
21
Estándar para Europa
SV-5: Solenoide para el martillo
elé para el martillo R-10: R R-10:
B SW-43: Interruptor de rotación derecha 611 LG
88
B
WY
2 717
E-13: A E-13: larma de traslación
R-9:Relé R-9: Relé para las luces opcionales de trabajo
PG 1.25WL
17
90
WY
BP
89
RY
BrL
SW-26: Interruptor de luz (opcional)
14-14 1.25WL
Opción KAI: Control manual del rotador 214
SV-6: Solenoide rotación derecha
R-12: R R-12: elé rotación derecha 22
216 O
LW 89
B
GrL
SW-40:Interruptor SW-40: Interruptor para la luz rotativa 17-12
17
SV-7:S SV-7: olenoide rotación izquierda
GR D-6 218 P 219
GY
RW
B
RW
B
RW
B
L-8:Luz L-8: Luz de trabajo frontal 2 L-15:Luz L-15: Luz de trabajo frontal 3 L-16:Luz de trabajo frontal 4 L-16:Luz L-18:Luz L-18: Luz trasera de la cabina L-17:Luz trasera de la máquina L-17:Luz
91
L-10:Luz L-10: Luz rotativa
Y
B
8 M-11:Bomba M-11: Bomba auxiliar opcional para el abastecimiento de combustible
982 BG
240 2
17
17-2 982 BG
10A
WV
B
M
R-15: Relé para abrir el triturador
Opcional B
LW
WY SV-9: Solenoide para abrir el triturador
750 G
SW-16: Interruptor para la luz SW-16:Interruptor del compartimiento del motor 9
L-11:Bombillo L-11: Bombillo
YB
B
R-16: Relé para cerrar el triturador
SW-30: I nterruptor para cerrar el triturador 17
241
17-5
YM03Z00001P3
B
B
SW-29: I nterruptor para abrir el triturador SW-29:
570 YB
WL
SW-34: Interruptor de rotación izquerda
8
16
RY
L-7:Luz L-7: Luz de trabajo frontal 1
Opcional para KAI Estándar para Europa
Opción KAI: Control manual para abrir/cerrar el triturador
569 LO
B
B
20
15
RY
89
R-11: Relé para la luz frontal R-11:Relé de trabajo de la cabina
B SW-33: Interruptor de rotación derecha 610
elé de R-13:R R-13: rotación izquierda
B
BrL
D-5
215
RW
92
WY
YG
RY B
SK160LC/ED190–VI Dynamic Acera OM-S, 02/02 Rev. 0
751
GL
LO
Opcional
B SV-10: Solenoide para cerrar el triturador
15
SW-47: Interruptor para el aditamento extra y martillo WB
94
RL
SV-11:Solenoide para el SV-11:Solenoide aditamento extra y martillo B
Opcional
1E---3
KAI
CIRCUITO ELECTRICO—DIAGRAMA (D)
APLICABLE: YM02U0101~ YM02U0101~ YL02U0101~ (Before minor change)
Corriente de reserva
20
20
87 RW
SV-20:
140D BW
140D
140 BW
R-28
B
POSICION
WR
O F F
TERMINAL
170A GW 170 GW
Solenoide para el control piloto de la pala
O N 140E BW
R
RW
B
Relé de la palanca de seguridad SW-42 Interruptor para el funcionamiento de la pala
D1 Viene del interruptor de la palanca de seguridad
B
W B 0 4 1
D-20
1 40 A B W W B E 0 4 1
W G B 0 7 1
R-25:
149 BW
144 LB
W L 1 4 1 SW-43:
D-25
144A
SV-21:
LB
B
141 LW
Relé para angular la pala hacia la izquierda
Izquierda
B
Solenoide para angular la pala hacia la izquierda B
144B LB D-21
Interruptorpara angular la pala
140B BW R-26:
W Derecha R 2 4 1
G 0 9 5
Relés R-25, R-26, R-27 & R-28 estan ubicados en un soporte sobre el primer nivel del panel conjuntamente con el CPU.
149 BW
145 RB
142 RW
SV-22:
145A RB
B
B
Solenoide para angular la pala hacia la derecha B
145B RB
Relé para angular la pala hacia la derecha
D-22
SW-43 y SW-44: Estan ubicados en la manilla del control de la pala R-27:
140C
BW
143B
OW
146 OB
SV-23:
146B OB
B
SW-44:
143 OW Interruptorpara activar la función flotante de la pala
Solenoide para función flotante de la pala
147 WB
Relé para la función flotante
B
146C OB D-23
146A OB
SW-45
B
8
Para cancelar la funciónflotante de la pala
590 G
Interruptor para cancelar la función flotante-N/C (Normalmente Cerrado) Abre cuando la función para levantarla pala es activada (removiendo la tierra del relé para el flotante)
C-1: Control mecatrónico
SE-29: Sensor para el ascenso y descenso de la pala
SE-30: Sensor para la angulación de la pala
1E---4
932 525
WY(5V) WY(5V)
931 526
RG (5V)
GR 970 BY (Tierra)
971
LY BW (Tierra)
13-9 13-8 13-7
16-5
13-10 13-11 13-12
YM03Z00001P3
SK160LC/ED19 0–VI Dynamic Acera OM-S, 02/02 Rev. 0
R E O L R L T O A R H T C N E O M C A 1 Y R
R E O L R L T O A R H T C N E O M C B 1 Y Y R W
R E T R E V N O C 4
E T T R E E R T A H G G I I C L 3 L Y
L O
N R O H 5 G W
A 0 1
A 0 1
A 0 1
A 0 1
A 0 2
A 0 1
A 0 2
A 0 1
A 0 2
51 2W
5 0 1 .2 .2 5L 5L
R E H S A W , R Y E A L P E I W R 2
R E L L P O R U T K N C O A C B 7
P U K C L E P A U M T B F U R H E L G T A P I Y L R N L E O P M I V T P O N P U O O O S R C 8 9
G Y
V W
B Y
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (A) SE-16:ACCEL POTENTIO
KCMALLC . W S Y E K
0 1 V 5 2 . W 1
A 0 1
A 0 2
A 0 1
A 0 2
A 0 2
A 0 2
A 0 1
A 0 2
PRESS.SENSOR SE-1:BUCKET DIGGING
APPLICABLE: PPLICABLE: YQ08U-0969~ YQ08U-0969~ YQ09U-0575~ (Minor change) E-1:FUSE BOX
SE-2:BUCKET DUMP
52 5R
SE-3:BOOM RAISING
53 5Y
MECHATRO CONTROLLER C-1 15-26 4
A 0 1 C-1 15-25
5 R 2 . Y 1 1 1 O I D A R M F / M A
3
5 G 2 . R 1 2 1 . M K R R A O L W - A , R T , R H E G I H L S A L F
5 B 2 . W R 1 3 4 1 1 E W R G O E U D H S A N A I G , R W W E R R T E E P S I U W W L O P C
A 0 2
B W 5 1
K C D I O L O R N E E V L E O L S
5 W 2 . R 1 6 1 T G N H I G K I R L O W T N O R F
5 L 5 2 . G 2 . L W 1 W 1 R 7 8 9 1 1 1 ) G B R R N A E I E K C N L O R ( O I O T T R H I T W G N I D N T L O P O C C O C / R I A A
SE-4:BOOM LOWERING
R 5 2 . W 1 0 2
SE-7:ARM IN
E R A P S
SE-8:ARM OUT
60A
SE-5:SWING
60A
51 R
B
E3 B
L
A
B AT TE RY 60B
60B
B AT TE TE RY 60B SE-9:TRAVELRIGHT
B
O A O F C N F C
10
10 1.25WV
60
D-9
WL
900
RB (5V)
500
LgR
950
BrR (GND)
901
RL (5V)
501
LgW
951
BL (GND)
902
W (5V)
502
LgY
952
BR (GND)
903
OB (5V)
503
LO
953
BrW (GND)
904
OL (5V)
504
PG
954
BrL (GND)
505 PL
906
YB (5V)
506
VY
956
GrL (GND)
908
YL (5V)
508
VY
700 WG
B2 S T A R T
BW(GND)
958 BY (GND)
SHIELD
M R E T
P
967
955 Gr (GND) A1
E2 B
SW-1:KEY SW. N I
WR(5V)
517
905 OW (5V)
B1
51 G
O N T I I O N G S I T L T I I N G A T E A H E E H A P O P R E
917
59 W
SE-10:TRAVEL LEFT
R-1:BATTERY RELAY
D-1
909
YR(5V)
509
Sb
959
BG (GND)
915
B ACC M
B 0 6
D-2
R-3:GLOWRELAY
G1 G2
2OB
33
61 GrB
34
SE-22:PUMP P1
GLOW
5W
58 P 63 WY
ST
M-1: STARTER MOTOR
SE-23:PUMP P2 B
R-2: STARTERRELAY B
M
E
L 5 6 6
S S S
E
P L
E
B 66 L
R
30 GY 65 WR
YL (5V) V
965
BrB (GND)
916
YR (5V)
516
L
966
BrY (GND)
C-1:MECHATRO CONTROLLER
12-2 12-1 11-15 15-1
11-14
15-2
11-13
15-15
11-16
15-16
11-17
15-3
11-18
13-1
5B
SE-20:P1 OPT.
R P
SE-11:P2 OPT.
L
913
RB (5V)
513
LgR
963
BW(GND)
914
RL (5V)
514
GO
964
BL (GND)
13-5
11-6 15-22
11-9 11-8 11-7
15-21
11-10
15-23
11-11
553 VW SE-15: FUEL SENSOR
B
5
601 BrR
ENG.WATER TEMP INDICATOR
21-3 C-1 14-8
11-21
15-6
11-20
15-7
11-19 11-27
15-8
11-26
15-9
11-25 11-28
15-4
11-29
15-5
11-30 15-10
12-4
15-11
12-5 12-6 12-9
15-18
12-8
15-17
8 5 1 .2 .2 5W 5W B 8 R-6: WORK LIGHT RELAY
CHARGE
65
WR
KEY ON
60
WL
GLOW
61
GrB
SW-21:POWER BOOST SW. SW-35:HEAVY LIFT SW.
B
540 LG
B
542 GrG
B
543 GO
SE-13:ENG.REVOLUTION SENSOR M
B
702 LgB
B
703 P
B
B
SV-1:SWING PARKING BRAKE SOL.
SV-3:TWO-SPEED SELECT SOL.
SV-2:POWER BOOST SOL.
740 BO 741 GrR
PSV-B:P2 BY-PASS CUT PROPORTIONAL SOL.
742 VR 743 GrB
PSV-C:TRAVEL PRIORITY PROPORTIONAL SOL.
744 BP 745 PW
PSV-D:P1 BY-PASS CUT PROPORTIONAL SOL.
746 BrG 747 YV
PSV-A:ARM
VARIABLE RECIRCULATION PROPORTIONAL SOL.
749 GrG 748 VR
PSV-P1:PUMP P1 PROPORTIONAL SOL.
15-19
751 GY 750 VW
PSV-P2:PUMP P2 PROPORTIONAL SOL.
12-10 12-11 17-15
12-12
17-16
12-15
752
WV
753 GR
PSV-E: P1 INDEPENDENT TRAVEL PROPORTIONAL SOL.
12-14 12-13 754 WL 755 GR
PSV-F: P2 INDEPENDENT TRAVEL PROPORTIONAL SOL.
13-3
8
13-7
14-2 13-11
12-20 12-21
SHIELD
12-22
21-6
LCD
770 R
16-1
582 W 21-2 A: SCREEN CHANGE SW.
21-1
B: BUZZER STOP SW.
21-8 A
B
C
D
LED
F
LED
G
H: WIPER SW.
LED
H
16-2
980 B
16-3
SHIELD 1A 3
E: FAST TRAVEL SW.
1B 4 7
16-4
RY
15-12
E2 B (GND)
15-25
RY E3 (GND)
15-13 B YG
15-26 15-14 TO
YN03Z00045P1
720 PB
13-2
581 W
B A
E
1 2 3
13-6
580 R
G: WORK LIGHT SW.
701 V
B
LCD BACK LIGHT
F: AUTO ACCEL SW.
545 Lg
B N L E S I O A T M L I E A R L P O S E N O R A SW-4:SWING PARKING RELEASE SW. N I M R E T
FUEL METER
21-4
D: WASHER SW.
GB
12-7
17-18
SW-36:INDEPENDENT TRAVEL SW.
C: MODE SW.
544
15-24
21-7
600 YR
M-2:GOVERNORMOTOR
SHIELD
11-12
17-17
C-2:CLUSTERGAUGE W
13
SE-14: COOLANTTHERMOSENSOR
M
B PHASE
774 W
11-4
E-3:HOURMETER H -M
773 R
11-1
11-5
A PHASE
772 B
11-2
R-4:SAFETY RELAY
65 WR
771 G
11-3
15-20
B
D-3
W
D-4
E-2:ALTERNATOR
64 LW
SW 59
M
515
12-3
SK210LC/SK250LC–6E Dynamic Acera OM, 11/02 Rev. 0
ED-2
ED---1
C-1:MECHATRO CONTROLLER
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (B) FROM
KCMALLC 547
SW-6:ENG.WATER TEMP.SW.
SW-23:ENG.OIL LEVEL SW. SW-24:ENG.COOLANT LEVEL SW. SW-25:HYD.FLUID LEVEL SW.
B
549 Lg
B
550 BG
B
551 GL
B
552 BrL
SK290LC Only SW-42:ENG. OIL FILTER SW.
SE-15:FUEL SENSOR
566
C-2
B
SW-37:HYD.FLUID TEMP SW.
SW-38: WARM UP SW.
13-10
562
13-12
14-16
14 708 LR
13-13
14-17
709 GB
13-14
LW
1.25RB
14-18
WIPER MOTOR RELAY 3
1
M-3:WIPER MOTOR
M WIPER MOTOR REVERSING RELAY
10
540
SW-39: OVER LOAD DETECTOR SWITCH
4
81
GrB
5
82
GO
M-4:WASHER MOTOR
WINDOW WASHER MOTOR RELAY
14-19
711 GrL
13-16
557 L 558 G
B
8
710 Gr
13-15
B
M
9
14-3
LO
14-10
14-1
14-8
583 VW
GrR
7
STOP REVERSE
PB
LW
559
SW-19:WIPER INTERLOCK SW.
Europe Only B
80
6
B
14-9
563 O
B
APPLICABLE: YQ08U-0969~ YQ08U-0969~ YQ09U-0575~ (Minor change)
2
PREVENT SPARK RELAY
13-9
553 VW
5
R-7:WIPER RELAY ASSY
WY
13-8
548 GY
SW-7:ENG.OIL PRESS.SW. SW-8:AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SW.
ED-1 2
GB
LG
13-16
WB
R-6:WORK LIGHT RELAY
SW-12: OVER LOAD ALARM SELECTOR SW.
16 2 14-20
1.25RW
85 1.25WB
WY
L-6:BOOM WORKING LIGHT RIGHT
WB
L-1:BOOM WORKING LIGHT LEFT
B
WB
713 BrY
7
L-2:FRAME WORKING LIGHT RIGHT
C-4 R-5:HORN RELAY
5
5
83 GO
WG
B
84 WR R-8: Travel Alarm
12 R-18 Breaker Relay
2
21
14-25
717 BP
88 WY
E-6:HORN LOW
PG B L-5:ROOM LIGHT
9
3 220 LW
E-5:HORN HIGH
B
SW-10:HORN SW.
E-13: TRAVEL ALARM
R-15 Nibbler Open Relay
20
D-10
1.25 RG
B
9
YB
3
YL
B
E-14:CIGARETTE LIGHTER
22
R-12 ClockWise Relay C-4 AIR CON.
8
From R-6 18 19
7
85 WB
150 BP
18 1.25WG 24V
15 WB
87 YV
E
D
TXD RXD
86 OW
B
TIMER
A
SW-13:AIR CONDITIONER SW.
151 R
24V
152 G
RXD
153 W
TXD
154 B SHIELD
SV-4: OPERATING LEVER LOCK SOL.
SW-11: SAFETY LEVER LOCK SW.
E-11:AIR COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
155 BR
1.25B
19 RL
R-20:TIMER RELAY
15
E-10:RECEIVER DRIER
GND
COOLING UNIT
B
14-6
TO
ED---2
ED-3 YN03Z00045P1
SK210LC/SK 250LC–6E Dynamic Acera OM, 11/02 Rev. 0
C-1:MECHATRO CONTROLLER
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (C)
FROM
ED-2
KCMALLC E-7:TUNER AM&FM
ANT.
1(+) 7(-) FM/AM
APPLICABLE: PPLICABLE: YQ08U-0969~ YQ08U-0969~ YQ09U-0575~ (Minor change)
R-19:FLASHERRELAY 12
L-3:SWING FLASHER & WORKING LIGHT UNIT LEFT
RG
401
GR
11
R
9
2(+)
YR
4
YB BACK UP
R 14-21
714
8(-)
11
98
LW
99
Br
E-8:SPEAKER LEFT
100 LR
E-9:SPEAKER RIGHT
101 OB B
9
WB 402
YG
Y
403
Br
Br
24 V Standard for KCMALLC
14-23
715
GW
E-22:DC-DC CONVERTER
B 4
B
SW-9:SWING FLASHER SW.
9
LgY
560
14-5
401 14-24
716
1 GN GN 1 2V
YB
24V
GR
WV
MEM
WG
97
YV
E-23:12V SOCKET B Standard for Europe
R
YG Y
403
96
GND R
402
OL
ANT.
E-7:TUNER AM&FM 1(+) 7(-) FM/AM
B
Br Br
L-4:SWING FLASHER & WORKING LIGHT UNIT RIGHT
2(+)
96
WG
97
RY BACK UP
4
SWING FLASHER & WORKING LIGHT
KCMA Option: HAND CONTROL FOR BREAKER
11
98
LW
99
Br
E-8:SPEAKER LEFT
100 LR E-9:SPEAKER RIGHT
101 OB
8(-)
B
9
C-1:MECHATRO CONTROLLER
SV-14: Breaker Sol. R-18: Breaker Relay 15
223 YG
WB
B
10P Connector
262 LY
LW
21
SW-53: BREAKER SW. D-12
925
(5V)
16-6
975
BW (GND)
16-7
775
R
16-8
614
W
16-5
B
611
LG
17-10
983
B
16-10
778
G
16-11
779
L
617
Y
618
Gr
16-9 KCMA Option: HAND CONTROL FOR ROTATION SV-6: Clockwise Sol.
YG
214
R-12: Clockwise Relay 22
216 O
LW 89
16-12 16-13
B
Optional Working Lights R-9:OPT.WORK LIGHT RELAY 1.25WL
17 2
WY
90
RY
BrL
89
SW-26: OPT.WORK LIGHT SW.
B
L-7:CAB WORKING LIGHT FRONT 1 L-8:CAB WORKING LIGHT FRONT 2
Optional Rotary Light SW-40:ROTARY LIGHT SW.
B
SW-33: Clockwise SW
PHS 17
610 215
B
RY
16-14
BrL
D-5
RY B
GrL
L-10:ROTARY LIGHT
WL
91 Y
B
14-7
SV-7:CounterclockwiseSol.
GR D-6
218 P 219
M-11:FUEL SUPPLY PUMP
B B
GY
R-13:Counterclockwise Relay
SW-34: CounterclockwiseSW
8
C-1:MECHATRO CONTROLLER
WV
10A
8
B
M
Optional
KCMA Option: HAND CONTROL FOR NIBBLER OPEN/CLOSE 6P Connector YB
244
22
LW
SV-9: NIBBLER OPEN SOL.
R-15: Nibbler open Relay
246 LY
B
247 BrW
D-13
B SW-29: NIBBLER OPEN SW.
612 245
925
V
17-19
975
Sb
17-20
775
R
17-21
614
W
983
B
17-14
17-22
SW-16:ENG.COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW. 9
YB
L-11:ENG.ROOM LIGHT B
Optional
ORBCOM & DOWNLOAD
GrG
17-11
SV-10: NIBBLER CLOSE Sol.
PL D-14
248 V 249 R-16:NIBBLER CLOSE RELAY
YN03Z00045P1
VW
B B
SW-30: NIBBLER CLOSE SW.
SK210LC/SK250LC–6E Dynamic Acera OM, 11/02 Rev. 0
ED---3
MA
P
22
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
ø0.3
) m c / f
( 3 6 5 . 8 ~ 3 7 .2 K g f / c m 2 )
2
g r a K c P P M 2 .
23
T2
1
A2
a2
a1
2 . 7 3 ~ 8 . 5 3
A1
ø0.6
7 3 ~ 8 . 5 6 3 (
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
SE23 P
ø0.8
REG
3 P 5 c . 8 r ~ 3 7 .2 M P a
SWING
3
P
B
SE22 PH1 a1
A1 A2 Dr1
PSV-P1
a2
PG
D
PH2 PSV-P2 a4
a3
T
T
T P
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
27.9MPa (285 Kgf/cm 2) at176L/min
M
9
PB
PA
143.4 L/min A3
M B1
4.9MPa at22L/min
Dr3
MAINCONTROLVALVE
P2
P1
18 T2
T
34.3MPa (350 Kgf/cm2)at140L/min 37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2)at120L/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
TRAVEL PRIORITY 16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.2
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
BOOM CONFLUENCE
LCc
PBc
PB1
39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min
PAc
25 (Optional)
21
Ø0.8
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
CCb
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
PLc2
LCa
BOOM
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
2
1
7
PB2
PA2 8
6
5
8
CRa
37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min 39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
Ø0.4
CAr
39.7MPa 2
(405 Kgf/cm )
37.7MPa (385Kgf/cm 2)
at30L/min
Ba
Ø0.4
P2 NUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
PCa
5
T
P
T
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
TRAVEL A4 PRIORITY
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P ARM ANDSWING
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
7
6
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P1 NUTRAL CUT
P ARM CYLINDER
at30L/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 4
Pisc Aa
CRb
Ab
8
20
10
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
8 . 0 Ø
8 . 0 Ø
BUCKET CYLINDER
PBa
ARM
Bb A1
20
PA3 3
Drd
LCb
0 . 1
Ø
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
Bc Ac 37.7MPa (385Kgf/cm2 ) at30L/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.2 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
15
B
24
490kPa (5 Kgf/cm2)
19
2
B3
95mic
A
245kPa (2.5 Kgf/cm2)
a5
10cc/rev
PUMP
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT 37.7MPa at 30L
50
37.7MPa at 30L
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
Dynamic Acera MC Training 11/02 Rev. 0
SK160LC-6E NEUTRAL CIRCUIT (Minor Change): Positive Control function with Safety Lever Down (Unlocked) and Fast Travel activated
Pump feed circuit
D2
TRAVEL LEFT
P
D1
4
22
4 B
Pi1 P1'
P2' Pi2
A2
(LH)
B
A
23
29
(RH) BLADE LIFT
A1
30
D1 TRAVELRIGHT
P
(LH)
D2
31
T2
1
(RH)
T P
a2
a1
9
SE23 P
P
BLADE ANGLE
PH1 a1
a2
A1 A2 Dr1
BLADE TILT
PH2
245kPa (2.5 Kgf/cm2)
PSV-P2 a4
a3
19
490kPa (5 Kgf/cm2)
BLADE LIFT BLADE DROP BLADE ANGLE CW BLADE ANGLE CCW BLADE TILT CW BLADE TILT CCW ARM OUT ARM IN SWING RIGHT SWING LEFT BOOM DOWN BOOM UP BUCKET DUMP BUCKETDIGGING
24
18 T2
143.4 L/min
SE-4 SE-1 SE-2 SE-3 P P P P
DB
82.4kW /2200rpm B1
4.9MPa at22L/min
MAINCONTROLVALVE
Dr3
P2
M
CMR2
PL1 PTb
PUMP
TRAVEL PRIORITY
CT2
CP2
TRAVEL RIGHT
SWING
CT1
PAr
Ø1.2
BUCKET
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE
PB1Ø0.8
Bc Ac
A1
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
CCb
37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
PLc2
Drd
LCb LCa
BOOM
PBa
ARM PAa
Bb
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT Ab 39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
TRAVEL A4 PRIORITY
Ø0.4
T
CRa 39.7MPa
CAr
(405 Kgf/cm2)
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
P BOOM&BUCKET PILOT VALVE
P
8
T
T R A V E L L F O R .
5
1
4
P SE-10
11
6
at30L/min
PA1
ARM VARIABLE RECIRCULATION
T
A
B DOZER PILOT
DOZER FLOAT
T
BLADE DROP
B3
Pb3
Pa3
(LH)
Pis
27.9MPa at60L/min
BLADE LIFT
A2 BLADE ANGLE
5
PCa
27.9MPa at60L/min
Pa2
Pb2
BUCKET
(P4)
PBo2
TB
37.7MPa at 30L
50
37.7MPa at 30L
27.9MPa at 60L/min
B1
8
A1 BLADE TILT
PAo2
27
27.9MPa at60L/min
Pa1
Pb1
Ao2 Bo2
(P3)
24.3MPa at60L/min P1
T BLADE TILT CW
SWING A8 P/B P2
Dynamic Acera MC Training 11/02 Rev. 0
B L A D E T I L T C C W
8
27.9MPa at 60L/min
B2
(RH)
B L B A L D A D E E A L N I F G T L E L E F T
27.9MPa at 60L/min
A3
6
CCa
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
B
DOZER PILOTVALVE
BLADE ANGLE RIGHT
7
Ba
Ø0.4
P2 NUTRALCUT
A
G
P SE-9
TRAVEL L REVERSE TRAVEL R FOR. TRAVEL R REVERSE
at30L/min
Ø0.4
P1 NUTRAL CUT
P
10
3
BOOM
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
R A I N G H G L T E
26 G
P 2
(385Kgf/cm2)
Ø0.4
4
P
L A E N F G T L E
P ARM&SWING PILOT VALVE
ARM
37.7MPa
2
P
7
33
Pisc Aa
CRb 37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
5
T
39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
PAc
20
6
1
T
3
BOOM CONFLUENCE
LCc
PBc
3
A
(T3)
CP1
Dra
4
3
SE-30 P
8 . 0 Ø
SWING
As Bs
Br
14
B
1
20
8 . 0 Ø
21 10
Ø1.0
2
PBs Ø1.2 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
Ar
SOL/V BLOCK
PA
BL
LCs
Drb
PBr
27.9MPa at143.4l/min
27.9MPa at143.4l/min
PAL AL
HYD. TANK
15,16
PB
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
12
17
T
PSW-45 SE-29 P
T2
P1
CMR1
B4
13
SE-7 SE-8 P P
34
34.3MPa (350 Kgf/cm2)at 140L/min 37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2)at120L/min
B3
95mic
PG
2
a5
10cc/rev
27.3cc/rev
a6
25
A3
M A4
32
L I G B D K E H C AF J M
SE22
PSV-P1
P1
28
A
ED190-6E NEUTRAL CIRCUIT (MC) : POS-CON function at safety lock lever ON (Down:Unlocked position) and Dozer Pilot Circuit activated
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
A2
a2
a1 SE22 P PH1
a2
a1 A1 A2
ø0.6
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
i s p 5 8 ~
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
A
36 psi a3
MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
24
71 psi
19
2
A3
P1
18 SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
ARM IN ARM OUT
CMR1 0.7psi/9.9psi
17
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
CMR2
PL1 PTb
TRAVEL LEFT STRAIGHT TRAVEL
16
CT2
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
As Bs
Br Ar
(Optional)
B
N
BUCKET NIBBLER
Ø1.4
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
PAc
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3 Ø0.8 Ø1.0
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
LCa
PBa
ARM PAa
Pisc Aa
CRb
5758psi at8Gal/min
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
3
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
8 P ARM CYLINDER
CAr
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE PILOT VALVE
6
P
T
Ø0.4 ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
Pis
5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
PCa
CCa
1
5
2
3
6
P SE10
P SE9
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL (P4)
PBo2
TB
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
NIBBLER/BREAKER PEDAL (Optional) 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Ao2
53
T P
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
T
21 Ba
Ø0.4
P2 NUTRALCUT
P ARM ANDSWING
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NUTRAL CUT
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
7
Bb
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
PLc2
Drd
Ab
8
CCb
LCb
BOOM
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER 5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
A1
10
PA3
4
Bc Ac
BREAKER
SOL/V BLOCK
20
(T3)
CP1
Dra
52
(Optional)
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
SE7 SE8 P P
25
BL
LCs
Drb
13
PAL AL
CP2
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
PBL
HYD. TANK
51
B
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
B3 D3
T
PB
D MB
i s p 5 8 ~
M
P1
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
PA
ø0.3
ø0.3
9
a4
15
B
T
T
T P
PN1
PG
D
M
PSVP2
PH2
SWING
3
5 1 P 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
T2
1
PSVP1
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
(P3) B
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
SWING A8 P/B P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E NEUTRAL CIRCUIT: Positive Control function with Safety Lever Down (Unlocked) and Fast Travel activated
C1
A C2 P SE11
4
MA
P
MA
P
4 Pi1 P 1'
) i s p 9 9 1 / A m 2 7 4 ~ (
P2' Pi2 22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
) i s p 2 0 2 / A m 5 7 4 ~ (
ø0.3
r i s c p P 5
ø0.6
23
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
PG
B
T
T
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.3
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
PB
PA
i s p 5 8 ~
i s p 5 8 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 0.7psi/9.9psi
CMR2
PL1 PTb
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21 8
CRb CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min 5758psi at8Gal/min
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
STRAIGHT (~666mA/377psi) A4 TRAVEL (P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
Ab
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/407psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~698mA/406psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E INDEPENDENT TRAVEL IN NEUTRAL with Safety Lever Down
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
ø0.3
) m c / f
( 3 6 5 . 8 ~ 3 7 .2 K g f / c m 2 )
2
22
g r a K c P P M 2 .
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
2 . 7 3 ~ 8 . 5 3
A1
ø0.6
ø0.8
7 3 ~ 8 . 5 6 3 (
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
P SE23
REG
m c / g K 0 3 ~ 2
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
5.0MPa (51Kgf/cm 2) a5 at 20L/min
M
MB
27.9MPa (285 Kgf/cm 2) at176L/min
M
PB
PA
A
245kPa (2.5 Kgf/cm2)
a3 B3 D3
TRAVEL LEFT
9
m c / g K 0 3 ~ 2
Dr
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
3 P 5 c . 8 r ~ 3 7 .2 M P a
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
490kPa (5 Kgf/cm2)
19
18 T2
T
34.3MPa (350 Kgf/cm2)at140L/min 37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2)at120L/min
12
CMR1
CMR2
PL1 PTb
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
LCc
PBc
BOOM CONFLUENCE PB1
39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min
PAc
25 (Optional)
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
8
CRa
37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min 39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
Ø0.4
39.7MPa
CAr
(405 Kgf/cm2)
4
37.7MPa (385Kgf/cm 2)
at30L/min
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P2 NUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
PCa
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
P
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P ARM ANDSWING
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
7
Ba 6
Ø0.4
P1 NUTRAL CUT
P BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
at30L/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
21
Pisc Aa
CRb
Ab
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
37.7MPa (385Kgf/cm2 ) at30L/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT 37.7MPa at 30L
50
37.7MPa at 30L
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E TRAVEL FORWARD (Fast)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
P SE23
REG
i s p 7 2 4 ~
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
PB
PA
A
B
24
a3 B3 D3
MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
TRAVEL LEFT
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
19
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
18
P1
T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
25 (Optional)
PB1
Ø0.8
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
PAc
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21 8
CRb CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min 5758psi at8Gal/min
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL (P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
Ab
P2 NEUTRAL (~560 mA/284 psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~560 mA/284 psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E TRAVEL FORWARD (Slow)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
B
PN2
T
T
T P
PN1
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
D
PSVP2
PH2
SWING
3
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
TRAVEL PRIORITY 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL (~560mA/280psi) A3 CUT
5758psi at8Gal/min
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
Ab
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~402mA/146psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION (~612mA/330psi)
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ARM IN AND BOOM UP INCHING
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
B
PN2
T
T
T P
PN1
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
D
PSVP2
PH2
SWING
3
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
Ø1.0
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
(~646mA/360psi) (P4)
T
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
TRAVEL A4 PRIORITY
1
21
8 CRb
P2 NEUTRAL (~405mA/148psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~699mA/406psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION (~620mA/336psi)
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ARM IN (Heavy digging) COMBINED WITH LEFT SWING
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVE L LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
T2
1
SE22 P
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
PAL AL
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
Ø1.4
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
P1
SOL/V BLOCK T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
(~646mA/360psi) LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0M AND BUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
P2 NEUTRAL (~405mA/148psi) A3 CUT
3
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb
8
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
PAa
LEVER A1 LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
3
P SE9
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~699mA/406psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION (~620mA/336psi)
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm
(P3)
2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi) Pump flow circuit: 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ARM IN (Heavy digging) COMBINED WITH RIGHT SWING
Spool operation to drain Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 5 8 ~
PG
T
T
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
T2
1
SE22 P
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7 psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
CAr
3
1
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
P
T
8
Pis PCa
CCa
5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
T
Ø1.0
Ba
Ø0.4
P
7
6
(P4)
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
(~402mA/145psi) 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50 ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
PB2
PA2 2
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
4
21 P
Pisc Aa CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
PA1
1
21
8 CRb
P2 NEUTRAL (~405mA/148psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2 Bo2
(~539mA/267psi)
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi)
Pump flow circuit: 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ARM IN FULL LEVER CONTROL (Light digging)
Spool operation to drain Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
T
T
T P
PN1
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 5 8 ~
PG
D
PSVP2
PH2
SWING
3
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRAL (~405mA/148psi) A3 CUT
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
4
CAr
5468 psi at8Gal/min
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
Ø1.0
PCa
P
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
T
Pis
CCa
(P4)
P ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6 Ø0.4
T
7
Ba
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~402mA/145psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50 ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
1
21
Pisc Aa
CRb 5468 psi at8Gal/min
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
(~700mA/407psi)
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi)
Pump flow circuit: 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ARM IN INCHING (Full regeneration)
Spool operation to drain Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
A1
VB
ø0.6
VB
VA
ø0.6
VA
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
SWING
3
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN1
P c r
D
PSVP2
PH2
5 1 9 2 ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
T2
1
SE22 P
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7 psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
Ø0.4
PCb
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
Ø1.0
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL (P4)
T
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
PA1
1
21
8
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL (~406mA/149psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~704mA/412psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ARM OUT (Full lever)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 1 9 2 ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
VB
ø0.6
VB
VA
VA
REG
P SE23
REG
i s p 7 2 4 ~
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
PB
PA
A
36 psi a3
B3 D3
TRAVEL LEFT
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
PG
T
T
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
SWING
3 B
T P
PN2
P c r
D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/406psi) A3 CUT
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
4
CAr
5468 psi at8Gal/min
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
Ø1.0
PCa
P
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
T
Pis
CCa
(P4)
P ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6 Ø0.4
T
7
Ba
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
1
21
Pisc Aa
CRb 5468 psi at8Gal/min
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
(~402mA/146psi) 5468 psi 37.7MPa at8Gal/min 30L at
50
5468 psi 37.7MPa at830L at Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BOOM UP (Full lever) WITH HEAVY LIFT ACTIVATED ACTIVATED
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
P SE23
REG
i s p 7 2 4 ~
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
PB
PA
A
36 psi a3
B3 D3
MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
TRAVEL LEFT
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
PCb
PA1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
Ø1.0
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
STRAIGHT TRAVEL (P4)
T
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
Ab
A4
1
21
8
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/406psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~402mA/146psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BOOM UP + HEAVY LIFT + RH SWING
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P1'
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVE L LE FT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
T2
1
SE22 P
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
PB
PA
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/405psi) A3 CUT
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
(~510mA/244psi)
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0M AND BUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb 5468 psi at8Gal/min
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWINGLEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~700mA/405psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BOOM UP AND ARM IN (Heavy digging)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
T2
1
SE22 P
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
PB
PA
i s p 5 8 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 0.7psi/9.9psi
CMR2
PL1 PTb
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21 8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
Ø1.0
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL (P4)
T
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
PA1
1
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL (~565mA/189psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
21
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~404mA/148psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BOOM UP (One pump flow-inching) WITH H EAVY LIFT ACTIVATED ACTIVATED
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2 22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
A1
VB
ø0.6
VB
VA
VA REG
i s p 7 2 4 ~
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
PB
PA
A
36 psi
B
24
a3 B3 D3
MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
TRAVEL LEFT
9
i s p 5 8 ~
Dr
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
71 psi
19 P2
P1
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7 psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL (~404mA/148psi) A3 CUT
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
PCb
PA1
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
PCa
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
P
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
T
Pis
CCa
(P4)
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba 6
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
Ab
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~404mA/148psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BUCKET DIGGING (Light digging)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22
r i s c p P 5
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
P SE23
REG
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
M
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
PB
PA
A
B
24
a3 B3 D3
MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
TRAVEL LEFT
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
19
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
18
P1
T2
T
4975psi 37Gal/min 34.3MPaat(350 Kgf/cm2)at140L/min 5468psi at(385 32Gal/min 37.7MPa Kgf/cm2)at120L/min
12
CMR1
CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
Ø1.0
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
(~647mA/360psi) (P4)
T
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
1
21
8 CRb
P2 NEUTRAL (~705mA/410psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~404mA/145psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BUCKET DIGGING (Heavy digging) WITH POWER BOOST
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
i s p 9 9 1 / A m 2 7 4 ~
22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.3
i s p 2 6 3 / A m 0 6 6 ~
r i s c p P 5
ø0.6
23
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
4050 psi at 46.5 Gal/min
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.3
PB
PA
i s p 5 8 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min
12
5468psi at 32Gal/min
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/405psi) A3 CUT
5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
STRAIGHT (~666mA/377psi) A4 TRAVEL
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb 5468 psi at8Gal/min
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~700mA/405psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E IND. TRAVEL + BOOM UP WITH HEAVY LIFT + RH SWING
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
i s p 2 6 3 / A m 0 6 6 ~
22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.3
i s p 2 6 3 / A m 0 6 6 ~
r i s c p P 5
ø0.6
23
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA REG
i s p 7 2 4 ~
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
4050 psi at 46.5 Gal/min
M
PB
PA
A
36 psi a3
B3 D3
MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
TRAVEL LEFT
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.3
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min
12
5468psi at 32Gal/min
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
Ø1.0
PCa
CCa
5
T
8 11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
STRAIGHT (~666mA/377psi) A4 TRAVEL (P4)
T
ARM ANDSWING
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb
PA1
1
21
8
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/405psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~700mA/405psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E IND. TRAVEL + FWD TRAVEL + BOOM UP + HEAVY LIFT + RH SWING
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
i s p 2 6 3 / A m 0 6 6 ~
22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
ø0.3
i s p 2 0 2 / A m 6 7 4 ~
r i s c p P 5
ø0.6
23
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA REG
i s p 5 8 ~
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
4050 psi at 46.5 Gal/min
M
PB
PA
A
36 psi a3
B3 D3
MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
TRAVEL LEFT
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
PG
B
T P
PN2
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.3
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min
12
5468psi at 32Gal/min
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
BUCKET
25 (Optional)
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
14
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/407psi) A3 CUT
5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
1
4
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
21
CAr
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
PCa
T
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
STRAIGHT (~666mA/377psi) A4 TRAVEL
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
Pis
CCa
(P4)
T
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P ARM ANDSWING
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P
Pisc Aa
CRb 5468 psi at8Gal/min
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL (~698mA/406psi) A5 CUT 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
Pump feed circuit
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E INDEPENDENT TRAVEL + FORWARD TRAVEL
MA
P
MA
P
4 Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2 22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
a2
a1 SE22 P
PSVP1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
) i s p 9 9 1 / A m 2 7 4 ~ (
) i s p 0 6 3 / A m 4 5 6 ~ (
A2
A1
ø0.3
r i s c p P 5
ø0.6 ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
PG
B
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
ø0.3
PB
PA
i s p 5 8 ~
a4
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
M B3 D3
A
36 psi a3 2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
CAr
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
T
ARM ANDSWING
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
P
T
8
Pis PCa
CCa
5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
(~666mA/377psi) LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
P
7
Ba
Ø0.4
T
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
5468 psi at8Gal/min
6
(P4)
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
4
21 P
Pisc Aa CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
1
21
8 CRb
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/407psi) A3 CUT
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
(~698mA/406psi) 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BOOM UP with HL (Ind. Travel)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2 22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE T2
1
a2
a1 SE22 P
PSVP1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
) i s p 1 6 3 / A m 8 5 6 ~ (
) i s p 0 6 3 / A m 4 5 6 ~ (
A2
A1
ø0.3
r i s c p P 5
ø0.6 ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
i s p 7 2 4 ~
T
T ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
M
PB
A
36 psi a3
B3 D3
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
M PA
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
Dr
MB
9
i s p 7 2 4 ~
a4
PG
B
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
23
ø0.3
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
71 psi
19
18 T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
0.7psi/9.9psi
STRAIGHT TRAVEL 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
Ar
25 (Optional)
BUCKET
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
20
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAc Bc Ac
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
14
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
8
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab 5758psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRAL (~700mA/407psi) A3 CUT
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
PA1
4
CAr
5468 psi at8Gal/min
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
P
T
ARM ANDSWING
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
P
T
Pis PCa
CCa
21 5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
(~666mA/377psi) LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
PBo2
TB
T
7
Ba
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
6
(P4)
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
1
21
Pisc Aa
CRb 5468 psi at8Gal/min
8
3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Bb A1
10
PA3
4
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
SE7 SE8 P P
(T3)
CP1
Dra
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
(~698mA/406psi) 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
Ao2
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P3)
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: > 5 Kgf/cm 2 (>71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E BOOM UP (HL) & FORWARD TRAVEL (Ind. Travel)
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
r i s c p P 5 23
T2
1
A2
a2
a1 SE22 P
PSVP1
PH1
a2
a1 A1 A2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
REG
P SE23
REG
i s p 5 8 ~
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
9
A
MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
24
71 psi
19
2
A3
P1
18 SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min 5468psi at 32Gal/min
12
ARM IN ARM OUT
CMR1 0.7psi/9.9psi
17
15
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
CMR2
PL1 PTb
TRAVEL LEFT STRAIGHT TRAVEL
16
CT2
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
As Bs
Br Ar
(Optional)
B
N
BUCKET NIBBLER
Ø1.4
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3 Ø0.8 Ø1.0
P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
SOL/V BLOCK
14
A1
CCb
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
LCa
P ARM CYLINDER
Pisc Aa CRa
5468 psi at8Gal/min
5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ab
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
CAr
Ba
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
~705mA/410 psi PA1
3
P2 NEUTRALCUT
T
P
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE PILOT VALVE
6
P
T
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
Pis PCa
CCa
5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
5
2
3
6
P SE10
P SE9
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
PBo2
TB
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
NIBBLER/BREAKER PEDAL (Optional) ~402mA/145 psi 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Ao2
53
T P
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
T
ARM ANDSWING
BO0MANDBUCKET
7
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL (P4)
1
5468 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
PB2
PA2 2
8
PBa
ARM
CRb
Ø0.4
4
21
Drd
PAa
5758psi at8Gal/min
1
21
Bb
ATT A2 BOOSTING
3
PLc2
LCb
BOOM
LEVER LOCK
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
Bc Ac
BREAKER
10
PA3
4
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
PAc
20
(T3)
CP1
Dra
52
(Optional)
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
SE7 SE8 P P
25
BL
LCs
Drb
13
PAL AL
CP2
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
PBL
HYD. TANK
51
B
36 psi a3
B3 D3
PB
D MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
PA
ø0.3
ø0.3
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
B
T
T
T P
PN2
PG
D
M
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
SWING
3
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
(P3) B
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
SWING A8 P/B P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E Nibbler Breaker Circuit One Pump Flow
C1
A C2 P SE11
4
8
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
ø0.3
P2' Pi2
r i s c p P 5 23
T2
1
A2
a2
a1 SE22 P
PSVP1
PH1
a2
a1 A1 A2
ø0.6
ø0.8
9 3 5 ~ 2 9 1 5
A1
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
REG
P SE23
REG
i s p 7 2 4 ~
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
9
A
MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
24
71 psi
19
2
A3
P1
18 SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
T2
T
4975psi at 37Gal/min
12
ARM IN ARM OUT
5468psi at 32Gal/min
CMR1 0.7psi/9.9psi
17
15
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
CMR2
PL1 PTb
TRAVEL LEFT STRAIGHT TRAVEL
16
CT2
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
As Bs
Br Ar
(Optional)
B
N
BUCKET NIBBLER
Ø1.4
LCc
BOOM CONFLUENCE
PBc
PB1
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3 Ø0.8 Ø1.0
P1
T
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
SOL/V BLOCK
14
A1
5468 psi at 7.9 Gal/min
PBa PAa
CRa 5758 psi at8Gal/min
Ø0.4
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
P ARM CYLINDER
CAr
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
Pis
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
PCa
CCa
3
T
P
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE PILOT VALVE
6
P
T
5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
5
2
3
6
P SE10
P SE9
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
PBo2
TB
NIBBLER/BREAKER PEDAL (Optional)
(~705mA/145 psi) 5468 psi at 8Gal/min
50
5468 psi at 8 Gal/min
Ao2
53
T P
Bo2
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
T
ARM ANDSWING
BO0MANDBUCKET
PAo2
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
1
7
(~513mA/244 psi) (P4)
PB2
PA2 2
21 Ba
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
4
5468 psi at8Gal/min
(~705mA/410 psi) PA1
1
8
Pisc Aa
CRb
5758psi at8Gal/min
3
21
Bb
ATT A2 BOOSTING
STRAIGHT A4 TRAVEL
LCa ARM
5468 psi at8Gal/min
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
PLc2
Drd
Ab
8
CCb LCb
BOOM
LEVER LOCK
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
Bc Ac
BREAKER
10
PA3
4
5758 psi at 8 Gal/min
PAc
20
(T3)
CP1
Dra
52
(Optional)
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
SE7 SE8 P P
25
BL
LCs
Drb
13
PAL AL
CP2
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
PBL
HYD. TANK
51
B
36 psi a3
B3 D3
PB
D MB
a5
725 psi at 5.3Gal/min
M
at 46.5 Gal/min
4050 psi
PA
ø0.3
ø0.3
i s p 7 2 4 ~
Dr
B
T
T
T P
PN2
PG
D
M
PSVP2
PH2
PN1
a4
ø0.6
SWING
3
5 P 1 9 c 2 r ~ 5 3 9 5 p s i
22 INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
(P3) B
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
SWING A8 P/B P2
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E Nibbler Breaker Circuit Two Pump Flow
C1
A C2 P SE11
4
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
ø0.3
) m c / f
( 3 6 5 . 8 ~ 3 7 .2 K g f / c m 2 )
2
22
g r a K c P P M 2 .
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
2 . 7 3 ~ 8 . 5 3
A1
ø0.6
ø0.8
7 3 ~ 8 . 5 6 3 (
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
PG
B
T
T
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
3 P 5 c . 8 r ~ 3 7 .2 M P a
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
27.9MPa (285 Kgf/cm 2) at180 VL/min
M
9
m c / g K 6 ~
2
m c / g K 6 ~
a4
643
5.0MPa (51Kgf/cm 2) a5 at 20L/min
Dr
M
A
245kPa (2.5 Kgf/cm2)
a3 B3 D3
PB
PA
2
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
490kPa (5 Kgf/cm2)
19
18 T2
T
34.3MPa (350 Kgf/cm2)at140L/min 37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2)at120L/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
TRAVEL PRIORITY 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
Ar
BUCKET
T
P1 P2
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
LCc
PBc
Pi1
BOOM CONFLUENCE PB1
39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min
PAc
25
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
Ø1.0
Ø0.4
39.7MPa
CAr
(405 Kgf/cm2)
2
(385Kgf/cm )
at30L/min
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
T
ARM ANDSWING
Ø1.0 P
T
8
Pis PCa
CCa
5
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
PBo1
P
TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
6
Ø0.4
T
7
Ba
TRAVEL A4 PRIORITY
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD
(P3)
5
2
P SE9
3
6
4
P SE10
LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE
PAo1
RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
37.7MPa at 30L
37.7MPa at 30L 50
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
4
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
37.7MPa
at30L/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
Ao1
1
21 P
Pisc Aa CRa
37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min 39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
3
21
8
Ab
PA1
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
CRb
ATT A2 BOOSTING
10
PA3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
20
4
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
SE7 SE8 P P
(Optional)
Bb A1
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
Bc Ac 37.7MPa (385Kgf/cm2 ) at30L/min
14
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
(T3)
CP1
Dra
25
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
Bo1
LEGEND Secondary pilot pressure: 6 Kgf/cm 2~ 30 Kgf/cm 2 (85.3 ~ 426.7 psi)
(P4)
TB
System drain pressure: 2.5 Kgf/cm 2~ 5 Kgf/cm 2( 35.6 ~ 71.1 psi) Case drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 0.7 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 9.9 psi)
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
Filter drain pressure: 0.05 Kgf/cm 2 ~ 1.05 Kgf/cm 2( 0.7 ~ 14.9 psi) Pump flow circuit: 5 Kgf/cm 2 (71.1 psi) Primary pilot pressure: 51 Kgf/cm 2 (725 psi)
SWING A8 P/B
Spool operation to drain
P2
8H-1
SK290LC/SK330LC-6E Dynamic Acera OM, 11/02 Rev.0
SK290LC-6E NEUTRAL CIRCUIT: Positive Control function with Safety Lever Down (Unlocked) and Fast Travel activated
Pump feed circuit
MA
P
MA
P
4 ø0.3
Pi1 P 1'
P2' Pi2
ø0.3
) m c / f
( 3 6 5 . 8 ~ 3 7 .2 K g f / c m 2 )
2
22
g r a K c P P M 2 .
INDEPENDENTTRAVELVALVE
23
T2
1
SE22 P
PSVP1
A2
a2
a1
PH1
a1 A1 A2
a2
2 . 7 3 ~ 8 . 5 3
A1
ø0.6
ø0.8
7 3 ~ 8 . 5 6 3 (
ø0.6
VB
VB
VA
VA
ø0.6
REG
P SE23
REG
PN2
PG
B
T
T
T P
PN1
SWING
3 D
PSVP2
PH2
3 P 5 c . 8 r ~ 3 7 .2 M P a
ø0.3
ø0.3
D
INDEPENDENTTRAVELSOLENOIDS
D MB
TRAVEL RIGHT
B D E H C A
TRAVEL LEFT
MB
27.9MPa (285 Kgf/cm 2) at180 VL/min
M
9
m c / g K 6 ~
2
m c / g K 6 ~
a4
643
5.0MPa (51Kgf/cm 2) a5 at 20L/min
Dr
M
A
245kPa (2.5 Kgf/cm2)
a3 B3 D3
PB
PA
2
2
A3 MAINCONTROLVALVE
B1
P2
P1
B
24
490kPa (5 Kgf/cm2)
19
18 T2
T
34.3MPa (350 Kgf/cm2)at140L/min 37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm2)at120L/min
12
CMR1 CMR2
PL1 PTb
TRAVEL PRIORITY 15
16
CT2
CP2 LCs
Drb
TRAVEL RIGHT
PBr
Ø1.4
Ar
BUCKET
T
P1 P2
SOL/V BLOCK P1
T
LCc
PBc
Pi1
BOOM CONFLUENCE PB1
39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min
PAc
25
Ø0.8
Ø1.4
CCb
PLc2
LCa
PBa
Drd
LCb
BOOM
Ø1.0
P2 NEUTRAL A3 CUT
Ø0.4
39.7MPa
CAr
(405 Kgf/cm2)
2
(385Kgf/cm )
at30L/min
P1 NEUTRAL CUT
PB2
PA2 2
3
1
Ø0.4
Ø0.4
P2 NEUTRALCUT
ARM VARIABLE ABLE RECIRCULATION
CCa
T
ARM ANDSWING
Ø1.0 TRAVEL PILOTVALVE
5
P
T
11
BOOM CYLINDERS
1
LEFTTRAVEL FORWARD LEFTTRAVEL REVERSE RIGHTTRAVELFORWARD RIGHTTRAVELREVERSE
37.7MPa at 30L 50
Bo1
(P4)
P
Pis PCa
(P3)
37.7MPa at 30L
T
7
Ba
PAo1
TB
TRAVEL 1/2SPEED A7 CHANGEOVER
SWING A8 P/B P2 SK290LC/SK330LC-6E Dynamic Acera OM, 11/02 Rev.0
P
6
Ø0.4
PBo1
8H-2
4
BO0MANDBUCKET
ARM CYLINDER
37.7MPa
TRAVEL A4 PRIORITY
ARM VARIABLE A6 RECIRCULATION
1
21
at30L/min
Ø3.5 X1 ARM CONFLUENCE
PCb
Ao1
3
21
Pisc Aa CRa
37.7MPa (385 Kgf/cm 2) at30L/min 39.7MPa (405 Kgf/cm2) at30L/min
P1 NEUTRAL A5 CUT
PA1 PB1
PA4 PA4 PB4 2
8 CRb
PA1
10
PA3
BUCKET CYLINDER
ARM
Ab
8
HAND CONTROL VALVE PB3
PAa
LEVER LOCK
ATT A2 BOOSTING
20
4
PBb Drc PLc1 PAb
SE7 SE8 P P
(Optional)
Bb A1
BOOM UP BOOM DOWN
SE1 SE2 SE3 SE4 P P P P
ARM T2
Bc Ac 37.7MPa (385Kgf/cm2 ) at30L/min
14
BUCKETDUMP BUCKETDIGGING
(T3)
CP1
Dra
25
ARM IN ARM OUT
BL
As Bs
Br
HYD. TANK
PAL AL
PBs Ø1.4 PBs2 Pss P SE5 PAs
SWING
CT1
PAr
13
SWING LEFT SWING RIGHT
PBL TRAVEL LEFT
17
SK330LC-6E NEUTRAL CIRCUIT: Positive Control function with Safety Lever Down (Unlocked) and Fast Travel activated
5
P SE9
2
3
6
P SE10
4
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Pressure Adjustments SK160 through SK330
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 9-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. VERIFICATION VERIFICATION OF ENGINE RPM RPM........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ .................. ...... 3 ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ..................... .......... 3 A.Machine Preparation Procedures ........... 2. ENGINE ENGINE SPE SPEED ED MEA MEASURE SURED D WITH WITH SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS (28 ITEM CHECK) CHECK) ........... ....................... ........................ ........................ ........................ ....................... ...................... ........... 3 3. HYDRAULIC OIL CAUTIONS .......... ...................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ............... .... 4 ....................... ............... .... 4 A. Checking the Main Relief Setting Using Service Diagnostics ( 28 Item Check) ............ B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Pilot and Main Relief Valves Valves ........... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ................ ..... 4 4. PILOT CIRCUIT ........... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 5 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 5 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... ...................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ..................... ......... 5 B. Pilot Relief Valve Pressure Measurement Procedures .......... Valve Adjustment Procedures ............ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... .............. .. 5 C. Pilot Relief Valve 5. MAIN RELIEF PRESSUR PRESSURE E ADJUSTMEN ADJUSTMENT T ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ................ .... 6 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 6 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Valve “HEAVY “HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” ........... ....................... ..................... ......... 6 B. Measurement of Attachment Main Relief Valve 6. ADJUSTMENT 2nd ST STAGE MAIN RELIEF RELIEF WITH “HEA “HEAVY VY LIFT SWITCH SWITCH ON” ON”............ ........................ ................ .... 7 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 7 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Valve Adjustment ............ ....................... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 7 B. 2nd Stage Main Relief Valve 7. ADJUSTME ADJUSTMENT NT MAIN RELIEF RELIEF WITH “HEAVY “HEAVY LIFT SWITCH SWITCH OFF” .... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ...... .. 8 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 8 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Adjustment........... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ............... ... 8 B. Main Relief Valve Adjustment 8. SWING CIRCUIT ........... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ............. .. 9 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ....... 9 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Measurement ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ................. ..... 9 B. Swing Port Relief Valve Pressure Measurement ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ..................... ......... 10 C. Swing Port Relief Valve Procedures ........... 9. OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL VALVES VES .......... ...................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ............. .. 11 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................. ...... 11 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Over Load Relief Valv Valves es .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... .............. 11 C. Over Load Relief Pressure Measurement ........... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 11 D. OR3 Boom Up Up Over Load Relief Relief ........... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ................. ...... 12 E. OR4 Boom Down Over Load Relief ............ ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... .......... 12 F. OR1 Bucket In (Dig) Over Load .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................... ........ 12 G. OR2 Bucket Out Over Load .......... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ............. 13 H. OR7 A r m I n (Dig) Over Load .... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ....... ... 13 ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 13 I. OR8 Arm Out Over Load ........... J. Travel Motor Port Reliefs ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................ ...... 14 10. MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT OF ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT PRESSURE PRESSURE PORTS ........... ....................... ........................ ..................... ......... 15 PERFORMANCE INSPECTION SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION CHARTS .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... .................... ......... 16 ~ 19 ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 16 A. SK160 ........... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ................... ........ 17 B. ED190 ............ ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 18 C. SK210 ........... D. SK250 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 19 ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 20 E. SK290 ........... F. SK330 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 21 G. SK480 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ........... 22
Page 9-2
Dynamic Acera 01/02
VERIFICATION OF ENGINE RPM 1. VERIFI VERIFICA CATIO TION N OF ENG ENGINE INE RPM A. Mac Machine hine Prep Preparat aration ion Proce Procedures dures 1. Wit With h safet safety y lock lock in the the lock lock (up) (up) position. See Figure 5.1. 2. Pla Place ce the the mainte maintenan nance ce conne connecto ctorr in the release position.See Figure 5.2 3. Pla Place ce front front atta attachm chment ent to to hydrau hydraulic lic oil oil check position. See Figure 5.4. 4. Pla Place ce throt throttle tle pote potenti ntiome ometer ter to to low idle position ; start engine, allow engine to achieve normal operating temperature OC 45~55 (OF113~145) 5. Ch Check eck the gau gauge ge clus cluste terr and con confir firm m that the machine is in the default “M” mode. See Figure 5.3. 6. Loc Locate ate the scr screen een cha change nge swi switch tch,, depress the switch once to select RPM. Check that engine low and hi RPM are at the proper adjustment. See Figure 5.3. (Refer to chart by model and serial number for specifications.) 7. Ret Return urn Thr Thrott ottle le pote potenti ntiome ometer ter to low low idle position. Press screen change switch two times to return screen to Monitor System OK. 8. Allo Allow w engin engine e to idle for two minu minutes tes and shut off engine. 2.ENGINE SPEED MEASURED WITH SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS (28 ITEM CHECK) 1. With mach machine ine turn turned ed off, off, hold hold buzz buzzer er stop switch. 2. Turn key key swit switch ch to on posi positio tion. n. 3. Scr Screen een Chan Change ge Switc Switch h advanc advances es the the display each time the screen change switch is pushed. 4. Pres Press s the the Scre Screen en chan change ge swit switch ch once, diagnostic check of computer will be at screen No. 2. Below. 2
No. 2 E/G SET MEAS E/G PRS. KPSS SW
SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN LOCK POSITION
FIGURE 5.1 MAINTANCE CONNECTOR FACTORY DEFAULT RELEASE
MANUAL THROTTLE CONTROL
FIGURE 5.2 MODE SELECT SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
RPM 1008
FIGURE 5.3 2200 2201 LIVE M
No load set rpm Actual rpm LIVE/DEAD indication A/M/B indication
5. Buzzer Buzzer Stop Stop Swit Switch ch retur returns ns displ display ay to to previous screen each time switch is pushed. 6. Scre Screen en will will stay in diagno diagnostic stic mode unti untill key switch is turned off. Dynamic Acera 01/02
ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL
FIGURE 5.4 Page 9-3
HYDRAULIC OIL CAUTIONS 3. HY HYDR DRAU AULI LIC C CAU CAUTI TION ONS S Kobelco Excavators are set to ISO pilot controls at the factory. It is up to you to read and understand the Operators & Maintenance Manual before attempting any service or maintenance procedures.
•
WARNING • BE EXTREMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE RELEASING HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE OR REMOVING LINES AND FITTINGS, VAPORS AND OIL MAY BE EXTREMELY HOT. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES, GLOVES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES.
A. Checking Checking the the Main Main Relief Relief Setting Setting Using Using Service Diagnostics (28 ITEM CHECK) 1. Wit With h key in OFF OFF positio position, n, gauge gauge cluster blank, press and hold buzzer stop switch. 2. Tu Turn rn key key switc switch h to ON posit position. ion. See Figure 6.1. 3. With key swit switch ch in on on positio position n releas release e buzzer stop switch. See Figure 6.1. 4. By press pressing ing the the scree screen n change change swit switch ch the service diagnostics is advanced forward. See Figure 6.2. 5. By press pressing ing the the buzz buzzer er stop stop switch switch the screen is returned to the last screen. 6. Adv Advanc ance e the servi service ce diagn diagnost ostics ics to to screen No.14. See Figure 6.3. 7. Scr Screen een No.1 No.14 4 will will display display the volta voltage ge of high pressure sensor, and the computer generated oil pressure at P1 and P2 pump. Use this for checking pump and machine performance. See Figure 6.3.
PILOT CONTROL FOR BUCKET AND BOOM
FIGURE 6.1
SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH No.1 Main Cont. P/No. Program Version Ver.
28 ITEM CHECK
FIGURE6.2
B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Pilot and Main Relief Valves
1. Two 70 700k 0kg/ g/cm cm2 (10,000psi) Gauges. 2. One 70 70kg/c /cm m 2 (1,000 psi) Gauges. 3. 32 mm spaner wrench 22 mm spaner wrench 19 mm spaner wrench 6 mm allen wrench 4. Gen General eral hand or powe powerr tools tools to reremove and replace hydraulic fittings and components. 5. Ther Thermomet mometer er to to read read hydr hydrauli aulic c oil oil temtemperature. Page 9-4
No. 14 No. 14 PRES PR ESSU SUR RE SE SEN NSO SOR R P-1 PUMP 07.V 0K P-2 PUMP 07.V 0K
SCREEN CHANGE SCREEN Note: Pressure will be in Kg/cm 2 0k = o kg/cm2
FIGURE 6.3 Dynamic Acera 01/02
PILOT CIRCUIT 4. PILO PILOT T CI CIRC RCUI UIT T A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures Note: Refer 1. Note: Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Conf Confirm irm that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 7.1. 3. Rel Release ease hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank pressur pressure e by dedepressing relief valve stem item on the pressure relief valve. See Figure 7.2. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Acc Access ess Doo Doorr and and remove the PF1/4 test Port Plug (A7) from Output Port on Pilot System Gear Pump and install 105kg/cm 2 (1,000 psi) Pressure Gauge. See Figure 7.3. B. Pilot Relief Relief Valve Valve Pressu Pressure re Measure Measure-ment Procedures 1. Per Perform form mach machine ine pre prepara paration tion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Sta Start rt engine engine and and place place thrott throttle le contro controll in Hi Idle position. 3. Pla Place ce KPSS KPSS Mod Mode e Switch Switch in "M" "M" Mode Mode.. 4. Con Confirm firm that the hydr hydraul aulic ic oil is appro approxixi O O mately C 45~55 ( F113~145). Engine water temperature is approximately OC 40~100 (OF104~212) 5. Pla Place ce all all pilot pilot control controls s in neutra neutral, l, read read 2 and record the 70kgf/cm (1000 psi) pressure gauge at the P3 pump, a7 pressure test port. See Figure 7.3. Compare to chart for specific model being tested. C. Pilot Relief Relief Valve Valve Adjus Adjustmen tmentt Procedures 1. Loc Locate ate the the Pilot Pilot Relief Relief Valv Valve e mounted mounted on the bottom of the P3 Pilot Pump Assembly. See Figure 7.4. 2. Loos Loosen en the the adjus adjusting ting scre screw w locknu locknutt with a 24mm spaner. See Figure 7.4. 3. Adju Adjust st using using a 6mm 6mm allen allen until until spe specicified pressure according to proper chart for specific machine being adjusted is achieved. 4. Aft After er correc correctt pressur pressure e is obtaine obtained, d, tighten adjusting screw locknut, tightening torque 3.0 kgfm 2 (22ft.lb). See Figure 7.4. 5. Verif erify y pressur pressure e after after tighten tightening ing locklocknut. Dynamic Acera 01/02
SK210 ~ SK250 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
FIGURE 7.1
YM104ReleaseHydTankPres
FIGURE 7.2 P3 TEST PORT (Port a7 )
• •
PILOT SYSTEM GEAR PUMP
FIGURE 7.3 LOCKNUT HEX 24mm
BOTTOM VIEW OF P3 PUMP
•
ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm
FIGURE 7.4 Page 9-5
MAIN RELIEF PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
WARNING • MAKE
SK210 ~ SK250 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH OF THE BOOM
5. MAIN RELI RELIEF EF PRES PRESSURE SURE ADJUSTME ADJUSTMENT NT A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures Note: Refer 1. Note: Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Conf Confirm irm that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 8.1. 3. Rel Release ease hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank pressur pressure e by dedepressing relief valve stem item on the pressure relief valve. See Figure 8.2. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Acc Access ess Doo Doorr and and remove two (2) PF1/4 test Port Plugs (a1) P1 pump and (a2) Pump install 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauges. See Figure 8.3.
FIGURE 8.1
YM104ReleaseHydTankPres
B. Measure Measurement ment of Attac Attachmen hmentt Main Main Relief Valve "HEAVY "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH SWI TCH ON” 1. Perf Perform orm mach machine ine prep preparat aration ion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PREPARA TION PROCEDURES. 2. Plac Place e "Heavy "Heavy Lift" Lift" Switc Switch h in the the "ON" "ON" position. See Figure 8.4. 3. Pla Place ce KPSS KPSS Mod Mode e Switch Switch in "M" "M" Mode. Mode. 4. Sta Start rt engin engine e and place place thro throttl ttle e contro controll in Low Idle position. 5. Con Confirm firm that that the the hydrau hydraulic lic oil oil is approx approxii O (O mately C 45~55 F1 F113~145). 13~145). Engine water temperature is approximately OC 40~100 (OF104~212). 6. Move thro throttle ttle cont control rol to "HI-I "HI-IDLE DLE". ". 7. Oper Operate ate Boom Boom Raise Raise cont control rol until until boom is completely up, then hold over relief. 8. Reco Record rd readin readings gs from from 700k 700kg/cm g/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 port on P1 Main Pump and a2 port at P2 pump. 9. If pressu pressure re gauge gauge read readings ings are withi within n specifications for the particular machine being tested, it is not necessary to adjust Relief Valve Pressure. Refer to chart for machine and model being tested.
FIGURE 8.2
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 8.3 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 8.4 Page 9-6
Dynamic Acera 01/02
ADJUSTMENT 2nd ST STAGE AGE MAIN RELIEF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON”
WARNING • MAKE
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH OF THE BOOM
6. ADJUST ADJUSTMEN MENT T 2nd STAGE STAGE MAIN MAIN RELIE RELIEF F WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Con Confir firm m that that the foll followi owing ng is prop proper er bebefore proceeding to step 2. a. KP KPSS SS is in “M “M”” mod mode. e. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 9.1. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h on. on. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 9.2 9.2 c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. Hig igh h Id Idle RP RPM is is pr proper pe per ma machine being tested. B. 2nd Stage Stage Main Main Relief Relief Valve Valve Adjus Adjusttment 1. Loc Locate ate Main Main Relie Relieff Valv Valve e (MR1) (MR1) on the the main control valve. See Figure 9.3. 2. Loo Loosen sen seco second nd stage stage lock locknut nut with with 32mm wrench See Figure 9.4. 3. With eng engine ine at at full full RPM, RPM, raise raise boom boom up and over relief. Adjust heavy lift, power boost screw with 19mm wrench, until proper pressure is achieved at pump P1 a1 test port, and pump P2 a2 test port with 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) pressure gauges. 4. Afte Afterr correc correctt pressu pressure re is is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK250
•
•
PLACE THROTTLE CONTROL IN "HI"
FIGURE 9.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 9.2 MAIN RELIEF MR1
SK210 MAIN CONTROL VAL VALVE VE
•
BREAKER VAL VALVE VE SWING PRIORITY
FRONT OF MACHINE
FIGURE 9.3 HEAVY LIFT (POWER BOOST) ADJUSTMENT SCREW 19mm
NOTE Turning Heavy lift Power Boost Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
HEAVY LIFT (POWER BOOST) ADJUSTMENT LOCKNUT 32mm
ATTACHMENT MAIN RELIEF VALVE MR1 REFERENCE SK210 •
•
FIGURE 9.4 Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 9-7
ADJUSTMENT MAIN RELIEF RELI EF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH OFF”
WARNING • MAKE
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH OF THE BOOM
7. ADJUST ADJUSTMEN MENT T MAIN MAIN RELI RELIEF EF WITH WITH "HEAVY "HEA VY LIFT SWITCH OFF” A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Con Confir firm m that that the foll followi owing ng is prop proper er bebefore proceeding to step 2. a. KP KPSS SS is in “M “M”” mod mode. e. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 10.1. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h off off.. See See Fi Figu gure re 10.2. c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. Hig igh h Id Idle RP RPM is is pr proper pe per ma machine being tested. B. Main Relie Relieff Valve Valve Adjus Adjustmen tmentt 1. Loc Locate ate Main Main Relie Relieff Valv Valve e (MR1) (MR1) on the the main control valve. See Figure 10.3. 2. Loo Loosen sen loc locknu knutt with with 22mm 22mm wrenc wrench h See Figure 10.4. 3. With eng engine ine at at full full RPM, RPM, raise raise boom boom up and over relief. Adjust screw with 6mm allen wrench, until proper pressure is achieved at pump P1 a1 test port, and pump P2 a2 test port with 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) pressure gauges. 4. Afte Afterr correc correctt pressu pressure re is is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 10.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "OFF"
FIGURE 10.2 MAIN RELIEF MR1 MR 1
SK210 MAIN CONTROL VAL VALVE VE
•
BREAKER VAL VALVE VE SWING PRIORITY
FRONT OF MACHINE
FIGURE 10.3 NORMAL ADJUSTMENT LOCKNUT 22mm
NORMAL ADJUSTMENT 6mm ALLEN • •
NOTE Turning Normal Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
ATTACHMENT MAIN RELIEF VALVE VAL VE MR1 MR 1 REFERENCE SK210
FIGURE10.4 Page 9-8
Dynamic Acera 01/02
SWING CIRCUIT 8.
SWING CIRCUIT
NOTE The following procedures are provided for reference only. Attachment Port Po rt Relief Valves are factory preset and should not be field adjusted. A. Machine Machine Prepa Preparati ration on Procedur Procedures es 1. Note: Note: Refer Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Con Confir firm m that that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 11.1. 3. Rele Release ase hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank press pressure ure by dedepressing relief valve stem item on the pressure relief valve. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Pump Acce Access ss Door Door and and reremove the PF1/4 test Port Plug (a7) from Output Port on Pilot System Gear Pump and install 105kg/cm 2 (1,000 psi) Pressure Gauge. See Figure 11.2. B. Swing Over Over Load Load Relief Relief Valve Valve Pres Pres-sure Measurement 1. Per Perform form mach machine ine pre prepara paration tion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Mov Move e thrott throttle le contr control ol to "HI-I "HI-IDLE DLE," ," place KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode. 3. Oper Operate ate boom down cont control rol until bucket teeth penetrate soil approximately 305mm (12"). (12") . See Figure 11.3. 4. Ope Operate rate swi swing ng contr control ol to the left left and and hold, stalling swing. Record reading from 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 11.2. Or compare reading in Diagnostic Check No.14. See Figure 11.4. 5. Ope Operat rate e swing swing contr control ol to the the right right and hold, stalling swing. Record reading from 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. Or compare reading in Diagnostic Check No.14. See Figure 11.4.
FIGURE 11.1
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 11.2
FIGURE 11.3
No. 14 No. 14 PRES PR ESSU SUR RE SE SEN NSO SOR R P-1 PUMP 07.V 0K P-2 PUMP 07.V 0K
SCREEN CHANGE SCREEN Note: Pressure will be in Kg/cm 2 0k = o kg/cm2
FIGURE 11.4 Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 9-9
SWING CIRCUIT
WARNING • PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S ATTA TTACHMEN CHMENT T PORT PO RT RELIEF REL IEF VALVES VALVES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE ATTACHMENT ATT ACHMENT PORT RELIEF RE LIEF VALVES, VALVES, IT I T IS RECOMMEN RECO MMENDED DED TO REPLACE FAULTY FAULTY ATTACHATTACHMENT PORT RELIEF VALVES. SUCH ADJUSTMENT COULD VOID WARRANTY. WARRANTY.
C. Swing Over Over Load Load Relief Relief Valv Valve e PresPressure Adjustment Machine Preparation Procedures 1. Con Confirm firm that the follo followin wing g is prope properr before proceeding to step 2. a. KPSS is in “M” mode b. Heavy lif liftt sw swit itc ch off off.. c. Hy Hydr drau aulilic c oi oill is ap appr prox oxim imat atel ely y OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er t em em pe p e ra ra tu tu re re i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e co conn nnec ecto torr is in th the e release position. f. High Id Idle RPM is is pr proper pe per ma machine being tested. g. Bu Buck cket et te teet eth h pen penet etra rate te so soilil ap appr prox oxiimately 305mm (12"). Figure 12.1. 2. Loc Locate ate Swin Swing g Left Left overlo overload ad relief relief OR5, OR5, loosen 24mm locknut.See Figure12.2 3. Ope Operate rate swin swing g control control to the the left left and hold, stalling swing. Adjust pressure to specific machine using 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 12.3 4. Aft After er corre correct ct pressu pressure re is obtai obtained ned tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut. 5. Loca Locate te Swing Swing Righ Rightt overloa overload d relief relief OR6, loosen 24mm locknut. Operate swing control to the right and hold, stalling swing. Adjust pressure to specific machine using 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. 6. Aft After er corre correct ct pressu pressure re is obtai obtained ned tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut. Page 9-10
FIGURE 12.1
LEFT SLEWING OR5
• •
RIGHT SLEWING OR6
FIGURE 12.2
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 12.3
NOTE Turning Normal Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 21 (300 psi)
Dynamic Acera 01/02
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES
WARNING
SK210 ~ SK250 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF RELI EF VAL VALVES VES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES, VES, IT IS RECOMMENDED REC OMMENDED TO REPLACE FA FAUL ULTY TY OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES. VES. SUCH ADJUSTMENT COULD VOID WARRANTY. WARRANTY.
9. OVE OVER R LOAD LOAD RELI RELIEF EF VAL VALVES VES A. Machine Machine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures a. Ma Mach chin ine e in in the the oi oill che check ck po posi siti tion on.. See Figure 13.1 a. KPSS is in “A” mode. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swit switch ch on on.S .See ee Fi Figu gure re13 13.2 .2 O c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly C O 45~55 ( F113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. Low Idl Idle e RP RPM is is pro prop per pe per ma machine being tested.
FIGURE 13.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 13.2 BOOM UP OR 4
BUCKET OUT OR 1
MAIN RELIEF VALVE
B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Over load Relief Valves
1. Two 7 700 00kg kg/c /cm m2 (10,000psi) Gauges. 2. 32 mm spaner wrench 22 mm spaner wrench 19 mm spaner wrench 6 mm allen wrench C. Over Load Load Releif Releif Press Pressure ure Measur Measureement 1. Mov Move e thrott throttle le contro controll to "LO-ID "LO-IDLE, LE,"" place KPSS Mode Switch in "A" Mode. 2. Plac Place e "HEA "HEAVY LIFT LIFT"" Switch Switch in in "ON" "ON" position. See Figure 13.2. 3. Loc Locate ate MR1 MR1 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve and adjust main relief valve 14kg/cm 2 (200 psi) above port relief value pressure. See Figure 13.3. 4. Reco Record rd readi reading ng from 700k 700kg/cm g/cm 2 (10,000psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 or a2 test port port on P1 P1 or P2 main hydraulic pump. see Figure 13.4. 5. Comp Compare are read readings ings to chart chart for spe spe-cific model being tested. Dynamic Acera 01/02
ARM IN (DIG) OR 7
FIGURE 13.3
a1 PORT
a2 PORT
FIGURE 13.4 Page 9-11
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES D. OR3 Boom Up Over load Reli Relief ef 1. Ope Operate rate Boo Boom m Up Con Control trol unt untilil boom boom is completely up and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific mach machin in bein being g teste tested. d. 3. Loc Locate ate OR3 OR3 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR3 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.27. 4. Sec Secure ure lock locknut nut TO 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). E. OR4 Boo Boom m Down Down ove overr Load Load Rel Relief ief 1. Ope Operat rate e Boom Boom Down Down Con Control trol unt untilil boom is completely down and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR4 OR4 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR4 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.27. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). F. OR1 Bucke Buckett In (DIG) Over Load Relie Relieff 1. Ope Operate rate buck bucket et in cont control rol until until buc bucket ket is completely in, then hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Locate OR1 on Main Control Valve, loosen locknut and adjust OR1 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.27. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb).
WARNING PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF REL IEF VALVES VALVES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES, VES, IT IS RECOMMENDED RECO MMENDED TO REPLACE FAUL AULTY TY OVER LOAD RELIEF R ELIEF VALVES. VALVES. SUCH ADJUSTMEN ADJ USTMENT T COULD VOID WARRANTY.
Nega-Con back press. circuit Tn1 Tn 1
Nega-Con circuit Pn1
Figure 14.27 *
Nega-Con circuit Pn2
NOTE Turning Over Load Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi) Figure 14.28 * * Note: Swing Priority not shown
Page 9-12
Dynamic Acera 01/02
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES
WARNING Nega-Con back press. circuit Tn1 Tn 1
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF RELI EF VAL VALVES VES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIEF VALVES, IT IS RECOMMENDED REC OMMENDED TO REPLACE FA FAUL ULTY TY OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL VALVES. VES. SUCH ADJUSTMENT COULD VOID WARRANTY. WARRANTY.
G. OR2 Bucke Buckett Out Over Load Reli Relief ef 1. Oper Operate ate Buck Bucket et Out Out Contr Control ol until until bucket is completely out and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR2 OR2 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen loos en locknut and adjust OR1 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.27. 4. Sec Secure ure loc locknu knutt 2.8 2.8 ~3. ~3.2 2 kgfm kgfm2 (20~30 ft.lb). H. OR7 Arm Arm In (DIG) Over Load Relie Relieff 1. Ope Operat rate e arm arm in cont control rol unti untill arm is com com pletely in and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a2 test port on P2 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific spec ific mach machine ine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR7 OR7 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen loos en locknut and adjust OR7 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.28. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). I. OR OR8 8 Arm Arm Ou Outt Ove Overr Loa Load d Reli Relief ef 1. Ope Operate rate arm out cont control rol until until arm is is completely out, then hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a2 tes testt port port on on P2 Main Main Pump Pump.. Compar Com pare e read reading ing to prope properr chart chart for for specif spe cific ic mac machin hine e bei being ng tested tested.. 3. Loc Locate ate OR8 OR8 on on Main Main Contro Controll Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR8 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.28. 4. Se Secu cure re lock locknu nut, t, 2.8 2.8 ~3.2 ~3.2 kgfm kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). 5. Adju Adjust st MR - 1 back back to to specif specified ied settings. Verify pressures and that machine operation is correct. Dynamic Acera 01/02
Nega-Con circuit Pn1
Figure 15.27 *
Nega-Con circuit Pn2
Figure 15.28 * * Note: Swing Priority not shown
NOTE Turning Over Load Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
Page 9-13
OVER LOAD LOA D RELIEF RELIE F VALVES VALVES
WARNING • MAKE CERTAIN SPECIAL TOOL IS SEATED
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK330
PLACE THROTTLE CONTROL IN "LOW"
AGAINST CRAWLER FRAME AND BETWEEN SPROCKET TEETH. NEVER ALLOW SPECIAL TOOL TO REST AGAINST CRAWLER FRAME CORNER REINFORCEMENTS. ENGAGE TRAVEL SLOWLY & CAREFULLY UNTIL TOOL IS POSITIONED CORRECTLY
J. Tra ravel vel Mot Motor or Port Port Rel Relie iefs fs 1. Per Perfor form m MACH MACHINE INE PRE PREP PAR ARA ATIO TION N PROCEDURES before continuing to next step. 2. Mo Move ve thr throt ottle tle con contro troll to "LO"LO-ID IDLE LE," ," place KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 16.22. 3. Ins Insta tall ll spe specia ciall tool tool pin pin siz size1 e101 01mm mm (4.0in) into sprocket on each side of machine for stalling travel. See Figure 16.23. 4. Pla Place ce tra travel vel spe speed ed sel select ect swi switch tch in 2nd ( ) speed speed pos positi ition. on. See Fig Figur ure e 16.2 16.24. 4. 5. Pla Place ce "HE "HEA AVY LI LIFT FT"" Switc Switch h in "O "ON" N" position. See Figure 16.24. 6. Op Oper erate ate bot both h trave travell contr controls ols toge togeth ther er to full forward and hold. See Figure 16.25 7. Lo Loca cate te MR1 MR1 on on Main Main Con Contro troll Valv Valve e and and 2 adjust main relief valve 14kg/cm (200 psi) above travel motor port relief value. 8. Rec Record ord rea readin ding g fro from m 700 700kg/ kg/cm cm 2 (10,000psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 main hydraulic pump. Or compare reading in diagnostic check item #14. 9. Co Compa mpare re rea readi dings ngs to cha chart rt for for sp speecific model being tested.
WARNING
KPSS IN "M" MODE
•
•
FIGURE 16.22 PIN SIZE 101mm (4.0 IN)
FIGURE 16.23 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN “ON” DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN “OFF”
DEPRESS SWITCH TO SHIFT BETWEEN FIRST & SECOND SPEED TRAVEL
FIGURE16.24 OPERATE BOTH TRAVEL LEVERS TOGETHER FULL STROKE
• PRECISE PREC ISE ADJUSTMENT ADJU STMENT OF THE TRAVEL TRAVEL MOTOR RELIEF VALVE IS NOT POSSIBLE.
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REPLACE FAULTY OVER LOAD LOAD RELIEF VAL VALVES. VES.
1. Trav ravel el mot motor or por portt relie reliefs fs are set by the manufacture before shipment. When adjustment is required, loosen 19mm nut and adjust the pressure with 6mm adjusting screw to specification. Page 9-14
FIGURE 16.25 Dynamic Acera 01/02
MEASUREMENT OF ADDITIONAL CIRCUIT PRESSURE PORTS 10. MEASU MEASUREMEN REMENT T OF ADDI ADDITION TIONAL AL CIRCUI CIRCUIT T PRESSUR PRESSURE E PORTS PORTS 1. High pres pressur sure e sens sensor or circ circuit uit Remove a5, a6 port plugs PF 1/4 of o f main pump and attach pressure gauge of 700 kgf/cm² (10,000 psi). 2. Pump prop proportio ortional nal valve valve seco secondar ndary y pressure circuit Remove a8, a9 port plugs PF 1/4 of main pump and attach pressure gauge of 70 kgf/cm² (1000 psi).
3. Pilot Pilot pis pisto ton n ci circu rcuit it Remove a3, a4 port plugs PF 1/4 of main pump and attach pressure gauge of 70 kgf/cm² (1000 psi). 4. Nega Negativ tive e contro controll press pressur ure e When operating in backup mode. Remove a3, a4 port plugs PF 1/4 of main pump and attach pressure gauge of 70 kgf/cm² (1000 psi).
P1 BACK-UP MODE SCREW
P2 BACK-UP MODE SCREW
a7
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Page 9-15
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES SK160 YM02U101~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR FO R TESTING
Low Idle
E N I M P G N R E
A- Mode
PORT RELIEFS
975~1025 RPM 2405~2455 RPM 2175~2225 2405~2455
IZE E PORT Kgf/cm 2 GAUGE @ SIZ
COMPONENT PRIMARY PRESSURE
Gear Pump
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
a7 a1 a2 a1 a2
50~55
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD HEAD
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD Main Pump HEAD ROD Main Pump HEAD Left Main Pump Right
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST) SWING
Al l
**
Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
711~782
N/A r o d e t e c c l i l v e a r n t e n s n S o I C
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Adj PSI point Measuring Condition P3
Engine - Hi Idle
380~395 5405~5618
MR1
Boom Raising
350~355 4978~5049
MR1
Boom Raising
Reverse
D
P2 by-pass cut valve
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
Pump Regulation
a2
a1
Boom Down Boom Up
a1 a2
380~405 5405~5760 350~385 4978~5476
OR8 OR7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2 a2 a2
350~385 4978~5476 380~405 5405~5760
OR1 OR2 OR5 OR6
Bucket Out Bucket In
290~320 4125~4551 290~320 4125~4551
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing
Main Pump
350~360 4978~5120 350~360 4978~5120
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
350~360 4978~5120 350~360 4978~5120
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
N/A
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Power Shift: *** ...All controls in neutral ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt at atta tach chme ment nt st stall alled ed * .... .....Bo .Both th tra travel vel mot motors ors sta stalled lled
Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
N/A
mA
Adj point
Measuring Condition
6~8
340~355
23~26
635~650
Neutral activated
Arm out
Neutral activated
Boom up
Neutral activated
Arm in
Neutral activated
Arm in
PORT Kgf/cm 2
GAUGE @
P1 by-pass cut valve
OR4 OR3
a1 a2
Forward
COMPONENT
350~385 4977~5474 380~405 5405~5760
a1a2
Reverse
SYSTEM
a1 a2
Main Pump
Forward TRAVEL (DO NOT ADJUST)
6~8
340~355
23~26
635~650
6~8
340~355
23~26
635~645
23~26
635~645
4~6
300~320
6~8
340~355
10~20
450~480
6~8
340~355
10~20
450~480
0~10 mA 0~10 0~ 10 mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority, priori ty, Breaker, Nibler Breaker
Page 9-16
PSI
N/A N/A
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve.
AUXILIARY */
a7
°C- 60~90 °F-140~194
B- Mode
MAIN RELIEF
NOTE:
Radiator Surface Display change switch on gauge cluster
M- Mode
SYSTEM PILOT CIRCUIT
SPECIFICATION
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 4 5~55 °F-113~131
Adjustment Point
Power Shift
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Power Shift
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
Dynamic Acera 01/02
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES ED190 YL02U-101 PRESSURE
INSPECTION ITEM
READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil Engine Coolant Temperature STANDARDS FOR TESTING
E N I M G P N R E
SYSTEM P LOT C RCU T
MA N REL EFS
Low Idle M - Mode A - Mode B - Mode Auto Accel "Connected"
COMPONENT COMPONENT
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 4 5~55 °F- 113~1 31
N/A N/A
°C- 60~90 °F- 140~194 140~194
N/A
or C us er Gauge
Gear Pump Ma n Pump
ATTACHMENT
Ma n Pump
a1 a2
Gear Pump
a8
ROD Ma n Pump HEAD ROD ARM Ma n Pump (DO NOT ADJUST) HEAD
a1 a2
U
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
Ma n Pump PF1 4 A
**
Ma n Pump
Forward TRAVEL Reverse (DO NOT ADJUST) Ma n Pump Forward Reverse
SYSTEM
PROPORT ONAL VALVE BLOCK
COMPONENT P1 by pass cu va ve
D
P2 by pass cu va ve
B
Trave S ra gh va ve
C
Arm var ab e rec rcu a on
A
P1 pump propor ona va ve
a8
P2 pump propor ona va ve
a9
Pump Regu at on
a7
r te s u c e g u a G 2 C n o y a p s d t u M
a1 a2
350~360 4978~5120 350~360 4978~5120
No 23
No 24
No 25
Power Shift: *** ...A c co ontro s n neutra ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt at atta tach chme ment nt st sta a ed * .... .....Bo .Both th tra trave ve mot motors ors sta ed
340~355
23~26
635~650
6~8
340~355
23~26
635~650
6~8
340~355
23~26
635~645
23~26
635~645
4~6
300~320
6~8
340~355
10~20
450~480
6~8
340~355
10~20
450~480
Auxiliary */ Aux ary port re ef are as fo ows: Sw ng pr or ty, Breaker, N b er Breaker
a2 Dynamic Acera 01/02
mA
6~8
0~10 mA 0~10 0~ 10 mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
OR4 OR3 OR8 OR7 OR1 OR2 OR5 OR6
NA
350~360 4978~5120 350~360 4978~5120
No 22
t s u j d a
DRV1
3550
a1 a2
No 21
e g a k n i L
P3
MR1
NA
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
PS
350~355 4978~5049
350~385 4978~5475 380~405 5405~5760 380~405 5405~5760 350~385 4978~5475 350~385 4978~5475 380~405 5405~5760 290~320 4125~4551 290~320 4125~4551
No 20 s c t s o n g a d e c v r e s n o y a p s D
PS 711~782
d n a
MR1
PORT Kgf cm 2
GAUGE @
e lb a C l a rn et x E
380~395 5405~5618
25 0
a1 a2 a1 a2 a2 a2 a1 a2
ROD BUCKET Ma n Pump (DO NOT ADJUST) HEAD SW NG
50~55
a7 a1 a2
HEAVY L FT
AUX L ARY *
975~1025 RPM 2405~2455 RPM 2175~2225 2405~2455 950 ~1100 RPM
Externally Mounted Tachometer
GAUGE @ S ZE PORT Kgf cm2
PR MARY PRESSURE
DOZER
PORT REL EFS
SPECIFICATION
Radiator Surface
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Adjustment Point
Eng ne - H d e Bucke D gg ng Boom Ra s ng Bucke D gg ng Boom Ra s ng B ade Up and S a Boom Lower ng Boom Ra s ng Arm Ou (Cy nder N) Arm n (Cy nder OUT) Bucke Dump Bucke D gg ng Bucke Lock S a Sw ng Bucke Lock S a Sw ng Aux ary A achmen S a ed "M" Mode Eng ne a H d e S mu aneous LH RH T ave Engaged
"M" Mode Eng ne a H d e RV15 S mu aneous LH RH T ave Engaged RV16 Ad po nt Measur ng Cond t on
Neu ra ac va ed
Arm ou
Neu ra ac va ed
Boom up
Neu ra ac va ed
Arm n
Neu ra ac va ed
Arm n
Neu ra ac va ed Neu ra ac va ed
Power Sh
*** / ** / * Power Sh
*** / ** / *
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Eng ne at "HI" Id e. Levers n neutra for neutra read ng, then act vate c rcu t to take act vated read ngs
a1 Page 9-17
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES SK210 YQU7U100~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 45~55 45~55 °F-113~131 Radiator Surface
Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR TESTING
Low Idle
M P R E N I G N E
Display change switch on gauge cluster
M- Mode A- Mode B- Mode
MAIN RELIEF
950~1025 RPM
r o d e t e c c l i l v e a r n t e n s n S o I C
2195~2245 RPM 1925~1975
Gear Pump
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
a7 a1 a2 a1 a2
2
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD HEAD
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD RO D Main Pump HEAD ROD Main Pump HEAD Left Main Pump Right
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST) SWING
All
AUXILIARY*/
**
Adj point PSII PS
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Measuring Condition
P3
Engine - Hi Idle
380~395 5400~5616
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
350~355 4977~5048
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
50~55
710~780
a1 a2
350~385 350~405
4977~5474 4977~5760
OR4 OR3
Boom Down Boom Up
a1 a2
350~405 4977~5760 350~385 4977~5474
OR8 OR7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2 a2 a2
350~385 4977~5474 350~405 4977~5760
Bucket Out Bucket In
327~355 4653~5050 327~355 4653~5050
OR1 OR1 OR2 OR 2 OR5 OR6
Main Pump
a1a2
350~365 4977~5190
Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
Main Pump
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
Forward TRAVEL (DO NOT ADJUST)
Reverse Forward Reverse
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
P1 by-pass cut valve
D
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
Pump Regulation
a2
a1
r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Power Shift: *** ...All controls in neutral ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt at atta tach chme ment nt st stall alled ed * .... .....Bo .Both th tra travel vel mot motors ors sta stalled lled
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing
Measuring Condition
mA
Adj point
5.5~ 6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
Neutral activated
Arm out
5.5~6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
Neutral activated
Boom up or Bucket dig
5.5~6.5
330~360
24~28
345~680
Neutral activated
Arm in or Bucket dig
23~25
633~650
24~0
450~200
Neutral activated
Arm in
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
PORT Kgf/cm2
GAUGE @
P2 by-pass cut valve
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
0~10 mA 0~10 0~ 10 mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority, priori ty, Breaker, Nibler Breaker
Page 9-18
PSI
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve.
PORT RELIEFS
a7
N/A
GAUGE @ SIZE PORT Kgf/cm
PRIMARY PRESSURE
PILOTCIRCUIT
N/A N/A N/A N/ A
°C- 60~90 °F-140~194
2195~2245
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
NOTE:
SPECIFICATION
Adjustment Point
Neutral activated Neutral activated
Power Shift
*** / ** / * Power Shift
*** / ** / *
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
Dynamic Acera 01/02
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES SK250 LLO8U0101~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil
Radiator Surface
Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR TESTING
Low Idle
M P R E N I G N E
A- Mode B- Mode
PRIMARY PRESSURE
MAIN RELIEF
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
950~1025 RPM
r o d e t e c l i c l v e a r n t e n s n S o I C
2290~2345 RPM 1925~1975
a7 a1 a2 a1 a2
50~55
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD HEAD
Adj point PSII PS
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Measuring Condition
P3
Engine - Hi Idle
380~395 5400~5616
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
350~355 4977~5048
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
710~780
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD RO D Main Pump HEAD ROD Main Pump HEAD Left Main Pump Right
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST) SWING AUXILIARY*/
All
TRAVEL (DO NOT ADJUST)
Reverse
a1 a2
350~385 350~405
4977~5474 4977~5760
OR4 OR3
Boom Down Boom Up
a1 a2
350~405 4977~5760 350~385 4977~5474
OR8 OR7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2 a2 a2
350~385 4977~5474 350~405 4977~5760
Bucket Out Bucket In
327~335 4653~5050 327~335 4653~5050
OR1 OR1 OR2 OR 2 OR5 OR6
Main Pump
a1a2
350~365 4977~5190
Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
Main Pump
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
Forward Forward Reverse
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
P1 by-pass cut valve
D
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
Pump Regulation
a2
a1
r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Power Shift: *** ...All controls in neutral ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt at atta tach chme ment nt st stall alled ed * .... .....Bo .Both th tra travel vel mot motors ors sta stalled lled
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing
Measuring Condition
mA
Adj point
5.5~ 6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
Neutral activated
Arm out
5.5~6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
Neutral activated
Boom up or Bucket dig
5.5~6.5
330~360
24~28
345~680
Neutral activated
Arm in or Bucket dig
23~25
633~650
24~0
450~200
Neutral activated
Arm in
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
28~30
730~760
PORT Kgf/cm2
GAUGE @
P2 by-pass cut valve
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
10~24
350~680
0~10 mA 0~10 0~ 10 mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority, priori ty, Breaker, Nibler Breaker
Dynamic Acera 01/02
PSI
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve.
**
a7
N/A
GAUGE @ SIZE PORT Kgf/cm2 Gear Pump
N/A N/A N/A N/ A
°C- 60~90 °F-140~194
2290~2345
COMPONENT
PILOTCIRCUIT
PORT RELIEFS
Display change switch on gauge cluster
M- Mode
SYSTEM
NOTE:
SPECIFICATION
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 45~55 45~55 °F-113~131
Adjustment Point
Power Shift
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Power Shift
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
Page 9-19
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES SK290 LB03U0101~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 45~55 °FRadiator Surface
Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR FO R TESTING
M P R E N I G N E
Low Idle M- Mode A- Mode B- Mode
MAIN RELIEF
Gear Pump
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD RO D HEAD
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD ROD HEAD ROD RO D HEAD Left Right
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST)
PORT RELIEFS
SWING
All
AUXILIARY */
**
a7 a1 a2 a1 a2
2315~2365 RPM 1925~1975
PSII PS
Adj point PSI
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Measuring Condition
P3
Engine - Hi Idle
380~395 5400~5616
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
350~355 4977~5048
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
50~55
710~780
Main Pump
a1 a2
350~385 350~405
4977~5474 4977~5760
OR4 OR4 OR3 OR 3
Boom Down Boom Up
Main Pump
a1 a2
350~405 350~385
4977~5760 4977~5474
OR8 OR8 OR7 OR 7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2 a2 a2
350~385 4977~5474 350~405 4977~5760
Bucket Out Bucket In
327~335 4653~5050 327~335 4653~5050
OR1 OR2 OR5 OR 5 OR6 OR 6
Main Pump
a1a2
350~365 4977~5190
Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
Main Pump
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
Main Pump Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
Forward TRAVEL (DO NOT ADJUST)
Reverse Forward Reverse
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
P1 by-pass cut valve
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
D
P2 by-pass cut valve
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
a2
a1
r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Power Shift: *** ...All controls in neutral ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt at atta tach chme ment nt st stall alled ed * .... .....Bo .Both th tra travel vel mot motors ors sta stalled lled
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing
Measuring Condition
mA
Adj point
5.5~ 6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
Neutral activated
Arm out
5.5~6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
Neutral activated
Boom up or Bucket dig
5.5~6.5
330~360
24~28
345~680
Neutral activated
Arm in or Bucket dig
23~25
633~650
24~0
450~200
Neutral activated
Arm in
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
PORT Kgf/cm2
GAUGE @
Pump Regulation
0~ 1 0 m A 0~10 0~ 10 mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority, priori ty, Breaker, Nibler Breaker
Page 9-20
r o d e t e c c l i l v e a r n t e n s n S o I C
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve.
NOTE:
a7
N/A
140~194
950~1025 RPM
GAUGE @ SIZE PORT Kgf/cm2
N/A N/A
113~131 °F-
2315~2365
PRIMARY PRESSURE
PILOTCIRCUIT
°C- 60~90
Display change switch on gauge cluster
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
Adjustment Point
Neutral activated Neutral activated
Power Shift
*** / ** / * Power Shift
*** / ** / *
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
Dynamic Acera 01/02
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES SK330 YC06U101~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR FO R TESTING
Low Idle
E N M I P G N R E
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 45~55 °F- 113~131 113~131 Radiator Surface
A- Mode B- Mode
2360~2430 RPM 1925~1975
GAUGE @ SIZE PORT Kgf/cm 2
PRIMARY PRESSURE
MAIN RELIEF
950~1025 RPM
2360~2430
COMPONENT
PILOT CIRCUIT
Gear Pump
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
a7 a1 a2 a1 a2
50~55
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD HEAD
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD Main Pump HEAD ROD Main Pump HEAD Left Main Pump Right
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST) SWING
Al l
AUXILIARY */
**
Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
Main Pump
Forward TRAVEL Reverse Main Pump (DO NOT ADJUST) Forward Reverse
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
710~780
N/A r o d e t e c c l i l v e a r n t e n s n S o I C
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Adj PSI point Measuring Condition P3
Engine - Hi Idle
380~395 5400~5616
MR1
Boom Raising
350~355 4977~5048
MR1
Boom Raising
P1 by-pass cut valve
D
P2 by-pass cut valve
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
a2
a1
r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
a1 a2
350~385 4977~5474 350~405 4977~5760
OR4 OR3
Boom Down Boom Up
a1 a2
350~405 4977~5760 350~385 4977~5474
OR8 OR7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2 a2 a2
350~385 4977~5474 350~405 4977~5760
OR1 OR2 OR5 OR6
Bucket Out Bucket In
324~355 4622~5050 324~355 4622~5050 350~365 4977~5190
Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
350~365 4977~5190 350~365 4977~5190
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing
a1a2
PORT Kgf/cm 2
GAUGE @
Pump Regulation
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Power Shift: *** ...All controls in neutral ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt att attac achm hmen entt sta stalle lled d * .... .....Bo .Both th trav travel el moto motors rs sta stalle lled d
mA
5.5~ 6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
5.5~6.5
330~360
23~26
634~660
5.5~6.5
330~360
24~28
345~680
23~25
633~650
24~0
450~200
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
28~30
730~760
10~24
350~680
0~ 10 m A 0~10 0~ 10 mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority priorit y, Breaker, Nibler Breaker Breake r
Dynamic Acera 01/02
PSI
N/A N/A
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve. valve.
PORT RELIEFS
a7
°C- 60~90 °F- 140~194
Display change switch on gauge cluster
M- Mode
SYSTEM
NOTE:
SPECIFICATION
Adjustment Point
Adj point Measuring Condition Neutral activated
Arm out
Neutral activated
Boom up or Bucket dig
Neutral activated
Arm in or Bucket dig
Neutral activated
Arm in
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Power Shift Power Shift
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
Page 9-21
MEASURING & ADJUSTING PRESSURES SK480 YS06U101~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 45~55 °F-113~131 Radiator Surface
Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR TESTING
M P R E N I G N E
Low Idle
Display change switch on gauge cluster
M- Mode A- Mode B- Mode
PILOTCIRCUIT
PRIMARY PRESSURE
MAIN RELIEF
970~1030 RPM
r o d e t e c l i c l v e a n r t e n s o n S I C
2170~2230 RPM 1870~1930
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
a7 a1 a2 a1 a2
50~53
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD HEAD
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD Main Pump HEAD ROD Main Pump HEAD
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST)
PORT RELIEFS
Adj point PSII PS
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Measuring Condition
P3
Engine - Hi Idle
345~360 4907~5120
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
320~325 4551~4622
MR1 MR 1
Boom Raising
711~754
Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
Boom Down Boom Up
a1 a2
320~375 4551~5334 320~355 4551~5049
OR8 OR7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2
320~355 4551~5050 320~375 4551~5334
Bucket Out Bucket In
a2 a2
260~320 3698~4551 260~320 3698~4551
OR1 OR2 OR5 OR6
All
Main Pump
a1a2
TRAVEL (DO NOT ADJUST)
Reverse
Main Pump
a1 a2
335~350 4765~4977 335~350 4765~4977
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
335~350 4765~4977 335~350 4765~4977
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
Forward
COMPONENT P1 by-pass cut valve
D
P2 by-pass cut valve
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
a1
r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
N/A N/ A
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Power Shift: *** ...All co controls in neutral ** .. .... ..Fr Fron ontt at atta tach chme ment nt st stal alle led d * .... .....Bo .Both th tra travel vel mot motors ors sta stalled lled
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
N/A N/ A
Measuring Condition
mA
Adj point
3~8
300~330
25~28
690~710
Neutral activated
Independant Travel
3~8
300~330
25~30
345~350
Neutral activated
Bucket Dig
5~7
340~355
24~28
660~670
Neutral activated
Independant Travel
4~6
340~350
24~26
640~650
Neutral activated
Arm in
28~30
730~760
15~25
540~560
28~30
730~760
15~25
540~560
PORT Kgf/cm2
GAUGE @
Pump Regulation
a2
OR4 OR3
AUXILIARY*/
Reverse
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
350~355 4977~5050 320~375 4551~5334
Main Pump
Forward
SYSTEM
a1 a2
Left Right
SWING
**
0~10 mA 0~10 0~1 0 mA mA 10~30 10~ 30 mA
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority, priori ty, Breaker, Nibler Breaker
Page 9-22
PSI
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve.
NOTE:
a7
N/A
GAUGE @ SIZE PORT Kgf/cm2 Gear Pump
N/A N/A N/A N/ A
°C- 60~90 °F-140~194
2170~2230
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
Adjustment Point
Neutral activated Neutral activated
Power Shift
*** / ** / * Power Shift
*** / ** / *
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
Dynamic Acera 01/02
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Pressure Adjustments SK480
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTES NOTES ........ .... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ....... ... 3 PERFORMANCE PERFORMANC E INSPECTION SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION CHART .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... .............. 4 ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... .............. ... 4 A. SK480 ........... 1. VERIFICATION VERIFICATION OF ENGINE RPM ........... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ..................... .......... 5 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ................... ........ 5 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... 2. ENGIN ENGINE E SPEE SPEED D MEASUR MEASURED ED WITH WITH SERVICE SERVI CE DIAGNOSTICS (28 ITEM CHECK) ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ........................ .............. 5 3. HYDRAULIC OIL CAUTIONS ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... .............. ... 6 Diagnostics ( 28 Item Check) ........... ....................... ................ .... 6 A. Checking the Main Relief Setting Using Service Diagnostics B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Pilot and Main Relief Valves ............ ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ................. ..... 6 4. PILOT CIRCUIT ........... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ .............. ... 7 ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ................. ...... 7 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... .................... ........ 7 B. Pilot Relief Valve Pressure Measurement Procedures ........... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ................ .... 7 C. Pilot Relief Valve Adjustment Procedures ............ 5. MAIN RELIEF PRESSUR PRESSURE E MEASURRE MEASURREMENT MENT ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ....................... ........... 8 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ................... ........ 8 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Attachment Main Relief Valve “HEAVY “HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” ........... ...................... .................... ......... 8 B. Measurement of Attachment 6. MAIN REILEF ADJUSTME ADJUSTMENT NT 2nd ST STAGE AGE “HEA “HEAVY VY LIFT SWITCH ON” ........... ...................... ....................... ................. ..... 9 ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ................... ........ 9 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ........... Stage age Main Relief Valve Adjustment ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ................. ...... 9 B. 2nd St 7. ADJUSTM ADJUSTMENT ENT MAIN RELIEF RELIEF WITH “HEAVY “HEAVY LIFT SWITCH SWITCH OFF” .... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ...... .. 10 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ............ ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 10 B. Main Relief Valve Adjustment .......... ...................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ...................... ............ 10 8. SWING CIRCUIT ........... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... .............. 11 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ............ ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ................ ..... 11 B. Swing Port Relief Valve Pressure Measurement ............ ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................ ..... 11 C. Swing Port Relief Valve Procedures ........... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ................. ...... 12~13 9. OVERLOAD RELIEF VAL ALVES VES .......... ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... .................... ........ 14~17 A. Machine Preparation Procedures ............ ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 14 B. Tools & Equipment Required for Checking and Adjusting of Overload Relief Relief Valves Valves .......... ..................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... .............. 14 ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ................ ..... 14 C. Overload Relief Pressure Measurement .......... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... .................. ...... 15 D. OR3 Boom Up Overload Relief ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... .............. 15 E. OR4 Boom Down Overload Relief ........... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... .................... ......... 15 F. OR1 Bucket In (Dig) Overload ........... ...................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ................ ..... 15 G. OR2 Bucket Out Overoad .......... Overload oad .... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ...... 16 H. OR7 A r m I n (Dig) Overl ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ................... ........ 17 I. OR8 Arm Out Overload ............ ...................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ................. ..... 18 J. Travel Motor Port Reliefs ........... 10. SK480 PUMP LOCA LOCATION TION OF PARTS ARTS........... ...................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............... .... 19
2
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
NOTES
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
3
PERFORMANCE INSPECTION SPECIFICATION CHART SK480 YS06U101~ INSPECTION ITEM
PRESSURE READING FROM
Cleanliness of Hydraulic Oil Temperature of Hydraulic Oil
Hydraulic Oil Tank Class: NAS 7–9 Hydraulic Oil Tank Surface °C- 45~55 °F-1 F-113~13 13~131 1 Radiator Surface
Engine Coolant Temperature
STANDARDS FOR TESTING
E N M I P G N R E
Low Idle
MAIN RELIEF
NOTE:
PORT RELIEFS
Display change switch on gauge cluster
M- Mode A- Mode B- Mode
Gear Pump
HEAVY LIFT
Main Pump
ATTACHMENT
Main Pump
BOOM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD HEAD
ARM (DO NOT ADJUST)
ROD Main Pump HEAD ROD Main Pump HEAD
BUCKET (DO NOT ADJUST) SWING 4 Port reliefs **
a5 a1 a2 a1 a2
Main Pump
Left Right
Main Pump
All
Main Pump
4 / 1 F P
r o d e t e c l i c l v e a r n t e n s n S o I C
2170~22230 RPM 1870~1930
50~55
PSI
Adj point PSI
711~782
P3
Take Sample Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ 50°C (14°F ~ 122°F) Throttle @ "LO"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle Throttle @ "HI"- Idle
Measuring Condition Engine - Hi Idle
345~360 4970~5120
MR1
Boom Raising
320~325 4551~4622
MR1
Boom Raising
TRAVEL Reverse Main Pump (DO NOT ADJUST) Forward Reverse
COMPONENT
SYSTEM
P1 by-pass cut valve
D
P2 by-pass cut valve
B
Travel Straight valve
C
Arm variable recirculation
A
P1 pump proportional valve
a8
P2 pump proportional valve
a9
Pump Regulation
a2
a1
350~385 320~375
4977~5474 4551~5334
OR 4 OR 3
Boom Down Boom Up
a1 a2
320~355 4551~5049 320~375 4551~5334
OR 8 OR 7
Arm Out (Cylinder In) Arm In (Cylinder Out)
a1 a2
320~355 4551~5049 320~375 4551~5334
OR 2 OR 1
Bucket Out Bucket In
a2 a2
295~320 4200~4551 295~320 4200~4551
OR 5 OR 6
Bucket Lock, Stall Swing Bucket Lock, Stall Swing
N/A
335~350 4765~4978 335~350 4765~4978
OT 1 OT 2
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
a1 a2
335~350 4765~4978 335~350 4765~4978
OT 3 OT 4
"M"-Mode, Engine at Hi Idle. Simultaneous LH/RH Travel Engaged
No.20 s c i t s o n g a i d e c i v r e s n o y a l p s i D
No.21
No.22
No.23
No.24
No.25
Adj point Neutral activated
Arm out
Neutral activated
Boom up
Neutral activated
Arm in
Neutral activated
Arm in
3~8
300~330
42~113
690~710
3~8
300~330
42~113
690~710
5~7
340~355
71~100
640~650
4~6
635~645
56~85
300~320
28~30
730~760
398~426
540~560
28~30
340~355
398~426
Auxiliary */** Auxilary port relief are as follows: Swing priority, Breaker, Nibler Breaker
Measuring Condition
mA
540~560
Power Shift: *** ...Al .Alll co controls in in ne neutral 0~10 mA mA ** .. .... .. Fr Fron ontt att attac achm hmen entt sta stalle lled d 0~10 0~ 10 mA * ... ..... Bot Both h tra travel vel mot motors ors sta stalled lled 10~ 10~30 30 mA
4
Auxiliary Attachment Stalled
N/A
a1 a2
PORT Kgf/cm 2
GAUGE @ r e t s u l c e g u a G 2 C n o y a l p s i d i t l u M
a1 a2
a1a2
Forward
a5
970~1030 RPM
MEASURING CONDITION, FUNCTION
Port relief valves are set at a precise flow rate and cannot be adjusted on the machine. Port relief valves can be checked for excessive leakage by increasing the value of main relief valve. (turn main relief clockwise one complete turn). Check at low idle, idle, heavy lift on (if Applicable). Applicable). Refer to chart below for port relief valve.
AUXILIARY */
PROPORTIONAL VALVE BLOCK
N/A
ORT Kgf/cm 2 GAUGE @ SIZE P OR
PRIMARY PRESSURE
N/A N/A
°C- 6 0~90 °F-140~194
2170~2230
COMPONENT
SYSTEM PILOT CIRCUIT
SPECIFICATION
Adjustment Point
Power Shift
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Neutral activated
*** / ** / *
Power Shift
NOTE : Take Measurements M-Mode Engine at "HI" Idle. Levers in neutral for neutral reading, then activate circuit to take activated readings
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
VERIFICATION OF ENGINE RPM 1. VERIFI VERIFICA CATIO TION N OF ENG ENGINE INE RPM A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Wit With h safet safety y lock lock in the the lock lock (up) (up) position. See Figure 4.1. 2. Plac Place e thrott throttle le pote potentio ntiomete meterr to low idle position; start engine, allow engine to achieve normal operating temperature OC 45~55 (OF113~145) 3. Ch Check eck the gau gauge ge clus cluster ter and and conf confirm irm that the machine is in the default “M” mode. See Figure 4.3. 4. Loc Locate ate the scr screen een cha change nge swi switch tch,, depress the switch once to select RPM. Check that engine low and hi RPM are at the proper adjustment. See Figure 4.3. Refer to chart by model and serial number for specifications. 5. Ret Return urn Thr Thrott ottle le pote potenti ntiome ometer ter to low low idle position. Press screen change switch two times to return screen to Monitor System OK. 6. Plac Place e front front atta attachme chment nt to hyd hydrau raulic lic oil check position. See Figure 4.4. 7. Allo Allow w engin engine e to idle for two minu minutes tes and shut off engine.
ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL
SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN LOCK POSITION
FIGURE 4.1
MODE SELECT SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH
RPM 1008
2. ENGINE SPEED MEASURED WITH SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS (28 ITEM CHECK) 1. Wit With h gauge gauge clust cluster er blank blank pres press s and hold buzzer stop switch. 2. Tu Turn rn key key switc switch h to on posi position tion.. 3. Scre Screen en Chan Change ge Switc Switch h advan advances ces the the display each time the screen change switch is pushed. 4. Pre Press ss the the Screen Screen chan change ge switc switch h once, once, diagnostic check of computer will be at screen No. 2. Below. 2
No. 2 E/G SET MEAS E/G PR PRS. KPSS SW
2200 2201 LIVE M
No load set rpm Actual rpm LIVE/DEAD indication A/M/B indication
5. Buzzer Buzzer Stop Stop Swit Switch ch retur returns ns displ display ay to previous screen each time switch is pushed. 6. Scre Screen en will will stay stay in diagno diagnostic stic mode unti untill key switch is turned off. SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
FIGURE 4.3
FIGURE 4.4
5
HYDRAULIC OIL CAUTIONS 3. HY HYDR DRAU AULI LIC C OIL OIL CAUTI CAUTION ONS S Kobelco Excavators are set to ISO pilot controls at the factory. It is up to you to read and understand the Operators & Maintenance Manual before attempting any service or maintenance procedures.
•
WARNING
PILOT CONTROL FOR BUCKET AND BOOM
• BE EXTREMELY CAUTIOUS WHILE RELEASING HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURE OR REMOVING LINES AND FITTINGS, FITTINGS , VAPORS AND OIL MAY BE EXTREMELY HOT. • WEAR APPROVED SAFETY CLOTHES, SHOES, GLOVES AND HARD HAT WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR TEST PROCEDURES.
FIGURE 5.1
A. Checking Checking the the Main Main Relief Relief Setting Setting Using Using Service Diagnostics Diagnostics (28 ITEM CHECK) 1. With key in OFF OFF posit position, ion, gaug gauge e cluste clusterr blank, press and hold buzzer stop switch. 2. Turn key key switc switch h to ON posit position ion.. See Figure 5.1. 3. With key switc switch h in on positi position on releas release e buzzer stop switch. See Figure 5.1. 4. By press pressing ing the the screen screen cha change nge switc switch h the service diagnostics is advanced forward. See Figure 5.2. 5. By press pressing ing the the buzze buzzerr stop stop switch switch the the screen is returned to the last screen. 6. Adva Advance nce the servi service ce diagno diagnostic stics s to screen No.14. See Figure 5.3. 7. Scr Screen een No.1 No.14 4 will will displa display y the volt voltage age of high pressure sensor sensor,, and and the computer generated oil pressure at P1 and P2 pump. Use this for checking pump and machine performance. See Figure 5.3.
SCREEN CHANGE SWITCH No.1 Main Cont. P/No. Program Version Ver.
28 ITEM CHECK
FIGURE 5.2
B. Tools & Equipm Equipment ent Requi Required red for Check Checking ing and Adjusting of Pilot and Main Relief Valves
No. 14 No. 14 PRES PR ESSU SUR RE SEN SENSO SOR R P-1 PUMP 07.V 0K P-2 PUMP
1. Two 70 700k 0kg/ g/cm cm2 (10,000psi) Gauges. 2. One 70 70kg/cm2 (1,000 psi) Gauges. 3. 41 mm spaner wrench 30 mm spaner wrench 22 mm spaner wrench 27 mm spaner wrench 4. Gen Genera erall hand hand or power power tool tools s to remov remove e and replace hydraulic fittings and components. 5. The Thermo rmomet meter er to read read hydra hydraulic ulic oil oil temtemperature.
07.V 0K
SCREEN CHANGE SCREEN Note: Pressure will be in Kg/cm 2 0k = o kg/cm2
FIGURE 5.3 6
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
PILOT CIRCUIT 4. PILO PILOT T CI CIRC RCUI UIT T A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Note: Note: Refer Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Conf Confirm irm that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 6.1. 3. Rele Release ase hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank pres pressure sure by Installing a 4mm Allen wrench and turning cap in a counterclockwise direction. See Figure 6.2. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Pump Acc Access ess Doo Door, r, and remove the PF1/4 test Port Plug (A5) from Output Port on Pilot System Gear Pump. Install 105kg/cm 2 (1,000 psi) Pressure Gauge. See Figure 6.3.
SK480 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
FIGURE 6.1
C A U T I O N
M P A O D R T E L N o A B . 2 4 4 5 4 - 0 6 0 U 5 2 0 2 7 8 0 F 1
B. Pilot Relief Relief Valve Valve Press Pressure ure Measure Measure-ment Procedures 1. Perf Perform orm mach machine ine pre prepara paration tion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Star Startt engine, engine, plac place e throttl throttle e control control in Hi Idle position. 3. Pla Place ce KPSS KPSS Mod Mode e Switc Switch h in "M" "M" Mode. 4. Con Confirm firm that the hyd hydraul raulic ic oil oil is apapO O proximately C 45~55 ( F113~145). Engine water temperature is approximately OC 40~100 ( OF104~212) 5. Pla Place ce all all pilot pilot control controls s in neutra neutral, l, read read 2 and record the 70kgf/cm (1000 psi) pressure gauge at the P3 pump, a5 pressure test port. See Figure 6.3. Compare to chart for specific model being tested. C. Pilot Relief Relief Valv Valve e Adjustmen Adjustmentt ProceProcedures 1. Loc Locate ate the the Pilot Pilot Relief Relief Valv Valve e mounted mounted on P3 Pilot Pump Assembly Assembly.. See Figure 6.4. 2. Loos Loosen en the the adjus adjusting ting scre screw w locknu locknutt with a 24mm spaner. See Figure 6.4. 3. Adju Adjust st using using a 6mm 6mm allen allen until until spe specicified pressure according to proper chart for specific machine being ad justed is achieve achieved. d. 4. Aft After er correc correctt pressur pressure e is obtaine obtained, d, tighten adjusting screw locknut, tightening torque 3.0 kgfm 2 (22ft.lb). See Figure 6.4. 5. Verif erify y pressur pressure e after after tighten tightening ing locklocknut. SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
FIGURE 6.2 P3 TEST PORT (Port a5 )
• •
PILOT SYSTEM GEAR PUMP
FIGURE 6.3 ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm
VIEW OF P3 PUMP
• • LOCKNUT HEX 24mm
FIGURE 6.4 7
MAIN RELIEF PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT SK480 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
WARNING • MAKE
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH PATH OF THE BOOM
5. MAIN MAIN REL RELIEF IEF PRE PRESSU SSURE RE MEA MEASUR SUREEMENT A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Note: Note: Refer Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Conf Confirm irm that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 7.1. 3. Rele Release ase hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank pres pressure sure by Installing a 4mm Allen wrench and turning cap in a counterclockwise direction. See Figure 7.2. 4. Open Main Pum Pump p Acce Access ss Door Door,, remove the two (2) PF1/4 test Port Plugs (a1) P1 pump and (a2) Pump install 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauges. See Figure 7.3. B. Mea Measure surement ment of Attac Attachmen hmentt Main Main Relief Valve "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” 1. Per Perform form mach machine ine prep preparat aration ion proce proce-dures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Pla Place ce "Heavy "Heavy Lift Lift"" Switch Switch in in the "ON "ON"" position. See Figure 7.4. 3. Pla Place ce KPSS KPSS Mode Mode Swit Switch ch in "M" "M" Mode. 4. Sta Start rt engine engine and place place thro throttle ttle control in Low Idle position. 5. Con Confirm firm that the hydr hydrauli aulic c oil oil is apapO (O proximately C 45~55 F113~145). Engine water temperature is approximately O C 40~100 ( OF104~212). 6. Move thro throttle ttle con control trol to "HI-ID "HI-IDLE" LE".. 7. Oper Operate ate Boom Boom Raise Raise cont control rol until until boom is completely up, then hold over relief. 8. Reco Record rd readin readings gs from from 700k 700kg/cm g/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 port on P1 Main Pump and a2 port at P2 pump. 9. If press pressure ure gaug gauge e reading readings s are wit within hin specifications for the particular machine being tested, it is not necessary to adjust Relief Valve Pressure. Refer to chart for machine and model being tested.
FIGURE 7.1
C A U T I O N
M P A O R D T E L N o .A B 2 4 4 5 4 - 0 6 0 U 5 2 0 2 7 8 0 F 1
FIGURE 7.2 a2
a1
••
FIGURE 7.3 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
8
FIGURE 7.4
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
ADJUSTMENT 2nd STAGE MAIN RELIEF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON”
WARNING • MAKE
KPSS MODE SWITCH
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH PATH OF THE BOOM
6. ADJUST ADJUSTMEN MENT T 2nd STAGE STAGE MAIN MAIN RELI RELIEF EF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH ON” A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Con Confirm firm that that the the follow following ing is is proper proper bebefore proceeding to step 2. a. KP KPSS SS is in “M “M”” mod mode. e. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 8.1. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h on. on. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 8.2 8.2 c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is ap appr prox oxim imat atel ely y OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er t em em pe pe ra ra tu tu re re i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Hi High gh Id Idle le RP RPM M is is pro prope perr per per ma ma-chine being tested.
SK32002004
FIGURE 8.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
B. 2nd Stage Stage Main Main Relief Relief Valve Valve Adjust Adjustment ment 1. Loca Locate te Main Main Relief Relief Valve (MR (MR1) 1) on the main control valve. See Figure 8.3. 2. Loos Loosen en second second stage lockn locknut ut with with 41mm wrench See Figure 8.4. 3. With eng engine ine at full full RPM, RPM, raise raise boo boom m up and over relief. Adjust heavy lift, power boost screw with 27mm wrench, until proper pressure is achieved at pump P1 a1 test port, and pump pum p P2 a2 2 test port with 700kg/cm (10,000 psi) pressure gauges. 4. Afte Afterr correct correct pre pressur ssure e is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
FIGURE 8.2 MR1 MAIN RELIEF (ATT & TRAVEL)
•
FIGURE 8.3 HEAVY LIFT (POWER BOOST) ADJUSTMENT SCREW 27mm
NOTE Turning Heavy lift Power Boost Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
HEAVY LIFT (POWER BOOST) ADJUSTMENT LOCKNUT 41mm
•
•
ATTACHMENT MAIN RELIEF VALVE MR1 (SK210 ~SK250 ONL ONLY) Y)
FIGURE 8.4 SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
9
ADJUSTMENT MAIN RELIEF WITH "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH OFF” SK480 CONFIGURATION
WARNING • MAKE
a1 PORT
CERTAIN THERE ARE NO OBJECTS IN THE PATH PATH OF THE BOOM
• •
7. ADJUST ADJUSTMEN MENT T MAIN MAIN REL RELIEF IEF WIT WITH H "HEAVY LIFT SWITCH OFF” A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Con Confirm firm that the follo following wing is prope properr before proceeding to step 2. a. KP KPSS SS is in “M “M”” mod mode. e. Se See e Fig Figur ure e 9.1. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h off off.. See See Fi Figu gure re 9.2. c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Hi High gh Id Idle le RPM is pr prop oper er pe perr mamachine being tested.
a2 PORT
FIGURE 9.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "OFF"
B. Main Relief Relief Valve Valve Adjus Adjustmen tmentt 1. Loca Locate te Main Main Relief Relief Valv alve e (MR1) (MR1) on the main control valve. See Figure 9.3. 2. Loo Loosen sen loc locknu knutt with with 27mm 27mm wrenc wrench h See Figure 9.4. 3. With engi engine ne at at full full RPM, RPM, raise raise boom up and over relief. Adjust screw with 22mm wrench, until proper pressure is achieved at pump P1 a1 test port, and pump P2 P2 a2 test port with 700kg/ 2 cm (10,000 psi) pressure gauges. 4. Afte Afterr correc correctt pressu pressure re is is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to ; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm 2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
FIGURE 9.2 MAIN RELIEF (ATT & TRAVEL)
•
MR - 1
FIGURE 9.3 NORMAL ADJUSTMENT 22mm SCREW
NORMAL ADJUSTMENT LOCKNUT 30mm
•
•
NOTE Turning Normal Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
ATTACHMENT MAIN RELIEF VALVE MR1 (SK210 ~SK250 ONLY)
FIGURE 9.4 10
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
SWING CIRCUIT 8.
SWING CIRCUIT
NOTE The following procedures are provided for reference only. Attachment Port Po rt Relief Valves are factory preset and should not be field adjusted. A. Machine Machine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures 1. Note: Note: Refer Refer to Verification of Engine RPM before proceeding. 2. Con Confir firm m that that the machi machine ne front front atta attachchment is in the oil check position. See Figure 10.1. 3. Rele Release ase hydr hydrauli aulic c tank tank press pressure ure by Installing a 4mm Allen wrench and turning cap in a counterclockwise direction. PAGE 6 Figure 6.2. 4. Ope Open n Main Main Pump Pump Acc Access ess Doo Doorr and and remove the PF1/4 test Port Plug (a2) from Output Output Port Port on P2 Piston Piston Pump. 2 Install 700 kg/cm (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge. See Figure 10.2.
FIGURE 10.1 SK480 CONFIGURATION
•
a2 PORT
FIGURE 10.2
B. Swing Over Over Load Load Relief Relief Valve Valve Press Pressure ure Measurement 1. Perf Perform orm mach machine ine prep preparat aration ion proc proceedures as described in MACHINE PREPARATION PROCEDURES. 2. Move thro throttle ttle con control trol to "HI-ID "HI-IDLE," LE," place KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode. M ode.
FIGURE 10.3
3. Operate Operate boo boom m down down contro controll until until bucket teeth penetrate soil approximately 305mm (12"). See Figure 10.3. 4. Operate Operate swin swing g contro controll to the the left left and and hold, stalling swing. Record reading from 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 10.2. Or compare reading in Diagnostic Check No.14. See Figure 10.4.
No. 14 No. 14 PRES PR ESSU SUR RE SEN SENSO SOR R P-1 PUMP 07.V 0K P-2 PUMP
5. Operate Operate swin swing g contro controll to the the right right and and hold, stalling swing. Record reading from 700kg/cm2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. Or compare reading in Diagnostic Check No.14. See Figure 10.4.
07.V 0K
SCREEN CHANGE SCREEN Note: Pressure will be in Kg/cm 2 0k = o kg/cm2
FIGURE 10.4 SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
11
SWING CIRCUIT
WARNING • PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S SWING MOTOR PORT RELIEF VALVES IS POSSIBLE ON THE DYNAMIC ACER SK480 . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE ATTACHMENT PORT RELIEF VALVES, CONTACT YOUR KOBELCO SERVICE DEPARTMENT.
FIGURE 11.1
C. Swing Over Over Load Load Relief Relief Valve Valve Pres Pres-sure Adjustment. Machine Preparation Procedures
a Port Swing Left Main Relief
1. Confirm Confirm that the follo followin wing g is prope properr before proceeding to step 2. a. KPSS is in “M” mode b. Heavy lilift sw swit itc ch of off. c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er t em em pe p e ra ra tu tu re re i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e co conn nnec ecto torr is in th the e release position. f. Hig igh h Id Idle RPM is is pr proper per ma ma-chine being tested. g. Ma Main in re relilief ef pr pres essu sure re is se sett to to Per Per-formance Specifications Chart. h. Bu Buck cket et te teet eth h pen penet etra rate te so soil il ap ap-proximately 305mm (12"). Figure 11.1. 2. Loca Locate te Main Rele Releif if valv valve’s e’s (a port and b port). Loosen 41mm lock nut, With 27mm wrench, turn both relief valves three turns clockwise or until relief valve has bottomed out. See Figure 11.2 3. Loos Loosen en Over Overload load Rel Relief ief lock locknut nut with with a 38mm wrench. Operate swing control to the left and hold, stalling swing. With a 30mm wrench,adjust b-port overload relief pressure to specific machine being tested. Using a 700kg/ cm2 (10,000 psi) pressure gauge, installed at test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 11.3 4. Aft After er corre correct ct pressu pressure re is obtai obtained ned tighten adjusting screw locknut to; 12 kgfm2 (87 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
b Port Swing Right Main Relief
• •
•
•
b Port Overload Relief Swing Left
a Port Overload Relief Swing Right
FIGURE 11.2 SK480 CONFIGURATION
•
a2 PORT
FIGURE 11.3 NOTE Turning Main Relief Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 102kgf/cm2 (1450 psi)
12
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
SWING CIRCUIT
WARNING
a Port Swing Left Main Relief Valve
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S SWING MOTOR PORT RELIEF VALVES IS POSSIBLE ON THE DYNAMIC ACER SK480 . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE ATTACHMENT PORT RELIEF VALVES, CONTACT YOUR KOBELCO SERVICE DEPARTMENT.
b Port Swing Left Main Relief Valve
Swing Shockless valve a Port Overload Relief Swing Right
5. Locate Locate Swing Swing Righ Rightt overlo overload ad relie relieff valve, loosen 38mm locknut. See Figure 12.2. With a 30mm wrench,adjust a-port overload relief pressure to specific machine being tested. Using a 700kg/ cm2 (10,000 psi) pressure gauge, installed at test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 12.3 6. After corre correct ct press pressure ure is obtain obtained ed tighten adjusting screw locknut to; 2.8 ~3.2 kgfm2 (20~30 ft.lb). Verify pressure after tightening locknut.
b Port Overload Relief Swing Left
FIGURE 12.1 a Port Swing Left Main Relief Valve
b Port Swing Right Main Relief Valve
• •
•
•
b Port Overload Relief Swing Left
a Port Overload Relief Swing Right
NOTE Secondary Port Relief valves must now be adjusted to the proper setting. 7. Locate Locate Swin Swing g Right Right Main Main relie relieff valve, valve, loosen 41mm locknut. See Figure 12.2. Operate swing control to the right and hold, stalling swing. With a 27mm wrench, turn adjusting screw counterclockwise counterclockwi se until pressure starts to: FALL BELOW pressure that was set in Step 5 & 6, using 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump. See Figure 12.3 8. Loc Locate ate Swin Swing g Left Left main reli relief ef relie relieff valve, See Figure 12.2 loosen 41mm locknut. Operate swing control to the left and hold, stalling swing. Using a 27mm wrench turn adjusting screw counterclockwise counterclockwi se until pressure starts to: FALL BELOW pressure that was set in Step 3 & 4, using 700kg/cm 2 (10,000 psi) Pressure Gauge installed to test port a2 on P2 Main Pump.
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
FIGURE 12.2 SK480 CONFIGURATION
•
a2 PORT
FIGURE 12.3 NOTE Turning Overload Relief djusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 69.4 kgf/cm2 (990 psi) 13
OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL ALVES VES
WARNING
SK480 ILLUSTRA ILLUSTRATED TED
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF VALVES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL ALVES, VES, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REPLACE FAULTY OVER LOAD RELIEF VALVES. SUCH ADJUSTMENT COULD VOID WARRANTY WARRANTY..
FIGURE 13.1 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN " ON " DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN "OFF"
9. OVERLO OVERLOAD AD RELI RELIEF EF VAL VALVES VES A. Mach Machine ine Prepa Preparati ration on Proced Procedures ures a. Ma Mach chin ine e in in the the oi oill che check ck po posi siti tion on.. See Figure 13.1 a. KPSS is in in “A “A” mo mode. b. He Heav avy y lif liftt swi switc tch h on. on.Se See e Fig Fig-ure13.2 c. Hy Hydr drau auli lic c oil oil is app appro roxi xima mate tely ly OC 45~55 (OF113~145). d. E ng ng in in e w at at er er te te mp mp er er at at ur ur e i s O approximately C40~100 (OF104~212). e. Ma Main inte tena nanc nce e con conne nect ctor or is in th the e release position. f. Low Idle RPM is is pro prop per pe per ma machine being tested. B. Tools & Equipment Required for Check
Note : HEAVY LIFT SWITCH "ON"
FIGURE 13.2
BOOM ( R ) OR 4
ing and Adjusting of Overload Relief Valves
1. Two 70 700k 0kg/ g/cm cm2 (10,000psi) Gauges. 2. 13 mm spaner wrench 19 mm spaner wrench 4 mm allen wrench
• • •
BUCKET ( R ) OR 2
C. Overload Overload Releif Releif Press Pressure ure Measur Measurement ement 1. Move thro throttle ttle cont control rol to to "LO-ID "LO-IDLE," LE," place KPSS Mode Switch in "A" - Mode. 2. Plac Place e "HEA "HEAVY LIFT LIFT"" Switch Switch in "ON" "ON" position. See Figure 13.2. 3. Loca Locate te MR1 MR1 on Main Main Contr Control ol Valve Valve,, ad just main relief valve 14kg/cm 2 (200 psi) above port relief value pressure. See Figure 13.3. 4. Reco Record rd read reading ing from 700 700kg/c kg/cm m2 (10,000psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 main hydraulic pump. See Figure 13.4. 5. Comp Compare are read readings ings to chart chart for for speci specific fic model being tested.
MR1 MAIN RELIEF (ATT & TRAVEL)
FIGURE 13.3 a2
a1
••
FIGURE 13.4 14
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL ALVES VES
WARNING
D. OR3 Boo Boom m Up Up Over Over loa load d Reli Relief ef 1. Ope Operate rate Boo Boom m Up Con Control trol unt untilil boom boom is completely up and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific specific machine that is being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR3 OR3 (Bott (Bottom) om) Main Main Cont Control rol Valve, loosen locknut and adjust OR3 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.1. 4. Se Secu cure re lockn locknut ut TO TO 0.31 0.31 kgfm kgfm 2 (2.2 ft.lb).
• PRECISE ADJUSTMENT OF THE MACHINE'S OVER LOAD RELIEF VALVES IS NOT POSSIBLE ON THE MACHINE . • SHOULD A PROBLEM BE FOUND WITH THE OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES, VES, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REPLACE FAULTY OVER LOAD RELIEF VALVES. SUCH ADJUSTMENT COULD VOID WARRANTY WARRANTY.. BOOM ( H ) OR 3
ARM ( H ) OR 7
• •
E. OR4 Boo Boom m Down Down ove overr Load Load Rel Relief ief 1. Ope Operat rate e Boom Boom Down Down Con Control trol unti untill boom is completely down and hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Loca Locate te OR4 (T (Top) Main Main Control Control Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR4 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.2. 4. Se Secur cure e lock locknut nut,, 0.31k 0.31kgfm gfm2 (2.2 ft.lb).
•
BOTTOM VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL VALVE
BUCKET ( H ) OR 1
FIGURE 14.1
F. OR1 Bucke Buckett In (DIG) Over Load Relie Relieff 1. Ope Operate rate buck bucket et in cont control rol until until buck bucket et is completely in, then hold. 2. Reco Record rd read reading ing from Pres Pressure sure Gaug Gauge e at a1 test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Locate OR1(Bottom) Main Control Valve, loosen locknut and adjust OR1 to test bench pressure. See Figure 14.1. 4. Se Secur cure e lock locknut nut,, 0.31k 0.31kgfm gfm2 (2.2 ft.lb).
ARM( R ) OR 8
BOOM ( R ) OR 4
• •
BUCKET (R ) OR 2
NOTE Turning Over Load Adjusting Screw Clockwise One turn Increases Pressure Approximately 108 kgf/cm2 180 (2560 psi)
•
• •
MR1 MAIN RELIEF (ATT & TRAVEL)
TOP VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL VALVE
FIGURE 14.2 SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
15
OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL ALVES VES G. OR2 Buck Bucket et Out Over Load Reli Relief ef 1. Oper Operate ate Buck Bucket et Out Out Contro Controll until until bucket is completely out and hold. 2. Rec Record ord read reading ing from from Press Pressure ure Gau Gauge ge at a1 test port on P1 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine being tested. 3. Loca Locate te OR2 OR2 on Main Main Contr Control ol Valve Valve,, loosenlocknut and adjust OR1 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.1. 4. Se Secur cure e lock locknut nut 0. 0.31 31kgf kgfm m 2 (2.2 ft.lb).
SIDE VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL VALVE BOOM ( R ) OR 4
• •
•
BUCKET (R ) OR 2 MR1 MAIN RELIEF (ATT & TRAVEL)
H. OR7 Arm Arm In (DIG) (DIG) Over Load Relie Relieff 1. Ope Operate rate arm in in contro control, l, until until arm is is completely in and hold. 2. Rec Record ord read reading ing from from Press Pressure ure Gau Gauge ge at a2 test port on P2 Main Pump. Compare reading to proper chart for specific machine machine being tested. 3. Loc Locate ate OR7 OR7 (Bott (Bottom) om) Main Main Contr Control ol Valve, loosenlocknut and adjust OR7 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.2. 4. Se Secur cure e lock locknut nut,, 0.31k 0.31kgfm gfm2 (2.2 ft.lb).
FIGURE 15.1 ARM ( H ) OR 7
BOOM ( H ) OR 3
• •
•
I. OR8 OR8 Arm Arm Ou Outt Ove Overr Loa Load d Rel Relie ieff 1. Ope Operate rate arm out out contro control, l, until until arm arm is completely out, then hold. 2. Rec Record ord read reading ing from from Press Pressure ure Gau Gauge ge at a2 test port on P2 Main Pump. ComCompare pa re rea readin ding g to pro prope perr cha chart rt for s p e cific cifi c machi machine ne bein being g test tested. ed. 3. Loca Locate te OR8 (Top) (Top) Main Main Control Control Valve Valve,, loosen locknut and adjust OR8 to test bench pressure. See Figure 15.3. 4. Se Secur cure e lock locknut nut,, 0.31k 0.31kgfm gfm2 (2.2 ft.lb). 5. Adju Adjust st MR - 1 back back to speci specified fied settings. Verify pressures and that machine operation is correct.
BOTTOM VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL VALVE
BUCKET ( H ) OR 1
FIGURE 15.2 ARM ( R ) OR 8
BOOM ( R ) OR 4
• •
BUCKET (R ) OR 2
•
• •
MR1 MAIN RELIEF (ATT & TRAVEL)
TOP VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL VALVE
FIGURE 15.3 16
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
OVER LOAD RELIEF VAL ALVES VES
WARNING
CONFIGURATION FOR SK210 THRU SK330
• MAKE CERTAIN SPECIAL TOOL IS SEATED
PLACE THROTTLE CONTROL IN "LOW"
AGAINST CRAWLER FRAME AND BETWEEN SPROCKET TEETH. NEVE R ALLOW SPECIAL TOOL TO REST AGAINST CRAWLER CRAWLER FRAME CORNER REINFORCEMENTS. ENGAGE TRAVEL SLOWLY & CAREFULLY UNTIL TOOL IS POSITIONED COR-
KPSS IN "M" MODE
RECTLY
J. Trav ravel el Moto Motorr Port Port Relie Reliefs fs 1. Per Perfor form m MAC MACHIN HINE E PRE PREP PAR ARA ATIO TION N PROCEDURES before continuing to next step. 2. Mo Move ve thr throt ottl tle e cont contro roll to "LO"LO-ID IDLE LE," ," place KPSS Mode Switch in "M" Mode. See Figure 16.1. 3. In Insta stall ll spe speci cial al too tooll pin pin size size10 101mm 1mm (4.0in) into sprocket on each side of machine for stalling travel. See Figure 16.2. 4. Pla Place ce tra travel vel spe speed ed sel select ect swi switch tch in 2nd 2n d ( ) spe speed ed pos positi ition. on. Se See e Figu Figure re 16.3. 5. Pla Place ce "HE "HEA AVY LIF LIFT" T" Swit Switch ch in in "ON" "ON" position. See Figure 16.3. 6. Op Oper erate ate bot both h trave travell contr controls ols tog toget ether her to full forward and hold. See Figure 16.4 7. Lo Locat cate e MR1 MR1 on on Main Main Co Contr ntrol ol Valv Valve e and adjust main relief valve 14kg/cm 2 (200 psi) above travel motor port relief value. 8. Re Recor cord d rea readin ding g from from 700 700kg/ kg/cm cm 2 (10,000psi) Pressure Gauges at a1 or a2 test port on P1 or P2 main hydraulic pump. Or compare reading reading in diagnostic check item #14. 9. Co Compa mpare re re readi ading ngs s to ch char artt for for spespecific model being tested.
•
•
FIGURE 16.1 PIN SIZE 101mm (4.0 IN)
FIGURE 16.2 DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN “ON” DEPRESS THIS SIDE TO TURN “OFF”
DEPRESS SWITCH TO SHIFT BETWEEN FIRST & SECOND SPEED TRAVEL
FIGURE16.3 OPERATE BOTH TRAVEL LEVERS TOGETHER FULL STROKE
WARNING • PRECISE PRECI SE ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTM ENT OF THE TRAVEL TRAVEL MOTOR RELIEF VALVE IS NOT POSSIBLE.
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REPLACE FAULTY OVER LOAD RELIE RELIEF F VAL VALVES. VES.
1. Trav ravel el moto motorr port port reli reliefs efs are set by the the manufacture before shipment. When adjustment is required, loosen 19mm nut and adjust the pressure with 6mm adjusting screw to specification. SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
FIGURE 16.4 17
SK480 PUMP NEGATIVE CONTROL 11.
LOCATION OF OF PA PARTS
1. 2. 3. 4.
High Pressure Ports Pump Regulator Proportional Valve Pilot Pump P5
18
SK480LC Dynamic Acera 10/01Rev 10/01Rev.. 01
TRANSPORTATION
Table of Contents Contents Page I. SK160LC/ED190 SK160LC/ED190 -6E ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... ........................ ................. ..... 9-2 A. GROUND TRANSPORT TRANSPORTA ATION ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............... ... 9-2 B. LIFTING MACHINE ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ...................... ........... 9-5 C. ATTACHMENT TTACHMENT SHIPPING DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS ....................... .................................. ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ......... 9-9 II. SK210LC/SK250LC-6E SK210LC/SK250LC-6E ...................... .................................. ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ...................... .......... 9-10 A. GROUND TRANSPORT TRANSPORTA ATION ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... .............. 9-10 B. LIFTING MACHINE ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ..................... ......... 9-12 C. SHIPPING DIMENSIONS ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ..................... .......... 9-15 III. SK290LC/SK330LC-6E SK290LC/SK330LC-6E ....................... ................................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ...................... ...................... ....................... .................... ........ 9-19 A. GROUND TRANSPORT TRANSPORTA ATION ....................... ................................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... .............. 9-19 B. LIFTING MACHINE ...................... .................................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ..................... ......... 9-22 C. SHIPPING DIMENSIONS ........................ ................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ..................... .......... 9- 24
9
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-1
TRANSPORTATION I. SK160LC/ED190 -6E A. GROUND TRANSPORTATION TRANSPORTATION 1. Machine Preparation a. Know the total weight, length, width and height of the machine being transported. See Figures 4.2A ~4.2B. b. Know route to be traveled. Investigate bridges, overpasses, height of road signs on route. c. Obtain any permits required from proper government agencies for machine transportation. d. Use only a trailer with a rated capacity sufficient to transport the machine. e. Make certain trailer has ramps or a ramp is available for loading and unloading the machine. SK160LC-VI 8,650 mm (28'-5") 2,500mm (8'-2")
} } ) ' m ' r m r ) ' ' 9 A 2 - ) ' - A ' 9 " 9 ) " ( 2 ( 6 ' ' 0 m m 8 1 ( m ( m 0 0 M 6 M 0 0 9 , 0 8 . 6 . 2 1 . 2 2 3 { {
) " 8 ' 9 ( m m 0 5 m 9 ) , " m 2 5 0 ' 3 3 ( 0 , 1
) " m 9 . m 8 0 8 1 ( 4
(23.6")
4,080mm (13'-5") Dimensions do not include height of grouser grouser
) m " 4 . m 7 0 3 ( 5 9
600mm
2,590mm (8'-6'')
4,540mm (14'-11'')
2,490mm (8'-2'') {500mm (19.7") Shoes} 2,690mm (8'-10'') {700mm (27.6") Shoes} 2,790mm (9'-2'') {800mm (31.5") Shoes}
SHOES
600 mm (23.6")
8 0 0 mm (31.5") Dimensions and weights are with 3.10 m (10’-2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket and 5.20 m (16’-1”) boom.
MODEL SK160LC-VI
16,700 (36,800)
17,300 (38,140)
FIGURE 4.2A ED190-VI Blade Runner 9475 mm (31'-1") 8650 mm (28'-5") 2500mm (8'-2")
} } ) m ) m ' ' r ' r 0 A ' 6 - ) A ' ' ) 0 " 9 1 2 ( " 6 ( ' ' 0 m 8 m 1 ( ( m m 0 0 M 9 M 5 0 8 0 0 1 2 6 . 3 . 2 3 { {
9
) " 0 ' 0 1 (
) " 8 . 9 3 ( m m 1 1 U 0 1
3846mm (12'-7")
U: 798 mm (31+3/8") D: 470 (18+1/2")
5185mm (17'-0'')
600 mm (23.6")
8 0 0 mm (31.5")
19,820 (43,704)
20,588 (45,294)
(23.6")
600mm
566mm (22.3") 2,590mm (8'-6'')
Dimensions and weights are with 3.10 m (10’-2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket and 5.20 m (16’-1”) boom.
MODEL ED190-VI
) " m 5 . m 0 9 2 4 ( 0 1
2490mm (8'-2'') {500mm (19.7") Shoes} 2690mm (8'-10'') {700mm (27.6") Shoes} 2790mm (9'-2'') {800mm (31.5") Shoes}
Dimensions do not include height of grouser
SHOES
D
m m 0 5 0 3
FIGURE 4.2B
9-2
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION 2. Loading the Machine
WARNING NEVER ATTEMPT ATTEMPT TO LOAD OR UNLOAD MACHINE WITHOUT RAMPS. a. Apply parking brakes on tractor and trailer and chock trailer wheels before attempting to load or unload machine. b. Lower ramps of trailer. c. Place travel speed select switch on travel leve leverr in in 1st 1st ( ) spe speed ed posi positi tion on and and mov move e throttle control to the “LOW” idle position. See Figure 4.3A.
Place the throttle control in low idle 105ED190nLowIdle
R/F
CAUTION
MODE
DEF
Do not fold the blade wings on the ED190, before loading, to avoid contact between the blade wings and the counterweight. counterweight. Unfold balde wings and lock them in position before unloading machine.
FAN TEMP
d. Raise the attachments and slowly travel machine up trailer ramps and over rear axles of trailer, see Fig. 4.3B.
MAKE SURE TO ACTIVA ACTIVATE TE SLOW TRAVEL FIGURE 4.3A
WARNING TO PREVENT THE ARM AND BUCKET CYLINDER (S) FROM ANY DAMAGE, YOU ARE ADVISED TO FOLLOW THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT HAVE THE ARM AND/OR BUCKET CYLINDER FULLY EXTENDED TO A “RAMP OVER CENTER” SITUATION. THIS ALLOWS SUDDEN AND ABRUPT CONTACT OF THE ARM OR BUCKET TO A TRAILER DECK, RAMP OR THE G ROUND. THIS CAN RESULT IN INTERNAL MECHANICAL CONTACT, WHICH
15º or less
CAN STRETCH THE CYLINDER ROD(S).
WA AR R N W N II N NG G
e. Slowly travel machine completely onto trailer until in proper transport position.
DO NOT TRY TO LOAD MACHIN E WITHOUT ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT ON THIS TYPE OF TRAILER. MACHINE COULD TIP OVER. THIS ILLUSTRATION IS FOR DEMONSTRATION ONLY.
Follow steps f ~ i for ED190(LC)-VI: f. Place a wood blocks below the blade, equally separated (about one meter (3 ft)) from the center of the blade, and slowly lower the blade onto the wood blocks. See Fig. 4.3C as reference.
FIGURE 4.3B
WARNING
9
MAKE SURE TO PLACE THE SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN THE LOCKED (UP) POSITION BEFORE LEAVING THE CAB
CAUTION DO NOT LOAD/UNLOAD THE ED190LC-VI WITH THE DOZER BLADE WINGS IN THE TRANSPORT POSITION (FOLDED IN). LOAD AND UNLOAD UNLOAD THE MACHINE WITH THE THE WINGS UNFOLDED AND LOCKED IN THE DOZING POSITION TO AVOID CONTACT BETWEEN THE BLADE WINGS AND THE COUNTERWEIGHT.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
FIGURE 4.3C
9-3
TRANSPORTATION g. Shut off the engine and remove all three pins A, B, and C from blade wings, see Fig. Fig. 4.4A, and 4.4B as reference.
!
h. Proceed to fold and lock the blade wings, as shown in Fig. 4.4C. Make sure to place pins A, B, and C into the holes holes as indicated in the figure.
WARNING
WA WARNING
and denly and e sud sudd move e may mov achine Machin if jury if onal nal in jury perso rious pers serious cau cause se tally iden tal accide is ac ver is trol le ve con tro a con ver ty le ve e sa safe ty re the sure th ed. Be su che tou touch cked ked loc he lo in the and in t ged an engag disenga is dis cab the cab xitin iting the ex fore e ition before positio
MAKE SURE TO LOCK THE BLADE WINGS WITH PIN B ON BLADE LOWER BRACKETS AS SHWON IN FIG. 5.4C
A
C
SHUT OFF THE ENGINE AND REMOVE THE KEY
B
SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN LOCKED (UP) POSITION
LOCK WINGS WITH PIN B ON LOWER BRACKETS
FIGURE 4.4C i. Start the engine, lower the safety lever to activate all hydraulic functions, raise the blade and remove the wood blocks. Make sure to lift the safety lever before leaving the cab. j. With blade wings folded and blade lowered, slowly swing machine 180 until attachment is toward rear of trailer. k. Slowly lower boom until attachment rests on trailer bed.
SK32004152
WARNI NG
°
MAKE SURE TO PLACE THE SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN THE LOCKED (UP) POSITION BEFORE LEAVING THE CAB
FIGURE 4.4A
15º or less
A FIGURE 4.4D
9
l. Place safety lock lever in the up “LOCKED” position. m. Turn machine “OFF”, remove key and lock all doors, filler caps and access panels.
B
C
CAUTION
REMOVE PINS A, B, and C
Place a cover over the exhaust pipe of the machine and secure to avoid water entering the engine, and possible turbo damage.
FIGURE 4.4B
9-4
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION 3. Securing Securing Machine Machine to to Traile Trailer r a. Use cable or wire rope with sufficient capacity to secure front and rear of the machine to trailer. See Figure 4.5A. Chock the tracks, use the lower frame front and rear brackets to secure machine mach ine to trailer. Also, make sure to secure front and rear of each track. b. Securely fasten all loose parts, as well as removed parts to trailer or transporting platform.
FRONT
BACK
A B A
B
(Between crawler frame (Between front edge of tip edge & center of first vertical rear plate & center of last two two rollers) rollers)
SK160LC-VI
795 mm (31.3”) 879 mm (34.6”)
ED190-VI SECURE FRONT & REAR OF EACH TRACK
300 mm (11.8”) 266.5 mm (10.5”)
FIGURE 4.5B
WARNING Place a hardwood or steel block between cables and crawler frame to prevent damage to the tracks from cables during lifting. See Figure 4.5C.
SECURE ATTACHMENT
SK32004153
FIGURE 4.5A B. LIFTING MACHINE The following procedures are for lifting the machine, as built by KOBELCO. These procedure do not take into account modifications made to the machine that affect machine weight or center of gravity. gravity.
BLOCK FIGURE 4.5C
WARNING
1. Lifting Machine With Attachment Installed a. Locate a. Locate lifting locations at the front and rear of each crawler frame. See Figure 4.5B. b. Attach b. Attach cables or wire rope with a capacity rating sufficient to lift the machine, at lifting locations. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
ALWAYS USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. USE OF IMPROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT COULD ALLOW THE LOAD TO SHIFT OR FALL CAUSING SEVERE DAMAGE, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
9-5
9
TRANSPORTATION c. Bring c. Bring loose ends of cables together at machine center of gravity and attach to an overhead lifting device with a rated lifting capacity sufficient to lift the machine. See Figures 4.6A, and 4.6B.
NOTE It may be necessary to place reinforced spreader bars between lifting cables to prevent damage to the machine during lifting. See Figure 4.6A, and 4.6B.
TOOLS NEEDED {SK160LC with 3.1m Arm/600mm Shoes}: ITEM SIZE CABLE A ................ ................ Diam: 33.5 mm X Length: 14.9 m CABLE B ................ ................ Diam: 33.5 mm X Length: 14.7 m SPREADER BARS C Length: 4.0 m
WEIGHT : 16,700 kg (36,800 lbs) ARM : 3.1 M (10'-2") SHOE : 600 mm (23.6") MODEL : SK160LC-VI
QTY 1 1 2 A
B
m m 0 0 0 , 2
) ( 1 0
( 1 1 )
) " 7 ' 6 (
CENTER OF GRAVITY
C
( 4 45 ) 4 5 ) 5 ( 4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
51 mm (2")
675 mm (26.6")
WARNING
640 mm (25.2")
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
EACH CABLE AND FRAME
TOOLS NEEDED {SK160LC with 3.1m Arm/800mm Shoes}: ITEM SIZE QTY CABLE A ................ ................ Diam: 35.5 mm X Length: 15.2 m 1 CABLE B ................ ................ Diam: 35.5 mm X Length: 15.2 m 1 SPREADER BARS C Length: 4.5 m 2
FIGURE 4.6A
WEIGHT : 17,300 kg (38,140 lbs) ARM : 3.1 M (10'-2") SHOE : 800 mm (31.5") MODEL : SK160LC-VI
A
B
( 1 1 )
) " 7 ' 6 ( m m 0 0 0 , 2
) ( 1 0
CENTER OF GRAVITY
C
( 4 4 8 8 ) ( 4 8 ) 4,500 mm (14'-9")
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
9 WARNING DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
675 mm (26.6")
48 mm (2")
640 mm (25.2")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
9-6
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
FIGURE 4.6B
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION 2. Lifting Machine Without Attachment Pass the cables through the lifting points on the crawlers as indicated in page 4-5 and bring loose ends of cables together at machine center of gravity and attach to an overhead lifting device with a rated lifting capacity sufficient to lift the machine. machine. See Figures 4.7A, 4.7A, 4.7B, and 4.8A (next page) for better reference. TOOLS NEEDED {SK160LC/600mm Shoes/no attachments}: ITEM SIZE CABLE A ................ ................ Diam: 33.5 mm X Length: 15.0 m CABLE B ................ ................ Diam: 33.5 mm X Length: 14.6 m CABLE D ................ ................ Diam: 33.5 mm X Length: 13.5 m SPREADER BARS C Length: 4.0 m
QTY 1 1 1 3
WARNING DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
A
) " 7 ' 6 (
B
( 1 8 )
CENTER OF GRAVITY
( 3 )
m m 0 0 0 , 2
D
C
( 4 45 ) ( 4 5 ) 5 4,000 mm (13'-1")
) ( 1 9
WEIGHT : 13,700 kg (30,203 lbs) SHOE : 600 mm (23.6") MODEL : SK160LC-VI 310 mm (12.2") 715 mm (28.1") 640 mm (25.2")
675 mm (26.6")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
FIGURE 4.7A
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
TOOLS NEEDED {SK160LC/800mm Shoes/no attachments}: ITEM SIZE CABLE A ................ ................ Diam: 35.5 mm X Length: 15.5 m CABLE B ................ ................ Diam: 35.5 mm X Length: 15.1 m CABLE D ................ ................ Diam: 35.5 mm X Length: 14.0 m SPREADER BARS C Length: 4.5 m
WARNING
QTY 1 1 1 3
DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
A
CENTER OF GRAVITY
) " 7 ' 6 ( m m 0 0 0 , 2
B
( 1 8 )
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
( 3 )
D
C
( 4 4 8 8 ) ( 4 8 ) 4,500 mm (14'-9")
) ( 1 9
WEIGHT : 14,400 kg (31,747 lbs) SHOE : 800 mm (31.5") MODEL : SK160LC-VI 310 mm (12.2")
675 mm (26.6")
FIGURE 4.7B
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
715 mm (28.1") 640 mm (25.2")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
9-7
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
9
TRANSPORTATION WARNING
CAUTION
DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
USE CABLES WITH DIAMETER OF 41.5 MM (1.63”) AND REINFORCED SPREADER BARS
WEIGHT: 17,182 Kg. (37,800 lbs) SHOE: 600 mm MODEL: ED190-VI (Blade Runner)
48º
48º
B: B: 4,500 4,500 mm (14’ - 9”)
879 mm (34.5”)
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
266.5 mm (10.5”)
PLACE A BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
B
CAUTION IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO LIFT THE ED190 WITH THE FRONT ATTACHMENT INSTALLED. THE ADDITIONAL WEIGHT OF THE DOZER BLADE MAKES THE MACHINE UNSTABLE DURING LIFTING DURING LIFITNG WITH THE FRONT ATTACHMENTS INSTALLED. INSTALLED.
9
FIGURE 4.8A
9-8
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION C. ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT SHIPPING DIMENSIONS The SK160LC-VI and ED190 Blade Runner, as manufactured manufacture d by KOBELCO, are shipped with standard attachments: C1- Standard C1- Standard Boom - 5.20 m (16’-1”) C2- Standard C2- Standard Arm - 3.10 m (10’-2”) C3- Bucket C3- Bucket - 0.52 m 3 (0.68 yard3)
H
L FIGURE 4.9C 4. Bucket - Figure 4.9D Standard bucket is 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) A – Length is 1.30 m (4’-3”) B – Height is 1.16 m (3’-10”) C – Width without side cutters is 0.854 m (33.7”) D – Width with side cutters– 0.954 m (37.6”) E – Bucket weight is is 370 kg (816 lbs)
CAUTION ALLOWANCES MUST BE CONSIDERED FOR ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENTS SUCH AS: THUMBS, COUPLERS, OVER SIZED BUCKETS, ETC.
1. Boom With Arm Cylinder - Figure 4.9A Boom mm (ft-in)
5650 (18' - 6")
LXHXW mm (ft-in)
5380 X 1400 X 620 (17' 8" X 4' 7" X 2' 0")
Weight w/Arm Cylinder Kg (lbs)
1325 (2921)
B
A C D
H
SK32005005
FIGURE 4.9D L FIGURE 4.9A
5. ED190-VI Blade - Figure 4.9E
2. Arm With Bucket Cylinder - Figure 4.9B SHIPPING ASSEMBLY Arm LxHxW mm (ft-in) Weight w/Bucket Cyl. Kg (lbs)
2600 mm (8' 6")
3100 mm (10' 2")
3520 x 735 x 300 (11' 7"x2' 5"x11.8")
3820 x 735 x 300 (12' 6"x2' 5"x11.8")
770 (1700)
833 (1836)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT 3550 Lbs (1613.64 Kg)
101" 2565.4mm
H
40.813" 1036.65 mm
L
102" 2590.8 mm
FIGURE 4.9B
9
3. Arm With Bucket Cylinder and Bucket - Figure 4.9C Combination LxHxW mm (ft-in) Weight Kg (lbs)
Arm 2.6 m (8' 6") Bucket 0.63 m3 (0.82 yrd3)
Arm 3.1 m (10' 2") Bucket 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3)
4790 x 830 x 1080 (15' 9"x2' 9"x3' 7")
5250 x 830 x 950 (17' 3"x2' 9"x3' 1)
1210 (2670)
1230 (2710)
1037 mm (3' 5")
2494 mm (8' 2") 2564 mm (8' 5")
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
FIGURE 4.9E
9-9
TRANSPORTATION II. SK210LC/SK250LC-6E SK210LC/SK250LC-6E A. GROUND TRANSPORTATION TRANSPORTATION 1. Machine Preparation a. Know the total weight, length, width and height of the machine being transported. See Figure 4.10A and 4.10B. b. Know route to be traveled. Investigate bridges, overpasses, height of road signs on route.
c. Obtain any permits required from proper government agencies for machine transportation. d. Use only a trailer with a rated capacity sufficient to transport the machine. e. Make certain trailer has ramps or a ramp is available for loading and unloading the machine. 2,290 mm (7'-6") [2,440 mm (8'-0")]
9,440 mm (31'-0")
) " 1 ' " 0 ) 1 ( 4 ' m 2 1 m ( 0 m 7 m 0 , 3 0 7 7 , 3
) " 9 . 5 ( m m 0 5 1
) m " m 4 0 ' 2 0 ( 7
530 (1'9")
Dimensions and weights are with 2.94 m (9’-8”) arm, 0.81 m 3 (1.06 yrd3) bucket and 5.65 m (18’-6”) boom. Note: This illustration is for demonstration purposes only. Always, make sure to check actual dimensions after machine is loaded on trailer.
SHOES
600 mm (23.6")
700 mm (27.6")
800 mm (31.5")
900 mm (35.4")
20,400 (45,000)
20,900 (46,100)
21,200 (46,700)
21,400 (47,200)
MODEL SK210LC-6E Units: Kg (Lbs)
YQ Wor kingWt
Bucket Weight: 650 Kg (1,430 Lbs)
FIGURE 4.10A 10,100 mm (33'-2")
2,360 mm (7'-9")
) " 2 ( m m 0 5
) " 9 . 3 ( m m 0 0 1
) " 4 ' " 0 ) 1 ( 6 ' m 2 1 m ( 0 m 4 m 1 , 3 0 0 8 , 3 ) m " m 2 0 ' 6 2 ( 6
9 Dimensions and weights are with 2.98 m (9’-9”) arm, 1.04 m 3 (1.36 yrd3) bucket and 6.02 m (19’-9”) boom. Note: This illustration is for demonstration purposes only. Always, make sure to check actual dimensions after machine is loaded on trailer.
SHOES
600 mm (23.6")
800 mm (31.5")
900 mm (35.4")
24,200 (53,400)
24,700 (54,500)
25,000 (55,100)
MODEL SK250LC-6E Units: Kg (Lbs)
LL Wor kingWt
Bucket Weight: 650 Kg (1,430 lbs)
FIGURE 4.10B
9-10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION 2. Loading the Machine THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
WARNING NEVER ATTEMPT ATTEMPT TO LOAD OR UNLOAD MACHINE WITHWITH OUT RAMPS.
a. Apply parking brakes on tractor and trailer and chock trailer wheels before attempting to load or unload machine. b. Lower ramps of trailer. c. Place travel speed select switch on travel lever ver in in 1st 1st ( ) spe speed ed posi positi tion on and and mov move e throttle control to the “LO” idle position. See Figure 4.11A. d. Slowly travel machine up trailer ramps and over rear axles of trailer. e. Slowly travel machine completely onto trailer until in proper transport position. f. Slowly swing machine 180 until attachment is toward rear of trailer. g. Slowly lower boom until attachment rests on trailer bed. h. Place safety lock lever in the up “LOCKED” position. See Figure 4.11C. 4.11C. i. Turn machine “OFF”, remove key and lock all doors, filler caps and access panels.
YQ105SlowTravel
FIGURE 4.11A
°
YQ101Loadingontrailer
15º or less
YQ101Loadedontraieler
CAUTION
15º or less
Place a cover over the exhaust pipe of the machine and secure to avoid water entering the engine, and possible turbo damage.
WARNING DO NOT TRY TO LOAD MACHINE WITHOUT ATTACHMENT IN THIS TYPE OF TRAILER. MACHINE COULD TIP OVER. THIS ILLUSTRATION IS FOR DEMONSTRATION ONLY.
CAUTION
FIGURE 4.11B
YN20T01238P1
WARNING TO PREVENT ARM AND BUCKET CYLINDER DAMAGE, DO NOT HAVE THE CYLINDER RODS FULLY EXTENDED DURING LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS. THIS WILL AVOID SUDDEN AND ABRUPT CONTACT OF THE ARM OR BUCKET WITH A TRAILER DECK, RAMP OR THE GROUND; WHICH COULD RESULT IN STRETCHING THE CYLINDER ROD(S). PY20T01073P1 DO NOT CHAIN THE ATTACHMENTS WITH THE ARM AND/OR BUCKET CYLINDER ROD(S) FULLY EXTENDED. THIS WILL AVOID DAMAGE CAUSED BY ABRUPT MOVEMENTS DURING TRANSPORTATION.
Prior to transporting a long reach attachment equipped machine, the arm must be fully retracted and attachment lowered. Make sure the link between the boom and arm is properly installed to prevent damaging the arm and the arm cylinder during transportation.
9
YQ105LR4Transport
YQ105SafetyLeverUp
FIGURE 4.11C Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-11
TRANSPORTATION 3. Securing Securing Machine Machine to Trailer railer a. Use cable or wire rope with sufficient capacity to secure front and rear of the machine to trailer. trailer. See Figure 4.12A. Chock the tracks, use the lower frame front and rear brackets to secure machine mac hine to trailer. Also, make sure to secure front and rear of each track. b. Securely fasten all loose parts, as well as removed parts to trailer or transporting platform.
FRONT
BACK
YQ105CrawlerFront
A
YQ105CrawlerBack
B A
B
(Between 1st & 2nd front roller)
(Between the last two rollers)
SK210LC-6E
802 mm (31.6”)
267 mm (10.5”)
SK250LC-6E
843 mm (33.2”)
307 mm (12.1”)
SECURE FRONT AND REAR
FIGURE 4.12B
CAUTION Place a hardwood or steel block between cables and crawler frame to prevent damage to the tracks from cables during lifting. See Figure 4.12C.
SECURE ATTACHMENT
YQ105SecureMachine
FIGURE 4.12A
9
BLOCK
B. LIFTING MACHINE The following procedures are for lifting the machine, as built by KOBELCO. These procedure do not take into account modifications made to the machine that affect machine weight or center of gravity. gravity. 1. Lifting Machine With Attachment Installed a. Locate a. Locate lifting locations at the front and rear of each crawler frame. See Figure 4.12B. b. Attach b. Attach cables or wire rope with a capacity rating sufficient to lift the machine, at lifting locations.
9-12
YQ105BlockonCrawler
FIGURE 4.12C
WARNING ALWAYS USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. USE OF IMPROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT COULD ALLOW THE LOAD TO SHIFT OR FALL CAUSING SEVERE DAMAGE, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION TOOLS {SK210LC-6E}
c. Bring c. Bring loose ends of cables together at machine center of gravity and attach to an overhead lifting device with a rated lifting capacity sufficient to lift the machine. See Figure 4.13A to 4.13A.
ITEM
SIZE
CABLE A
33 33.5 X 15.2 m
1
CABLE B
33 33.5 X 15.1 m
1
SPREADER BARS C
NOTE It may be necessary to place reinforced spreader bars between lifting cables to prevent damage to the machine during lifting. See Figure 4.13A to 4.13A.
4.0 m
2
SIZE
Q’TY
TOOLS {SK250LC-6E} ITEM CABLE A
37 37.5 X 15.5 m
1
CABLE B
37 37.5 X 15.3 m
1
SPREADER BARS C
WARNING
Q’TY
B
A
DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE ( 1 3 ) CENTER OF GRAVITY
2 C
) " 7 ' 6 ( m m 0 0 0 , 2
) ( 1 2
4.0 m
( 4 4 5 5 ) ( 4 5 ) 4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
WEIGHT : 21,200 kg (46,700 lbs) ARM : 2.94 M (9'-8") SHOE : 800 mm (31.5") MODEL : SK210LC-6E
75 mm (3")
695 mm (27.4")
YQ105LiftingB98
635 mm (25")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
FIGURE 4.13A WEIGHT : 24,700 kg (54,500 lbs) ARM : 2.98M (9'-9") SHOE :800 mm (31.5") MODEL : SK250LC-6E
A
CENTER OF GRAVITY
B
) ( 1 2
( 1 5 )
) " 7 ' 6 ( m m 0 0 0 , 2
C
( 4 4 5 5 )
( 4 5 )
4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
9
YQ105LiftingB99
WARNING DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
710 mm (28")
135 mm (5.3")
675 mm (26.6")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
FIGURE 4.13B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-13
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
TRANSPORTATION 2. Lifting Machine Without Attachment Pass the cables through the lifting points on the crawlers as indicated in page 4-12 and bring loose ends of cables together at machine center of gravity and attach to an overhead lifting device with a rated lifting capacity sufficient to lift the machine. See Figures 4.14A to 4.14B 4.14B for better reference. WEIGHT : 17,600 kg (38,720 lbs) SHOE : 800 mm (31.5") MODEL : SK210LC-6E
TOOLS {SK210LC-6E} ITEM A
33 33.5 X 15.6 m
1
CABLE
B
33 33.5 X 14.9 m
1
) " 7 ' 6 (
B
4.0 m
2
C
( 4 45 ) ( 4 5 ) 5
m m 0 0 0 , 2
( 5 )
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Q’TY
CABLE
SPREADER BARS C
A ( 2 0 )
SIZE
4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 2 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 4 , 3
750 mm (29.5")
695 mm (27.4")
YQ105LiftB98noAtt
635 mm (25")
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
FIGURE 4.14A TOOLS {SK250LC-6E} ITEM
WARNI NG DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
SIZE
CABLE
A
37 37.5 X 16.0 m
1
CABLE
B
37 37.5 X 15.1 m
1
SPREADER BARS C WEIGHT : 20,800 kg (44,760 lbs) SHOE : 800 mm (31.5") MODEL : SK250LC-6E
A
CENTER OF GRAVITY
) " 7 ' 6 ( m m 0 0 0 , 2
B
( 2 2 )
( 4 )
Q’TY
4.0 m
2
C
( 4 45 ) ( 4 5 ) 5 4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 2 ' 1 1 (
9
m m 0 0 4 , 3
710 mm (28")
845 mm (33.3")
YQ105LiftB99noAtt
675 mm (26.6")
Note: Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
FIGURE 4.14B
9-14
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION C. SHIPPING DIMENSIONS 1. SK210LC-6E - Figure 4.15A a. Machine With Standard Attachments Refer to Figure 4.15A for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manu-
factured by KOBELCO, with standard attachments: a.1- Standard a.1- Standard Boom - 5.65 m (18’-6”) a.2- Standard a.2- Standard Arm - 2.94 m (9’-8”) a.3- Bucket a.3- Bucket - 0.80 m 3 (1.05 yard3)
Marked dimensions do not include height of grouser
Unit : mm (ft-in)
9,410mm (30'-10") 2,750mm (9'-0") ) ' ' 7 ' 9 ( m m 0 1 9 , 2
) " 7 ' 9 ( m m 0 3 m 9 ) , " m 2 6 0 ' 6 3 ( 0 , 1
YQ105B98dimensions
) " m 7 . m 7 0 1 5 ( 4
(31.5")
4,450mm 14'-7''
800mm
4,960mm (16'-3'') 4,820mm (15'-10'')
3,190mm (10'-6'')
FIGURE 4.15A b. Machine With Long Reach Attachments Refer to Figure 4.15B for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manufactured by KOBELCO, with long reach attachments:
b.4- Long b.4- Long Reach Boom - 8.75 m (28’-8”) b.5- Long b.5- Long Reach Arm - 6.35 m (20’-10”) b.6- Bucket b.6- Bucket - 0.45 m3 (0.59 yard3)
12.54 (41' 2")
Unit: Meter (Ft-in) 2.69 (8' 10")
2.75 (9' 0") ) " 0 ' 0 1 (
L: 935 L: 935 mm (36.8")
5 0 . 3
L
) " 7 ' 9 ( 3 9 . 2
H
O N
Machine weight With 800 mm shoes: 23,000 Kg (50,700 Lbs) With 900 mm shoes: 23,300 Kg (51,400 Lbs)
3.66 (12' 0") 4.45 (14' 7")
B98LR dimension
4.96 (16' 3")
H: 1.06 (3' 6") H: 1.06 N: 800 N: 800 mm (31.5") O: 450 O: 450 mm (17.7")
2.39 (7' 10") 3.19 (10' 6")
FIGURE 4.15B
c. Std. Boom With Arm Cylinder - Figure 4.15C Boom mm (f t-in)
5650 (18' - 6")
LXHXW mm (f t-in)
5850 X 1390 X 678 (19' 2" X 4' 7" X 2' 3")
Weight w /Ar m Cylinder Kg (lbs)
1570 (3454)
9 H
L FIGURE 4.15C
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-15
TRANSPORTATION d. Arm With Bucket Cylinder - Figure 4.16A
Arm LxHxW mm (ft-in) Weight w/Bucket Cyl. Kg (lbs)
2400 mm (7' 10")
2940 mm (9' 8")
3330 mm (10' 10")
3380 x 828 x 348 (11' 1"x2' 7"x1' 2")
3901 x 821 x 348 (12' 10"x2' 8"x1' 2")
4310 x 821 x 348 (14' 2"x2' 8"x1' 2")
880 (1936)
980 (2156)
1050 (2310)
H
L FIGURE 4.16A
e. Arm With Bucket Cylinder and Bucket - Figure 4.16B
Combination LxHxW mm (ft-in) Weight Kg (lbs)
Arm 2.4 m (7' 10") Bucket 0.93 m3 (1.22 yrd3)
Arm 2.94 m (9' 8") Bucket 0.81 m3 (1.06 yrd3)
Arm 3.3 m (10' 10") Bucket 0.70 m3 (0.92 yrd3)
4733 x 890 x 1330 (15' 7"x2' 11"x4' 4")
5254 x 890 x 1160 (17' 3"x2' 11"x3'10")
5663 x 890 x 1080 (18' 6"x2' 11"x3' 7")
1520 (3344)
1620 (3570)
1650 (3640)
H
L FIGURE 4.16B
9
f. Bucket - Figure 4.16C Standard bucket is 0.81 m3 (1.06 yard3) A - Length is 1,370 mm (4’-6”) B - Height - Height is 1,260 mm (4’-2”) C - Width - Width without side cutters is 1,050 mm (3’-5”) D - Width with side cutters is 1,160 mm (3’-10”) E - Bucket - Bucket weight is 650 kg (1,430 lbs)
B
A C D SK32005005
FIGURE 4.16C
9-16
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION 2. SK250LC-6E - Figure 4.17A & 4.17B a. Machine With Standard Attachments Refer to Figure 4.17A for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manufactured by KOBELCO, with standard attachments:
a.1- Standard a.1- Standard Boom - 6.02 m (19’-9”) a.2- Standard a.2- Standard Arm - 2.98 m (9’-9”) a.3- Bucket a.3- Bucket - 1.00 m 3 (1.31 yard3)
Unit : mm (ft-in)
Marked dimensions do not not includ includ height of grouser grouser 10,080mm (33'-1") 2,980mm (9'-9") ) ' ' 0 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 5 0 , 3
) " 7 ' 9 ( m m 0 2 9 , 2
) m " m 5 - 0 ' 4 3 ( 0 , 1
(31.5") 800mm
4,660mm (15'-3'')
YQ105B99dimensions
) " m 7 . m 7 0 5 1 ( 4
5,270mm (17'-3'')
3,390mm (11'-1'')
FIGURE 4.17A
b. Machine With Long Reach Attachments Refer to Figure 4.17B for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manufactured by KOBELCO, with long reach attachments:
b.1- Long b.1- Long Reach Boom - 10.35 m (33’-11”) (33’-11”) b.2- Long b.2- Long Reach Arm - 8.25 m (27’-1”) b.3- Bucket b.3- Bucket - 0.40 m3 (0.52 yard3)
14.38 (47' 2")
Unit: Meter (Ft-in) 2.71 (8' 11")
2.98 (9' 9")
) " 7 ' 9 (
L: 980 mm (38.6")
4 9 . 2
L
) " 7 ' 9 ( 2 9 . 2
H
O N
Machine weight With 800 mm shoes: 27,200 Kg (59,966 Lbs) With 900 mm shoes: 27,500 Kg (60,227 Lbs)
3.85 (12' 8") 4.66 (15' 3")
B99LR dimension
5.27 (17' 3")
H: 1.04 (3' 5") N: 800 mm (31.5") O: 450 mm (17.7")
2.59 (8' 6") 3.39 (11' 1")
FIGURE 4.17B
c. Std. Boom With Arm Cylinder - Figure 4.17C Boom mm (f t-in)
9
6020 (19' - 9")
LXHXW mm (f t-in)
6234 X 1515 X 760 (20' 5" X 5' 0" X 2' 6")
Weight w /Ar m Cylinder Kg (lbs)
1970 (4334)
H
L FIGURE 4.17C
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-17
TRANSPORTATION d. Arm With Bucket Cylinder - Figure 4.18A Ar m LxH xW mm (f t-in) W ei ght w /Bucket Cyl. Kg (lbs)
2500 mm (8' 2")
2980 mm (9' 9")
3660 mm (12' 0")
3590 x 901 x 352 (11' 9"x3' 0"x1' 2")
4048 x 896 x 352 (13' 3"x2' 11"x1' 2")
4800 x 896 x 352 (15' 9"x2' 11"x1' 2")
1060 (2340)
1110 (2450)
1270 (2800)
H
L FIGURE 4.18A e. Arm With Bucket Cylinder and Bucket - Figure 4.18B Combination LxHxW mm (f t-in) Weight Kg (lbs)
Ar m 2.50 m (8' 2") Bucket 1.20 m3 (1.57 yr d3)
Ar m 2.98 m (9' 9") Bucket 1.00 m3 (1.31 yr d3)
Ar m 3.66 m (12' 0") Bucket 0.81 m3 (1.06 yr d3)
4733 x 890 x 1440 (15' 7"x2' 11"x4' 9")
5254 x 890 x 1160 (17' 3"x2' 11"x3'10")
5663 x 890 x 1060 (18' 6"x2' 11"x3' 6")
1940 (4280)
1940 (4280)
2010 (4400)
H
L FIGURE 4.18B
9
f. Bucket - Figure 4.18C Standard bucket is 1.04 m3 (1.36 yard3) A - Length is 1,470 mm (4’-10”) B - Height - Height is 1,340 mm (4’-5”) C - Width - Width without side cutters is 1,180 mm (3’-10”) D - Width with side cutters is 1,280 mm (4’-2”) E - Bucket - Bucket weight is 780 kg (1,720 lbs)
B
A C D SK32005005
FIGURE 4.18C
9-18
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION III. SK290LC/SK330LC-6E SK290LC/SK330LC-6E A. GROUND TRANSPORTATION TRANSPORTATION 1. Machine Preparation a. Know the total weight, length, width and height of the machine being transported. See Figure 4.19A and 4.19B. b. Know route to be traveled. Investigate bridges, overpasses, height of road signs on route.
c. Obtain any permits required from proper government agencies for machine transportation. d. Use only a trailer with a rated capacity sufficient to transport the machine. e. Make certain trailer has ramps or a ramp is available for loading and unloading the machine.
Marked dimensions do not not include include height height of grouser 10,330mm (33'-11") 3,070mm (10'-1") ) ' ' 7 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 2 2 , 3
) " 3 ' 0 1 (
) " m 1 m 1 - 0 ' 9 3 , ( 1 1
m m 0 2 1 , 3
) " m 7 . m 9 0 0 1 ( 5
(31.5") 800mm
4,870mm (16' 0") 5,460mm (17'-11'')
B100KAIstdDimensions
SHOES
Dimensions and weights are with 3.2 m (10’-6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket and 6.20 m (20’-4”) boom. Note: This illustration is for demonstration purposes only. Always, make sure to check actual dimensions after machine is loaded on trailer.
3,400mm (11'-2'')-(800 mm)
600 mm (23.6")
800 mm (31.5")
900 mm (35.4")
29,300 (64,600)
30,000 (66,100)
30,400 (67,000)
MODEL SK290LC-6E Units: Kg (Lbs)
LB Wor kingWt
Bucket Weight: 954 Kg (2,100 Lbs)
FIGURE 4.19A Marked dimensions do not include height of grouser 11,200mm (36'-9") 3,500mm (11'-6") ) ' ' 0 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 6 3 , 3
) " m 1 m 1 - 0 ' 0 3 , ( 2 1
) " 3 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 2 1 , 3
) m " 7 . m 0 9 0 1 ( 5
(31.5") 800mm
4,960mm (16' 4") 5,990mm (19'-8'')
3,400mm (11'-2'')-(800 mm)
B100KAIstdDimensions.ep
Dimensions and weights are with 3.30 m (10’-10”) arm, 1.40 m3 (1.83 yrd3) bucket and 6.50 m (21’-4”) boom. Note: This illustration is for demonstration purposes only. Always, make sure to check actual dimensions after machine is loaded on trailer.
SHOES
800 mm (31.5")
900 mm (35.4")
34,100 (75,200)
35,300 (77,800)
35,700 (78,700)
MODEL SK330LC-6E Units: Kg (Lbs) Bucket Weight: 1,040 Kg (2,290 lbs)
FIGURE 4.19B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
600 mm (23.6")
9-19
LL Wor kingWt
9
TRANSPORTATION 2. Loading the Machine THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
WARNING NEVER ATTEMPT ATTEMPT TO LOAD OR UNLOAD MACHINE WITHWITH OUT RAMPS.
a. Apply parking brakes on tractor and trailer and chock trailer wheels before attempting to load or unload machine. b. Lower ramps of trailer. c. Place travel speed select switch on travel lever ver in in 1st 1st ( ) spe speed ed posi positi tion on and and mov move e throttle control to the “LO” idle position. See Figure 4.20A. d. Slowly travel machine up trailer ramps and over rear axles of trailer. e. Slowly travel machine completely onto trailer until in proper transport position. f. Slowly swing machine 180 until attachment is toward rear of trailer. g. Slowly lower boom until attachment rests on trailer bed. h. Place safety lock lever in the up “LOCKED” position. See Figure 4.20C. i. Turn machine “OFF”, remove key and lock all doors, filler caps and access panels.
YQ105SlowTravel
FIGURE 4.20A
°
YQ101Loadingontrailer
15º or less
YQ101Loadedontraieler
CAUTION Place a cover over the exhaust pipe of the machine and secure to avoid water entering the engine, and possible turbo damage.
15º or less
WARNING DO NOT TRY TO LOAD MACHINE WITHOUT ATTACHMENT IN THIS TYPE OF TRAILER. MACHINE COULD TIP OVER. THIS ILLUSTRATION IS FOR DEMONSTRATION ONLY.
CAUTION
FIGURE 4.20B
YN20T01238P1
WARNING
9
TO PREVENT ARM AND BUCKET CYLINDER DAMAGE, DO NOT HAVE THE CYLINDER RODS FULLY EXTENDED DURING LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS. THIS WILL AVOID SUDDEN AND ABRUPT CONTACT OF THE ARM OR BUCKET WITH A TRAILER DECK, RAMP OR THE GROUND; WHICH COULD RESULT IN STRETCHING THE CYLINDER ROD(S). PY20T01073P1 DO NOT CHAIN THE ATTACHMENTS WITH THE ARM AND/OR BUCKET CYLINDER ROD(S) FULLY EXTENDED. THIS WILL AVOID DAMAGE CAUSED BY ABRUPT MOVEMENTS DURING TRANSPORTATION.
Prior to transporting a long reach attachment equipped machine, the arm must be fully retracted and attachment lowered. Make sure the link between the boom and arm is properly installed to prevent damaging the arm and the arm cylinder during transportation.
YQ105LR4Transport
YQ105SafetyLeverUp
FIGURE 4.20C
9-20
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION 3. Loading the Machine on a Detachable Trailer a. Apply parking brakes on tractor and trailer and chock trailer wheels before attempting to load or unload machine. b. Set up and detach trailer from hitch mechanism according to the trailer manufacturer’s instructions. c. Adjust width of trailer for wide loads by means of the trailer outriggers and additional planking to support the machine. See Fig. 4.21A. d. Place wooden blocks in front of the loading area of the trailer to allow smooth travel of the machine onto the trailer. See Fig. 4.21B.
PLACE WOODEN BLOCKS IN FRONT OF TRAILER FOR SMOOTHER TRAVEL ONTO TRAILER
Trailer
FIGURE 4.21B
THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER
WARNI NG MAKE CERTAIN THE CENTER OF EACH TRACK OF MACHINE IS SUPPORTED BY THE OUT-RIGGERS AND ADDITIONAL PLANKING USED FOR WIDE LOADS. SEE FIGURE 4.21D. e. Place travel speed select switch on travel lever ver in in 1st 1st ( ) spe speed ed posi positi tion on and and mov move e throttle control to the “LO” idle position. See Figure 4.21C. f. Slowly travel machine completely onto trailer until in proper transport position. g. Place safety lock lever in the up “LOCKED” position. See Figure 4.21E. h. Turn machine “OFF”, remove key and lock all doors, filler caps and access panels.
YQ105SlowTravel
FIGURE 4.21C
CAUTION Place a cover over the exhaust pipe of the machine and secure to avoid water entering the engine, and possible turbo damage.
USE ADITIONAL PLANKING Trackontrailer
FIGURE 4.21D
9
OUTRIGGERS Trailerextensions1
FIGURE 4.21A
YQ105SafetyLeverUp
FIGURE 4.21E
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-21
TRANSPORTATION 4. Securing Securing Machine Machine to Trailer railer a. Use cable or wire rope with sufficient capacity to secure front and rear of the machine to trailer. trailer. See Figure 4.22A. Chock the tracks, use the lower frame front and rear brackets to secure machine mac hine to trailer. Also, make sure to secure front and rear of each track. b. Securely fasten all loose parts, as well as removed parts to trailer or transporting platform.
FRONT
BACK
YQ105CrawlerFront
A
YQ105CrawlerBack
B A
B
(Between 1st & 2nd front roller)
(Between the last two rollers)
SK290LC-VI
873 mm (34.4”)
290 mm (11.4”)
SK330LC-VI
960 mm (37.8”)
310 mm (12.2”)
SECURE FRONT AND REAR
FIGURE 4.22B
CAUTION Place a hardwood or steel block between cables and crawler frame to prevent damage to the tracks from cables during lifting. See Figure 4.22C.
SECURE ATTACHMENT
YQ105SecureMachine
FIGURE 4.22A
9
BLOCK
B. LIFTING MACHINE The following procedures are for lifting the machine, as built by KOBELCO. These procedure do not take into account modifications made to the machine that affect machine weight or center of gravity. gravity. 1. Lifting Machine With Attachment Installed a. Locate a. Locate lifting locations at the front and rear of each crawler frame. See Figure 4.22B. b. Attach b. Attach cables or wire rope with a capacity rating sufficient to lift the machine, at lifting locations.
9-22
YQ105BlockonCrawler
FIGURE 4.22C
DANGER ALWAYS USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. USE OF IMPROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT COULD ALLOW THE LOAD TO SHIFT OR FALL CAUSING SEVERE DAMAGE, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION TOOLS {SK290LC/SK330LC-6E {SK290LC/SK330LC-6E}}
c. Bring c. Bring loose ends of cables together at machine center of gravity and attach to an overhead lifting device with a rated lifting capacity sufficient to lift the machine. See Figure 4.23A.
ITEM
CENTER OF GRAVITY
45 45.0 X 15.7 m
1
CABLE B
45 45.0 X 15.6 m
1
4.0 m
2
CAUTION Lifting machine with wider track shoes will tend to shift the Center of Gravity slightly forward, toward the center of the slewing ring.
A
DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE
Q’TY
CABLE A
SPREADER BARS C
NOTE It may be necessary to place reinforced spreader bars between lifting cables to prevent damage to the machine during lifting.
WARNING
SIZE
) " 7 ' 6 (
B
( 1 5 ° )
C
( 4 45 ° 5 ° )
m m 0 0 0 , 2
) ° ) ( 1 1
( 4 5 ° )
4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 0 1 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 0 6 , 3
MODEL : SK330LC-6E WEIGHT : 35,300 kg (77,800 lbs) ARM : 3.3 M (10'-10") SHOE : 800 mm (31.5")
780 mm (30.7")
205 mm (8.1")
MODEL : SK290LC-6E WEIGHT : 33,000 kg (66,100 lbs) ARM : 3.2 M (10'-6") SHOE : 800 mm (31.5") LiftingB100B101
755 mm (29.7")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
FIGURE 4.23A 2. Lifting Machine Without Attachment Pass the cables through the lifting points on the crawlers as indicated in page 4-22 and bring loose ends of cables together at machine center of gravity and attach to an overhead lifting device with a rated lifting capacity sufficient to lift the machine. machine. See Figures 4.23B for better reference. A
WARNING DO NOT USE THE COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING EYES TO LIFT MACHINE CENTER OF GRAVITY
( 2 3 ° )
TOOLS {SK290LC/SK330LC-6E} ITEM
SIZE
Q’TY
CABLE A
33 33.5 X 15.4 m
1
CABLE B
33 33.5 X 14.7 m
1
SPREADER BARS C B
2
C
) " 7 ' 6 (
( 4 45 ° 5 ° ) ( 4 5 ° )
m m 0 0 0 , 2
) ( 3 ° )
4.0 m
4,000 mm (13'-1")
) " 0 1 ' 1 1 (
9
m m 0 0 6 , 3
780 mm (30.7")
1085 mm (42.7")
755 mm (29.7")
PLACE BLOCK BETWEEN EACH CABLE AND FRAME
MODEL WEIGHT SHOE
LiftingUnitnoAtt
FIGURE 4.23B Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SK330LC-6E SK290LC-6E 29,166 kg (64.165 lbs) 24,030 kg (52,866 lbs) 800 mm (31.5") 800 mm (31.5")
9-23
TRANSPORTATION C. SHIPPING DIMENSIONS 1. SK290LC-6E - Figure 4.24A a. Machine With Standard Attachments Refer to Figure 4.24A for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manu-
factured by KOBELCO, with standard attachments: a.1- Standard a.1- Standard Boom - 6.20 m (20’-4”) a.2- Standard a.2- Standard Arm - 3.20 m (10’-6”) a.3- Bucket a.3- Bucket - 1.20 m 3 (1.57 yard3)
Marked dimensions do not include height of grouser 10,330mm (33'-11") 3,070mm (10'-1") ) ' ' 7 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 2 2 , 3
) " 3 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 2 1 , 3
) " m 1 m 1 - 0 ' 9 3 , ( 1 1
(31.5") 800mm
4,870mm (16' 0") 5,460mm (17'-11'')
B100KAIstdDimensions
) " m 7 . m 9 0 0 1 ( 5
3,400mm (11'-2'')-(800 mm)
FIGURE 4.24A b. Machine With Long Reach {18.9M (62 Ft)} Attachments Refer to Figure 4.24B for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manufactured by KOBELCO, with {18.9M (62 Ft.)} long reach attachments:
b.4- Long b.4- Long Reach Boom - 8.75 m (28’-8”) b.5- Long b.5- Long Reach Arm - 6.35 m (20’-10”) b.6- Bucket b.6- Bucket - 0.45 m3 (0.59 yard3)
14.58 (47' 10")
Unit: Meter (Ft-in) 3.00 (9' 10")
3.07 (10' 1") ) " 2 ' 1 1 ( 0 4 . 3
L: 1.03 L: 1.03 mm (41") L
) " 3 ' 0 1 ( 2 1 . 3
H
O N
4.01 (13' 12") 4.87 (16' 0")
MACHINE WEIGHT: 33,900 Kg (74.733 Lbs.) B100LR dimension
5.46 (17' 11")
H: 1.19 (3' 11") H: 1.19 N: 800 N: 800 mm (31.5") O: 500 O: 500 mm (19.7")
2.60 (8' 6") 3.40 (11' 12")
FIGURE 4.24B
9
c. Std. Boom With Arm Cylinder - Figure 4.24C Boom mm (f t-in)
6,200 (20' 4")
LXHXW mm (f t-in)
6,485 X 1,505 X 835 (21' 3" X 4' 11" X 2' 9")
Weight w /Ar m Cylinder Kg (lbs)
2,700 (5,940 lbs)
H
L FIGURE 4.24C
9-24
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION d. Arm With Bucket Cylinder - Figure 4.25A Ar m
3200 mm (10' 6")
LxHxW mm (f t-in)
4,228 X 875 X 405 (13' 11" X 2' 11" X 1' 4")
Weight w /Bucket Cyl. Kg (lbs)
1,485 (3,267)
H
L FIGURE 4.25A
e. Arm With Bucket Bucket Cylinder and B Bucket ucket - Figure 4.25B Combination
Ar m 3.2 m (10' 6") Bucket 1.20 m3 (1.57 yr d3)
LxHxW mm (f t-in)
5,680 X 875 X1,421
Weight Kg (lbs)
2,439 (5,366)
H
L FIGURE 4.25B f. Bucket - Figure 4.25C Standard bucket is 1.20 m3 (1.57 yard3) A - Length is 1,490 mm (4’-11”) B - Height - Height is 1,340 mm (4’-5”) C - Width - Width without side cutters is 1,300 mm (4’-8”) D - Width with side cutters is 1,420 mm (4’-3”) E - Bucket - Bucket weight is 954 kg (2,100 lbs)
B
9 A C D SK32005005
FIGURE 4.25C
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-25
TRANSPORTATION 2. SK330LC-6E - Figure 4.26A a. Machine With Standard Attachments Refer to Figure 4.26A for reference in regards to the machine basic dimensions, as manufactured by KOBELCO, with standard attachments:
a.1- Standard a.1- Standard Boom - 6.50 m (21’-4”) a.2- Standard a.2- Standard Arm - 3.30 m (10’-10”) a.3- Bucket a.3- Bucket - 1.40 m 3 (1.83 yard3)
Marked dimensions do not include height of grouser 11,200mm (36'-9") 3,500mm (11'-6") ) ' ' 0 ' 1 1 ( m m 0 6 3 , 3
) " 3 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 2 1 , 3
) " m 1 m 1 - 0 ' 0 3 , ( 2 1
) m " 7 . m 0 9 0 1 ( 5
(31.5") 800mm
4,960mm (16' 4") 5,990mm (19'-8'')
3,400mm (11'-2'')-(800 mm)
B100KAIstdDimensions.ep
FIGURE 4.26A b. SK330LC-6E Mass Excavator Refer to Figure 4.26B for reference in regards to the mass excavator basic dimensions, as manufactured by KOBELCO.
b.1- Mass b.1- Mass Boom - 5.99 m (19’-8”) b.2- Mass b.2- Mass Arm - 2.20 m (7’-3”)
Marked dimensions do not include height height of grouser 10,744mm (35'-3") 3,500mm (11'-6") ) ' ' 0 ' 1 1 ( m m 5 3 , 3
) " 3 ' 0 1 ( m m 0 2 1 , 3
) " m 1 m 1 - 0 ' 0 3 , ( 2 1
4,960mm (16' 4")
) " m 7 . m 9 0 0 1 ( 5
(31.5") 800mm
5,990mm (19'-8'')
3,400mm (11'-2'')-(800 mm)
B101MassDimensions.eps
FIGURE 4.26B
9
c. Std. Boom With Arm Cylinder - Figure 5.9C Boom mm (f t-in)
6,500 (21' - 4")
LXHXW mm (f t-in)
6,750 X 1,720 X 835 (22' 2" X 5' 8" X 2' 9")
Weight w /Ar m Cylinder Kg (lbs)
3,180 (7,010)
H
L FIGURE 4.26C
9-26
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
TRANSPORTATION d. Arm With Bucket Cylinder - Figure 4.27A
Ar m
2600 mm (8' 6")
3300 mm (10' 10")
4150 mm (13' 7")
LxHxW mm (f t-in)
3,805 X 1,120 X 405 (12' 6" X 3' 8" X 1' 4")
4,495 X 1,010 X 405 (14' 9" X 3' 4" X 1' 4")
5,350 X 1,010 X 405 (17' 7" X 3' 4" X 1' 4")
Weight w /Bucket Cyl. Kg (lbs)
1,680 (3,703)
1,770 (3,900)
1,840 (4,055)
H
L FIGURE 4.27A e. Arm With Bucket Cylinder and Bucket - Figure 5.10B Combination LxHxW mm (f t-in) Weight Kg (lbs)
Ar m 2.60 m (8' 6") Bucket 1.60 m3 (2.09 yr d3)
Ar m 3.30 m (10' 10") Bucket 1.40 m3 (1.83 yr d3)
Ar m 4.15 m (13' 7") Bucket 1.20 m3 (1.57 yr d3)
5,380 X 1,130 X 1,610 (17' 8" X 3' 8" X 5' 3")
6,080 X 1,130 X 1,430 (19' 11" X 3' 8" X 4' 8")
6,940 X 1,120 X 1,240 (22' 9" X 3' 8" X 4' 1")
2,810 (6,193)
2,810 (6,193)
2,770 (6,105)
H
L FIGURE 4.27B
f. Bucket - Figure 4.27C Standard bucket is 1.40 m3 (1.83 yard3) A - Length is 1,640 mm (5’-5”) B - Height - Height is 1,460 mm (4’-9”) C - Width - Width without side cutters is 1,300 mm (4’-3”) D - Width with side cutters is 1,430 mm (4’-8”) E - Bucket - Bucket weight is 1,040 kg (1,290 lbs)
B
9 A C D SK32005005
FIGURE 4.27C
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
9-27
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of contents Page 10.1 ENGINE SPECIFICAT SPECIFICATIONS IONS ...................... ......................... ........................ ......................... ........................... 10-2 10.2 MACHINE AND COMPONENT WEIGHTS ......................... ......................... ........................ .......................... 10-3 10.3 MACHINE DIMENSIONS................... ......................... ........................ ......................... .......................... ......... 10-3 10.4 FUEL CONSUMPTION........... ......................... ......................... ......................... ......................... .................... 10-3 10.5 WORKING RANGES. ......................... ........................ ......................... ......................... .......................... ........ 10-4 10.6 TRAVEL AND SWING PERFORMANCE... ......................... ......................... ........................ .......................... 10-4 10.7 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS ........................ ......................... ........................ ......................... ...................... 10-4 10.8 SK160LC/ED190 TECHNICAL SPECIFICAT SPECIFICATIONS... IONS... ........................ ......................... ......................... ............ 10-5 10.9 SK210LC/SK250LC-6E TECHNICAL SPECIFICA SPECIFICATIONS TIONS ........................ ......................... ......................... .... 10-7 10.10 SK290LC/SK330 SK290LC/SK330LC-E LC-E TECHNICAL SPECIFICAT SPECIFICATIONS IONS ....................... ......................... ......................... .... 10-9 10.11 SK160LC/ED190 LUBRICAT LUBRICATION ION AND MAINTENANCE........... ......................... ......................... .............. 10-11 10.12 SK210LC/SK250 SK210LC/SK250LC-6E LC-6E LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ...................... ........................ .................. 10-12 10.13 SK290LC/SK330 SK290LC/SK330LC-6E LC-6E LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ...................... ........................ .................. 10.13 10.14 SK160LC/ED190 LIFTING CAPACITIES.................. ........................ ......................... .......................... ...... 10-14 10.15 SK210LC LIFTING CAPACITIES.................. ........................ ......................... ......................... .................... 10-27 10.16 SK250LC LIFTING CAPACITIES.................. ......................... ........................ ......................... .................... 10-32 10.17 SK290LC LIFTING CAPACITIES.................. ........................ ......................... ......................... .................... 10-39 10-18 SK330LC LIFTING CAPACITIES.......................... ......................... ........................ ........................... .......... 10-43 10.19 TORQUE TORQUE SPECIFICA SPECIFICATIONS TIONS ........................ ......................... ......................... ........................ ..................... 10-51 10-20 MISCELLANEOUS MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION........................... ........................ ......................... .......................... ...... 10-56
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE ATTEMPTING ATTEMPTING ANY OPERATION, INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE OF THIS MACHINE, ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT OR SYSTEMS. KOBELCO CANNOT ANTICIPATE EVERY POSSIBLE CIRCUMSTANCE THAT MIGHT INVOLVE A POTENTIAL HAZARD. THE WARNINGS IN THIS PUBLICAT PUBLICATION ION AND ON THE PRODUCT ARE THEREFORE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE. IF A TOOL, PROCEDURE, WORK METHOD OR OPERATING TECHNIQUE NOT SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY KOBELCO IS USED, YOU MUST SATISFY YOURSELF THAT IT IS SAFE FOR YOU AND OTHERS. YOU SHOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT THE PRODUCT WILL NOT BE DAMAGED OR MADE UNSAFE BY THE OPERATION, LUBRICATION, MAINTENANCE AND/OR REPAIR PROCEDURES YOU CHOOSE.
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
10-1
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
10.1 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS SK160LC /ED190-6E
SK210LC-6E
SK250LC-6E
SK290LC-6E
SK330LC-6E
SK480(LC)-VI
6D34-TLED
6D34-TL A2A
6D16-TLEG
6D16-TL A2A
6D24-TL A2 B
Engine Manuf actur er : Mitsubishi Model: 4D34-TEG Type: No. of Cyl – . Bor e X Str oke:
Diesel - 4 cycle, water cooled, dir ect in jection and tur bochar ged.
Diesel - 4 cycle, water cooled, dir ect in jection with inter cooler & tur bochar ger .
4 X {104 mm X 115 mm (4.09" X 4.53")}
6-104 mm X 115 mm (4.09" X 4.53")
6-118 mm X 115 mm (4.65" X 4.53")
6 X 130 mm X 150 mm (5.12" X 5.91")
5.861 Liter s (358 in3)
7.545 Liter s (460 in3)
11,950 Liter s (792 in3)
Displacement: 3.91 Liter (238 in3) Compr ession r atio: 16.5:1 Output r ating: 82 KW (111 HP)/2,000 r pm
18.2:1
17.5:1
110 KW (148 HP)/2,000 r pm
131 KW (176 HP)/2,100 r pm
142 KW (193 HP)/2,100 r pm
184 KW (247 HP)/2,200 r p m
250 KW (335 HP)/2,130 r pm
Maximum tor que: 382 N-m (283 Lb-f t)/1,800 r pm
580 N-m (428 Lb-f t)/1,500 r pm
650 N-m (479 Lb-f t)/1,800 r pm
735 N-m (540 Lb-f t)/1,600 r pm
834 N-m (615 Lb-f t)/1,800 r pm
1,275 N-m (940 Lb-f t)/1,200 r pm
Fir ing or der : 1-3-4-2 (CCW) Viewed f r om f lywheel (Engine r otation)
1-5-3-6-2-4 (CCW) Viewed f r om f lywheel 17º Bef or e Top Dead Center
8º Bef or e Top Dead Center
In jection timing: 16º Bef or e Top Dead Center
14º Bef or e Top Dead Center
2º Bef or e Top Dead Center 0.4 mm (0.0157") f or intake 0.6 mm (0.236") f or exhaust
Valve ad justment (cold): 0.4 mm (0.0157") f or intake & exhaust 2.6 MPa (377 psi) @ 200 r pm at Compr ession pr essur e: engine temper atur e between 75~85 ºC (167~185 ºF) Cooling system: Lubr ication system:
2.5 MPa (362.5 psi) @ 200 r pm at engine temper atur e between 75~85 ºC (167~185 ºF)
2.7 MPa (377 psi) @ 200 r pm at engine temper atur e between 75~85 ºC (167~185 ºF)
Pr essur ized water cir culated by a centr if ugal pump. Pr essur ized oil f ed by a gear pump thr ough f ull f low spin-on f ilter .
Air cleaner : Dr y type with a saf ety element. Electr ic system: D.C. 24 V Star ting motor : 24 V — 5.0 KW
24 V — 5.5 KW
Alter nator : 24 V — 35 Amps Batter ies: 2 X 12 V (136 Amp-Hr ) Pr e-ignition: Electr ic type *Engine dr y weight: 403 Kg (888 lbs)
480 Kg (1056 lbs)
580 Kg (1280 lbs)
Suction type-6 blades. Ø600 mm (Ø24"). Dr ive pulley r atio: 1.0
Suction type-6 blades. Ø700 mm (Ø27.6"). Dr ive pulley r atio: 1.03
1,020 Kg (2,250 lbs)
Begin openning at 76.5 ºC (170ºF) Ther mostat: Fully open at 90 ºC (194ºF) Cooling f an dr ive method:
Belt suction type. 6-blade Ø545mm (21.5") Dr ive pulley r ation: 0.85
Suction type-9 blades. Ø620 mm (Ø24.4"). Dr ive pulley r atio: 1.03
Suction type-9 blades. Ø720 mm (28.3"). Dr ive pulley r atio: 0.90
(*) No f lywheel, nor electr ic system.
10
10-2
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 10.2 MACHINE AND COMPONENT WEIGHTS C O MPO N EN T Complete machine (Standard) Upper frame aseembly Upper chasis Swing motor assembly* Swing motor* Swing reduction unit* Guards and covers Lower covers
10.3 MACHINE DIMENSIONS
S K1 60 L C-6 E
E D1 90 -6E
SK 2 10 -6E
SK 2 10 L C-6E
S K2 50 L C-6E
S K 2 9 0 L C - 6E
S K 3 3 0 L C - 6E
S K 4 8 0 L C - 6E
16592 (36502)
19588 (43094)
20156 (44343)
21200 (46700)
24700 (54500)
30000 (66100)
35300 (77800)
48332 (106330)
6910 (15202)
6910 (15202)
9100 (20020)
9100 (20020)
10483 (23063)
12547 (27603)
15125 (33275)
19753 (43457)
1 405 (30 91)
1405 (3091)
170 3 (3747)
17 03 (374 7)
2000 (4 400)
2800 (6160)
3013 (6629)
4 628 (10 182)
204 (4 49)
20 4 (449)
2 15 (473)
215 (47 3)
322 (70 8)
4 94 (108 7)
4 94 (108 7)
691 (15 20)
60 (132)
6 0 (132)
6 0 (132)
95 (20 9)
95 (20 9)
171 (376)
147 (32 3)
147 (323)
15 5 (341)
1 55 (341)
262 (5 76)
399 (8 78)
399 (878)
520 (11 44)
255 (5 61)
5 7 (125)
25 5 (561)
57 (12 5)
2 99 (658)
299 (65 8)
300 (66 0)
367 (8 07)
404 (889)
41 1 (904)
42 (9 2)
4 2 (92)
42 (92)
42 (92)
42 (9 2)
43 (95)
45 (99)
89 (19 6)
L K B
E
A
129 (28 4)
129 (284)
12 9 (284)
1 29 (284)
129 (28 4)
129 (2 84)
129 (284)
129 (284)
259 (5 70)
25 9 (570)
2 59 (570)
259 (57 0)
259 (5 70)
259 (570)
259 (570)
25 9 (570)
Operator's control panel
19 (42)
19 (42)
1 9 (42)
19 (42)
19 (42)
19 (4 2)
19 (42)
19 (42)
Climatizer assembly
39 (86)
39 (86)
39 (86)
39 (86)
39 (86)
39 (8 6)
39 (86)
39 (86)
Rear control panel
22 (4 8)
2 2 (48)
22 (48)
22 (48)
22 (4 8)
22 (48)
22 (48)
2 2 (48)
D P
Cab floor plate Cab
6 2 (136)
62 (13 6)
62 (136)
6 2 (136)
6 2 (136)
62 (13 6)
62 (13 6)
62 (13 6)
Hydraulic tank*
102 (22 4)
102 (224)
14 3 (315)
1 43 (315)
144 (31 7)
173 (3 81)
173 (381)
358 (788)
ED19 0
SK210LC
SK210LC
SK250LC
SK250LC
SK290LC
SK330LC
SK480LC
3050 (10-0)
2910 (9-7)
2910 (9-7)
3050 (10-0)
3050 (10-0)
3220 (10-7)
3360 (11-0)
3510 (11-6)
5 (11)
B
2500 (8-2)
2500 (8-2)
2750 (9-0)
2750 (9-0)
2980 (9-9)
2980 (9-9)
3070 (10-1)
3500 (11-6)
3650 (12-0)
29 (64)
34 (75)
C
4080 (13-5)
3846 (12-7)
4170 (13-8)
4450 (14-7)
4260 (14-0)
4660 (15-3)
4870 (16-0)
4960 (16-4)
5460 (17-11)
169 (372)
186 (409)
D
4540 (14-11)
4423 (14-6)
4820 (15-10)
4960 (16-3)
5080 (16-8)
5270 (17-3)
5460 (17-11)
5990 (19-8)
6380 (20-11)
E
2950 (9-8)
3050 (10-0)
2930 (9-7)
2930 (9-7)
2920 (9-7)
2920 (9-7)
3120 (10-3)
3120 (10-3)
3320 (10-11)
F
600 (23.6")
600 (23.6")
600 (23.6")
800 (31.5)
600 (23.6)
800 (31.5)
800 (31.5)
800 (31.5)
900 (35.4")
316 (695)
3 88 (854)
388 (854)
367 (80 7)
442 (972)
439 (966)
804 (17 69)
403 (8 87)
40 3 (887)
525 (1 155)
525 (1155)
52 7 (1159)
655 (14 41)
655 (14 41)
1100 (2420)
Engine control accessories (Step motor, etc.)
5 (11)
5 (11)
5 (1 1)
5 (11)
5 (11)
5 (11)
5 (11)
Muffler
19 (42)
19 (42)
23 (51)
23 (51)
27 (5 9)
29 (64)
205 (451)
23 1 (508)
7 5 (165)
75 (16 5)
9 8 (216)
175 (3 85)
18 (40)
18 (40)
1 7 (37)
17 (37)
17 (37)
23 (51)
23 (51)
4 5 (99)
Hydraulic pump assembly (Main + pilot)
9 0 (154)
90 (15 4)
14 2 (312)
1 42 (312)
142 (31 2)
155 (3 41)
155 (341)
187 (411)
Bateries
7 0 (154)
70 (15 4)
70 (154)
7 0 (154)
7 0 (154)
70 (15 4)
70 (15 4)
70 (15 4)
Hydraulic pump coupling assembly
Harness + lights Counterweight Main control valve Lower frame assembly Frame+track guides+covers+piping Slewing ring assembly
20 (4 4)
2 0 (44)
20 (44)
20 (44)
20 (4 4)
16 (3 5)
16 (35)
2 2 (48)
3 007 (66 15)
3007 (6615)
45 09 (992 0)
4 509 (99 20)
550 0 (1210 0)
6 120 (13 464)
84 20 (185 24)
10027 (22059)
G
480 (18.9")
566 (22.3")
450 (17.7")
450 (17.7")
450 (17.7")
450 (17.7")
500 (19-7)
500 (19-7)
515 (20.3")
H
2590 (8-6)
2590 (8-6)
2990 (9-10)
3190 (10-6)
3190 (10-6)
3390 (11-1)
3400 (11-2)
3400 (11-2)
3650 (12-0)
J
1030 (3-5)
1060 (3-6)
1060 (3-6)
1060 (3-6)
1040 (3-5)
1040 (3-5)
1190 (3-11)
1200 (3-11)
1350 (4-5)
K
8650 (28-5)
8650 (28-5)
9410 (30-10)
9410 (30-10)
10080 (33-1)
10080 (33-1)
10330 (33-11)
11200 (36-9)
11980 (39-4)
250 (5 50)
25 0 (550)
2 80 (616)
280 (61 6)
280 (6 16)
280 (616)
280 (616)
335 (737)
6628 (14582)
8010 (17622)
7195 (15829)
8142 (17912)
9347 (20563)
11195 (24629)
11964 (26321)
19000 (41800)
2162 (4766)
2593 (5705)
2580 (5676)
2646 (5821)
3583 (7883)
3620 (7964)
3999 (8798)
8345 (18359)
218 (481)
218 (480)
245 (539)
245 (539)
350 (770)
586 (1289)
586 (1289)
704 (1549)
Travel motor + reduction unit
217 (478) x 2
300 (660) x 2
250 (550) x 2
250 (550) x 2
299 (658) x 2
309 (680) x 2
360 (792) x 2
650 (1430) x 2
Tensores de cadenas + ruedas guías
210 (463) x 2
200 (442) x 2
210 (462) x 2
210 (462) x 2
250 (550) x 2
298 (656) x 2
367 (807) x 2
325 (720) x 2
Lower rollers (Single flange)
35 (77) x 14
53 (118) x 8
37 (77) x 14
37 (77) x 16
37 (77) x 14
45 (77) x 18
45 (77) x 18
98 (220) x 18
Lower rollers (Double flange)
—
60 (132) x 6
—
—
—
—
17 (37) x 4
33 (73) x 4
22 (48) x 4
22 (48) x 4
22 (48) x 4
26 (57) x 4
31 (68) x 4
30 (66) x 4
72 (159) x 2
64 (141) x 2
60 (132) x 2
60 (132) x 2
54 (120) x 2
76 (168) x 2
89 (196) x 2
100 (220) x 2
31 (68)
31 (68)
31 (68)
31 (68)
Upper rollers Sprockets + bolts Slewing valve
30 (66)
83 (183)
31 (68)
1321 (2912) x 2
1588 (3494) x 2
1347 (2964) X 2 2338 (5143) x 2
2390 (5258) x 2
Dozer assembly
—
1614 (3551)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dozer frame
—
562 (1236)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Tilt cylinder*
—
27 (59)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Angle cylinder*
—
40 (88) x 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
Lifting cylinder*
—
—
Track assembly - 600 mm (23.6") Track assembly - 800 mm (31.5")
1750 (3850) X 2
1890 (4158) x 2 580 (1276) x 2
45 (98) x 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
855 (1880)
—
—
—
—
—
100 (200) x 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard attachment
2638 (5804)
2638 (5804)
3317 (7297)
3317 (7297)
5020 (11044)
5260 (11572)
6127 (13479)
8264 (18181)
Bucket
370 (816)
370 (816)
647 (1423)
647 (1423)
780 (1716)
954 (2099)
1040 (2280)
1140 (3170)
Arm assembly
857 (1889)
857 (1889)
981 (2158)
981 (2158)
1172 (2578)
1647 (3623)
1777 (3909)
2400 (5280)
Arm
564 (1340)
564 (1340)
612 (1346)
612 (1346)
730 (1606)
964 (2121)
1160 (2552)
1528 (3362)
Bucket cylinder* + 2 pins
142 (313)
142 (313)
170 (374)
170 (374)
230 (506)
410 (902
323 (711)
477 (1049)
32 (76)
32 (76)
42 (92)
42 (92)
45 (99)
53 (117)
54 (119)
113 (249)
Bucket link
65 (143)
65 (143)
91 (200)
91 (200)
97 (213)
120 (264)
130 (286)
154 (339)
54 (119)
54 (119)
66 (145)
66 (145)
70 (154)
100 (220)
110 (242)
128 (282)
1411 (3111)
1411 (3111)
1689 (3716)
1689 (3716)
3068 (6750)
2659 (5850)
3310 (7282)
4424 (9733)
1176 (2593)
1176 (2593)
1395 (3069)
1395 (3069)
2700 (5940)
2224 (4893)
2689 (5916)
3685 (8107)
215 (474)
215 (474)
266 (585)
266 (585)
340 (748)
397 (873)
574 (1263)
678 (1492)
20 (44)
20 (44)
28 (62)
28 (62)
28 (62)
38 (84)
47 (103)
61 (134)
416 (915)
416 (915)
634 (1395)
634 (1395)
654 (1439)
781 (1718)
934 (2055)
1315 (2893)
Hydraulic oil
139 (306)
139 (306)
214 (471)
214 (471)
226 (497)
283 (623)
304 (669)
572 (1258)
Engine oil
130 (285)
130 (285)
20 (44)
20 (44)
20 (44)
21 (46)
24 (53)
9 (19)
9 (19)
8 (18)
8 (18)
11 (24)
16 (35)
16 (35 )
22 (48)
139 (306)
139 (306)
283 (623)
283 (623)
285 (627)
348 (766)
466 (1025)
541 (1190)
Arm cylinder* + 2 pins Pin - arm / boom conection Fluids y Miscellaneous
Grease Fuel Engine coolant Bolts and other miscellaneous
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
470 (18.5" )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
O
—
1011 (39.8")
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ED190 BLADE SPECIFICA SPECIFICATIONS: TIONS:
19 (42)
19 (42)
19 (42)
19 (42)
22 (48)
23 (51)
34 (75)
48 (106)
90 (199)
90 (199)
90 (199)
90 (199)
90 (199)
90 (199)
90 (199)
90 (198)
10-3
CAPACITY:................................3.26 3.26 cu. yrd. (2.5 cu. m) HEIGHT:........................................................38” 38” (0.97 m) MAX. TILT:.................................................17.7” (0.45 m) MAX. DROP BELOW GROUND:..........18+1/2” GROUND:..........18+1/2” (0.47 m)
10.4 FUEL CONSUMPTION MODEL
MODE
SEVERE APPLICATION
GENERAL APPLICATION
LIGHT APPLICATION
Lit/min (Gal/hr)
Lit /min (Gal/hr)
Lit/min (Gal/hr)
SK160LC ED190
M A
22.0 (5.8) 21.2 (5.6)
14.0 (3.7) 10.2 (2.7)
11.4 (3.0) 9.5 (2.5)
SK210LC
M A
24.6 (6.5) 22.7 (6.0)
14.8 (3.9) 11.4 (3.0)
12.1 (3.2) 10.6 (2.8)
SK250LC
M A
26.5 (7.0) 24.3 (6.4)
24.3 (6.4) 22.4 (5.9)
14.4 (3.8) 12.9 (3.4)
SK290LC
M A
34.1 (9.0) 30.7 (8.1)
30.3 (8.0) 27.3 (7.2)
22.0 (5.8) 20.1 (5.3)
SK330LC
M A
37.1 (9.8) 33.4 (8.8)
33.4 (8.8) 31.1 (8.2)
29.2 (7.7) 27.3 (7.2)
SK480LC
M A
54.6 (14.4) 53.1 (14.0)
47.4 (12.5) 45.5 (12.0)
41.7 (11.0) 39.8 (10.5)
42 (92)
*Dry weight
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
—
798 (31,125" )
Units: mm (Feet-inches)
—
Idler links
Boom + cylinder pins + boom base pin
9475 (31-1)
—
TYPE:...........................................Power Angle Tilt (PAT) TYPE:...........................................Power TOTAL WIDTH:............................................11’ 4” (3.45 m) +/- 25º MAX. ANGLE:....................................................... MAX. LIFT ABOVE GROUND:.............31+3/8” GROUND:.............31+3/8” (0.80 m)
—
Pins (4 for bucket, & links)
—
2730 (6006) x 2
Wings
Boom assembly
L M
68 (130) 2540 (5600) x 2
Track link assembly
Blade assembly (Including wings)
H
2960 (9-9)
99 (21 8)
316 (69 5)
Engine*
9 7 (210)
170 (3 74)
G
F
SK160LC
9 9 (218)
Hydraulic lines (Main and pilot)
97 (210)
9 2 (202)
N
A
Fuel tank*
Radiator* + oil cooler*
9 2 (218)
C
Dimensiones no incluyen la altura de la pestaña.
Operator's seat
92 (218)
J O
M
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 10.5 WORKING RANGES
A A’
SK160(LC)-6E ARM WORKING RANGE
ED190-6E
SK210LC-6E
SK250LC-6E
SK290LC-6E
SK330LC-6E
G
2.60 M (8' 6")
3.10 M (10' 2")
3.10 M (10' 2")
2.40 M (7' 10")
2.94 M (9' 8")
3.30 M (10' 11")
6.35 M (20' 10")
2.50 M (8' 2")
2.98 M (9' 9")
3.66 M (12' 0")
8.25 M (27' 1")
3.20 M (10' 6")
8.046 M (26' 4.75")
2.60 M (8' 6")
3.30 M (10' 10")
4.15 M (13' 7")
A
Max. digging r each
8.980 (29' 6")
9.500 (31' 2")
9.500 (31' 2")
9.420 (30' 11")
9.900 (32' 6")
10.260 (33' 8")
15.820 (51' 11")
9.890 (32' 5")
10.310 (33' 10")
10.970 (35' 12")
18.540 (60' 10")
10.76 (35' 4")
19.150 (62' 10")
10.64 (34' 11")
11.22 (36' 10")
11.98 (39' 4")
A'
Max. dig. r each at gr ound level
8.810 (28' 11")
9.330 (30' 7")
9.330 (30' 7")
9250 (30' 4")
9750 (32' 0")
10100 (33' 2")
15.720 (51' 7")
9.730 (31' 11")
10.140 (33' 3")
10.820 (35' 6")
18.450 (60' 6")
10.57 (34' 8")
19.050 (62' 6")
10.43 (34' 3")
11.03 (36' 2")
11.80 (38' 9")
B
Max. digging depth
6.070 (19' 11")
6.570 (21' 7")
6.520 (21' 5")
6.160 (20' 3")
6.700 (22' 0")
7.090 (23' 3")
12.010 (39' 5")
6.570 (21' 7")
7.030 (23' 1")
7.730 (25' 4")
14.780 (48' 6")
7.23 (23' 9")
15.036 (49' 4")
6.79 (22' 3")
7.49 (24' 7")
8.34 (27' 4")
C
Max. digging height
9.200 (30' 2")
9.620 (31' 7")
9.670 (31' 9")
9.380 (30' 9")
9.600 (31' 6")
9.760 (32' 0")
13.660 (44' 10")
9.600 (31' 6")
9.770 (32' 1")
10.150 (33' 4")
14.580 (47' 10")
10.06 (33' 0")
14.835 (48' 8")
10.33 (33' 11")
10.49 (34' 5")
10.75 (35' 3")
D
Max. dumping clear ance
6.570 (21' 7")
6.960 (22' 10")
7.010 (23' 0")
6.560 (21' 6")
6.790 (22' 3")
6.950 (22' 10")
11.300 (37' 1")
6.670 (21' 11")
6.850 (22' 6")
7.210 (23' 8")
12.280 (40' 3")
7.15 (23' 6")
12.550 (41' 2")
7.12 (23' 4")
7.29 (23' 11")
7.57 (24' 10")
E
Min. dumping clear ance
2.570 (8' 5")
2.070 (6' 9")
2.120 (6' 11,5")
2.870 (9' 5")
2.330 (7' 8")
1.940 (6' 4")
1.930 (6' 4")
2.980 (9' 9")
2.520 (8' 3")
1.820 (5' 12")
1.520 (5' 0")
2.54 (8' 4")
1.520 (5' 0")
3.32 (10' 11")
2.62 (8' 7")
1.77 (5' 10")
F
Max. ver tical wall digging depth
5.180 (16' 12")
6.020 (19' 9")
5.970 (19' 7")
5.500 (18' 1")
6.040 (19' 10")
6.440 (21' 2")
11.030 (36' 2")
5.880 (19' 3")
6.210 (20' 4")
7.010 (22' 12")
13.160 (43' 2")
6.35 (20' 10")
13.411 (44' 0")
5.94 (19' 6")
6.57 (21' 7")
7.29 (23' 11")
2.830 (9' 3")
2.830 (9' 3")
3.550 (11' 8")
3.560 (11' 8")
3.560 (11' 8")
4.840 (15' 11")
3.910 (12' 10")
3.880 (12' 9")
3.910 (12' 10")
5.600 (18' 4")
4.05 (13' 3")
6.629 (21' 9")
4.38 (14' 4")
4.29 (14' 1")
4.37 (14' 4")
7.320 (24' 0")
7.370 (24' 2")
7.600 (24' 11")
7.540 (24' 9")
7.650 (25' 1")
10.370 (34' 0")
7.980 (26' 2")
7.940 (26' 1")
7.880 (25' 10")
12.000 (39' 4")
8.19 (26' 10")
11.710 (38' 5")
8.74 (28' 8")
8.65 (28' 5")
8.65 (28' 5")
G
Min. f r ont swing r adius
2.830 (9' 3")
H
Height at min. swing r adius
7.340 (24' 1")
C H D
10.6 TRAVEL AND SWING PERFORMANCE
Tr avel Speed: Swing Speed: Gr adeability: Dr awbar For ce:
SK160LC-VI
ED190-VI
SK210LC-6E
SK250LC-6E
SK290LC-6E
SK330LC-6E
6.0 Km/hr in high speed 4.0 Km/hr in low speed
6.0 Km/hr (3.7 mph) in high speed 3.6 Km/hr (2.2 mph) in low speed
6.0 Km/hr (3.7 mph) in high speed 3.6 Km/hr (2.2 mph) in low speed
6.0 Km/hr (3.7 mph) in high speed 3.6 Km/hr (2.2 mph) in low speed
5.6 Km/hr (3.5 mph) in high speed 3.5 Km/hr (2.2 mph) in low speed
5.7 Km/hr (3.5 mph) in high speed 3.3 Km/hr (2.1 mph) in low speed
11 RPM in M-Mode/High Idle
11 R PM in M-Mode/High Idle
11 RPM in M-Mode/High Idle
11 RPM in M-Mode/High Idle
8.6 R PM in M-Mode/High Idle
70% (35º) {Limited by engine lubr ication}
70% (35º) {Limited by engine lubr ication}
70% (35º) {Limited by engine lubr ication}
70% (35º) {Limited by engine lubr ication}
70% (35º) {Limited by engine lubr ication}
199 KN (44,700 Lbf )
229 KN (51,500 Lbf )
26,218 Kgf (57,800 Lbf )
28,950 Kgf (63,800 Lbf )
156 KN (35,100 Lbf )
189 KN (42,556 Lbf )
5
E
B
F
10.7 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS SK160LC /ED190-6E 2X143 L/min (2X37.9 Gal/min) Tandem, var iable displacement axial
H YDRAULIC PUMPS: piston pump with 20.5 L/min (5.4 Gal/min) Pilot Gear Pump. {61.6 L/min (16.3 Gal/min) Dozer Pump on ED190-VI Axial piston, f ixed displacement {176 L/min (46 Gal/min)
SWING MOTOR: @ 27,9 MPa (4.050 psi)}
SK210LC /SK250LC-6E
SK290LC-6E
SK330LC-6E
2X210 L/min (2X55.5 Gal/min) Tandem, var iable displacement axial piston pump with 20.5 L/min (5.4 Gal/min) Pilot Gear Pump at 4.9 MPa (710 psi)
2X242 L/min (2X64 Gal/min) Tandem, var iable displacement axial piston pump with 20.5 L/min (5.4 Gal/min) Pilot Gear Pump at 4.9 MPa (710 psi)
2X253 L/min (2X66.8 Gal/min) Tandem, var iable displacement axial piston pump with 20.5 L/min (5.4 Gal/min) Pilot Gear Pump at 4.9 MPa (710 psi)
Axial piston, f ixed displacement {179 L/min (47 Gal/min) @ 27,9 MPa (4.050 psi)}
Axial piston, f ixed displacement {180 L/min (46 Gal/min) @ 34.3 MPa (4,980 psi)}
Axial piston, f ixed displacement {180 L/min (46 Gal/min) @ 34.3 MPa (4,980 psi)}
Axial piston, var iable displacement. 210 L/min (55 iGal/min) at 35.8 MPa (5,200 psi); 32.8 r pm in high speed and 48.8 r pm in low speed.
Axial piston, var iable displacement. 242 L/min (2x64 Gal/min) at 34.3 MPa (4,980 psi); 262.6 cm3/r ev (8.88 Oz/r ev) in high speed and 160.6 cm3/r ev (5.43 Oz/r ev) in low speed.
Axial piston, var iable displacement. 242 L/min (2x64 Gal/min) at 34.3 MPa (4,980 psi); 262.6 cm3/r ev (8.88 Oz/r ev) in high speed and 160.6 cm3/r ev (5.43 Oz/r ev) in low speed.
Axial piston, var iable displacement. Max. disp: 99.6 cc/r ev (26.5 in3/r ev);
TRAVEL MOTORS
10
SK160LC-VI: Min disp: 56.5 cc/r ev (14.7 in3/r ev) @ 350 Kg/cm2 (4980 psi)} ED190-VI:
Axial piston, var iable displacement. Max. disp: 131.1 cc/r ev (34.9 in3/r ev); Min disp: 63.2 cc/r ev (16.8 in3/r ev) @ 365 Kg/cm2 (5193 psi)}
CONTROL VALVE: 7 spools in the main contr ol valve
7 spools in the main contr ol valve
7 spools in the main contr ol valve
7 spools in the main contr ol valve
C YLINDERS (ALL): Double action
Double action
Double action
Double action
Hydr aulic oil f iltr ation is per f or med thr ough a r eplaceable element and a suction str ainer
Hydr aulic oil f iltr ation is per f or med thr ough a r eplaceable element and a suction str ainer
Hydr aulic oil f iltr ation is per f or med thr ough a r eplaceable element and a suction str ainer
Air f or ced ventilation thr ough f inned tubbing.
Air f or ced ventilation thr ough f inned tubbing.
Air f or ced ventilation thr ough f inned tubbing.
OIL FILTRATION:
Hydr aulic oil f iltr ation is per f or med thr ough a r eplaceable element and a suction str ainer
OIL COOLER: Air f or ced ventilation thr ough f inned tubbing.
10-4
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SK160LC/ED190-6E DYNAMIC ACERA (MINOR CHANGE)
MRV
OR9
OR9
OR1
OR7
OR4
OR6
OR5
a7
a10 OR10
a1
a2
DOZER PUMP
a7
a1: P1 high pressure port a1: P1 a2: P2 high pressure port a3, a4: Secundary pilot pressure ports on pump proportional solenoids PSV-P1 and PSV-P2 a7: Primary a7: Primary pilot pressure port a10: Main pressure port for dozer circuit PB MRV: Main MRV: Main relief valve OR1: Port relief for bucket dig function OR2: Port OR2: Port relief for bucket dump function B OR3: Port relief for boom up function OR4: Port OR4: Port relief for boom down function PG OR7: Port OR7: Port relief for arm i n function OR8: Port relief for arm out function OR9: Port OR9: Port relief for nibbler close function A OR10: Port relief for nibbler open function PSV-P1: Proportional PSV-P1: Proportional solenoid valve for P1 PSV-P2: Proportional PSV-P2: Proportional solenoid valve for P2
a3 PSV-P2
PSV-P1
MRV
L
OR9
DB IP
M OR1
PA PB
PA M
2-M12 depth 24 Lifting cap. 220 Kg (2 bolts) DB
Relief valve
OR10
OR4 OR1
OR4
A,B
C ode
Name
Size
A, B
Main por t
2-PF 3/4
M
Make-up por t
DB
Dr ain por t
PF 3/4
10
OR3
OR2
Swing shockless valve
a4: Located under P2 regulator
OR4
OR1
MRV
FRONT
Tor que N-m (K gf -m)
167 (17)
Model
PG SK160LC~SK210LC-6E
PF 1
216 (22)
SK250LC- 6E
PF 3/8
74 (7.5)
SK160LC~SK210LC-6E
PF 1/2
98 (10)
SK330LC- 6E
PF 1/4
36 (3.7)
P A, PB
Gauge por t
PG
Br ake r elease por t
L
Gear oil level por t
PT 1/2
65 (6.6)
IP
Gear oil level por t
PT 3/4
98 (10)
IP
Rotation direction (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet A ....... Clockwise (CW) Oil inlet B ....... Counterclockwise (CCW)
10-6
OR8
OR10
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MRV
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E DYNAMIC ACERA (MINOR CHANGE)
OR9
OR9
OR1 YQ109SWingMotor&CV
OR7
OR4
OR5
OR6
OR10 OR4
OR1
MRV
FRONT
OR3
OR2 a1: P1 high pressure port a1: P1 a2: P2 high pressure port a3, a4: Secundary pilot pressure ports on pump proportional solenoids PSV-P1 and PSV-P2 Primary pilot pressure port a7: Primary a7: a10: Main pressure port for dozer circuit PB MRV: Main MRV: Main relief valve OR1: Port relief for bucket dig function B OR2: Port OR2: Port relief for bucket dump function OR3: Port relief for boom up function PG OR4: Port OR4: Port relief for boom down function OR7: Port OR7: Port relief for arm i n function OR8: Port relief for arm out function A OR9: Port OR9: Port relief for nibbler close function OR10: Port relief for nibbler open function PSV-P1: Proportional PSV-P1: Proportional solenoid valve for P1 PA PSV-P2: Proportional PSV-P2: Proportional solenoid valve for P2 SE22: High SE22: High pressure sensor for P2 circuit Swing SE23: High pressure sensor for P1 circuit shockless valve
PSV-P1 a9 PSV-P1
a8
a2 SE23
MRV
OR9
L
DB IP
M PB
PA M
OR1
2-M12 depth 24 Lifting cap. 220 Kg (2 bolts) DB
Relief valve
OR4 OR1
OR10 OR4
A,B a1
SE22 C ode
Name
Size
A, B
Main por t
2-PF 3/4
M
Make- up por t
DB
Dr ain por t
PF 3/4
10
Tor que N-m (Kgf -m)
167 (17)
Model
PG SK160LC~SK210LC-6E
PF 1
216 (22)
SK250LC-6E
PF 3/8
74 (7.5)
SK160LC~SK210LC-6E
PF 1/2
98 (10)
SK330LC-6E
PF 1/4
36 (3.7)
P A, PB
Gauge por t
PG
Br ake r elease por t
L
Gear oil level por t
PT 1/2
65 (6.6)
IP
Gear oil level por t
PT 3/4
98 (10)
IP
Rotation direction (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet A ....... Clockwise (CW) Oil inlet B ....... Counterclockwise (CCW)
10-8
OR8
OR10
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SK290LC/SK330LC-6E DYNAMIC ACERA (MINOR CHANGE)
OR7
MRV OR1 OR4
OR11 OR6
OR5
OR1
MRV
a1: P1 high pressure port a1: P1 a2: P2 high pressure port a3, a4: Secundary pilot pressure ports on pump proportional solenoids PSV-P1 and PSV-P2 a7: Primary a7: Primary pilot pressure port a10: Main pressure port for dozer circuit MRV: Main MRV: Main relief valve PB OR1: Port relief for bucket dig function OR2: Port OR2: Port relief for bucket dump function B OR3: Port relief for boom up function OR4: Port OR4: Port relief for boom down function PG OR7: Port OR7: Port relief for arm i n function OR8: Port relief for arm out function OR11: Braker OR11: Braker function relief valve A OR12: Port relief for swing priority function PSV-P1: Proportional PSV-P1: Proportional solenoid valve for P1 PSV-P2: Proportional PSV-P2: Proportional solenoid valve for P2 PA SE22: High SE22: High pressure sensor for P2 circuit SE23: High pressure sensor for P1 circuit Swing shockless valve
PSV-P1 a9 PSV-P1
a8
a2 SE23
a1
SE22
OR11 OR3
OR2 FRONT
OR12
OR11
MRV
L
DB IP
OR12 M PB
PA M
OR1
2-M12 depth 24 Lifting cap. 220 Kg (2 bolts) DB
OR4 OR1
OR12 OR4
Relief valve
A,B
C ode
Name
Size
A, B
Main por t
2-PF 3/4
M
Make-up por t
DB
Dr ain por t
PF 3/4
10
OR4
Tor que N-m (K gf - m)
167 (17)
Model
PG SK160LC~SK210LC-6E
PF 1
216 (22)
SK250LC-6E
PF 3/8
74 (7.5)
SK160LC~SK210LC-6E
PF 1/2
98 (10)
SK330LC-6E
PF 1/4
36 (3.7)
P A, PB
Gauge por t
PG
Br ake r elease por t
L
Gear oil level por t
PT 1/2
65 (6.6)
IP
Gear oil level por t
PT 3/4
98 (10)
IP
Rotation direction (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet A ....... Clockwise (CW) Oil inlet B ....... Counterclockwise (CCW)
10-10
OR8
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
10.11 SK160LC/ED190 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE FILLPLUG
6
21
DIPSTICK
C
REF.
CAPACITIES
COMPONENT (Location)
SK160LC-6E
D
Hydr aulic tank
91 L (24 Gal)
Hydr aulic system
159 L (42.0 Gal)
1
9
E
B A
13
1 9
9
9
16
6
20
1
9
2
21
8 22
5
20 14
3 11
9
Drain every50 hrs and clean every500 hrs
19 12
9
8
Engine oil pan (L-level)
13 L (3.4 Gal)
12
9 9
9
9 9
J FILL/LEVEL PLUG RADIATOREXPANSION TANK
18 PROPER LEVEL
K
FRIGID -20° C ~ 30° C (-4° F ~ 86° F) ISOVG32
FRIGID-W ARM -25° C ~ 40° C (-13° F ~ 104° F) ISOVG32S
W ARM -5° C ~ 40° C (23° F ~ 104° F) ISOVG46*
VERY HOT 5° C ~ 55° C (41° F ~ 131° F) ISOVG68
—
2000 Hrs
8 Hrs
50 Hrs
500 Hrs
—
—
2000 Hrs
—
—
2000 Hrs
—
—
2000 Hrs
120 Hrs
500 Hrs
2000 Hrs
120 Hrs
500 Hrs
2000 Hrs
ENGINE OIL (A.P.I. clasif ication f or "Ser vice CD")
* All engines ar e shipped f r om f actor y with S AE 15W40 oil FRIGID W ARM VERY HOT -30° C ~ 30° C -5° C ~ 40° C 30° C and above (-22° F ~ 86° F) (23° F ~ 104° F) (86° F and above) S AE 15W40*
S AE 15W50
50 cc (1. 69 Flui d Oz) X 4
Upper r oller s Lower r oller s
5
Idler s
200 cc (6.76 Fluid Oz) X 2
6
Swing r eduction uni t
7.5 L (2. 0 Gal )
7
Tr avel r eduction unit
8
Oper ating lever joint
A s required in each joint
120 Hrs
—
—
9
Attachment pins
16 Place s 14 Places (Dozer)
50 Hrs
—
—
10
Swing bear ing
1 Place (90º X 4 )
500 Hrs
—
—
11
Tr ack tension ad justment
2 Places
50 Hrs
—
—
12
Water pump bear ing
6.1 cc ( Apr ox. one gr ease gun shot)
500 Hrs
—
—
13
Slewing r ing gr ease bath
8.7 Kg (19.2 lbs)
N.L.G.I. N 2 li thium base gr ease with MOS2
500 Hrs
—
2000 Hrs
14
Radiator
11 L (2. 9 Gal)
8 Hrs
—
2000 Hrs
15
Cooling system total volume
19 L (5 Gal)
ANTIFREEZE (LLC) -34ºC (-29.2ºF) Mixtur e r atio shoul d pr otect to 5ºC (9ºF) lower than the coldest temper atur e the machine will exper ience. Take into consider ati on wind chill f actor s. Follow antif r eeze manuf actur er instr uctions to obtain pr oper mixtur e.
16
Fuel tank
281 L (74.2 Gal)
—
—
—
500 Hrs
160 cc X 1 4 (5.41 Fl. Oz)X14
220 cc X 14 (7.44 Fl. Oz)X14
4.7 L X 2 (1. 24 Gal X 2)
ENGINE OIL (A.P.I. clasif ication f or "Ser vice CD") These components ar e shi pped f r om f actor y with S AE 15W40 oil
9LX2 (2.4 Gal X 2)
EP2 GREASE (Extr eme pr essur e multipur pose No. 2 EP type gr ease)
GRASA N.L.G.I. Nº 2 (Lithium base f or bear ing) o
DIESEL FUEL W ARM -1° C ~ -15° C (5ºF ~ 23ºF) DIESEL ASTM D975 No 2
FRIGID -15° C ~ -25° C (-5° F ~ -13° ) Winter i zed DIESEL ASTM D975 No 1
VERY HOT -5ºC (23º F) and above DIESEL ASTM D975 No 2
Hydr aulic system r etur n f ilter
Element: YR50V00004P1
(1 )
Ki t: YV30T00002F4
—
50 Hrs
Retur n f ilter (For machines equipped with br eaker )
Element: YN50V00001P1
(1 )
Ki t: YV30T00002F4
—
50 Hrs
A
Y N50V00002S001
(1)
Hydr aulic suction str ainer
C
Hydr aulic tank br eather valve f ilter
Y N57V00002S010
(1 )
D
Pilot system f ilter
YN50V01001S005
(1)
E
Engine oil f ilter
*VAME 215002
(1)
F
Air cleaner inner element
2446R277S 6
(1 )
G
Air cleaner outer element
2446R277S5
(1)
H
Engine f uel f ilter
I
Pr iming pump gauze f ilter
2451R124-2A
(*VAME016823)
500 Hrs 2000 Hrs
(Includes seal P / N: 45Z91D6 )
B
2000 Hrs 500 Hrs 50 Hrs 8 Hrs 8 Hrs (1 )
500 Hrs As require d As require d
50 Hrs
500 Hrs
*VAME717651
(1 )
500 Hrs
Y N50V01006P1
(1 )
250 Hrs
YT20M00004S 050
(1)
500 Hrs
FULL
G 7
DRAIN PLUG
LOW LEVEL
J
A /C f r esh air f ilter
K
A /C r ecir culate air f ilter
*Available only at Kobelco dealers
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
FRIGID -30° C ~ 15° C (-22° F ~ 59° F) ISOVG22
S AE 10W30
I
9 9
FRONT
8 Hrs
H YDRAULIC OIL (Anti-wear , antioxidant and non-f oaming)
3
9
11
17
NORMAL MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
*Machines ar e shipped f r om f actor y with SHELL TELLUS 46 oil
H
7 10
F
FIRST MAINTENANCE
4
18 4
9
INSPECTION INTERVAL
19
17
22
15 L (4 Gal)
16
9
9
Engine oil pan (H-level)
2
9 9
FLUID T YPE LUBRICANT; PART NUMBER
ED190-6E
10-11
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
10.12 SK210LC/SK2 50LC-6E LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE 21
6
FILLPLUG
C
DIPSTICK
REF.
D
CAPACITIES
COMPONENT (Location)
SK210LC-6E
156 L (41 Gal)
Hydr aulic tank
1
E
246 L (65 Gal)
Hydr aulic system
B
260 L (69 Gal)
A
9 9
1
13
9
10
9 9
9
20
9
9
1 Drainevery50hrs andcleanevery500hrs
9 8
2
19 22
5
20 14
3
11
H
I
12
J 17
F
FILL/LEVEL PLUG
RADIATOREXPANSION TANK
18 PROPER LEVEL
K
FULL
G Uselowpressureair forcleaning
7
FRIG ID -20° C ~ 30° C (-4° F ~ 86° F) ISO VG32
—
2000 Hr s
8 Hr s
50 Hr s
500 Hr s
with SH ELL TELLUS 46 oil
FRIGID-W ARM -2 5 ° C ~ 4 0 ° C (-13° F ~ 104° F) ISOVG 32S
W ARM -5 ° C ~ 4 0 ° C (23° F ~ 104° F) ISOVG46 *
VERY HO T 5° C ~ 55° C (41° F ~ 131° F) ISO VG 68
15.5 L (4.1 G al)
* All engines ar e shipped f r om f actor y with S AE 15W40 oil FRIGID W ARM VERY HOT -30° C ~ 30° C -5° C ~ 40° C 30° C and above (-22° F ~ 86° F) (23° F ~ 104° F) (86° F and above) S AE 15W40*
S AE 10W30
S AE 15W50
Upper r oller s
50 cc (1.69 Fluid Oz.) X 4
—
—
2000 Hr s
Lower r oller s
160 cc (5.41 Fluid Oz.) X 14 160 cc (5.41 Fluid Oz.) X 16 - LC
—
—
2000 Hr s
5
Idler s
200 cc (6.76 Fluid Oz.) X 2
—
—
2000 Hr s
6
Swing r eduction unit
7 .5 L (2.0 Gal)
15.3 L (4.0 Gal)
120 Hr s
500 Hr s
2000 Hr s
7
Tr avel r eduction unit
5.5 L X 2 (1.5 Gal X 2)
4.7 L X 2 (1.2 G al X 2)
120 Hr s
500 Hr s
2000 Hr s
8
Oper ating lever joint
As r equir ed in each joint
120 Hr s
—
—
9
Attachment pins
16 Places
50 Hr s
—
—
10
Swing bear ing
1 Place (90º X 4)
500 Hr s
—
—
11
Tr ack tension ad justment
2 places
50 Hr s
—
—
12
Water pump bear ing
6.1 cc ( Apr ox. one gr ease gun shot)
GRASA N.L.G.I. Nº 2 (Lithium base f or bear ing)
500 Hr s
—
—
13
Slewing r ing gr ease bath
N.L.G .I. No 2 lithium base gr ease with MOS2
500 Hr s
—
2000 Hr s
ANTIFREEZE (LLC) -34ºC (-29.2ºF) Mixtur e r atio should pr otect to 5ºC (9ºF) lower than the coldest temper atur e the machine will exper ience. Take into consider ation wind chill f actor s. Follow antif r eeze manuf actur er instr uctions to obtain pr oper mixtur e.
8 Hr s
—
2000 Hr s
—
—
500 Hr s
500 Hr s
8.3 Kg (18.3 lbs)
14
Radiator
15
Cooling system total volume
16
Fuel tank
ENGINE OIL (A.P.I. clasif ication f or "Ser vice CD") These components ar e shipped f r om f actor y with S AE 15W40 oil
EP2 GREASE (Extr eme pr essur e multipur pose No. 2 EP type gr ease)
1 1 . 3 Kg (24.9 lbs)
9.5 L (2.5 Gal) 19 L (5 G al)
22 L (5.8 Gal)
340 L (90 G al)
FRIGID -15° C ~ -25° C (-5° F ~ -13° ) Winter ized DIESEL ASTM D975 No 1
DIESEL FUEL W ARM -1° C ~ -15° C (5ºF ~ 23ºF) DIESEL ASTM D975 No 2
VERY HO T -5ºC (23º F) and above DIESEL ASTM D975 No 2
Hydr aulic system r etur n f ilter
Element: YR50V00001P1
(1 )
Kit: YN30T00007F1
—
50 Hr s
Retur n f ilter (For machines equipped with br eaker )
Element: YN50V00009P1
(1)
Kit: YN30T00007F2
—
50 Hr s
A
4
22
8 Hr s
H YDRAULIC OIL (Anti-wear , antioxidant and non-f oaming)
*Machines ar e shipped f r om f actor y FRIGID -30° C ~ 15° C (-22° F ~ 59° F) ISOVG22
*Fil ter capacit y: 1. 1 L ( 0. 3 Gal ); 4.9 L (1.3 Gal) r esidual ; Tot al engine oi l vol ume: 24 L (6.3 Gal)
12 18
7
FRONT
Engine oil pan* (L-level)
19
17 11
NORMAL MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
4
21
8
FIRST MAINTENANCE
3
16
6
10
18 L (4.8 Gal)
16
9
INSPECTION INTERVAL
ENGINE OIL (A.P.I. clasif ication f or "Ser vice CD")
Engine oil pan* (H-level)
2
9
FLUID T YPE LUBRICANT; PART NUMBER
SK250LC-6E
DRAIN PLUG
500 Hr s
B
Hydr aulic suction str ainer
C
Hydr aulic tank br eather valve f ilter
D
Pilot system f ilter
E
Engine oil f ilter
*V AME215002
F
Air cleaner inner element
2446R255S6
(1 )
8 Hr s
G
Air cleaner outer element
2446R255S5
(1 )
8 Hr s
H
Engine f uel f ilter
*V AME015254
(1 )
I
Pr iming pump gauze f ilter
*V AME717651
(1 )
500 Hr s
J
A /C f r esh air f ilter
YN 50V01006P1
(1 )
250 Hr s
K
A /C r ecir culate air f ilter
YT20M00004S050
YN50V00002S001
(1) YN57V00002S010
YN50V01001S005
(1)
2000 Hr s
(Includes seal P/N: 45Z91D6)
2000 Hr s
(1)
500 Hr s
(Includes O-r ing seal P/N: YN50V01001S005)
50 Hr s
(1 )
(1 )
500 Hr s As r equir ed As r equir ed
50 Hr s
500 Hr s
500 Hr s
*Available only at KOBELCO dealer s
LOWLEVEL
10-12
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 10.13 SK290LC/SK3 30LC-6E LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE 6
FILLPLUG
21
DIPSTICK
OIL FILTER
D
C
B
REF.
CAPACITIES
COMPONENT (Location)
A Hydr aulic tank
FLUID T YPE LUBRICA NT; PART NUMBER
SK290LC-6E
SK330LC-6E
197 L (52.5 Gal)
206 L (54 Gal)
E 1
13 1
*28 L (7.4 Gal)
Engine oil pan* (L -level)
*23 L (6.1 Gal)
S AE 10W30
9
10 9 Drainevery50hrs andcleanevery500hrs
9 9
9
50 cc (1.69 Fl .Oz) X 4
100 cc (3.4 Fl. Oz) X 4
Lower r oller s
300 cc (10.1 Fl . Oz) X 18
430 cc (14.1 Fl. Oz) X 16
5
Idler s
250 cc (8.5 Fl . Oz) X 2
350 cc (11.1 Fl. Oz) X 2
6
Swing r eduction unit
9 8
2
5
20 14
3 11 11
12
7
J
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
7
RADIATOREXPANSION TANK
DRAIN PLUG
—
—
2000 Hr s
—
—
2000 Hr s
—
—
2000 Hr s
120 Hr s
500 Hr s
2000 Hr s 2000 Hr s
8
Oper ating lever joint
A s r equir ed
120 Hr s
—
—
9
Attachment pins
16 Pl aces
50 Hr s
—
—
10
Swing bear ing
1 Place (90º X 4)
500 Hr s
—
—
11
Tr ack ten sion ad j ustment
2 places
50 Hr s
—
—
12
Water pump bear ing
6.1 cc ( Apr ox. one gr ease gun shot)
GRASA N.L.G.I. Nº 2 (Li thi um base f or bear i ng)
500 Hr s
—
—
13
Slewing r ing gr ease bath
15.7 K g (34.6 l bs)
N.L.G.I. No 2 l ithium base gr ease w ith MOS2
500 Hr s
—
2000 Hr s
14
Radiator
15 L (4 Gal)
—
2000 Hr s
Coolin g system total volume
34 L (9 Gal)
ANTIFREEZE (LLC) -34ºC (-29.2ºF) Mi xtur e r atio should pr otect to 5ºC (9ºF) lower than the col dest temper atur e the machine wi ll exper ience. Take into consi der ation wi nd chi ll f actor s. Foll ow anti f r eeze manuf actur er instr uctions to obtain pr oper mi xtur e.
8 Hr s
15
16
Fuel tank
—
—
—
—
50 Hr s
—
50 Hr s
420 L (112 Gal)
EP2 GREASE (Extr eme pr essur e mul ti pur pose No. 2 E P type gr ease)
560 L (148 Gal)
FRIGID -15° C ~ -25° C (-5° F ~ -13° ) Winter i zed DIESEL A STM D975 No 1
DIESEL FUEL W AR M -1° C ~ -15° C (5ºF ~ 23ºF) DIES EL ASTM D 975 No 2
V ERY HOT -5ºC (23º F) and above DIESEL A STM D975 No 2
Element kit: YN50V00004F3
18
Element: YN50V00009P1
(1)
(1) Seal: ZD11G20000
500 Hr s 500 Hr s
B
Hydr aulic suction str ainer
C
Hydr aulic tank br eather valve f ilter
Y N57V00002S010
D
Pilot system f ilter
Y N50V01001S005
E
Engine o il f ilter
*V AME130968
(1)
F
Air cleaner inner element
Y N11P01013P1
(1)
G
Air clean er outer element
Y N11P00001S002
H
Engin e f uel f ilter
*V AME055670
(1)
I
Pr iming pump gauze f ilter
*V AME717659
(1)
500 Hr s
J
A /C f r esh air f ilter
Y N50V01006P1
(1)
250 Hr s
K
A /C r ecir culate air f ilter
YT20M00004S050
*Available onl y at KOBELCO dealer s
G Uselowpressureair e air
500 Hr s
500 Hr s
PROPER LEVEL
K
50 Hr s
120 Hr s
FULL
FRONT
8 Hr s
S AE 15W50
10.5 L (2.8 Gal ) X 2
Hydr aulic system r etur n f ilter
12
FILL/LEVEL PLUG
S AE 15W40*
Tr avel r eduction unit
Retur n f ilter (For machin es equipped with br eaker )
18
F
2000 Hr s
A
4
17
—
*Total engine oil volume (including f ilter ): 32 L (8.5 Gal)
19
17
VERY H OT 5° C ~ 55° C (41° F ~ 131° F) ISOVG68
7
I 22
IS OVG46*
GEAR OIL (Gr ade GL-4 by A.P.I. clasif ication) Extr eme pr essur e gear oil # 90
21
8
W ARM -5° C ~ 40° C (23° F ~ 104° F)
21.5 L (5.7 Gal)
1 H
8 Hr s
with SHELL TELLU S 46 oil
FRIGID-W ARM -25° C ~ 40° C (-13° F ~ 104° F) IS OVG32S
ENGINE OIL (A.P.I. clasif ication f or "Ser vice CD") These components ar e shipped f r om f actor y w ith S AE 15W40 oi l
19
16
6
22
Up per r oller s
4
20
9
9
3
B101GreaseBathCover
9
FRIGID -20° C ~ 30° C (-4° F ~ 86° F) IS OVG32
* All engines ar e shipped f r om f actor y with S AE 15W40 oil FRIGID W A RM VER Y HOT -30° C ~ 30° C -5° C ~ 40° C 30° C and above (-22° F ~ 86° F) (23° F ~ 104° F) (86° F and above)
16
9
NORMAL MAI NTENANCE IN TERVAL
ENGINE OIL (A.P.I. clasif ication f or "Ser vice CD")
Engine oil pan* (H-level)
2
9
FIRST MAINTENANCE
H YDRAULIC OIL (Anti-wear , antioxidant an d non-f oaming)
*Machines ar e shipped f r om f actor y FR IGID -30° C ~ 15° C (-22° F ~ 59° F) ISOVG22
351 L (93.0 Gal)
Hydr aulic system
INSPECTI ON INTERVAL
LOWLEVEL
10-13
LC 50V00001F1
(1)
2000 Hr s
(Includes seal P/N: 45Z91D 6)
2000 Hr s
(1)
500 Hr s
(1)
(1)
(1)
50 Hr s 8 Hr s
500 Hr s As r equir ed
8 Hr s
Ar r equir ed 50 Hr s
500 Hr s
500 Hr s
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
10
Dynamic Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-14
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SK160LC/ED190 LIFTING CAPACITIES 1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at their specified load radii and heights. 2. Lifting 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine standing on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc. 3. Ratings 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook. 4. The 4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capacity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. Capacities 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KCMA LLC.
C A U T I O N THE OPERATOR MUST CONSIDER THE WEIGHT OF ANY DEVICE UTILIZED FOR LIFTING TO PROPERLY CALCULATE THE TOTAL LIFTING CAPACITY OF THE MACHINE, EXAMPLE: 1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size indicated in the lifting table, and a lifting cable, etc. weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket indicated in the lifting chart, then you have to subtract this additional weight from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. accordingly. 3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket indicated in lifting chart, then you can safely add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES B C
SK160LC
Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 2.60 m (8’ 6”) arm, 0.63 m3 (0.82 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 0.63 m3 (0.82 yd3) SAE/PCSA 450 Kg (992 lbs)
Arm: 2.60 m (8' 6") 3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*17360 *7870
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*14690 *6660
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*21550 *9770
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*5510 *2500
*5510 *2500
*9310 *4220
*9310 *4220
*8300 *3760
6290 2850
*17360 *7870
*11590 *5250
9430 4270
*9260 *4200
5930 2690
*4270 *1940
4000 1810
*19730 *8940
15620 7080
*13900 *6300
8570 3880
9840 4460
5540 2510
*5870 *2660
3830 1730
*18570 *8420
14860 6740
15020 6810
8010 3630
9500 4310
5240 2370
*14690 *6660
*22220 *10070
14820 6720
14780 6700
7820 3540
9360 4240
5110 2310
*21550 *9770
*18750 *8500
15130 6860
*13060 *5920
7910 3590
*12290 *5570
*12290 *5570
10-14
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES (HEAVY LIFT) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 2.60 m (8’ 6”) arm, 0.63 m3 (0.82 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.60 m (8' 6")
Bucket: 0.63 m3 (0.82 yd3) SAE/PCSA 450 Kg (992 lbs)
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*19470 *8830
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*16290 *7380
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*23830 *10800
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*6190 *2800
*6190 *2800
*10470 *4750
10260 4650
*9380 *4250
6290 2850
17960 8140
*13060 *5920
9430 4270
10280 4660
5930 2690
*4830 *2190
4000 1810
*21800 *9890
15620 7080
15670 7110
8570 3880
9840 4460
5540 2510
*6600 *2990
3830 1730
*20530 *9310
14860 6740
15020 6810
8010 3630
9500 4310
5240 2370
*16290 *7380
*25060 *11360
14820 6720
14780 6700
7820 3540
9360 4240
5110 2310
*23830 *10800
*21220 *9620
15130 6860
14800 6710
7910 3590
*14050 *6370
*14050 *6370
A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 2.60 m (8’ 6”) arm, 0.63 m3 (0.82 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
Bucket: 0.63 m3 (0.82 yd3) SAE/PCSA 450 Kg (992 lbs)
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.60 m (8' 6")
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*17360 *7870
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*14690 *6660
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*21550 *9770
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
*5510 *2500
*5510 *2500
*9310 *4220
*9310 *4220
*8300 *3760
6530 2960
*17360 *7870
*11590 *5250
9780 4430
*9260 *4200
6180 2800
*4270 *1940
4190 1900
*19730 *8940
16240 7360
*13900 *6300
8920 4040
10270 4660
5780 2620
*5870 *2660
4020 1820
*18570 *8420
15490 7020
*15140 *6860
8370 3790
9940 4500
5480 2480
*14690 *6660
*22220 *10070
15450 7000
*14920 *6760
8170 3700
9790 4440
5350 2430
*21550 *9770
*18750 *8500
15760 7140
*13060 *5920
8270 3750
*12290 *5570
*12290 *5570
10-15
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES (HEAVY LIFT) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 2.60 m (8’ 6”) arm, 0.63 m3 (0.82 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
1 . 5 m (5 ' 0 ")
Bucket: 0.63 m3 (0.82 yd3) SAE/PCSA 450 Kg (992 lbs)
Arm: 2.60 m (8' 6") 3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*19470 *8830
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*16290 *7380
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*23830 *10800
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*6190 *2800
*6190 *2800
*10470 *4750
*10470 *4750
*9380 *4250
6530 2960
18590 8430
*13060 *5920
9780 4430
*10470 *4750
6180 2800
*4830 *2190
4190 1900
*21800 *9890
16240 7360
*15680 *7110
8920 4040
10270 4660
5780 2620
*6600 *2990
4020 1820
*20530 *9310
15490 7020
15680 7110
8370 3790
9940 4500
5480 2480
*16290 *7380
*25060 *11360
15450 7000
15440 7000
8170 3700
9790 4440
5350 2430
*23830 *10800
*21220 *9620
15760 7140
*14800 *6710
8270 3750
*14050 *6370
*14050 *6370
A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2") 3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*6030 *2730
*6030 *2730
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*7650 *3470
6470 2930
*3860 *1750
*3860 *1750
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*15000 *6800
*15000 *6800
*10620 *4810
9710 4400
*8710 *3950
6080 2750
*6130 *2780
4100 1860
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
lb kg
*21300 *9690
16180 7340
*13180 *5970
8770 3980
*9900 *4490
5640 2550
6950 3150
3890 1760
Ground Level
lb kg
*7390 *3350
*7390 *3350
*18840 *8540
14960 6780
*14840 *6730
8100 3670
9550 4330
5280 2390
6750 3060
3720 1680
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*12560 *5690
*12560 *5690
*22290 *10110
14690 6660
14760 6690
7790 3530
9340 4230
5090 2390
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*18260 *8280
*18260 *8280
*20330 *9220
14870 6740
*13830 *6270
7800 3530
9350 4240
5100 2310
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*23770 *10780
*23770 *10780
*14990 *6790
*14990 *6790
*10280 *4660
8120 3680
10-16
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES (HEAVY LIFT) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2") 3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*6760 *3060
6680 3030
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*8660 *3920
6470 2930
*4380 *1980
4260 1930
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*16810 *7620
*16810 *7620
*11960 *5420
9710 4400
*9850 *4460
6080 2750
*6880 *3120
4100 1860
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
lb kg
*24010 *10890
16180 7340
*14860 *6740
8770 3980
9950 4510
5640 2550
6950 3150
3890 1760
Ground Level
lb kg
*8260 *3740
*8260 *3740
*20830 *9440
14960 6780
15120 6850
8100 3670
9550 4330
5280 2390
6750 3060
3720 1680
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*13940 *6320
*13940 *6320
*24630 *11170
14690 6660
14760 6690
7790 3530
9340 4230
5090 2390
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*20200 *9160
*20200 *9160
*22970 *10410
14870 6740
14760 6690
7800 3530
9350 4240
5100 2310
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*27100 *12290
*27100 *12290
*17050 *7730
15450 7000
*11730 *5320
8120 3680
A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*6030 *2730
*6030 *2730
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*7650 *3470
6710 3040
*3860 *1750
*3860 *1750
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*15000 *6800
*15000 *6800
*10620 *4810
10070 4560
*8710 *3950
6320 2860
*6130 *2780
4290 1940
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
lb kg
*21360 *9690
16810 7620
*13180 *5970
9130 4140
*9900 *4490
5880 2670
7270 3290
4080 1850
Ground Level
lb kg
*7390 *3350
*7390 *3350
*18840 *8540
15580 7060
*14840 *6730
8450 3830
9990 4530
5530 2500
7080 3210
3910 1770
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*12560 *5690
*12560 *5690
*22290 *10110
15310 6940
*15100 *6850
8140 3690
9770 4430
5330 2420
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*18260 *8280
*18260 *8280
*20330 *9220
15500 7030
*13830 *6270
8150 3690
9780 4430
5350 2420
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*23770 *10780
*23770 *10780
*14990 *6790
*14990 *6790
*10280 *4660
8470 3840
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-17
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK160LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) triple grouser shoes. B C
SK160LC
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2") 3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*6760 *3060
6680 3030
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*8660 *3920
6470 2930
*4380 *1980
4260 1930
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*16810 *7620
*16810 *7620
*11960 *5420
9710 4400
*9850 *4460
6080 2750
*6880 *3120
4100 1860
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*24010 *10890
16180 7340
*14860 *6740
8770 3980
9950 4510
5640 2550
6950 3150
3890 1760
Ground Level
lb kg
*8260 *3740
*8260 *3740
*20830 *9440
14960 6780
15120 6850
8100 3670
9550 4330
5280 2390
6750 3060
3720 1680
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*13940 *6320
*13940 *6320
*24630 *11170
14690 6660
14760 6690
7790 3530
9340 4230
5090 2390
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*20200 *9160
*20200 *9160
*22970 *10410
14870 6740
14760 6690
7800 3530
9350 4240
5100 2310
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*27100 *12290
*27100 *12290
*17050 *7730
15450 7000
*11730 *5320
8120 3680
A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes.
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*2810 *6200
*2810 *6200
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3530 *7780
3490 7700
*1850 *4080
*1850 *4080
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7000 *15440
*7000 *15440
*4920 *10840
*4920 *10840
*4010 *8850
3320 7310
*2850 *6290
2300 5070
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
*9830 *21680
8720 19220
*6070 *13370
4770 10510
4190 9230
3120 6870
2940 6480
2200 4860
Ground Level
kg lb
*3510 *7740
*3510 *7740
*8610 *18970
8190 18060
6270 13820
4470 9850
4010 8840
2960 6520
2850 6290
4690 2130
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*5860 *12910
*5860 *12910
*10280 *22670
8080 17820
6120 13490
4340 9560
3920 8640
2880 6340
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*8460 *18660
*8460 *18660
*9170 *20200
8170 18020
6130 13510
4350 9580
3930 8670
2890 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*10490 *23120
*10490 *23120
*6670 *14700
*6670 *14700
*4570 *10070
4500 9920
10-18
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Blade Down in Rear) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes. B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*2810 *6200
*2810 *6200
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3530 *7780
3490 7700
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7000 *15440
*7000 *15440
*4920 *10840
*4920 *10840
*4010 *8850
3320 7310
*1850 *4080
*1850 *4080
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
*9830 *21680
8720 19220
*6070 *13370
4770 10510
*4550 *10040
3120 6870
*2850 *6290
2300 5070
Ground Level
kg lb
*3510 *7740
*3510 *7740
*8610 *18970
8190 18060
*6790 *14970
4470 9850
*4940 *10880
2960 6520
*3540 *7800
2200 4860
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*5860 *12910
*5860 *12910
*10280 *22670
8080 17820
6880 15160
4340 9560
4850 10690
2880 6340
3570 7870
2130 4690
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*8460 *18660
*8460 *18660
*9170 *20220
8170 18020
*6260 *13800
4350 9580
*4460 *9840
2890 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*10490 *23120
*10490 *23120
*6670 *14700
*6670 *14700
*4570 *10070
4500 9920
A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Blade Up in Front) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes.
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
6 .1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*2810 *6200
*2810 *6200
4 .6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3530 *7780
3490 7700
*1850 *4080
*1850 *4080
3 .0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7000 *15440
*7000 *15440
*4920 *10840
*4920 *10840
*4010 *8850
3320 7310
*2850 *6290
2300 5070
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
*9830 *21680
8720 19220
*6070 *13370
4770 10510
4190 9240
3120 6870
2940 6490
2200 4860
Ground Level
kg lb
*3510 *7740
*3510 *7740
*8610 *18970
8190 18060
6280 13840
4470 9850
4010 8850
2960 6520
2860 6300
2130 4690
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*5860 *12910
*5860 *12910
*10280 *22670
8080 17820
6130 13510
4340 9560
3920 8650
2880 6340
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*8460 *18660
*8460 *18660
*9170 *20200
8170 18020
6140 13530
4350 9580
3940 8680
2890 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*10490 *23120
*10490 *23120
*6670 *14700
*6670 *14700
*4570 *10070
4500 9920
Dynamic Acera Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-19
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Blade Up in Rear) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes. B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*2810 *6200
*2810 *6200
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3530 *7780
3490 7700
*1850 *4080
*1850 *4080
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7000 *15440
*7000 *15440
*4920 *10840
*4920 *10840
*4010 *8850
3320 7310
*2850 *6290
2300 5070
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
*9830 *21680
8720 19220
*6070 *13370
4770 10510
*4550 *10040
3120 6870
*3540 *7800
2200 4860
Ground Level
kg lb
*3510 *7740
*3510 *7740
*18970 *8610
8190 18060
*6790 *14970
4470 9850
4930 10870
2960 6520
3570 7860
2130 4690
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*5860 *12910
*5860 *12910
*10280 *22670
8080 17820
*6880 *15160
4340 9560
4840 10670
2880 6340
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*8460 *18660
*8460 *18660
*9170 *20200
8170 18020
*6260 *13800
4350 9580
*4460 *9840
2890 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*10490 *23120
*10490 *23120
*6670 *14700
*6670 *14700
*4570 *10070
4500 9920
A
ED190-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) double grouser shoes. (Blade up in front)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3460 7620
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5130 11320
4360 9620
3270 7220
*3010 *6640
2270 5000
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8620 19000
6550 14440
4710 10380
4150 9140
3080 6790
2910 6410
2170 4790
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8090 17840
6210 13690
4410 9730
3970 8760
2920 6440
2830 6230
2100 4620
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
7980 17600
6060 13360
4280 9440
3880 8560
2830 6250
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8070 17800
6070 13380
4290 9460
3890 8580
2840 6270
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4450 9800
10-20
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) double grouser shoes. (Blade down in front)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3460 7620
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5130 11320
4360 9620
3270 7220
3010 6630
2270 5000
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8620 19000
6550 14430
4710 10380
4150 9140
3080 6790
2900 6400
2170 4790
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8090 17840
6210 13680
4410 9730
3970 8760
2920 6440
2820 6220
2100 4620
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
7980 17600
6050 13340
4280 9440
3880 8560
2830 6250
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8070 17800
6060 13360
4290 9460
3890 8580
2840 6270
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4450 9800
A
ED190-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) double grouser shoes. (Blade up in rear)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1")
6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
3990 8790
3460 7620
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
5530 12190
5130 11320
4540 10000
3270 7220
3200 7050
2270 5000
1.5 m (5' 0")
kg lb
11040 24350
8620 19000
6840 15070
4710 10380
5030 11090
3080 6790
3590 7920
2170 4790
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
9510 20970
8090 17840
7460 16450
4410 9730
4860 10710
2920 6440
3510 7740
2100 4620
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
11350 25030
7980 17600
7310 16120
4280 9440
4770 10520
2830 6250
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
10360 22840
8070 17800
*7090 *15630
4290 9460
4780 10540
2830 6250
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4450 9800
Dynamic Acera Acera MC Training, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-21
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) double grouser shoes. (Blade down in rear)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3460 7620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5130 11320
*4540 *10000
3270 7220
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8620 19000
*6840 *15070
4710 10380
5030 11100
3080 6790
*3200 *7050
2270 5000
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8090 17840
7470 16460
4410 9730
4870 10730
2920 6440
3600 7930
2170 4790
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
7980 17600
7320 16140
4280 9440
4780 10550
2830 6250
3520 7750
2100 4620
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8070 17800
*7090 *15630
4290 9460
4790 10550
2830 6270
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4450 9800
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift)
A
Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade up in front)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3490 7700
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
*5190 *11440
4410 9720
3320 7310
3040 6710
2300 5070
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
6620 14590
4770 10510
4190 9240
3120 6870
2940 6490
2200 4860
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8190 18060
6280 13840
4470 9850
4010 8850
2960 6520
2860 6300
2130 4690
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8080 17820
6130 13510
4340 9560
3920 8650
2880 6340
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8170 18020
6140 13530
4350 9580
3940 8680
2880 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4500 9920
10-22
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade down in front)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3490 7700
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5190 11440
4400 9710
3320 7310
3040 6700
2300 5070
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
6610 14570
4770 10510
4190 9230
3120 6870
2940 6480
2200 4860
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8190 18060
6270 13820
4470 9850
4010 8840
2960 6520
2850 6290
2130 4690
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8080 17820
6120 13490
4340 9560
3920 8640
2880 6340
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8170 18020
6130 13510
4350 9580
3930 8670
2890 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
450 9920
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift)
A
Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade up in rear)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3490 7700
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5190 11440
*4540 *10000
3320 7310
*3200 *7050
2300 5070
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
*6840 *15070
4770 10510
5100 11250
3120 6870
3650 8040
2200 4860
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8190 18060
7570 16680
4470 9850
4930 10870
2960 6520
3570 7860
2130 4690
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8080 17820
7420 16360
4340 9560
4840 10670
2880 6340
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
10360 22840
8170 18020
*7090 *15630
4350 9580
4850 10700
2880 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4500 9920
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-23
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade down in rear)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3490 7700
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5190 11440
*4540 *10000
3320 7310
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
*6840 *15070
4770 10510
5110 11260
3120 6870
*3200 *7050
2300 5070
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8190 18060
7570 16700
4470 9850
4940 10880
2960 6520
3650 8050
2200 4860
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8080 17820
7430 16380
4340 9560
4850 10690
2880 6340
3570 7870
2130 4690
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8170 18020
*7090 *15630
4350 9580
4860 10710
2890 6360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4500 9920
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift)
A
Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade up in front)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3620 7980
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5370 11840
*4540 *10000
3440 7580
3150 6940
2390 5280
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
6830 15050
4940 10900
4330 9550
3240 7150
3050 6720
2300 5070
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8510 18760
6490 14300
4650 10250
4150 9160
3080 6800
2960 6530
2220 4900
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8400 18520
6340 13970
4520 9960
4060 8960
3000 6610
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8490 18720
6350 13990
4530 9980
4080 8990
3010 6640
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4680 10320
10-24
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade down in front)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3620 7980
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5370 11840
*4540 *10000
3440 7580
3140 6930
2390 5280
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
6820 15030
4940 10900
4330 9540
3240 7150
3040 6710
2300 5070
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8510 18760
6480 14280
4650 10250
4150 9150
3080 6800
2960 6520
2220 4900
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8400 18520
6330 13950
4520 9960
4060 8950
3000 6610
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8490 18720
6340 13970
4530 9980
4070 8980
3010 6640
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4680 10320
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift)
A
Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade up in rear)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3620 7980
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5370 11840
*4540 *10000
3440 7580
*3200 *7050
2390 5280
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
8720 19220
*6840 *15070
4940 10900
*5150 *11350
3240 7150
3820 8420
2300 5070
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8510 18760
*7660 *16890
4650 10250
5170 11390
3080 6800
3740 8240
2220 4900
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8400 18520
7770 17120
4520 9960
5080 11190
3000 6610
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8490 18720
*7090 *15630
4530 9980
5080 11190
3010 6640
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4680 10320
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-25
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
ED190LC-VI LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.20 m boom (16’ 1”), 3.10 m (10’ 2”) arm, 0.52 m3 (0.68 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) triple grouser shoes. (Blade down in rear)
B C
ED190LC Blade Runner A
Boom: 5.20 m (16' 1") 1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.10 m (10' 2")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.52 m3 (0.68 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (816 lbs)
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 6.1 m (20' 0")
kg lb
*3150 *6940
*3150 *6940
4.6 m (15' 0")
kg lb
*3990 *8790
3620 7980
*2100 *4620
*2100 *4620
3.0 m (10' 0")
kg lb
*7840 *17290
*7840 *17290
*5530 *12190
5370 11840
*4540 *10000
3440 7580
*3200 *7050
2390 5280
1.5 m (5 ' 0 ")
kg lb
*11040 *24350
9040 19920
*6840 *15070
4940 10900
*5150 *11350
3240 7150
3820 8430
2300 5070
Ground Level
kg lb
*3910 *8630
*3910 *8630
*9510 *20970
8510 18760
*7660 *16890
4650 10250
5170 11390
3080 6800
3740 8250
2220 4900
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
kg lb
*6490 *14310
*6490 *14310
*11350 *25030
8400 18520
*7770 *17120
4520 9960
5080 11190
3000 6610
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
kg lb
*9360 *20630
*9360 *20630
*10360 *22840
8490 18720
*7090 *15630
4530 9980
*5080 *11190
3010 6640
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
kg lb
*11960 *26360
*11960 *26360
*7590 *16730
*7590 *16730
*5220 *11500
4680 10320
10
10-26
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 3. Ratings 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook. 4. The 4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capacity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. Capacities 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KOBELCO Construction Machinery America LLC.
SK210LC-6E SK210LC-6 E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES KCMALLC SPEC’S 1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at their specified load radii and heights. 2. Lifting 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine s tanding on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc.
C A U T I O N THE OPERATOR MUST CONSIDER THE WEIGHT OF ANY DEVICE UTILIZED FOR LIFTING TO PROPERLY CALCULATE THE TOTAL LIFTING CAPACITY OF THE MACHINE, EXAMPLE: 1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size indicated in the lifting table, and a lifting cable, etc. weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket indicated in the lifting chart, then you have to subtract this additional weight from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. accordingly. 3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket indicated in lifting chart, then you can safely add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly.
SK210LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES A SK210LC Boom: 5.65 M (18' 6") Arm: 2.40 M (7' 10"0 Bucket: 0.93 m3 (1.22 yd3) SAE/PCSA 660 Kg (1,460 lbs) Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
A B
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B C
1.5 m (5' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*10800 *4900
10790 4890
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*11730 *5320
10470 4750
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*15480 *7020
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*25470 *11550
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*26030 *11800
*26030 *11800
*17310 *7850
15630 7090
*13400 *6070
9970 4520
11050 5010
6910 3130
*20820 *9440
14540 6590
*15130 *6860
9450 4280
10790 4890
6680 3030
10600 4810
6510 2950
*14520 *6580
*14520 *6580
*22570 *10230
13950 6320
14980 6790
9100 4120
*15480 *7020
*24530 *11120
*24530 *11120
*22410 *10160
13800 6260
14830 6720
8960 4060
*25470 *11550
*28810. *13060
27780 12600
*20350 *9230
13970 6330
*14750 *6690
9080 4110
*21380 *9700
*21380 *9700
*15140 *6860
14520 6580
SK210LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) A
SK210LC Boom: 5.65 M (18' 6") Arm: 2.40 M (7' 10"0 Bucket: 0.93 m3 (1.22 yd3) SAE/PCSA 660 Kg (1,460 lbs) Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") {HL}
A B C
10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
1.5 m (5' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*12200 *5530
10790 4890
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*13250 *6010
10470 4750
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*17210 *7800
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*28180 *12780
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*28760 *13040
*28760 *13040
*19480 *8830
15630 7090
*15130 *6860
9970 4520
11050 5010
6910 3130
*23430 *10620
14540 6590
15390 6980
9450 4280
10790 4890
6680 3030
10600 4810
6510 2950
*16140 *7320
*16140 *7320
24070 10910
13950 6320
14980 6790
9100 4120
*17210 *7800
*27140 *12300
*27140 *12300
23890 10830
13800 6260
14830 6720
8960 4060
*28180 *12780
*32440 *14710
27780 12600
*22970 *10410
13970 6330
14960 6780
9080 4110
*24210 *10980
*24210 *10980
*17180 *7790
14520 6580
10-27
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK210LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES B C
Based on a machine equipped with 5.65 m boom (18’ 6”), 2.94 m (9’ 8”) arm, 0.80 m3 (1.05 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
SK210LC Boom: 5.65 M (18' 6") Arm: 2.94 M (9' 8") Bucket: 0.80 m3 (1.05 yd3) SAE/PCSA 620 Kg (1,370 lbs) Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*24210 *10970
*24210 *10970
*15730 *7130
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*15790 *7160
*15790 *7160
Ground Level
lb kg
*16380 *7430
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*13900 *6300
*13900 *6300
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*21370 *9690
*21370 *9690
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*6540 *2960
*6540 *2960
*10690 *4840
10630 4820
*8540 *3870
7210 3270
*15730 *7130
*12470 *5650
10090 4570
*10860 *4920
6970 3160
*19630 *8900
14760 6690
*14400 *6530
9520 4320
10810 4900
6690 3030
*16380 *7430
*22040 *9990
14000 6350
14990 6800
9090 4120
10560 4790
6460 2930
*22760 *10320
*22760 *10320
*22560 *10230
13710 6210
14740 6680
8870 4020
10450 4740
6360 2880
*31030 *14070
27360 12410
*21240 *9630
13760 6240
14770 6690
8890 4030
*24850 *11270
*24850 *11270
*17410 *7890
14150 6420
A
SK210LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.65 m boom (18’ 6”), 2.94 m (9’ 8”) arm, 0.80 m3 (1.05 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK210LC Boom: 5.65 M (18' 6") Arm: 2.94 M (9' 8") Bucket: 0.80 m3 (1.05 yd3) SAE/PCSA 620 Kg (1,370 lbs) Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") {HL}
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*27130 *12300
*27130 *12300
*17710 *8030
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*17530 *7950
*17530 *7950
Ground Level
lb kg
*18180 *8240
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*15470 *7010
*15470 *7010
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*23680 *10740
*23680 *10740
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*7370 *3340
*7370 *3340
*12090 *5480
10630 4820
*9580 *4340
7210 3270
15960 7240
*14100 *6390
10090 4570
11110 5040
6970 3160
*22100 *10020
14760 6690
15480 7020
9520 4320
10810 4900
6690 3030
*18180 *8240
24140 10950
14000 6350
14990 6800
9090 4120
10560 4790
6460 2930
*25200 *11420
*25200 *11420
23800 10790
13710 6210
14740 6680
8870 4020
10450 4740
6360 2880
*34920 *15830
27360 12410
23860 10820
13760 6240
14770 6690
8890 4030
*28080 *12730
*28080 *12730
*19720 *8940
14150 6420
10-28
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK210LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES B C
Based on a machine equipped with 5.65 m boom (18’ 6”), 3.33 m (10’ 10”) arm, 0.68 m3 (0.89 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
SK210LC Boom: 5.65 M (18' 6") Arm: 3.30 M (10' 10") Bucket: 0.68 m3 (0.89 yd3) SAE/PCSA 590 Kg (1,300 lbs) Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*20540 *9310
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*12620 *5720
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*6600 *2990
*6600 *2990
*9890 *4480
*9890 *4480
*9340 *4230
7280 3300
*14470 *6560
*14470 *6560
*11730 *5320
10180 4610
*10320 *4680
7000 3170
*20540 *9310
*18580 *8420
14880 6740
*13770 *6240
9550 4330
10810 4900
6680 3030
*17010 *7710
*17010 *7710
*21410 *9710
13970 6330
14960 6780
9060 4100
10520 4770
6420 2910
*12620 *5720
*21890 *9920
*21890 *9920
*22410 *10160
13560 6150
14650 6640
8780 3980
10360 4700
6270 2840
*19500 *8840
*19500 *8840
*30370 *13770
*30370 *13770
*21600 *9790
13540 6140
14600 6620
8730 3960
*28180 *12780
*28180 *12780
*26830 *12170
*26830 *12170
*18550 *8410
13850 6280
*13070 *5920
8990 4070
A
SK210LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 5.65 m boom (18’ 6”), 3.33 m (10’ 10”) arm, 0.68 m3 (0.89 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK210LC Boom: 5.65 M (18' 6") Arm: 3.30 M (10' 10") Bucket: 0.68 m3 (0.89 yd3) SAE/PCSA 590 Kg (1,300 lbs) Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") {HL}
A
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
1.5 m (5' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
1. 5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*22740 *10310
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*14060 *6370
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*7440 *3370
7430 3360
*11200 *5080
10760 4880
*10470 *4740
7280 3300
*16310 *7390
16200 7340
*13270 *6020
10180 4610
11160 5060
7000 3170
*22740 *10310
*20940 *9490
14880 6740
15530 7040
9550 4330
10810 4900
6680 3030
*18880 *8560
*18880 *8560
24130 10940
13970 6330
14960 6780
9060 4100
10520 4770
6420 2910
*14060 *6370
*24240 *10990
*24240 *10990
23650 10720
13560 6150
14650 6640
8780 3980
10360 4700
6270 2840
*21630 *9810
*21630 *9810
*33570 *15220
26890 12190
23620 10710
13540 6140
14600 6620
8730 3960
*31160 *14130
*31160 *14130
*30290 *13740
27560 12500
*21000 *9520
13850 6280
*14860 *6740
8990 4070
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-29
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at their specified load radii and heights. 2. Lifting 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine standing on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc. 3. Ratings 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook.
A
SK210LC-6E (Long Reach) LIFTING CAP CAPACITIES ACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 8.75 m boom (28’ 8”), 6.35 m (20’ 10”) arm, 0.45 m3 (0.59 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK210LC
A
4. The 4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capacity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KOBELCO Construction Machinery America LLC.
1.5 m (5' 0")
Long Reach
Boom: 8.75 M (28' 8")
Arm: 6.35 M (20' 10")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (815 lbs) 7.6 m (25' 0')
9.1 m (30' 0')
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
10.7 m (35' 0')
12.2 m (40' 0')
13.7 m (45' 0')
C
B
*2400 *1080
*2400 *1080
*4390 *1990
*3510 *1590
*3510 *1590
*4670 *2120
*4670 *2120
*4270 *1930
3860 1750
*2140 *970
*2140 *970
9.1 m (30' 0")
lb kg
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*4390 *1990
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*19430 *8810
*19430 *8810
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*5530 *2510
*5530 *2510
*15460 *7010
Ground Level
lb kg
*5070 *2300
*5070 *2300
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*4390 *1990
*4390 *1990
*6390 *2900
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*6290 *2850
*6290 *2850
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*8250 *3740
-6.1 m (-20' 0")
lb kg
-7.6 m (-25' 0")
lb kg
-9.1 m (-30' 0")
lb kg
-10.7 m (-35' 0")
lb kg
*5520 *2500
*5070 *2300
4860 2200
*4750 *2150
3690 1670
*3040 *1380
2780 1260
*8930 *4050
*8930 *4050
*7270 *3290
*7270 *3290
*6240 *2830
6000 2720
*5540 *2510
4550 2060
*5050 *2290
3480 1580
*3680 *1660
2660 1200
15230 6900
*10810 *4900
10190 4620
*8410 *3810
7350 3330
*6980 *3160
5510 2500
*6040 *2730
4220 1910
*5380 *2440
3270 1480
*4130 *1870
2530 1140
*12890 *5840
*12890 *5840
*12330 *5590
9120 4130
*9410 *4270
6670 3020
*7650 *3470
5060 2290
*6490 *2940
3920 1780
5350 2420
3070 1390
*4320 *1960
2410 1090
*6390 *2900
*11780 *5340
*11780 *5340
*13320 *6040
8420 3820
*10150 *4600
6170 2790
8060 3650
4710 2130
6390 2890
3680 1660
5170 2340
2900 1310
*4020 *1820
2310 1040
*8190 *3710
*8190 *3710
*12770 *5790
12250 5550
*13760 *6240
8040 3650
10190 4620
5850 2650
7800 3540
4470 2020
6200 2810
3500 1590
5060 2290
2790 1260
*2820 *1280
2260 1020
*8250 *3740
*10290 *4660
*10290 *4660
*14730 *6680
12240 5550
*13720 *6220
7910 3580
10030 4520
5700 2580
7670 3470
4340 1970
6110 2770
3420 1550
5010 2270
2750 1240
*10350 *4690
*10350 *4690
*12700 *5750
*12700 *5750
*17480 *7920
124440 5640
*13190 *5980
7960 3610
10020 4540
5700 2580
7660 3470
4330 1960
6120 2770
3420 1550
*4290 *1940
2810 1270
*12670 *5740
*12670 *5740
*15520 *7040
*15520 *7040
*15880 *7200
12830 5810
*12120 *5490
8180 3710
*9590 *4340
5840 2640
*7710 *3490
4450 2010
*6140 *2780
3560 1610
*18260 *8280
*18260 *8280
*13310 *6030
*13310 *6030
*10310 *4670
8570 3890
*8140 *3690
6140 2780
*6310 *2860
4730 2140
*9390 *4260
*9390 *4260
*7290 *3300
*7290 *3300
A
SK210LC-6E (Long Reach) LIFTING CAP CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 8.75 m boom (28’ 8”), 6.35 m (20’ 10”) arm, 0.45 m3 (0.59 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK210LC
A
*5520 *2500
Long Reach
1.5 m (5' 0")
Boom: 8.75 M (28' 8")
3.0 (10' 0")
Arm: 6.35 M (20' 10")
4.6 m (15' 0")
Bucket: 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) SAE/PCSA 370 Kg (815 lbs)
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
9.1 m (30' 0')
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") 10.7 m (35' 0')
Heavy Lift 12.2 m (40' 0')
13.7 m (45' 0')
C
B
*2790 *1260
*2790 *1260
*5120 *2320
*4010 *1820
3970 1800
*5450 *2470
5140 2330
*4860 *2200
3860 1750
*2510 *1130
*2510 *1130
9.1 m (30' 0")
lb kg
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*5120 *2320
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*22020 *9980
*22020 *9980
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*6230 *2820
*6230 *2820
*17700 *8030
Ground Level
lb kg
*5720 *2590
*5720 *2590
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*4990 *2260
*4990 *2260
*7180 *3250
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*7070 *3200
*7070 *3200
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*9220 *4180
-6.1 m (-20' 0")
lb kg
-7.6 m (-25' 0")
lb kg
-9.1 m (-30' 0")
lb kg
-10.7 m (-35' 0")
lb kg
*6400 *2900
*6400 *2900
*5920 *2680
4860 2200
*5570 *2520
3690 1670
*3500 *1580
2780 1260
*10230 *4640
*10230 *4640
*8390 *3800
8130 3680
*7240 *3280
6000 2720
*6470 *2930
4550 2060
5780 2620
3480 1580
*4200 *1900
2660 1200
15230 6900
*12430 *5630
10190 4620
*9720 *4400
7350 3330
*8100 *3670
5510 2500
6970 3160
4220 1910
5560 2520
3270 1480
4490 2030
2530 1140
*14310 *6490
13460 6100
*14200 *6440
9120 4130
*10890 *4930
6670 3020
8440 3830
5060 2290
6650 3010
3920 1780
5350 2420
3070 1390
4360 1980
2410 1090
*7180 *3250
*13100 *5940
12580 5700
14640 6640
8420 3820
10540 4780
6170 2790
8060 3650
4710 2130
6390 2890
3680 1660
5170 2340
2900 1310
4260 1930
2310 1040
*9160 *4150
*9160 *4150
*14190 *6430
12250 5550
14220 6440
8040 3650
10190 4620
5850 2650
7800 3540
4470 2020
6200 2810
3500 1590
5060 2290
2790 1260
*3260 *1480
2260 1020
*9220 *4180
*11460 *5200
*11460 *5200
*16350 *7410
12240 5550
14070 6380
7910 3580
10030 4540
5700 2580
7670 3470
4340 1970
6110 2770
3420 1550
5010 2270
2750 1240
*11530 *5230
*11530 *5230
*14110 *6400
*14110 *6400
*19360 *8780
12440 5640
14120 6400
7960 3610
10020 4540
5700 2580
7660 3470
4330 1960
6120 2770
3420 1550
*4890 *2210
2810 1270
*14080 *6380
*14080 *6380
*17220 *7810
*17220 *7810
*18370 *8330
12830 5810
*14060 *6370
8180 3710
10180 4610
5840 2640
7780 3530
4450 2010
6260 2840
3560 1610
*21020 *9530
*21020 *9530
*15500 *7020
13430 6090
*12040 *5460
8570 3890
*9540 *4320
6140 2780
*7450 *3380
4730 2140
*11100 *5030
*11100 *5030
*8640 *3920
*8640 *3920
10-30
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK210LC-6E (Long Reach) LIFTING CAP CAPACITIES ACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 8.75 m boom (28’ 8”), 6.35 m (20’ 10”) arm, 0.45 m3 (0.59 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
B C
SK210LC
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Long Reach
Boom: 8.75 M (28' 8")
Arm: 6.35 M (20' 10")
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
Bucket: 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd 3) SAE/PCSA 7.6 m (25' 0')
370 Kg (815 lbs)
9.1 m (30' 0')
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4")
10.7 m (35' 0')
12.2 m (40' 0')
13.7 m (45' 0')
C
B
*2400 *1080
*2400 *1080
*4390 *1990
*3510 *1590
*3510 *1590
*4670 *2120
*4670 *2120
*4270 *1930
3910 1770
*2140 *970
*2140 *970
9.1 m (30' 0")
lb kg
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*4390 *1990
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*19430 *8810
*19430 *8810
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*5530 *2510
*5530 *2510
*15460 *7010
Ground Level
lb kg
*5070 *2300
*5070 *2300
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*4390 *1990
*4390 *1990
*6390 *2900
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*6290 *2850
*6290 *2850
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*8250 *3740
-6.1 m (-20' 0")
lb kg
-7.6 m (-25' 0")
lb kg
-9.1 m (-30' 0")
lb kg
-10.7 m (-35' 0")
lb kg
*5520 *2500
*5520 *2500
*5070 *2300
4920 2230
*4750 *2150
3740 1690
*3040 *1380
2830 1280
*8930 *4050
*8930 *4050
*7270 *3290
*7270 *3290
*6240 *2830
6080 2750
*5540 *2510
4610 2090
*5050 *2290
3530 1600
*3680 *1660
2710 1230
15400 6980
*10810 *4900
10310 4670
*8410 *3810
7440 3370
*6980 *3160
5580 2530
*6040 *2730
4280 1940
*5380 *2440
3320 1500
*4130 *1870
2570 1160
*12890 *5840
*12890 *5840
*12330 *5590
9240 4190
*9410 *4270
6760 3060
*7650 *3470
5140 2330
*6490 *2940
3980 1800
5430 2460
3120 1410
*4320 *1960
2450 1110
*6390 *2900
*11780 *5340
*11780 *5340
*13320 *6040
8540 3870
*10150 *4600
6260 2830
8180 3710
4780 2170
6480 2940
3740 1690
5260 2380
2950 1340
*4020 *1820
2350 1070
*8190 *3710
*8190 *3710
*12770 *5790
12420 5630
*13760 *6240
8160 3700
10330 4680
5940 2690
7920 3590
4540 2060
6300 2850
3560 1610
5140 2330
2840 1290
*2820 *1280
2310 1040
*8250 *3740
*10290 *4660
*10290 *4660
*14730 *6680
12410 5620
*13720 *6220
8030 3640
10170 4610
5790 2620
7780 3530
4410 2000
6200 2810
3480 1570
5100 2310
2800 1270
*10350 *4690
*10350 *4690
*12700 *5750
*12700 *5750
*17480 *7920
12610 5710
*13190 *5980
8080 3660
10170 4610
5790 2620
7770 3520
4400 1990
6210 2820
3480 1580
*4290 *1940
2860 1290
*12670 *5740
*12670 *5740
*15520 *7040
*15520 *7040
*15880 *7200
13000 5890
*12120 *5490
8300 3760
*9590 *4340
5930 2680
*7710 *3490
4520 2050
*6140 *2780
3620 1640
*18260 *8280
*18260 *8280
*13310 *6030
*13310 *6030
*10310 *4670
8690 3940
*8140 *3690
6230 2820
*6310 *2860
4810 2180
*9390 *4260
*9390 *4260
*7290 *3300
*7290 *3300
A
SK210LC-6E (Long Reach) LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 8.75 m boom (28’ 8”), 6.35 m (20’ 10”) arm, 0.45 m3 (0.59 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
B C
SK210LC
A
Long Reach
1.5 m (5' 0")
Boom: 8.75 M (28' 8")
3.0 (10' 0")
Arm: 6.35 M (20' 10")
4.6 m (15' 0")
Bucket: 0.45 m3 (0.59 yd3) SAE/PCSA
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
370 Kg (815 lbs) 9.1 m (30' 0')
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4") 10.7 m (35' 0')
12.2 m (40' 0')
13.7 m (45' 0')
C
B
*2790 *1260
*2790 *1260
*5120 *2320
*4010 *1820
*4010 *1820
*5450 *2470
5200 2350
*4860 *2200
3910 1770
*2510 *1130
*2510 *1130
9.1 m (30' 0")
lb kg
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*5120 *2320
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*22020 *9980
*22020 *9980
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*6230 *2820
*6230 *2820
*1770 *8030
Ground Level
lb kg
*5720 *2590
*5720 *2590
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*4990 *2260
*4990 *2260
*7180 *3250
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*7070 *3200
*7070 *3200
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*9220 *4180
-6.1 m (-20' 0")
lb kg
-7.6 m (-25' 0")
lb kg
-9.1 m (-30' 0")
lb kg
-10.7 m (-35' 0")
lb kg
10
Heavy Lift
*6400 *2900
*6400 *2900
*5920 *2680
4920 2230
*5570 *2520
3740 1690
*3500 *1580
2830 1280
*10230 *4640
*10230 *4640
*8390 *3800
8220 3720
*7240 *3280
6080 2750
*6470 *2930
4610 2090
5860 2660
3530 1600
*4200 *1900
2710 1230
15400 6980
*12430 *5630
10310 4670
*9720 *4400
7440 3370
*8100 *3670
5580 2530
*7050 *3190
4280 1940
5640 2550
3320 1500
4560 2070
2570 1160
*14310 *6490
13630 6180
*14200 *6440
9240 4190
*10890 *4930
6760 3060
8560 3880
5140 2330
6740 3060
3980 1800
5430 2460
3120 1410
4430 2010
2450 1110
*7180 *3250
*13100 *5940
12750 5780
14840 6730
8540 3870
10680 4840
6260 2830
8180 3710
4780 2170
6480 2940
3740 1690
5260 2380
2950 1340
4330 1960
2350 1070
*9160 *4150
*9160 *4150
*14190 *6430
12420 5630
14410 6530
8160 3700
10330 4680
5940 2690
7920 3590
4540 2060
6300 2850
3560 1610
5140 2330
2840 1290
*3260 *1480
2310 1040
*9220 *4180
*11460 *5200
*11460 *5200
*16350 *7410
12410 5620
14260 6470
8030 3640
10170 4610
5790 2620
7780 3530
4410 2000
6200 2810
3480 1570
5100 2310
2800 1270
*11530 *5230
*11530 *5230
*14110 *6400
*14110 *6400
*19360 *8780
12610 5710
14320. 6490
8080 3660
10170 4610
5790 2620
7770 3520
4400 1990
6210 2820
3480 1580
*4890 *2210
2860 1290
*14080 *6380
*14080 *6380
*17220 *7810
*17220 *7810
*18370 *8330
13000 5890
*14060 *6370
8300 3760
10320 4680
5930 2680
7890 3580
4520 2050
6360 2880
3620 1640
*21020 *9530
*21020 *9530
*15500 *7020
13600 6170
*12040 *5460
8690 3940
*9540 *4320
6230 2820
*7450 *3380
4810 2180
*11100 *5030
*11100 *5030
*8640 *3920
*8640 *3920
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-31
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 3. Ratings 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook. 4. The 4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capacity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. Capacities 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KOBELCO America Inc.
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES KCMA SPEC’S 1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at their specified load radii and heights. 2. Lifting 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine s tanding on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc.
C A U T I O N THE OPERATOR MUST CONSIDER THE WEIGHT OF ANY DEVICE UTILIZED FOR LIFTING TO PROPERLY CALCULATE THE TOTAL LIFTING CAPACITY OF THE MACHINE, EXAMPLE: 1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size indicated in the lifting table, and a lifting cable, etc. weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket indicated in the lifting chart, then you have to subtract this additional weight from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. accordingly. 3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket indicated in lifting chart, then you can safely add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly.
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES A
SK250LC-6E
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.50 M (8' 2") 3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE/PCSA 4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0' )
C
B
B
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*10230 *4640
*10230 *4640
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*10400 *4710
*10400 *4710
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*11900 *5390
*11900 *5390
*11060 *5010
9460 4290
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*18590 *8430
*18590 *8430
*14130 *6410
13110 5940
*12110 *5490
9140 4140
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*22980 *10420
19090 8650
*16420 *7450
12410 5620
*13310 *6040
8790 3980
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*15750 *7140
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*25950 *11770
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
C
*13350 *6050
*13350 *6050
*25410 *11520
18330 8310
*18110 *8210
11920 5400
13440 6090
8520 3860
*15750 *7140
*23930 *10850
*23930 *10850
*25910 *11750
18130 8220
*18810 *8530
11710 5310
13340 6050
8430 3820
*25950 *11770
*35750 *16210
*35750 *16210
*24710 *11200
18320 8300
*18150 *8230
11790 5340
*29990 *13600
*29990 *13600
*21130 *9580
18890 8560
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) A
SK250LC-6E
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
C
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE/PCSA
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") {HL}
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
B
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.50 M (8' 2")
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*11620 *5270
*11620 *5270
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*11800 *5350
*11800 *5350
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*13500 *6120
*13500 *6120
*12590 *5710
9460 4290
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*21000 *9520
20560 9320
*16030 *7270
13110 5940
*13780 *6250
9140 4140
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*25950 *11770
19090 8650
*18610 *8440
12410 5620
13730 6230
8790 3980
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*17520 *7950
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*28740 *13030
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*14890 *6750
*14890 *6750
*28690 *13010
18330 8310
19070 8650
11920 5400
13440 6090
8520 3860
*17520 *7950
*26510 *12020
*26510 *12020
*29260 *13260
18130 8220
18840 8540
11710 5310
13340 6050
8430 3820
*28740 *13030
*40290 *18270
37330 16930
*27910 *12660
18320 8300
18930 8580
11790 5340
*33890 *15370
*33890 *15370
*23940 *10850
18890 8560
10-32
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 2.98 m (9’ 9”) arm, 1.00 m3 (1.31 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK250LC-6E
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.98 M (9' 9") 3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 1.00 m3 (1.31 yd3) SAE/PCSA 4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*27490 *12460
*27490 *12460
*16960 *7690
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*12790 *5800
*12790 *5800
Ground Level
lb kg
*15690 *7110
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*14720 *6670
*14720 *6670
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*22600 *10250
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*32080 *14540
*8320 *3770
*8320 *3770
*10900 *4940
*10900 *4940
*10290 *4660
9650 4370
*16960 *7690
*13220 *5990
*13220 *5990
*11460 *5190
9280 4210
*21730 *9850
19470 8830
*15690 *7110
12590 5710
*12810 *5800
8890 4030
*15690 *7110
*24810 *11250
18510 8390
*17660 *8010
12020 5450
13500 6120
8580 3890
*22870 *10370
*22870 *10370
*25930 *11760
18150 8230
*18700 *8480
11720 5310
13320 6040
8410 3810
*22600 *10250
*32710 *14830
*32710 *14830
*25330 *11480
18200 8250
*18520 *8400
11710 5310
*32080 *14540
*32710 *14830
*32710 *14830
*22650 *10270
18630 8450
*16340 *7410
12030 5450 LQ20TU1068P1
A
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 2.98 m (9’ 9”) arm, 1.00 m3 (1.31 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK250LC-6E
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 1.00 m3 (1.31 yd3) SAE/PCSA
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
6.1 m (20' 0")
Heavy Lift
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
Arm: 2.98 M (9' 9")
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*30920 *14020
*30920 *14020
*19160 *8690
1. 5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*14260 *6470
*14260 *6470
Ground Level
lb kg
*17460 *7910
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*16400 *7430
*16400 *7430
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*25060 *11360
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*35480 *16090
*9360 *4240
*9360 *4240
*12380 *5610
*12380 *5610
*11730 *5320
9650 4370
*19160 *8690
*15010 *6800
13350 6050
*13050 *5920
9280 4210
*24540 *11130
19470 8830
*17790 *8070
12590 5710
13850 6280
8890 4030
*17460 *7910
*28010 *12700
18510 8390
19180 8700
12020 5450
13500 6120
8580 3890
*25350 *11490
*25350 *11490
*29270 *13270
18150 8230
18850 8550
11720 5310
13320 6040
8410 3810
*25060 *11360
*36170 *16400
*36170 *16400
*28600 *12970
18200 8250
18830 8540
11720 5310
*35480 *16090
*36920 *16740
*36920 *16740
*25620 *11620
18630 8450
*18560 *8410
12030 5450 LQ20TU1069P1
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-33
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES B C
SK250LC -6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 3.66 m (12’ 0”) arm, 0.81 m3 (1.06 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.66 M (12' 0") 3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 0.81 m3 (1.06 yd3) SAE/PCSA 700 Kg (1540 lbs) 4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
7.6 m (25' 0')
9.1 m (30' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*5390 *2440
*5390 *2440
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*8270 *3750
*8270 *3750
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*9100 *4120
*9100 *4120
*5510 *2500
*5510 *2500
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
*6640 *3010
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
*14420 *6540
*14420 *6540
*11740 *5320
*11740 *5320
*10390 *4710
9420 4270
*7710 *3500
6830 3090
*20760 *9410
*20760 *9410
*19570 *8870
*19570 *8870
*14410 *6530
12770 5790
*11890 *5390
8970 4060
*9130 *4140
6590 2990
*6640 *3010
*16910 *7670
*16910 *7670
*23430 *10620
18660 8460
*16710 *7570
12070 5470
*13270 *6010
8570 3890
*9330 *4140
6390 2900
*12520 *5680
*12520 *5680
*21000 *9520
*21000 *9520
*25400 *11520
18050 8180
*18190 *8250
11650 5280
13230 6000
8320 3770
*9330 *4230
lb kg
*18690 *8470
*18690 *8470
*28010 *12700
*28010 *12700
*25610 *11610
17930 8130
*18590 *8430
11510 5220
13180 5970
8260 3740
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*26020 *11800
*26020 *11800
*35510 *16100
*35510 *16100
*23980 *10870
18180 8240
*17490 *7930
11670 5290
-6.1 m (-20' 0")
lb kg
*28330 *12850
*28330 *12850
*19380 *8790
18900 8570
A
SK250LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) B C
SK250LC-6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 3.66 m (12’ 0”) arm, 0.81 m3 (1.06 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 3.66 M (12' 0")
Bucket: 0.81 m3 (1.06 yd3) SAE/PCSA 700 Kg (1540 lbs)
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
6.1 m (20' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") 7.6 m (25' 0')
Heavy Lift
9.1 m (30' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
*6140 *2780
*6140 *2780
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*9310 *4220
*9310 *4220
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*10400 *4710
9840 4460
*6280 *2850
*6280 *2850
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
*7530 *3410
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
*16320 *7400
*16320 *7400
*13350 *6050
*13350 *6050
*11870 *5380
9420 4270
*8710 *3950
6830 3090
*23020 *10440
*23020 *10440
*22140 *10040
19920 9030
*16360 *7420
12770 5790
*13560 *6150
8970 4060
*10270 *4660
6590 2990
*7530 *3410
*18800 *8520
*18800 *8520
*26490 *12010
18660 8460
*18960 *8600
12070 5470
13510 6120
8570 3890
10120 4590
6390 2900
*13990 *6340
*13990 *6340
*23300 *10560
*23300 *10560
*28700 *13010
18050 8180
18790 8520
11650 5280
13230 6000
8320 3770
lb kg
*20760 *9410
*20760 *9410
*31010 *14060
*31010 *14060
*28950 *13130
17930 8130
18630 8450
11510 5220
13160 5970
8260 3740
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*28820 *13070
*28820 *13070
*40050 *18160
37030 16790
*27130 *12300
18180 8240
18810 8530
11670 5290
-6.1 m (-20' 0")
lb kg
*32070 *14540
*32070 *14540
*22010 *9980
18900 8570
10-34
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK250LC-6E HD UNDER CARRIAGE LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 2.98 m (9’ 9”) arm, 1.00 m3 (1.31 yrd3) bucket, and 700 mm (27.5”) shoes.
B C
SK250LC-6E
HD-uc Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
Arm: 2.98 M (9' 9")
1.5 m (5' 0")
Bucket: 1.00 m3 (1.31 yd3) SAE/PCSA
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 700 mm (27.5")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7. 6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6. 1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*10120 *4590
4. 6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
3. 0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*18880 *8560
1. 5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*11730 *5320
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*22460 *10190
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*7100 *3220
*7100 *3220
*10120 *4590
*10840 *4920
9730 4410
*11770 *5340
*11770 *5340
*11960 *5420
9500 4310
*18880 *8560
*14140 *6410
13790 6260
*13220 *6000
9200 4170
*23460 *10640
20650 9370
*16520 *7490
13190 5980
13680 6210
8950 4060
13520 6130
8800 3990
*9290 *4210
*9290 *4210
*25900 *11750
19940 9040
*18230 *8270
12740 5780
*11730 *5320
*19950 *9050
*19950 *9050
*26290 *11920
19650 8910
*18870 *8560
12490 5670
*22460 *10190
*33420 *15160
*33420 *15160
*24910 *11300
19650 8910
*18080 *8200
12450 5650
*30200 *13700
*30200 *13700
*21060 *9550
19940 9040
A
LQ22TU1001P1
SK250LC-6E HD UNDER CARRIAGE LIFTING CAPACITIES B C
SK250LC-6E
HD-uc
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.98 M (9' 9")
Bucket: 1.00 m3 (1.31 yd3) SAE/PCSA
3.0 (10' 0")
4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B
10
Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 2.98 m (9’ 9”) arm, 1.00 m3 (1.31 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*10120 *4590
*10120 *4590
*7100 *3220
*7100 *3220
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*11770 *5340
*11770 *5340
*10840 *4920
9910 4500
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*18880 *8560
*18880 *8560
*14140 *6410
14030 6360
*11960 *5420
9670 4390
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*23460 *10640
20990 9520
*16520 *7490
13430 6090
*13220 *6000
9380 4250
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*11730 *5320
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*22460 *10190
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*9290 *4210
*9290 *4210
*25900 *11750
20280 9200
*18230 *8270
12970 5880
13940 6320
9120 4140
*11730 *5320
*19950 *9050
*19950 *9050
*26290 *11920
20000 9070
*18870 *8560
12720 5770
13780 6250
8980 4070
*22460 *10190
*33420 *15160
*33420 *15160
*24910 *11300
20000 9070
*18080 *8200
12680 5750
*30200 *13700
*30200 *13700
*21060 *9550
20290 9200 LQ22TU1002P1
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-35
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK250LC-6E HD UNDER CARRIAGE LIFTING CAPACITIES B C
SK250LC-6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.02 m boom (19’ 9”), 2.98 m (9’ 9”) arm, 1.00 m3 (1.31 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
HD-uc
Boom: 6.02 M (19' 9")
A
1.5 m (5' 0")
Arm: 2.98 M (9' 9") 3.0 (10' 0")
Bucket: 1.00 m3 (1.31 yd3) SAE/PCSA 4.6 m (15' 0")
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4")
6.1 m (20' 0")
7.6 m (25' 0')
C
B 7.6 m (25' 0")
lb kg
6.1 m (20' 0")
lb kg
*10120 *4590
*10120 *4590
*7100 *3220
*7100 *3220
4.6 m (15' 0")
lb kg
*11770 *5340
*11770 *5340
*10840 *4920
10040 4550
3.0 m (10' 0")
lb kg
*18880 *8560
*18880 *8560
*14140 *6410
*14140 *6410
*11960 *5420
9810 4450
1.5 m (5' 0")
lb kg
*23460 *10640
21260 9640
*16520 *7490
13610 6170
*13220 *6000
9520 4320
Ground Level
lb kg
-1.5 m (-5' 0")
lb kg
*11730 *5320
-3.0 m (-10' 0")
lb kg
*22460 *10190
-4.6 m (-15' 0")
lb kg
*9290 *4210
*9290 *4210
*25900 *11750
20550 9320
*18230 *8270
13160 5970
14140 6410
9260 4200
*11730 *5320
*19950 *9050
*19950 *9050
*26290 *11920
20270 9190
*18870 *8560
12910 5860
13980 6340
9120 4140
*22460 *10190
*33420 *15160
*33420 *15160
*24910 *11300
20270 9190
*18080 *8200
12870 5840
*30200 *13700
*30200 *13700
*21060 *9550
20560 9330 LQ22TU1003P1
10
10-36
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook. 4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capac-
SK290LC-6E SK290LC-6 E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES KCMALLC SPEC’S
ity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KOBELCO Construction Machinery America LLC.
1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at their specified load
radii and heights. 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine s tanding on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc.
C A U T I O N THE OPERATOR MUST CONSIDER THE WEIGHT OF ANY DEVICE UTILIZED FOR LIFTING TO PROPERLY CALCULATE THE TOTAL LIFTING CAPACITY OF THE MACHINE, EXAMPLE: 1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size indicated in the lifting table, and a lifting cable, etc. weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket indicated in the lifting chart, then you have to subtract this additional weight from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. accordingly. 3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket indicated in lifting chart, then you can safely add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly.
SK290LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES
Based on a machine equipped with 6.20 m boom (20’ 4”), 3.20 m (10’ 6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes. A SK290LC-6E
A B C
Boom: 6.20 M (20' 4") 5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 3.20 M (10' 6") 10' 0" (3.0)
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 954 Kg (2100 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 600 mm (23.6")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*25770 *11680
*25770 *11680
*23520 *10670
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*10140 *4590
*10140 *4590
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*14590 *6620
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*14500 *6570
*14500 *6570
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*22690 *10290
*22690 *10290
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*11030 *5000
*11030 *5000
*15040 *6820
*15040 *6820
*13500 *6120
10950 4960
*23520 *10670
*17780 *8060
15080 6840
*14900 *6760
10440 4730
*9060 *4100
7530 3410
*28570 *12960
21840 9900
*20440 *9270
14100 6390
16310 7390
9920 4500
*10630 *4820
7280 3300
*14590 *6620
*31230 *14160
20730 9400
*22280 *10100
13400 6070
15860 7190
9520 4310
*22290 *10110
*22290 *10110
*31480 *14270
20360 9230
22290 10100
13050 5920
15640 7090
9310 4220
*32420 *14700
*32420 *14700
*29640 *13440
20470 9280
*21870 *9920
13060 5920
15700 7120
9370 4250
*35230 *15980
*35230 *15980
*25290 *11430
21030 9530
*18390 *8340
13450 6100
SK290LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 6.20 m boom (20’ 4”), 3.20 m (10’ 6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes. A
SK290LC-6E
A B C
10
Boom: 6.20 M (20' 4")
Ar m: 3.20 M (10' 6")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
10' 0" (3.0)
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 954 Kg (2100 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 600 mm (23.6")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
HL
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*28550 *12950
*28550 *12950
*26550 *12040
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*11390 *5160
*11390 *5160
Ground Level
lb kg
*16300 *7390
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*16210 *7350
*16210 *7350
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*25210 *11430
*25210 *11430
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
*12390 *5620
11310 5130
*17040 *7730
16100 7300
*15370 *6970
10950 4960
23840 10810
*20150 *9130
15080 6840
16890 7660
10440 4730
*10230 *4630
7530 3410
*32270 *14630
21840 9900
*23170 *10510
14100 6390
16310 7390
9920 4500
*11960 *5420
7280 3300
*16300 *7390
*35280 *16000
20730 9400
22680 10280
13400 6070
15860 7190
9520 4310
*24760 *11230
*24760 *11230
*35590 *16140
20360 9230
22290 10110
13050 5920
15640 70990
9310 4220
*35900 *16280
*35900 *16280
*33560 *15220
20470 9280
22290 10110
13060 5920
15700 7120
9370 4250
*39950 *18120
*39950 *18120
*28650 *12990
21030 9530
*20970 *9510
13450 6100
10-39
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK290LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 6.20 m boom (20’ 4”), 3.20 m (10’ 6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK290LC-6E
Boom: 6.20 M (20' 4")
A
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 3.20 M (10' 6") 10' 0" (3.0)
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 954 Kg (2100 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*25770 *11680
*25770 *11680
*23520 *10670
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*10140 *4590
*10140 *4590
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*14590 *6620
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*14500 *6570
*14500 *6570
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*22690 *10290
*22690 *10290
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*11030 *5000
*11030 *5000
*15040 *6820
*15040 *6820
*13500 *6120
11230 5090
*23520 *10670
*17780 *8060
15450 7000
*14900 *6760
10720 4860
*9060 *4100
7750 3510
*28570 *12960
22390 10150
*20440 *9270
14470 6560
*16340 *7410
10200 4620
*10630 *4820
7510 3400
*14590 *6620
*31230 *14160
21270 9640
*22280 *10100
13770 6240
16310 7390
9790 4440
*22290 *10110
*22290 *10110
*31480 *14270
20900 9480
*22860 *10370
13420 6080
16080 7290
9590 4350
*32420 *14700
*32420 *14700
*29640 *13440
21020 9530
*21870 *9920
13430 6090
16140 7320
9650 4370
*35230 *15980
*35230 *15980
*25220 *11430
21570 9780
*18390 *8340
13820 6270
A
SK290LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 6.20 m boom (20’ 4”), 3.20 m (10’ 6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
B C
SK290LC-6E
A
Boom: 6.20 M (20' 4")
Ar m: 3.20 M (10' 6")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
10' 0" (3.0)
Bucket: 1.20 m 3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 954 Kg (2100 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
HL
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*28550 *12950
*28550 *12950
*26550 *12040
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*11390 *5160
*11390 *5160
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*16300 *7390
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*16210 *7350
*16210 *7350
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*25210 *11430
*25210 *11430
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*12390 *5620
11590 5250
*17040 *7730
16470 7470
*15370 *6970
11230 5090
24390 11060
*20150 *9130
15450 7000
*16960 *7690
10720 4860
*10230 *4630
7750 3510
*32270 *14630
22390 10150
*23170 *10510
14470 6560
16750 7590
10200 4620
*11960 *5420
7510 3400
*16300 *7390
*35280 *16000
21270 9640
23290 10560
13770 6240
16310 7390
9790 4440
*24760 *11230
*24760 *11230
*35590 *16140
20900 9480
22890 10380
13420 6080
16080 7290
9590 4350
*35900 *16280
*35900 *16280
*33560 *15220
21020 9530
22900 10380
13430 6090
16140 7320
9650 4370
*39950 *18120
*39950 *18120
*28650 *12990
21570 9780
*20970 *9510
13820 6270
10-40
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK290LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES B C
SK290LC-6E
A
Based on a machine equipped with 6.20 m boom (20’ 4”), 3.20 m (10’ 6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
Boom: 6.20 M (20' 4") 5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 3.20 M (10' 6") 10' 0" (3.0)
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 954 Kg (2100 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*25770 *11680
*25770 *11680
*23520 *10670
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*10140 *4590
*10140 *4590
Ground Level
lb kg
*14590 *6620
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*14500 *6570
*14500 *6570
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*22690 *10290
*22690 *10290
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*11030 *5000
*11030 *5000
*15040 *6820
*15040 *6820
*13500 *6120
11370 5150
*23520 *10670
*17780 *8060
15630 7090
*14900 *6760
10860 4920
*9060 *4100
7870 3560
*28570 *12960
22660 10270
*20440 *9270
14650 6640
*16340 *7410
10340 4680
*10630 *4820
7620 3450
*14590 *6620
*31230 *14160
21540 9770
*22280 *10100
13950 6320
16530 7490
9930 4500
*22290 *10110
*22290 *10110
*31480 *14270
21170 9600
*22860 *10370
13610 6170
16300 7390
9730 4410
*32420 *14700
*32420 *14700
*29640 *13440
21290 9650
*21870 *9920
13610 6170
16360 7420
9790 4440
*35230 *15980
*35230 *15980
*25220 *11430
21840 9900
*18390 *8340
14010 6350
A
SK290LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 6.20 m boom (20’ 4”), 3.20 m (10’ 6”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
B C SK290LC-6E
A
Ar m: 3.20 M (10' 6")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
10' 0" (3.0)
Bucket: 1.20 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 954 Kg (2100 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
HL
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B
10
Boom: 6.20 M (20' 4")
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*28550 *12950
*28550 *12950
*26550 *12040
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*11390 *5160
*11390 *5160
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*16300 *7390
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*16210 *7350
*16210 *7350
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*25210 *11430
*25210 *11430
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
*12390 *5620
11730 5310
*17040 *7730
16650 7550
*15370 *6970
11370 5150
24660 11180
*20150 *9130
15630 7090
*16960 *7690
10860 4920
*10230 *4630
7870 3550
*32270 *14630
22660 10270
*23170 *10510
14650 6640
16970 7690
10340 4680
*11960 *5420
7620 3450
*16300 *7390
*35280 *16000
21540 9770
23590 10700
13950 6320
16530 7490
9930 4500
*24760 *11230
*24760 *11230
*35590 *16140
21170 9600
23200 10520
13610 6170
16300 7390
9730 4410
*35900 *16280
*35900 *16280
*33560 *15220
21290 9650
23200 10520
13610 6170
16360 7420
9790 4440
*39950 *18120
*39950 *18120
*28650 *12990
21840 9900
*20970 *9510
14010 6350
10-41
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook. 4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic Excavator Lift Capac-
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES KCMA SPEC’S
ity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KOBELCO Construction Machinery America LLC.
1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at their specified load
radii and heights. 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine s tanding on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc.
C A U T I O N THE OPERATOR MUST CONSIDER THE WEIGHT OF ANY DEVICE UTILIZED FOR LIFTING TO PROPERLY CALCULATE THE TOTAL LIFTING CAPACITY OF THE MACHINE, EXAMPLE: 1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size indicated in the lifting table, and a lifting cable, etc. weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket indicated in the lifting chart, then you have to subtract this additional weight from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. accordingly. 3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket indicated in lifting chart, then you can safely add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly.
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES A
SK330LC-6E Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3") Ar m: 2.60 M (8' 6") Bucket: 1.6 m3 (2.09 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1130 Kg (2490 lbs) Shoes 800 mm (31.5")
A
B
B C
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
*14480 * 6570
*14480 * 6570
*22710 *10300
*22710 *10300
*17850 * 8090
*17850 * 8090
*15400 * 6980
14610 6620
lb kg
*28460 *12900
*28460 *12900
*20540 * 9310
19720 8940
*16730 * 7590
13950 6330
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*32470 *14720
*32470 *14720
*22870 *10370
18590 8430
*18000 * 8160
13350 6050
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*33560 *15220
*33560 *15220
*24140 *10950
17900 8120
*18750 * 8500
12930 5860
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*36880 *16720
*36880 *16720
*32520 *14740
*32520 *14740
*24050 *10900
17670 8010
*18550 * 8410
12780 5790
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*39980 *18130
*39980 *18130
*29560 *13400
*29560 *13400
*22230 *10080
17850 8090
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*31320 *14200
*31320 *14200
*23780 *10780
*23780 *10780
*35440 *16070
*35440 *16070
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) A
SK330LC-6E Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3") Ar m: 2.60 M (8' 6") Bucket: 1.6 m3 (2.09 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1130 Kg (2490 lbs) Shoes 800 mm (31.5") HEAV Y LIFT
A B
B C
10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
25' 0' (7.6 m)
C
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
*16540 * 7500
*15100 * 6840
*25700 *11650
*25700 *11650
*20310 * 9210
*20310 * 9210
*17600 * 7980
14610 6620
lb kg
*32280 *14640
*32280 *14640
*23390 *10600
19720 8940
*19130 * 8670
13950 6330
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*36860 *16710
*36860 *16710
*26050 *11810
18590 8430
*20580 * 9330
13350 6050
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*38120 *17290
*38120 *17290
*27520 *12480
17900 8120
20970 9510
12930 5860
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*40820 *18510
*40820 *18510
*36980 *16770
*36980 *16770
*27430 *12440
17670 8010
20810 9440
12780 5790
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*45530 *20650
*45530 *20650
*33690 *15280
*33690 *15280
*25420 *11520
17850 8090
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*35900 *16280
*35900 *16280
*27260 *12360
*27260 *12360
*39930 *18110
*39930 *18110
10-43
30' 0' (9.1 m)
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES B C
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 2.60 m (8’ 6”) arm, 1.60 m3 (2.09 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
SK330LC-6E Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3") Ar m: 2.60 M (8' 6") Bucket: 1.6 m3 (2.09 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1130 Kg (2490 lbs) Shoes 900 mm (35.4")
A
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
*14480 * 6570
*14480 * 6570
*22710 *10300
*22710 *10300
*17850 * 8090
*17850 * 8090
*15400 * 6980
14760 6690
lb kg
*28460 *12900
*28460 *12900
*20540 * 9310
19920 9030
*16730 * 7590
14110 6400
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*32470 *14720
*32470 *14720
*22870 *10370
18790 8520
*18000 * 8160
13500 6120
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*33560 *15220
*33560 *15220
*24140 *10950
18110 8210
*18750 * 8500
13080 5930
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*36880 *16720
*36880 *16720
*32520 *14740
*32520 *14740
*24050 *10900
17870 8100
*18550 * 8410
12930 5860
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*39980 *18130
*39980 *18130
*29560 *13400
*29560 *13400
*22230 *10080
18060 8190
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*31320 *14200
*31320 *14200
*23780 *10780
*23780 *10780
*35440 *16070
*35440 *16070
A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 2.60 m (8’ 6”) arm, 1.60 m3 (2.09 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
B C
SK330LC-6E Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3") Ar m: 2.60 M (8' 6") Bucket:1.6 m3 (2.09yd3) SAE /PCSA 1130 Kg (2490 lbs) Shoes 900 mm (35.4") HL
A
B
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
*16540 * 7500
15250 6910
*25700 *11650
*25700 *11650
*20310 * 9210
*20310 * 9210
*17600 * 7980
14760 6690
lb kg
*32280 *14640
*32280 *14640
*23390 *10600
19920 9030
*19130 * 8670
14110 6400
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*36860 *16710
*36860 *16710
*26050 *11810
18790 8520
*20580 * 9330
13500 6120
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*38120 *17290
*38120 *17290
*27520 *12480
18110 8210
21220 9620
13080 5930
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*40820 *18510
*40820 *18510
*36980 *16770
*36980 *16770
*27430 *12440
17870 8100
21050 9550
12930 5860
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*45530 *20650
*45530 *20650
*33690 *15280
*33690 *15280
*25420 *11520
18060 8190
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*35900 *16280
*35900 *16280
*27260 *12360
*27260 *12360
*39930 *18110
*39930 *18110
10-44
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 3.30 m (10’ 10”) arm, 1.40 m3 (1.83 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
B C SK330LC-6E
A
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3") 5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 3.30 M (10' 10") 10' 0" (3.0 m)
Bucket: 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1040 Kg (2290 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 600 mm (23.6")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 25' 0" (7.6 m)
lb kg
*10790 * 4890
*10790 * 4890
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
*13070 * 5920
*13070 * 5920
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*31090 *14100
*31090 *14100
*25750 *11680
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*16800 * 7820
*16800 * 7820
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*24210 *10980
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*24890 *11280
*24890 *11280
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*34940 *15850
*34940 *15850
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
*16170 * 7330
*16170 * 7330
*14190 * 6430
*14190 * 6430
*10760 * 4880
10450 4740
*25750 *11680
*19070 * 8650
*19070 * 8650
*15720 * 7130
13780 6250
*13820 * 6270
10100 4580
*30760 *13950
28160 12770
*21800 * 9880
18370 8330
*17250 * 7820
13080 5930
*14590 * 6610
9740 4410
*24210 *10980
*33210 *15060
26840 12170
*23640 *10720
17480 7920
*18360 * 8330
12540 5680
*15070 * 6830
9460 4290
*34470 *15630
*34470 *15630
*33300 *15100
26420 11980
*24200 *10970
17050 7730
*18700 * 8480
12250 5550
*44830 *20330
*44830 *20330
*31380 *14230
26570 12050
*23250 *10540
17030 7720
*17760 * 8050
12280 5570
*37440 *16970
*37440 *16970
*27050 *12270
*27050 *12270
*20090 * 9110
17460 7910
*18320 * 8310
*18320 * 8310
A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) B C SK330LC-6E
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
Ar m: 3.30 M (10' 10")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Bucket: 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1040 Kg (2290 lbs)
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 600 mm (23.6") 25' 0' (7.6 m)
HEAV Y LIFT
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B
10
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 3.30 m (10’ 10”) arm, 1.40 m3 (1.83 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
25' 0" (7.6 m)
lb kg
*12150 * 5510
*12150 * 5510
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
*14950 * 6780
*14950 * 6780
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*34440 *15620
*34440 *15620
*29190 *13240
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*18760 * 8500
*18760 * 8500
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*25900 *12200
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*27670 *12540
*27670 *12540
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*38720 *17560
*38720 *17560
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
*18410 * 8350
*18410 * 8350
*16240 * 7360
*14490 * 6570
*12140 * 5550
10450 4750
*29190 *13240
*21720 * 9850
19650 8910
*17990 * 8160
13780 6250
*15880 * 7200
10100 4580
*34910 *15830
28160 12770
*24840 *11260
18370 8330
*19740 * 8950
13080 5930
15610 7080
9740 4410
*25900 *12200
*37720 *17100
26840 12170
*26940 *12220
17480 7920
*20320 * 9210
12540 5680
15310 6940
9460 4290
*38180 *17310
*38180 *17310
*37850 *17160
26420 11980
*27600 *12520
17050 7730
*20000 * 9070
12250 5550
*50930 *23090
*50930 *23090
*35720 *16200
26570 12050
*26560 *12040
17030 7720
*20030 * 9080
12280 5570
*42710 *19370
*42710 *19370
*30920 *14020
27210 12340
*23040 *10450
17460 7910
*21200 * 9610
*21200 * 9610
10-45
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES B C SK330LC-6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 3.30 m (10’ 10”) arm, 1.40 m3 (1.83 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 3.30 M (10' 10") 10' 0" (3.0 m)
Bucket: 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1040 Kg (2290 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 25' 0" (7.6 m)
lb kg
*10790 * 4890
*10790 * 4890
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
*13070 * 5920
*13070 * 5920
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*31090 *14100
*31090 *14100
*25750 *11680
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*16800 * 7820
*16800 * 7820
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*24210 *10980
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*24890 *11280
*24890 *11280
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*34940 *15850
*34940 *15850
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
*16170 * 7330
*16170 * 7330
*14190 * 6430
*14190 * 6430
*10760 * 4880
*10760 * 4880
*25750 *11680
*19070 * 8650
*19070 * 8650
*15720 * 7130
14240 6460
*13820 * 6270
10480 4750
*30760 *13950
29070 13180
*21800 * 9880
18980 8600
*17250 * 7820
13540 6140
*14590 * 6610
10110 4580
*24210 *10980
*33210 *15060
27750 12580
*23630 *10720
18090 8200
*18360 * 8330
13000 5890
*15070 * 6830
9830 4460
*34470 *15630
*34470 *15630
*33300 *15100
27330 12390
*24200 *10970
17660 8010
*18700 * 8480
12720 5760
*44830 *20330
*44830 *20330
*31380 *14230
27480 12460
*23250 *10540
17650 8000
*17760 * 8050
12740 5780
*37430 *16970
*37430 *16970
*27050 *12270
*27050 *12270
*20090 * 9110
18070 8190
*18320 * 8310
*18320 * 8310
A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) B C
SK330LC-6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 3.30 m (10’ 10”) arm, 1.40 m3 (1.83 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
Ar m: 3.30 M (10' 10")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Bucket: 1.4 m3 (1.83 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1040 Kg (2290 lbs)
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") 25' 0' (7.6 m)
HEAV Y LIFT
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 25' 0" (7.6 m)
lb kg
*12150 * 5510
*12150 * 5510
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
*14950 * 6780
*14950 * 6780
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*34440 *15620
*34440 *15620
*29190 *13240
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*18760 * 8500
*18760 * 8500
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*26900 *12200
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*27670 *12540
*27670 *12540
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*38720 *17560
*38720 *17560
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
*18410 * 8350
*18410 * 8350
*16240 * 7360
14960 6780
*12140 * 5500
*10820 * 4910
*29190 *13240
*21720 * 9850
20260 9180
*17990 * 8160
14240 6460
*15880 * 7200
*10480 * 4750
*34910 *15830
29070 13180
*24840 *11260
18980 8600
*19740 * 8950
13540 6140
16190 7340
10110 4580
*26900 *12200
*37720 *17100
27750 12580
*26940 *12210
*18090 * 8200
*21010 * 9530
13000 5890
15890 7200
9830 4460
*38180 *17310
*38180 *17310
*37850 *17160
27330 12390
*27600 *12520
17660 8010
*20750 * 9410
*12720 * 5760
*50930 *23090
*50930 *23090
*35720 *16200
27480 12460
*26560 *12040
17650 8000
*20380 * 9240
*12740 * 5780
*42710 *19370
*42710 *19370
*30910 *14020
28120 12750
*23040 *10450
18070 8190
*21200 * 9610
*21200 * 9610
10-46
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 4.15 m (13’ 7”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
B C
SK330LC-6E
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 4.15 M (13' 7") 10' 0" (3.0 m)
Bucket: 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 930 Kg (2050 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 600 mm (23.6")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*34330 *15570
*34330 *15570
*21860 * 9910
*21860 * 9910
*16800 * 7620
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*28750 *13040
*28750 *13040
*27680 *12550
*27680 *12550
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*13440 * 6090
*13440 * 6090
*26360 *11950
*26360 *11950
*31480 *14270
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*21080 * 9560
*21080 * 9560
*32010 *14520
*32010 *14520
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*29000 *13150
*29000 *13150
*40670 *18440
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*37860 *17170
*37860 *17170
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
* 9430 * 4270
* 9430 * 4270
*12450 * 5650
*12450 * 5650
*11650 * 5280
10630 4820
*16800 * 7620
*14130 * 6400
13990 6340
*12550 * 5690
10180 4620
*19880 * 9010
18650 8450
*15890 * 7200
13150 5960
*13540 * 6140
9710 4400
26940 12210
*22290 *10100
17480 7920
*17350 * 7870
12450 5650
14360 6510
9310 4220
*32900 *14920
26020 11800
*23570 *10690
16790 7610
*18190 * 8250
12000 5440
*14700 * 6660
9060 4100
*40670 *18440
*32230 *14610
25840 11720
*23500 *10660
16540 7500
*18060 * 8190
11840 5370
*42580 *19310
*42580 *19310
*29410 *13340
26210 11880
*21710 * 9840
16720 7580
*16310 * 7400
12030 5450
*33020 *14970
*33020 *14970
*23500 *10660
*23500 *10660
*16940 * 7680
*16940 * 7680
A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) B C
SK330LC -6E
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
Ar m: 4.15 M (13' 7")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Bucket: 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 930 Kg (2050 lbs)
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 600 mm (23.6") 25' 0' (7.6 m)
HEAV Y LIFT 30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B
10
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 4.15 m (13’ 7”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 600 mm (23.6”) shoes.
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*38750 *17570
*38750 *17570
*24820 *11250
*24820 *11250
*19190 * 8700
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*31890 *14460
*31890 *14460
*31480 *14270
28920 13110
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*15090 * 6840
*15090 * 6840
*29280 *13270
*29280 *13270
*35820 *16240
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*23490 *10650
*23490 *10650
*35490 *16090
*35490 *16090
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*32190 *14600
*32190 *14600
*45010 *20410
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*41930 *19010
*41930 *19010
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
*10690 * 4840
*10690 * 4840
*14300 * 6480
*14300 * 6480
*13440 * 6090
10630 4820
*19190 * 8700
*16220 * 7350
13990 6340
*14470 * 6560
10180 4620
*22710 *10300
18650 8450
*18240 * 8270
13150 5960
15610 7080
9710 4400
26940 12210
*25460 *11550
17480 7920
*19920 * 9030
12450 5650
15170 6880
9310 4220
*37450 *16980
26020 11800
*26940 *12210
16790 7610
19760 8960
12000 5440
14900 6750
9060 4100
*45010 *20410
*36730 *16660
25840 11720
*26890 *12190
16540 7500
19580 8880
11840 5370
*48520 *22000
*48520 *22000
*33600 *15240
26210 11880
*24900 *11290
16720 7580
*18810 * 8530
12030 5450
*37880 *17170
*37880 *17170
*27020 *12250
*23500 *10660
*19580 * 8880
17440 7910
10-47
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES B C
SK330LC-6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 4.15 m (13’ 7”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 4.15 M (13' 7") 10' 0" (3.0 m)
Bucket: 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 930 Kg (2050 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*34330 *15570
*34330 *15570
*21860 * 9910
*21860 * 9910
*16800 * 7620
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*28750 *13040
*28750 *13040
*27680 *12550
*27680 *12550
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*13440 * 8090
*13440 * 8090
*26360 *11950
*26360 *11950
*31480 *14270
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*21080 * 9560
*21080 * 9560
*32010 *14520
*32010 *14520
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*29000 *13150
*29000 *13150
*40670 *18440
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*37860 *17170
*37860 *17170
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
* 9430 * 4270
* 9430 * 4270
*12450 * 5650
*12450 * 5650
*11650 * 5280
11000 4990
*16800 * 7620
*14130 * 6400
*14130 * 6400
*12550 * 5690
10550 4780
*19880 * 9010
19260 8820
*15890 * 7200
13610 6170
*13540 * 6140
10080 4570
*31480 *14270
*22290 *10100
18090 8200
*17350 * 7870
12920 5860
14360 6510
9680 4390
*32900 *14920
*32900 *14920
*23570 *10690
17400 7890
*18190 * 8250
12460 5650
14700 6660
9430 4270
*40670 *18440
*32230 *14610
*32230 *14610
*23500 *10660
17160 7780
*18060 * 8190
12300 5580
*42580 *19310
*42580 *19310
*29410 *13340
*29410 *13340
*21710 * 9840
17340 7860
*16310 * 7400
12500 5660
*33020 *14970
*33020 *14970
*23500 *10660
*23500 *10660
*16940 *7680
*16940 *7680
A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) B C
SK330LC-6E
Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 4.15 m (13’ 7”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
Ar m: 4.15 M (13' 7")
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Bucket: 1.2 m 3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 930 Kg (2050 lbs)
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 800 mm (31.5") 25' 0' (7.6 m)
HEAV Y LIFT 30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*38750 *17570
*38750 *17570
*24820 *11250
*24820 *11250
*19190 *8700
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*31890 *14660
*31890 *14660
*31480 *14270
29830 13530
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*15090 * 6840
*15090 * 6840
*29280 *13270
*29280 *13270
*35820 *16240
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*23490 *10650
*23490 *10650
*35490 *16090
*35490 *16090
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*32190 *14600
*32190 *14600
*45010 *20410
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*41930 *19010
*41930 *19010
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
*10690 * 4840
*10690 *4840
*14300 *6480
*14300 * 6480
*13440 * 6090
11000 4990
*19190 * 8700
*16220 *7350
14450 6550
*14470 * 6560
10550 4780
*22710 *10300
19260 8730
*18240 * 8270
13610 6170
*15610 * 7080
10080 4570
27650 12630
*25460 *11550
18090 8200
*19920 * 9030
12920 5860
15750 7140
9680 4390
*37450 *16980
26930 12210
*26940 *12210
17400 7890
20500 9290
12460 5650
15480 7020
9430 4270
*45010 *20410
*36730 *16660
26750 12130
*26890 *12190
17160 7780
20320 9210
12300 5580
*48520 *22000
*48520 *22000
*33600 *15240
27120 12300
*24900 *11290
17340 7860
*18810 * 8530
12500 5660
*37880 *17170
*37880 *17170
*27020 *12250
*27020 *12250
*19580 *8880
*18050 * 8180
10-48
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 4.15 m (13’ 7”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
B C
SK330LC-6E
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Ar m: 4.15 M (13' 7") 10' 0" (3.0 m)
Bucket: 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 930 Kg (2050 lbs) 15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4")
25' 0' (7.6 m)
30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B 20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*34330 *15570
*34330 *15570
*21860 * 9910
*21860 * 9910
*16800 * 7620
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*28750 *13040
*28750 *13040
*27680 *12550
*27680 *12550
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*13440 *6090
*13440 *6090
*26360 *11950
*26360 *11950
*31480 *14270
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*21080 *9560
*21080 *9560
*32010 *14520
*32010 *14520
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*29000 *13150
*29000 *13150
*40670 *18440
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*37860 *17170
*37860 *17170
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
* 9430 * 4270
* 9430 * 4270
*12450 *5650
*12450 *5650
*11650 * 5280
11130 5040
*16800 * 7620
*14130 *6400
*14130 *6400
*12550 * 5690
10680 4840
*19880 * 9010
*19460 * 8820
*15890 *7200
13760 6240
*13540 * 6140
10200 4620
28140 12760
*22290 *10100
*18300 * 8200
*17350 *7870
13070 5920
14360 6510
9800 4440
*32900 *14920
27230 12350
*23570 *10690
*17600 * 7980
*18190 *8250
12620 5720
14700 6660
9550 4330
*40670 *18440
*32230 *14610
27050 12270
*23500 *10660
*17360 *7870
*18060 * 8190
12450 5650
*42580 *19310
*42580 *19310
*29410 *13340
27420 12430
*21710 * 9840
*17540 *7950
*16310 *7400
12650 5730
*33020 *14970
*33020 *14970
*23500 *10660
*23500 *10660
*16940 * 7680
*16940 *7680
A
SK330LC-6E LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) Based on a machine equipped with 6.50 m boom (21’ 3”), 4.15 m (13’ 7”) arm, 1.20 m3 (1.57 yrd3) bucket, and 900 mm (35.4”) shoes.
B C
SK330LC-6E
Boom: 6.50 M (21' 3")
A
5' 0" (1.5 m)
Bucket: 1.2 m3 (1.57 yd3) SAE /PCSA 930 Kg (2050 lbs)
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
Shoes: 900 mm (35.4") 25' 0' (7.6 m)
HEAV Y LIFT 30' 0' (9.1 m)
C
B
10
Ar m: 4.15 M (13' 7")
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
lb kg
*38750 *17570
*38750 *17570
*24820 *11250
*24820 *11250
*19190 *8700
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*31890 *14460
*31890 *14460
*31480 *14270
30130 13660
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*15090 *6840
*15090 *6840
*29280 *13270
*29280 *13270
*35820 *16240
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*23490 *10650
*23490 *10650
*35490 *16090
*35490 *16090
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*32190 *14600
*32190 *14600
*45010 *20410
-15' 0" (-4.6 m)
lb kg
*41930 *19010
*41930 *19010
-20' 0" (-6.1 m)
lb kg
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
*10690 *4840
*10690 *4840
*14300 *6480
*14300 *6480
*13440 * 6090
11130 5040
*19190 *8700
*16220 *7350
14600 6620
*14470 *6560
10680 4840
*22710 *10300
19460 8820
*18240 *8270
13760 6240
*15610 *7080
10200 4620
28140 12760
*25460 *11550
18300 8290
*19920 *9030
13070 5920
15940 7230
9800 4440
*37450 *16980
27230 12350
*26940 *12210
17600 7980
20750 9410
12620 5720
15670 7110
9550 4330
*45010 *20410
*36730 *16660
27050 12270
*26890 *12190
17360 7870
20570 9320
12450 5650
*48520 *22000
*48520 *22000
*33600 *15240
27420 12430
*24900 *11290
17540 7950
*18810 *8530
12650 5730
*37880 *17170
*37880 *17170
*27020 *12250
*27020 *12250
*19580 *8880
*18250 *8280
10-49
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. Do not attempt to lift any load that exceeds these rated values at
4. The previous rated loads are in compliance with SAE Hydraulic
their specified load radii and heights. 2. Lifting capacities assume a machine standing on a level, firm, and uniform supporting surface. Operator must make allowance for job conditions such as soft or uneven ground, out of level conditions, side loads, sudden stopping of loads, hazardous conditions, inexperienced personnel, weight of various other buckets, lifting slings, attachments, etc. 3. Ratings at bucket lift hook.
Excavator Lift Capacity Standard J 1097. They do not exceed 87% of hydraulic lifting capacity or 75% of tipping load. Rated loads marked with and asterisk (*) are limited by hydraulic capacity rather than tipping load. 5. Operator should be fully acquainted with the operator’s manual before operating this machine. Rules for safe operation of equipment should be followed at all times. 6. Capacities apply to the machine as originally manufactured and normally equipped by KOBELCO Construction Machinery America LLC.
C A U T I O N THE OPERATOR MUST CONSIDER THE WEIGHT OF ANY DEVICE UTILIZED FOR LIFTING TO PROPERLY CALCULATE THE TOTAL LIFTING CAPACITY OF THE MACHINE, EXAMPLE: 1. If the excavator uses the same bucket size indicated in the lifting table, and a lifting cable, etc. weighing weighing 100 kg (220 lbs) is used for lifting, then you have to subtract this additional 100 kg (220 lbs) from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 2. If a bucket is changed for a larger bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) more than the bucket indicated in the lifting chart, then you have to subtract this additional additional weight from every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly. 3. If a bucket is changed for a smaller bucket, which weight is 350 Kg (770 lbs) less than the bucket indicated in lifting chart, then you can safely add 350 kg (770 lbs) to every value indicated in the lifting table accordingly.
A
SK330LC-6E ME LIFTING CAPACITIES (Heavy Lift) B C
Based on a machine equipped with 6.00 m boom (19’ 8”), 2,20 m (7’ 2.5”) arm, 2.91 m3 (3.80 yrd3) bucket, and 800 mm (31.5”) shoes.
SK330LC-6E Boom: 6,00 M (19' 8") Ar m: 2.2 M (7' 2.5") Bucket: 2.91 m3 (3.80 yd3) SAE /PCSA 1,991 Kg (4,391 lbs) Shoes 800 mm (31.5") Heavy Lif t
A
B
10' 0" (3.0 m)
15' 0" (4.6 m)
20' 0" (6.1 m)
25' 0' (7.6 m)
C
20' 0" (6.1 m)
lb kg
15' 0" (4.6 m)
lb kg
10' 0" (3.0 m)
*25,670 *11,664
17,320 7,855
*25,180 *11,421
17,440 7,911
*19,810 *8,986
11,790 5,348
lb kg
*25,000 *11,340
17,490 7,933
*19,560 *8,872
11,850 5,375
5' 0" (1.5 m)
lb kg
*24,980 *11,330
17,490 7,933
*19,530 *8,859
11,860 5,380
Gr ound Level
lb kg
*36,250 *16,440
*28,150 *12,769
*25,090 *11,380
17,470 7,924
*19,710 *8,940
11,820 5,361
-5' 0" (-1.5 m)
lb kg
*58,710 *26,630
*58,510 *26,540
*35,340 *16,030
*28,220 *12,800
*25,460 *11,548
17,370 7,879
-10' 0" (-3.0 m)
lb kg
*58,780 *26,662
*58,780 *26,662
28,070 12,732
28,070 12,732
*26,200 *11,884
17,180 7,793
*35,440 *16,075
*28,190 *12,787
10-50
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
The following Torque Specifications are provided for use when actual torque value of a fastener is not known. A. CAPSCREWS & NUTS 1. Metric Coarse Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values. Make certain to tighten all Capscrews & Nuts to
proper torque values. Classification
4.8 T
7T
10.9 T
NOMI NOMINA NAL L SIZE SIZE NO LUB LUBRI RICA CATI TION ON OIL OIL LUBR LUBRIC ICA ATION TION NO LUB LUBRI RICA CATI TION ON OIL OIL LUBR LUBRIC ICA ATION TION NO LUB LUBRI RICA CATI TION ON OIL OIL LUBR LUBRIC ICA ATION TION M6
P=1
0.45±0.05 (3.2±0.4) 0.38±0.04(2.7±0.3)
0.98±0.1 (7.1±0.7)
0.83±0.08 (6.0±0.6 0.6) 1.77 .77±0.18 (12.8±1.3) 1.3) 1.5 1.5±0.15 (10.8±1.1)
M8
P=1.25
1.09±0.11 (7.9±0.8) 0.92±0.09 (6.6±0.7)
2.4±0.2 (17.3±1.4)
2.0±0.2 (14.4±1.4)
4.3±0.4 (31.0±2.9)
3.6±0.4 (26.0±2.9)
M10
P=1.5
2.2±0.2 (15.9±1.4) 1.83±0.18 (13.2±1.3) 4.7±0.5 (33.9±3.6)
4.0±0.4 (28.9±2.9)
8.5±0.9 (61.3±6.5)
7.2±0.7 (52.0±5.1)
M12
P=1.75
3.7±0.4 (26.7±2.9)
3.2±0.3 (23.1±2.2)
8.1±0.8 (58.5±5.8)
6.8±0.7 (49.1±5.1) 14.6±1.5 (105±10. 10.8) 12. 12.3±1.2 (88.8±8.7)
M14
P=2
5.9±0.6 (42.6±4.3)
5.0±0.5 (36.1±3.6)
12.8±1.3 (92.5±9.4) 10.8±1.1 (78.0±7.9)
M16
P=2
9.0±.09 (64.9±6.5)
7.6±0.7 (54.8±5.1) 19.5±2.0 (140±14. 14.4) 16. 16.4±1.6 (118±11.5)
M18
P=2.5
12.4±1.2 (89.6±8.7) 10.5±1.0 (75.8±7.2)
27±3 (195±22)
M20
P=2.5
17.5±1.7 (126±12.3 12.3)) 14.7 14.7±1.4 (106±10.1)
M22
P=2.5
23±2 (166±14)
M24
P=3
M27
23±2 (166±14)
19.5±1.9 (140±14)
35±4 (252±28.9)
29±3 (209±21.6)
23±2 (166±14)
49±5 (354±36)
41±4 (296±29)
38±4 (274±29)
32±3 (231±22)
68±7 (491±51)
57±6 (412±43)
19.6±2.0 (142±14)
51±5 (368±36)
43±4 (310±29)
92±9 (663±65)
77±7 (555±58)
30±3 (217±22)
24±3 (173±22)
65±7 (469±51)
53±5 (383±36)
118±12 (852±87)
96±10 (693±72)
P=3
44±4 (318±29)
36±3 (260±22)
96±10 (693±72)
78±8 (563±58)
173±17 (1250±120) 140±14 (1010±100)
M30
P=3.5
60±6 (433±43)
50±5 (361±36)
131±13 (946±94)
110±11 (794±79)
235±24 (1700±170) 198±20 (1430±140)
M33
P=3.5
81±8 (585±58)
68±7 (491±51)
176±18 (1270±130) 148±15 (1070±110) 317±32 (2290±200) 266±27 (1920±200)
M36
P=4
105±10 (758±72)
88±9 (636±65)
227±23 (1640±170) 190±19 (1370±140) 409±41 (2960±300) 343±34 (2480±250) TORQUE VALUE UNIT– kgf-m (ft. lbs.)
Torque Values. Make certain to tighten all Capscrews & Nuts to proper 2. Metric Fine Thread Standard Tightening Torque torque values. Classification
4.8 T
7T
10.9 T
NOMI NOMINA NAL L SIZE SIZE NO LUB LUBRI RICA CATI TION ON OIL OIL LUBR LUBRIC ICA ATION TION NO LUB LUBRI RICA CATI TION ON OIL OIL LUBR LUBRIC ICA ATION TION NO LUB LUBRI RICA CATI TION ON OIL OIL LUBR LUBRIC ICA ATION TION M8
P=1.0
1.15±0.11 (8.3±0.8)
0.97±0.1 (7.0±0.7)
2.5±0.2 (18.0±1.4)
2.1±0.2 (15.2±1.4)
4.5±0.4 (32.5±2.9)
3.8±0.4 (27.4±2.9)
M10
P=1.25
2.3±0.2 (16.6±1.4) 1.91±0.19 (13.8±1.4) 4.9±0.5 (35.4±3.6)
4.2±0.4 (30.3±2.9)
8.9±0.9 (64.2±6.5)
7.5±0.7 (54.2±5.1)
M12
P=1.25
4.0±0.4 (28.9±2.9)
3.4±0.3 (24.5±2.2)
8.7±0.9 (62.8±6.5)
7.3±0.7 (52.7±5.1)
15.7±1.6 (113±13)
13.2±1.3 (95.3±9.4)
M16
P=1.5
9.4±0.9 (67.9±6.5)
7.9±0.8 (57.0±5.8)
20±2 (144±14)
17.2±1.7 (124±12)
37±4 (267±29)
31±3 (224±22)
M20
P=1.5
19±9 (137±14)
15.8±1.6 (114±14)
41±4 (296±29)
34±3 (246±22)
74±7 (535±51)
62±6 (448±43)
M24
P=2
32±3 (231±22)
27±3 (195±22)
70±7 (506±51)
58±6 (419±43)
126±12 (910±87)
105±10 (758±72)
M30
P=2
65±6 (469±43)
54±5 (390±36)
142±14 (1030±100)
118±12 (852±87)
M36
P=3
109±11 (787±79)
91±9 (657±65)
238±23 (1720±170) 198±20 (1430±140) 428±43 (3090±310) 357±36 (2580±260) TORQUE VALUE VALUE UNIT – kgf-m (ft. lbs.)
255±26 (1840±190) 212±21 (1530±150)
B. ORS JOINT (O-RING SEALING TYPE)
Hose mouth ring and Coupling
NOMINAL SI SIZE
OPPOSING FL FLATS mm
TORQUE VA VALUE kgf•m (ft. lbs.)
WORKING PR PRESSURE kgf/cm2 (psi)
1 - 14 UNS
30 • 32
14 ± 1.4 (101 ± 10 10)
350 (4980)
1 - 3/16 12 UN
36 • 41
18 ± 1.8 (130 ± 13)
1 - 7/16 12 UN
41 • 46
21 ± 2.1 (152 ± 15)
385 (5475) (POWER BOOST)
CONNECTOR
10
O-RING
NUT Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
NIPPLE
SK32005011
10-51
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS C. NUTS & SLEEVES
B
NUT
SLEEVE
O.D. (Ø) O.D. (Ø)
SK32005009
SK32005008
MANUFACTURER’S NAME
WORKING PRESSURE kgf/cm2 (p (psi)
350 (4980)
NIPPON A.M.C.
Travel line only
TUBE SIZE O.D. X THICKNESS mm (in)
OPPOSING FLATS mm Dimension B
TORQUE VALUE kgf•m (ft. lbs.)
10 X 1.5 (0.394 X 0.059)
19
4.5 ±0.5 (33±4)
15 X 2.0 (0.591 X 0.079)
27
15 ±2 (108±14)
18 X 2.5 (0.709 X 0.098)
32
18 ±2 (130±14)
22 X 3.0 (0.866 X 0.118)
36
22 ±2 (159±14)
28 X 4.0 (1.10 X 0.157)
41
28 ±3 (203±22)
35 X 5.0 (1.38 X 0.20)
55
35±4.5 (253±29)
350 (4980)
IHARA KOATSU
Travel line only
D. FLARE TYPE FITTING JOINTS
Overtightening of flare type (Union Nut Type) metal joints may cause damage to nuts, seat surfaces and prevent optimum sealing resulting in oil leaks. l eaks. 1. PIPE PIPE THRE THREAD ADS S
Unit: kg-m (ft. lbs.)
NOMINAL SIZE
TORQUE VALUE
1/4"
2.5±0.3 (18.1±1.8)
3/8"
5±0.5 (36.2±3.6)
1/2"
6±0.6 (43.4±4.3)
3/4"
12±1.2 (86.8±8.7)
1"
14±1.4 (101±10)
1-1/4"
17±1.7 (123±12)
1-1/2"
21±2.1 (152±15)
2"
42±4.2 (304±30)
E. N2 (NYLON) TUBE FITTING JOINTS 1. Clean tube and make certain tube end is
trimmed smooth. 2. Insert tube into fitting until tube end is securely seated in fitting body. body. 3. Tighten the nut by hand. 4. Use a spanner wrench, securily tighten nut by turning 1-1/4 turns. PLASTIC SLEEVE
10 BODY
NUT
NYLON TUBE SK32005010
10-52
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE VALUES FOR MOST COMMON BOLTS Qty
Location
SK160LC-VI
5
-Fuel tank sending unit mounting
{M5} 1.96 +0.2 (1.4 +0.1)
6
-A /C Condenser mounting
{M6 X 50} 4.41 (3.3)
1
-Hyd. tank sending unit mounting
147 +15 (108 +14)
6
-A /C pulley mounting on damper
{M8 X 16} 39 (29)
4
-Coolant reservoir mounting
10.8 +1 (8 +0.7)
4
-A /C compressor mounting
{M8 X 100} 10.8 +1 (8 +0.7)
1
-A /C idler pulley nut
{M10} 39~54 (29~40)
2
-Pilot pump mount bolts
{M10} 39 +4 (29 +3) Apply locktite # 262
8
-Hydraulic oil tank cover mounting
{M10} 46.1 +4.6 (34 +4)
2
-Swing grease bath inspection cover mounting
{M10} 29.4 +2.9 (22 +4)
8
-Swivel joint dust cover mounting
{M10} 14.7 +1.5 (11 +2)
6
-Muffler support bracket mounting
{M10} 39.2 +3.5 (30 +3)
16
-Engine mounting (engine body side)
{M10} 64.7 +6.5 (48 +3) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Travel lever mounting
{M10} 23.5 +2 (17 +2)
3
-Stepping motor mounting
{M10} 19.6 (14) Apply locktite # 242
12
-Hyd. pump housing to engine block mounting
{M10} 64.7 +6 (48 +4) Apply locktite # 262
39
-Lower cover mounting (all)
{M10} 83.3 +8 (38 +4)
2
-A /C Compressor support bracket
{M10 X 45} 64.7 (45)
5
-Travel motor cover mounting
83.4 +4.9 (61 +6) Apply locktite # 262
16
-Cab support mounting bolts
46 (34)
3
-Swivel joint mounting
108 +10.8 (79 +7) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Nuts for cab mounts
186 (137)
4
-Idler and idler ad juster connection
{M16} 279.5 +28 (206 +22) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Hydraulic oil tand and fuel tank mounting
{M16} 216 +19.6 (159 +14) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Radiator bottom support mounting
{M12} 120 +12.1 (89 +9)
1
-Swivel joint locking nut
{M16} 157 +20 (115 +14)
8
-Hydraulic pump coupling mounting
{M16} 216 +9.8 (159 +7)
8
-Track guide mounting
{M18} 397 +39 (292 +29) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Engine mounting (upper frame side)
{M18} 225 +20 (166 +14) Apply locktite # 271
21X2 (SK160) 20X2 (ED190)
-Sprocket mounting
{M18} 397 +39 (292 +29) Apply locktite # 262
28X2
-Lower roller caps
{M18} 397 +39 (292 +29) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Hydraulic pump mounting
{M20} 191 +19.5 (318 +29) Apply locktite # 262
12
-Swing reduction unit mounting
{M20} 539 +54 (397 +43) Apply locktite # 262
36
-Swing bearing inner race mounting
{M20} 563 +56 (415 +42) Apply locktite # 262
28
-Swing bearing outer race mounting
{M20} 181 +20 (133 +15) Apply locktite # 262
-Shoe bolt mounting
{M20} 853 +49 (628 +36)
4
-Upper roller mounting
{M20} 539 +54 (397 +40) Apply locktite # 262
30X2
-Travel motor mounting
{M20} 539 +54 (397 +40) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Counterweight mounting
873 +49 (644 +36) Apply locktite # 242
8
-Side cutter mounting
{M24} 95~105 Kgf-m (686~758)
4
-Blade Trunnion Cap Bolts
7 /8"-9UNC GR8 70 kgf-m (500 ) Apply locktite # 262
2
-Idler ad juster grease fitting mounting
{5 /8-18 UNF} 59 +6 (43 +7)
2
-Connector for heater hoses
24.5 (18) Apply three bond #1110B
1
-Nut on breather valve
9.8~13.7 (7 +10)
4
-Breather mounting bolts
4.4 (3.5)
1
-Hydraulic tank plug
161.8 +16.7 (119 +12) Apply teflon tape
4
-Top nuts for U-bolts muffler mounting
10.8 +1 (8 +1)
4
-Bottom nuts for U-bolts muffler mounting
8.8 +0.8 (6.5 +1)
1
-Engine temperature sensor
24.5 +5 (18 +4) Apply three bond 1110B
2
-A /C hose connection on compressor
22.6 +2 (17 +1.4)
2
-A /C hose connection on condenser
9.8 +13.7 (7.2 +0.72)
4
-Cover mounting on swing motor
{M20} 430 (317)
1
-Swing reduction unit oil plug
54.9 (41) Apply teflon tape
2
-Oil plugs on travel reduction unit cover
54.9 (41) Apply teflon tape
(45X4)X2
10
{Bolt Size} Units: N-m (Ft-lbs)
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-53
ED190 Blade Runner
539 +50 (398 +37) Apply locktite # 262
588 +59 (434 +43) Apply locktite # 262
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE VALUES FOR MOST COMMON BOLTS Qty
{Bolt Size}
Location
SK210(LC)-VI
5
-Fuel tank sending unit mounting
{M5} 0.2 +0.02 (1.4 +0.1)
6
- A/C Condenser mounting
{M6 X 50} 0.45 (3.3)
1
-Hyd. tank sending unit mounting
15 +2 (108 +14)
6
- A/C pulley mounting on damper
{M8 X 16} 4 (29)
4
-Coolant r eser voir mounting
1.1 +0.1 (8 +0.7)
4
- A/C compr essor mounting
{M8 X 100} 1.1 +0.1 (8 +0.72)
1
- A/C idler pulley nut
{M10} 4~5.5 +0.4 (29~40 +3)
2
-Pilot pump mount bolts
{M10} 4 +0.4 (29 +3) Apply locktite # 262
8
-Hydr aulic oil tank cover mounting
{M10} 4.7 +0.5 (34 +4)
2
-Swing gr ease bath inspection cover mounting
{M10} 3 +0.5 (22 +4)
8
-Swivel joint dust cover mounting
{M10} 1.5 +0.2 (11 +2)
6
-Muf f ler suppor t br acket mounting
{M10} 4 +0.4 (30 +3)
16
-Engine mounting (engine body side)
{M10} 6.6 +0.4 (48 +3) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Tr avel lever mounting
{M10} 2.4 +0.2 (17 +2)
Units: kgf-m (ft-lbs) SK250(LC)-VI
3
-Stepping motor mounting
{M10} 2 (14) Apply locktite # 242
12
-Hyd. pump housing to engine block mounting
{M10} 6.6 +0.6 (48 +4) Apply locktite # 262
35
-Lower cover mounting (all)
{M10} 5.3 +0.5 (38 +4)
2
- A/C Compr essor suppor t br acket
{M10 X 45} 6.6 (45)
10
-Tr avel motor cover mounting
8.5 +0.8 (61 +6) Apply locktite # 262
16
-Cab suppor t mounting bolts
4.7 (34)
3
-Swivel joint mounting
11 +1 (79 +7) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Nuts f or cab mounts
19 (137)
4
-Idler and idler ad juster connection
{M16} 28.5 +3 (206 +22) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Hydr aulic oil tand and f uel tank mounting
{M16} 22 +2 (159 +14) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Radiator bottom suppor t mounting
{M16} 12.3 +1.2 (89 +9)
1
-Swivel joint locking nut
{M16} 16 +2 (115 +14)
8
-Hydr aulic pump coupling mounting
{M16} 22 +1 (159 +7) Apply locktite # 262
{M18} 33 +3 (238 +22) Apply locktite # 262
8
-Tr ack guide mounting
{M18} 40.5 +4 (292 +29) Apply locktite # 262
{M18} 57.5 +5.8 (415 +42) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Engine mounting (upper f r ame side)
{M18} 23 +2 (166 +14) Apply locktite # 271
-Spr ocket mounting
{M18} 40.5 +4 (292 +29) Apply locktite # 262
-Lower r oller caps
{M18} 40.5 +4 (292 +29) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Hydr aulic pump mounting
{M20} 44 +4 (318 +29) Apply locktite # 262
12
-Swing r eduction unit mounting
{M20} 55 +6 (397 +43) Apply locktite # 262
36
-Swing bear ing inner r ace mounting
{M20} 57.5 +5.8 (415 +42) Apply locktite # 262
33
-Swing bear ing outer r ace mounting
{M20} 40 +4 (289 +29) Apply locktite # 262
-Shoe bolt mounting
{M20} 87 +5 (628 +36)
4
-Upper r oller mounting
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply locktite # 262
34
-Tr avel motor mounting
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply locktite # 262
4
-Counter weight mounting
{M24} 130 +13 (939 +94) Apply locktite # 242
8
-Side cutter mounting
{M24} 95~105 (686~758)
2
-Idler ad juster gr ease f itting mounting
{5/8-18 UNF} 6 +1 (43 +7)
2
-Connector f or heater hoses
2.5 (18) Apply thr ee bond #1110B
1
-Nut on br eather valve
1.0~1.4 (7 +10)
4
-Br eather mounting bolts
0.45 (3.5)
1
-Hydr aulic tank plug
16.5 (119) Apply tef lon tape
4
-Top nuts f or U-bolts muf f ler mounting
1.1 +0.1 (8 +1)
4
-Bottom nuts f or U-bolts muf f ler mounting
0.9 +0.1 (6.5 +1)
1
-Engine temper atur e sensor
2.5 +0.5 (18 +4) Apply thr ee bond 1110B
2
- A/C hose connection on compr essor
2.3 +0.2 (17 +1.4)
2
- A/C hose connection on condenser
1.0 +0.1 (7.2 +0.72)
4
-Cover mounting on swing motor
{M20} 43.8 (317)
1
-Swing r eduction unit oil plug
5.6 (41) Apply tef lon tape
-Oil plugs on tr avel r eduction unit cover
5.6 (41) Apply tef lon tape
44 56 (64)
SK210: 184 (196) SK250: 192 (208)
SK210: 2 SK250: 3
10-54
{M10} 4 +0.4 (29 +3) Apply locktite # 262
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply locktite # 262
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply locktite # 262
{M20} 50 +5 (361 +36) Apply locktite # 262
{M24} 170 +15 (1228 +36) Apply locktite # 242
10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE VALUES FOR MOST COMMON BOLTS Qty
{Bolt Size}
Location
SK290(LC)-VI
5
-Fuel tank sending unit mounting
{M5} 0.2 +0.02 (1.4 +0.1)
6
- A/C Condenser mounting
{M6 X 50} 0.45 (3.3)
1
-Hyd. tank sending unit mounting
15 +2 (108 +14)
6
- A/C pulley mounting on damper
{M8 X 16} 4 (29)
4
-Coolant r eser voir mounting
1.1 +0.1 (8 +0.7)
4
- A/C compr essor mounting
{M8 X 100} 1.1 +0.1 (8 +0.72)
1
- A/C idler pulley nut
{M10} 4~5.5 +0.4 (29~40 +3)
2
-Pilot pump mount bolts
{M10} 4 +0.4 (29 +3) Apply locktite # 262
8
-Hydr aulic oil tank cover mounting
{M10} 4.7 +0.5 (34 +4)
2
-Swing gr ease bath inspection cover mounting
{M10} 3 +0.5 (22 +4)
8
-Swivel joint dust cover mounting
{M10} 1.5 +0.2 (11 +2)
6
-Muf f ler suppor t br acket mounting
{M10} 4 +0.4 (30 +3)
8
-Engine mounting (engine body side - r ear )
{M10} 7.5 +0.4 (54 +3) Apply loctite # 262
8
-Engine mounting (engine body side - f r ont)
{M10} 10 +1 (72 +7) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Tr avel lever mounting
{M10} 2.4 +0.2 (17 +2)
3
-Stepping motor mounting
{M10} 2 (14) Apply loctite # 242
12
-Hyd. pump housing to engine block mounting
{M10} 4.0 +0.4 (29 +3) Apply loctite # 262
35
-Lower cover mounting (all)
{M10} 5.3 +0.5 (38 +4)
2
- A/C Compr essor suppor t br acket
{M10 X 45} 6.6 (45)
10
-Tr avel motor cover mounting
8.5 +0.8 (61 +6) Apply loctite # 262
16
-Cab suppor t mounting bolts
4.7 (34)
3
-Swivel joint mounting
{M12}11 +1 (79 +7) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Nuts f or cab mounts
19 (137)
4
-Idler and idler ad juster connection
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Hydr aulic oil tank and f uel tank mounting
{M16} 22 +2 (159 +14) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Radiator bottom suppor t mounting
{M20} 57 +6 (412 +43) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Radiator shr oud mounting
4.7 +0.5 (34 +4)
1
-Swivel joint locking nut
{M16} 16 +2 (115 +14)
8
-Hydr aulic pump coupling mounting
{M18} 33 +3 (238 +22) Apply loctite # 262
8
-Tr ack guide mounting
{M18} 40.5 +4 (292 +29) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Engine mounting (upper f r ame side)
{M18} 39 4 (282 29) Apply loctite # 271
-Spr ocket mounting
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply loctite # 262
-Lower r oller caps
{M18} 57.5 +6 (415 +42) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Hydr aulic pump mounting
{M20} 44 +4 (318 +29) Apply loctite # 262
14
-Swing r eduction unit mounting
95 +9.5 (687 +69) Apply loctite # 262
36
-Swing bear ing inner r ace mounting
35
-Swing bear ing outer r ace mounting
+
Units: kgf-m (ft-lbs) SK330(LC)-VI
{M24} 95 +8.5 (687 +62) Apply loctite # 262
+
SK290 (44) SK330 (52) SK290 (72) {M22} 74.5 +7.5 (539 +54) Apply loctite # 262
SK330 (64)
SK290: (200) SK330: (180)
10
95 +9.5 (886 +69) Apply loctite # 262 (Same tor que f or inner & outer r ace mounts)
-Shoe bolt mounting
91.9 +6 (665 +30) { Apply oil on thr eads}
4
-Upper r oller mounting
{M20} 55 +5.5 (397 +40) Apply loctite # 262
36
-Tr avel motor mounting
95 +9.5 (687 +69) Apply loctite # 262
4
-Counter weight mounting
300 +30 (2167 +217) Apply loctite # 242
8
-Side cutter mounting
100~110 (723~796)
2
-Idler ad juster gr ease f itting mounting
{5/8-18 UNF} 6 +1 (43 +7)
2
-Connector f or heater hoses
2.5 (18) Apply thr ee bond #1110B
1
-Nut on br eather valve
1.0~1.4 (7 +10)
4
-Br eather mounting bolts
0.45 (3.5)
1
-Hydr aulic tank plug
16.5 (119) Apply tef lon tape
4
-Top nuts f or U-bolts muf f ler mounting
1.1 +0.1 (8 +1)
4
-Bottom nuts f or U-bolts muf f ler mounting
0.9 +0.1 (6.5 +1)
1
-Engine temper atur e sensor
2.5 +0.5 (18 +4) Apply thr ee bond 1110B
2
- A/C hose connection on compr essor
2.3 +0.2 (17 +1.4)
2
- A/C hose connection on condenser
1.0 +0.1 (7.2 +0.72)
4
-Cover mounting on swing motor
{M20} 43.8 (317)
1
-Swing r eduction unit oil plug
5.6 (41) Apply tef lon tape
2
-Oil plugs on tr avel r eduction unit cover
5.6 (41) Apply tef lon tape
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-55
120 +12 kgf -m (868 +87) {dr y tor que}
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION A. TEMPERATURE TABLE
D. CAPS AND PLUGS FOR TUBES AND HOSE FITTINGS
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
ºC
ºF
-10
14
55
131
120
248
185
365
250
482
315
599
-5
23
60
140
125
257
190
374
255
491
320
608
0
32
65
149
130
266
195
383
260
500
325
617
5
41
70
158
135
275
200
392
265
509
330
626
10
50
75
167
140
284
205
401
270
518
335
635
15
59
80
176
145
293
210
410
275
527
340
644
20
68
85
185
150
302
215
419
280
536
345
653
25
77
90
194
155
311
220
428
285
545
350
662
30
86
95
203
160
320
225
437
290
554
355
671
35
95
100
212
165
329
230
446
295
563
360
680
40
104
105
221
170
338
235
456
300
572
365
689
45
113
110
230
175
347
240
464
305
581
370
698
50
122
115
239
180
356
245
473
310
590
375
707
Example of how to convert 45 OC to OF: O F = 1,8 X OC + 32 Ë OF = 1,8 X 45 + 32 = 81 + 32 = 113 OF Example of how to convert 122 OF en OC : O C = 0,56 ( OF __ 32) Ë OC = 0,56 (122 __ 32) = 0,56 X 90 = 50 OF
FEMALE PF CAPS
E A
B
C
D
2421T314
41 109 22 12, 7 14, 5 60 29 (1, (1, 614) 614) (4, (4, 29) 29) (0, (0, 87) 87) (0, (0, 50) 50) (0, (0, 57) 57)(2, (2, 36)(1, (1, 14) 55 90 45 20 20, 5 81 41 (2, (2, 17) 17) (3, (3, 54) 54) (1, (1, 77) 77) (0, (0, 79) 79) (0, (0, 81) 81)(3, (3, 19)(1, (1, 61) Uni Uni dad: dad: mm (i nches) nches)
C. WEIGHT OF MATERIALS TABLE Lb /yr d3
Kg /m3
700
420
Wood chips
750
440
Peat, dr y
950
560
Cinder s
1170
690
Peat, wet
2444Z2729D3
PF 3/4
2444Z2729D4
PF 1
2444Z2729D5
PART NUMBER
5/8”
YN01H01004P1
3/4”
YN01H01005P1
1”
YN01H01006P1
E
F
Mater ial (loose weight)
1600
950
Topsoil
1780
1050
Coal
2100
1250
Caliche
2100
1250
Ear th, loam
2250
1330
Shale
2400
1420
Sand, dr y
2500
1480
Clay, dr y
2550
1510
Ear th, dr y
2600
1540
Limestone, br oken or cr ushed
2700
1600
2800
1660
Clay, wet
2800
1660
Rock, gr anite, blasted & br oken
2850
1690
Sand, moist
2900
1720
Sand and gr avel, dr y
3100
1840
Sand, wet
3400
2020
Sand and gr avel, wet
G
"C" "B"
"D"
"A" Di ám.( ám.(Ø) Ø)
22 36 70 22 12, 7 11, 5 48 23 2421T130 (0, (0, 866) 866) (1, (1, 42) 42) (2, (2, 76) 76) (0, (0, 87) 87) (0, (0, 50) 50) (0, (0, 45) 45)(1, (1, 89)(0, (0, 91)
35 (1, (1, 38) 38)
PF 1/2
MALE PF PLUGS
18 32 70 22 12, 7 11 42 19 2421T138 (0, (0, 709) 709) (1, (1, 26) 26) (2, (2, 76) 76) (0, (0, 87) 87) (0, (0, 50) 50) (0, (0, 43) 43)(1, (1, 65)(0, (0, 75)
2421T115
2444Z2729D2
D
15 27 70 22 12, 7 8 40 16 2421T160 (0, (0, 591) 591) (1, (1, 06) 06) (2, (2, 76) 76) (0, (0, 87) 87) (0, (0, 50) 50) (0, (0, 32) 32)(1, (1, 57)(0, (0, 63)
28 (1, (1, 10) 10)
PF 3/8
C
F PART No .
2444Z2729D1
PLUG SI ZE (A) (A)
B
G
T UB UBE DI DI A.
PF 1/4
FEMALE CAPS FOR ORFS FITTINGS
A
A
PART PART NUMBER NUMBER
Uni Uni t: mm
B. SPECIAL PIPE WRENCHES
SI ZE
60°
PLUG SI Z E
PART NUMBER "A" O. D. Ø) (
• "B"
LENG ENGTH
"C" LEN LENGTH
PF 1/4
2444Z2728D1
13.5
16.5
24.5
14
PF 3/8
2444Z2728D2
16.6
17.5
25.5
17
PF 1/2
2444Z2728D3
20.6
20.0
31.0
22
PF 3/4
2444Z2728D4
26.2
21.5
34.0
27
PF 1
2444Z2728D5
33.3
23.5
36.0
36
FLA FLATS
Uni Uni t: mm
MALE PLUGS FOR ORFS FITTINGS
A
10 PLUG SI ZE (A) (A)
Ear th, wet
10-56
PART NUMBER
O-RI O-RI NG PART PART NUMBER
5/8”
YN01H01001P1
ZD12A01600
3/4”
YN01H01002P1
ZD12A01800
1”
YN01H01003P1
ZD12A02100
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 BOLT FLANGE CAPS A
ITEM 1 (Nom. Size)
ITEM 2
ITEM 3
ITEM 4
ITEM 5
ITEM 6
DIM A
DIM B
ZE13Q08000
12.7 (1 / 2")
2445Z831D1
ZS18C08030
ZW26X08000
ZS23C08030
ZW26K08000
18.24 (0.72")
40.49 (1.59")
ZE13Q12000
19.1 (3 / 4")
ZD12P02600
ZS18C10035
ZW26X10000
ZS23C10035
ZW26K10000
23.80 (0.94")
50.80 (2.00")
ZE13Q16000
25.4 (1.0")
ZD12P03400
ZS18C12040
ZW26X12000
ZS23C12040
ZW26K12000
27.76 (1.09")
57.15 (2.25")
ZE13Q20000
31.8 (1.25")
ZD12P03800
ZS18C14045
ZW26X14000
ZS23C14045
ZW26K14000
31.75 (1.25")
66.68 (2.62")
ZE13Q24000
38.1 (1.50")
ZD12P04800
ZS18C16050
ZW26X16000
ZS23C16050
ZW26K16000
36.50 (1.44")
79.38 (3.12")
ZE13Q32000
50.8 (2.0")
2445Z831D2
ZS18C20065
ZW26X20000
ZS23C20065
ZW26K20000
44.45 (1.75")
96.82 (3.81")
3 B
4
5 2
6
1
TUBE & HOSE PLUGS
EYEBOLTS
BOLT Ø (mm)
THREAD TYPE
PART NUMBER
10
M10
ZS91C01000
12
M12
ZS91C01200
16
M16
ZS91C01600
20
M20
ZS91C02000
30
M30
ZS91C03000
36
M36
ZS91C03600
48
M48
ZS91C04800
C
B A
TUBE TUBE DI A.
"A" "A" I NTERN NTERNAL AL "B" "B" NUT NUT (For hose end) end) (Use (Use wi th "A") "A")
10mm
ZF83P10000
ZF93N10000
ZF83H10000
15mm
ZF83P15000
ZF93N15000
ZF83H15000
18mm
ZF83P18000
ZF93N18000
ZF83H18000
22mm
2444T1338D4
ZF93N22000
2444T1329D4
28mm
ZF83P28000
ZF93N28000
2444T1329D5
35mm
ZF83P35000
ZF93N35000
ZF83H35000
10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10-57
"C" "C" EXTER EXTERNA NAL L (For tube tube end) end)
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS E. SOM SOME CO CONVERSI NVERSI ON UNI T S Units of pressure:
Units of weight: Fr om
Into
Multiply by
Kg
lb
2.2
Lb
Kg
0.454
Fr om
Kg/cm2
Units of length: Fr om
Into
Multiply by
meter s
feet
3.28
mm
inches
inches
mm
Divide by
Into
Multiply by
psi
14.223
Pa (Pascal)
9.807
Atm
0.06805
Bar s
0.06895
Kg/cm2
0.0703
Pa (Pascal)
6894.76
psi
145.04
25.4 25.4
psi
Units of power:
Fr om
Into
Multiply by
Hp
KW
0.7457
KW
Hp
1.341
MPa (MegaPascal)
Units of flow:
Fr om
Gal/min (US liq.)
Lit/min
I nt o
M u l t i pl y b y
Lit/min
3.79
Lit/sec
0.0631
Units of volume:
Fr om
Lbf -f t
0.264
cm /min
3785.4
f t 3 /min
0.1337
in3
61.02
f t 3 /min
0.0353
yar d3
0.00131
Gal/min
0.264
quar ts
1.0567
Gal/sec
0.004403
yar d3/min
0.001308
ounces (US)
33.81
m3
0.765
in3
46656
f t 3
27
Liter s
Into
Multiply by Yar d3
N-m
Multiply by
Gal (US liq)
3
Units of torque:
Fr om
Int o
Lbf -f t
0.738
cm3
764554.9
Kgf -m
0.1019716
liter s
764.555
Lbf -f t
0.737561
Lbf -in
8.85075
Kgf -m
0.1382552
N-m
1.35582
Lbf -in
12
10-58
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
10
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ace ra
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Mechatronics
Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-1
MECHATRONICS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Layout Layout of Elec Electric trical al Comp Componen onents ts ..... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ....... .. 4 A. Compon Components ents related related to the Upper Frame Frame ................... ...................................... ...................................... ................................... ................ 4 B. Compon Components ents related related to the the Pump & Battery Battery Compar Compartments tments ................. ................................... ............................ .......... 5 C. Pilot Low Pressure Pressure Sensors Sensors & 8 Solenoid Block Block ................... ..................................... ..................................... ......................... ...... 6 2. Solenoid / Proporti Proportional onal Valve Block ................. ................................... ..................................... ...................................... ........................... ........ 7 A. Appeara Appearance nce ............ .............................. ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................. .......... 7 B. Specificatio Specifications ns .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... ..................................... .................. 7 C. Cons Construc truction tion of On/O On/Off ff Solenoids Solenoids .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... ............................ ......... 8 D. Construction of Proportional Solen Solenoids oids.................. ..................................... ...................................... ....................................... .................... 9 3. Pre Pressu ssure re Sen Sensors sors .... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ....... .. 10 A. Appear Appearance ance .................. .................................... ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 10 B. Specificatio Specifications ns .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... ................................... ................ 10 C. Resista Resistance nce Checks ................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................................... ............................ .......... 11 4. Lay Layout out of Electrical Electrical Compone Components nts - Engine Related Related ..... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... ........ ... 12 A. Compon Components ents related related to the Engine Engine Block Block ................... ...................................... ...................................... ................................. .............. 12 B. Compo Components nents related related to the Pumps ................ .................................... ....................................... ...................................... .......................... ....... 12 C. Pump sensor sensor line drawings and actual actual pictures pictures ................... ...................................... ...................................... ........................ ..... 13 5. Main Pump Proport Proportiona ionall Sol Solenoi enoids ds PSV-1; PSV-1; PSV PSV-2 -2 ..... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ..... 14 A. Appear Appearance ance .................. .................................... ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 14 B. Specificatio Specifications ns .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... ................................... ................ 14 6. Loc Locatio ation n of Auto Accel Serv Service ice Conn Connecto ectorr .... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ...... 15 A. Locati Location on ................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... ....................... .... 15 7. Lef Leftt Hand Cons Console ole ..... .......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ... 16 A. Switch Descripti Description on and locations locations .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 16 8. Righ Rightt Hand Cons Console ole ..... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ... 17 A. Switch Descripti Description on and locations locations .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 17 B. Work Mode Switch Switch & Buzzer Buzzer Stop Locations Locations ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 17 9. Righ Rightt Side of Oper Operator ator Cab .... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ....... .. 18 A. Switch Descripti Description on and locations locations .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 18 B. Wiper Motor Motor Location Location .................. ..................................... ...................................... ....................................... ....................................... ........................ ..... 18 10.Floorpla 10. Floorplate te Wiring Wiring Harness Harness - Underneath Underneath Side Side .................. .................................... ..................................... ........................... ........ 19 A. Sensor Descripti Description on and locations locations ................. .................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 19 B. Actual View .................. ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................................... ..................... ... 19 11. Rear of Operator Operator Cab ................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................................... ........................... ......... 20 A. Fuse Box Locatio Location n ................. .................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ............................... ............ 20 B. DC-DC Convert Converter er (24Vdc~12Vd (24Vdc~12Vdc) c) Location Location .............. .............................. ................................. ................................. .................. .. 20 12.Ground 12.Groun d Cable Attachmen Attachmentt Locations Locations .................. ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 21 A. Cable Descrip Description tion and Locations ................. .................................... ..................................... .................................... ............................ .......... 21 13.C-1 13. C-1 Main Controller .................. ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................... ............ 22 A. Contr Controller oller Locatio Location n ................. .................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ............................... ............ 22 B. Cont Controlle rollerr Brea Breakdow kdown n .................. ..................................... ...................................... ....................................... ....................................... ........................ ..... 23 14.C-1 14. C-1 Main Controller .................. ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................... ............ 24 A. Test est/Ru /Run n Swi Switch tch Int Intern ernal al Loc Locati ation on .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 24 B. VR1-MAX Flow Limiter Location ................. ................................... .................................... ..................................... .............................. ........... 24
Page 10-2
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 15.C-1 15. C-1 Main Controller .................. ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................... ............ 25 A. Wiring Harness Harness Connection Connection Location................. Location .................................... ...................................... ....................................... ...................... .. 25 B. Pin-O Pin-Out ut Location Location on Controller Controller .................. ..................................... ...................................... ....................................... ............................... ........... 25 C. Wiring Information for Pin-Out Location on Controller ........ ................. .................. .................. ................. ............ .... 26~31 16.Stepping 16. Stepping Motor ( M-2 ).................. ) ..................................... ..................................... .................................... ..................................... ............................. .......... 32 A. Appear Appearance ance .................. ..................................... ...................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 32 B. Coil Resistance Resistance & Infor Information............................ mation............................................... ....................................... ....................................... ..................... .. 32 C. Int Intern ernal al Con Constr struct uction ion ................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ........................... ........ 33 D. Elect Electrical rical Connecto Connectorr & Motor Check Information Information ................. .................................... ....................................... ........................ .... 33 17.Gauge 17. Gauge Cluster (C-2) ................ ................................... ..................................... .................................... ..................................... .................................. ............... 34 A. Appear Appearance ance .................. ..................................... ...................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 34 B. Scree Screen n Change Button Button Location Location ................... ...................................... ...................................... ....................................... ........................... ....... 35 C. Int Intern ernal al Con Constr struct uction ion ................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ........................... ........ 35 D. Elect Electrical rical Connector Connector & Check Informatio Information n .................. ..................................... ....................................... ................................. ............. 35 E. Contr Contrast ast and Dip Switch Switch Information Information ................. .................................... ...................................... ...................................... ....................... .... 35 18.Service 18. Service Icon Sequence Sequence.................. .................................... ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... .......................... ....... 36 A. Multid Multidispla isplay y self diagnnost diagnnostic ic ................. .................................... ...................................... ....................................... ............................. ......... 36~39 19.Engine 19. Engine Speed Sensor (SE-15) ................. .................................... ..................................... ..................................... .................................. ............... 40 A. Appear Appearance ance .................. ..................................... ...................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 40 B. Resis Resistance tance Checks Checks & Adjustment Adjustment ................. .................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 40 20.Throttle 20. Throttle Potentio Potentiometer meter (SE-16) (SE-16)................. .................................... ..................................... ..................................... .................................. ............... 41 A. Appear Appearance ance .................. ..................................... ...................................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ..................... .. 41 B. Resis Resistance tance Checks Checks & Adjustment Adjustment ................. .................................... ....................................... ....................................... .......................... ....... 41 21.Error 21. Error Code History History Diagnosis Diagnosis................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................................... ................................ .............. 42 A. How to Displa Display y ................... ...................................... ...................................... ....................................... ....................................... ................................. .............. 42 B. How to Cancel Cancel Conten Contents ts .................. ..................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... ..................... 42 C. Error Code History History Contents................................................... Contents...................................................................... ..................................... .................... .. 43 22.Service 22. Service Diagnosis Function Functions s ................. ................................... .................................... .................................... .................................... .................... 45 A. How to Displa Display y ................... ...................................... ...................................... ....................................... ....................................... ................................. .............. 45 B. Service Diagnosis Diagnosis Check Check Chart SK210 SK210 ~ SK330 ................. ................................... ................................... ................. 46~52 28 Item Check ................. ................................... ..................................... ..................................... .................................... ..................................... ........................ ..... 53~57 23.Proced 23. Procedure ure “A” “A” Adjustment ................... ..................................... ..................................... ...................................... ...................................... ................... 58 A. Pre-Ch Pre-Checks ecks prior prior to Adjust Adjustment ment “A” ................ .................................. .................................... .................................... ........................... ......... 58 B. Adjus Adjustment tment “A” “A” Procedu Procedure re ................... ...................................... ...................................... ....................................... .............................. .......... 59~66 C. Post Post-Adj -Adjustme ustment nt Checks ................. .................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... ..................... 67 24.SK480 24. SK480 Engine Diagnostic Diagnostics s Lamps ................. ................................... ................................... .................................. ............................. ............ 68 A. Method of Confi Confirming rming Error Errors s ................ ................................... ...................................... ...................................... .................................... ................. 68 B. SK480 Engnie Diagnos Diagnosis is Lamps Lamps ................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ......................... ...... 69 C. Locati Location on of Engin Engine e Controller Controller .................. ...................................... ....................................... ....................................... ......................... ..... 70~71 D. Engi Engine ne Electronics Electronics Troubl Troublesho eshootin oting g Chart ................. ................................... ..................................... ............................ ......... 72~73 E. Legend Electric Electrical al Schematics Schematics .................. ..................................... ...................................... ....................................... ............................... ........... 74 F. Electri Electrical cal Schematics Schematics ................. .................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................................... ........................ ...... 75~
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-3
MECHATRONICS Layout of Electric components 1. Comp Compone onents nts relate related d to Upper Upper frame (SK21 (SK210 0 • SK250) SK250)
Independent Travel Valve
Swing Priority Valve
Page 10-4
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS
High Pressure Sensors
Proportional Solenoid Valves
Battery Relay R-1
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Negative Control Low pressure sensors
Independent Travel Solenoids
Fusible Links
Page 10-5
MECHATRONICS P1 Bypass Cutt Cu
Two Speed Travel
Swing Parking Brake
Arm Regeneration
Page 10-6
Travel Priority
Boom Rod
Bucket Head
Bucket Rod
P2 Bypass Cutt Cu
Boom Head
Lock Lever
Power Boost
Arm Rod
Swing Right
Swing Left
Arm Head
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS SK210 Solenoid/Proportional valve block 1. Ap Appe pear aran ance ce :
f f O / n O
f f O / n O
f f O / n O
f f O / n O
2. Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns : C od e Size P1, P2 P2, TA TA1 PF 3/ 3 /8 A2~A8 PF 1/ 1/4
Torque N· N·m (l (lbf/ft) 74 ± 5 (54 ± 3) 3) 36 ± 2 (2 (26 ± 1)
Item
Specifications 8KWE5G 8KWE5G-3 -30 0 / G24WR G24WR-8 -804 04 B
Type
Dynamic Acera 11/00
2
Rated ated Press Pressu ure (P port port)
0~50 0~50 kgf/c kgf/cm m (0~7 (0~711 11 psi) psi)
All Allow owabl able e Back Back press pressu ure (T port port) Solenoid Valve Proportional Valve
0~10 0~10 kgf/c kgf/cm m (0~1 (0~140 40 psi) psi) 20.4 ~ 30 VD VD C 3 4 ~ 40 Ω 20.4 ~ 30 VD VD C 1 7 ~ 25 Ω
2
Rated Vo Voltage C oil Resistance Rated Vo Voltage C oil Resistance
Page 10-7
MECHATRONICS
Construction of solenoid valve
The command to activate the 2 speed travel tr avel , ATT ATT boost, slewing P/B solenoid sole noid valve is controlled by the mechatro controller. c ontroller. The lever lock solenoid valve is activated acti vated through a limit switch with a two second delay on the left hand control box.
➀ ➀
Travel Tr avel 2nd speed, ATT boost, Lever lock solenoid valve normally closed.
Non Adjustable Resistance 34 to 40 Ω
➁
Slewing P/B solenoid valve normally open. With the key switch turned to the on position, the slewing parking park ing brake solenoid valve is activated. Because the Slewing parking brake is normally open when activated no pilot oil can pass through the solenoid and parking brake is applied.
Non Adjustable Resistance 34 to 40 Ω
Page 10-8
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS SK210 Proportional valve for control valve (PSV-A ~ PSV-D)
Proportional Solenoids x 4
Non Adjustable
Resistance 17 to 25 Ω Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-9
MECHATRONICS Pressure sensors 1. Ap Appe pear aran ance ce an and d specifications
Not used on (Pos-con) SK160 / ED190
Page 10-10
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Checking resistance on pressure sensors : Check the resistance between connector pin 1 and 2 with multimeter. multim eter. Terminal No.
Connector termi terminal nal lay layout out
1 2 3
Power su supply (+ (+) Output (+) Common
100 M Ω or more is normal for all sensors
High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor Back pressure sensor Negative control sensor
Structure
Typical low pressure sensor Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-11
MECHATRONICS Components related to engine: Relative to (SK210)
Note: See next page for Pump Details
Page 10-12
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Hyd. Pump Sensors & Solenoids :
SE- 26 P1 Nega-Con Sensor
SE-23 P2 High Pressure Sensor
PSV-1 P1 Proportional Solenoid
PSV-2 P2 Proportional Solenoid
SE-22 P1 High Pressure Sensor
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SE- 27 P2 Nega-Con Sensor
Page 10-13
MECHATRONICS Proportional valve for main pump (PSV-P1, PSV-P2) Construction of proportional valve :
This valve is actuated by a command c ommand current from the mechatronics controller. Non Adjustable
1. Ap App pear ara ance
Resistance 17 to 25 Ω
Negative Control 2
) 250 (66) m p g ( n i m / l 200 (52) d Q e t a r150 (39) w o l f y r e v i l 100 (26) e d p m u P50 (13)
Input current of prop. valve
0 5 10
o w F l o p P u m
15 20 25 30 35 40
0 300
400
500
600
700
800
m c / f g k (
Input current of proportional valve (mA)
Page 10-14
2
P ) e c n e r e f e r ( e v l a v . p o r p f o e r u s s e r p y r a d n o c e S
Dynamic Acera 09/02
MECHATRONICS
AUTO ACCEL SERVICE CONNECTOR
NORMAL
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-15
MECHATRONICS Left Hand Console :
Air Conditioner Control Panel
Auto Warm- Up
Page 10-16
Indepenent Travel
Two Speed Travel
Single / Double Pump Flow (OPTION)
Heavy Lift
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Right Hand Console :
Mode Switch
Throttle Potentiometer Work mode selector switch
Buzzer Stop Switch
Keyswitch
24V DC Radio
Buzzer stop switch
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-17
MECHATRONICS
M-3 Wiper Motor
Page 10-18
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Floorplate Wiring Info.
Front of Machine
Actual View : SE-9 Right Travel Sensor
SE-10 Left Travel Sensor
Floorplate Ground Points
SE-20 Opt. Sensor Connector P1 Pump
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SE-11 Opt. Sensor Connector P2 Pump
Page 10-19
MECHATRONICS 24V DC~ 12V DC DC - DC Converter
Back of Cab View ( Behind operator’s seat)
24V DC ~ 12V DC to DC-DC Converter Converter Page 10-20
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS 4. Gro Ground unding ing cable cable attachi attaching ng position position (SK21 (SK210) 0)
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-21
MECHATRONICS C-1 MAIN CONTROLLER
Page 10-22
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS C-1 MAIN CONTROLLER
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-23
MECHATRONICS Mechatro controller (C-1)
Test VR1 - Max. Flow Limiter- aux. Hyd. circuits CN18 - Factory Use Only SW2 - Test/Run Test/Run Switch (see page 10-49)
RUN RU N
Page 10-24
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Mechatro controller (C-1)
Note: A commn mechatro mechatro controller controller is used used for SK210 SK210 to SK330. But the software differs, so a controller has to be ordered by machine size. Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-25
MECHATRONICS 4.5a 4. 5a
Pin ou outt of Co Conn nnec ecto tors rs CN1 CN11~C 1~CN1 N17 7
CN-11 Pin No.
Component
1 1 -1 1 1 -2 1 1 -3 1 1 -4 1 1 -5 1 1 -6 1 1 -7 1 1 -8 1 1 -9 1 1 -1 0 1 1 -1 1 1 1 -1 2 1 1-1 3 1 1 -1 4 1 1 -1 5 1 1 -1 6 1 1 -1 7 1 1 -1 8 1 1 -1 9 1 1 -2 0 1 1 -2 1 1 1 -2 2 1 1 -2 3 1 1 -2 4 1 1 -2 5 1 1 -2 6 1 1 -2 7 1 1 -2 8 1 1 -2 9 1 1 -3 0 1 1 -3 1 1 1 -3 2 1 1 -3 3 1 1 -3 4
B o om ra ra i se pr press. se se nso r " " B o om lo lowe r p re ss. senso r " " A rm i n pre ss. se nsor " " A rm out p re ss. senso r " " B ucke t di d i gg i ng pr p re s s . s se enso r " " B ucke t dump pr pre ss. senso r " " S wi ng ri ri g ht pr pre ss. se nsor " " S wi ng le ft p re ss. senso r " " Trave l ri g ht pr pre ss. se se nso r " " Trave l left pre ss. se nsor " " A cce l p otenti o " " Governo r mo to r
Page 10-26
(GND )
(S E -3) (S E -3) (5V ) (S E -3) (5V ) (S E -4) (S E -4) (GND ) (S E -4) (GND ) (S E -7) (S E -7) (5V ) (S E -7) (5V ) (S E -8) (S E -8) (GND ) (S E -8) (GND ) (S E -1) (S E -1) (5V ) (S E -1) (5V ) (S E -2) (S E -2) (GND ) (S E -2) (GND ) (S E -6) (S E -6) (5V ) (S E -6) (5V ) (S E -5) (S E -5) (GND ) (S E -5) (GND ) (S E -9) (S E -9) (5V ) (S E -9) (5V ) (S ( S E -1 0) (S E -1 0) (GND ) (S E -1 0) (GND ) (S E -1 6) (S E -1 6) (5V ) (S E -1 6) (M -2)
In Out In " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "
Wire Color BR Lg Y W OB LO B rW B rL PG OL OW PL Gr B rR L gR RB RL LgW BL GrL VY YB YG VG Br BY VY YL YR Sb BG BW P WR GB
Remarks
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Cont. Con t. - Pin out of Conn Connect ectors ors CN1 CN11~C 1~CN17 N17 Wire Wire col color list list Symbol Color B Black G Green L Blue R Red Wiring color
W
Actual wiring
Symbol W Y P O
Color Symbol White Br Yellow Lg Pink Gr Orange Sb
Jacket color
Color Symbol Color Brown V Violet Light Green Gray Sky Blue
Stripe
R Stripe (Red) Jacket color
Jacket color (White)
Stripe
Indicate in order of ground color and stripe.
CN-12 In Out Out In " " " " " " " " " " " "
Wire Color BrB V YL YR L BrY BY GR WY RG LY BW WR
12-14 Connector for mai ntenance
"
LO
12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-20 12-21 12-22
" " " " " " " "
WL GrB PL Lg PG R W
Pin No. 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-12 12-13
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Component P1 pump press. sensor " " P2 pump press. sensor " " P1 Nega-Con sensor " " P2 Nega-Con sensor " " Charge
(GND) (SE-22) (SE-22) (5V) (SE-22) (5V) (SE-23) (SE-23) (GND) (SE-23) (GND) (SE-26) (SE-26) (5V) (S (SE-26) (GND) (SE-27) (SE-27) (GND) (SE-27)
Starter key ON Glow Travel two-speed switch (SW-3) Swing pa parking br brake rre elease s sw witch (SW-4) KPSS release switch (SW-5) Engine speed sensor (SE-13) " (SE-13) shield shield (SE-13) (SE-13) "
Remarks
Release with
Page 10-27
MECHATRONICS Cont. Co nt. - Pin out of Conn Connecto ectors rs CN1 CN11~C 1~CN17 N17 CN-13 PinNo. 13 -1 13 -2 13 -3 13 -4 13 -5 13 -6 13 -7 13 -8 13 -9 1 3-1 0 1 3-1 1 1 3-1 2 1 3-1 3 1 3-1 4 1 3-1 5 1 3-1 6
Opt. pr pre ss. s se ensor P2 P2 si s id e " " Op t p ress. se nso r P 1 si de " " Opt. bo om ro rod pr press. se nso r " " Opt. b o om he hea d pr pre ss. sensor " " B a ck p re ss. senso r " " Opt. Hi gh-re a ch cra ne S /W
CN-13 CN-13 If cli clinomet nometer er equi equippe pped d PinComponent No. Opt Opt. F/R F/R & RH/LH 13-7 clinometer clinometer potentio potentio 13 -8 " 13 -9 " 1 3-1 1 "
Page 10-28
InOut In " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "
Wire Color BL GO RL RB Lg R BW BP WY RL RL L gY BP GrG Sb RW GY
InOut
Wire Color
(GND ) (S E -29 )
In
BP
Op t.
(S E -29 ) (5V ) (S E -29 ) (S E -29 )
" " "
WY RL L gY
" " "
Component (GND ) (S (S E -11 ) (S E -11 ) (5V ) (S E -11 ) (5V ) (S E -20 ) (S E -20 ) (GND ) (S E -20 ) (GND ) (S (S E -25 ) (S E -25 ) (5V ) (S E -25 ) (5V ) (S (S E -24 ) (S E -24 ) (GND ) (S E -24 ) (GND ) (S E -28 ) (S E -28 ) (5V ) (S E -28 ) (S E -41 )
Remarks Op t. " " " " " " " " " " "
Op t.
Remarks
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Cont. Co nt. - Pin out of Conn Connecto ectors rs CN1 CN11~C 1~CN17 N17 CN-14 Pin Pin - No.
Component
14-1 E /G coolant switch (S W-6) 14-2 E/G Oi l press. swi tch (S W-7) 14-3 A i r filter cloggi ng swi tch (S W-8) 14-4 S troke-end proxi mi ty S W (S W-32) 14-5 E /G oi l level S W (S W-23) 14-6 E /G coolant level S W (S W-24) 14-7 Hyd. oi l level S W (SW-25) 14-8 Fuel sensor (S E-15) 14-9 Wiper motor (Rise-up) S top (M-3) 14-10 Wip er motor (Rise-up) Reverse (M-3) 14-11 A TT boost S W (SW-21) 14-12 Wiper motor (A rc preventi on) (M-3) 14-13 Wiper motor (F orward relay) (M-3) 14-14 Wip er motor (Reverse relay) (M-3) 14-15 Wa W ash motor (M-4) 14-16 Work li ght relay (R-6) 14-17 S wi ng flasher & wo rk li ght unit (R-19) 14-18 S wi tch box assy. (5V ) (C -3) 14-19 " (C -3) 14-20 " (C -3) 14-21 " (C -3) 14-22 " (C -3) 14-23 " (C -3) 14-24 " (GND ) (C -3) 14-25 Serial Serial commu commun nication ication to gau gauge ge clu cluster ster 14-26 " (C -2) Grou Groun nd (C-2) 14-27 " Shiel Sh ield d (C-2) (C-2) 14-28 "
Dynamic Acera 11/00
In Out In " " " " " " " " " " Out " " " " " " In Out " " " " In/Out In/Out
Wire Color GB BY Lg Br BG GL RrL VW L G GrG LR GB Gr GrL B rY WB RG B rW LgR LG VW LY GW R W B
Remarks
Opt.
Op t.
Page 10-29
MECHATRONICS Cont. - Pin out of Conn Cont. Connecto ectors rs CN1 CN11~C 1~CN17 N17 CN-15 P in in - N o . 1 5 -1 1 5 -2 1 5 -3 1 5 -4 1 5 -5 1 5 -6 1 5 -7 1 5 -8 1 5 -9 1 5 -1 0 1 5 -1 1 1 5 -1 2 1 5 -1 3 1 5 -1 4 1 5 -1 5 1 5 -1 6 1 5 -1 7 1 5 -1 8 1 5 -1 9 1 5 -2 0 1 5 -2 1 1 5 -2 2 1 5 -2 3 1 5 -2 4 1 5 -2 5 1 5 -2 6
Component Phas Ph ase e A (M-2) M-2) Go Go ve rno r m o to r " (M - 2 ) Shield Shield (M-2) (M-2) " P 1 b y-p a s s c ut p ro p o . va lve (P S V - D ) " (P S V - D ) P 2 b y-p a s s c ut p ro p o . va lve (P S V -B ) " ( P S V -B ) Tra ve l s tra i g ht p ro p o . va lve ( P S V -C ) " (P S V - C ) A rm va va ri a b le rre e ci rc ula ti o n v va a lve (P S V -A ) " (P S V -A ) M e c ha tro co co ntro lle r b a c k-up ( C -1 ) " ( C -1 ) M e c ha tro co ntro lle r b a c k-up ( C -1 ) Phas Ph ase e B (M-2) M-2) Go G o ve rno r m o to r " ( M -2 ) P 1 p um p p ro p o . va lve (P S V -P 1 ) " (P S V -P 1 ) P 2 p um p p ro p o . va lve (P S V -P 2 ) " (P S V -P 2 ) Tra ve l 2 -s p e e d so so le no i d va va lve (S V - 3 ) Swing Swing parkin parking g brake brake solen solenoid oid valv alve (S V - 1 ) P o we r b o o s t s o l. va lve (S V - 2 ) B a tte ry re la y (R-1 ) Grou Groun nd (C-1) (C-1) M e c ha tro co ntro lle r " ( C -1 )
In Out Out " " " " " " " " " " In " " Out " " " " " " " " "
Wire Color G B
In Out
Wire Color
λ
LW
Remarks
BP PW BO G rR VR G rB B rG YV RY RY YG R W VR GrG VW GY Lg B V P WG B B
CN-16 P i n No .
C o m p o ne nt
Remarks
16-1 16-2 16-3 16-4 16-5 16-6 16-7 16-8 16-9 16-10 16-11 1 6 -1 5 Page 10-30
P re ss . sw swi tc h (C la m p )
(S W - 5 0 )
Opt. Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Cont. Co nt. - Pin out of Conn Connecto ectors rs CN1 CN11~C 1~CN17 N17 CN-17 Pin Pin No No..
(S W - 1 9 )
In Out In O ut " " " " " In " " O ut In "
Wire Color OL G GW WV GL BP YB O WY L gY YV G rL PB
(S E - 1 7 ) (S E - 1 7 )
In "
RB L
O pt . "
(S E - 1 9 ) (G ND) (S E -17· 1 9)
In "
V BG
O pt . "
(S E - 3 0 )
In Out In
Wire Color RG
O pt .
(S E - 3 0 )
In
WR
O pt .
(S E - 3 0 )
In
BG
O pt .
InOut In/O ut " "
Wire Color
Component
1 7 -1 1 7 -2 1 7 -3 1 7 -4 1 7 -5 1 7 -6 1 7 -7 1 7 -8 1 7 -9 1 7 -1 0 1 7 -1 1 1 7 -1 2 1 7 -1 3
B u c k e t c o n t r o l re l a y N i b b l e r o p e n re l a y S win g fla s h er relay " N i b b l e r c l o s e re l a y Travel alarm relay P o w e r w i n d o w c o n t ro l l e r Hy d . o il t em p . S W Travel alarm S W S win g fla s h er S W Le ver loc k S W Rot ary N & B W i p e r i n t e l ro c k S W
1 7 -1 8 1 7 -1 9 17-20 1 7 -2 1 1 7 -2 2
B oo m po t e n t i o
(R -1 0 ) (R -1 5 ) ( R -1 9 ) ( R -1 9 ) (R -1 6 ) (R - 8 ) (C - 5 ) (S W - 3 7 ) (S W - 2 2 ) (S W - 9 ) (S W - 1 1 )
(5V ) "
A rm po t e nt i o G rou nd in g
Remarks O pt . " " " " " " O pt . " O pt .
CN-17 CN-17 Opt. Opt. Mul Multi demol demoliition equi equipped pped Pin Pin No No.. 1 7 -1 8 17-19 1 7 -2 0 17-21 1 7 -2 2
Component N i b b l e r ro t a t i o n
(5V )
N i b b l e r ro t a t i o n N i b b l e r ro t a t i o n
(G ND)
Remarks
CN-18 P in in - N o . 1 8 -1 1 8 -2 1 8 -3 1 8 -4
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Component Person Personal al compu computer for ROM ROM programming
Remarks
(G N D )
Page 10-31
MECHATRONICS Governor motor (M2) ( Stepping motor)
Note: 1. Instal Installl mot motor or so tha thatt sur surfac face e I upward. 2.
2
or
faces fac es
52° (degree) shows show s the operating oper ating range.
Coil Resistance 1. Ap App pea eara ranc nce e
Page 10-32
5.7
Ω ± 10%
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Internal construction
Function of governor motor ➀ Control the engine speed according to the work mode. ➁ Control the engine speed according to the accel potentiometer ➂ Auto accel function ➃ Engine stop function 5. Go Gove vern rnor or mot motor or Check the resistance of each pin of limit switch and motor connector with tester Limit switch connector No. Lea Lead d color color Termi ermin nal 5 White COM 6 Red NO 7 Yellow NC
No. Le Lead ad col color Term erminal inal 1 Brown A 2 Orange A 3 Red B 4 Yellow B
How to check limit switch Turn starter switch OFF, OFF, apply tester to pins 5 and 6 and turn the output shaft. And if it is “OFF” when the resistance is ∞ Ω in the range of 52 degree, and if it is “ON” when the resistance is 0 Ω or over when turning angle is over 52 degrees, the limit is normal.
How to check motor Apply tester on connector pins 1 and 2, and 3 and 4, and the resistance is 5.7 Ω ± 10%, the connectors are normal.
Detail of output shaft Dynamic Acera 09/02
Page 10-33
MECHATRONICS Gauge cluster (C-2) 1. Ap Appe pea ara ranc nce e Engine coolant temperature
T5.28V / 1.4W / 2,000h
Work mode Fuel meter
Multidisplay LCD LC D Trimmer VR1
CN21 Connector
Screen change SW
Dip switch DSW Face side
Back side (Cover removed)
Connector CN21 Connector No. Name Wi re color No. Fuel sensor BrR 5 1 E/G coolant sensor YR 6 2 RXD (S (Serail co communication) Re Receiv R 7 3 TXD (Serial communi cati on) Transmi W 8
Name
Wire color GND B GND B Power So Source (+ (+24V) W (Shield) -
3. Se Seria riall co commu mmuni nicat catio ion n Serial communication (various information) are transmitted between main controller and gauge cluster. TXD Main controller
▼
RXD
RXD ▼ TXD
Gauge cluster Opt. SW panel (Interference prevention, High reach crane)
(a)) Main contro (a controller ller → Gauge cluster Condition of mode select switches ➀ Switches data: E/G Speed ➁ E/G revolution: ➂ E/ E/G G oi oill rep repla laci cing ng ti time me:: E/G E/ G oil oil re repl plac acin ing g tim time e ➃ Warning: Failure of Machine (e.g., E/G oil press, E/G coolant temp.) ➄ Self di diagnosis: Output si signal fa failure of of pr press. se sensor, pr propo. va valve, et etc. ➅ Se Serv rvic ice e diag diagno nosi sis: s: Outp Ou tput ut si sign gnal al fa faililur ure e of of pre press ss.. sen senso sorr, pro propo po.. val valve ve,, etc etc.. ➆ Trouble history: Trouble data ➇ Opt. indicator: Data of UR, High reach, etc. Initial adjustment data, etc. ➈ Others: (b)) Gaug (b Gauge e cluster cluster → Main controller ➀ Sc Scre reen en ch chan ange ge si sign gnal al:: Swit Sw itch ch si sign gnal al of ga gaug uge e clu clust ster er ➁ Op Opt. t. swi switc tche hes s sign signal al:: Cond Co ndit itio ion n of in inte terf rfer eren ence ce pre preve vent ntio ion n on Hi High gh rea reach ch cra crane ne ➂ Gauge data: E/G coolant and Fuel level signal Page 10-34
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Gauge cluster ➀
Adjustment of brightness and language of the multidisplay (Perform when the starter switch is turned ON.) Details of dip switch
LCD display adjustable by trimmer VR1
Trimmer VR1 VR 1
Dip switch DSW
Adjusting brightness of multidisplay Adjust brightness by turning the driver (+) inserted insert ed trimmer VR1 clockwise and counterclockwise. ➁
Resistance measured between case and CN21 each terminal with 500V mega tester.
Dynamic Acera 11/00
3 M Ω or more
Back side of gauge cluster (remove cover) Select the language by setting the figure to the required one while turning the driver (+) inserted in dip switch DSW. Positio ition n (Figu igure) Language 0 Japanese 1 English 2 Thai 3 Indonesian 4 French 5 Spani sh 6 Europe
Page 10-35
MECHATRONICS The following chart s aimed at familiarizing personnel with the priority of the Gauge Cluster Display Icons.Pay close attention to these icons as they can aid in avoiding unnecessary repairs and expense. LCD display
The icons in the chart below are listed in priority from the most serious to least serious. EXAMPLE:If the engine oil pressure is abnormal and Fuel level s low, the engine oil pressure Icon will wil l display and buzzer will sound. After the oil pressure is back to safe operating pressure, the low fuel Icon will display.
SERVICE FUNCTION ICON SEQUENCE
NORMAL DISPLAY
BUZZER SOUNDING
No sounding
No sounding •For the description of display of the assist mode. •Each display flickers during operation.
ASSIST MODE DISPLAY
Supplementary Explanation : The screen can be switched into three images by pressing the screen change switch. #2,#3,#5,#6, #7,#10,#28 Buzzer sounds. Supplementary Explanation :
WARNING
6
LOW E/G
Icons #5 and #6 are displayed and buzzers do not stop sounding even if the buzzer stop switch is pressed. When icon 6 is displayed,the engine RPM will idle immediately and the engine will shut down after 15 seconds.
OIL PRESS
Icon #7 is displayed and buzzer stops sounding when the buzzer stop switch is pressed.
Icons #2,#3,#10 and #28 are displayed and buzzers sound intermittently and stop sounding after 5 seconds.
Page 10-36
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Multidisplay self diagnostics the error of the I/Q signal of the pressure sensor and the proportional valve 1. Indication dication item onn on nec or No. C ontents D i splay of moni tor No. – Pin Pi n No. 1 MECHATRO 1 Mechatro controller error CPU C N14-25 CONTR. CONTR. FAIL Gauge Gauge cluster cluster → I-1 2 Mechatro controller controller communication communication I-2 3 Battery relay fai l 4
ROM data
5 Mechatro set error 6
Boom raise raise press pressu ure sensor sensor fail
7
Boom lower lower pressu pressure re sensor sensor fail
8
Arm in press pressu ure sensor sensor fail
9
Arm ou outt press pressu ure sensor sensor fail
10
Buckett dig press Bucke pressu ure sensor sensor fail
11
Bucket du Bucket dump mp pressu pressure re sensor sensor fail
12
Swing Swing (RH) (RH) pressu pressure re sensor sensor fail
13
Swing Swing (LH) (LH) pressu pressure re sensor sensor fail
14
Trav Travel el (RH) (RH) pressure pressure sensor sensor fail
15
Trav Travel el LH pressu pressure re sensor sensor fail
Dynamic Acera 11/00
A-1
B-1 B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
Wire color
7 70
R
RECEIVE ERROR
C N14-26
5 82
W
BAT RELAY
C N15-24
8 57
WG
BOOM BOOM RAI RAISE SE SENSOR
CN11-2 CN11-1
SE-3
LgY BR
BOOM BOOM LOWER LOWER SENSOR
CN11-5 CN11-6
SE-4
LO BrW
ARM OUT ARM OUT SENSOR
CN11-8 CN11-7
SE-7
PG BrY
ARM IN ARM SENSOR
CN11-11 CN11-12
SE-8
PL Gr
BUCKET DIG BUCKET DIG SENSOR
CN11-14 CN11-13
SE-1
LgR BrR
BUCKET DUM BUCKET DUMP P SENSOR
CN11-17 CN11-18
SE-2
LgW BL
SWING SWING (R) (R) SENSOR
CN11-20 CN11-19
SE-6
V GrL
SWING SWING (L) SENSOR
CN11-23 CN11-24
SE-5
VG Br
TRAVEL RAVEL (R) (R) SENSOR
CN11-26 CN11-25
SE-9
VY BY
TRAVEL RAVEL (L) (L) SENSOR
CN11-29 CN11-30
SE-10
Sb BG
CP
ROM ROM DATA DATA FAILURE
CP
MECHATRO SET ER ERRO ROR R
A-2
re or ID No.
Page 10-37
MECHATRONICS
1. Indication dication item No.
Contents
P1 Nega-Con ega-Con pressu pressure re 16 sensor sensor fail fail P2 Nega-Con ega-Con pressu pressure re 17 sensor sensor fail fail
B-11 B-11
B-12
18 Ba Bac ck pres press sure sensor sor fail ail
19
20
21
22
Trav Travel el straight straight 23 propo-v propo-valve alve fail Arm variable ariable 24 recirculation propo-v propo-valve alve fail
C-1
C-2
PUMP P2 PUM SENSOR
D-1
GR BY
CN12-11 CN12-12
SE-27
LY BW
CN13-14 CN13-13
SE-28
Sb GrG GrG
CN12-1 CN12-2 CN12-3 CN12-4 CN12-5 CN12-6
SE-22
SE-23
BrB VY YL YR Sb BrL
PSV-D
BP PW
PSV
P2 BY-PA BY-PASS SS PROPO-VALV
CN15-6 CN15-7
PSV-B
BO GrR GrR
PSV
TRAVEL PROPO-VALV
CN15-8 CN15-9
PSV-C
BG BrB
PSV
RECIRCULAT PROPO-VALV
CN15-10 CN15-11
PSV-A
BrG YV
PSV
PUMP P1 PUM PROPO-VALV
CN15-17 CN15-18
PSV-P1
VR GrG GrG
PSV
PUMP P2 PUM PROPO-VALV
CN15-19 CN15-20
PSV-P2
VW GY
SV
POWERBOOST SOLENOID
CN15-23
SV-2
P
SV
SWING SWING BRAKE SOLENOID
CN15-22
SV-1
V
SV
TWO-SPEED SOLENOID
CN15-21
SV-3
LgB
E-2
F-1
Page 10-38
SE-26
CN15-4 CN15-5
D-6
27 ATT boost solenoid fail
Wire color
P1 BY-PA BY-PASS SS PROPO-VALV
D-3
26 Pu Pump mp P2 prop propoo-v valv alve fail ail
re or ID
PSV D-2
25 Pu Pum mp P1 prop propoo-v valv alve fail ail
Trav Travel el two-speed two-speed 29 solenoid valve alve fail
BACK BACK PR PRESS ESS SENSOR PUMP P1 PUM SENSOR
E-1
Swing Swin g parkin parking g brak brake e 28 solen solenoid oid valv alve fail fail
P2NEGA-CON SENSOR
Di splay of monitor
B-15
Pump P1 press Pump pressu ure sensor fail Pump Pu mp P2 press pressu ure sensor fail P1 ByBy-pa pass ss cut cut prop propoovalve fail P2 ByBy-pa pass ss cut cut prop propoovalve fail
P1NEGA-CON SENSOR
onnec or onn No. – CN12-8 CN12-7
F-2
F-3
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS
1. Indication dication item No.
30
Contents
Govern Governor or mot motor or curr curren entt fail
Govern Governor or mot motor or startin starting g 31 point point index indexin ing g fail fail
Display of monitor G-1 G-1
M
CN11-34
544
GB
RPM
E/G E/G REV. SENSOR
CN12-20 CN12-21
580 581
R W
POT
ACCELERATR POTENTIO
CN11-33 CN11-32 CN11-31
917 517 967
WR P BW
PSV
RECIRCULAT PROPO-VALV
CN15-10 CN15-11
PSV-A
BrG YV
PSV
PUMP P-1 PUMP P-1 I-TRAVEL
CN16-1 CN16-2
PSV-E
WV GR
CN16-3 CN16-4
PSV-F
WL GR
CN16-7 CN16-8
PSV-H
WG G
D-6
D-11
35
Prop-Val Prop-Valv ve P1 - I-Trav -Trave e fail
36
Prop-Val Prop-Valv ve P2 -I-I- Trav Trave e D-12 PUMP P-2 PSV fail TRAVEL
37
Prop-Val Prop-Valv ve SW. Priority Priority D-13 SWING PSV fail PRIORITY
Dynamic Acera 11/00
G B R W
STEP STEP MOT MOTOR S/PT. S/PT. ERR ERROR OR
H-1 H-1
Arm variable ariable 34 recirculation ro o-v o-valv alve fail ail
Wire color
M
G-3 G-3
33 Acce Accell po potten enttio moto otor fail ail
Wir Wire or ID No. 771 772 773 774
STEP STEP MOT MOTOR CURRENT-NG
G-2 G-2
32 En Engi gin ne spe peed ed sen ens sor fail ail
Connector No. – Pin No. CN15-1 CN15-2 CN15-15 CN15-16
I-
Page 10-39
MECHATRONICS Engine speed sensor (SE15) 1. Ap Appe pear aran anc ce
2. Functi tio on : The engine speed sensor used to detect the actual engine speed is installed on ring gear section of engine flywheel, and electrically counts the number of gear teeth passing through in front of the sensor. And the detection is performed by magnetic force, and magnets and coils are plac placed ed in the sen sensor sor.. Als Also, o, the the engine speed which is computed by the signal from the sensor by mechatronics controller is indicated on the cluster gauge display. 3) Vol olttag age e:
How to adjust speed sensor Ring gear Speed sensor Lock nut Tighten, voltage rises. Loosen it, voltage drops. ➀
Remove Sensor and inspect and clean tip with clean cloth (Note: Do not apply any type of cleaner such as brake clean, ether or degreaser to RPM Sensor).
➁
Reinstall sensor into bell housing of engine and tighten it until the end of speed sensor comes into contact with the ring gear lightly li ghtly,, then backout sesnor one and a half turns. (Space between ring gear and sensor top end is approx. 2.3mm.)
➂
After turning it out one and a half turns, tighten lock nut to the torque specified below.
How to measure 1) Re Res sis ista tan nce 2.3 k Ω ± 0.2 k
Ω
Tightening torque: 24.5 to 34.3Nm {2.5 to 3.5 kgf • m}
AC rang range e 1.4V ~ 6V ④
Disconnect the connector of speed sensor, and measure the voltage between pins on the sensor side. When the measured voltage at high idling in the AC range is 3V or more, it is acceptable. acceptable. (The voltage is set to 4V or more before shipment.)
Page 10-40
Start engine and verify with and external tachometer that the low idle is 850~900 rpms and verfy that voltage vo ltage is 1.4 VAC ~ 3.0 VAC at low idle and is 6 VAC or higher at High idle. Note: If voltage is low turn sensor in. If voltage is High turn sensor out.
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Potentiometer Potentiomet er (for accel dial, SE-16) 1. Appe Appearan arance ce
2. Functi tio on : The accel potiometer is used to control engine governor speed via the stepping motor mounted to the engine. The accel potiometer poti ometer has 5 VDC applied to it from the main mai n mechatronics controller on terminal B and dependant on the position of the potiometer in the 90O the output to the main mechatronics controller will be between .4 VDC to 4.5 VDC and this voltage change will signal the main controller contr oller to increase or decrease stepping motor position posit ion to increase or decrease the engine rpm. 3. Testing Accel potentiometer : Apply multimeter test leads to terminal B power supply (5V) of connector and terminal R- ground and measure the resistance.
Resistance: The resistance 2 k
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Ω is
normal
Page 10-41
MECHATRONICS Error Code History diagnosis The error code detected by the self diagnosis of the main controller is stored in the mechatro controller as a history and can displayed on the multidisplay mult idisplay.. 1. Ho How w to to dis displ play ay ➀
Turn the Key switch ON.
➁
Press the buzzer stop switch 5 times in sequence within a 10 second period. (See Figure 10.42a) (Example)
2. How to to cancel cancel the cont contents ents of the the Trouble History ➀
Display the trouble history mode.
➁
Press the work mode switch and the buzzer stop switch for 10 seconds or more concurrently.
➂
When the deletion is completed, the “NO ERROR” is displayed.
➃
Turn the starter switch OFF. Note: All the store stored d Error Error Codes Codes are permanently erased and cannot be restored.
3. Error Error Cod Code e Histor History y Conten Contents ts ( See Chart on next page for Codes )
NOERRO NOERROR 00025H Error Error dete detected cted B-1 BOOMR MRA AISE inth in the e past ast D-1 P1B 1BY Y-PASS F-3 TWO SP SPEED No errors errors
➂
There are 20 pages of Error History and are displayed in order from newest to oldest.
➃
The error data (one or more) and hour the error happened are displayed on the gauge cluster. • Hou Hourr meter meter data and and 3 errors errors are are displayed on the screen all at one time. • If more than three three error error data exist, the the data is displayed three errors per page and the display scrolls between pages in order every 5 seconds. To scroll the page manuall m anually y, use the work mode and the buzzer stop switch. • Pres Press s the work work mode switch switch for for page up. up. • Press the buzzer buzzer stop stop switch switch for page page down. Note: All the error error items items are are stored stored in sequence by hourmeter, if old codes are present see below for procedure on how to clear codes.
➄
➅
Turn the Key switch off, and the Error history mode is exited.
Page 10-42
Work mode selector switch
Buzzer stop
Figure 10.42a NOTE To clear fault codes c odes on the ED190 press pres s the travel speed change switch and the buzzer stop switch at the same time. The new rocker switch for the Mode/Buzzer Stop Stop switch makes it impossible to press both switches at the same time. Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS 3. Er Erro rorr Code Code Histo History ry Cont Conten ents ts
V V A L L E L L E V A A V A A V - V V L V O - - A - V - L P O O V O O A O P P O P P V - R O O P O O O R R R R P P P P O R P P O T L L P S S R A L E E S S P U V V R A A L C A A I O y P a P l R R R R E p T P s Y Y V U T i B A C I I . D B 1 2 R E 1 2 W P P T R P P S 1 2 3 - 2 - 3 - 6 - 1 1 - 1 - 1 D D D D D D D
E E V V L L A A V - V O O P P O O R R P P 1 2 P P P P M M U U P P 1 - 2 E E
s e l v l a a n o V i t r i d o n p e l o r o P S
l o b m y S
D
D I D N I - R O T I O O I D O R N N O N R T N E E E E L L N R E . R T R T O O E P O S S L U / O P O C S S T E S S K R R N R O A D O O E T A T S O R E E T . R B B P O O V R G S M M E E L E N E R P P W I O E E G C O W W T T / C P S T S S E A 1 - 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 - 3 - 1 F F F G G G H
d i o n e e v l o l a S v E
F
y r o s s e c c A G / E
r e t e m o i t n e t o P
y a l e R
G
H
I
R R R R R R O O R O R S O O O E R O S O N R R R R S S S R R S N R S O O E N E U N E O N S O O S S E N E N L T E S S R E S S N N S S E R R I P E S R N O S N N E E S A S O O E E S S N N S S E E E S G M S F S S N ) U ) ) ) O O S N S W S E I I A O R ( L C E E N C E ( T R A O T S D D ( R L R ( T S S T A A R L U N T L L A P 1 2 E G G E E A D H M M O I E G G P P y K K N I N V V E E K a M C O O M M C C I l T T A A N N C P p E R R O O O U U A s W W R R 1 2 i R M B B A A B B S S T T P P B O P D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 5 6 O 7 1 - 2 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 A A B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
r e l o r t n o C l o b m A y S
Dynamic Acera 09/02
R O R Y R A E L E E V I R . E T C A E B R 1 2 - I I
K O M E T S Y S R O T I N O M
R R O O S S N N E E S S 1 2 P P P P M M U U P P 1 - 2 C C
e r u s s e r s r p o s w o n e L s
c i l e u r s r a u r ) p s o d h s s y u m g e n i r e H p H p s (
B
C
Page 10-43
Page 10-44
Dynamic Acera 11/00
MECHATRONICS Service diagnosis
Service diagnosis display
The service diagnosis can check multi items that are displayed on the gauge cluster according to the data received from the mechatro controller.
Gauge cluster
How to display ➀
Press the buzzer stop switch while turning the starter switch to “ON” will activate the service diagnostics. Start the engine and preform the checks listed on the following pages.
➁
The first item displayed will be Part No. of mechatro controller and the program version. Example: SK210
➂
➃
No.1 MAIN CONT. P/NO. YN22E00037F1 PROGRAM VERSION VER 7.00 Each time the screen change switch on the gauge cluster is pressed, the number advances forward (Ex. No. 2, No. 3 ···).
Screen change switch
Example: SK210
Each time the buzzer stop switch on the right console is pressed, the number descends (Ex. No. 25, No. 24 ···).
➄
For training purposes, after service diagnosis No. 1, release the auto accel function. For procedure, procedure, See Note below.
➅
The display disappears only when the starter switch swit ch is turned OFF. OFF.
Work mode selector switch
Note: Factory Default Release
➆
After completion of service diagnosis restore the auto accel to factory default.
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Buzzer stop
Page 10-45
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART
s k r a m e R
S C I N O R T A H C E M
e d r n a w a t r f e o s b f m o u n o N i t r s a r e P v
0 3 3 K S
. . . . . . . E 2 2 C L
. r e V
0 9 2 K S
. . . . . . . E 2 2 B L
. r e V
0 5 2 K S
. . . . . . . . E r e 2 V 2 Q L
0 1 2 K S
. . . . . . . E 2 2 N Y
y s l a e r p u i s d D e c t o o r p w o n H o i t t o a r r e f p e e O R
. r e V
g n i n n u R e e l e i n d I n i g i g n H n d e e e E E d d d - - e o o o E d p a p m m m V o I e t M A B L D S i 0 3 H 4 0 5 2 5 8 0 3 2 2 w 0 5 o 0 L 1 i 0 4 H 3 0 0 2 0 4 1 3 w 0 2 2 0 o 0 L 1 i 0 H 2 3 0 0 2 5 2 0 0 3 w 5 2 2 o 0 L 1 i 0 2 H 2 0 0 2 5 2 9 2 1 2 w 0 0 o 0 L 1 l a e i d s l d . e e o n i r c m i o a c k t v a r a e e o r u h w e p l t a o d o v t n r t o t e g a c s i n n e o l i e d t i e h r s s T o c o c p a
) . o . n N o i o y n N / s a e P r l e e . V p r t s c n i o m 0 D S ( C a . r 0 1 i 7 n . a g r o o r e N M P V
0 7 0 0 ) . 0 0 o 1 1 N n e e r c S ( T E 2 S S . A o G / E N E M
. d M n e e e m h g o w h s r u f u a s B p g e o i s n g t h i A c p n a t o t i m h ) c t a r l w l s e u e t e a d s f d e o o l u d M c ( m
0 5 0 1 : n o i t a r e p o l e c c a o t u a n I
S W R S P S S G / P E K
B : : d g e n p i n p o n t u r s A s s i i e e n n i i g g n n e E n n M e e h h W W
A w V % 3 8 % o 3 . 1 8 0 . 2 L 0 1 ~ 9 . 0 l e y t . a g a n i d t a m e l l m r t e o e s v c b j u c e m d a h t u a e , n ” h p A t h g t e “ r i e g h s t f n o e a i t t h e a r w T l t t i e l . l p o s a o i e y m r r y o a a r B f v v
E V I L . l e c c a o t u A
n s e h n r w t t u n h c e t i m w o s N m y O e , e k h F t e F t h A t O
% 9 % i V 0 4 0 H 4 . 0 0 4 1 5 1
D E A V I E L D
l s a r d t u n e o n c n e s i r 4 e n v i e , l l n o o r i t t i n s o o C p
E V I L M
r t . o s t u n o m i o m l t i g e c s o n p i c a p e o p t e u s a t e s a l l e l n o r u i f t n i r i o s o e F p b
. S R P G / E
. W . S S S P K
. V % p S e t O 0 ) . 0 . . S o 0 s P . o r N T o n L P t o e O M e r V c L S ( E 3 C C . o 1 - A N H
A 1 . 1 ~ F 9 . F 0 O
A l i o C 1 G
B l i o C 1 G
) . o N n e e r c S ( 4 . o N
R O T O M . P E T S
t i m i L 2 G
r e l l o r t n o C c i n o r t a h c e M
Page 10-46
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART
s k r a m e R
0 3 3 K S 0 9 2 K S 0 5 2 K S 0 1 2 K S s e r u d e c o r p n o i t a r e p O
y a l p s i D
s c r o e t n c F n ) e n F N o c d n s e O O i o c : : d y a f n d n l V o V i o 0 p e 4 i t r f s e 2 i i c u d g 1 n , a : : u r s a e n t t l N F s e v o o F e i n M ( I t V O O
a h c e r . e M l l y o b t r d n e o l l C o r i c t n n o o r C t n n o o i i t t i i s s o o p p l l a a r r t t u u e e n n r r e e v v e e l l g m n r i a w s s u r o e t f e a n a . l c t e u s m 5 i s N N O O
n o i t a r e p o n i m r a d n a g n i w F F F s t F F F A O O O k . n c i o n r l o i e c t v r e c e t a l n g n i n u o i m w c r s r o a e e r t s o a , r i w e e k s p c i O l o w c ) F . o E N N F O O N K A O . . n R P S e . B M A W S e r E - O E E c V G C M S L S I ( A N A V 1 E W 5 . L S . L 2 V E o O - S R N S F *
c e e e g c a n . g n t l n n a e o v i o . t l k s a c c v s i s v e e s e r o h h t t n r d t c e i h c o g i o e e t i r r e n n u l u n r i e m g s s s n o n o o f a o a r s e a p c e f e f h r o M o M o P c t
) d t e f i t a L u y W t c v a a e S W H S g n i r u d t d s e N o e o p O ( B W S . S d N N F P F n 2 O O O
F F N F F N O O O O
t W f d S i e N L t e y O s / N N N p v S F F F o N O O O o a t F F F B e O s . H 1 O O O P t f i L d y e v e h a p c e s t l i H / h e w t t c v s s i a e r g o w t o s n e B t a a e r h t e c a r p e O p O ) ) . . T F F F F F F o o F F F N S F F F N O O O O O O . O . n L n . . P E e . V M S H e . O P S H B C e C e M A E r E A O A E T I r I c V R C E T c V R O L T M W S L E C M W S ( A 2 W S ( A S V 3 2 ~ 6 . 1 7 V . O . L V . L P o O 3 o O 1 - S - V N S F * N S F S *
k c o l B e v l a V d i o n e l o S i t l u M Dynamic Acera 11/00
N N N F F O O O O
r e b m u N . D . I * F F O W S r e t r a t S
N N F F O O O
N O W S r e t r a t S
N N N O O O
h c t i w S r e t r a t S e t a r e p O ) . N o O N . P n Y e A M e L O r E C c R S . ( T Y 8 A A . L B 1 o E 2 - E N R 1 *
N O . S A E M
N O H C T I W S Y E K
r e l l o r t n o C c i n o r t a h c e M
Page 10-47
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART 2
s k r a m e R
m c s / l g t k o 0 V = k = 0 V : : e t e t o o N N
s u l i o r y a e n v v m o u e i l i m l t i o r s n o i t p m n l o a e c t r n u v a . e e h s h n l l i n w e W i u
l l e l i o n h r t t w i o t n s e o e r s c u o a l p e a o e r r h c t v p e n f h e i s u o t , a e r o l y g e e . r y c l s n v l e i n a A a l
t t - , n - - n h n o i o a r c o s i e n r e v r r h n e l r e t . o p e o w k r r o p l c w h t o o T c o d e o r e o n t l l . e s w i n n r n e s h o o d o n o s n s t e w c c l e o e u e e e i n r n l e c a w v f l u a g h o s t o s l v n n a g m e e r a s k e t r h u f n e s I c i r h t s s p i
S
t S o E n N s R e A o H d F y : O a e E l R p g s n U i a L I d h f I c A F
: R s e O g S n N a E h S c f o y E a l R p U s L i I d A f I F
r e b m u N . D . I *
0 3 3 K S 0 9 2 K S
S C I N O R T A H C E M
0 5 2 K S k 0 3 / V 0 . 5
k 0 3 / V 0 . 5
k 0 3 / V 0 . 5
k 0 3 / V 0 . 5
s e r u d e c o r p n o i t a r e p O
f l e a i r e l t d l i e u n d i r e a r n W h e t g v i a O n r L o H o o e d m d t v e e m e p l U l n e o c e p / o o p i r s H s n t t w n i s G o o / G I G / o C p E H E D
l a r d l e t i u n f d e a i i e l n h t W n g e a O o i r r L H r e d m d e v v o m e e e l o e l n e o t c p t p o o r i t s H s u t n i / o s I G / G / O o G n C p E H E I
l a r d l e t i u n d e a i f e n W h i l t g e r i a O n r L o H r e d m d e v v e o e e m l l n e o o c e p t o o p t i r s H s u t t n i s o G o o / G I G / / n C p E H E I
k 0 3 / V 0 . 5 l l l l a t a a r d e r d e t . t l l s i i n u n d u a d d a i y e i l l e n n H a h W t t W n h t g t g a O n s i i a e r L o H . r O o e d m d e L m H k v d y v d d c m e e r h l e o e e m l o e l n e o e e e l o n c p t o o p c p p p s o o i r i r i t s H s k t s t s k t H c n s G G c n i G G o o / I G o o s o I G / l / / l o C p E H E B C p E H E B
y a l p s i D
) . o k 0 N R E V n O S 5 . e S I 0 A e r N R c E M S ( S . O 3 9 S S O B . E 1 E o R N P B S *
) . o k k 0 0 N V V n R 5 . e O 5 . 0 S e 0 T r N c E U S I O N ( S . M M 0 S R 8 R 7 1 S - A . E A E 4 E o R 3 - S N P B S * B *
) . o k P k N 0 M 0 R n O G V U V 5 5 e I . . D 0 S D 0 e r N T T c E E E S K K ( S . C C 1 S U 1 U 2 1 S B - B . E E 6 E o R 5 * N P B S * B S
) ) . . o k k o k k 0 0 N 0 0 N R R V n V ) V n O V ) 5 5 5 O . e ) . ) . e R 5 . L ( S S 0 0 0 0 e e ( L r N R r N L L c E ( ( c E E E G G V S S ( S ( S A . N . V I I N A R 0 2 S W 3 S 5 1 R 9 T 1 1 S S 6 S - W S 0 . E 7 E 8 E . E T o R o R 9 - E - E 1 N P B S * B S * * N P B S * B S
0 1 2 K S
k 0 / V 5 . 0
k R 0 E V 5 . W O L M O O 4 B 2 - E B S *
k 0 / V 5 . 0
k 0 / V 5 . 0
k 0 / V 5 . 0
k 0 / V 5 . 0
r o s n e S e r u s s e r P w o L
Page 10-48
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART 2
s k r a m e R
m c / s g t k l o 0 V = k = 0 V : : e t e t o o N N
s u l i o r y a e n v v m o u e i l i i l t s m o r n t o p i n l o a m c t r e n u v a . e e h l h n l i s e n W i w u
l l e l i o n h r t t w i o t s e n e r s o c u o p a l e a o e r r h v c t e p n f h e i s u o t , a e r o l y g e e . r y c l s n v n a e i A a l
t t - , n - - n h n o i o a r c o s i e n r e v r r h n e l e t . o p e r w k o r h o p l c r t w T c o o o d o r e o . e s e t n l l i n w r n n e o s h o o d o n s n s t e w c c l e o e u e e e i n r n l e c a w v f s l u a g h o s t o n l v a n e s r a e k m e u t g r h f n e s I c i r h t s s p i
S
t S o E n N s R e A o H d F y : O a e E l R p g n s i a U I d h L f I c A F
: R s e O g S n N a E h S c f o y E a R l p U s L i I d f F I A
r e b m u N . D . I *
0 3 3 K S 0 9 2 K S
S C I N O R T A H C E M
0 5 2 K S 0 1 2 K S s e r u d e c o r p n o i t a r e p O
y a l p s i D
k k 0 0 0 5 4 3 / / V V 5 3 . . 3 3 f e l i l a r e e t d l e r l i u n d d i r i e a n W h e v h t g o i g i a O n r L o H d H e d m d n a d t v e e m e p e s l o l n e o u e c e o p p p o o r i b s s s t m t H s n i o G u o s I G / o G / l / o G C p E H E B E p ) . o k k N 0 0 2 2 n R e O V V 7 e S . . r N 1 0 2 7 0 c P P E S P ( S P . M 2 M 3 4 S U 2 U 2 1 S P - P . E 2 o R 1 - E - E S N P C * C S * k 0 2 / V 7 . 0
r o s n e S . s s e r P h g i H Dynamic Acera 11/00
k 0 3 / V 0 . 5
k 1 2 / V 2 . 2
k 1 3 / V 0 . 3
k 4 s / s e V l r 5 . o 0
k 2 / V 7 . 0
n e g h n i w e g g d p i n n P i s p i p i B i i l p a l y l & P B B d u f N & & e p t d u N N l e o o r s t h h h s t t i i t I n r o e W W W c p ) . o k k 0 0 N R V V n 5 . e O 5 . 0 S 0 e . . r N T T c E P P S ( S O O . 0 2 1 5 S 1 P 1 1 S P 2 7 . E 6 E 1 o R - S 1 - E N P B * B S *
W O l L a r d e t u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r t i t n i o s o C p
H G I l H a r d t e u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t n i o s o C p
, e k o r t s l l u f t H a G r I e H v d e e l l e o r p s t n G o / C E
W O l L a r d e t u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t n i o s o C p
k 0 / V 0 . 0
k 0 / V 5 . 0
) . o k N N 1 2 n R O C e O - V . e A 2 r S 2 N c E G E S ( S N . 6 S 1 6 1 S P 2 . E 1 o R 1 - E N P B S *
k 1 N 2 O V C . - 2 2 G E N 2 7 P 2 2 1 - E B S *
k 2 / V 8 . 0 H G I l H a r d t e u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t n i o s o C p
) . o N . S n R S e O E e R r S c N E K S ( S C . A 9 S B 1 S . E 5 o R 1 N P B
k 3 / V 9 . 1 , e k o r t s l l u f t H a G r I e H v d e e l l e o r p s t n G o / C E
k 3 V 5 . 0 8 2 E S *
r o s n e S . s s e r P w o L
Page 10-49
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART 2
s k r a m e R
m c s / g t l k o 0 V = k = 0 V : : e t e t o o N N
s u l i o r y a e n v v m o e i l t u l i m s i o r n o t p i n l m o a e c t r n u v a . e e h l h n l i s n w e W i u
l l e l i o n h r t t w i o t s e n e r s o c u o p a l e a o e r r h c t v p e n f h e i s u o t , a e r o l y g e e . r y c l s n v e i n a A a l
t t - , n - - n h n o i o a r c o s i e n r e v r r h n e l e t . o p e r w k o r h o p l c r t w T c o o o d o r e e n t l l . e s i n n o r n w e o s h o o d o n s n s t e w c c l e o e u e e e i n r n l e c a w v f s l u a g h s t o n l s o v n a g m e e r a e k t r h n e h u f s I c i r t s s p i
S
t S o E n N s R e A o H d F y : O a e E l R p g n s i a U L I d h f I c A F
: R s e O g S n N a E h S c f o y E a l R p U s L i I d A f I F
r e b m u N . D . I *
0 3 3 K S 0 9 2 K S 0 5 2 K S
S C I N 0 1 O 2 R K T S A H C s E e r u M d e c o r p n o i t a r e p O
y a l p s i D
k 6 / A m 0 5 3
k 5 2 / A m 7 4 6
k 6 / A m 0 5 3
k 5 2 / A m 7 4 6
k 6 / A m 0 5 3
k 5 2 / A m 7 4 6
k 0 3 / A m 0 5 7
k 0 / A m 0 0 2
W O l L a r d e n t o u e m e p n s m r G o e / c v E e , H l l n G o o I r i H t t n i s o o d n C p a
e t l d . i u f e h o i l g m i e H r a r r d h e e t v e i o w p , n s n o i e i o t n t a i r g i s n o e p E p o
W O l L a r d e n t o u e m e p n s m r G o e / c v E e , H l l n G o o I r i H t t n i s o o d n C p a
e s i e l a d . i r f e h m l g o i i o e r H b r d h e e t v e i o w p , n s n o i e i o t n t a i r g i s n o e p E p o
W O l L a r d e n t o u e m e p n s m r G o e / c v E e , H l l n G o o I r i H t t n i s o o d n C p a
e l d . i n f e h i i g m l i e H r a r r d h e e t v e i o w p , n s n o i e i o t n t a i r g i s n o e p E p o
W O l L a r d e n t o u e m e p n s m r G o e / c v E e , H l l n G o o I r i H t t n i s o o d n C p a
e l d . i n f e h i i l g m i e H r a r r d h e e t v e i o w p , n s n o i e i o t n t a i r g i s n o e p E p o
) . o N n S e E S e r V A c L P Y S ( A V B D 0 P 1 2 P V . O S o R 1 N P D P *
k k 6 6 A A m m 0 5 5 4 3 3 . . P S M A O E C M
) . o N n S e E S e r V A c L P Y S ( A V B B 1 P 2 2 P V . O S o R 2 N P D P *
k k 6 6 A A m m 0 5 5 4 3 3 . . P S M A O E C M
) . o N n L e E e r V E c L V A S ( A C V R 2 P T - 2 S V . O S o R 3 N P D P *
k k 6 6 A A m m 0 5 5 4 3 3 . . P S M A O E C M
) . E o T N A L n U e E C e r V R c L I C S ( A V E A 3 P R - 2 A . O V o R 6 - S N P D P *
k k 6 6 A A m m 0 5 5 4 3 3 . . P S M A O E C M
. 7 1 e v l a V d i o n e l o S l a n o i t r o p o r p i t l u M Ω ± 1 ± Ω ± 5
Page 10-50
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART 2
s k r a m e R
m c s / t g l k o 0 V = = k V 0 : : e t e t o o N N k 7 2 / A m 0 0 7 k 7 2 / A m 0 0 7 k 8 2 / A m 0 2 7 k 7 2 / A m 0 0 7
0 3 3 K S 0 9 2 K S
S C I N O R T A H C E M
s u l i o r y a e n v v m o u e i l i m l t i o r s n o i t p m n l o a e c t r n u v a . e e h l h n l i s e n W i w u
0 5 2 K S 0 1 2 K S
k 2 3 / A m 0 7 7 k 2 3 / A m 0 7 7 k 1 3 / A m 0 7 7 k 0 3 / A m 0 5 7 H G I l H a r d t e u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t . n i e o s o l d C p i
s e r u d e c o r p n o i t a r e p O
W O l L a r d e t u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t . n i e o s o l d C p i
y a l p s i D
) . o N n e E e r V P c L M U S ( A V P 1 4 P 1 2 P V . O S o R 1 N P E P *
t t , n - - n h - r s i l n o i o c l e a e l i n e o r v o n r r h h r n t t w i e o e t . o p e r w k p l s t o r r e n h o c l r t o o o e w T c o o s c e u o r n l p d l o . e s a l e t w i r n n e o a e n n r h v r e h s o d o o t c t e p s o n s e w c e c n f h e o e i i n u e e e l r n l s e c a w u o t v f s l u a g h , a o e r o l s t o n e l v n e s y g e r y . a r a e k e u t c l f h g m s n v r n e s e i n a I c i A a l r h t s s p i
k 6 / A m 0 5 3 h e r t l i o c t o W y c m , ( e , l l d i d n e v a H u r o t r G I g ) H f f n o d o i i e k t . e c s o g p a n r p i s t t e a G t / H i m E R t o r
k k A 0 0 m 3 3 0 A A T I m m F 0 5 H 5 4 S 7 7 R P S E M A W O E O C M P
k 7 2 / A m 0 0 7 k 7 2 / A m 0 0 7 k 8 2 / A m 0 2 7 k 7 2 / A m 0 0 7 W O l L a r d e t u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t . n i e o s o l d C p i
k 2 3 / A m 0 7 7 k 2 3 / A m 0 7 7 k 1 3 / A m 0 7 7 k 0 3 / A m 0 5 7 H G I l H a r d t e u e e p n s r G e / v E e , l l n o o r i t t i . n s e o o l d C p i
) . o N n e E e r V P c L M U S ( A V P 2 5 P 2 2 P V . O S o R 2 N P E P *
k 6 / A m 0 5 3 r h t l e t i o c W y o , c m e ( , l l e d i d n v a u H o t r G r I g ) n H f o i d f o t i e k . e c s g p a o n s t r p i t e a G / H i m t E L t o r
k k A 0 0 m 3 3 0 A A T I m m F 0 5 H 5 4 S 7 7 R P S E M A W O E O C M P
S
: R s e O g S n N a E h S c f o y E a l R p U s L i I d A f I F
t S o E n N s R e A o H d F y : O a e E l R p g n s i a U L I d h f I c A F
K 0 3 / A m 0 0 7 W O l L a r d e t u e e p n s . r G e e / l v E d e , i l l n H o o G r i t t I n i s o o H r C p o
l e v a r T t n e N d O n e h p t c e i d w n S I
) . L o E N V n E A e V R T e r L c A I S - 1 E ( V O 2 P P 3 V . O 1 1 o R - S N P D P *
r e b m u N . D . I *
k 6 / A m 0 5 3
l e v a r T t n F e F d O n e h c p t e i d w n S I
k k 6 6 A A m m 0 1 5 3 3 3 P S M A O E C M
1 . 7 1 e v l a V l a n o i t r o p o r P p m u P Ω Ω ± ± 5 Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-51
SERVICE DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CHART
s k r a m e R
S
l l e l i o n h r t t w i o t n s e o e r s c u o a l p e a o e r r h c t v p e n f h e i s u o t , a e r o l y g e e . r y c l s n v n a e i A a l
2
m c / g k t s 0 l o V = k = 0 V : : e t e t o o N N
t S o E n N s R e A o H d F y : O a e E l R p g n s i a U I d h L f I c A F
: R s e O g S n N a E h S c f o y E a R l p U s L i I d f F I A
r e b m u N . D . I *
0 3 3 K S 0 9 2 K S
S C I N O R T A H C E M
0 5 2 K S 0 1 2 K S s e r u d e c o r p n o i t a r e p O
k 6 / A m 0 5 3
K 0 3 / A m 0 0 7 W O t . n l L a a r d e v t e e u p l e s e r n i r G r e e / l v E i d e , l l n H o o G r i t t I n i s o o H r C p o
!
N O h c t i w S
) . L o E N V n E A y e V R a e L T l p r c A I s V i S - 2 F D ( O 3 P P 3 2 V . O S o R 1 N P D P *
F F O h c t i w S
k k 0 0 A A m m 0 1 5 3 3 3 P S M A O E C M
3 2 Ω 2 ± 4 e v l a V d i o n e l o S
Page 10-52
N U R = N U R
T S E T = T S E T
n o i t u a C
d
ot
!
tI
si
s
rt
ci
t
yl
p
or
h
ib
tei
N ” U N R O “ m or e f e ht h h t ct ni n i e si w h S h w e ct i ht T S w e E s v T y o e o m t K
) . o . N % 0 N T J U 0 n D R 1 e A L F O F e r O W V O S c L L W R S ( T O O R R S 9 A 3 H T T G . C N N O o E O O R N M C C P
p
o
s
i
iot
n
.
W O t . n l L a a r d e v t e e u p l e s e r n i r G r e e / l v E i d e , l l n H o o G r i t t I n i s o o H r C p o
) . o H N C n T e I e r W c S S ( E S 0 A 4 E . L o E N R
N O h c t i w S
F F F F O O S E S K P A K R B G N I W S
s e h c t i w S c i n o r t a h c e M
F F O h c t i w S
W O t . n l L a a r d e v t e e u p l e s e r n i r G r e e / l v E i d e , l l n H o o G r i t t I n i s o o H r C p o
k 5 2 / A m 0 7 6
k 6 / A m 0 5 3
g n i w S & n I m r A
y l n O g n i w S
) k k . o Y T 0 0 N I R n E O A A e V I m m e r L R 0 1 c A P . 6 5 S - W ( V H 3 3 O S 2 P - P S 4 3 V . O S M A o R 1 - O E N P D P * C M
Ω Ω ± 5 1 ± . 7 1
e v l a V . p o r P Dynamic Acera 11/00
28 ITEM CHECK LIST MODEL No.
SERIAL NUMBER
Hours.
No. 1 Main Cont. P/no. Program Version VER. No.
No. 2
M Mode Low Idle
M Mode High Idle
A Mode Low Idle
A Mode High Idle
E/GSET RPM MEAS. Auto Accel. E/G PRS. KPSS SW. No. 3 H-1 H1 ACCEL V VO OLT. POS. MOTOR STEP POS. No. 4 STEP. MOTOR
Lo w V %
G-1 Coil A G-1 Coil B G-2 Limit
No. 5 SOL. VALVE F-2 SWING - BRAKE COMP. MEAS. RELEASE SW.
Dynamic Acera 11/00
High
A A
At swing and arm in operation. COMP. MEAS.
Page 10-53
28 ITEM CHECK LIST REMARKS
No. 6 SOL. VALVE F-3 1/2 TRA TRAVEL VEL COMP. MEAS. SWITCH No. 7 SOL. VALVE F-1 POWER BOOST COMP. MEAS. SWITCH
1 St S Sp peed
P. Boost Switch Sw itch & Heavy Lift
No. 8 RELAY 1-2 BAT. RELAY COMP. MEAS. KEY SWITCH
BOOM LOWER V
Kg
No. 10 PRESS.SENSOR B-3 ARM OU OUT (O (Over rre elief) V Kg B-4
ARM IN (Over relief) V Kg
No. 11 PRESS. SENSOR B-5 BUCKET DI DIG (O (Over re relie ief) f) V Kg B-4
BUCKET DU DUMP (O (Ov ver re rellie ief) f) V Kg
Page 10-54
Heavy Lift Switch
Operate Att. Boost switch. Operate heavy lift Switch.
With Key On
No. 9 PRESS. SENSOR B-1 BOOM RA RAIS ISE E ((O Over re rellie ief) f) V Kg B-2
P. Boost Switch
2nd Speed
Controls in neutral High Idle V Kg
V
Kg
Controls in neutral High Idle V Kg
V
As you increase the angle of control lever the valuse will increase proportionally proporti onally..
If values do not change while operation the control lever , remove connector on the failed low pressure sensor.
Kg
Controls in neutral High Idle V Kg
V
With control lever in neutral position you will have minimum values.
Then install connector pressure sensor which is known to work.
Kg
Dynamic Acera 11/00
28 ITEM CHECK LIST
B-8
SWIN ING G ( L ) ( Over Re Relie ief) f) V Kg
No. 13 PRESS. SENSOR B-9 B9 TR TRA AVE VEL L ( R ) (O (Ove verr rel relie ief) f) V
Kg
No. 14 PRESS. SENSOR Neutral C-1 PUMP P1 V Kg PUMP P2 V
V
Kg
V
Kg
Place bucket in ground. With throttle at high Idle, swing left check pressure, then swing right check pressure.
Engine speed high idle block sprocket Hyd. Stall.
Controls in neutral High Idle
B-10 TRA TRAVEL VEL ( L ) (Ov (Over er relie relief) f) V Kg
C-2
REMARKS
Controls in neutral High Idle
No. 12 PRESS. SENSOR B-7 SWIN ING G ( R ) (O (Ov ver re reli lie ef) V Kg
V
Kg
V
Kg
Boom Over Relief High Idle
Kg
V
Kg
V
Kg
Neutral: Controls at neutral position E/G speed measure Low and High Idle. Boom Over Relief: E/G speed high Idle boom up and over relief.
No. 15 PRESS. SENSOR Neutral B-16 P1 OP OPT. V
Kg
V
With N&B piping: With control pedal deKg pressed fully E/G Hi Idle.
B-17 P2 OPT. V
Kg
V
Kg
Controls in neutral High Idle
No. 16 Not Available on SK160 ED190 Neutral: Controls in neutral PRESS. SENSOR Control lever neutral position, High Idle B-11 B-1 1 P1 NEG NEGA-C A-CON ON Neu Neutra trall Hi Idle Idle V Kg Boom Over Relief: V Kg Control lever at full stroke, E/G speed Hi. P2 NEGA-CON V Kg V Kg No. 19 PRESS. SENSOR B-15 BACK PRESS. V
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Control lever neutral position, E/G speed Hi. Kg
Page 10-55
28 ITEM CHECK LIST No. 20 PROP VALVE D-1 P1 BY BY PA PASS Neutr tra al Hi Id Idlle COMP. mA Kg MEAS. mA Kg
No. 21 PROP VALVE D-2 P2 BY BY PA PASS Neutr tra al Hi Id Idlle COMP. mA Kg MEAS. mA Kg
No. 22 PROP VALVE D-3 S-TRAVEL COMP. MEAS.
Neutral Hi Idle
No. 23 PROP VALVE D-6 A-RECIRCULATE COMP. MEAS.
No. 24 PROP VALVE E-P1 PUMP Neutral COMP. mA MEAS. mA
Page 10-56
Arm Over Relief mA mA
Boom Over Relief mA mA
Kg Kg
Kg Kg
Kg Kg
Engine speed high idle position, with arm in operation over relief.
Boom Over Relief mA mA
Kg Kg
Arm In Over Relief mA mA
Kg Kg
mA mA
Engine speed high idle position, with arm out operation over relief.
Engine speed high idle position, with boom raise operation over relief.
Track Moving Over Relief
Powershift No. 25 PROP VALVE E-P2 PUMP Neutral COMP. mA MEAS. mA Powershift
REMARKS
Kg Kg
Engine speed high idle position, with RH track off ground travel motor rotating.
Powershift Track Moving Over Relief Kg Kg mA
mA mA Powershift
Engine speed high idle position, with LH track off ground Kg travel motor rotating. Kg ma
Dynamic Acera 11/00
28 ITEM CHECK LIST No. 32 PROP VALVE D-1 D11 P1 I - TR TRA AVE VEL L COMP. mA MEAS. mA
REMARKS Control lever neutral position, E/G speed low or high idle. Independent travel switch ON.
Kg Kg
No. 33 PROP VALVE D-1 D12 P2 I - TR TRA AVE VEL L Switch on COMP. MEAS.
mA mA
Control lever neutral position, E/G speed low or high idle.
Kg Kg
Switch off COMP. MEAS.
mA mA
Kg Kg
No. 39 MECHATRO ADJT ADJT.. CONTROL SW CONTROL VOL PROG SW
Do not change switch with key in the on position
No. 40 RELEASE SWITCHES KPSS SWING BRAKE
No. 42 PROP-VALVE D-13 SW PRIORITY SWING ONLY COMP mA Kg MEAS mA Kg
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SWING & ARM IN
mA mA
Kg Kg
Page 10-57
PRE-CHECKS PRIOR TO PREFORMING ADJUSTMENT “A” NOTE With key in the “ON” position and engine not running, Gauge cluster display must read “MONITOR SYSTEM OK”. If any warning Icons are visible in gauge cluster display d isplay,, preform the proper maintenance or repairs to correct the problem. Then proceed to Adjustment “A”. See Figure 10.29 A. A. Emergen Emergency cy Stop Stop Control, Control, and and Manual Manual Throttle Cable 1. Che Check ck the the opera operation tion of Emerg Emergenc ency y Stop control, confirm that cable moves freely both in and out, and does not bind. 2. Eme Emerge rgency ncy stop stop cabl cable e must must be pushe pushed d in to obtain proper engine performance. 3. Con Confirm firm tha thatt the the Manua Manuall Throt Throttle tle Control Cable is disconnected and tagged properly for operator. B. Veri erify fy eng engine ine RPM 1. If poss possible ible star startt engine engine,, run run excav excavator ator hydraulic system until water temperature is at normal operating range. 2. Veri erify fy engi engine ne RPM in “M” “M” mode mode,, “A” “A” mode, and in “B”mode by pushing screen change switch once. Record engine RPM readings for later verification. See Figure 10.29 B. C. RPM Se Sens nsor or Tes Testt Proper adjustment of the RPM sensor is critical to a successful Adjustment “A” Procedure. With engine running press screen change switch one time, will RPM appear on screen? 1. If scre screen en show shows s 0 RPM che check ck the the following: a. With engi engine ne OFF OFF (not (not runn running) ing) disconnect the RPM sensor from the machine electrical harness. Check the resistance value of RPM sensor. sensor. Value Value must be 2.3k V 6 0.2 k V . b. Co Conn nnec ectt the the spee speed d sens sensor or,, to a mul multi ti meter. With engine running at low idle, measure the voltage AC. voltage must be 4 V or more. See Figure 10.29 C. Page 10-58
Screen Change Switch Monitor System Ok
FIGURE 10.29 A Water Temperature Gauge Screen Change Switch
RPM 2300
( Push Switch Once )
FIGURE 10.29 B Resistance value ± 0.2 k Ω 2.3k Ω ±
Voltage must be be 4 V or more.
FIGURE 10.29 C Dynamic Acera 11/00
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE Adjustment “A”- Mechatronic Controller SK210 ~ SK250 A. Cond Conditio itions ns to use use Adjus Adjustmen tmentt “A” Adjustment “A” procedure must be preformed when one or more of the following components have been removed, repaired, adjusted or replaced. 1. Me Mech chat atro roni nics cs Co Cont ntro rollller er (C (CPU PU)) 2. Stepping Mot Motor As Assemb mbly ly 3. Li Link nkag age e bet betwe ween en Ste tepp ppin ing g Mot Motor or an and d Engine Fuel Pump Pu mp Assembly. 4. Engi gine ne or In Inje jec cti tio on pump 5. Wh When en th the e ROM ROM DA DAT TA FAI AILU LURE RE is displayed on the multidisplay. multidis play. 6. Wh When en th the e ROM ROM DA DAT TA FAI AILU LURE RE an and d or MECHATRO SET ERROR are displayed alternately on the multidisplay. 7. In Inco corr rrec ectt Hi High gh or Lo Low w id idle le Rp Rpm. m. B. Tools & Equipment Required for Check and adjusting of Adjustment “A” 14 mm spaner wrench 13 mm spaner wrench 10 mm spaner wrench 5 mm allen wrench wrench 0.1mm (.004“) Feeler gauge 1. Gen General eral han hand d tools tools to rem remove ove and and rereplace stepping motor linkage and components. 2. Ther Thermome mometer ter to read read hydr hydrauli aulic c oil oil temtemperature. C. Mach Machine ine Settin Settings gs and Site Site conditi condition on 1. Atta Attachme chment nt in the Hydra Hydraulic ulic Oil Oil Check Check Position. See Figure 10.30 A. 2. Eng Engine ine Emerge Emergency ncy Stop Stop Knob Knob pushed pushed completely “IN”. See Figure 10.30 B. 3. Main Maintena tenance nce Conne Connector ctor place placed d in the “Release Condition”. See Figure 10.30 C. 4. Manua Manuall Throttle Throttle Control Control Cable is disconnected and tagged properly for operator. 5. With safet safety y lock in the the lock lock (up) posit position, ion, See Figure 10.30 B. 6. Fi Firm rm leve levell test test site. site.
FIGURE 10.30 A ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL
SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN LOCK POSITION
FIGURE 10.30 B Maintenance Connector Factory Default Release
Manual Throttle Control
FIGURE 10.30 C
Pilot control for Bucket and Boom
FIGURE 10.30 D Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-59
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE D. Verif erificat ication ion of Engin Engine e Low RPM RPM 1. Wi With th saf safet ety y lock lock in in the the lock lock (up (up)) position, See Figure 10.30 B. a. Pla Place ce the the mainten maintenanc ance e connec connector tor in the release position. See Figure 10.30 C. b. Tu Turn rn key key switch switch to to start start positi position on and and start engine. See Figure Figur e 10.31 A. c. Pla Place ce throt throttle tle poten potentiom tiometer eter to low low idle idle position. See Figure 10.31 A. d. Loca Locate te the the scree screen n change change swit switch, ch, depress the switch once to select RPM. See Figure 10.31 B. e. Ver erif ify y eng engin ine e Rpm Rpm.. f. Pr Pres ess s scre screen en cha chang nge e switc switch h two two time times s to retun screen to Monitor System Ok. See Figure 10.31 B. E. Verif erificat ication ion of of auto auto accel accel RPM 1. Wit With h safet safety y lock lock in in the the lock lock (up) (up) position, See Figure 10.31 C. 2. Mai Mainta ntance nce Conn Connect ector or in the fact factory ory default position. See Figure 10.30 C. a. Tu Turn rn key key swit switch ch to st start art posi positio tion n and and start engine. See Figure10.31 A b. Pla Place ce thro throttl ttle e poten potentio tiomet meter er to high high idle position. See Figure 10.31 A. c. Loc Locat ate e the the scre screen en cha chang nge e switc switch, h, depress the switch once to select RPM. See Figure 10.31 B. d. Pla Place ce Safe Safety ty lock lock lev lever er in in the the unloc unlock k (down) position.See Figure 10.31 C. e. Ful Fully ly acti activat vate e pilot pilot con contro troll for for bucke buckett dig then release pilot control, wait three seconds and check engine RPM. See Figure 10.31 10.3 1 A.
Pilot control for Bucket and Boom
FIGURE 10.31 A
Screen Change Switch
RPM 0
FIGURE 10.31 B
ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP CABLE
SAFETY LOCK LEVER IN LOCKED POSITION
FIGURE 10.31 C
Page 10-60
Dynamic Acera 11/00
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE F. Removal Removal of CPU CPU Acce Access ss Pan Panel el 1. Pull up on on the the top top bail bail for for seat seat adju adjustme stment nt and move seat fully forward. See Figure 10.32 A. 2. Pull recl reclinin ining g adjus adjustmen tmentt lever lever up and move seat back forward. See Figure 10.32 B. 3. Rele Release ase the 4 top top screw screws s from from rear rear pane panell top cover (behind the operator’s seat) by turning 90 degrees. See Figure 10.32 C. NOTE Screws are quick release type not threaded type. 4. Press Press the the panel panel lock locks s to rele release ase pan panel, el, tilt the cover towards the operators seat to obtain access to the speaker wires, remove wires. See Figure 10.32 C. 5. With spe speaker aker wir wires es remo removed ved car careful efully ly remove CPU access panel from cab and place in safe area. See Figure 10.32 C Remove Wires from Both Speaker’s
OPERATOR SEAT
CONTROL STAND
FIGURE 10.32 A
LEVER FOR SEAT RECLINING
FIGURE 10.32 B TOP SCREWS
CPU PANEL
PANEL LOCKS
FIGURE 10.32 D LOWER PANEL
G. Removal of Rod linkage l inkage and Lever from Stepping Motor. 1. Mov Move e to the the engin engine e compa compartm rtment ent and and locate the injection pump and stepping motor. See Figure 10.32 E. 2. Wit With h a 13 13 and and 14 mm spa spann nner er wre wrenc nch h loosen the ball joint end jam nuts on the rod linkage of the stepping motor, motor, be sure to use a holding wrench on the opposite side of the nut to avoid linkage damage. dam age. NOTE Threads are R.H and LH on opposite ends. Dynamic Acera 11/00
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
FIGURE 10.32 C Dimension B
Splined Lever
FIGURE 10.32 E Page 10-61
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE 3. Using a 5 mm allen wrench wrench wrench remove remove the splined lever from stepping motor shaft. See Figure 10.56D.
Remove Splined Lever Here
4. Place Place a hol holding ding wre wrench nch on the the shou shoulder lder side of the ball joint. Loosen nut and remove it and lock washer from the ball joint joi nt end con connec nected ted to the Fue Fuell Rac Rack k lev lever er.. This allows the complete linkage to be removed now. See Figure 10.56 F.
FIGURE 10.56 D NOTE If a holding wrench is not used while removing this linkage damage to the stepping motor can occur. 5. Se Sett the the link linkag age e asid aside e for for now now 6. Retu Return rn to ca cab b an and d: a. Pla Place ce Safe Safety ty loc lock k leve leverr in the the loc lock k (UP) position.See Figure 10.31 C. b.Place b. Place throttle potentiometer to LOW idle position. See Figure 10.31 A. c. Tu Turn rn key key swit switch ch to to start start pos positi ition on and and Figure10.31A A start engine. See Figure10.31 d. Loc Locat ate e the scr screen een cha chang nge e switc switch, h, depress the switch once to select RPM. See Figure 10.31 B. 7. Return Return to engi engine ne comp compart artmen mentt and and carefully manually move Fuel Rack lever over to the High Idle Stop Bolt.
Place holding wrench here
Loosen locknut
FIGURE 10.56 E Remove Ball Ball joint end Here
FIGURE 10.56 F
CAUTION Make certain to use proper safety procedures in and around running engine; wear proper work clothing, use safety glasses and utilize all proper safety devices.
8. Verif erify y on the Clus Cluster ter Gau Gauge ge or or with with an an external photo tach what the max. achievable high engine rpm against the high stop. See Figure 10.56 G. 9. Verif erify y High High Stop Stop bolt bolt rpms rpms again against st Machine Performance specs in this training manual. If rpms are within tolerance continue onward with this procedure, if not stop and repair engine or fuel rack to allow proper engine rpm. Page 10-62
Screen Change Switch
RPM 0
FIGURE 10.56 G Dynamic Acera 11/00
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE 10. Return to cab cab and shut engine engine off and return keyswitch to the off position.
Dimension B
Splined Lever
11. Loosen the the left and right hand hand thread jam nuts on rod linkage and inspect the heads of linkage for excessive wear. 12. Set the rod rod length to to the specific specific dimension dimension per machine model number listed below. See Figure 10.33 A. NOTE Dimension B is the starting dimension of fuel injection rod assembly. assembly. Final dimension of rod will be determined when rod and lever is installed on engine and engine stop gap is set.
Dimension B
Jam Nut’s Typical of SK210 other models may differ.
FIGURE 10.33 A
Dimension B: See Figure 10.33 A 170 mm ( 6.69”) SK160 ~ SK190 288 mm (1 (11.34”) 1.34”) SK210 304 mm (1 (11.97”) 1.97”) SK250 198 mm ( 7.80”) SK290 ~ SK330 Note: MM=Millimeters, ” = Inches NOTE Dimension “B”is only a starting point, NOT THE FINAL DIMENSION . The final length or the rod will be determened in the next step. Adjustment “A” Procedure 1. Re Remov move e the key fro from m key key switc switch. h. See See Figure 10.33 B.
FIGURE 10.33 B
2. Locate Locate the CPU beh behind ind ope operato rators rs seat seat.. Remove grommet located on the top of CPU. Carefully move the test run switch to test position. See Figure 10.33 C. 3.. Insert 3 Insert key key in in key key switch switch,, turn key to the the “ON” “ON” position, do not start engine . Gauge Cluster must display “Monitor System Ok” . If not preform maintenance or repairs to correct problem. Proceed to next Step. 4. Turn acce accell dial dial to the the low idle idle posi positio tion. n. See See Figure 10.33 B. FIGURE 10.33 C Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-63
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE 5. Press Press the the buzz buzzer er stop stop swi switch tch for 5 to 10 seconds and release. Step 1 will not apear until buzzer stop switch is released. See Figure 10.34 D.
STEP 2 CPU GAP (STOP)
FIGURE 10-34 D 6. When STE STEP P 1 is displ displaye ayed d on the gau gauge ge cluster, wait until STEP 2 is displayed on gauge cluster. See Figure 10.34 A. 7. After After ver verific ificatio ation n that CPU STEP 2 GAP STOP is displayed on the gauge cluster, you will notice that the controller has moved the stepping motor to the LOW STOP position. See Figure 10.34 A. 8. While While holdin holding g the the fuel fuel rack rack leve leverr agains againstt the low stop bolt reinstall the linkage assembly between the stepping motor and injection pump. See Figure 10.34 B. Note: If the splined shaft lever will not align Note: If while other ball joint end is inserted into the fuel lever remove that end from the fuel rack, retain position move splined lever one spline forward or backward on the stepper motor shaft to allow splines to align. Then adjust the intermediate intermed iate rod so the ball joint end can not be installed on the fuel lever. Warning: Make sure to insert the ball joint end Warning: Make of the rod linkage in the proper bolt bol t hole of the fuel lever bracket - Do Not install inst all in the slot for the manual override cable. See Figure 10.34 B & 10.34 C
FIGURE 10.34 A Fuel Rack Lever
Splined Lever
Example SK210
FIGURE 10.34 B
Example SK290
FIGURE 10.34 C
Page 10-64
Dynamic Acera 11/00
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE NOTE Dimension “B”is only a starting point, NOT THE FINAL DIMENSION . The final length of the rod will be determened in the next step.
Shaft Protrusion = 3mm (.125”)
9. Confirm Confirm that the spli spline ne on on the the stepp stepping ing motor is protruding approximately 3mm (.125”) past the lever assembly. Secure the lever to stepping motor with the 5mm allen wrench. See Figure 10.59 A. 10. With a feeler gauge inserted between the fuel shut off stop bolt and the fuel injection pump lever adjust the clearance to 0.1mm (.004 “). See Figure 10.59 B. 11. Once clearance clearance has been reached reached with only slight resistance on the feeler gauge tighten both rod linkage jam nuts with 13 and 14 mm wrenches. Do not over tighten max. torque is 1.84 kgf m, (13.27 ft •lbs) See Figure 10.34 C.
FIGURE 10.59 A
Fuel Stop Bolt
Feeler Gauge
12. Rechec Recheck k all linkage fastners fastners and make sure everything is tight. also make sure ball joint linka linkage ge ends are equa equally lly align aligned ed and not twisted. Afterwards return to the operator’s cab for the next step. Note: Remove all tools and wrenches in and around engine compartment to prepare for the starting of the engine in the next process.
FIGURE 10.59 B Holding Wrench here
Tighten Jam Nut Here
FIGURE 10.59 C Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-65
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE 13. Press buzz buzz start switch switch once and CPU CPU STEP 3 Start E/G will appear in gauge Cluster. You You will notice that the controller control ler will move the stepping motor to a position higher than the normal RPM starting range. See Figure 10.35 A. CPU STEP 3 Start E/G
14. St Start art engine and wait until engine reaches reaches normal operating temperature range. Note: Hydraulics system maybe Note: functioned to warm engine and hydraulic system up. 15. With engine running, running, press press the buzzer buzzer stop switch once, the gauge cluster will read CPU STEP 4 MEMORY MEMORY.. The controller will take control of the stepping motor and bring the engine from: a. Mid ra ran nge. b. Be Belo low w Low Low Id Idle le.. c. High Id Idle. d. Low Idle. See Figure 10.35 B.
FIGURE 10.35 A
CPU Step 4 Memory
NOTE Required time for computer to memorize total engine steps is about 3 minutes. 16. CPU STEP 4 MEMORY will take approximately three minutes to cycle the stepping motor and record the data in the controller. 17. After completion completion of the above, above, the gauge cluster display will read the following: CPU FINISHED **** RPM (****) will represent the highest RPM which was read by the controller during Step 4. See Figure 10.35 C.
FIGURE 10.35 B
Note “Finished CPU (****)RPM” represents the highestRPM whichwas recorded by the controller during Step 4.
FINISH CPU
**** RPM
Please refer to the Measuring & Adjusting Pressures chapter in this manual for the proper RPM reading for your machine by Model and Serial Number. NOTE The finished RPM in step 4 may show higher than Actual High Idle RPM. Page 10-66
FIGURE 10.35 C
Dynamic Acera 11/00
ADJUSTMENT “A” PROCEDURE E. After After complet completion ion of “A “ Adju Adjustme stment nt 1. Tu Turn rn key key switch switch to Off Off positio position, n, stop stop engin engine e and allow the battery relay to shut off (approximately 4 seconds).
Service diagnosis display Gauge cluster
2. Return Return the CPU con control troller ler adju adjustm stment ent switch from the TEST to RUN position. Reinstall protective grommet in the controller cover. 3. If not not alre alread ady y chang changed ed,, chang change e maintenance maintenanc e connector from the Factory Default to accel release position. posit ion. Start the engine, raise the engine speed to the high idle RPM. Change back to factory when finished See 10.36 A. 4. Press Press the the scree screen n chang change e switch switch onc once e to bring up RPM. Verify engine speed changes on the multidisplay in accordance with the set values which is listed in the Measuring & Adjusting Pressures chapter of this manual
Screen change switch
Example: SK210
5. If all all engine engine RPM’ RPM’s s are cor correc rectt reins reinstal talll the CPU access cover and return operators seat to the original position.
Work Mode
Maintenance Connector Factory Default Release
FIGURE 10-36 A Dynamic Acera 11/00
Buzzer Stop
Page 10-67
SK480 ENGINE DIAGNOSIS LAMPS METHOD OF CONFIRMING ERRORS: Troubles can be confirmed with two error lamps located on the operator’s left console. See Figure 4.
FIGURE 4
Troubles codes will flash on lamps one at a time a total of three times and then repeat if multiple codes are present. See Table 1.
Page 10-68
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SK480 ENGINE DIAGNOSIS LAMPS SK480 Engine diagnosis lamps (Red and Amber) – FIGURE 2.16A, 2.16B Two diagnosis lamps are installed on the left side control panel as indicated in the figure. These lamps will indicate any abnormality in the engine. Refer to the following tables for normal and abnormal condition of the engine: Normal engine condition
NOTE 1 During normal conditions, both lamps will illuminate as soon as the key switch is turned to the “ON” postion, and will stay illuminated until the engine is started. Lamps will turn Off, and will stay Off after starting the engine. Abnormal engine condition
FIGURE 2.16A NOTE 3 The code is indicated by a 2 figure number: the code’s first figure lights on for 1.2 seconds and off for 1.2 seconds, and the code’s second figure lights on for 0.4 seconds and off for 0.4 second, as shown inFig. 2.16B. Every code is displayed three times repeatedly, repea tedly, and where there is no more code, the display will return to the first code. Therefore, in the case where codes 12 and 13 are present: 12
12
12
13
13
13
NOTE: This example shows failure code 12 NOTE 2 There exists two different abnormal conditions: » The red and/or amber lamps will illuminate and flash the engine failure code(s) (See Figure 2.16B for details on flashing codes). Engine not running mode. » The red and/or amber lamps will illuminate and flash the engine failure code(s) (See Figure 2.16B for details on flashing codes). Engine running mode. If abnormal conditions appear on engine, refer to Page 10-71~10-72 Engine Electronics Troubleshooting chart Engine Failure Codes. Contact your closest Kobelco’s Service Department for assistance and repairs if required.
Light indicator for the code’s first figure (1)
Light indicators for the code’s second figure (2)
Lamp “ON”
Lamp “OFF”
2.4 sec.
*
*
*
1.2 sec.
*
2.4 sec. 0.4 sec.
FIGURE 2.16B
NOTE 4 If one of the engine diagnosis lamps (Red or amber) does not illuminate as soon as the key switch is set to the ON position, check for defective light bulb. Dynamic Acera 11/00
Page 10-69
SK480 ENGINE DIAGNOSIS LAMPS Location of Engine Controller:
Engine Fuel System Controller
Page 10-70
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SK480 ENGINE DIAGNOSIS LAMPS Location of Memory Clear & Diagnostic Connectors
Memory Clear
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Diagnostic
Page 10-71
SK480
ENGINE ELECTRONICS TROUBLESHOOT TROUBLESHOOTING ING
DI A GNOSIS
F A IL URE
CODE
L OC A TION
01
Nor mal
07
Engine over r un
45
Engine r ever se r otation
11
22
Gover nor ser vo system
Rack sensor
DI A GNOSIS
CONDITION
L A MP
---
Eng. Speed
---
Eng. over r un condition
Rever se r otation of the engine.
Dif f er ence of ECU command value and f eedback value.
0.5V
Rack sensor
4.4V
OB SERV A TIONS
Engine is oper able
Red
E n g i n e n o t o p e r a b l e . U s e e m e r g e n c y s h u t down f unction to stop it.
Red
E n g i n e n o t o p e r a b l e . U s e e m e r g e n c y s h u t down f unction to stop it.
Red
ECU power is OFF. Use e m e r g e n c y s h u t d o w n f unction to stop it. Engine will r un in backup mode a n d t h e a m b e r l a m p i n d i c a t o r w i l l b e i l l u m i n a t e d . O p e r a b l e only f or r epair s.
Red
ECU power is OFF. Use e m e r g e n c y s h u t d o w n f unction to stop it. Engine will r un in backup mode a n d t h e a m b e r l a m p i n d i c a t o r w i l l b e i l l u m i n a t e d . O p e r a b l e o n l y f o r r epair s. 0.5V
17
23
14
15
Page 10-72
Electr onic timer contr ol system
Timer contr ol valve
Timing sensor
NE sensor
Dif f er ence of ECU command value and f eedback value.
»Disconnection detected. »Shor t-cir cuit detected.
Cr oss checking to NE sensor .
Cr oss checking to timing sensor .
Rack sensor
4.4V.
Amber
E C U p o w e r i s O f f . Engine r uns at constant f uel in jection and will r un in backup mode (amber lamp on). Oper able only f or r epair s.
Amber
»D i s c o n n e c t i o n n o t detected. Oper able only f or r epair s. »E C U p o w e r i s O f f . Engine r uns at constant f uel in jection and will r un in backup mode (amber lamp on). Oper able only f or r epair s.
Amber
Engine r uns at constant f uel in jection and will r un in backup mode (amber l a m p o n ) . R e t u r n o f t i m i n g s e n s o r p u l s e . O p e r a b l e o n l y f o r r epair s.
Amber
Engine r uns at constant f uel in jection and will r un in backup mode (amber lamp on). Oper able only f or r epair s. Retur n of NE sensor pulse.
Dynamic Acera 11/00
SK480
ENGINE ELECTRONICS TROUBLESHOOTI TROUBLESHOOTING NG
DI A GNOSIS
F A IL URE
CODE
L OC A TION
14 + 15
24
Speed sensor in both dir ections
Accel sensor 1
DI A GNOSIS
CONDITION
L A MP
When key switch is ON, both speed sensor s have no pulse.
0.2V
Accel sensor 1
4.8V
Red
--
OB SERV A TIONS
U s e e m e r g e n c y s h u t down f unction to stop it. K e y s w i t c h i s O f f o r r e t u r n o f e i t h e r o f b o t h s e n s o r s . E n g i n e n o t oper able. Engine oper able. Contr ol done with Accel sensor 2 . E n g i n e i s o p e r a b l e . 0.2V
16
24 + 16
65
32
Accel sensor 2
Simultaneous f ailur e of sensor s 1 and 2
Accel SW
Boost sensor
21
Coolant temp. sensor
19
Atmospher ic pr essur e sensor
34
Q-r egulation r esistance
78
33 Dynamic Acera 11/00
Heater r elay
Systeme er r or
0.2V
0.2V
Accel sensor 2
4.8V
Accel sensor s 1&2
4.8V
Accel openning 30%, Accel SW On.
0.5V
Boost sensor
Coolant temp. sensor
1.89V
0.1V
4.8V
4.9V
Atm. pr ess. sensor
Q-r eg. r esistance
5.0V
4.6V
»Disconnection detected. »Shor t-cir cuit detected.
»Micr on checking er r or . »CPU mutual checking er r or . »Inter r upt pr ocessing er r or .
Accel sensor 1
4.8V.
--
Contr ol done with Accel s e n s o r 1 . E n g i n e i s oper able. 0. 2V Accel sensor 2 4.8V.
Amber
Engine contr olled by Accel switch ( Accel SW Of f : 100%, Accel SW ON: 0%). Oper able only f or r epair s in backup mode (amber lamp On). 0.2V Accel sensor s 1&2 4.8V.
--
Engine oper able (Nor mal). Accel opens 30%, Accel SW Of f .
Amber
Oper able only f or r epair s in backup mode (amber lamp On). 0.5V Boost sensor 4.8V. Set boost pr essur e to 0 Kpa (Relative pr essur e).
--
Engine is oper able. Coolant temp. 4.9V. Set coolant temp. to 80° C (When engine is star ted, temp. is set to 20° C).
--
Engine is oper able. Set atmospher ic pr ess. to 101 KPa. 1.89V Atm. pr ess. sensor 5.0V.
--
Engine is oper able. Set in jection cor r ection value to lower limit.
Amber
»Disconnection not detected. »ECU power is of f . Air heating contr ol stops. Engine may not star t in cold conditions.
Red
Engine not oper able. ECU power Of f . Use e m e r g e n c y s h u t d o w n f unction to stop engine.
Page 10-73
Page 10-74
Dynamic Acera 11/00
Kobelco Dynamic Acera Ac era
Dynamic Acera Miscellaneous Miscellaneo us Specifications Kobelco America Inc.
Page 11-1 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Dynamic Acera Bucket Intercha Interchangability ngability .............. .............................. ................................ ................................ ....................... .......11 11-3 -3 2. Bucket and pin Specific Specifications ations ................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ....................... .... 11 11-4~1 -4~11 1 A. Bucket and Pin Specifications Specifications SR70 .................. ..................................... ..................................... ..................................11................11-4~5 4~5 B. Bucket and Pin Specifications 115SR 135SR 235SR ........ ................. .................. .................. .................. ........... ..1 11-6~7 C. Bucket and Pin Specifications SK160 SK210 SK250..............................................11-8~9 D. Bucket and Pin Specifications Specifications SK290 SK330 SK480.............. SK480..... .................. .................. .................. ........... 11-10~11 3. Hydr Hydrauli aulic c Sys System tem Main Mainten tenanc ance e SK21 SK210 0 ~SK2 ~SK250 50 ..... .......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ... 11-1 1-12~13 2~13 4. Fuel System Maintena Maintenance nce ................. .................................... ..................................... .................................... .................................... .................... 11-14 5. AC Unit Filter Maintenan Maintenance ce ............... ................................. .................................... .................................... .................................... ..................... ...1 11-15 4. Insp Inspecti ection on and Maintenance Maintenance Chart Chart SK210 ~SK250 .... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ........ ... 11-16 1-16~18 ~18 5. Fluids and Filter SK210 ................ .................................. ..................................... ..................................... .................................... ......................... .......1 11-19 6. Lubrica Lubrication tion Specific Specifications ations SK210 ~ SK250 ................ .................................. .................................... ..............................11-20 ............11-20
Page 11-2 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
Dynamic Acera Bucket Interchangability
The followiing buckets are interchangable:
SK60 Mark IV
70SR Dynamic Acera
SK130 Mark IV (not SK120MK4)
115SR & 135SR
SK150 Mark IV
SK160 Dynamic Acera
SK200 Mark IV
SK210 Dynamic Acera
SK200 Mark IV
235SR
SK220 Mark IV
SK250 Dynamic Acera
SK300 Mark IV
SK330 Dynamic Acera
SK400 Mark IV
SK480 Dynamic Acera
Bucket information was taken from Service Bulletin HE-256A 04/20/1995
Page 11-3 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SR Series
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN
d2
E
d1
D
F
* r2
A α
B *r1
I Io t1
t6
t3
t2 t5
t4
* Individual bucket designs could effect this clearance.
Page 11-4 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SR Series
Unit mm (ft-in.)
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN A
70SR 298mm (1 (11.732’’) 1.732’’)
B
R 1040mm (40.944’’)
D
238mm (9.370")
d1
Ø 50mm (1.968")
d2 E
Ø 50mm (1.968") 182mm (7.165")
F
400mm (15.747")
r1
128mm (5.039")
r2
113mm (4.448")
α
101.75
o
361mm (14.212")
I I0
301mm (11.850")
t1
30mm (1.181")
t2
Ø 50mm +.150 (1.968" +.006 ) - .210 -.0082
t3 t4
Ø 55mm (2.165") 13mm (.511")
t5
Ø 13mm (.511")
t6
23mm (.905")
LEGEND BUCKET and BUCKET PIN BUCKET A: B: D: d1: d2: E: F: r 1: r2: α:
Distance between pins of bracket Distance from bucket pin to tooth tip Bracket inside width Diameter of pin Diameter of pin Bracket inside width Side cutter outside width Clearance radious of arm (*for reference only) Clearance fo linkage (*for reference only)
BUCKET PIN l:
Overall length of pin
I
0:
t
1:
Length under head to center line of retainer hole Length of taper
t
2:
Diameter of pin
t
3:
Diameter of head
t
4:
Center line of alignment hole
t
5:
t6:
Diameter of retainer and alignment hole (2 Places) Lenght of pin head
Alpha angle Page 11-5
Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SR Series
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN
d2
E
d1
D
F
* r2
A α
B *r1
I Io t1
t6
t3
t2 t5
t4
* Individual bucket designs could effect this clearance.
Page 11-6 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Attachment Specifications SR Series
Unit mm (ft-in.)
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN
B
115SR DZ 420mm (16.535’’) R 1,241.3mm (R 48.869’’)
420mm (16.535’’) R 1,241.3mm (R 48.869’’)
235SR 442mm (17.401’’) R 1,450mm (R 57.086’’)
D
324mm (12.755")
324mm (12.755")
399mm (15.708")
A
135SR
d1
Ø 65mm (2.559")
Ø 65mm (2.559")
Ø 80mm (3.149")
d2 E
Ø 65mm (2.559") 252mm (9.921")
Ø 65mm (2.559") 252mm (9.921")
Ø 80mm (3.149") 327mm (12.873")
F
735mm (28.936")
735mm (28.936")
837mm (32.952")
r1
127mm (4.999")
127mm (4.999")
150mm (5.905")
r2
120mm (4.724")
120mm (4.724")
130mm (5.118")
α
103
103
96.75
I I0
450mm (17.716")
450mm (17.716")
542mm (21.338")
390mm (15.354")
390mm (15.354")
480mm (18.897")
t1
30mm (1.181")
30mm (1.181")
30mm (1.181")
t2
Ø 65mm +.150 (2.559" +.006 ) - .210 -.0082
o
o
∅ 7 70 0 (∅ 2.7")
t3
∅ 65 ( ∅ 2.5") 70mm (2.755")
Ø
t4
Ø 65mm Ø
13mm (.314")
t5
15mm (.590")
t6
23mm (.905")
o
+.150 - .210 ∅ 65 (∅ 2.5")
(2.559" -+.006 ) .0082
70mm (2.755") 13mm (.314")
Ø 80mm -+.05 (3.149" -+.0019 ) .110 .004
∅ 65 ( ∅ 2.5")
Ø 85mm (3.346") 15mm (.590")
15mm (.590")
17mm (.669")
23mm (.905")
27mm (1.062")
LEGEND BUCKET and BUCKET PIN BUCKET A: B: D: d1: d2: E: F: r 1: r2: α:
Distance between pins of bracket Distance from bucket pin to tooth tip Bracket inside width Diameter of pin Diameter of pin Bracket inside width Side cutter outside width Clearance radious of arm (*for reference only) Clearance fo linkage (*for reference only)
BUCKET PIN l:
Overall length of pin
I
0:
t
1:
Length under head to center line of retainer hole Length of taper
t t
2:
Diameter of pin
3:
Diameter of head
t
4:
Center line of alignment hole
t
5:
t6:
Diameter of retainer and alignment hole (2 Places) Lenght of pin head
Alpha angle Page 11-7
Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Dynamic Acera
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN
d2
E
d1
D
F
* r2
A α
B *r1
I Io t1
t6
t3
t2 t5
t4
* Individual bucket designs could effect this clearance.
Page 11-8 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Attachment Specifications Dynamic Acera
Unit mm (ft-in.)
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN SK210 442mm (17.401’’) R 1,450mm (R 57.086’’)
SK250 514mm (20.236’’) R 1,515mm (R 59.645’’)
399mm (15.708")
399mm (15.708")
A
SK160 411mm (16.18’’)
B
R 1,350mm (R 4' 5.1")
D d1
374mm (14.7") Ø 70mm (2.7")
Ø 80mm (3.149")
Ø
90mm (3.543")
d2
Ø
Ø 80mm (3.149")
Ø
90mm (3.453")
70mm (2.7")
E
302mm (11.8")
327mm (12.873")
327mm (12.873")
F
954mm (3' 1.5"")
837mm (32.952")
1060mm (41.732")
r1
140mm (5.5")
150mm (5.905")
145mm (5.708")
r2
115mm (4.5")
130mm (5.118")
133mm (5.236")
o
o
o
α
99.4
I I0
511mm (20.12")
542mm (21.338")
449mm (17.667")
480mm (18.897")
532mm (20.944") 470mm (18.503")
t1
30mm (1.181")
30mm (1.181")
30mm (1.181")
t2 t3 t4
96.75
102.86
+.0019 - .004 ∅ 65 ( ∅ 2.5")
- .006 Ø 80mm -+.05 Ø 70mm -- .153 .110 (3.149" .223 (2.7559" - .0087) ∅ 7 70 0 (∅ 2.7") ∅ 65 (∅ 2.5") 75mm (2.953") ∅ 65 (∅ 2.5") Ø 85mm (3.346") 15 (.590") 15mm (.590")
)
+ .070
+ .002
Ø 90mm - .130 (2.559" - .005 ) 95mm (3.740") Ø 15mm (.590")
t5
17 (.6693")
17mm (.669")
17mm (.669")
t6
27 (1.06")
27mm (.669")
27mm (1.062")
LEGEND BUCKET and BUCKET PIN BUCKET A: B: D: d1: d2: E: F: r 1: r2: α:
Distance between pins of bracket Distance from bucket pin to tooth tip Bracket inside width Diameter of pin Diameter of pin Bracket inside width Side cutter outside width Clearance radious of arm (*for reference only) Clearance fo linkage (*for reference only)
BUCKET PIN l:
Overall length of pin
I
0:
t
1:
Length under head to center line of retainer hole Length of taper
t
2:
Diameter of pin
t
3:
Diameter of head
t
4:
Center line of alignment hole
t
5:
t6:
Diameter of retainer and alignment hole (2 Places) Lenght of pin head
Alpha angle Page 11-9
Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Dynamic Acera
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN
d2
E
d1
D
F
* r2
A α
B *r1
I Io t1
t6
t3
t2 t5
t4
* Individual bucket designs could effect this clearance.
Page 11-10 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Attachment Specifications Dynamic Acera
Unit mm (ft-in.)
BUCKET and BUCKET PIN SK330
SK480
B
SK290 527mm (20.748’’) R 1,565mm (R 61.613’’)
534mm (21.023’’) R 1,690mm (R 66.535’’)
630mm (24.803’’) R 1,780mm (R 70.078’’)
D
446mm (17.559")
466mm (18.346")
552mm (21.732")
A
Ø 90mm (3.542") Ø 90mm (3.542")
d1 d2
Ø
90mm (3.542")
Ø
90mm (3.542")
Ø 100mm Ø 100mm
+0.22
(3.937" +0.009 )
+0.22
(3.937" +0.009 )
E
382mm (15.039")
382mm (15.039")
452mm (17.795")
F
1418mm (55.827")
1242mm (48.897")
1330mm (52..362")
r1
115mm (4.527")
190mm (7.480")
140mm (5.511")
r2
140mm (5.511")
160mm (6.299")
173mm (6.811")
o
o
o
α
103
100.56
I I0
653mm (25.708") 576mm (22.677")
653mm (25.708")
779mm (30.669")
576mm (22.677")
714mm (28.110")
t1 t2
30mm (1.181") (3.543" +.0007 ) Ø 90mm -+.02 .06 -.002 ∅ 7 70 0 (∅ 2.7")
t3
∅ 65 ( ∅ 2.5") 93mm (3.661")
Ø
100.50
30mm (1.181") (3.543" -+.0027 ) Ø 90mm-+.070 .130 .005 Ø
∅ 65 (∅ 2.5")
95mm (3.740")
30mm (1.181") 0.070 (3.937"-- .003 ) Ø 100mm -- 0.130 .005
∅ 65 ( ∅ 2.5")
Ø
105mm (4.134")
t4
20mm (.787")
20mm (.787")
20mm (.787")
t5
21mm (.826")
21mm (.826")
42mm (1.654")
t6
35mm (1.377")
35mm (1.377")
35mm (1.377")
LEGEND BUCKET and BUCKET PIN BUCKET A: B: D: d1: d2: E: F: r 1: r2: α:
Distance between pins of bracket Distance from bucket pin to tooth tip Bracket inside width Diameter of pin Diameter of pin Bracket inside width Side cutter outside width Clearance radious of arm (*for reference only) Clearance fo linkage (*for reference only)
BUCKET PIN l:
Overall length of pin
I
0:
t
1:
Length under head to center line of retainer hole Length of taper
t
2:
Diameter of pin
t
3:
Diameter of head
t
4:
Center line of alignment hole
t
5:
t6:
Diameter of retainer and alignment hole (2 Places) Lenght of pin head
Alpha angle Page 11-11
Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC TANK
Pilot Filter Manifold
Sight gauge
Filter (Remove, Clean & Reinstall)
O-ring (Replace & Lubricate) Torque 18~25 lbf-ft lbf-f t (2.5~3.5 Kgf-m)
Cap Cover (Remove, Replace filter & Reinstall) Filter (Remove, Replace every 500 Hours) Base (with one way checks)
Page 11-12
Typical of SK210 SK250 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC TANK
Main Return Filter
NOTE Always consult you operation manual for proper maintenance intervals.
Service Interval : 500 hrs - Normal Conditions Option/Breaker Filter : 250 hrs. Sucton Strainer
O-Ring Service Interval : 2000 hrs - Normal Conditions
Typical of SK210 SK250 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
Page 11-13
FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE FUEL SYSTEM
Lift Pump filter: Lift pump inlet filter protects the lift pump from contamination and debris and should be removed and cleaned or replaced every time the main fuel filters are changed. If not cleaned or replaced it can create fuel starvation and power complaints.
Item A
Item 3
Page 11-14 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
AC UNIT FILTER MAINTENANCE AC Unit Filter Inspection Inspect the fresh air filter every 250 hours of engine operation and the recirculate air filter every 500 hours of engine operation. NOTE • If the working environment is extremely dusty, dusty, it is recommended to reduce the inspection schedule to at least half of the above spefied working hours. • The fresh air filter is a paper filter. DO NOT WASH. Clean with air only. Do not clean more than 10 times, or replace it every 2 years. • Clean the recirculate air filter with compressed air or by washing and rinsing. • Do not wash recirculate air filter with any organic solvent, such as: gasoline, trichlene, thinner, etc.
SCREW
SCREW
REAR COVER
SCREW
LOCK LOCK
SK32004088
REAR COVER
FIGURE 4.39A
Remove AC Fresh Air Filter for inspection and cleaning or replacement
Removing the climitizer-AC unit filters: 1. Fresh Air Filter a. Move the seat back forward for easy access to the rear panel. b. Release the 4 top screws from the rear panel top cover (behind the operator’s seat), see Figure 4.39A, and press the lower locks to release cover and remove it. Tilt the cover towards the seat to obtain access to the fresh filter. See Figure 4.39B.
RemoveACfilter
FIGURE 4.39B
NOTE To release the 4 top screws, turn them counterclockwise 1/4 of a turn (90º). c. Remove the fresh air filter for inspection and cleaning, or replacement. See Figure 4.39B. d. After cleaning or replacement, use this procedure in reverse for assembling. 2. Recirculate Air Filter a. Repeat above steps a, and b. b. Pull out the speaker wires and carefully remove the top cover from the cab. c. Press the locks on the lower cover to release it and remove it to obtain access to the recirculate air filter. See Figure 4.39A. d. Raise recirculate air filter slightly and pull it out for inspection and cleaning, or replacement. See Figure 4.39C. e. After cleaning or replacement, use this procedure in reverse for assembling.
A/C Recirculate air filter P/N: YT20M00004S050 A/C Fresh air filter P/N: YNV01006P1
RECIRCULATE AIR FILTER FRESH AIR FILTER
FRONT YM104ACunit
FIGURE 4.39C
Page 11-15 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE CHART SK210 INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE CHART SK210 Follow the chart below for recommended intervals of regular inspection and maintenance procedures.
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE PERFORMING INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE. INTERVAL (Working Hours)
SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE TO PERFORM
LOCATION 8
E N I G N E
M E T S Y S L E U F
50
120
250
500
1000
2000
Page
Check oil level
Eng. left side
X
4-12
Check coolant level
Rear left compartment
X
4-12
Check for fluid leaks
Complete engine
X
4-13
Check belt tension
Front of engine
X
4-33, 4-38
Check air cleaner
Air cleaner compartment
X
4-13
Check engine electrical
Complete engine
X
4-14
Change engine oil
Oil pan
O
X
4-24
Change oil filter
Bottom RH side of engine
O
X
4-24
Change fuel filter & clean priming pump gauze filter
Engine LH side
O
X
4-28
Check air intake system
Hoses and clamps
O
X
4-26
Check fan assembly
Front of engine
O
Check radiator cap and hoses
Radiator
Check belt tensioner & ad just belts
Front of engine
O
Clean debris screen
Front of radiator or front of oil cooler
OX
4-27
Clean radiator core and compartment
Radiator and LH compartment
OX
4-27
Check foam seals
Engine & radiator compartments
OX
4-27, 4-61
Change engine coolant
Radiator and engine
Change air cleaner elements
Air cleaner compartment
X
4-13
Ad just valve clearence
Engine top
OX
4-44
Check engine compression
Engine
X
4-44
Lubricate water pump bearing
Engine
Check in jection timing
Engine
Check in jection pressure
Engine
X
4-44
Check in jection nozzle atomization
Engine
X
4-44
Check starter and alternator
Engine
Check fuel level
Gauge cluster
Drain water and deposits from fuel tank
Fuel tank bottom
X
4-26
Drain water separator
Hyd. pump compartment
OX
4-26
Check and clean fuel tank cap & strainer
Fuel tank
X X
4-40
X
4-38
X
O
X
4-25 X
X X
4-45
4-44
4-44 4-15
X
4-42
O - Break in (After first 50 Hrs) Inspection & Maintenance Required. Page 11-16 X - Regular Inspection & Maintenance Required. Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE CHART SK210 INTERVAL (Working Hours) SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE TO PERFORM
LOCATION 8
M E T S Y S C I L U A R D Y H
E M A R F R E P P U
120
250
500
1000
2000
Page
Hydraulic oil level
RH side of hyd. tank
X
4-16
Check hydraulic functions
Operator's controls
X
4-17
Check for oil leaks
Hoses and components
X
4-17
Check hoses and lines
Complete machine
X
4-60
Clean suction screen
Hydraulic tank
Change return filters
Hydraulic tank
O
X
4-30
Clean pilot system filter
Pilot valve on side of hydraulic tank
O
X
4-31
Hydraulic oil change
Hydraulic tank
X
4-48~4-50
Clean hydraulic oil tank
Hydraulic tank
X
4-48~4-50
Change hydraulic tank breather
Hydraulic tank
X
4-51
Check swing reduction unit oil level
Swing reduction unit
Change swing reduction oil
Swing motor red. unit
Lubricate swing bearing
Swing bearing housing
O
X
4-34
Check swing bearing seal
Swing bearing seal
O
X
4-35
Check torque on slewing ring bolts
Slewing ring
O
X
4-35
Check slewing ring pinion, gear, and grease bath
Inspection plate next to boom foot area
O
X
4-34
Drain water from slewing ring grease bath
Lower frame cavity drain port
O
X
4-34
Change grease in slewing ring bath
Remove upper body
Check swivel joint seal
Swivel valve in front of swing motor
O
Check counterweight bolts
Counterweight
O
Inspect and clean steps and handrails
S ’ S R L O O T R A T R N E O P C O
50
X
O
X
4-48~4-50
4-35, 4-36 O
X
X X X
X
4-42
4-58 4-34 4-35 4-18
Check bolts / torque
Upper structure
O
X
Check hydraulic functions and switches
Operator's control & control panels
X
4-17
Check travel alarm
Operator's control panel
X
Sect. 2
Check lights
Boom, front & back
X
Sect. 2
Check monitor alarm (buzzer)
Operator's control panel
X
Sect. 2
Check gauge cluster and indicators
Cluster gauge
X
Sect. 2
Check horn
LH side control
X
Sect. 2
Lubricate control lever joints
Control levers
X
4-36
O - Break in (After first 50 Hrs) Inspection & Maintenance Required. X - Regular Inspection & Maintenance Required.
Page 11-17 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE CHART SK210 INTERVAL (Working Hours) SYS T EM
MAINTENANCE TO PERFORM
LOCATION 8
L A C I R T C E L E
120
250
500
1000
2000
X
Page
Inspect all wiring
Complete machine
Battery electrolyte
Ba t t e r i e s
O
Battery maintenance
Ba t t e r i e s
O
Check for oil leaks
Complete system
X
Check hoses and lines
Frame cavity
X
Check step rails
F ra m e ra i l s
X
4 -1 8
Check frame structure and welds
Entire frame
X
4 -1 8
Check tracks and links
Undercarriage
X
4 -1 9
Check sprockets
Undercarriage
X
4 -1 9
Check idlers
Undercarriage
X
4 -1 9
Check rollers
Undercarriage
X
4 -1 9
Check track tension and ad just
Undercarriage
OX
Check travel red. unit oil level
Travel motor red. unit
O
Change travel reduction unit oil
Travel motor red. unit
Check bolts / hardware
Entire lower structure
Check structure
Boom, arm, and bucket
X
4 -2 1
Check bucket teeth and side cutters
Bucket
X
4-57
Lubricate boom foot pin and boom cylinder connections
Bo o m
O
O
Lubricate arm pin and arm cylinder connections
A rm
O
OX
4 -2 3
Lubricate bucket pins and bucket cylinder connections
Arm and bucket links
O
OX
4 -2 3
Check bolts / torque
Hoses and lines supports, bucket
Check A / C refrigerant
Climatizer-A / C
Check A / C compressor belt & ad just
En g i n e
Check A / C condenser and clean
Radiator compartment
Check A / C fresh air filter
C ab
Check A / C recirculate air filter
C ab
Check wiper washer fluid level
Air cleaner compartment
Check bolts / torque
Climatizer-A / C system
E M A R F R E W O L
S T N E M H C A T T A
50
4-14, 4-17 X
4 -3 2 X
4 -3 2
4 -2 0 X
4-35, 4-37 O
O
X
4 -4 1
X
1
X
4 -2 3
1
1
S E I R O S S E C C A 1
X X X
4-23~4-44 4 -3 3 , 4 -3 8
X
4-43~4-44 X
4 -3 9 X
X
4 -3 9 4 -5 8
X
- The lubrication interval outlined outline d in this table is for a standard excavator (See section 6 for definition of a standard machine) working in an average duty cycle (Most typical digging application, road constructi on in natural bed clay, digging 50~60% of the daily work schedule). During the break in period, a new pin and bushing connection has to be lubricated every eight (8) hours for the first one hundred (100) hours of operation for a standard machine working in an average duty cycle; all other machines shou ld be lubricated every four (4) hours for the first twenty (20) hours and every ei ght (8) hours for the next eighty (80) hou rs of operation. Refer to page 4-22 for more de tails in regards to the guidelines for reduced lubrication intervals.
O - Break in (After first 50 Hrs) Inspection & Maintenance Required. X - Regular Inspection & Maintenance Required.
Page 11-18 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
FLUIDS & FILTERS SK210 4.4 FLUIDS & FIL FILTERS TERS The following charts list all the necessary lubricants, oils, greases, fuels, coolants coola nts and filters required for the KOBELCO SK210 (LC) -VI and SK250LC-VI, SK250NLC-VI Hydraulic Hy draulic Excavator. Also a chart is pro-
cants.
TYPE OF FLUID
A. Required Fluids & Capacities
COMPONENT (LOCATION)
Hydraulic Tank
HYDRAULIC
ENGINE OIL
Gear Oil
Hydraulic System
CAPACITIES SK210-VI SK210LC-VI
156 Liters (41 Gal) 246 Liters (65.0 Gal)
260 Liters (69.0 Gal)
Engine Oil Pan (H Level)
18 Liters (4.8 Gal)
Engine Oil Pan (L Level)
15.5 Liters (4.1 Gal)
Upper Rollers
50 cc (1.69 Fluid oz) X 4
Lower Rollers
160 cc (5.41 Fluid oz) X 14 160 cc (5.41 Fluid oz) X 16 - LC
Idler
200 cc (6.76 Fluid oz) X 2
Swing Reduction Unit
7.5 Liters (2.0 Gal)
15.3 Liters (4.0 Gal)
Travel Reduction Unit
5.5 Liters X 2 (1.5 Gal X 2)
4.7 Liters X 2 (1.2 Gal X 2)
As required in each joint
Attachment Pins
16 Places
Swing Bearing
1 Place (90¼X 4)
Track Tension Adjustment
2 Places as required
N.L.G.I. N¼2 (Lithium soap)
Water Pump Brg.
6.1 cc (Aprox. one grease gun shot)
LITHIUM BASE GREASE WITH MOS2
Slewing Ring Gear Bath
ENGINE COOLANT
DIESEL FUEL
Radiator Cooling System Total Volume Fuel Tank
SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
SK250-VI SK250LC-VI
Operating Lever Joint
EP GREASE
vided giving specific information for the proper lubricants, oils, greases, fuels and coolants to be used in certain climates. Contact an authorized KOBELCO dealer to order the required filters, fluids and lubri-
HYDRAULIC
Return Filter
Element: YN50V00001P1 Kit: YN50V00004F3
Return Filter Element (Breaker only)
Element: YN50V00009P1 Kit: YN30T00007F2
Tank Suction Strainer
YN50V00001P1 (Includes o-ring P / N: 45Z91D6)
Tank Breather Filter Element
YN57V00002S010
Pilot Line Filter
YN50V01001S005
Engine Oil Filter
*VAME088532
Air Cleaner Inner Element
2446R255S6
Air Cleaner Outer Element
2446R255S5
Engine Fuel Filter
*VAME015254
Priming Pump Gauze Filter
*VAME717659
A/C Fresh Air filter
YN50V01006P1
A/C Recirculate Air filter
YT20M00004S050
ENGINE
FUEL
OPERATOR CAB
PART NUMBER (SK210-VI ~ SK250LC-VI)
*Available from a KOBELCO dealer only.
8.3 Kg (18.3 lbs)
11.3 Kg (24.9 lbs)
9.5 Liters (2.5 Gal) 19 Liters (5 Gal)
22 Liters (5.8 Gal) 340 Liters (90 Gal)
B. Required Filters C. Kobelco Fluids and Lubricants PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION KSP1000-1001
Engine oil - SAE 15W / 40 (1 Gal)
KSP1000-1005
Engine oil - SAE 15W / 40 (5 Gal)
KSP1000-1055
Engine oil - SAE 15W / 40 (55 Gal)
KSP1000-2005
Hydraulic oil - AW 46 (5 Gal)
KSP1000-2055
Hydraulic oil - AW 46 (55 Gal)
KSP1000-4014
Grease EP / 2 - 14 Ounce
KSP1000-4035
Grease EP / 2 - 35 Pounds
KSP1000-120
Grease EP / 2 - 120 Pounds
KSP1000-3035
Gear oil 80W90 - 5 Gal
Page 11-19 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS SK210 D. Lubricant Specifications The following information is designed to allow usage of the proper oils, greases, fuels and coolants in various climates cli mates and certain working conditions. LUBRICANT
CLIMATE ZONE
HYDRAULIC OIL (ANTI-WEAR, ANTIOXIDANT AND NON-FOAMING)
FRIGID -30°C ~ 15°C (-22°F ~ 59°F)
FRIGID -20°C ~ 30°C (-4°F ~ 86°F)
FRIGID~WARM -25°C ~ 40°C (-13°F ~ 104°F)
WARM -5°C ~ 40°C (23°F ~ 104°F)
VERY HOT 5°C ~ 55°C (41°F ~ 131°F)
ISOVG22
ISOVG32
ISOVG32S
ISOVG46*
ISOVG68
(SHELL TELLUS) *Note: Machines are shipped from factory with SHELL TELLUS 46 hydraulic oil LUBRICANT
CLIMATE ZONE
ENGINE OIL* A.P.I. CLASSIFICATION FOR “SERVICE CD” * ALL ENGINES SHIPPED FROM FACTORY WITH SAE15W40 OIL
FRIGID -30°C ~ 30°C (-22°F ~ 86°F)
WARM -5°C ~ 40°C (23°F ~ 104°F)
VERY HOT 30°C and Above (86°F and Above)
SAE10W30
SAE15W40
SAE15W50
LUBRICANT
CLIMATE ZONE FRIGID -15°C ~ -25°C (5°F ~ -13°F) WINTERIZED ASTM D975 No.1
FUEL
WARM -5°C ~ -15°C (23°F ~ 5°F)
VERY HOT -5°C and Above (23°F and Above)
ASTM D975 No.2
ASTM D975 No.2
LUBRICANT FOR ROLLERS AND IDLERS ON ALL MODELS. ENGINE OIL (FOR GENERAL PURPOSE LUBRICA LUBRICATION) TION)
A.P.I. Classification for “Service CD” – SAE30
LUBRICANT FOR SWING MOTOR REDUCTION REDUCTI ON UNIT AND TRAVEL TRAVEL MOTOR REDUCTION UNITS UNI TS ON THE FOLLOWING MODELS : SK210 (LC) -VI, SK250LC-VI, SK250NLC-VI ENGINE OIL
A.P.I. Classification for “Service CD” – SAE30
LUBRICANT
GENERAL LUBRICATION
SWING GEAR SUMP (BATH)
GREASE (FOR GENERAL PURPOSE LUBRICATION)
EXTREME PRESSURE MULTIPURPOSE GREASE No.2 EP TYPE GREASE
N.L .L.G .G.I .I.. N No. o.2 2 LIT LITHI HIU UM BA BASE WIT ITH H MoS 2 GREASE
FLUID ENGINE COOLANT (50 (5 0% MI MIXT XTUR URE) E)
ANTIFREEZE (LLC) -34°C (-29.2°F) Mixt Mi xtur ure e rati ratio o shou should ld pro prote tect ct to to 5°C (9° (9°F) low lower er tha than n the the co cold ldes estt temp temper erat atur ure e th the e mach machin ine e will experience. Take into consideration Wind Chill Factors.
NOTE: USE OF BIO-DEGRADABLE OILS When you use Bio-degradable Oil (BIO OIL), refer to the following information. 1. There are two types of BIO OIL available; vegetable-based vegetable-based and synthetic-based. You are recommended to use the synthetic-based type, because the vegetable-based oil has a maximum usage temperature of 80°C (176°F). Because of this, the degradation of vegetable-based oil occurs more rapidly, and causes reduced service life. 2. Do not mix either type type of BIO OIL with the original factoryfactory-filled filled mineral mineral oil. In the case that you do use BIO OIL. It is required to flush the hydraulic system that was filled with mineral oil two times. 3. If you use BIO OIL, swing and propel parking parking brake performanc performance e will be reduced, because because of the lower friction factor of BIO OIL compared to that of mineral oil. 4. For further information about recommended Bio-degradable oil, please contact contact local dealer. dealer.
Page 11-20 Dynamic Acera 04/01 Rev. 01
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Table of contents contents Page 8.1 HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC BREAKER ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ....................... ............... ... 11-2 A. SELECTI SELECTION ON OF THE HYDRAULIC BREAKER ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ..................... ......... 11-2 B. BEFORE OPERATING OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC BREAKER .......... ...................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ........... 11-2 C. HYDRAUL HYDRAULIC IC OIL LEVEL CHECK CHECK AND CONTAMINA CONTAMINATION TION PREVENTION PREVENTION ........... ....................... ........................ ........................ ............ 11-2 D. BASIC OPERA OPERATION TION .......... ...................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ................... ........ 11-2 8.2 NIBBLER NIBBLER/BREAKER /BREAKER ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ..................... ......... 11-3 A. MACHINE SET SET-UP -UP ........... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ..................... .......... 11-3 B. BASIC MACHINE OPERA OPERATION TION ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .............. 11-4 1. B (Breaker) Mode – See Figure 8.8 ........... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... ...................... ............. .. 11-4 2. Control Pedal ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ............. .. 11-5 a. Hydraulic breaker single circuit ............ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ...................... .............. .. 11-5 b. Nibbler and breaker combined (conflux) circuit. ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... .................... ......... 11-5 8.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS ............ ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... .............. .. 11-6 A. USE FOR INTENDED PURPOSE– FIGURE 8.11 ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... .................. ...... 11-6 B. PASSENGER ASSENGERS S ........... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ..................... ..................... ........................ ............... ... 11-6 C. PROTECT PROTECTIVE IVE EQUIPMENT– FIGURE 8.12 ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... .............. .... 11-6 D. CYLINDER CYLINDERS– S– FIGURE 8.13 ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ................. ...... 11-6 E. AVOID CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS OPERATION OPERATION – FIGURE 8.14 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ............. 11-6 F. HOSE SURGE– SURGE– FIGURE 8.15 ............ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... .............. .. 11-7 G. DO NOT USE USE DROPPING DROPPING FORCE– FORCE– FIGURE 8.16 ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ............... ... 11-7 H. DO NOT USE USE SWING FORCE– FIGURE FIGURE 8.17 .......... ...................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .......... 11-7 I. DO NOT LIFT– LIFT– FIGURE FIGURE 8.18 ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ................. ..... 11-7 J. WORKING RANGES– RANGES– FIGURE 8.19 ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ............. ... 11-7 8.4 GETTING THE THE MOST OUT OF YOUR BREAKER BREAKER ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ..................... ......... 11-8 A. BREAKER PROPER POSITIONING POSITIONING ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ............. ... 11-8 B. APPLIED PRESSURE ON BREAKER................. BREAKER............................. ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... .................. ........ 11-8 C. BREAKING OVERSIZE ROCKS ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............ 11-8 D. SURF SURFACE ACE ROCK DEMOLITI DEMOLITION ON ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............ 11-9 E. EXCA EXCAV VATING AND TRENCHI TRENCHING NG ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ...................... ................... ......... 11-9 F. RULES TO REMEMBER .......... ...................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... ............. .. 11-9 8.5 MAINTEN MAINTENANCE ANCE FOR NIBBLER/BR NIBBLER/BREAKER EAKER ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ................ ...... 11-10 8.6 EXTRA (GRAPPLE (GRAPPLE,, CLAMSHELL, CLAMSHELL, ETC) AND AND EXTRA & BREAKER BREAKER ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ............ 11-1 11-11 1 A. MACHINE SET-UP ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ..................... ..................... ................... ....... 11-1 11-11 1 1. Setting Boom Selector Selector Valves - Figure Figure 8.26 ............ ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ............... ..... 11-1 11-11 1 2. Setting Arm Selector Valves Valves - Figure 8.27 .......... ...................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... .................... ......... 11-1 11-11 1 B. BASIC OPERATION OPERATION ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ............... ... 11-12
8.7 PATTERN CONTROL CHANGE ............ ......................... ......................... ......................... .......................... .......................... .......................... ......................... ............ 11 11-13 -13 8.8 INST INSTALLA ALLATION TION OF VANDALISM GUARDS........................ GUARDS..................................... .......................... ......................... ......................... ..................... ........ 11-14
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES PROCEDUR ES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY OPERATION, OPERATION, INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE OF THIS MACHINE, MACHI NE, ATT ATTACHMENT ACHMENT OR SYSTEMS. KOBELCO CANNOT ANTICIPA ANTI CIPATE TE EVERY POSSIBLE CIRCUMSTANCE C IRCUMSTANCE THAT THAT MIGHT INVOLVE A POTENTIAL HAZARD. THE WARNINGS IN THIS PUBLICATION AND ON THE PRODUCT ARE THEREFORE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE. IF A TOOL, PROCEDURE, WORK METHOD METHO D OR OPERATING TECHNIQUE NOT SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY KOBELCO IS USED, YOU MUST SATISFY YOURSELF THAT IT IS SAFE FOR YOU AND OTHERS. YOU SHOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT THE PRODUCT WILL NOT BE DAMAGED O R MADE UNSAFE BY THE OPERATION, LUBRICATION, MAINTENANCE AND/OR REPAIR PROCEDURES YOU CHOOSE.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
11-1
11
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8.1 HYDRAULIC BREAKER A. SELECTION OF THE HYDRAULIC BREAKER When mounting a breaker on the hydraulic excavator, it is necessary to match stability, hydraulic pressure, and the oil flow for each breaker. To To select hydraulic breakers, contact your Kobelco dealer or vendor source. B. BEFORE OPERATING OPERATING THE HYDRAULIC BREAKER Consult your KOBELCO Dealer for the piping needed for the Boom and Arm when installing a hydraulic breaker. Replace the hydraulic return filter according to the replacement schedule table listed on page 8-10 . Thoroughly read the Hydraulic Breaker Operation Manual and SAFETY PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS from this section, as well as the Safety Precaution’s Section on this manual to avoid damaging the machine or hydraulic breaker during operation. Select the apropiate hydraulic flow for the breaker by followin following g the instructions detailed in page 8-4. C. HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL CHECK AND CONTAMINATION CONTAMINATION PREVENTION When the hydraulic breaker is not installed on the machine, attach the blank plugs to the tube end on the armbucket end and the hose end on the hydraulic breaker side to prevent dust and water from entering into the piping. Before starting operation, check the capscrews on the tube fixing clamps for looseness, and the connections of the tubes and hoses for oil leakage.
CAUTION
D. BASIC OPERATION
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATION PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE OR ANY ATTACHMENT.
1. Start Machine and place the safety lock lever in the “UNLOCKED” (down) position. See Figure 8.1. 2. Make sure to select the breaker mode and move throttle control to the “HI” idle position. Select Breaker Mode
OPERATION OF BREAKER OR NIBBLER LONGER THAN ONE (1) MINUTE INTERVALS COULD CAUSE PREMATURE WEAR OR DAMAGE TO THE ATTACHATTACHMENT AND THE MACHINE. IF MATERIAL IS NOT BREAKING, REPOSITION BREAKER OR NIBBLER AND REPEAT OPERATION IN ONE (1) MINUTE INTERVALS. NEVER LEAVE THE OPERATOR CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING.
Throttle in High iddle
10 : 10
YQ102SafetyLeverDown
FIGURE 8.1
YQ109SelectBmod e
YQ109SetThrottlenHigh
11
3. Using boom, arm and bucket controls set the breaker or nibbler to desired position. 4. Release control pedal lock rod. See Figure 8.2. 5. Make certain breaker or nibbler is in desired position and against material to be broken. 6. Place right foot on pedal and depress with toe to activate breaker or nibbler. See Figure 8.2. 7. Operate breaker or nibbler at one (1) minute intervals.
PUSH LOCK ROD FORWARD TO RELEASE
PULL LOCK ROD BACKWARD TO LOCK PEDAL
DEPRESS PEDAL WITH TOE TO ACTIVATE
SK32008002
FIGURE 8.2
11-2
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Return flow control valve
8.2 NIBBLER/BREAKER
WARNING
YQ109SWingMotor&CV
WEAR GOGGLES, SAFETY SHOES, HARD HAT, WORK CLOTHS, AND WORK GLOVES TO PERFORM ANY INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE ON THIS MACHINE.
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATION PROCEDURES FOUND ON THIS MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE OR ANY ATTACHMENTS. ATTACHMENTS.
FIGURE 8.3
A. MACHINE SET-UP For machines provided with the nibbler/breaker system, a selector valve is installed on the main control valve to select the path of the return flow accordingly.. See Figure 8.3. accordingly
IN SERVICE FOR BREAKER
TO ATT
B
NOTE • Inappropiate switching of the selector valve may cause decrease of work efficiency and machine damage. • Be sure to switch selector valve once or twice a month to avoid valve from sticking.
N
TO C/V
TO HYD. TANK
YQ109Set4Breaker
FIGURE 8.4
1. Setting return flow selector valve - Figure 8.4 ~ 8.5 a. Use a 5 mm Allen type wrench to loosen and remove the socket bolt. b. Use a 24 mm spanner wrench to turn the selector valve to the proper position. c. After the valve is set in the proper position, install the 5 mm socket valve and tighten it.
IN SERVICE FOR NIBBLER
TO ATT
N B
NOTE Markings on the selector valve determine the Nibbler or Breaker functions: B: Breaker N: Nibbler
TO C/V
TO HYD. TANK
YQ109Set4Nibbler
FIGURE 8.5
2. Setting stop valve - Figure 8.6 Make sure to relieve hydraulic system and tank pressure as instructed in page 2-14 (Machine Familiarization) before connecting the attachment hydraulic lines to stop valves. a. Locate the stop valves on both sides of the arm, as shown in Figure 8.6. b. Use a 24 mm spanner wrench to turn the stop valve to the proper position.
OPEN
11
CLOSED
Make sure to switch the position of the stop valves to the “CLOSED” position position before removing the attachment lines. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
STOP VALVE
YQ109N&Bstopvalve
FIGURE 8.6
11-3
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT B. BASIC MACHINE OPERATION These instructions are for Dynamic Acera excavators equipped with a bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic valve. This switch is provided on the left side control panel to select a single or double pump flow to the auxiliary system. a. Press a. Press it forward to activate the double pump flow for the auxiliary system. b. Press b. Press it backward to cancel the double pump flow and activate the single pump flow for the auxiliary system.
CAUTION
N A F
Never turn switch on bi-directional flow to operate breaker. It may cause damage to machine.
P
M E T
1. B (Breaker) Mode Mode – See Figure Figure 8.8 In case of optional attachments such as breaker, etc. are used, the flow rate can be automatically controlled. Adjust the max. flow rate by the following procedure: Each time the work mode is pressed, the work mode indicator lamp is switched to M • A or B in order. a. Adjustment of max. max. flow rate -Turn ignition key on, don’t start the engine. - Select the B (Breaker) mode. - Press the screen change switch (
E D O M
F / R
F E D
YQ102TwoPumpFlow
FIGURE 8.7
)
for 3 ~ 10 sec and release it. The LCD screen displays the flow rate settings. b. Flow rate display The flow rate stored last time is displayed. maximum flow rate is displayed as standard value. -Press the mode switch, see Figure 8.8, to increase the flow rate setting or press the buzzer stop switch to decrease the flow rate setting. Note: If Note: If the switches are depressed for more than 2 sec., the flow rate increases or decreases by 10 Lit/min. The flow rate can be adjusted from the maximum up to minimum range. Press the switch for screen change again (
11
YQ102ModeSwitch
) to store the desired flow rate value,
and the adjust mode is canceled. Press the Mode switch to increase the flow
Press the Buzzer switch to decrease the flow
FIGURE 8.8
11-4
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 2. Control Pedal a. Hydraulic breaker single circuit Release pedal lock on the right front side of driver’s seat to operate pedal. See Figure 8.10.
FIGURE 8.10
CAUTION Pedal operation varies upon specifications. Make sure to read the operator’s manual carefully before operating optional attachments. Operating condition.
Foot pedal depressing section
Depress toe section.
Breaker starts operation.
Peda Pe dall in ne neut utra rall po posi siti tion on..
Brea Br eake kerr st stop ops s ope opera rati ting ng..
PUSH LOCK ROD FORWARD TO RELEASE
NOTE If the machine is equipped with optional hand control grip levers, please refer to the figure below to operate breaker. OPTIONAL GRIP FOR BREAKER ONLY NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
PULL LOCK ROD BACKWARD TO LOCK PEDAL
DEPRESS PEDAL WITH TOE TO ACTIVATE
SK32008006
WARNING
POWER BOOST
NEVER LEAVE THE OPERATOR CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING.
CAUTION
RIGHT HAND CONTROL GRIP NOT USED
BREAKER
NOT USED
OPERATION OF BREAKER OR NIBBLER LONGER THAN OPERATION ONE (1) MINUTE INTERVALS COULD CAUSE PREMATURE WEAR OR DAMAGE TO THE ATTACHMENT AND THE MACHINE. IF MATERIAL IS NOT BREAKING, REPOSITION BREAKER OR NIBBLER NIBB LER AND REPEAT OPERATION IN ONE (1) MINUTE INTERVALS.
HORN
NOTE If the machine is equipped with optional hand control grip levers, please refer to the figure below to operate Nibbler/Breaker.
LEFT HAND CONTROL GRIP
b. Nibbler and breaker combined (conflux) circuit. Release pedal lock on the right front side of driver’s seat to operate pedal. See Figure 8.10. Hydraulic breaker Foot pedal depressing section
Peda Pe dall in ne neut utra rall po posi siti tion on..
OPTIONAL GRIP FOR NIB/BREAKER &/OR ROTATION ROTATION NOT USED
Operating condition. RIGHT HAND CONTROL GRIP
Brea Br eake kerr st stop ops s ope opera rati ting ng..
NOT USED
HORN
11
Operating condition.
Depress toe section.
Nibbler close
Depress heel section.
Nibbler open
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
CW ROTATION
Breaker starts operation.
Nibbler Foot pedal depressing section
NIBBLER OPEN
POWER BOOST
CCW ROTATION
Depress heel section.
NIBBLER CLOSE
LEFT HAND CONTROL GRIP
11-5
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The following safety precautions should be used in conjunction with all other safety precautions found in this manual.
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING OPERATING THE MACHINE OR ANY ATTACHMENT.
SK32008011
A. USE FOR INTENDED PURPOSE– FIGURE 8.11 Use the attachment only for its intended purpose. If not used in accordance with the manufactures instructions, instructio ns, the excessive pressure exerted on the boom, arm and frame structure of the machine will cause premature failure of the components.
FIGURE 8.11
B. PASSENGERS Never allow passengers on the attachment or machine. C. PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT– FIGURE 8.12 When operating attachments that produce flying debris, it is highly recommended to procure and install protective guards on the machine and close the all window to protect the operator from flying debris. Also the operator and all personnel in the vicinity of the machine should wear protective gear such as safety shoes, hard hat, gloves and face shield or goggles. D. CYLINDERS– FIGURE 8.13 Do not operate boom, arm or bucket cylinders at stroke ends when using a breaker attachment. Doing this can cause undue stress on the cylinder rods and result in damage.
INSTALL GUARD AND CLOSE WINDOWS
SK32008012
FIGURE 8.12
SK32008013
FIGURE 8.13
E. AVOID CONTINUOUS OPERATION OPERATION – FIGURE 8.14 Operate the nibbler/breaker in one (1) minute intervals. Operation for longer than one (1) minute at a time can cause high oil temperatures and damage the accumulators, cylinder seals and possibly pump damage.
Within One Minute
11 SK32008014
FIGURE 8.14
11-6
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT F. HOSE SURGE– FIGURE 8.15 Should the hydraulic hoses begin to surge or vibrate abnormally during operation of a Breaker or Nibbler, immediately stop operation and contact an Authorized KOBELCO Service dealer for assistance. This problem often is a result of damaged accumulators and can also result in valve failure. SK32008015
FIGURE 8.15 G. DO NOT USE DROPPING DROPPING FORCE– FORCE– FIGURE 8.16 Never use the dropping force of the attachment to break or drive objects. This will cause extensive damage to the attachment and machine structure.
SK32008016
FIGURE 8.16 H. DO NOT USE SWING FORCE– FIGURE 8.17 Never use the swing force of the machine for pushing or sliding objects. This will cause premature failure of the attachment and other machine components.
SK32008017
FIGURE 8.17 I. DO NOT LIFT– FIGURE 8.18 Never use an optional attachment to lift or transport objects or material. Doing so can cause extensive damage to the attachment, the machine structures or cause injury or death due to slipping of dropping of load due to improper attachment.
SK32008018
FIGURE 8.18 J. WORKING RANGES– FIGURE 8.19 Never operate an optional attachment over the sides of the machine. Only operate over the front or rear of the tracks.
UNACCEPTABLE WORK RANGE
ACCEPTABLE WORK RANGE
ACCEPTABLE WORK RANGE
11 UNACCEPTABLE WORK RANGE SK32008019
FIGURE 8.19 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
11-7
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8.4 GETTING THE MOST OUT OF YOUR BREAKER
Never allow the tool to side load or bind in the bushing to avoid premature failure. Applied pressure must be perpendicular perpendicular to the surface of the material being broken and should follow the tool at all times during breaker operation.
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING OPE RATING THE MACHINE OR ANY ATTACHMENT. A. BREAKER PROPER POSITIONING Always position the breaker perpendicular to the material you intend to break, see Fig. 8.20. The breaker can be vertical, horizontal, or anywhere in between, as long as the tool is perpendicular to the surface and the pressure applied is in the same direction of the tool. B. APPLIED PRESSURE ON BREAKER The breaker must have sufficient pressure between the tool and the surface of the material intended to break to allow the shock wave to flow through the tool and to the material being broken. The applied pressure has to be constantly adjusted by combining the boom, arm, and bucket functions so that the breaker follows the tool at all times during breaker operation. When the excavator boom is lowered, it normally follows a curved path, which changes the original perpendicular position of the breaker. Therefore, Therefore, it is very important to keep adjusting the operator’s controls to maintain constant perpendicularity between the breaker and the surface of the material being broken. In addition, the applied pressure should be sufficient to avoid the breaker tool from bouncing on the rock rather than transmitting the shock wave into it. The applied pressure should not lift the machine high off the ground, since the excavator can drop suddenly, as the breaker breaks through the material, and harmful shock loads will be transmitted through the entire machine.
11
90º
FIGURE 8.20
NO Operate the nibbler/breaker in one (1) minute intervals. Operation for longer than one (1) minute at a time can cause high oil temperatures and damage the accumulators, cylinder seals and possibly pump damage.
C. BREAKING OVERSIZE ROCKS Do not attempt breaking oversize boulders from the center. It is much more efficient to break these type of rocks from the edges, see Fig. 8.21. Also, Also, do not break into smaller pieces than necessary necessary.. There is a direct relationship between the size of the boulders and the size of the breaker. breaker. It is inefficient inefficient to break large rocks with small breakers and viceversa.
YES 90º
FIGURE 9.21
11-8
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT D. SURFACE ROCK DEMOLITION Use the breaker just as if it were a hand-held breaker, or a plain hammer an chisel. Adjust the breaker’s position according to the work to be done, and take small bites at a time, see Fig. 8.22. The only difference between a hand-held breaker and the hydraulic excavator breaker is the size of the rocks that can be broken. Do not try to break to much at one time. E. EXCAVATING EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING Lay back side walls a bit at the time so that they do not interfere with the breaker housing. To lessen the opportunity for side-loading, approach each wall from the opposite side by positioning the excavator perpendicular to the trench, see Fig. 8.23. F. RULES TO TO REMEMBER Use the following rules for correct breaker operation: 1. Make 1. Make sure to adjust the proper hydraulic flow according to the breaker specifications. 2. Place 2. Place tool against material to be broken at 90º angle to work surface. 3. Use 3. Use the boom, arm, and bucket controls con trols to press firmly against surface, keeping perpendicularity while operating the breaker. 4. As 4. As material breaks, stop breaker quickly to prevent idle strokes. 5. Reposition 5. Reposition breaker if material does not break after 15 seconds of operation. 6. Do 6. Do not bend or pry with the breaker tool while operating. 7. Do 7. Do not operate breaker with the attachment cylinders at full extension. 8. Do 8. Do not operate breaker submerged in water water.. 9. Do 9. Do not operate breaker for more than a minute at a time. 10. Lubricate 10. Lubricate breaker every 30 minutes. Keep tool lubricated at all times.
FIGURE 8.22
YES
NO
11 FIGURE 8.23 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
11-9
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8.5 MAINTENANCE FOR NIBBLER/BREAKER A. It is necessary to perform the following maintenance schedule in regard to Hydraulic Oil and Filters along with normal inspection and maintenance as described in Section 03 of this manual.
YQ101ReleasePress
NOTE Make sure to use return filter Part Number: YN50V00009P1 when using Breaker. FIGURE 8.24 REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE COMPONENT
LOCATION
1ST MAINTENANCE
2ND MAINTENANCE
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
CHANGE HYDRAULIC OIL
HYDRAULIC TANK
—
—
EVERY 600 HOURS
RETURN FILTER (P/No. YN50V00009P1)
HYDRAULIC TANK
50 HOURS
250 HOURS
EVERY 250 HOURS
1. Move machine to firm level ground and place attachment in oil level check position.
BOLT COVER
SPRING WASHER
O-RING
SPRING YQ104oilLevelcheck
BYPASS VALVE
11
2. Release 2. Release hydraulic tank pressure. See Figure 8.24. 3. Remove 3. Remove the six mounting bolts from the hydraulic return cover plate. See Figure 8.25. Remove “O”-Rings, filter springs and bypass 4. Remove 4. valves. See Figure 8.25. 5. Remove 5. Remove the filter from the housing. See Figure 8.25. 6. Install 6. Install new filter, bypass valve and spring into housing. 7. Install 7. Install New “O”-Ring, KOBELCO part number ZD11G20000. ZD11G20000. Lubricate “O”-Ring before befo re installing. 8. Install 8. Install cover plates and torque mounting bolts to proper value. Refer to Specifications Section for torque value.
11-10
FILTER
FIGURE 8.25
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8.6 EXTRA (GRAPPLE, CLAMSHELL, ETC) AND EXTRA & BREAKER
B
A. MACHINE SET-UP
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL MANU AL BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE OR ANY ATTACHMENT. 1. Setting Boom Selector Valves - Figure 8.26 a. Locate the two (2) selector valves on the boom. b. Use a 5 mm Allen type wrench and remove the socket head capscrews. c. Using a 24 mm spanner wrench, turn the selectors until the stamped letter “E” is aligned with the socket head capscrew mounting hole. d. Reinstall the 5 mm socket head capscrew and tighten securely securely.. 2. Setting Arm Selector Valves Valves - Figure 8.27 a. Locate the two (2) selector valves on the arm. b. Use a 5 mm Allen type wrench and remove the socket head capscrews. c. Using a 24 mm spanner wrench, turn the selectors until the stamped letter “E” is aligned with the socket head capscrew mounting hole. d. Reinstall the 5 mm socket head capscrew and tighten securely securely..
A
TURN “ SELECTOR TO “E SETTING
A
REMOVE SOCKET HEAD CAPSCREW
EB
E B
STAMP E B
B Code
E B
USE BREAKER
USE EXTRA
FIGURE 8.26 A
B
NOTE All selector selector valves MUST MUST be be turned to the “E” position or the EXTRA Attachment will not function properly. REMOVE SOCKET
TURN SELECTOR
HEAD CAPSCREW
TO "E"SETTING
A
STAMP
B
11 NO
USE BREAKER
FIGURE 8.27 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
11-11
USE EXTRA
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT B. BASIC OPERATION
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL MANU AL BEFORE OPERATING THE MACHINE OR ANY ATTACHMENT. 1. Start machine and place the safety lock lever in the “UNLOCKE “UNLOCKED” D” (down) position. See Figure 8.28. 2. Move throttle control to the “HI” idle position. 3. Place the “EXTRA” switch, located on the L.H. control console, to the “ON” position. See Figure 8.29. 4. Use the boom, arm and bucket controls to position the attachment. 5. Unlock left pedal and place left foot on pedal. Depress with toe to close attachment and depress back of pedal with heel to open attachment. See Figure 8.30. 6. After operation is complete or operator is required to leave the machine, place pedal lock rod in the locked position, operate attachment in hydraulic oil check position, move throttle control to “LO” idle position, and place the EXTRA switch in the “OFF” position.
WARNING
YQ102SafetyLeverDown
FIGURE 8.28
EXTRA
N A F
P
M E T
EXTRA
F / R
E D O M
F E D
YQ109Extra
FIGURE 8.29 EXTRA SPEC Push lock rod to release
Pull lock rod backward to lock pedal
Depress pedal with toe to close
NEVER LEAVE THE OPERATOR OPERATOR CAB WITH W ITH ENGINE RUNNING.
Depress pedal back to open
Push lock rod to release
11
Pull lock rod backward to lock pedal
Depress pedal with toe to activate
BREAKER SPEC YQ109pedal4extra&breaker
FIGURE 8.30
11-12
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT DANGER
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE OPERATOR’S MANUAL. IMPROPER MACHINE OPERATION IS DANGEROUS AND COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DEATH.
WHENEVER A CHANGE IS MADE TO THE MACHINE’S CONTROL PATTERN, ALSO EXCHANGE THE PATTERN DECAL IN THE CAB TO MATCH THE NEW PATTERN. SAE PATTERN
8.7 PATTERN PATTERN CONTROL C ONTROL CHANGE
To o A. T
change the machine’s control pattern from SAE to Back Hoe Loader pattern, proceed as follows: 1. Place the attachment on the ground, throttle con-
trol in low idle, and turn the ignition key off.
YN20T01476P1
BHL PATTERN
YQ102KeyOff YQ109Throttle nlowidle
2. Place
the safety lever in the lock and up position before leaving the cab.
YN20T01476P1
B. Make
sure to place the BHL pattern plate in its respective holder, located below the cab door handle. Make sure BHL pattern is showing.
Safety
ai r cleaner compartment door, locate the 3. Open the air pattern changer valve and change valve’s handle postion from “I” (SAE) to “D” (Back Hoe Loader). SAE PATTERN
BHL PATTERN
LH CONTROL LEVER
BOOM DOWN
C. Slowly
SWING LEFT
WARNING
SWING RIGHT
CHECK MACHINE’S CONTROL PATTERN FOR CONFORMANCE TO PATTERN PA TTERN ON DECAL-CARD DEC AL-CARD IN CAB. C AB. IF PATTERN DOES NOT MATCH DECAL-CARD ON CAB DOOR HOLDER, FLIP DECAL-CARD ON HOLDER TO MATCH THE MACHINE’S CONTROL PATTERN BEFORE OPERATING MACHINE. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN IN-
operate Left Hand control to make sure it matches BHL pattern and to familiarize yourself with the new control pattern.
BOOM UP
BHLLH Control
JURY.
WARNING
D. Slowly operate Right Hand
SHOULD THE CONTROL PATTERN DECAL-CARD IS LOST, ORDER P/N: YN20T01476P1.
NOTE If your machine does not have the pattern changer valve, and would like to add this feature, please contact your Kobelco representative to order YN64H00101F1. Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
11-13
control to make sure it matches BHL pattern and to familiarize yourself with the new control pattern.
ARM OUT
RH CONTROL LEVER
BUCKET OUT
BUCKET IN
11
ARM IN
BHL RH Control
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 8.8 INSTALLATION OF VANDALISM GUARDS
15
14 5 16
1
Torque to 24 N-m (17 Ft-lbs)
17
4
6
8
17
17
2 11
17
17
17
17
17
17
12 9 13
17
17
17
3
13
17
Torque to 24 N-m (17 Ft-lbs)
10 17
7
Torque to 24 N-m (17 Ft-lbs)
14 16 15 Torque to 24 N-m (17 Ft-lbs)
KIT P/N: YN25C00003F1
11
Install support bracket LC21C01057F1
ITEM
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
OBSERVATIONS
1
YN25C01010P1
GUARD
1
2
YN25C01012P1
GUARD
1
3
YN25C01011P1
GUARD
1
4
YN25C01007P2
GUARD
1
5
YN25C01008P2
GUARD
1
6
YN25C01009P2
GUARD
1
7
YN25C01006P1
GUARD
1
8
YN25C01005P1
GUARD
1
9
YN25C01004P1
GUARD
1
10
YN25C01003P1
GUARD
1
11
YN25C01002P1
GUARD
1
12
YN25C01001P1
GUARD
1
13
ZM22C08020
SEMS-BOLT
2
Torque to 24 N-m (17 Ft-lbs)
14
ZS18C08014
CAP SCREW
2
Torque to 24 N-m (17 Ft-lbs)
15
ZW26X08000
LOCK WASHER
2
16
ZW16X08000
WASHER
2
17
YN25C01014P1
MAGNET
14
Place between guard and cab window
18
LB21C01057F1
BRACKET ASSY
1
Install behind cab, inside air cleaner compartment
(18)
11-14
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SPECIAL PROCEDURES
Table of of contents contents Page 9.1 GENERAL........................... GENERAL...................................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ....................... ............ 12-2 9.2 RELEASIN RELEASING G TRAVEL TRAVEL MOTOR BRAKES................................ BRAKES............................................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ...................... .............. ... 12-2 A. Tools & Equipment Required ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ................ .... 12-2 B. Procedures ........... ...................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... ....................... ..................... .......... 12-2 9.3 LOWERING ATT ATTACHMENT ACHMENT WHEN SUDDEN ENGINE FAILURE FAILURE OCCURS ........... ....................... ....................... ....................... ................ .... 12-6 9.4 RELEAS RELEASING ING SWING BRAKE ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... ..................... .................. ....... 12-7 A. Tools & Equipmen Equipmentt Required ........... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ...................... .............. .. 12-8 B. Procedures ........... ....................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ...................... ..................... ....................... .................... ........ 12-8 9.5 BLEEDING THE PILOT PILOT SYSTEM ............ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ...................... .................... .......... 12-10 A. Tools & Equipment Required .......... ...................... ........................ ........................ ....................... ....................... ........................ ....................... ..................... ...................... .............. .. 12-10
B. Bleeding Procedur Procedure e ............. ......................... ......................... .......................... .......................... .......................... .......................... .......................... ...................... ............ ... 12-10
WARNI NG READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES PROCEDUR ES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY OPERATION, OPERATION, INSPECTION OR MAINTENANCE OF THIS MACHINE, MACHI NE, ATT ATTACHMENT ACHMENT OR SYSTEMS. KOBELCO CANNOT ANTICIPA ANTI CIPATE TE EVERY POSSIBLE CIRCUMSTANCE C IRCUMSTANCE THAT THAT MIGHT INVOLVE A POTENTIAL HAZARD. THE WARNINGS IN THIS PUBLICATION AND ON THE PRODUCT ARE THEREFORE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE. IF A TOOL, PROCEDURE, WORK METHOD METHO D OR OPERATING TECHNIQUE NOT SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY KOBELCO IS USED, YOU MUST SATISFY YOURSELF THAT IT IS SAFE FOR YOU AND OTHERS. YOU SHOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT THE PRODUCT WILL NOT BE DAMAGED O R MADE UNSAFE BY THE OPERATION, LUBRICATION, MAINTENANCE AND/OR REPAIR PROCEDURES YOU CHOOSE.
12 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
12-1
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 9.1 GENERAL The Dynamica Acera excavators incorporate automatically applied spring brake systems in the travel motors and swing motors. These systems will automatically engage the brakes when the engine is stopped, making it possible to move the machine. This section contains the required procedures for releasing the travel motor brakes, the swing motor brake and lowering the attachments to the ground should sudden engine failure be experienced.
CAUTION USE SAFETY PROTECTION SUCH AS: HARD HAT, WORKING GLOVES, SAFETY SHOES AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN NEEDED TO PERFORM THIS JOB.
WARNING READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY OPERATION, INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE OR REP REPAIRS AIRS OF THIS MACHINE, ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT OR ANY OR ITS I TS SYSTEMS. SYSTEM S.
SK32001002
CAUTION
WARNING
AVOID OIL SPILLS. USE CONTAINERS, C ONTAINERS, RAGS, AND/ OR PAPER TOWELS TO CONTAIN ANY OIL LEAKAGE. DISPOSE ALL WASTE OILS, FLUIDS, LUBRICANTS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS WASTE PROPERLY, ACCORDING TO GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.
THE PROCEDURES FOUND IN THIS SECTION SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY A WELL TRAINED EXPERIENCED SERVICE TECHNICIAN WHO IS FAMILIAR WITH W ITH THE KOBELCO KOBEL CO EXCAVAT EXCAVATORS. ORS. 9.2 RELEASING TRAVEL MOTOR BRAKES A. Tools & Equipment Required 1. Four (4) chock blocks 2. One 2. One (1) 14 mm Allen type socket wrench. 3. One 3. One (1) 8 mm Allen type socket wrench. 4. Two 4. Two (2) 6 liter (1.6) Gal capacity drain pans. 5. Two 5. Two (2) M10-1.5 X 30 mm lifting eyes. 6. Two 6. Two (2) M12-1.75 X 20 mm lifting eyes. 7. Overhead 7. Overhead lifting device capable of lifting and holding 45 Kg (100 lbs). 8. Torque wrench 10~16 Kgf-m (72~116 ft-lb) 8. capacity or better. 9. Thread 9. Thread sealant (for drain and check/fill plugs), and loctite # 515 for cover bolts. 10. Rubber 10. Rubber or soft face mallet. B. Procedures 1. Place chock blocks at front and rear of each track to prevent machine from moving when brakes are released. See Figure 10.1. 2. Lower 2. Lower attachment to ground. See "9.3 Lowering Attachment" in this Section for proper procedures.
ATTACHMENT ON GROUND
YQ109TracksBloqued
CHOCK BLOCKS
WARNING MAKE CERTAIN CHOCK BLOCKS ARE SECURE AT FRONT AND REAR OF EACH TRACK BEFORE B EFORE ATTEMPTING TO RELEASE BRAKES. NEVER STAND IN THE PATH PATH OF THE TRACKS WHEN RELEASING BRAKES. FIGURE 9.1
12 12-2
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 3. Turn key switch “OFF” and remove key ke y. See Figure 9.2. 4. Remove check/fill plug from each travel motor using the 14 mm socket head wrench. See Figure 9.3.
CAUTION REMOVE KEY
REDUCTION UNIT MAY BE UNDER PRESSURE. REMOVE PLUG SLOWLY.
YQ102KeyOff
FIGURE 9.2 5. Place 5. Place a clean empty container under each travel motor drain plug and remove drain plug using the 14 mm socket head wrench. See Figure 9.4.
NOTE If the reduction unit drain plug is not at its lowest point (6:00 o’clock) for draining, just drain as much oil as possible through the plug orifices, then: • Remove the reduction unit cover plate mounting bolts, as indicated in Figure 9.5. Leave a couple of bolts half way installed on the top side of the cover to hold it from coming completely out. • Remove the two bolts from the bossed areas and install the two (2) M10-1.5 X 30 mm lifting eyes into each one of these holes, as shown in the figure below.
FILL / LEVEL PLUG
DRAIN PLUG
FIGURE 9.3 Remove drain plug
12 Liter (3.2 Gal) capacity container
FIGURE 9.4
• Attach the overhead lifting device to the lifting eyes and remove most of the slack from the chain or cable. • Use a rubber mallet to strike the edge of the cover plate gently to help releasing it from the housing, until oil starts draining.
Remove cover plate mounting bolts
FIGURE 9.5 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
12-3
12
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 6. After all of the gear oil has drained, cover the drain pans to prevent contamination and move them to an area away from the machine. 7. Remove the bolts holding the Reduction Unit cover and remove the cover. Be careful not to damage the cover plate seal or its surface lip.
CAUTION Protect your hands from pinching areas at all times when removing or installing planetary gears.
Carrier # 2
Sun Gear # 2 Carrier # 1 Thrust Plate
Sun Gear # 1
FIGURE 9.6
Use Fig. 9.6 as reference to identify the 8. Use 8. internal parts of the travel reduction unit assembly. 9. Use 9. Use the tip of a screw driver and remove the thrust washer as indicated in Fig. 9.7.
10. Install 10. Install the M10 eye bolt onto the number one carrier assembly and use the crane hook on the eye bolt to pull out the carrier as indicated in Fig. 9.8, and remove most of the slack from the cable or chain. Work the carrier by hand to remove it.
FIGURE 9.7 FIGURE 9.8
12 12-4
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 11. Remove the sun gear # 1. See Fig. 9.9. 11. Remove
13. Reinstall the number 1 carrier assembly (DO NOT INSTALL SUN GEAR # 1) into reduction unit and remove the special eye bolt. Make sure to use plenty of grease on the thrust plate to hold it on place during assembling. 14. Install cover plate onto reduction unit housing and tighten all bolts securely. 15. Install 15. Install drain plug and refill reduction unit with drained oil. 16. Install 16. Install fill/level plug. 17. Repeat 17. Repeat steps 4~16 on the opposite travel reduction unit to prepare machine for towing. 18. After 18. After all repairs are made, reinstall sun gear # 1 on both reduction units in reverse order and make sure to use fresh gear oil. Refer to Maintenance Section, for proper oil and capacities.
FIGURE 9.9
If the sun gear can not be removed due to the loaded condition, remove it together with the number one carrier. Then remove the sun gears # 2, and # 1 respectively, as shown in Fig. 9.10.
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOTH MODELS Apply loctite 515 on cover bolts and torque to: to: 7.5 kgf•m (54 ft.lbs.) Use teflon tape on plugs and torque to: 16 kgf•m (116 ft.lbs.)
CAUTION Remove Sun Ge Gear # 2
Remove Sun Ge Gear # 1
AVOID OIL SPILLS. USE CONTAINERS, RAGS, AND/ OR PAPER TOWELS TO CONTAIN ANY OIL LEAKAGE. DISPOSE ALL WASTE OILS, FLUIDS, LUBRICANTS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS WASTE PROPERLY, ACCORDING TO GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.
FIGURE 9.10 12. Make sure the gear coupling for Sun Gear # 1, and Sun Gear # 2 are properly installed. See Figure 9.11.
FIGURE 9.11
12 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
12-5
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 9.3 LOWERING ATT ATTACHMENT ACHMENT WHEN SUDDEN ENGINE FAILURE OCCURS Should sudden engine failure failu re occur, follow the instructions below to place the attachment on the ground.
NOTE Rotation of the engine with the starter motor is necessary in order to lower the attachment to the ground. If rotation of the engine is not possible, contact an authorized KOBELCO service technician for service and assistance.
YQ102EmergShutDown
FIGURE 9.12
WARNING MAKE CERTAIN THE AREA AROUND THE MACHINE IS CLEAR OF PEOPLE AND OBJECTS BEFORE BEFOR E ATATTEMPTING THESE PROCEDURES. 1. Locate the engine emergency stop control at the lower R.H. corner of the seat base and pull control out. See Figure 9.12. 2. Place the safety lock lever in the “UNLOCKED” (Down) position. See Figure 9.13. 3. Sound horn to alert people in the area of machine movement. 4. Turn the ignition key ke y to the “START” position to use starter motor to rotate the engine.
YQ102SafetyLeverDown
FIGURE 9.13 BOOM DOWN WHILE ROTATING THE ENGINE. YM103Boomdown
CAUTION Only operate the Starter Motor in 20 second intervals and allow 3 ~ 5 minutes between intervals to allow the starter motor to cool. 5. While engine is rotating, slowly and carefully move the R.H. control lever forward (boom down) and lower boom completely to ground. See Figure 9.14 . 6. After Boom is completely down, leave the ignition ignition key in the ON position, operate the arm, bucket and swing controls to release hydraulic pressure in these circuits. Turn ignition key off. 7. Locate hydraulic tank air breather on top of hydraulic tank. Remove cap and depress stem until all internal hydraulic tank pressure is released. See Figure 9.15.
FIGURE 9.14 YQ101ReleasePress
WARNING
12
USE CAUTION WHEN REMOVING OR REPAIRING HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS AS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE MAY EXIST OR BE TRAPPED IN CIRCUITS. FIGURE 9.15
12-6
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 9.4 RELEASING SWING BRAKE
WARNING MAKE CERTAIN CER TAIN THAT THAT THE ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT IS I S ON THE T HE GROUND TO HELP PREVENT SUDDEN ROTATION OF THE UPPER STRUCTURE STRUCTUR E BEFORE ATTEMPTING ATTEMPTING TO RELEASE THE SWING BRAKE. REFER TO PAGE PAGE 10-6 FOR ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT LOWERING LOWERI NG PROCEDURES. Kobelco highly recommends the use of a hydraulic hand pump to release the swing brake manually when the engines fails to start. Refer the Figure 9.16B to use the proper fitting connector on PG port. Remove the hose and install the proper connector on PG port. Install the hydrau lic hand pump and apply hydraulic pressure:
Remove hoses, tubes and fittings from cover
FIGURE 9.16A
TOP VIEW
L
B98B99SwingMotorSpecs
SWING MOTOR
29 Kgf/cm2 (413 psi) PB DB
CAUTION
B IP
IN HIGHLY CONTAMINATED ENVIRONMENTS IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REMOVE THE WHOLE SWING MOTOR ASSEMBLY, IF A HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP IS NOT AVAILABLE. REFER TO THE SHOP MANUAL FOR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS OR CONTACT YOUR KOBELCO DEALER'S SERVICE DEPARTMENT FOR ASSISTANCE. WHEN THE SWING MOTOR IS REMOVED, MAKE SURE TO USE CAPS AND PLUGS ON HOSES, TUBES AND FITTINGS TO PROTECT THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FROM ANY CONTAMINATION. ALSO, A COVER MUST BE USED TO PROTECT THE SLEWING GEAR COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT. IF THIS APPROACH IS TAKEN, AND THE SLEWING GEAR GREASE BATH BECOMES CONTAMINATED, MAKE SURE TO FLUSH AND CLEAN THE SLEWING GEAR COMPARTMENT. REFER SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR PROPER GREASE AND COMPONENT CAPACITY CAPACITY..
PG
A M Swing shockless valve
PB
PA 2-M12 depth 24 Lifting cap. 220 Kg (2 bolts)
M
DB
Relief valve
A,B
PG
IP
Rotation direction (Viewed from shaft end) Oil inlet A ....... Clockwise (CW) Oil inlet B ....... Counterclockwise (CCW)
If a hydraulic hand pump is not available, and the contamination can be controlled easily, easily, then proceed to the next page for specific instructions on a different alternative to release the swing parking brake.
Code
Name
Size
A, B
Main por t
2-PF 3/4
M
Make-up por t
Tor que N-m (Kgf -m)
Model
167 (17) PF 3/4
CAUTION USE SAFETY PROTECTION SUCH AS: HARD HAT, WORKING GLOVES, SAFETY SHOES AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN NEEDED TO PERFORM THIS JOB.
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
PA
SIDE VIEW
SK210LC-6E
PF 1
216 (22)
SK250LC-6E
PF 3/8
74 (7.5)
SK210LC/SK250LC-6E
PF 1/2
98 (10)
SK330LC-6E
PF 1/4
36 (3.7)
DB
Dr ain por t
P A, PB
Gauge por t
PG
Br ake r elease por t
L
Gear oil level por t
P T 1/ 2
65 (6.6)
IP
Gear oil level por t
PT 3/ 4
98 (10)
FIGURE 9.16B
12-7
12
SPECIAL PROCEDURES A. Tools & Equipment Required 1. Handtools required for removal of hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings. 2. Plugs and caps for tubes, hoses and fittings. 3. 12 mm Allen type socket head wrench. 4. 5 mm Allen type socket head wrench. 5. Two (2) M12-1.75 X 24 mm Lifting Eye. 6. Overhead lifting device capable of lifting and holding 100 kg (220 lbs). 7. Plenty of clean, dry shop rags and/or paper towels. 8. 17 mm Allen type socket head wrench. 9. 45 kgf-m (325 ft-lb) torque wrench.
B. Procedures 1. Lower attachment to ground and block them to avoid sudden movement. Refer to previous page for proper procedures in lowering the attachment. 2. Remove all hoses and tubes from the swing motor top plate and swing shock valves to gain access to the top plate mountounting bolts. See Figure 9.17. 3. Install the proper plugs and caps onto hoses, tubes and fittings to avoid the possibility of contamination entering the hydraulic system. See Figure 9.18.
CAUTION
REMOVE ALL HOSES FROM TOP COVER
Remove Swing Shockless valves
FIGURE 9.17
INSTALL PROPER CAPS AND PLUGS ON HOSES, TUBES AND FITTINGS TO HELP PREVENT CONTAMINATION ENTERING THE SYSTEM
Use only plugs and caps designed to properly seal the specific hose, tube or fitting they are to be installed on.
SK23509014
FIGURE 9.18
4. Remove two plugs, as indicated in Fig. 9.19, install 2XM12-1.75X24 mm eye bolts, and place a reference mark between top cover and housing.
Remove the two plugs and install lifting eyes (M12-1.75X24 mm)
NOTE Place a large quantity of clean, dry shop rags around the swing motor to help catch any overflow of hydraulic oil from the removal of the Top Plate.
5. Carefully loosen the four (4) top plate mounting bolts with the 17 mm socket head wrench. See Figure 9.19. 6. Remove two (2) top plate mounting bolts from corners opposite of each other. 7. Attach overhead lifting lifting device to the lifting lifting eyes and remove most of the slack from the cable or chain. 8. Carefully remove the remaining two (2) bolts from the top mounting plate. NOTE The top plate will raise from spring pressure as the last two (2) bolts are removes. Some movement of the upper frame may be experienced as the spring tension is released.
12
9. Using the overhead lifting device, carefully lift the swing motor top cover with swing shock valve assembly and away from the swing motor, see Fig. 9.20.
12-8
MARK COVER AND HOUSING AND LOOSEN COVER BOLTS
FIGURE 9.19
CAREFULLY REMOVE SWING MOTOR COVER
FIGURE 9.20 Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 13. After 13. After the machine upper structure is positioned for towing, remove cover again and reinstall the swing brake springs, see Fig. 9.23.
CAUTION Do not allow any dirt or debris to enter the swing motor or settle on the top plate.
FIGURE 9.23 10. Carefully 10. Carefully remove all brake springs and place in a container filled with fresh, clean hydraulic oil. Then, seal the container to prevent contamination. See Figure 9.20.
FIGURE 9.20
14. Repeat 14. Repeat steps 11~13 to lock the upper frame into position for proper transportation. Make sure to use grease to hold the distributor plate on top cover before installing, see Fig. 9.24.
DOWEL PINS
11. Align 11. Align the holes of the distributor plate in the swing motor until they are located toward the front and back of the swing motor housing. See Figure 9.21. Use grease to hold the distributor plate on the top cover, aligned with dowel pins, before installing.
GREASE
DOWEL PINS
FIGURE 9.24 GREASE
FIGURE 9.21 12.Carefully 12. Carefully place the top plate over the swing motor and align the dowel pins of the top plate with the holes in the distributor plate. plate . See Figure 9.22. Slowly lower the top plate into position on the swing motor and install, by hand, the four (4) top plate mounting bolts.
CAUTION Make certain the top plate dowel pins and the distributor plate holes mesh together together..
CAUTION AVOID OIL SPILLS. USE CONTAINERS, RAGS, AND/ OR PAPER TOWELS TO CONTAIN ANY OIL LEAKAGE. DISPOSE ALL WASTE OILS, FLUIDS, LUBRICANTS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS WASTE PROPERLY, ACCORDING TO GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.
FIGURE 9.22
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0
12-9
12
SPECIAL PROCEDURES 4. Make 4. Make sure the throttle control is positioned in low idle and sound horn before starting.
9.5 BLEEDING THE PILOT SYSTEM
WARNING
YQ102SoundHorn
AVOID OIL SPILLS. USE CONTAINERS, RAGS, AND/ OR ABSORBENT TOWELS TO CONTAIN ANY OIL LEAKAGE. DISPOSE ALL WASTE OILS, FLUIDS, LUBRICANTS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS WASTES PROPERLY.
Whenever the hydraulic system is opened for repairs, pilot line change, etc., it is highly recommend that you bleed the pilot system to prevent erratic or delayed operation of the machine normal functions. A. Tools & Equipment Required 1. A 1. A set of 1/2” drive metric sockets and wrenches wrenches including sizes 13 ~ 22 mm. 2. A 2. A 1/2” drive ratchet. 3. Sufficient 3. Sufficient rags and paper towels.
B. Bleeding Procedure 1. Make 1. Make sure the machine to firm level ground and the attachments are positioned on the ground in the oil level check position as indicated in the figure.
YQ109T hrottlenlo widle
5. Start 5. Start the engine and let run at low idle for about 10 minutes.
WARNING Use a rag or paper towels on the pilot connections to protect yourself from spraying during bleeding. 6. Use 6. Use the figure below as reference. With the engine running at low idle, loosen the pilot lines from the top side of the spools in the Control Valve, one at the time, time, and operate the function for the spool being bled to bleed the air out of the pilot system. Make sure to bleed each one of the spools indicated in the figure. Tighten hose connections to 50 N-m (37 Ftlbs) after bleeding each line. PCb Pis
PAb PAc
YQ104oilLevelcheck
PAr
YQ101ReleasePress
2. Release hydraulic tank pressure.
PAa PB1 PAL PAs
WARNING Use safety protection such as: hard hat, working gloves, safety shoes and safety glasses when needed to perform this job.
7. Make 7. Make sure hydraulic oil level is within specifications, and clean up any oil spilled. Check all connections, repair any leakage and reinstall control valve top cover.
3. Use 3. Use a 19 mm wrench and remove the main control valve cover. USE CLEAN OIL
UPPER LIMIT
Remove cover
PROPER LEVEL
12
LOW (ADD OIL) YQ110Addhydoil
12-10
Dynamic Acera MC Trainin Trainin g, 11/02 Rev. 0